&& F * tºº º : . º º ~...~~~~~~~ *-* * ZZ. // / /Z ZZ . º <&-3-3. Museuſ%3 …-- - , -, 4/35" A | jº ... Nſ (, º - c \ , , , \ Ł º Sé@ O t r } (.4 º * -- \ | & ºv. . . . . . ‘Lº’ - v * 2 7 wiſ F. G ºff - \ \ 2- i s .2 Smith, Sidney Irving, 1843–1926. t Carcinological papers. 1869-863 No. l. Notes on new of little known species of American Cancroid crustacea. 2. Notice of the Crustacea collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt, on the coast of Brazil. 3. Abstract of a notice of the Crustacea collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt, , on the coast of Brazil. 4. Notes on American Crustaces. Number I. Ocypodioidea. 5. List of the crustacea. Collected by J. A. Mciſiel in Central America. 6. Preliminary report, on the dredging in Lake Superior. 7. Dredging in Lake Superior under the di- rection of the U. S. Lake survey. 8. Notice of the invertebrata dredged in Lake Superior in l87l . . . 9. The megalops stage of Ocypoda. lC. Tube-building Amphipoda. ll. Report on the dredgings in the region of St. George's Banks, in l872. l2. Crust, a cea. Of the fresh Water’s Of the United States. Synopsis of North-American freshwater leeches, by A. E. Werrill. Sketch of the invertebrate fauna of Lake Superior. Food of fresh-Water fishes. l3. F Book reviews 3 l4. The early stages of Hippa talpoida. l6. The stalk-eyed crustaceans of the At- lantic Coast . . . north of Cape Cod. l6. Notes on crustacea collected by Dr. G. M. D&W's on at Vancouver and the Queen Charlotte Islands. l'7. CC currence of Chelura terebrans . . . l3. On the Species of Pinnixa . . . Occasional occurrence of tropical and sub-tropical species of the Decapoda. Crust, 3.C ea. . . . On the Amphipodus genera. . . . L Fº . º * of the º º, & C ºssº C. C. º º ºs º ºs º ºsº ºn Cºº C & sº º º º º ºs as sº as º ºs º º ºs & gº as º º º ºs e s as º º º º ºs º dº sº º º º C º ºſº | f | E. E E. E E = E tºwseum, § , s s * Gºt 7-14-34 N - / 1& * 273 ICresson. ‘i, - f annulus at base of four posterior tibiae, lemon-yellow; antennä short, ferruginous, brownish—above:-thorax robust, deeply and coarsely punctur d; Scutellum shining and sparsely punctured; metathorax clothed with short, hoary pile, truncate and subexcavate behind, the base longitudinally striated; wings hyaline, iridescent; abdomen ovate, convex, polished, the first segment with a few large scattered punctures, the two basal segments with a short, lateral, apical fascia of white pubesence. Length three lines. A - 6 more slendêr; the face beneath antennae, labrum, finandibles, and . scape in front, yellow; antennae long, fulvous beneath; tarsi more or less yellowish; first segment of abdomen with-large, deep pits, the second with numerous smaller punctures; apex of second and the re- maining segments entirely-stiodth. Length two and one halflines. Hab. orizaba, Mexico. Prof. F. Sumichrast. (Coll. Am. Ent. Soc.) \ | - ll. P. grossa, n. sp. 3. Deep black; head closely and finely puncuſſimº, ºntº above and dilated beneath an- tennae, clypeus, spot above, dot of tegulae,spot on tubercles, inter- rupted band on scutellum, anterior tibiae in front, and posterior pair at base, white; antennae moderately long, brownish-iestaceous be- neath; thorax and two basal segments of abdomen deeply and grossly punctured, confluently so on abdomen; metathorax truncate behind, the base above with a few well-defined, longitudinal carinº; wings hyaline, iridescent, a fuliginous costal streak extending from Stigma to apex of wing; first and second segments of abdomen with a nar- row, entire apical fascia of white, pubescence. Length three lines. Hab. Orizaba, Mexico. Prof. F. Sumichrast. (Coll. Am. Ent. Soc.) . . . .” 12. P. limbifrons, n. sp. 2. Black, opaque, abdomen smooth and shining; lateral margin-of-face;-an-interrupted line on prothorax, tubercles, dot on tegulae and base of tibiae "more of less cream-color; head and thorax densely and finely punctured; metathorax rugose at base, abruptly truncate behind; wings fusco-hyaline, subirid }cent, both recurrent nervures unite with those of the second submárginal cell; on each side of first segment of abdomen a\short apical line of silvery-white pubescence. , Length three and one fourth lines. Hab. Cuba. (Coll. Dr. J. Gundlach, No. 223.) \ - $$$. Species not recognized. IP. elliptică KFBy Fam-Bor-Am...iv, p. 286. Hudson's Bay. P. confluens Smith, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hym.,i, p. 24: East Florida. # PROCEEDINGS B. S. N: EI.—WOL. XII. 18 * 1869. t _--" --- \ …” \ - \ s * : *. Smith..] 274 s [February 3, __--—-s - Mr. F. GA Sanborn exhibited a branch of white oak, Q. alba Linn., frºm which the extremity had b%h severed by the larva of E&phidion villosum Fabr., ang/which had been also perforated by the larva of Leptosiſ, 7macula Say. The specimen illus {ated in a striking/ſanner a degree of intelli- gence displayed by the first mentioned spécies, which after completing its central burrow, and nearly severing the twig] as usual, between its winter quarters and the body of ſhe tree, found its operations in- truded upon by the larva of Leptostylus, which was engaged in pene- trating the twig in the same give@tion, but nearer the bark than the burrow of º: ined that the specimen showed ***** o $5 v. incontestably that on-mak : this disc very) he larva of Elaphidion had retired in its bury about one half.jpch from this point, and successfully undertakeſ the by no means, ificonsiderable labor of sev- ering the twig a secºnd time in a locality sufficiently removed from the encroachments/of Leptostylus to satisfy its somewhat misentomical ...” feelings. ...~~ ...” t February 8, 1869. Dr. Charles Pickering in the chair. Sixteen members present. The following papers were read:— NotEs on NEw or LITTLE KNowN SPECIES OF AMERICAN CAN- CROID CRUSTACEA. BY SIDNEY I. SMITH. - The following notes were begun as part of a more extended article on the higher crustacea of the western coast of tropical America, but the delay in bringing together the requisite material and the discov- ery of undescribed forms from the eastern coast, have induced me to publish in this preliminary manner the more interesting of the new or little known species of both coasts. The materials upon which the descriptions are based, unless otherwise indicated, are in the collec- tions of the Museum of Yale College. Xantho denticulata. White, List of Crust. in British Mus., p. 17 (no description), 1847. Faże 373. Hne I.Tele P. transversus Stimps. ... ........ #: § 3. line from bottom. For crenatas regdºredatus. ####, iºnine from bottom. For first read first and, 1869.] . 275 [Smith. Maniho denticulatus White, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist, 2d series, Vol. II, p. 285, 1848. - Carapax naked, anteriorly deflexed and deeply areolated; gastric region elevated and surrounded laterally and posteriorly by a deep groove, the anterior lobes prominent, the antero-lateral slightly divided anteriorly and separated by a well marked groove from the median, which extends forward in a slender point to the anterior lobes; hepatic region projecting into several obtusely conical tuber- cles, and separated from the branchial region by a deep furrow; antero-lateral lobe of the branchial region prominently projecting; postero-lateral slope and margin crossed obliquely by a slight furrow. Front projecting, slightly deflexed, and with a slight groove along the anterior edge, which is nearly straight as seen from above, but sinu- ous in its margin as seen from before. Antero-lateral margin armed with about nine spiniform teeth, the anterior one being small, and situated below the level of the others. Inner sub-orbital tooth promi- nent. Latero-inferior regions slightly granulous. Basal segment of the external antennae joining a slight process from the front. Chelipeds with the carpus and hand rugose above; the hand smooth below and on the inside, the fingers black and slightly and obtusely toothed within, ambulatory feet nearly smooth, the dactyli slender, compressed, and slightly hairy along the edges. Length of carapax in a female from the Abrolhos Reefs, 16.6 millim.; breadth, including teeth, 26.5 millim.; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 1.66. Abrolhos Reefs, Brazil; C. F. Hartt. Aspinwall; F. H. Bradley. Bermuda; J. M. Jones. - - Xantho Stimpsonii differs from this species in having the front quad- rilobate and the carpi and hands of the chelipeds tuberculated above, in the areolation of the carapax, etc. PANOPEUS Edw. The species of this genus, which, as far as known, is peculiar to America, are becoming quite numerous, although but a single one was known to Milne Edwards at the time of the publication of his Histoire naturelle des Crustaces. There have already been described twelve species: — P. Herbstii Edw., P. Harrisii Stimp., P. Wurde- 7mannii Gibbes, P. occidentalis Sauss., P. serratus Sauss., P. america- * Stimpson, being apparently unaware of White's species, has described (Annals Lyc. Nat. EIist., N. Y. , Vol. VII, p. 207, 1860) an allied species from Cape St. Lucas, as Xantho denticulata, which I will here designate as Xantho Stimpsonii. X •º • ? s * 4. Smith.] 276 \ [Tebruary 3, nus Sauss., P. tecanus Stimp., -P-transversus=Stimpy; and P. abbre- viatus Stimp., from the eastern coasts of North America and the West Indies; P. chilensis Edw. et Lucas, P. crematus Edw. et Lucas, and P. transversus Stimp., from the western coasts of Central and South America; and P. laevis Dana, described as from an unknown locality, but referred to the west coast of South America by Stimp- son (Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., Vol. VII, p. 54). In these notes seven additional species are described, four of them from the east and three from the west coast. - I add here a table to facilitate the determination of the species. A. A tubercle on the sub-hepatic region just below the first lobe of the antero-lateral border of the carapax. a. Antero-lateral margin of the carapax armed with project- ing teeth, of which the three posterior ones on each side are prominent and sharply angular. 1. External hiatus of the orbit a broad and deep open- ing. Tubercle of the sub-hepatic region prominent. P. Herbstii, P. validus. 2. External hiatus of the orbit a deep notch rather than an opening. A groove along the outer border of the carpus next the articulation with the hand. P. occidentalis, P. serratus, P. Harttii, P. Bradleyi. b. Antero-lateral margin divided by slight incisions into four lobes (the first being composed of the angle of the orbit coalesced with the second normal tooth), the first three truncate, the fourth forming the lateral angle of the carapax, Tubercle of the sub-hepatic region not prominent. P. transversus, P. politus, P. planus. B. No tubercle on the sub-hepatic region. External hiatus of the orbit small. P. crenalăs, P. Harrisii, P. depressus, P. Sayi. Having had no opportunity to examine P. americanus, P. teacanus, P. abbreviatus, P. chilensis, P. Wurdemanni and P. laevis, they are not included in the table. Panopeus Herbstii Edw., Hist. nat. des Crust., tome i, p. 403, 1834 (non Cancer Panope Herbst). Carapax moderately convex and crossed by a few very slight gran- ulous rugae, areolation distinctly marked, but the areolets not pro- g 1869.] 277 {Smith. tuberant; front and antero-lateral border finely granulous and clothed with scattered, coarse pubescence. Front prominent and nearly horizontal, the edge thin, obscurely four-lobed as seen from above, median lobes much the largest, extending a little further forward than the lateral and separated on the upper edge by a short, deep groove. Superior margin of the orbit with two distinct fissures. Post-orbital tooth separated from the second tooth of the antero-lateral margin by a rounded sinus, and forming with it a prominent bidentate lobe, with the inner tooth obtusely triangular and extending forward to a line with the outer angle of the inferior margin of the orbit, the outer tooth rounded at the tip; remaining teeth of the antero-lateral margin large and prominent; third tooth with its anterior edge straight, and the outer, or posterior, edge arcuate; fourth acutely triangular, the anterior edge thickened and curved slightly forward; fifth, or poste- rior tooth slender and acute, the anterior edge much thickened and strongly curved forward. Inferior lateral regions granulous and pubescent. Inferior margin of the orbit divided by a deep fissure, the inner lobe projecting as a sharp tooth nearly to a line with the front, the outer lobe broad, with the edge thin and straight. . Chelipeds with the carpi and hands smooth or slightly rugose; hands unequal, stout, larger one (either the right or the left) with a tubercle on the outer side projecting forward from the edge between the bases of the fingers; dactylus with a strong basal tooth within; smaller hands with the fingers more slender and slightly deflexed, the dactylus wanting wholly the basal tooth; fingers of both hands with longitudinal impressed striae. Ambulatory feet with the basal joints pubescent along the edges, the terminal joints wholly pubescent. Color of alcoholic specimens dark olive above; the fingers black, lighter at the tips. - Several specimens give the following measurements: — Length of Breadth of Ratio Locality. Sex. Carapax. Carapax. Florida. ? & 17.9 mm. 24°0 mm. 1 : 1-34. Egmont Key, Fla., {{ 21.5 “ 30-0 “ 1 : 1-39. {{ {{ {{ {{ 26-0 {{ 35-6 “ 1 : 1-36. Bahamas, {{ 26-4 ** 39.0 “ 1 : 1'47. Florida, {{ 33-0. “ 49.8 “ 1 : 1:48. Bahamas, {{ 35-0 “ 51.8 “ 1 : 1'46. Egmont Key, Fla., Q 13-4 “ . 17.8 “ 1 : 1-33. ( ( : {{ {{ {{ 17.8 {{ - 24'8 {{ I 1°39. Florida. ? {{ 25.8 “ 37.6 “ 1 : 1:42. 44 44 27-0 “ . 38.7 “ 1 : 1:43. Smith.] 27 8 [February 3, South Carolina (Coll. Essex Institute). Bahamas; Dr. H. Bryant (Coll. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.). St. Augustine, Fla.; Col. W. E. Foster. Egmont Key, west coast of Florida; Col. E. Jewett. As- pinwall; F. H. Bradley. The Cancer Panope Herbst (Krabben und Krebse, Tab. 54, fig. 5, Vol. III, zweites Heft, p. 40, 1801), if we may trust the figure, is very different from this species, and cannot be referred to any de- scribed species of Panopeus; moreover, Herbst distinctly states that it is an East Indian species. Variety obesus. Carapax strongly convex. Front broad, deflexed, not prominent, the edge as seen from above nearly straight, and not at all four-lobed. Post-Orbital tooth not prominent, slightly separated from the second normal tooth of the antero-lateral margin by a very shallow sinus; remaining teeth of the margin not very prominent; the third broad, and its outer edge truncate; fourth broad, the anterior edge very short, but slightly hooked forward at the apex, and the outer edge slightly arcuate; last tooth very short, but acute, and its apex slightly curved forward. Inferior regions, chelipeds, etc., very nearly as in FIerbsti. Color of alcoholic specimens, brownish olive, clouded and spotted with dull red on the anterior part of the carapax, and on the upper side of the chelipeds; fingers black or dark brown, lighter at the tips. In all the specimens the hands are spotted externally with red. Length of carapax in a male, 23.6 millim.; breadth, 33.4 millim.; ratio, 1 : 1.41. f Lgmont Key, Fla.; Col. E. Jewett. Aspinwall; F. H. Bradley. Specimens from Egmont Key appear quite distinct from specimens of Herbstii from the same locality, having the carapax broader and much more convex, the teeth of the antero-lateral margin less promi- nent and somewhat different in form, and the coloration quite differ- ent; but specimens of Herbstii, in the Society's collection, from Bahama and Florida, approach quite closely to the variety, in the breadth and convexity of the carapax, the form of the teeth of the antero-lateral margin of the carapax, and even slightly in coloration. Panopeus validus, sp. nov. Carapax slightly convex, deeply areolated, and crossed anteriorly by a few coarsely granulous rugge, lateral regions and the anterior part of the gastric region sparsely and coarsely granulous, and clothed with hairy pubescence. Front prominent and horizontal, the edge granu- 1869.] 279 *. [Smith, lous and distinctly four-lobed as seen from above, the median lobes . much the largest, extending farther forward than the lateral, and separated by a distinct fissure from which a deep median groove extends a short distance backward. Superior margin of the orbit divided by two deep fissures. Post-orbital tooth stout, separated from the second tooth of the antero-lateral border by a deep, rounded sinus, and forming with it a prominent bidentate lobe, the teeth being of nearly equal prominence; remaining teeth large and very promi- nent; third tooth with its apex strongly hooked forward, and its outer or posterior edge arcuate; fourth tooth very long, the apex rather slender and turned abruptly forward; fifth, or posterior tooth, narrow and vertically thickened, the apex slender and curved forward. In- ferior lateral regions rather coarsely granulous and clothed with a hairy pubescence. Inferior margin of the orbit divided by a deep fissure into two lobes, the inner one projecting forward as a long, stout tooth, the outer one broad, with the outer angle of the anterior edge strongly projecting. Tubercle of the sub-hepatic region stout and spiniform. Chelipeds with the carpi rugose externally, and with a shallow depression along the outer border next the articulation with the hand; hands a little unequal, stout, obtusely carinated on the upper edge, very slightly rugose above; dactyli with a rounded carina on the upper edge at the base; all the fingers irregularly toothed within, and marked with distinct longitudinal impressed striae; in the larger hand, a stout tooth at the base of the dactylus, and a rudimentary tubercle on the outer anterior edge of the palm between the bases of the fingers. Ambulatory feet stout and very pubescent, especially on the terminal joints. Fingers dark brown, lighter at the tips. Length of carapax in a male, 30.0 millim.; breadth, 43.2 millim.; ratio, 1: 1.44. Panama and Acajutea; F. H. Bradley. This species appears to be closely allied to P. chilensis Edw. et Lucas (Voy, dans l’Amér. Mérid. de D'Orbigny, Crust., p. 16, pl. vTII, fig. 2), but the fingers in that species are said to be “non can- nelés,” and the carapax seems to be much smoother than in the Panama species. & Panopeus occidentalis Saussure, Crust. nouv. de Mexique et des Antilles, p. 15, pl. I, fig. 6, 1858. - In the Society's collection there is a specimen of Panopeus collected at the Bahamas by Dr. Bryant, which evidently belongs to this species. Smith.] 280 [February 3, The general outline of the carapax is very similar to that of P. Herbstii of the same size, but the carapax is smoother, the areolets slightly swollen and more distinctly marked, the three posterior teeth of the antero-lateral margin are broad and stout, obtusely triangular, strongly upturned, and not at all hooked forward; the carpus is smooth and the groove on the outer anterior margin is rather broad and shallow; the hands are very much as in Herbstii, but smoother; the ambulatory feet are relatively longer and slenderer than in Herbstii. Length of carapax in the single male specimen, 20.9 millim.; breadth, 29.2; ratio, 1: 1.40. IPanopeus Serratus Saussure, op. cit., p. 16, pl. I, fig. 7. I refer to this species a single female specimen collected at St. Thomas by Prof. C. F. Hartt. It differs from the last species in the rougher carapax, the more slender and acute teeth of the antero- lateral margin, and markedly in the very rugose upper sides of the carpi and hands. From P. Harttii it differs in having the carapax much narrower in proportion, much more convex, the areolets not nearly so well marked nor so prominent, and the front only very obscurely four-lobed. Length of carapax, 12.2 millim.; breadth, 16.2; ratio, 1 : 1.33. Panopeus Harttii, sp. nov. Carapax broadest at the penultimate teeth of the antero-lateral margin, convex anteriorly, slightly flattened behind; areolets well marked and somewhat protuberant anteriorly; coarsely granulous and slightly pubescent on the front and antero-lateral borders; hepatie regions prominent and bearing a transverse ridge; anterior lobes of the gastric region prominent; the anterior part of all the regions crossed transversely by slight granulous rugae. Front very much de- flexed, the anterior edge thin and four-lobed, the median lobes much the largest, evenly rounded, and a little more prominent than the lateral, which project as small obtusely triangular teeth. Post-orbital tooth short and slender, and separated from the second tooth of the antero-lateral margin by a broad sinus which breaks the margin com- pletely; remaining teeth triangular in form, much thickened verti- cally, and separated by quite broad sinuses, the posterior two on each side very slender, and of nearly equal prominence. Inferior lateral regions coarsely granulous. Inferior margin of the orbit broken by a deep fissure, the inner lobe forming a stout tooth, the outer lobe 1869.] 281 [Smith. broad, and the lateral angle projecting slightly in advance of the post- orbital tooth. - . Chelipeds with the carpi externally granular-rugose, and with a deep groove along the outer margin next the articulation with the hand; hands a little unequal, slightly rugose above; fingers slender, deflexed, with slight impressed lines, and slightly and obtusely toothed within, the dactylus in the larger hand having usually a larger tooth at the base. Ambulatory feet slender and pubescent along the edges. Fingers black, lighter at the tips, the color not spreading upon the palm. - Length of carapax in a male, 15.0 millim.; breadth, 22.5 millim.; ratio, 1: 1.50. Abrolhos Reefs, Brazil; Prof. C. F. Hartt. Panopeus Bradleyi, sp. nov. Carapax slightly convex in an antero-posterior direction, but not at all transversely; antero-lateral border slightly upturned, so that the points of the teeth are nearly, or quite, on a level with the middle of the carapax; areolations well marked, and the regions somewhat pro- tuberant; microscopically granulous on the margins, and with a few very slight transverse rugae. Front slightly prominent, nearly hori- zontal, the edge thin, with a minute median incision, and the lateral angles projecting as narrow obtuse teeth. Incisions of the superior margin of the orbit well marked. Post-orbital tooth small, trian- gular, and separated from the second tooth of the antero-lateral margin by a rounded sinus; remaining teeth rather prominent, trian- gular, thickened along the anterior edge, and with sharp depressions running back upon the carapax between their bases. Postero-lateral border crossed by a slight depression. Inner angle of the inferior margin of the Orbit projecting into a prominent sharp tooth, outside of which the edge of the orbit is thin, straight and not prominent. Bxternal hiatus of the orbit a deep, acutely triangular notch. Tuber- cle of the sub-hepatic region very small and close under the margin of the carapax. Chelipeds with the carpi rugose externally, and with a deep and narrow groove along the anterior margin of the outer side; hands. unequal, with a slight double carina along the upper edge; larger hand stout, fingers short, widely gaping, irregularly toothed within, and with a stout tooth at the base of each finger, the one on the dactylus shutting just within the other; smaller hand with the fingers slender, Smith.] 282 [February 3, not gaping and wanting the basal teeth. Fingers brown, lighter at the tips, and the dactyli lighter than the other fingers. Length of carapax in the male, 8.4 millim.; breadth, 11.5 millim. ; ratio, 1: 1.37. Panama; F. H. Bradley. Panopeus politus, sp. nov. Carapax entirely naked above, broad, moderately convex in two directions, slightly granulous and uneven on the front and antero- lateral border, smooth on the median region and posteriorly; regions slightly, but distinctly marked. Front strongly deflexed, the edge somewhat beveled from above, four-lobed, the median lobes being very broad, prominent, and separated by a sharp notch, the lateral lobes projecting as small teeth. First lobe of the antero-lateral margin broad, and its edge slightly concave; remaining lobes trun- cate and separated by three slight notches, from which slight grooves extend back upon the carapax, that from the second notch being most distinct, and forming the posterior limit of the hepatic region. Inner angle of the inferior margin of the orbit forming a prominent tooth, the outer part of the margin projecting very little. All the sub- orbital and sub-hepatic regions distinctly granulous; the tubercle on the sub-hepatic region being much depressed, forming a slight granu- lous prominence. Chelipeds with the carpi and hands smooth and evenly rounded above; hands a little unequal, fingers rather stout, irregularly toothed within, and with a prominent tooth at the base of the dactylus in the larger hand. Ambulatory feet nearly naked, except the dactyli, which are covered with a close pubescence. . Color of alcoholic specimen light brown above, tinged with bluish purple on the anterior part of the carapax and the upper side of the chelipeds; fingers black, lighter at the tips, the color not spreading upon the palm. Length of carapax in a female, 13.8 millim. ; breadth, 21.4 millim.; ratio, 1: 1.55. Abrolhos Reefs, Brazil; Prof. C. F. Hartt. g This species is allied to P. transversus Stimpson (Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. VII, p. 210, 1860), from the west coast of Central America, but is easily distinguished from it by the more deeply areolated and uneven carapax, the more produced front, the concave instead of convex post-orbital lobe, and by the more deeply notched and uneven antero-lateral margin. The color also is very different. 1869.] 283 [Smith. Panopeus planus, sp. nov. - Carapax naked, very broad, depressed and very flat above; front and sides crossed by numerous granulous rugae; areolation very dis- tinct, the gastric region surrounded laterally and posteriorly by a deep groove, a deep groove extending from the anterior extremity of the median gastric lobe to the middle of the front, and a similar groove separating the hepatic from the branchial region, and joining the middle incision of the antero-lateral margin. Front nearly hori- zontal, scarcely at all prominent, the edge slightly thickened and granulous, a very little arcuate in the middle, with a slight median incision, and the lateral angles projecting as small teeth, nearly or quite to a line with the middle. First lobe of the antero-lateral margin broad, not at all advanced, and its edge straight; remaining lobes not at all prominent and separated by very slight notches. Sub- orbital and sub-hepatic regions very much as in P. politus, but rather more strongly granulous and quite pubescent. Chelipeds with the carpi and hands smooth and evenly rounded above, the fingers rather slender, slightly deflexed, and with very slight, longitudinal, impressed striae. Ambulatory feet long and slen- der, pubescent along the edges and the dactyli wholly pubescent. Length of carapax in a male, 16.5 millim.; breadth, 26.4 millim.; ratio, 1: 1.60. Panama; F. H. Bradley. This species is at once distinguished from all others in the genus by its very flat carapax. IPanopeus depressus, sp. nov. Carapax depressed, slightly convex, crossed by numerous trans- verse granulous rugae, and granulous and slightly pubescent on the front and antéro-lateral border; regions slightly marked and not pro- tuberant, except the anterior part of the gastric which is somewhat swollen. Front broad, nearly horizontal, not at all prominent, and its edge thin, almost perfectly straight, and with a slight median notch in the larger specimens. First lobe of the antero-lateral margin broad, composed of the angle of the orbit coalesced with the second normal tooth, its edge thin, the inner angle slightly curved forward to form the angle of the orbit, the outer angle slightly rounded; re- maining teeth of the antero-lateral margin separated by deep triangu- lar notches; third normal tooth broad, truncate, its anterior angle sharp, posterior angle rounded; fourth tooth prominent, its anterior edge straight or slightly hooked forward at the apex, outer and pos- § Smith.] 284 [February 3, terior edge arcuate; last tooth narrow, its apex slender and hooked forward. Inferior lateral regions pubescent and thickly granulate. Inferior margin of the orbit thin, its edge as seen from below contin- uous but somewhat concave, and the inner angle projecting forward to a line with the inner angle of the superior margin. Chelipeds unequal, carpi and hands slightly granulous above; larger hand stout, the dactylus curved strongly and without a strong basal tooth within; smaller hand with the fingers slender and some- what spoon-shaped at the tips; all the fingers with slight longitudinal impressed striae. Ambulatory feet pubescent along the edges, the dactyli in the posterior pair much shorter than the others. Terminal Segment of the male abdomen narrower than the penult, about three- fourths as long as broad, the sides convex and the tip rather broadly rounded. Fingers black, lighter at the tips, the black spreading far upon the palm. Length of the carapax in a male, 18.6 millim; breadth, 26.8; ratio, 1: 1.44. t New Haven, Conn., common. Found in abundance at Egmont Key, Fla., by Col. E. Jewett. There are also specimens in the Socie- ty’s collection. This species, as well as the next, has very likely been confounded with the young of P. Herbstii, but it is very different, and is easily distinguished from it by the more depressed carapax, the very differ- ent teeth of the antero-lateral margin, and by the entire absence of the tooth at the base of the dactylus in the larger hand. Banopeus Sayi, sp. nov. . Cancer Panope (pars) Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, * Vol. I, p. 58, 1817 (non Herbst). Carapax narrow, strongly convex, microscopically granulous and slightly pubescent; regions distinctly marked and protuberant. Front very prominent and slightly deflexed, the edge thin, strongly arcuate as seen from above, with a distinct median incision, the lat- eral angles rounded and not at all projecting. First lobe of the an- tero-lateral margin composed of the angle of the orbit coalesced with the second normal tooth, not at all prominent, slightly concave, the inner angle slightly projecting to form the angle of the orbit, outer angle short and rounded; third normal tooth projecting much more than the lobe in front of it, and truncate; fourth tooth prominent, somewhat triangular and separated from the third and fifth by rather deep triangular notches; fifth, or last, narrow, triangular, much thick- 1869.] 285 [Smith. ened and with a ridge extending back upon the carapax. In some young specimens the tips of the teeth are slightly hooked forward. Inferior lateral regions finely granulate. Inferior margin of the orbit not broken by a notch, but the inner angle rather abruptly projecting as an obtusely triangular tooth. External hiatus of the orbit a small and very narrow incision. Chelipeds unequal (either the right or left being the larger), carpi and hands smooth or slightly rugose above; larger hand very stout, the fingers short and thick, obtusely toothed within, and without a strong basal tooth on the dactylus. Ambulatory feet somewhat pu- bescent, all the dactyli long and slender. Terminal segment of the male abdomen broader than the penult, about two-thirds as long as broad, the side slightly concave and the tip abruptly triangular. Fin- gers black, the tips lighter and the black spreading broadly upon the palm. * Length of carapax in a male from New Haven, 18.8 millim.; breadth, 25.2 millim.; ratio, 1:1.34. Length of carapax in a male from Cape Cod, 19.2 millim.; breadth, 25.2 millim., ratio, 1: 1.31. New Haven, Conn., in the same localities with the last species and in about equal abundance. Eastham, Cape Cod; W. C. Fish (Collection of the Essex Institute). This species is easily distinguished from P. depressus by its nar- rower and much more convex and swollen carapax, the projecting and arcuate front, the more abruptly projecting inner angle of the inferior margin of the orbit, and by the very different form of the terminal segment of the male abdomen. The teeth of the antero- lateral margin are also quite different. In some respects it agrees with Stimpson's description of P. tewanus (Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. VII, p. 55, 1859) and it may possibly prove to be that species, but over one hundred specimens examined agree in having the fingers black, the left hand frequently the larger and the first second normal teeth of the antero-lateral border coalescing. Pilumnus limosus, sp. nov. Body and feet covered with a light brown, velvet-like pubescence composed of short clavate hairs, among which the tubercles and gran- ules appear as little depressed pits in the general surface. Carapax strongly deflexed in front but much flattened posteriorly, distinctly areolated, and ornamented above with about forty, scattered, small tu- bercles or granules, of which fourteen of the larger ones are on the gas- tric region, two being on each of the anterior lobes, three on each of Smith.] 286 [February 3, the antero-lateral, one on the extremity of the median, and three ar- ranged in a triangle behind it; the remaining ones which are smaller, irregularly distributed over the branchial and posterior regions. Front very strongly deflexed and four-lobed, the median lobes much larger than the lateral, projecting almost perpendicularly downward, separated by a deep, acutely triangular sinus, and their outer and an- terior edges slightly denticulate; the lateral lobes projecting as slen- der teeth. Superior margin of the orbit armed with three small tubercles, of which the outer one forms the external angle. Antero- lateral margin armed with three long, triangular teeth which are sep- arated from the angle of the orbit by a broad shallow sinus, below which, on the inferior region, there is a slender tubercle. Inferior margin of the orbit broken by a deep sinus, the inner lobe prominent and usually somewhat bituberculate at the tip, the outer lobe armed along the margin with three or four small tubercles; external hiatus well marked. Inſerior orbital region with a few scattered granules. An oblique line of eight or ten small tubercles on the sub-branchial region terminating just behind the posterior tooth of the antero-lat- eral margin. - Chelipeds slightly unequal, carpus armed with a strong spine on the immer edge and a few scattered tubercles on the upper surface, hand tuberculose above and externally, the palm with a naked and smooth space on the lower edge at the base of the finger, fingers smooth, striate and dark brown, the color not spreading upon the palm. Am- bulatory feet slender and armed with a few scattered sharp granules on the upper side. Length of the carapax in a male from Panama, 11.4 millim.; breadth, 15.0; ratiq. 1: 1.31. Length of carapax in a female from the same locality, 11.0 millim.; breadth, 14.5 millim.; ratio, 1:1.32. Zorritos, Peru, and Panama; F. H. Bradley. Trapezia formosa, sp. nov. Carapax without lateral spines or teeth, very smooth and shining, convex in two directions, very broad in the middle but much con- tracted at the orbits; regions not at all defined; two puncta on the posterior part of the gastric region, a scattered group of several on each side in front of these and quite near the orbits, and an irreg- ular sub-marginal line of small ones along the front. Front with a slight groove along the margin above, ſhe edge thin, slightly crenula- ted, and somewhat six-lobed, the median lobes narrow but more prominent than the others; outer angle of the orbit not at all promi- 1869.] 287 [Smith. nent; sides very convex, the edge obtusely rounded, and, in the younger specimens, a very slight rounded projection on the anterior margin of the branchial region, which is entirely wanting in the larger specimens. Chelipeds slightly unequal, smooth and glabrous, with a very few scattered puncta on the upper side; meros rather short; the anterior edge armed with about six small teeth; carpus with a slight, obtuse and rounded projection on the inner margin; hand stout but not swol- len, the fingers short, considerably incurved, with a few sharp teeth within, not gaping but the pointed tips somewhat hooked by one an- other. Ambulatory feet slender, and glabrous to the tarsi. Color of alcoholic specimens uniform orange, a little darker above than below; the fingers brownish. - A number of specimens give the following measurements: — Length of Breadth of Ratio. Breadth at outer Breadjh of front Sex. Carapax. Carapax. angles of orbits. between orbits. & 5-6 mm. 6.8 mm. 1 : 1-21 6'2 mm. 3-6 mm. {{ 7.4 “ 9-2 tº 1 : 1:24 8-1 “ 4.6 “ {{ 7-6 {{". 9-6 {{ 1 : 1:26 8°4 {{ 5-0 66 2 6-9 {{ 8°4 {{ 1 : 1-22 7-4 {{ 4°0 {{ 1:1-31 9°5 {{ 5-6 $6 66 8-9 46 11.8 {{ Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama, among Pocillipora capitata Verrill; F. H. Bradley. - * This species is easily distinguished from the next by the carapax being much broader in proportion, much narrowed in front, the outer angles of the orbits short and rounded, the sides arcuate and without a marginal tooth on the anterior lobe of the branchial region. ? Trapezia, Cymodoce Guérin, Dana, U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 257, pl. 15, fig. 5. - This species, or one so closely allied that the published descriptions and figures do not enable me to distinguish it, was collected by Mr. Bradley with the last species, and in much greater abundance. Carapax Smooth and glabrous, broad, slightly convex, and in younger specimens quite as broad at the outer angles of the orbits as between the lateral teeth, but in large specimens, and especially fe- males, it is slightly contracted in front; the puncta arranged much as in the last species but less marked and regular on the front. Front distinctly six-lobed, without a groove along the upper margin, the edge thin, and in some specimens very slightly crenulate; external angle of the Orbit rather prominent and in young specimens acute Smith.] 288 - [Tebruary 3, and somewhat spiniform; lateral edges thin, not at all rounded, and with a very distinct tooth on the anterior lobe of the branchial re- gion, which, in young specimens, projects forward as a sharp spine. Chelipeds much as in the last species, but the meros more strongly toothed. ' Ambulatory feet slightly hairy on the terminal segments. Coloration very much as in T. formosa but the fingers a little darker. Several specimens give the following measurements:— Sex. Length of Breadth of Ratio. Dreadth at outer Breadth of front Carapax. Carapax. angles of orbits, between orbits. 2 7-2 mm. 8-6 mm. 1 : 1:19 8-6 mm. 4.9 mm. £6 8°4 {{ 9-8 {{ 1 : 1-17 9°4 {{ 5-1 {{ ( & 9.8 “ 11.3 tº 1 : 1-15 11.1 tº 6-6 tº {{ 11-6 “ 13.5 “ 1 : 1-16 12-6 “ 7.4 “ 6 6-8 “ 8-0 tº 1 : 1-18 7.9 “ 4-8 “ $6 11.6 “ 13-8 “ 1:1-19 13-1 “ 7-6 “ It appears to be a much larger species than T. formosa. Quadrella nitida, sp. nov. Carapax smooth, convex in two directions, broadest in the middle; front armed with six spiniform teeth, the median ones larger, more prominent, and separated by a deeper sinus than the others; exter- nal angle of the orbit projecting as a sharp spine; sides convex, the edge obtuse and rounded, with a single slender spine, or in the larger specimens only a slight angular projection, at the anterior lobe of the branchial region. Inner angle of the sub-orbital margin armed with a slender spine which projects considerably beyond the spine of the front above it. Chelipeds somewhat unequal, very large; meros long, its posterior edge rounded, the anterior edge armed with six to eight slender spines, usually eight in the larger and six, in the smaller cheliped; carpus smooth, evenly rounded on the outer side and with a single short spine on the anterior part of the inner side; hands stout and considerably swollen, especially the larger one, smooth and unarmed, equaling or exceeding in length the breadth of the carapax, the fin- gers not gaping, those of the larger hand rather stout and strongly incurved, those of the smaller hand longer and more slender. Ambu- latory feet slender and smooth except the dactyli which are slightly pubescent. Color of alcoholic specimens light yellowish, the fingers tinged with orange and encircled with a median band of black. 1869.] 289 [Shaler. Length of carapax in a male, excluding the teeth of the front, 9.3 millim.; breadth, 11.2 millim.; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 1.20; length, including spines of the front, 10.0 millim. Another male gives, length of carapax, 7.3 millim; breadth, 8.5 millim.; ratio, 1: 1.16; length including spines, 7.8; length of meros in larger cheli- ped, 6.4; length of hand, 10.4; breadth of hand, 4.3; length of meros in smaller cheliped, 5.8; length of hand, 9.4; breadth of hand, 3.3. Length of carapax in a female, 8.0 millim.; breadth, 9.6 millim.; ra- tio, 1:1.20; length including spines, 8.6 millim. In young specimens the sides of the carapax are less convex than in adults. - Pacheca, one of the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama, six to eight •fathoms among pearl oysters; F. H. Bradley. Q. coronata Dana, the only other described species of the genus, was from the Sooloo Sea, or Balabac Straits. NotEs ON THE CONCENTRIC STRUCTURE OF GRANITIC RocKs. BY N. S. SHALER. , Von Buch, in * paper on the concentric form of massive rocks, called attention to the peculiar onion-like lamellation visible upon the outside of almost all granite masses; he left, however, the question of the origin of this pēculiar structure quite unexplained. It proba- bly afforded him another Nproof of the theory of upheaval of volcanic and other dome-like elevations, an opinion which it oftentimes seems to support. So far as is known to the aiſthor, though several writers have referred to the existeněe of this peculiar feature in certain massive rocks, no effort has een made to trace the cause of its existence. X As affecting the disintegration of granitic and other massive rocks where it occurs, this feature in their Nstructure has a very great im- portance. Being most marked in those regions where the ordinary joints and fissuring have had the least effect in preparing the way for detrital agents, it enables flowing water, fiqst and waves, to break open masses which, but for this element of weakness, would be very little affected by the agents of decay. The shore of New England and the more northern portions of the Continent of North America, abound with cliffs of the hummocky form so characteristic of granitic shores, which, on inspection, show how far this feature, renders the pounding of the sea effective. Looking closely at the structure of any portion of such a shore line, we perceive that the waves, finding rwoozebings I3. S. N. EI.-VOL. XII. 19 APRILN869, & * \ w \ Shaler. 290 [February 3, their way beneath the successive concentric layers of the rock, rend them in large masses from their places and grind them to pieces. The fragments are then either carried to deeper water, where they are protected from further effects of the waves, or impelled by the action of storms striking the shore obliquely, they are drawn to the nearest nook of the coast, where they are dragged to and fro among the rat- tling pebbles of a rolling beach until reduced to sand or mud, and borne away by tidal currents. Thus, owing to this structure, massive rocks are rapidly worn away which would otherwise present an almost un- yielding front to the waves, and the deposit of sedimentary matter proceeds with rapidity over areas which would réceive little such in- crement were it not for this element of weakness of the neighboring rock shores. It is unquestionable that the rapid silting up of the- numerous inlets and bays which fret the shore of the northern and southern hemisphere within the so-called ford zone, a phenomenon of political, as well as scientific importance, is due in a considerable degree to the rapid decay of the massive rocks, rendered possible by this feature in their structure. f Concentric lamellation differs widely from the common features of cleavage in rocks, inasmuch as however complicated and distorted the cleavage system may be, it is always reducible to sets of planes, crossing each other-if there be more than one such system, but never producing systems of curves, which are the essential feature in the fractures we are describing. This much is readily seen upon the exterior of any mass characterized by this structure. Upon examin- ing, where it has proved possible, the internal features, the interesting fact became evident that the concentric arrangment was confined to the external portions of the mass, never being discernible at a greater depth than four or Afive feet, rarely, indeed, below three feet from the surface. This determination has, been made from the exam- ination of a very few sections, which were fitted for the purpose, inasmuch as it is by no means easy to find quarries which give suffi- ciently extensive sections to admit of study of such features, which cannot be well examined in a small sectional, area. Sometimes it happens that at greater depths than are above indicated, there occur fissures which at first sight seem to have the same general corre- spondence with the surface, as the concentric or onion fracture in question; but it has always happened that a careful examination has rendered it appyrent that the correspondence was accidental, and the lines not of the concentric character at all. It may be possible in case small dome-like elevations exist in nature, to have phenomena f \, NOTICE OF THE CRUSTACEA COLLECTED BY PROF. C. F. HARTT ON THE COAST OF BRAZIL IN 1867, TOGETIIER WITH A LIST OF THE DES C R IB E D S P E CIES OF BRAZILIAN FODOPHTHALMIA. By SIDNEY I. SMITH, Assistant in Zoology, Yale College, New Haven, Conn * [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCLs, * VoI, III H. NoTICE OF THE CRUSTACEA COLLECTED BY PROF. C. F. HARTT ON THE COAST OF BRAZIL IN 1867. By SIDNEY I. SMITH. Read, May 19th, 1869, IN the first volume of these Transactions, Prof. Verrill has noticed the Radiata of the collection made by Prof. Hartt upon the coast of Brazil during the summer of 1867, and the Crustacea of the same col- lection, having been submitted to me for examination, was found to contain so many species new to the Brazilian fauna that the publica- tion of the following list seemed desirable. The collection, although quite small in number of specimens and representing only the higher groups of the class, is interesting from the large proportion which it contains of species heretofore known only from the West Indies or Floróña. This is, perhaps, due chiefly to the fact that most of the collections brought from Brazil have been made at Rio de Janeiro where there are no coral reefs, while Prof. Hartt's collection was made principally on the rocky and reef-bearing parts of the coast. BRACHYURA. Milnia bicornuta, Stimpson. Pisa bicornuta Latreille, Encyclopédie méthodique, tome x, p. 141 (teste Edwards). Pericera bicorna Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, tome i, p. 337, 1834. Pisa bicorna Gibbes, On the Carcinological Collections of the United States, Pro- ceedings American Association, 3d Meeting, p. 170, 1850. Pericera bicorn's Saussure, Crustacés nouveaux des Antilles et du Mexique, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 3, 1858. te Milnia bicornuta Stimpson, Notes on North American Crustacea, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 180, 1860. A single specimen collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos does not differ from Bermuda, Florida and Aspinwall specimens. Mithraculus coronatus Stimpson. Cancer coronatus Herbst, Naturgeschichte der Krabben und Krebse, Band i, p. 184, Tab. 11, fig. 63, 1782, and Cancer Coryphe, Band iii, zweytes Heft, p. 8, 1801. Mºthraculus coronatus (pars) White?, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 7, 1847. TRANS. CoNNECTICUT AGAD., WOL. II. l JULY, 1869. 2 S. Z. Smith, on Brazilian Ch'ustacea. Mithraculus coronaius Stimpson, American Journal Sci., 2d Series, Vol. xxix, 1860, p. 132; Annals Lyc, Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 186, 1860. Two females of this species were collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. They do not differ perceptibly from Aspin- wall specimens. The two specimens give the following measurement:— Length of carapax, 12.8mm Breadth of carapax, 17.6mm Ratio, 1 : 1:37 tº “... “ 17.2 “ (: tº 23-4 “ 1 : ] '86 The differences pointed out by Stimpson at once distinguish this species from M. Sculptus, but White cites the figures of both species under his Mithraculus coronatus, so that it is not possible, without an examination of his specimens, to tell which species he had in view. lMithrax hispidus Edwards. Cancer hispidus Herbst, op. cit., Bandi, p. 247, Tab. 18, fig. 100, 1782. Mithraw hispidus Edwards, Magasin de Zoëlogie, 2e année, 1832; Historie naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 322, 1834; DeKay, Zoëlogy of New York, Crust., p. 4, 1844; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 172; Stimpson, American Journal Sci., 2d Series, vol. xxix, 1860, p. 132; Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 189, 1860. Several specimens collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos agree well with Edwards' and Stimpson's descriptions of this species. The cara- pax is wholly naked above, the elevations anteriorly are smooth and polished, and there are no spines or prominent tubercles on the median regions. There are two small tubercles just at the base of the frontal teeth, and two more just behind these on the anterior lobes of the gastric region; there are also traces of two tubercles on each of the antero-lateral gastric lobes, and several small tuberculiform elevations on the hepatic and branchial regions near the antero-lateral margin. The external angle of the orbit forms an obtuse tooth not projecting so far forward as the external lobe of the inferior margin; the suc- ceeding tooth of the antero-lateral margin (the second normal) is quite small and obtuse, but the three remaining teeth are spiniform, slender and curved forward; in addition, there is a very small tooth just be- hind the posterior spiné of the antero-lateral margin. Several specimens give the following measurements:— Breadth of carapax Sex. Length of carapax. including spines. Rātio. Male. 15.5mm 18:0mm 1 : L'l 6 ! { 18-9 22.7 1 : 1:20 Female. 13°4. * 15°4. 1 : L-15 (ić 15'4. I8-0 1 : 1-17 S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 3 l Xantho denticulata, White. Aſantho denticulata. White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 17 (no descrip- tion), 1847; Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist, 2d Series, vol. ii, p. 285 (X, denticulatus), 1848 (non Stimpson); Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vol. xii, p. 274, 1869. A single specimen collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos does not differ from specimens from Bermuda and Aspinwall. It seemes to be an uncommon species as it is not mentioned by Dana, Gibbes, or Stimpson, and I have only seen a single one from each of the localities mentioned. Chlorodius Floridanus Gibbes. Chlorodius Floridanus Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 175, 1850; Stimpson, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 209. Several specimens, not differing perceptibly from those from Florida and Aspinwall, were collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Three specimens give the following measurements:— Sex. Length of Carapax. Breadth of carapax. . Ratio. Male. 20.8mm 33.8mm I. : 1-62 Female. 15-6 23-8 I : 1-53 ( t 18:4 29°4. 1 : 1-60 Panopeus politus Smith, loc. cit., p. 282, 1869. Plate I, figure 4. This species is allied to P transversus Stimpson, and resembles somewhat the crematus of Edwards and Lucas. The carapax is entirely naked above, broad, moderately convex in two directions, slightly granulous and uneven on the front and along the antero-lateral border, but smooth and highly polished on the median regions and posteriorly. The regions are slightly but distinctly indi- cated. The gastric region is surrounded by a well marked sulcus, but its lobes are not distinctly indicated except the anterior extremity of the median, which is slender and acutely pointed; the frontal lobes are indicated by slight prominences. The hepatic region is not divided, but there are one or two slight plications on its anterior part parallel to the antero-lateral margin. The cervical suture is distinct in its outer portion but is not indicated near the gastric region. The median and posterior lobes of the branchial region are separated by a distinct depression. The front is strongly deflexed, the edge somewhat bev- eled from above and four-lobed; the median lobes are very broad, project prominently and are separated by a sharp notch; the lateral lobes project as Small narrow teeth. The antero-lateral margin is di- 4 S. Z. Smith, on Brazilian Crustacea. vided by small notches into four lobes, the first of which is composed of the angle of the orbit coalesced with the second normal tooth; the first lobe is broad, its edge slightly concave and projecting a little at the angle of the orbit; the second and third lobes are broad and trun- cate; the fourth lobe is small and obtuse and forms the lateral angle of the carapax. From each of the notches slight sulci extend a little way back upon the carapax. Beneath, the edge of the front is thin, projects obliquely downward and is not expanded in front of the antennulae. The epistome is smooth, and its labial border has a prominent median lobe and a slight incision each side. The external maxillipeds are smooth; the merus is quadri- lateral, its outer edge not projecting, and the antero-exterior angle rounded. The inferior margin of the orbit is divided into two lobes by a broad and shallow sinus; the inner lobe forming a prominent tooth which projects as far forward as the lateral lobe of the front, and the outer lobe broad and slightly prominent. The external hiatus of the orbit is rather broad and shallow. The sub-orbital and sub-hepa- tic regions are quite granulous. The tubercle beneath the anterior lobe of the antero-lateral margin is depressed, forming only a slight granu- lous prominence. The sub-branchial region is somewhat hairy. The female abdomen is broadly ovate, the greatest breadth being at the fourth segment. The chelipeds are slightly unequal, the carpi and hands Smooth and evenly rounded above and on the outside. The hands are stout, the fingers obscurely marked with longitudinal impressed lines, and irreg- ularly toothed within, and in the dactylus of the larger hand there is a prominent cylindrical tooth at the base. The ambulatory legs are smooth and nearly naked except a close pubescence upon the dactyli, penultimate segments, and slightly on the carpi. In an alcoholic specimen the color is light brown above, tinged with bluish purple on the anterior part of the carapax and the upper side of the chelipeds. The fingers are black, lighter at the tips, and the black not spreading upon the palm. Length of carapax in the single female specimen, 13.8" ; breadth, 21:4: ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1:55. Collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. - The P. transversus Stimpson (Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 210, 1860) of the west coast of Central America, differs from this species in having the carapax much less distinctly areolated, more regularly oval in outline and smoother and more evenly convex above. The front also projects much less prominently; the antero-lat- S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 5. eral margin is smooth and even and the lobes separated by very slight incisions, and the edge of the first lobe is slightly convex and does not. project at the angle of the orbit; there is no noticeable depression be- tween the median and posterior lobes of the branchial region; the in- ferior margin of the orbit is divided by a very slight sinus, and the inner lobe is not at all prominent; and finally, the external maxilli- peds are slightly granulated. The color of alcoholic specimens is quite different, being dark slate-brown on the upper side of the carapax and chelipeds. The P. crematus of Edwards and Lucas is a much smoother species than the politus, the regions being scarcely at all defined and the car- apax almost perfectly smooth along the front and antero-lateral bor- der. The front is not deflexed, its edge is nearly straight, and beneath it is expanded horizontally in front of the antennulae; the sub-orbital and sub-hepatic regions are quite smooth, and there is no tubercle be- neath the first lobe of the antero-lateral margin; and finally, the an- tero-exterior angle of the merus of the external maxillipeds projects laterally somewhat beyond the lateral margin and is broadly rounded.* Panopeus Harttii Smith, loc. cit., p. 280, 1869. Plate I, figure 5. The carapax is clothed with scattered hairs along the borders, is broadest at the penultimate teeth of the antero-lateral margins, con vex anteriorly but flattened behind, and coarsely granulous on the front and along the lateral borders, but nearly smooth on the median and posterior regions. The gastric region is surrounded by a very deep sulcus, which is particularly marked posteriorly next the cardiac and the posterior part of the branchial region; its median lobe is sep- arated from the antero-lateral lobes by a slight but distinct sulcus; and the anterior lobes are prominent and marked anteriorly by a sharp plication. The hepatic region is prominent, somewhat projecting and bears a transverse, granulous ridge. The cervical suture is very marked and extends as a broad depression quite to the gastric region. The median and posterior lobes of the branchial region are separated by a slight depression. The front is very much deflexed and the edge * The figure of the facial region of this species given in the Voyage dans L'Amérique Méridionale (pl. 8, fig. 18) improperly represents the external maxillipeds with this an- gle truncate and not at all produced laterally. 6" S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. thin and four lobed; the median lobes are very much the largest, are evenly rounded, and a little more prominent than the lateral, which project as small obtusely triangular teeth. The superior margin of the orbit is broken by two incisions leaving the margin between them projecting as a slight, rounded lobe. The post-orbital tooth is short and slender, and is separated from the second tooth of the antero- lateral margin by a broad sinus which breaks the margin completely. The remaining teeth of the antero-lateral margin are triangular in form, much thickened vertically, and separated by quite broad sinuses, and the posterior two on each side are very slender and of nearly equal prominence. Beneath, the edge of the front is thin and projects sharply down- Ward. The epistome is Smooth and its labial border has a small lobe in the middle, a slight notch each side and another at each angle of the buccal area. The external maxillipeds are smooth except the me- rus, which is slightly granulated and also has the antero-exterior angle very slightly produced laterally and not at all rounded. The inferior margin of the orbit is prominent and divided into two lobes by a deep and narrow sinus; the inner lobe forms a stout tooth which projects as far forward as the inner angle of the superior margin; the outer lobe is broad and its exterior angle projects slightly in advance of the post-orbital tooth. The external hiatus of the orbit is a deep trian- gular notch. In one specimen, however, it is wholly closed on one side, possibly from some accident. The sub-orbital and sub-hepatic regions are quite coarsely granulous. The tubercle of the sub-hepatic region forms a slight granulous prominence just beneath the post-or- bital tooth. The sub-branchial region is pubescent and slightly gran- ulous. In the male, the sternum is smooth and the abdomen quite narrow, being narrowest at the penultimate segment, and the terminal segment is about five-sixths as long as broad, and its extremity evenly rounded. In the female the abdomen is broadly ovate, the greatest breadth being at the fourth segment. - The chelipeds are a little unequal. The carpi are granular-rugose externally and have a deep groove along the outer margin next the articulation with the hand. The hands are slightly rugose above, and the fingers are slender, deflexed, marked with slight, impressed longi- tudinal lines and slightly and obtusely toothed within, and the dacty- lus in the larger hand usually has a stout tooth at the base. The ambulatory legs are slender, and pubescent along the edges of all the segments and over the whole surface of the dactyli, S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. ge 7. Alcoholic specimens are light olive brown above and on the chelipeds. The fingers are black, lighter at the tips, and the black not spreading upon the palm. t Several specimens give the following measurements: SeX. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Male. 15-0mm 22-5mm 1 : 1-50 {{ 15-9 23-6 1 : 1:49 Female. 9-6 14.4 I : 1:50 ! { 12°6 . 18:8 1 : 1:49 Seven specimens were collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. - This species is very distinct from all other described species of the genus. Its broad and deeply areolated carapax give it somewhat the aspect of a Chlorodius. - º Eriphia, gonagra, Edwards. Cancer gonagra Fabricius, Supplementum Entomologiae systematicae, p. 337, 1798. Eriphia gonagra Edwards, FIistoire naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 426, pl. 16, fig. 16, 17, 1834; Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, tome xvi, 1851, pl. 8, fig, 10 ; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 22; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 177; Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 250; Stimpson, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 217; Heller, Reise der österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde, p. 24, 1865. A large number of specimens are in the collection, all of them ob- tained at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. It seems to be a common species from southern Florida to Rio de Janeiro. A number of specimens give the following measurements: Breadth of carapax Sex. Length of carapax. including Spines. Ratio. Male. 17.2mm 24.8mm 1 : 1'44 {{ 24°0 34°5 1 : l'44 t! 25-6 36-8 1 : 1:44 {{ 26-8 37-8 1 : 1:41 {{ 30-8 43’5 1 : 1'41 Female. 17.6 25-7 1 : 1'46 ( ! 19:6 28-2 1 : l'44 { { 23-0 38.2 1 : l'44 { { 28-2 41°3 1 : 1 “46 Callinectes Danae Smith. * * Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 272, pl. 16, g. 7, 1852. - Calºnecies diacanthus Ordway, Monograph of the genus Callinectes, Boston Journal Nat. Hist, Vol. vii, p. 575, 1863. (Non Portunus diacanthus Latreille, nec Lupa, diacantha Edwards, nec Callinecies diacanthus Stimpson.) 8. S. Z. Smith on J3razilian Crustacea. A number of specimens which agree perfectly with the description of this species given by Ordway, were collected at Pernambuco by Prof. Hartt, A single female from Bahia does not differ from the Pernambuco specimens except in having the sub-median tooth of the front very short, scarcely projecting beyond the median teeth—probably an acci- dental character. Several specimens give the following measurements:— . Length of garapax Breadth of carapax Sex. including sub-frontal spine. including lateral spine. Ratio. Pernambuco. Male. 41.9mm 93-07mm 1 : 2-22 { { {{ 44'3 97 °4. 1 : 2°20 ! { 47.2 I 06-5 1 : 2°26 {{ IFemale. 41-8 91-0 1 : 2° 1'ſ { { J & 44-8 94-8 1 : 2' 12 Bahia. ! { 34'4 '76-0 I. : 2°2 l This species was known to Ordway only from Dana’s original spe- cimen collected at Rio de Janeiro. Callinectes Ornatus Ordway, loc. cit., p. 571, 1863. A male specimen collected at Caravellas agrees perfectly with Ord- way’s description and with a specimen from Bermuda. Length of carapax including sub-frontal spine, 36.2”; breadth of carapax including lateral spines, 80°5"; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 2°22. A sterile female collected at the same locality may belong to this species. It differs from the male in being thicker and more convex, the areolation more strongly marked, and the granulations coarser; the teeth of the antero-lateral border are less prominent and more ob- tuse; and the chelipeds are quite short, the merus not reaching, by considerable, the tip of the lateral spine. Length of carapax, 34'6"; breadth of carapax, 75.0; ratio 1:2:14. In the deeply areolated carapax it approaches the larvatus, and it may possibly belong to that species. The description and figure of Weptunus marginatus A. Edwards* agrees very closely with this specimen, the figure of the abdomen and sternum representing it perfectly, and there can be little doubt that Edwards' species was based on a sterile female of some species of Callinectes. If the habitat, Côte du Gabon, given by Edwards be correct, it is safely inferred that the genus Callinectes is not confined to the American coasts. * Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, tome x, p. 318, pl. 30, fig. 2, 1861. S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 9. The C. ornatus was previously known from South Carolina, Tortu- gas, Hayti, and Cumana. Callinectes larvatus Ordway, loc. cit., p. 573, 1863. One specimen of this species, a male, was collected at Bahia. It is very much like the Dance and the ornatus in the carapax, etc., but differs remarkably in the male abdominal appendages of the first pair, (intromittent organs), which are very short, directed inward till they cross and then the extremities curved abruptly outward. Length of carapax including sub-frontal spine, 38'8"; breadth in- cluding lateral spines, 82.4"; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 2°11. Ordway’s specimens were from Florida, Bahama, and Hayti. Achelous spinimanus DeHaan. Portunus spinimanus Latreille, Encyc., t. x, p. 188 (teste Edwards). Lupa spinimana Leach, Desmarest, Considérations générales Sur la classe des Crust., p. 98, 1825; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome i, p. 452, 1834; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 178; Dana, United States Exploring E%xpedition, Crust., p. 273; Stimp- son, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 57. Achelous spinimanus, DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, p. 8, 1833; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 28, 1847; Stimpson, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 221, 1860; A. Edwards, Archives du Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, tome x, p. 341, pl. 32, fig. 1, 1861; Heller, op. cit., p. 27. Three specimens, all females, collected at Bahia, give the following ImeaSurementS :— Length of carapax Breadth of carapax Ratio of including frontal teeth. including lateral spines. length to breadth. 37-0mm 61.5mm 1 : ] '66 44'4 77°4 1 : 1 ''/4 56-0 95-0 l: l'70 All the specimens have the lateral spine of the carapax nearly or quite twice as long as the one next in front of it. They appear to differ in no way from specimens from Florida. Achelous Ordwayi Stimpson. Achelous Ordway; Stimpson, Annals Lyc, Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 242, 1860. Neptunus Ordway; A. Edwards, op. cit., addenda, 186i. A male specimen of this fine species was collected, with the last, at Bahia. - The carapax is narrower than in A. Spinimanus, and the front more advanced. In areolation it resembles the spinimanus very much, the elevations however are not quite so thickly granulated. The teeth of the 10 S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. front are very long and slender, the length of the median ones exceed- ing slightly the distance between their tips. The teeth of the antero- lateral margin are much longer and slenderer than in spinimanus, the posterior one (lateral spine) being but slightly longer, in proportion to the other teeth, than in that species. The chelipeds are slender and fully as long as in Spinimanus. The ambulatory legs are long and very slender, those of the first two pairs extending nearly to the mid- dle of the dactyli of the chelipeds. The sternum is convex in an antero-posterior direction, while in the Sp?nimanus it is quite flat. In the male the terminal portion of the abdomen is narrowly triangular, the penultimate segment being quite narrow and its lateral margins straight or very slightly concave, while in the Spinimanus it is broad and the lateral margins of the penulti- mate segment quite convex. The male abdominal appendages of the first pair are very different in the two species. In both they are stout and separated by quite a broad space. In the spinimanus they reach beyond the middle of the penultimate segment of the abdomen, the thick basal portion curv- ing strongly inward from the base, the slenderer portion at first di- rected nearly straight forward, then curved strongly outward, and the tips inward again. In the Ordway; they are much shorter, reaching but slightly beyond the antipenultimate segment of the abdomen, and have but a single curve, curving inward from the base, then outward to the tip. Length of carapax in the single specimen, 37'0"; breadth of car- apax, 61.8"; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1-67; breadth excluding lateral spines, 48.0"; ratio of length to this breadth, 1 : 1:29; greatest length of merus segments of chelipeds, 31-0"; length of hand, right, 47.2, left, 47.0". A male specimen of A. Spinimanus from Florida gives the following:—length of carapax, 40'4"; breadth of carapax, 69.5mm ; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1-72; breadth excluding spines, 58.5mm ; ratio of length to this breadth, 1 : 1:44. This species differs from the figure of Neptunus cruentatus (A. Ed- wards, op. cit., p. 326, pl. 31, fig. 2) in having much longer chelipeds, the merus projecting much farther beyond the sides of the carapax, and the hands when folded in front lapping by each other considerably. The teeth of the front and of the antero-lateral margin are very much more slender and prominent than in his figure. And In the descrip- tion of the crwentatus no mention is made of the Smooth and highly iridescent spaces on the supero-exterior surface of the hand, which is S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 11. mentioned by Stimpson in his description of A. Ordway?, and is a very conspicuous character in the species, I have retained this species in the genus Achelous of DeHaan in- stead of Weptunus of the same author, because the narrow carapax, prominent front, and the form of the external maxillipeds and of the male abdomen ally it very closely to the Spinimanus, and, together with the narrow dactyli of the first three pairs of ambulatory legs, separate it widely from Weptunus pelagicus, the type of the genus Meptunus. The length of the lateral spine of the carapax, which appears to have been A. Milne Edwards' principal character for separating these genera, seems to be of slight importance, and in the present case, if used alone, is scarcely sufficient for a specific distinction. Stimpson's specimens of A. Ordwayi were from Florida and St. Thomas. - Goniopsis cruentatus DeHaan. Cancer ruricola DeGeer, Mémoires pour servir à l'histoire des Insectes, tome vii, p. 4.17, pl. 25, 1778 (non Cancer ruricola Linné). Grapsus crueniatus Latreille, Histoire des Crust. et Insects, tome vi, p. 70, 1803; Des- marest, op. cit., p. 132; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 85; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 181. - Goniopsis cruentatus DeBIaan, op. cit., p. 33, 1835; Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3mº Série, tome xx, 1853, p. 164, pl. 7, fig. 2; Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 101; Heller, op. cit., p. 43. Grapsus longipes Randall, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad, vol. viii, p. 125, 1839. Goniopsis ruricola White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 40, 1847; Saus- Sure, op. cit., p. 30, pl. 2, fig. 18, 1858. Goniograpsus cruentatus Dana, American Journal Sci., 2d series, vol. xii, p. 285, 1851; |United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 342, pl. 21, fig. 7, 1852. A single male of this beautiful species was collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Cºptograpsus Cirripes, sp. nov. Plate I, figure 3. The carapax above is granulous and naked The front as seen from above is nearly straight with only a slight median iñmargination. The orbits are broad, the margin slightly upturned and broken by a broad notch near the inner angle. The outer orbital teeth are long, acutely pointed, project straight forward, and the distance between their tips is nearly equal to two-thirds the breadth of the carapax. The succeeding teeth of the antero-lateral margin are prominent and acutely pointed, the third tooth much smaller than the others, and the 12 S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. fourth or last tooth with a slender spiniform tip directed forward and upward and with a sharp granulated ridge extending from its base inward upon the branchial region and nearly parallel to the postero- lateral margin. The areolation is well pronounced and agrees in the main with C. angulatus Dana. In the depression on each side just in front of the anterior lobes of the branchial region there is a trans- verse line of three obscure, oval, smooth spots. From the small tooth in the postero-lateral margin, a short ridge extends backward just above and parallel to the margin as far as the lateral angle of the Carapax. - - The chelipeds are stout and equal. The merus is triangular and the angles granulous. The carpus, and the hand nearly to the tips of the fingers, are sharply granulous. The fingers are slender and their inner edges nearly straight and armed with regular rounded tubercu- liform teeth. In the ambulatory legs the meral segments are granulous above and on the angles. The dactyli of the first three pairs are naked ex- cept a few hairs on the posterior edge at the base, slender, somewhat curved, smooth and deeply sulcate; those of the posterior pair are shorter, compressed, and their edges thickly clothed with soft hairs. In the first pair of legs the posterior edge of the propodus is clothed nearly its whole length with a brush of soft hair; in the second pair there is a similar brush but only on the terminal half; in the third pair it is wholly wanting, or represented only by a few hairs near the articulation with the dactylus. In the posterior pair of legs the edges of the dactylus, propodus and carpus are densely clothed with soft hair. The male sternum is concave in a lateral direction, and the articula- tions between the segments of the abdomen are nearly straight instead of curved as in C. angulatus. Length of carapax in a male, 31-0"; breadth of carapax, 35'6"; ratio of length to breath, 1 : 1:15. Breadth between outer orbital teeth, 24'8"; ratio of this breath to breath of carapax between lateral teeth, 1 : 1:43. This species was not obtained by Prof. Hartt. The only specimens which I have seen are two males, in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass., brought from Rio de Janeiro by Capt. Harrington. The C. cirripes differs from C. angulatus Dana (United States Ex- ploring Expedition, Crust., p. 352, pl. 22, fig. 6), from Rio Negro, Northern Patagonia, and heretofore the only known species of the S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 13 genus, in having the front as seen from above hearly straight instead of deeply bilobed, in the much greater breadth of the carapax between the outer orbital teeth—the ratio of this breadth to the breadth of the carapax between the lateral teeth being in C. angulatus, 1 : i:68,- and in the ciliated posterior legs. TJ ca, cordata. Cancer cordatus Linné, Amoenitates Academicæ, tome vi, p. 414, 1763; Systema Naturae, editio xii, tome i, p. 1039; Herbst, op. cit., Bandi, p. 131, Tab. 6, fig. 38. Cancer uca Linné?, Systema Naturae, editio xii, tome i, p. 1041. Uca loºvis? Dana 7, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 375. (Non Uca una Guérin, Iconographie du Règne animal, Crust, pl. 5, fig. 3, nec Ed- wards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 22, et Règne animal de Cuvier, 3me édit., pl. 19, fig. 1.) A single specimen of this species was obtained by Prof. Hartt at Bahia. There are also specimens from Pará in the collection of the Peabody Academy. All the specimens examined were males. The carapax is entirely naked and perfectly smooth above, very broad, the greatest breadth being much anterior to the middle, and very convex in an antero-posterior direction. The cervical suture is very distinctly indicated, especially in the middle of the carapax, where there is a broad depression on each side at the antero-lateral angle of the cardiac region. The gastric region is broad and flattened in the middle, the antero-lateral lobes are only indistinctly separated from the median, and the posterior portion is rounded and slightly protuberant but is still lower than the branchial region. The cardiac region is very large, scarcely divided, and the posterior portion ex- tends far back between the bases of the posterior pair of legs. The branchial regions are swollen, evenly rounded above and wholly un- divided, and the lateral margins are very convex in the anterior por- tion and are indicated by a very slight denticulated ridge. The whole front is bordered by a sharply raised margin; the median lobe pro- jects almost perpendicularly downward between the orbits, and its margin is regularly curved. The orbits are very large, and the mar- gin is broken by a broad and deep hiatus on the lower side at the outer extremity, just over which the outer angle of the superior mar- gin projects as a rounded lobe; the inferior margin is nearly straight and is formed of two nearly parallel ridges, the inferior of which is armed with a line of small tubercles, and the superior is irregularly granulous. The inferior obital regions are perfectly smooth and Sep- arated from the buccal area by deep Sulci. The inferior lateral re- gions are swollen and nearly smooth, there being only a few small 14 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. and scattered granules on the anterior portion near the inferior orbital region. On each side of the buccal area there is a high ridge which is armed with a few small tubercles. The external maxillipeds are smooth and naked on the outside, and the inner edge and the palpus thickly clothed with coarse hairs. The chelipeds are somewhat unequal and very large. The merus is stout, sharply triangular, both the inferior angles are armed with stout spines and the superior angle is coarsely granulous. The carpus is broad, smooth and evenly rounded on the outside, and spi- nous along the inner edge and on the anterior edge beneath. The hand is broad, compressed, spinous on the superior margin and on the inside, the inferior margin granulous, and the outer side smooth; the fingers are high and compressed, their tips strongly incurved, and the inner edges slightly separated in the middle and armed with small irregular teeth except at the tips, which are slightly spoon-shaped with the edges horny, continuous and sharp. The ambulatory legs are smooth and naked above, but all the segments in the first three pairs, except the basal ones, are thickly clothed beneath and on the anterior side with very long coarse hair. Those of the anterior pair are longer than the others, and those of the posterior pair are much shorter than the others and but slightly hairy. The dactyli of the first two pairs are very long and stout, slightly curved downward, their extremities compressed vertically and five-sided with the angles sharp; those of the third pair are much shorter and curved backward as well as downward; those of the posterior pair are still shorter, strongly curved backward and six- sided, the superior side being much broader than the others. The sternum is narrow, very convex in an antero-posterior direction, and the depression for the lodgement of the abdomen is broad, very deep, and extends quite to the base of the maxillipeds. The male abdomen is broadest at the third segment; the second segment is very small, and the two segments which precede it are completely coalesced. The appendages of the first segment are triquetral and very stout and extend to the extremity of the penultimate Segment. The appen- dages of the second segment are very small, extending scarcely be- yond the third segment. . Length of carapax, 54.0"; breadth of carapax, 73'4"; ratio, 1 : 1-36. Length of merus in right cheliped, 38'8"; in left cheliped, 33-0. Length of right hand, 49.5; length of left hand, 49-0. One of the specimens in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science has the chelipeds much more unequal than in the specimen described above but agrees with it in all other characters. S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 15 There are at least three American species of Uca —the U. cor- data, described above and the U. una (the species figured by Guérin and Edwards), from the east coast, and C. laevis, the species described and figured by Edwards in the Archives du Muséum d’Histoire mat- urelle, tome vii, p. 185, pl. 16, from the west coast. The synonymy of these species appears to be in much confusion. The Cancer cordatus of Linné is described at length in the Amoenitates Academicæ, and is evidently the species described above and the same as the one figured by Herbst. The description of C. Mcd in the Systema Naturae is very short and indefinite and no characters are given by which it could be distinguished from the C. cordatus. Milne Edwards in his Historie naturelle de Crust., 1837, quotes both these species under his Uca wna Latreille; he gives “l’Amérique méridionale * as the habitat of U. vºna, and describes a new species, U. laevis, from “les Antilles.” The slight descriptions of his laevis here given would not distinguish it from the U. cordata. In his re- view of the Ocypodoidea in the Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3* séries, tome xx, 1853, these species are again briefly characterized and the same habitas given. In 1854, in the Archives du Muséum, loc. cit., he describes U. laevis at length and figures it, but says, “Je ne con- nais que des individus máles de Gette espéce; la plupart ont été rap- portés des environs de Guayaquil, par M. Eydoux.” The description and figure here given apply well to specimens in the Museum of Yale College collected at Guayaquil by Mr. Bradley, and distinguish it readily from the Atlantic species. To add to the confusion, Lucas in D'Orbigny’s Voyage dans l’Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 23, 1843, gives, without description, “ Uca wºna Latr.” as coming from “Envi- rons de Guayaquil: M. Eydoux,” evidently having the same specimens before him that Edwards has described and figured in the Archives du Muséum ! If Edwards' original specimens of loavis were from the West Indies as stated, they are probably the U. cordata, but, even if this be the case, since the east coast species is evidently the Cancer cordatº/8 of Linné, the name lºvis may be retained for the west coast species to which Edwards's last and fullest description and his figure apply. White, in the list of Crustacea in the British Museum, p. 31, 1847, has “Uca cordata” from the West Indies and Brazil, but quotes as synonyms, Canceruca and C. cordatus of Linné, C. cordatus of Herbst, and Uca una of Guérin and Edwards, evidently confounding the two Atlantic species and intending to restore the older of the Linnean Ila,DOl68. 16. S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. Cardiosoma, quadratum Saussure. Cardisoma quadrata Saussure, op. cit., p. 22, pl. 2, fig. 13, 1858. Cardisoma diurum, Gill, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 42, January, 1859. [Wrongly printed 1858 on the third signature.] A number of specimens were collected at Pernambuco. It is at once distinguished from the C. Guanhumi by the more quadrate form of the carapax, the branchial regions being much less swollen, by the lateral margin being marked by a distinct carina in- stead of evenly rounded, and by the sharply triangular and spiny merus of the chelipeds. Some of the specimens collected by Prof. Hartt are nearly as large as ordinary specimens of C. Guanhumi and still retain the distinctive characters, so that it seems scarcely possible that it can be the young of that species as suggested by Saussure. This species is in fact more nearly allied to the C. carnifea. than to C. Guanhumi, and it resembles so closely a species in the collection of the Peaſody Academy of Science from the west coast of Africa —apparently the C. armatum of Herklots, that it might readily be mistaken for it. The African species differs however in having the carapax less convex and the carina of the lateral margin less promi- nent; the front is broad and high, the anterior lobes of the gastric re- gion are protuberant and the depressed space between them and the frontal margin is coarsely granulous, while in the quadratum the an- terior gastric lobes are not protuberant and the depressed space be- tween them and the frontal margin is scarcely granulous. The epis- tome and the nasal lobe are quite different in the two species; in the quadratum the jpistome is nearly straight and its anterior margin is not granulated, the nasal lobe is high, forming rather more than a semicircle, and the lobes of the front on each side of it do not reach down to the anterior margin of the epistome, while in the African species the epistome is higher, more curved and the anterior margin granulated in the middle, and the nasal lobe is much lower, so that the lobes of the front on each side of it reach quite down to the an- terior margin of the epistome. Finally the chelipeds and ambulatory legs in the African species are more spiny and granulous. Specimens of C. quadratum give the following measurements:— Male. Male. Female. Female. Length of carapax, 42-61mm 45.6mm 43.3mm 46.8mm Breadth of “ 53-4 55.8 53-3 56-6 Ratio of length to breadth, 1 : l'25 l ; l'22 1 : 1:23 I : 1:21 Length of merus in right cheliped, 21-7 mm 28°4mm 20.8mm 24.4 mm t{ tº hand “ “ { { 29-0 51.8 30.2 37.0 { { “ merus in left { { 26-8 23-2 23-4 *-ºsmºs tº “ hand “ “ tº 46'0 31.8 35-5 *=ºssºms's S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 17 ANOMOURA. IDromidia, Antillensis Stimpson. Dromidia Antillensis Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 225, 1859; Annals Lyc, Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 71, 1859. Several specimens of this species were obtained by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. They give the following measurements and ratios: Length of carapax Breadth of SeX. including frontal teeth. Cà l'apax. Ratio. Male. 15.5mm 15.6mm 1 : L'0]. ( ! I8°2 18°5 1 : 1:02 |Female. L6-0 16:0 I : L'00 { { 18:0 18-2 I : L'0]. All the specimens have a covering of tough, fleshy sponge, much broader than themselves, held closely upon the carapax. Stimpson’s specimens were from Florida and St. Thomas. Petrochirus granulatus Stimpson. Pagurus granulatus Olivier, Encyclop., tome viii, p. 640 (teste Edwards); Edwards, Observations Zoologiques sur les Pagures, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 20° série, tome vi, p. 275, 1836; Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 225; Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 453. Petrochirus granulatus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 233, 1859; Heller, op. cit., p. 85. A single specimen in a Scolymus was collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Calcinus Sulcatus Stimpson, Pagurus Sulcatus Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 2de série, tome vi, p. 279, 1836; Eſistoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 230. Pagurus tibicen White (variety), List of Crust, in the British Museum, p. 61. Calcinus Sulcatus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 234. A male of this species was collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. Length of body from front of carapax to tip of abdomen, 23.5"; length of left hand, 7-6; breadth of left hand, 4-5. It is closely allied to C. tibioen Dana and C. obscurus Stimpson, but differs remarkably from both of them in the deep and rugose sulcus on the outer side of the propodus of the left leg of the second ambu- latory pair. This sulcus is very marked, extends the whole length of the segment, and is limited on the upper side by a sharp carina. From the obscurus it differs moreover in having the carapax broader in front, and the antero-lateral angle more prominent, and not rounded, as it is TRANS. ConnECTICUT ACAD., WOL. II. 2 AUGUST, 1869. 18 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. in that species. The larger hand is much marrower and more cylin- drical, and the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are not so strongly curved as in C. obscurus. g Clibanarius vittatus Stimpson. Pagarus vitatus Bosc, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 78, pl. 12, fig. 1, 1802; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., ii, p. 237; Gibbes, loc. cit. p. 189. Clibanarius vittatus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1858, p. 335, 1859; Annals Lyc, Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 84. Several specimens were collected at Caravellas, Province of Bahia. They do not differ perceptibly from Florida specimens, except that the hands are perhaps a little less tuberculose. - Clibanarius sclopetarius Stimpson. Cancer Sclopetarius Herbst, op. cit., Band ii, p. 23, Tab. 23, fig. 3, 1796. Pagurus Sclopetarius Bosc, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 76, 1802; Ed- wards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 229. Clibanarius Sclopetarius Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 235, 1859; Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 85. A single specimen was collected in shoal water at the mouth of the Caravellas River, Province of Bahia. - Clibanarius Antillensis Stimpson. Clibanarius Antillensis Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 235, 1859; Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 85. I refer to this species a large number of specimens collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos. It is certainly very closely allied to C. Brasiliensis Dana (United States Exploring Expedition, Crust, p. 467, pl. 29, fig. 7), but the opthalmic scales are somewhat larger than represented in Dana’s figure, and the right leg of the third pair convex upon the outside. In the alcoholic specimens the ground color of the hands and ambula- tory legs is reddish-yellow, instead of olive. MACROUIFA, Scyllarus aequinoxialis Fabricius. Scyllarus aquinozialis Fabricius, Supplementum Entomologiae systematicae, p. 399, 1798; Bosc, op. cit., tome ii, p. 19; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 285, pl. 24, fig. 6. A single male specimen collected at Bahia appears to belong to this species. - The carapax is broad, the breadth in front exceeding slightly the length of the lateral margin, evenly convex above, the regions scarce- S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. I9 ly indicated, and covered, as is also the upper side of the abdomen, with small squamiform tubercles of uniform size, and each bearing several small fascicles of short setaceous hairs. . The anterior margin, , the margin of the orbits, and the lateral margin are armed with numerous, Small, obtusely rounded, tuberculiform teeth, & The antennulae extend slightly beyond the tips of the antennae; the basal segments are clothed below with short setae; the terminal seg- ments of the peduncle are smooth and cylindrical; the inner flagella are nearly as long as the last segment of the peduncle, sparsely ciliate and tapering regularly to a slender point; the Outer flagella are stouter, and considerably shorter than the inner. In the antennae, the basis is very short and broad, so that, on the outside, the base of the ischium nearly touches the anterior margin of the carapax; the ischium is much broader than long, the middle portion rough and hairy, the outer and anterior margins smooth and naked, and the edges slightly and irregularly toothed, except the process on the inner side which has two strong teeth upon its inner edge and a smaller one on the anterior edge toward the articulation with the merus; the car- pal, or last segment, is broader than long, the edge arcuate and cren- ulated, the middle portion above and below roughened with short, stiff hairs, but a broad space along the margin smooth. All the inferior surface of the thorax and the exposed parts of its appendages are rough with short, stiff hairs or setae. The thoracic legs have a carina upon the posterior edge of the merus and carpus, which is very high and thin on the merus in all except the posterior pair. The dactyli in the first and second pairs are smooth and unarmed, but in the second pair they are longer and much slenderer than in the first ; in the last three pairs they are armed with fascicles of stout horny setae. - The lamellae of the appendages of the second segment of the abdo- men are lanceolate, and the inner and Outer of about equal size. The appendages of the three succeeding segments are rudimentary and scarcely project below the edge of the segments. The lamellae of the appendages of the penultimate segment are broadly rounded at the extremities, and the inner ones project beyond the tip of the terminal segment. The terminal segment is broader than long, and the extremity truncate with the angles rounded. The following description of the colors was taken from the speci- men when recently preserved in alcohol, and when, according to Prof. Hartt, the colors were as in life. General color above reddish-brown; antennae lighter, bordered with bright purple, and the teeth of the edge orange-red; antennulae light 20 S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. reddish; carapax with the frontal and median tubercles, the tubercles of the orbits and of the anterior and lateral margins orange-red; first segment of the abdomen bright orange, the median portion slightly mottled with purplish-red, and with two large circular reddish-purple spots; the succeeding segments with the smooth anterior portion, orange mottled with purplish-red; terminal segment and the lamelli- form appendages of the penultimate segment brownish-yellow, almost white at the extremities. Beneath, dirty yellowish; antennae with the colors of the upper side dimly repeated; legs with slight purple annulations at the articulations. - - Length of body from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, - 190:0mm { { of carapax from tip of rostrum to middle of posterior margin, 86-0 Breadth of carapax, - - - - º - - Il-2 Length of antennulae, below, - - - - - 55-0 {{ antennae, {{ - - tº- - - 52-0 * ! first thoracic legs, - - sº - - '76-0 {{ second ( { * - sº- - - 92-0 { { third { { - - - - - 83 - 5 ( ! fourth {{ - - - - - . 12-0 {{ fifth { { -> - - - - '75-0 Panulirus echinatus, sp. now. This species is closely allied to P. guttatus. The carapax is armed with numerous stout spines, those on the anterior part of the carapax larger than those behind; the surface between the spines is closely filled with small tubercles, which are beset with short, stiff hairs, and many of the tubercles in front of the cervical suture are tipped with spinules. The cervical suture is mark- ed by a deep depression. - The antennulary segment is armed with two straight and slender spines which project forward and upward, their length twice as great as the distance between their tips. The superior orbital spines are stout and long, and extend slightly beyond the tips of the eyes. On the anterior border below the eye, there are two other spines project- ing over the base of the antennae; from the inner of these there is a line of about eleven smaller spines, three of which are in front of the cervical suture, extending to the postero-lateral angle of the carapax; below this line there are no spines on the branchial region. Just behind each of the superior orbital spines there is a stout spine as large as the spines on the anterior margin below the eye; behind these spines, and in front of the cervical suture, there are four smaller spines, thus forming, with the orbital spines, two-subdorsal lines of four spines each, which are succeeded behind the cervical suture, by two S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. - 21. lines of five small spines each. On the median line of the anterior part of the gastric region there are three small, sharp spines. The remaining spines of the carapax are disposed irregularly. The peduncle of the antennula extends slightly beyond the pedun- cle of the antenna; the basal segments are armed with short setae. The inner flagellum is about as long as the carapax, quite slender and wholly naked; the outer flagellum is shorter, much stouter, and the terminal portion ciliated beneath. 3. The peduncle of the antenna is a little longer than the breadth of the carapax, and is armed with stout spines, three of which are on the anterior edge of the basis, and another on the immer side, below and near the outer of the three spiniform teeth of the anterior edge of the epistome. The flagellum is about three times as long as the carapax, tapers to a slender point, and is armed with sharp spines. The external maxillipeds, when extended, reach nearly to the an- terior extremity of the basis of the antennae, and all the segments are thickly clothed on the inside, and the dactylus all round, with stiff hairs; the exognath is rudimentary, about half as long as the dactylus of the endognath, quite slender, and is wholly without a flagellum. The thoracic legs are smooth and naked, except the dactyli and the outer portion of the under side of the propodi; the meral segments are each armed with two sharp spines, one above and another on the inside at the extremity next the articulation with the carpus. The legs of the first pair are shorter than the others, do not reach quite as far forward as those of the second pair, and the dactyli are stout and thick. Those of the second and third pairs are more slender than the others, especially the penultimate segments, the dactyli straight nearly to the tips, which are hooked abruptly down. The third pair reach slightly beyond the second. The fourth pair extend only to the middle of the propodi of the third pair; the carpus is armed with a stout and sharp spine on the upper edge of the extremity next the propodus, where there is no spine in the other legs; the dactylus is stout, the basal portion armed beneath with slender spines, which are articulated at the base and movable, and the terminal portion taper- ing to a slender point and curved evenly downward. The legs of the fifth pair reach to the middle of the propodi of the fourth; the coxa is armed with a long, sharp spine on the posterior side and near the articulation with the basis; the dactylus in the male is similar to that in the fourth pair, but shorter and more curved; in the female the dactylus is somewhat shorter than in the male, and armed on the posterior side of the base with a stout process which closes against a 22 S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. similar process from the extremity of the propodus, both processes being hairy upon the outside and having horny, spoon-shaped tips. The abdomen is nearly smooth, and all the segments, except the ter- minal, are crossed by a narrow and thickly ciliated sulcus, which is interrupted in the middle on the third, fourth and fifth segments. The first segment has a single, short lateral tooth. The remaining seg- ments, except the last, have, this tooth spiniform and very large, and a small additional one behind it; the larger tooth is armed, except in the penultimate segment, with one or two small spines or denticles on the anterior edge, near the base. The posterior edge of the penulti- mate segment above is armed with close set, sharp teeth. The lamelliform appendages of the sixth segment of the abdomen are of about equal length, broad and truncate at the tips. The lamella of the last segment is slightly narrowed and truncate at the tip, and does not extend beyond the lamellae of the sixth segment. In the male, the lamellae of the second to the fifth segment are ovate and all of about the same size. In the female, these lamellae are very much larger; in the second segment, the inner one is of the same form and nearly of the same size as the outer; in the three following segments the outer lamellae decrease in size successively, and the inner lamellae are each composed of two branches, the outer branch being narrow, triangular, its edges thickened, multi-articulate and clothed with long hairs; the immer branch slender, not tapering, articulated at the base of the outer branch, not jointed like the Outer branch, but composed of a single piece, and clothed beneath and at the tip with long hairs. Two specimens give the following measurements:— Length of body from base of antennulae to extremity of ab- Male. Female. domen, - * #E9 * e {-º - I55-0Tmm. 165-0mm Length of carapax from base of antennulae to middle of pos- terior margin, $º * º se &m 59.5 68°5 Breadth of carapax, 4-? 4- e- <- - 36-2 4.2°2 Length of antennulae, - Eº <--> º * 103-0 L09-0 ( ! inner flagellum of antennulae, - *- - 61'4. 64'0 {{ Outer {{ {{ w - {- º 48-0 50-8 { { antennae, * * cº e- - 260-0 290-0 { { first thoracic legs, *- º *- * 81.0 89-0 {{ Second, { { sº sº- - &- - 9.2°5 102.2 “ third, { { --> * q- tº J.01 - 0 III-0 {{ fourth, ( { wº- e- - se - 83°0 92.5 {{ fifth, {{ tº *- & sº 72.5 77.0 Several specimens were obtained at Pernambuco. This species appears to be closely allied to the P. guttatus of the West Indies, but that species, according to Edwards’ description and figure S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 23 (Histoire Naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 297, pl. 23, fig. I and 2,) has the thoracic legs of the second pair longer than those of the third; he also states that the transverse sulci of the abdomen are not inter- rupted on the first three segments; and moreover, in his figures no spines are indicated upon the bases of the antennae, or upon the coxæ of the posterior thoracic legs, and the flagella of the antennae and the antennulae are much shorter than in our species. Heller (op. cit., p. 95) and DeHaan (op. cit., p. 159), both state that in the guttatus the spaces between the spines of the carapax are smooth, while in our species they are tuberculose and hairy. Neither Edwards, De Haan nor Heller mention the sub-cheliform posterior thoracic legs as a character of the female of P. guttatus. Alpheus heterochelis Say. Alpheus heterochelis Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Vol. i. p. 243, 1818; Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 356; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 196. Alpheus armillaius Edwards?, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 354, 1837. Alpheus lutarius Saussure, op. cit., p. 45, pl. 3, fig. 24, 1858. A large number of specimens collected at the Reefs of the Abrolhos agree perfectly with specimens from Florida and Aspinwall. Palaemon Jamaicensis Olivier. Cancer (Astacus) Jamaicensis Herbst, op. cit., Band ii, p. 57, Tab. 27, fig. 2, 1796. Palæmon Jamaicensis Olivier, Encyclop., tome viii, (teste Edwards); Desmarest, op. cit., p. 237; Edwards, Eſistoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 398, Règne animal de Cuvier, 3° àdit., pl. 3, fig. 4; Saussure, op. cit., p. 49. Of this species there are in the collection two specimens, both males, from Penédo, Rio Sao Francisco. In both specimens the rostrum is stout, a little shorter than the antennal scale, and is armed above with twelve, and below with four teeth. The anterior legs are longer than the carapax, and nearly naked, except a few fascicles of hairs on the fingers; the hands are slender, and about half as long as the carpus, which is slightly shorter than the merus. In the smaller specimen the second pair of legs are equal, stout, very long, and thickly beset with Small spines; the hands are cylindrical, much longer than the carapax, and the fingers half as long as the palmary portion of the hand. In the larger speci- men the legs of the second pair are quite unequal, the left one being considerably longer and much stouter than the right, and the fingers only a third as long as the palmary portion; the right hand is much as in the other specimen, but considerably smaller in proportion. In both specimens the penultimate segment of the abdomen is broad, 24 S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. the lamellae of its appendages are broadly rounded at their extremities, and the outer ones slightly broader, but scarcely longer, than the inner. The terminal segment of the abdomen is stout, its extremity broad, rounded, ciliate, and has a small movable spine on each side. A single, small and somewhat imperfect specimen, also a male, from Caravellas, Province of Bahia, is apparently the young of this species, but presents some differences. The rostrum is armed with fifteen teeth above and three below, and the legs of the second pair are quite short, extending but little beyond the first pair, sparsely spinulose, and the hands quite slender. In other respects it agrees closely with the larger specimens. The three specimens give the following measurements:— Penedo, Sao Francisco. Caravellas. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 151:0mm 126-0Tam 54-4Tmm. Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, e * º q= tº- 48-0 41-2 18-0 IBreadth of carapax, - tº- -: * 27.2 23'5 9-8 Length of rostrum from its tip to base of eyes, - 21-8 I 8-6 8-0 & t basal scale of antenna, º tºº 23:0 19-0 8:8 {{ first thoracic legs, - * wº 68-0 57.8 26-0 {{ merus in first thoracic legs, tº- 17.8 15-0 7.0 § { carpus, “ ( * º tº 21-0 L6-6 8’4. t{ hand, “ { { * tº-3 12-0 ] 0-5 4’3 {{ dactylus, “ {{ - gº tº 5-8 5.2 2-1 {{ second thoracic legs, gº tº- 114-0–132°0 115-0 31-2 [ { merus in second thoracic legs, - 20-0— 25-5 25-0 5-9 {{ carpus, “ ( { sº ſº 1 6-8– 24:0 17.2 6-0 { { hand t{ tº - e- - 54'0— 58-0 59-0 I0-8 ! { dactylus, “ { { tº * 27 2– 21-0 30-0 5-3 Palaemon forceps Edwards. Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 397, 1837; Saussure, op. cit., p. 51; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 78. *. A large number of specimens of this species was obtained by Prof. Hartt at the mouth of the Pará. The larger males agree with Edwards’ description. The carapax is granulous, especially on the sides. The rostrum is stout, nearly straight, extends slightly beyond the antennal scale, and is armed above with nine or ten, and below with five to seven teeth. The antennal and hepatic spines are stout and of about equal size. The legs of the second pair are very long, cylindrical, the inner and the inferior sides of the merus, carpus and the basal halſ of the hand are armed with about four longitudinal lines of slender spines, the upper and outer S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 25 sides thickly set with short spinules and slightly hairy; the fingers are slender, cylindrical and thickly covered with a woolly pubescence. The lamelliform appendages of the penultimate segment of the abdo- men are broadly rounded at their tips, and the outer ones are scarcely longer than the inner. The terminal segment of the abdomen is nar- rower than in P. Jamaicensis, the sides are straight, and the tip has a strong median tooth and a slender spine each side. The young males are quite similar to the full-grown, but the car- apax is nearly smooth, the rostrum somewhat upturned at the ex- tremity, and the legs of the second pair are smaller in proportion, and the spines and spinules less developed. The females differ remarkably from the males, all the specimens being considerably smaller, and resembling the young males. The carapax is much more gibbous and quite smooth, even in the largest specimens. The rostrum in front of the eyes curves upward con- siderably, and much more strongly in the small than in the large specimens. The legs of the second pair are quite slender, much shorter than in the male, only slightly spinulose in the large speci- mens, and almost wholly smooth and naked in the smallest. Of the ten specimens in the collection every one has large masses of eggs under the abdomen. Five specimens given the following measurements:— Length of body from tip of ros- Male. Male. Male. Female. Female. trum to extremity of abdomen, 1420mm 1250mm 75:0mm 106-0mm 76-0mm Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, 36-4. 33-5 19:6 27:4. 18:0 Breadth of carapax, * 28:8 20°4. II '8 18°4. Il-2 Length ºf rostrum from its tip to base of eyes, * * 3 I-0 29:0 17.2 22.6 20-0 Length of basal scale of antenna, 26°5 23:0 15-2 19-'7 l4°5 {{ first thoracic legs, 5'7-0 50-0 31-0 40’0 27:4. ( : merus in first thoracic legs, - tº tº: 15-2 13-0 7-6 10°4. 'I'4. Length of carpus, e * - 19-2 17-4. L0-5 13°4. 9°4. ( ! hand, - s S-0 '7.6 4'8 6-0 4'0 { { second thoracic legs, 1710–158-0 143-0 67.0—43-0 T5'0 43-0 {{ merus in second tho- racic legs, - *- gº 35'0— 32°4, 28-0 13'4– 9-8 15:0 8.5 Length of carpus, & 50'2– 44-0 4.0-0 20.0—10°0 20°2 14-0 t! hand, tº- e 60°2— 56-0 50'0 22’6–14'0 22°5 10-8 { { dactylus, sº - 28-0— 25-0 24-0 ll:0— 7-5 11-0 5.2 26 S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. Palaemon ensiculus, sp. nov. Plate I, figure 2. The carapax is somewhat gibbous, and the antennal and hepatic spines are slender, sharp and of about equal size. The rostrum is very long, strongly curved downward for the basal half of its length, the terminal half very slender, nearly straight, but strongly inclined upwards; it is armed above with nine to twelve short teeth, which are ciliated along their edges, and of which seven or eight are on the basal portion, and the others near the tip, and below with eight to twelve teeth. The eyes are large and the peduncles rather long and slender. The flagella of the antennula are very long, the outer flagellum about as long as the whole body and the inner a little shorter. The peduncle of the antemma is armed with a small spine on the outside just below the articulation of the basal scale; the basal scale is long but not reaching, by considerable, the tip of the rostrum, the extremity evenly rounded and extending considerably forward of the small, acutely pointed tooth at the anterior extremity of the outer margin; the fla- gellum is very long, considerably exceeding in length the fiegella of the antennulae. The external maxillipeds are slender, reaching slightly beyond the base of the flagella of the antennae. The first pair of thoracic legs are very slender, reaching slightly beyond the basal scales of the antennae, Smooth and naked, except a few fascicles of hairs on the hands. The second pair of legs in the male are very long and quite slender, in full-grown specimens the merus reaching beyond the tip of the antennal scale and all the segments to the base of the fingers closely beset with short spinules; the hands are cylindrical, not swollen, the fingers slender and sparsely clothed with short, downy pubescence. In the females and young the second pair of legs are considerably smaller and much less spinulose. The third pair of legs reach to, the tips of the basal scales of the an- tennae. The fourth and fifth pairs are successively a little longer. The abdomen is rather slender. The penultimate segment is long and narrow, the length above being nearly or quite twice as great as the breadth; the lamelliform appendages are rather marrow, the inner ones rather acutely rounded at the tips and reaching a little beyond the termiual segment of the abdomen, the outer ones evenly rounded at the tips and considerably longer than the inner ones. The terminal segment is narrow and tapers regularly to a very slender and acute point. S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 27 Several specimens give the following measurements:— Length of body from tip of rostrum to ex- Male. Male. Female. Female. tremity of abdomen, {º} tº-3 - 108-0mm 91.0mm 89.0mm 65'0mm Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, - gº * º 25'0 19°3 2] '0 14'4 Breadth of carapax, tº- e- *s 15.5 12-0 13-6 9-0 Length of rostrum from its tip to base of eyes, 29:0 26-0 21-0 20.6 { { basal Scale of antenna, - º 19-0 I6'0 L6-0 12.8 { { first thoracic legs, * tºº 36°4. 27.0 28°5 20-0 { { merus in first thoracic legs, gº 9:6 7.5 8-0 5.7 { { carpus “ { { sº 11 '8 9:0 8:8 6-6 {{ hand { { { { gº 4'8 4'2 4'0 3-0 { { second thoracic legs, - se 103-0 54'0 55.7 32-0 “ merus in second thoracic legs, gº 21-0 11:4 II-2 7.2 ! { carpus “ { { º 30-0 I6'7 L'7:0 10°4. ( ! hand { { {{ sº 32.5 14'4 15'5 7.0 “ dactylus “ {{ - . 14'8 6'ſ 6'5 2-8 A large number of specimens of this fine species were obtained by Prof. Hartt at Pará. IPeneus Brasiliensis Latreille. Peneus Brasiliensis Latreille, Nouveau Dictionnarie d'Histoire maturelle, tome xxv, p. 154 (teste Edwards); Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 414; White, List of Crust. in the British Museum, p. 80; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 198. I refer to this species a large number of small specimens obtained by Prof. Hartt at Bahia. They agree perfectly with a specimen from the west coast of Florida, which is undoubtedly the same as the species described by Gibbes from South Carolina. Xiphopeneus, gen, now. The carapax is much as in Peneus, but the rostrum is very long, its extremity very slender, and the gastro-hepatic sulcus is scarcely per- ceptible, while the cervical and branchio-cardiac sulci are distinct. The antennulae are long and slender, and the peduncle has only a very Small lamelliform appendage on the inside, which is not foliaceous and expanded over the eye as in Peneus ; the flagella are very long and slender, the upper ones being much stouter and longer than the lower. The antennae, maxillipeds and the three anterior pairs of thoracic legs are nearly as in Peneus. The fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic legs are very long, and the terminal segments very slender and flagelliform. The abdomen is quite similar to Peneus, but the lamellae of the appendages of the first five segments are much longer than is usual in that genus. 28 S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Ch'ustacea. This genus has much the aspect of Peneus, and is closely allied to it in the antennae, maxillipeds, anterior thoracic legs and abdomen, but differs from it remarkably in the carapax, antennulae and posterior thoracic legs. * Xiphopeneus Harttii, sp. nov. Plate I, figure 1. The carapax is not at all swollen; a very slight, rounded dorsal carina extends from the base of the rostrum to the posterior border; the cervical and branchio-cardiac sulci are very distinct, and together form a nearly straight groove from near the base of the antennae al- most to the posterior border; the inferior margin of the carapax is nearly straight, projecting slightly along the branchial region; the antennal spine is prominent and rather stout, and the hepatic spine slender and acute. The rostrum is very long and slender, in length nearly equalling or considerably exceeding the carapax, wholly un- armed below, but the basal portion armed above with a thin and high carina, which extends back upon the carapax a short distance, and for- ward as far as the eyes, and is armed with five sharp and prominent teeth, and at its posterior extremity with another tooth which is smaller, much below the level of the others, and separated from them by a considerable space; the portion in front of the eyes is nearly straight or a little upturned, sub-cylindrical, slightly flattened laterally, unarmed, perfectly smooth and tapers to a very slender point far in front of the antennal scales. The eyes are of moderate size, and the peduncles much shorter than in most species of Peneus. The appendages upon the inside of the peduncle of the antennulae are surmounted by a tuft of hairs which fills a little depression in the ocular peduncle. The first antennulary segment in advance of the eye is sub-cylindrical, flattened on the under side, and nearly as long as the peduncle of the eye; the next anterior segment is cylindrical and one-half as long as the last. The upper flagellum of the antennula is slender, about three times as long as the carapax, and has a short portion at the base slightly thicker than the rest; the lower flagellum is very slender and about half as long as the upper. The basis of the antenna is armed with a small, sharp spine just be- low the articulation of the antennal scale. The antennal scale reaches to the base of the flagella of the antennula, is much narrowed toward the tip, the outer margin is straight and armed with a sharp tooth at the anterior extremity, and the inner margin is nearly straight and S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 29 thickly ciliated. The three anterior segments of the peduncle are cylindrical, and the last (carpal) is much longer than in most species of Peneus, so that it reaches to the middle of the antennal scale. The flagellum is very much longer than the whole length of the body. The second pair of maxillipeds, when extended, reach nearly to the base of the antennal scale; the merus is nearly three times as long as broad, and thickly hairy on the inner edge; the exogmath is very slender, clothed along the edges with long cilia, and scarcely reaches the tip of the extended dactylus. The external maxillipeds reach slightly beyond the middle of the antennal scale and are thickly setose along the inner edges; the exognath is slender, extends slightly beyond the merus of the endogmath, and is ciliated as in the maxilli- peds of the second pair. The thoracic legs of the first pair reach about to the middle of the propodus of the external maxillipeds, are slender and beset with stiff hairs along the edges, and the basis is armed with a short spine on the inner side near the articulation with the ischium. The second and third pairs of legs are successively a little longer, perfectly smooth, and the basal segments unarmed. The legs of the fourth and fifth pairs are smooth and unarmed, and all the segments, except the coxal and basal, are very slender and very much prolonged, the terminal segments being fully as slender as the terminal portions of the flagella of the antenmulae. The abdomen is compressed, and upon the fourth, fifth and sixth segments there is a dorsal carina which is high and sharp upon the sixth, and terminates posteriorly in a slight tooth upon the fifth and sixth. The terminal portion of the appendages of the first segment is long, slender and ciliated along the edges; in the appendages of the four succeeding segments the Outer of the terminal branches are like the terminal portion of the appendages of the first segment, and of about the same length, while the inner branches are but half as long. The penultimate segment is strongly compressed, and its lamel- liform appendages are rather long and narrow, the inner ones project- ing considerably beyond the terminal segment, ciliated along both edges and narrowly triangular at tip, the Outer ones ciliated along the inner edges and rounded at the tip. The terminal segment tapers regularly to a very slender and acute point, the edges of the terminal half are ciliated, and there is a deep median groove upon the dorsal surface. In the male, the appendages of the first abdominal segment (plate I, fig. 1"), are connected together near their bases by a peculiar sexual 30 S. J. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. organ which depends between them, and consists of a central tubular portion articulated with the bases of the abdominal appendages by a short process on each side and furnished at the lower extremity with two stiff, horn-like, tubular processes. The central portion is open on the posterior side for its whole length, and the membrane of which it is composed is folded into deep longitudinal grooves, except on the anterior side which is smooth and flattened, and traversed longitudi- mally by a median suture. The horn-like, terminal processes curve slightly backward and downward, and have an opening on the lower side at the tips. The inner of the terminal branches of the append- ages of the Second abdominal segment are furnished at the base on the anterior side with a small, ovoid, flattened, cushion-like organ which is wanting in the appendages of the other abdominal segments, and in all of those of the female. Three specimens give the following measurements:— Length of body from tip of rostrum to extremity of ab- Male. Female. Female. domen, - º - - gº - 87.0mm 133-0mm 112-0mm Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, gº gº gº tº- ---, - 18:0 31-8 25.5 Breadth of carapax, º * ---, * 8.5 15-0 12:5 Length of rostrum from tip to base of eyes, - - 22:0 31-5 26-0 { { basal scale of antenna, tº- º l3°4. 20:8 18°4. {{ first thoracic legs, - * g-> - 17.5 29-0 25'4. [ { hand in first thoracic legs, e-e * 4’3 7.7 6-1 ( ! second thoracic legs, gº &B - 22°2 4.1-5 35-0 { { hand in Second thoracic legs, - -. 5*4. 10-0 . 8-2 {{ third thoracic legs, - * tº- - 31°5 58'0 4-6-0 {{ hand in third thoracic legs, tº- ſº- 6'2 12.8 9.8 {{ merus in fourth thoracic legs, sº - 14-2 32.2 20-0 { { carpus, { { {{ * - -* 14.6 tºmº emºs ! { fifth thoracic legs, - * * - 85 + g-mºmº gº-º-º-º-º-º: { { merus in fifth thoracic legs, gº * 17.5 27-0 23.5 { { carpus { { { { * gº - 21-0 27-5, 29°4. ! { propodus “ . { { gºs tº 23:0 tº-mºmº *== { { dactylus “ { { º gº - 16+ -*- ( ! first pair of abdominal appendages, s 21-6 32-0 29-0 { { Second “ { { s - 22°0 82.5 29°4. Several specimens of this remarkable species—all of them some- what broken and in rather bad condition—were obtained by Prof. Hartt at Caravellas, Province of Bahia. S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 31 SQUILLOIDEA. Gonodactylus chiragra. Latreille (). x Squilla chiragra Fabricius, Supplementum Entomol. systematicae (teste Edwards). Gonodactylus chºragrus Latreille, Encyclopédie méthodique, tome x, p. 473, plate 325, fig. 2 (teste Edwards); Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 528, Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 201. - A species of Gonodactylus was collected by Prof. Hartt at the Reefs of the Abrolhos and at Caravellas, Province of Bahia, which does not differ from the common West Indian and Florida species. The American species is, however, very likely distinct from the true G. chiragra of the old world. { In the foregoing list 32 species are mentioned, of which 21 appear to be new to the fauna of Brazil; and of these 21 species, 6 are des- cribed as new to science, and the remaining 15 are all species pre- viously known from the West Indies or Florida. In order to give a better idea of the crustacean fauna of the whole Brazilian coast, I append the following list. #. Tist of the described species of Brazilian Podoſhalmia. Previous to Milne Edwards' general work,” scarcely anything was known of the crustacea of South America, and even in this work Edwards records Brazil as the habitat of very few species. Some additional species, however, are recorded in his later papers on the Ocypodoidea, and Alphonse Milne Edwards has added a single species in his monograph of the Portunids.j. A few other species are men- tioned in short papers by Bell,S Weigmay and Bate," and quite a * Histoire naturelle des Crustacés. Paris; tome i, 1834; ii, 1837; iii, 1840. + Observations sur la Classification des Crustacés. Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3mº Série; De la famille des Ocypodides, tome xviii, 1852, pp. 128–166, pl. 3–4; Suite (l), tome XX, 1853, pp. 163–228, pl; 6–ll.—Notes sur quelques Crustacés nouveaux ou peu connus. Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome vii, pp. 145–192, pl. 9–16, 1854. . f Etudes zoölogiques sur les Crustacés récents de la famile des Portuniens. Archives du Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome x, pp. 309–428, pl. 28–38, 1861. § Some Account of the Crustacea of the coasts of South America. Transactions Zoëlogical Society, London, vol. ii, pp. 39–66, pl. 8–13, 1841, and Proceedings Zoëlogical Society, 1835, pp. 169–173. | Beschreibung einiger neuen Crustaceen des Berliner Museums aus Mexiko und Brasilien. Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 1836, Bandi, pp. 145–151. T Carcinological Gleanings, No. III. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 4th series, vol. i, June, 1868, p. 447. 32 S. I. Smith on Brazilian C. *2/SöðCéC. number of species are indicated by White in the list of Crustacea in the British Museum,” but unfortunately descriptions of many of the mew species have not yet appeared. But by far the largest accessions to our knowledge of the crustacea of this coast were made by Prof. Dana in his work on the Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition.f Although the expedition touched on the Brazilian coast only at Rio de Janeiro, over forty species of Podophthalmia alone were collected and described. More recently Heller has enume- rated the species taken by the naturalists accompanying the Austrian Expedition round the world during the years 1857–1859. Unfortu- nately, however, this expedition also touched only at Rio de Janeiro, and consequently but few species were obtained which were not observed by Dana. From the works of these authors, Prof. Harrt's collection, and a few species in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science, the following list has been compiled. - A few species, of which the localities are questionable or suspected are preceded by a mark of doubt, thus (?), but all queries which are not inclosed in parenthesis are quoted directly from the author whose name they precede. When I have personally examined specimens from the localities mentioned, they are followed by an 1. In all other cases the authority on which it is inserted follows the locality. BFA CHY UER. A. MAIOIDEA. MAIIDAE. Libânia Spinosa Edwards. “Les cótes du Brésel” (Edwards, Hist, nat. des Crust, tome i, p. 301). Jibidoclea Brasiliensis Heller. Rio de Janeiro (Heller, op. cit., p. 1). MITHRACIDAE. Mithraa, hispidus Edwards. Abrolhos (Hart). — Antilles (Edwards). Tortugas, Key Biscayne (Stimpson). South Carolina (Gibbes). Mithraculus coronatus Stimpson. Abrolhos 1 (Hartt).-Aspinwall! (F. H. Bradley). Tortugas (Stimpson). * List of the specimens of Crustacea in the collection of the British Museum. Lon- don. 1847. # United States Exploring Expedition, during the years 1838–42, under command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., vol xii. Crustacea. Philadelphia, 1852. Plates, 1855. + Reise der österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde. Zoël. Theil, zweiter Band, dritte Abtheilung, Crustaceem. Wien, 1865. S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 33 EURYPoDIDAE. (?) Eurypodius Latreilli; Guérin. Rio de Janeiro (Bell, Transactions Zoëlogical Society, London, vol. ii, p. 40).-- Chili (Edwards and Lucas, Bell, White, Dana).-- “Les fles Malouines” (Edwards, Hist, nat. des Crust., tome i, p. 284). There is probably some confusion of localities here. Bell alone mentions the spe- cies as coming from Brazil, and as he had it also from Chili, some interchange of specimens may have taken place. The Chilian species is very likely distinct from the East Indian one. - PERICERIDAE. Milnia bicornuta Stimpson. Abrolhos I (Hartt).-Aspinwall ! (F. H. Bradley). Antilles (Edwards, Saussure). Jamaica (White). Florida Keys I (E. B. Hunt). Bermudas! (J. M. Jones). JPeltinia Scutiformis Dama. Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Acanthonya: Petiverii Edwards. “Coast of Brazil” (Bell)—Antilles (Edwards)—(?) Valparaiso (Dana). (?) Gala. pagos Islands (Bell). Epialtus Brasiliensis Dana. Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Epialtus marginatus Bell. “Ad oras Brasiliae" (Bell, Proceedings Zoël. Soc., London, part iii, 1835, and Trans- actions Zoël. Soc., London, vol. ii, p. 62)-" Ad Insulas Galapagos” (Bell, Trans- actions Zoël. Soc., loc. cit.). The specimens from the two coasts are probably distinct species, and if so the name marginatus should be retained for the Brazilian one, as in the first description Bell mentions only the Brazilian specimen. There is some confusion in regard to the locality from which the west coast specimen came, the habitats being given as quoted above, but in the remarks following the description in the Transactions, it is stated that the male specimen came from Valparaiso, where it was found in company with E. deniatus by Mr. Cuming. Jucippa levis Dana. Rio de Janeiro (Dana). CANCROIDEA. YANTHIDAE. Yantho parvula Edwards. Brazil (Edwards).--Antilles (Edwards). Cape de Verdes (Stimpson). Xantho dispar Dama. Rio de Janeiro” (Dana). Xantho denticulata. White. Abrolhos I (Hartt)—West Indies (White). Aspinwall! (F. H. Bradley). Bermudas! (J. M. Jones). - TRANs. CONNECTICUT ACAD., WOL. II. 3 AUGUST, 1869. 34 ‘S. H. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. (?) Menippe Rumphā DeHaan. Rio de Janeiro? (Dana). Pernambuco (White)—Jamaica (White)—East Indies (Herbst, Edwards, etc.). .** The American species is probably distinct from the true Rumph? of the East Indies. JPanopeus politus Smith. Abrolhos! (Hartt). Panopeus Hartti Smith. Abrolhos I (Hartt). Panopeus Herbstà Edwards. - Rio de Janeiro (Heller, op. cit., p. 16).-Aspinwall! East and west coast of Flor- idal Bahamasl South Carolinal Chlorodius Floridanus Gibbes. Abrolhos! (Hartt)—Key Westl (Gibbes). Aspinwall! (F. H. Bradley). Pilumnus Quoyi. Edwards. Rio de Janeiro (Edwards). ERIPHIDAE. Júriphia gonagra Edwards. Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller). Abrolhos I (Hartt).*—Aspinwallſ (F. H. Bradley). Tortugas (Stimpson). Florida Keys! (E. B. Hunt). Bahamas! (Coll. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.).-(?) Panama (Stimpson). PoETUNIDAE. Callinectes ornatus Ordway. Caravellas! (Hartt).{–Cumana; Hayti; Tortugas; Bahamas; South Carolina (Ord- way). Bermudas! (J. M. Jones). Callinectes larvatus Ordway. - Bahiaſ (Hartt)—Hayti; Tortugas; Key West; Bahamas (Ordway). Callinectes Dana, Smith. Pernambucol (Hartt). Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Acheloº's Spinº manus DeHaan. * Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller). Bahia! (EIartt).f—South Carolina (Stimpson, A. Ed- wards). West Floridaſ (E. Jewett). Martinique (A. Edwards). Achelotis Ordwayi Stimpson. - Bahial (Hartt)—St. Thomas; Tortugas; Bay Biscayne (Stimpson). Acheloïs Sebae. (Neptunus Sebae A. Edwards). “Les cétes du Brésil” (A. Edwards).-Martinique (A, Edwards). Cronius ruber Stimpson. Brazil (Edwards, White, A. Edwards). Rio de Janeiro (Heller).-St. Thomas (Stimp- son). Gulf of Mexico; Vera Cruz (A. Edwards). Key West (Gibbes).-Panama (Stimpson). * This species was collected from the whole coast. It is very lively, running over the rocks and hiding in holes at low water.—C. F. H. # Taken in nets in shallow water on the borders of the bay. —C. F. H. # Taken in shallow water and sold in the market for food.—C. F. H. S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 35 Arenaºus cribrarius Dana. Rio de Janeiro (Dana),—Guadaloupe; Gulf of Mexico; Vera Cruz (A. Edwards). Key West; South Carolina (Gibbes). New Jersey (Leidy). PLATYon YoFIIDAE. (?) Carcinus Maenas Leach. Rio de Janeiro (Heller, op. cit., p. 30)—European coast. OCYPODOIDEA, GONOPLACIDAE. Eucratopsis crass?manus. (Eucrºe crassimanus Dana).* Rio de Janeiro 7 (Dana). - OCYPODIDAE. Gelasimus maracoan? Latreille. - Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Pernambuco (White). Porto Seguro; St. Cruz (Eartt)— Cayenne (Edwards). West Indies (White). Gelasimºus palustris Edwards. (G. vocans Dana). Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Stimpson).-Aspinwall; Hayti; Texas; South Carolina; Old Point Comfort (Stimpson). Gelasimus mordaa, sp. nov. Parál (Caleb Cooke, Coll. Peabody Acad. Sci.). (?) Gelasimus Stenodactylus Lucas. “Brésil” (Edwards, Annales des Sci. nat., 3me série, tome xviii, 1852, p. 149).- Chili (Lucas, Edwards). Ocypoda rhombed. Fabricius. * Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller).-Jamaica (White). GECARCINIDAE. Gecarcinus sp. White (List of Crust. in British Museum, p. 32). Pernambuco (White). * Stimpson, from an examination of alcoholic specimens of Eucrate crenatus De Haan, has shown (Boston Journal Nat Hist, vol. vii, p. 588, 1863) that De Haan's genus Eucrate is distinct from the Eucrate as described by Dana, De Haan's genus hav- ing the male organs, or verges, arising from the coxae of the posterior legs, and there- fore belonging to the Carcinoplacidae of Edwards, while Dana's species has sternal verges, and must therefore form the type of a new genus, for which I propose the name Eucratopsis. The genus thus constituted appears to be nearest allied to Speocarcinus Stimpson (Annals Lyc, Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 59, 1859), from which it is distinguished by the larger orbits, by the approximation of the inner S margin, of the maxillipeds, and by the much greater narrowness of the posterior part of the sternum. 36 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. Peſocarcinus Lalandei Edwards. (Gecarcoidea Lalanded Edwards). Brazil (Edwards). Cardiosoma Guanhumiº Latreille. Brazil (White).--Antilles (Edwards, Saussure). Florida Keysl (Gibbes). Cape de Werdes (Stimpson). Cardiosoma quadratum Saussure. Pernambucol (Hartt).{—Aspinwall! (F. H. Bradley). Hayti (Saussure). Barba- does; St. Thomas (Gill). Uca cordata. Bahial (Hartt). Parál (Coll. Peabody Acad. Sci).--Surinam (Linné). (?) Uca una Latreille, Edwards.f “Amérique méridionale” (Edwards). Rio de Janeiro (Von Martens, Zoël. Record, vol. iv., 1867, p. 613). * TRICHODACTYLIDAE. Trichodactylus quadratus Edwards. (7, fluviatilis Latreille?). Brazil (Edwards). Rio de Janeiro (Heller). (?) Trichodactylus punctatus Eydoux et Souleyet?, Dana. Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Trichodactylus (?) Cunninghami. (Uca Cunninghami Bate).5 Tijuca, Province of Rio de Janeiro (Bate). Sylviocarcinus Devillei Edwards (Archives du Muséum d’Hist. nat, tome viii, p. 176). “Dans la rivière de l'Araguya, à Salinas, province de Goyas' (Edwards). Dilocarcinus emarginatus Edwards (Archives du Muséum d’Hist, mat., tome viii, p. 181). - “Loretto, sur la Haute-Amazone" (Edwards). JOilocarcinus pictus Edwards (Archives du Muséum d’Hist. nat., tome viii, p. 181). “Loretto (Haute-Amazone)” (Edwards). JDžlocarcinus Castelnawī Edwards (Archives du Muséum d’Hist. nat. tome viii, p. 182). “Salinas (province de Goyaz)" (Edwards). 'N * I'rof. Hartt informs me that this species, which lives in the mangrove swamps, is called Guayamſ, and that it is mentioned under that name by Fonseca, so the specific name Guanhumi is probably a mistake for Guayamá. + Taken in swamps.--0. F. H. - # According to Prof. Hartt a species of Uca is still called in Brazil Vºa-úna. A tracing of the original figure of Marcgrave, however, indicates that his Wra-úna was not the Uca una of Latreille and Edwards, but more likely the U. cordata. § Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Series, vol. i, June, 1868, p. 447, pl. 21, fig. 3. S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. | GRAPSIDA. Goniopsis crwentatus DeHaan. Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller). Abrolhos I (Hartt).”—Surinam (Randall). Cuba (Saussure). Florida Keys I (Coll. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist). Pachygrapsus simplex. Stimpson. (Goniograpsus simplea Dana). Rio de Janeiro? (Dana),—Madeira (Stimpson). - Pachygrapsus intermedius Heller (op. cit., p. 44). Rio de Janeiro (Heller). (?) Pachygrapsus innotatus Stimpson (Goniograpsus innotatus Dana). “Locality uncertain; probably from the South American coast” (Dana).-Madeira (Stimpson). If Dana's specimens came from South America, as supposed, they were undoubtedly from Brazil, since Stimpson's discovery of it at Madeira shows it to be an Atlantic species and the Wilkes Exploring Expedition touched, on the east coast of South America, only at Rio de Janeiro and on the coast of Patagonia. Pachygrapsus rugulosus. (Leptograpsus rugulosus Edwards). “Brésil” (Edwards). . This species is very likely the same as P. innotatus, which, according to Stimpson, is scarcely to be distinguished from P. transversus Gibbes. Edwards' descrip- tion, three lines in length, is, however, too imperfect to determine anything in regard to the affinity of the species. JPachygrapSws maurus Heller (Lucas). Rio de Janeiro (Heller).-Mediterranean (Lucas, Edwards, Heller). (?) Pachygrapsus marmoratus Stimpson. (Goniograpsus varius Dana 2). Rio de Janeiro 7 (Dana).-Madeira (Stimpson, Eſeller). Gibraltar (Heller). Medi- terranean (Edwards, Heller). • Cryptograpsus cirripes Smith. Rio de Janeirol (Coll. Peabody Acad. Sci). Nautilograpsus sp. (“Planes ——” White). Brazil (White, List of Crust. in British Museum, p. 42). Cyclograpsus integer Edwards. Brazil (Edwards).-Florida (Stimpson). Helice granulata Heller (op. cit., p. 61), (Chasmagnathus granula- tus Dana). Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller). Rio Grandel (Capt. Harrington, Peabody Acad. Sci.). (?) Sesarma angustipes Dana. South America (Dana).-Aspinwall; on the east coast of Central America, neae Graytown; Florida (Stimpson). - - Since this has proved to be an east coast and tropical species, there can be littl doubt that Dana's specimens were from Rio de Janeiro. - * Found running about over the rocks at low tide on the fringing reef. It did not appear to be common.—C, F. H. 38 S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. Aratus Pisonii Edwards. (Sesarma Pisonii Edwards). Rio de Janeiro (Heller)—Antilles (Edwards). Jamaica (White). Florida (Gibbes, Stimpson). - CALAPPOIDEA. HEPATIDAE. Bepatus angustatus White. (H. fasciatus Latreille, Edwards). Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller).-Aspinwall (Stimpson). - ANOMOUIFA. DROMIDAE. JDromidia Antillensis Stimpson. Abrolhos! (Hartt)—St. Thomas I; Tortugas; Key Biscayne (Stimpson). PORCELLANIDAE. Petroſisthes leporinus. (Porcellana leporâna Heller). Rio de Janeiro (Heller). The figure and description given by Heller would scarcely distinguish this species from the P. armatus Stimpson (Gibbes sp.). Petrolisthes Brasiliensis, sp. nov. (Porcellana Boscà 2 Dana, p. 421, pl. 26, fig, 11, non Savigny, Crust. Egypt, pl. 7, fig. 2). Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Pachycheles moniliferus Stimpson (Dana). Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Porcellana frontalis Heller. Rio de Janeiro (Heller). JMinyocerus angustus Stimpson (Dana). Rio de Janeiro (Dana). - HIPPIDAE. . Bºppa emerita Fabricius. Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller). ^ CENOBITIDAE. Cenobita Diogenes Latreille. Brazil (White, List of Crust. in British Museum, p. 61). PAGURIDAE. Petrochirus granulatus Stimpson (Olivier). Rio de Janeiro (Dana, Heller). Abrolhos I (Hartt)—Antilles (Edwards). Key West (Gibbes). West coast of Floridal (E. Jewett). S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea. 39 Calcinus Sulcatus Stimpson (Edwards). Abrolhos I (Hartt)—Antilles (Edwards). White reports C. tº bicen Dana from Brazil and the West Indies, but as he included C. sulcatus as a synonym, his specimens were perhaps all of this specics. Clibanarius Brasiliensis Dana. Tio de Janeiro (Dana). Clibanarius Antillensis Stimpson. Abrolhos I (Hartt).-Barbadoes (Stimpson). Clibanarius vittatus Stimpson (Bosc). Abrolhos I (Hartt)—Key West; Charleston (Gibbes). West coast of Floridal (E. Jewett). Clibanarius sclopetarius Stimpson (Herbst). Caravellas River, in the Province of Bahia I (Hartt)—Trinidad (Stimpson). Aspinwall! (F. H. Bradley, Stimpson). Tortugas (Stimpson). Jºupagurus crimiticornis Stimpson (Dana). Rio de Janeiro (Dana). (?) Eupagurus scabriculus Stimpson (Dana). Brazil 7 (Dana). (?) GALATEIDAE. Under the name of Galathed amplectens, Fabricius, in his supple- mentum Entomologiae systematicae, p. 415 (teste Edwards), has des- cribed a crustacean from Brazil which seems to be unknown to subsequent writers. It is probably not a true Galathea. MACEROURA. SCYLLARIDAE. Scyllarus aequinoacialis Fabricius. Brazil (White). Bahia I (Eartt).”—Antilles (Edwards). Key West (Gibbes). PALINURIDAE. Panulirus argus White. (Palinurus argus Latreille, Edwards). Bahia (White).--Antilles (Edwards, White). JPanulirus echºnatus Smith. Paráſ (Hartt)# PALEMONIDAE. Alpheus heterochelis Say. Abrolhos I (Hartt).—Aspinwall! (F. H. Bradley.) Cuba (Saussure). Key West (Gibbes). West coast of Floridal (E. Jewett). South Carolina (Gibbes, Say). * Taken in shallow water on the borders of the bay and used for food.—C. F. H. # Used for food and sold in the market. I have seen it from much farther South.- C. F. EI. 40 S. I. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea, Alpheus tridentulatus Dana, Rio de Janeiro 7 (Dana). Alpheus malleator Dana. Rio de Janeiro 7 (Dana). JHippolyte easilirostratus Dana. Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Hippolyte obliquimanus Dana. Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Palaemon, Jamaicensis Edwards. Penédo, Rio Sao Francisco! (Hartt).* Pernambuco (White)—Antilles (Edwards). Antilles and Gulf of Mexico (Saussure). Palaemon Spånåmanus Edwards. Brazil (Edwards, White)—Antilles (Edwards). Cuba (Gibbes). Palaemon Olfersii Weigman (Archiv für Naturges. 1836, p. 150). “An der Küste Braziliens” (Wiegman). * Palaemon forceps Edwards. Pernambuco (White). Rio de Janeiro (Edwards). Mouth of the Paráſ (Hartt)— Antilles, Gulf of Mexico (Saussure). - Palaemon acanthurus Wiegman (loc. cit., p. 150). “Das Waterland ist die Küste Braziliens” (Wiegman). JPalaemon ens?culus Smith. Parál (Hartt). (?) “Palaemon Lamarre; Edwards?” (White), Pernambuco (White).-Côtes du Bengale (Edwards). PENEIDAE. Sicyonia carinata Edwards. Rio de Janeiro (Edwards, Dana). JPenews Brasiliensis Latreille, Brazil (Latreille, White). Bahia I (Hartt).-West coast of Floridal (E. Jewett). South Carolina (Gibbes). Peneus setiferus Edwards. Rio de Janeiro (Heller).-Florida (Edwards). South Carolina (Gibbes). JYiphopeneus Hartti Smith. Caravellas, Province of Bahial (Hartt). * This species, called pitá, is quite common in the river Sao Francisco and the larger streams flowing into it.—C. F. H. S. Z. Smith on Brazilian Crustacea, 41 SQUILLOIDEA. - SQUILLIDAE, Iysłosquilla inornata Dana, Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Squilla rubro-lineata Dana, Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Squilla prasino-lineata Dana, Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Squilla scabricauda Latreille, Brazil (White). Gonodactylus chiragra Latreille. (?) Abrolhos I (Hartt). Caravellas, Province of Bahia I (Hartt)—Aspinwall ! (F. H. Bradley). Florida Keys I (Gibbes). Bermudas I (J. M. Jones).—Mediterranean Red Sea; Pacific Ocean (Authors). - ERICEITHIDAE. Jºrichthus vestitus Dana. South Atlantic, lat. 25° south, long. 44° west (Dana). JErichthus spiniger Dana. South Atlantic, between Rio Janeiro and Rio Negro (Dana.) MYSIDEA. MYSIDAE. Macromysis gracilis Dana. - Rio de Janeiro (Dana). JRachitia, spinalis Dana. Atlantic, off the harbor of Rio de Janeiro (Dana). LUCIFERIDAE. Jucifer acicularis Dana. Harbor of Rio de Janeiro (Dana). Zoea, rubella Dana. South Atlantic, lat. 24° 45' south, long. 44° 20' west (Dana Zoea echinus Dana. Atlantic, lat 23° south, long, 41° 5' west (Dana). EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Figure 1–2(iphopeneus Harttii, male, cephalothorax; a, b, c, d, e, thoracic legs, those of the fourth and fifth pairs incomplete. 1a, appendages of the first segment of the abdomen in the same specimen. 1b, rostrum of a larger, female specimen; 1c mandible enlarged two diameters, Figure 2.-Palaemon ensiculus, male, carapax; 2a, leg of the second pair; 2b, extremity of abdomen, seen from above; 2C, Tostrum of a small female. Eigure 3,-Cryptograpsus cirripes, male; 3a, sternum and abdomen of the same spe- cimen. Figure 4.—Paxopeus politus, female, carapax enlarged two diameters. Tigure 5.—Panopeus Harttii, male, carapax enlarged two diameters. All the figures are natural size, except lc, 4 and 5, and all are copied from photo- graphs, except la and le. - - lºans Conn Aº Vol II. Plaº - - * -- ºn- ART, XXXVIII.-Contributions to Zoology from the Museum of Yale College. No. IV.-Abstract of a Notice.of the Crustacea. collected by Prof. C. F. Hºff, on the coast of Brazil in 1867; by sIFRE; Tsº-º- -- crºres...w. " . . s. * * * * * ~...~ ** ~~~~...~--. THE paper of which the following is a short abstract, was printed during July and August, in the second volume of the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy, but the whole edition, excepting a few copies of the first two signatures which had been distributed, was destroyed by fire in September last. During the delay consequent to the reprinting of the Transac- tions, this article seemed desirable. - The collection, although quite small, is of interest from the large proportion which it contains of species heretofore known only from Florida or the West Indies. The following is a list of the species with the localities at which they were collected by Prof. Hartt. * Geol. Surwº of Californi + These threa localities fia 000 to 300,000,000 of doyars. f Proc. Cal. Adad. of ASc., iii, Silver, p. 318; Do o, Ann. ines (4), ix, S. I. Smith on the Crustacea of Brazil. 389 Milnia bicornuta Stimp. —Beefs of the Abrolhos. Mithraculus coronatus Stimp. – “ { { Mithraa, hispidus Edw.— Mantho denticulata. White.— { { { { Chlorodius Floridanus Gibbes.— “ { { Panopeus politus Smith (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.xii, p. 282, 1869; Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 3, platei, fig. 4).- |Reefs of the Abrolhos. Panopeus Hartti Smith (Proc, Bost. Søg. Nat. Hist., Vol. xii, p. 280; Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 5* ate i, fig. 5).-Reefs of the Abrolhos. 'e Eriphia gonagra Edw.—Reefs of the Abrolhos. Callinectes Dance Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. i. p. 7; Lupa diacantha Dana; non Lupa diacantha Edw., nec Calli; nectes diacantha jº —Pernambuco and Bahia. Callinectes ornatus Ordway.—Caravellas, Province of Bahia. Callinecies larvatus Ordway.—Bahia. Achelois spinimanus De Haan.—Bahia. Achelois Ordway. Stimp. —Bahia. Goniopsis cruentatus De Haan.—Reefs of the Abrolhos. Cryptograpsus cirripes Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 11, plate i, fig. 3).-Rio de Janeiro (Coll. Peabody Acad. Sci.) This species differs from the C. angulatus Dana, heretofore the only known species of the genus, in having the front as seen from above nearly straight instead of deeply bilobed, in the much greater breadth of the carapax between the Outer or- bital teeth—the ratio of this breadth to the breadth of the carapax being 1:1:43, while in C. angulatus it is 1:168,-and in having the posterior legs densely ciliated. Length of carapax in a male, 31-0mm; breadth of carapax, 35-6mm. Uca cordata (Cancer cordatus Linn.)—Bahia. Cardiosoma quadratum Saussure.—Pernambuco. Dromidia Antillensis Stimp.–Reefs of the Abrolhos. Petrochºrus granulatus Stimp. — “ {{ Calcinus Sulcatus Stimp.– {{ { { Clibanarius vittatus Stimp—Caravellas, Province of Bahia. Clibanarius sclopetarius Stimp.–Caravellas River. Clibanarius Antillensis Stimp.–Reefs of the Abrolhos. Scyllarus (equinoacialis Fabr.—Bahia. Panulirus echinatus Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 20). This species is closely allied to P. guttatus, but differs from the figures and descriptions of that species, in having the spaces between the spines of the carapax tuberculose and hairy instead of smooth, the third pair of thoracic legs extending beyond the second instead of the second being longer than the third, and the trausverse sulcus of the third abdominal segment interrupted in the middle. In the posterior thoracic legs of { { tº 390 S. J. Smith on the Crustacea of Brazil. the female, the dactylus is short and armed on the posterior side of the base, with a stout process which closes against a similar process from the extremity of the propodus, both pro- cesses being hairy On the Outside, and having horny. Spoon- shaped tips.—Pernambuco. Alpheus heterochelis Say.—Reefs of the Abrolhos. Palaemon Jamaicensis Olivier.—Penédo, Rio Sao Francisco. Palaemon forceps Edw.—Mouth of the Pará. Palæmon gºSiculus Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 26, plate i, fig. º Rostrum very long, strongly curved downward for the basal half of its length, the terminal half very slender, nearly straight, but strongly inclined upward, armed above with nine to twelve short teeth of which seven or eight are on the basal portion, and the others near the tip, and below with eight to twelve teeth. Second pair of thoracic legs in the male very long and quite slender, in full grown specimens, the merus reaching beyond the tip of the antennal scale, and all the segments to the base of the fingers closely beset with short spinules; hands cylind- rical, not swollen, the fingers slender and sparsely clothed with short, downy pubescence; in the females and young the second pair of legs smaller and much less spinulose. Penultimate segment of the abdomen long and narrow, the length above being twice as great as the breadth; terminal segment narrow and tapering regularly to a very slender and acute point. Length, 65 to 100mm. Peneus Brasiliensis Latr.—Bahia. t Aºphopeneus Smith, gen, nov., (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, . 27). p & much as in Peneus, but the rostrum very long and slender, and the gastro-hepatic sulcus scarcely perceptible, while the cervical and branchio-cardiac sulci are distinct. Lamelli- form appendages on the inside of the peduncle of the antennulae very small, not expanded over the eye as in Peneus; anten- nulary flagella very long and slender, the upper ones much stouter and longer than the lower. Antennae, maxillipeds and the three anterior pairs of thoracic legs nearly as in Peneus. Fourth and fifth pairs of legs very long, the terminal segments very slender and flagelliform. Aïphopeneus Hartti Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 28, plate i, fig. 1.)—Caravellas, Province of Bahia. Rostrum as long as, or considerably longer than the carapax, wholly unarmed below, but the basal portion with a thin carina above, which extends back upon the carapax and is armed with six sharp teeth, the terminal portion is sub- cylindrical, unarmed, and tapers to a very slender point far in front of the antennal scales. Upper flagellum of antennula S. J. Smith on the Crustacea of Brazil. 391 about three times as long as the carapax ; lower flagellum very slender and half as long as the upper. Thoracic legs of the first pair reaching to the middle of the propodus of the exter- mal maxillipeds, slender, beset with stiff hairs along the edges, and the basis armed with a spine on the inside near the articu- lation with the ischium; second and third pairs of legs succes- sively a little longer, smooth and unarmed; legs of the fourth and fifth pairs smooth and unarmed, all the segments, except the coxal and basal very slender and very much prolonged, the terminal segments being fully as slender as the terminal por- tions of the flagella of the antennulae. Gonodactylus chiragra Latr.—Reefs of the Abrolhos, Cara- vellas. Of the 32 species in the foregoing list, 21 are new to the fauna of Brazil; of these 21 species, 6 are described as new, and the remaining 15 are all species previously known from the West Indies or Florida. The 11 species in Prof. Hartt's collec- tion which were previously known from Brazil are all, with the exception of Callinecies Dance, now known from the Caribbean fauna. The account of Prof. Hartt's collection is followed by a list of the described species of Brazilian Podophthalmia with their geographical distribution. One hundred and five species are enumerated but the actual number of described species is prob- ably somewhat less, as several are admitted on questionable authority and some others will doubtless prove to be synomyms. In this list the following changes in nomenclature are intro- duced:— Achelois Sebae=Neptunus Sebae A. Edw. Eucratopsis is proposed as a new genus for the reception of Eucrate crassimanus Dana, Stimpson, in Boston Journal Nat. Hist, vol. vii, p. 588, having shown from an examination of specimens of Eucrate crematus that De Haan's genus has the male organs, or verges, arising from the coxae of the posterior legs and therefore belongs to the Carcinoplacidae of Edwards, while in E. crassimanus the verges are sternal. The genus thus constituted appears to be nearest allied to Speocarcinus Stimpson (Annals Lyc, Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 59), but it is quite dis- tinct in the larger orbits, the approximation of the inner mar- gins of the external maxillipeds, and in the much greater narrowness of the posterior part of the sternum. Trichodactylus (?) Cunninghami-Uca Cunninghami Bate. Pachygrapsus rugulosus=Letograpsus rugulosus Edw. Petrolisthes leporinus=Porcellana leporina Heller. Petrolisthes Brasiliensis, sp. nov=Porcellana Boscii? Dana (non Savigny). NOTES ON AMERICAN CRUSTACEA. NUMBER I.’ oc YPO DO IDEA. WITH, FOUR PLATES . By SIDNEY I. SMITH, ASSISTANT IN zoology IN YALE COLLEGE, NEW HAVEN, CONN [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY, WOL. III E. R. R. A. T. A. Page 138, line 11, for “immargination,” read emargination. “ 139, “ ll, “ “immarginate,” read emarginate. * 153, first line of foot note, for “is marked 3,” read is marked 30. NOTES ON AMERICAN CRUSTACEA. By SIDNEY I. SMITH. No. I. OCYPODoIDEA. Read, December 15th, 1869. THIS article, which is intended as one of a series, is chiefly made up of notes and descriptions resulting from the study of the higher Amer- ican crustacea in the Museum of Yale College and the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science. Mention is made only of those species of which I have examined specimens and in regard to which there are some new or unpublished facts to offer, except where men- tion of such species seemed needful for the proper understanding of new or imperfectly described forms. In the genus Gelasimus, I have departed somewhat from this course and have given the principal facts known to me, whether published or not, in regard to all the American species. I have not attempted to arrange the groups ac- cording to any zoölogical system, but have merely taken up the fami- lies as convenience suggested. - - All specimens referred to, unless otherwise stated, are in the collec- tions of the Museum of Yale College. Family, OCYPODIDAE. Gelasimus Latreille. The species of this genus, like most terrestrial crabs, seem to have been neglected by collectors. This fact, together with the difficulty of distinguishing the species from females or young specimens, and the impossibility of determining, from the descriptions and figures alone, what species many of the older authors had in view, has led to much confusion in the synonymy. Even some of the modern authors have published very imperfect descriptions of numerous closely allied species, neglecting to mention the form and ornamentation of the car- apax or ambulatory legs, which give some of the best characters for distinguishing the species. The genus, as at present constituted, is chiefly characterized by the enormously unequal development of the chelipeds in the male. This unsymmetrical development is not however confined to the chelipeds, but extends to almost every part of the animal. The carapax, in every species which I have examined, is more or less one-sided, the antero- TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., WOL. II. , 8 MARCH, 1870. 114 S, J. Smith on American Crustacea. lateral angle being more developed on the side of the larger cheliped. The ocular peduncle also is usually longer on this side, and in some species is terminated by a slender stylet. This ocular stylet is quite remarkable, and appears to be a constant and important character of several species. Desmarest mentions it in a species which he de- scribes under the much misapplied name of vocans, but his descrip- tion would imply that it was found upon both sides. Edwards, in his description of G. Styliferus, mentions it, and it is represented in his figures, but his words also imply that it was not confined to one side. In Edwards' Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, tome ii, p. 50, however, there is the following foot note:–“Au moment de mettre cette feuille sous presse; je reçois de M. T. Bell la communication d’un fait que je me puis passer sous silence. Quelques Gélasimes présentent, à un cer- tain āge, sinon toujours, un stylet à l’extrêmité du pédoncule oculaire du cóté de la grosse pince, tandis que l’oeil du côté opposé conserve toujours la forme ordinaire.” This observation of Bell agrees with my own on quite a number of specimens of two species described be- yond, and it is quite probable that this is always the case. The described species of Gelasimus, as limited by Edwards and other authors, form two very natural and distinct groups, which should perhaps be recognized as genera, but upon which, for the pur- poses of the present paper, it is not necessary to impose new names. In the first group the front is contracted between the ocular pedun- cles so that their bases approach very closely, and the peduncles them- selves are very long and slender. This includes Edwards’ section A, in which the front is spatulate, and probably also, all of his section B, in which the front is very narrow between the eyes but not spatulate. In some of the species the meral segments of the ambulatory legs are armed with sharp spines, and with these species I have united the ge- nus Acanthoplaa. In the second group, which corresponds with the section C of Ed- wards, the front is broad and evenly arcuate, and the bases of the ocular peduncles are thus separated by quite a broad space. The peduncles themselves are much shorter than in the species of the other section. The species are mostly Small and exhibit a remarkable uni- formity in general appearance, so that it is difficult to distinguish them without careful study. A single species, described beyond, differs from both these groups, in having the male abdomen only five-jointed and not narrowed at the second segment. The carapax is transverse and very little con- tracted behind. This species is evidently the type of a third very distinct group. S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 115 . The number of American species now known is quite large. Ed- wards, in his review of the Ocypodoidea in the Annales des Sciences naturelle for 1852, enumerates, including his Acanthoplaw insignis, eight species as appertaining to America. In 1855 Major LeConte described another species (G. minda), and in 1859–60 Dr. Stimpson added three others. In the following pages nine more are described, making in all twenty-one species known in the American faunae. Of the species which I have personally examined none are common to the east and the west coast. Edwards, however, mentions one species (G. Stenodactylus) as occurring in Chili and Brazil, but even in this instance there may have been some mistake. The following list will illustrate the distribution of the species on the two coasts. The local- ities from which I have examined specimens are followed by an I. ATLANTIC COAST. PACIFIC, COAST. SECTION A. G. heterophthalmus, now. Central Americal G. styliferus Edwards. Ecuador. G. heteroplewrus, now. Central Americal G. princeps, now. - Central Americal G. dºrmatus, now. Central Americal G. ornatus, now. Central Americal G. insignis (Edwards, sp.) Chili. G. platydactylus Edwards. Guiana. G. maracoan? Latreille. Guiana, Brazil. SECTION B. G. palustris Edwards. Antilles. G. mºnaa: LeConte. G. brevifrons Stimpson. Long Island Sound to Floridal G. pugnaa, nov. Long Island Sound to the W. Indies! G. rapaa, now. Aspinwall! G. mordaa, now. Brazil! G. pugilator Latreille. Massachusetts to Florida G. sub-cylindricus Stimpson. Matamoras on the Rio Grandel Cape St. Lucas | G. macrodactylus Edw. et Lucas. Chili. G. Stenodactylus Edw. et Lucas. Chili. G. Panamensis Stimpson. Panama! SECTION C. G. gibbosus, now. Central Americal 116 S. J. Smith on American Ch'ustacea. A.—Species in which all the segments of the abdomen are separated by distinct articula- tions, and in which the front is very much contracted between the bases of the ocular peduncles and somewhat spatulate in form. - Gelasimus heterophthalmus, sp. now. Plate II, figure 6, 6°. Plate III, figure 1–1°. Male. The carapax is somewhat quadrilateral in outline, but the antero-lateral angle on the side of the larger cheliped is much produced laterally, so that the orbit is much longer on that side than on the other and the lateral border strongly divergent. The dorsal surface is Smooth and shining, and convex longitudinally but not at all late- rally. The branchial regions are very slightly swollen, scarcely high- er than the gastric and cardiac regions, and are separated from them by slightly marked sulci. The front is spatulate, contracted between the bases of the ocular peduncles and much expanded below. The superior border of the orbit is much excavated at the base of the ocu- lar peduncle, and strongly arcuate in the middle, and has a very slight- ly upturned and entire margin. The antero-lateral angle on the side of the smaller cheliped, is angular but does not project either anteri- orly or laterally, while on the side of the larger cheliped it is broad, obtuse and projects very much laterally, as described above. The lateral margin is obtuse and its posterior part only is indicated by a faint granulous line. The upper part of the inferior branchial region is oblique, flat and very smooth, and is separated from the lower por- tion by a slightly raised line running straight from the antero-lateral angle to the base of the third pair of ambulatory legs. The inferior border of the orbit is denticulate with minute, flattened and truncate teeth. The jugal regions are smooth and shining. The ocular peduncles are rather slender, slightly enlarged at the cornea, and the one on the side of the larger cheliped is consider- ably the longer and is terminated beyond the cornea by a very slen- der filiform stylet, much longer than the peduncle itself, and slightly flattened and expanded at the tip. There is no trace of a terminal stylet on the peduncle of the other side. - In the larger cheliped, the anterior surface of the merus is smooth, narrowly triangular in outline and considerably convex, the inferior margin is sharp and denticulate, and the superior margin is armed with a slight crest which is very low and entire for most of its length but quite high, and in some specimens slightly dentate, at its distal extremity. The carpus is short and its upper surface is slightly ver- rucose. The basal portion of the propodus is rounded and coarsely S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 117 and densely verrucose externally, the superior and inferior margins are thin and dentate, and the inner surface is nearly smooth, excepting three, high, tuberculose crests, of which one runs obliquely upward from the inferior margin, one from the base of the dactylus along the margin of the depression into which the carpus folds, meeting the first in nearly a right angle, and another along the margin next the base of the dactylus, leaving a rectangular, depressed area between it and the lower crest. Both the fingers are smooth on the inside, quite long, compressed and high, and the prehensile edges are evenly tuber- culated and each armed with a single, stout, median tooth. The outer surface of the propodal finger is somewhat roughened with irregular, shallow punctures, the inferior edge is granulated and has a submar- ginal, granulous line on the outer side, and the prehensile edge is armed with a stout tooth considerably within the tooth on the dactylus; the edge beyond this tooth is straight and closes evenly against the dactylus, but between the tooth and the base it is deeply excavated, leaving a short and broad opening between the bases of the fingers. The dactylus is smooth on the outside, except a small space at the base, its superior edge is entire and smooth, and the prehensile edge is nearly straight, tuberculated and armed with a stout tooth a little beyond the middle. - In the smaller cheliped the merus is slender and somewhat trique- tral, and the superior and exterior angles are sharp. The carpus is short, ovoid in form, and smooth and rounded externally. The hand is slender, and the fingers long, flattened at the tips, and the angles clothed with hairs. The ambulatory legs are smooth and unarmed. The abdomen is contracted at the articulation of the first with the second segment, and the edges are straight from the second segment to the terminal, which is broad and obtusely rounded at the extremity. Four specimens gave the following measurements:— 1. 2. 3. 4. Length of carapax, * º --> º se - 18.7 mm 18.5mm 18:2nm. 16.9mm Breadth of “ tº *- º e- tº- tº 32-2 32-3 30-0 27-2 Ratio of length to breadth, - sº * sº I : l'Î 2 1 : ] '75 1: 1.65 1: 1.6l Length of larger hand, - sº wº º * 48°4 53-5 43-0 37-5 Length of ocular peduncle on side of smaller cheliped, 14-0 14-3 12-9 12:3 Length of ocular peduncle on side of larger cheliped, excluding stylet, - $º e º &= - 16:2 16-3 15-0 13-8 Length of terminal stylet of ocular peduncle, - 19°4. 200 - - - - l0 + In numbers 3 and 4 the ocular stylets are broken and partly wanting. Quite a number of specimens are in the collection of the Peabody II:8 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. Academy of Science, all obtained at the Gulf of Fonseca, west coast of Central America, by J. A. McNiel. - - This species is apparently closely allied to the G. Styliferus, but the ocular stylets in that species are very short, and the hand, as figured by Edwards, is shorter and higher in proportion than in our species. The description of G. Styliferus is, however, too short to permit of a detailed comparison of the species. Gelasimus styliferus Edwards. Gelasºmus platydactylus Edwards, Règne animal de Cuvier, 3me édit., Crust, pl. 18, fig. 1 °, non Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 51, 1837, (teste Edwards). Gelasimus styiferus Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelle, 3me série, Zoologie, tome xviii, 1852, p. 145, pl. 3, fig. 3. The following is the description given by Edwards:–" Espèce très voisine du G. platydactylus, mais ayant le crète marginale du bras moins développée et les podophthalmites terminés par un petit stylet comme chez les Ocypodes.—Guayaquil.” Gelasimus heteropleurus, sp. nov. Plate II, figure 7. Plate III, figure 2–2°. Male. The carapax is quadrilateral in outline, but the antero-lateral angle on one side is produced as in G. heterophthalmus. The dorsal surface is slightly granulous, quite flat anteriorly and only slightly convex posteriorly. The branchial regions are not at all swollen but are separated from the gastric and cardiac regions by deep sulci. The front is spatulate and expanded below the bases of the ocular pedun- cles. The superior border of the orbit is arcuate in the middle and has an upturned and slightly crenulated margin. The antero-lateral angle, on the side of the smaller cheliped, is acute and projects slightly forward, while on the side of the larger cheliped, it projects laterally as a very prominent obtuse tooth. The lateral margins are angular and armed with a very marked line of sharp granules. The upper part of the inferior branchial region is smooth and nearly perpen- dicular. The inferior border of the orbit is thin and denticulate with minute, flattened and truncate teeth. The jugal regions are granulous. The ocular peduncles are slender, much enlarged at the cornea and the one on the side of the larger cheliped is much longer than the other and is terminated by a slender flattened stylet about as long as the Qornea. In the larger cheliped, the anterior surface of the merus is narrow, somewhat convex, and smooth, its margins are minutely denticulate, and the superior one is armed with a narrow crest-like process at the S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 119 distal extremity. The superior surface of the carpus is flattened and granulous. The outer surface of the basal portion of the propodus is thickly verrucose, the verrucae near the upper margin being coarse and tuberculiform, the immer surface is armed only with the oblique tubercular crest running from the inferior margin. Both fingers are smooth on the inside, compressed and short, being but little longer than the basal portion of the propodus; their prehensile edges are evenly tubercular, each armed with a tooth a little way from the tip, and nearly straight, but widely separated at base, leaving a broad, open space within the teeth, but beyond the teeth, the edges meet and the tips hook by each other. The outer surface of the propodal finger is granulous or minutely verrucose and the inferior edge is minutely tuberculated and has a submarginal crest on the outer side. The outer surface of the dectylus is granulous like the other finger and the superior edge is somewhat tuberculated or denticulate. The smaller cheliped and the ambulatory legs are very much as in G. heterophthalmus. The abdomen is quite similar to that of G. heterophthalmus, but is more narrowed toward the tip and the edges are slightly concave. Length of carapax, sº tº * &= tº 15.8mm 152mm Breadth of . “ * - as s sº 3- e- 25-0 25-6 Ratio of length to breadth, tº tº ſº- gºs L. : ] '58 I : l'68 Length of larger hand, gº tº sº * e- 32-0 36-0 Length of ocular peduncle on side of Smaller cheliped, 10.1 -, * * Length of ocular peduncle on side of larger cheliped, excluding stylet, - 3- $º * - gº * * 12-0 12-3 Length of terminal stylet of ocular peduncle, - gº 2.5 2.8 I have seen but two specimens, both obtained, with the other spe- cies mentioned, by Mr. McNiel, at the Gulf of Fonseca (Collection Peabody Academy of Science). In the length of the ocular stylet this species agrees with the G. styliferus, but the merus and hand in the larger cheliped are very different, and at once distinguish it from that species. The Gelasimus vocans of Desmarest (Considérations générales sur la Class des Crustacés, p. 123) seems to be distinct from any of the species descibed by recent authors and apparently belongs in this section, as it is distinctly stated that the ocular peduncles are ter- minated by stylets. Edwards refers it to his G. palustris, to which it evidently cannot belong, but, as the character of the front is not stated, it may possibly belong in section B, forming in that case a sub- section with ocular stylets. 120 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. Desmarest's description is as follows:—“Carapace unie, avec le bord antérieur sinueux; serre droite ordinairement plus grande quela gauche; toutes les deux étant finement chagrimées en dehors, avec une ligne en- foncée courte, près de leur extrémité, et ayant leurs doigts longs, étroits, très-Écartés entre eux, unis, comprimés; pédoncules oculaires pourvus à leur extrêmité d’une pointe aigué. Des Antilles.” Gelasimus princeps, sp. nov. Plate II, figure 10. Plate III, figure 3–3°. Male. The carapax is in the form of a trapezoid much contracted behind, and the dorsal surface is smooth and shining. The branchial regions are somewhat gibbous, are higher than the gastric and cardiac regions and are separated from them by deep sulci. The front is spatulate and much contracted between the bases of the ocular peduncles. The superior margin of the orbit is strongly curved, the posterior margin is slightly raised and minutely denticulated, and the outer angle projects laterally as a very prominent triangular tooth, which is considerably larger on the side of the greater cheliped than on the other side, so that the carapax is somewhat unsymmetrical. The lateral margins are marked by sharply granular lines which curve slightly inward and rapidly converge posteriorly. The upper portion of the inferior branchial region is quite oblique, flat and smooth, and is separated from the lower portion by a slight, granu- lated line. The inferior margin of the orbit is armed with about twenty-five small, compressed and truncate teeth. The ocular peduncles are unequal in length, the one on the side of the larger cheliped being the longer, very slender but considerably enlarged at the the cornea and shorter than the broad, open orbits. The larger cheliped is enormously developed, the hand being nearly three times as long as the carapax. The anterior surface of the merus is flat and smooth, and its superior margin projects into a thin, high, evenly arched and sharply dentate crest, and the inferior angle is armed with a line of small and closely set spines. The upper surface of the carpus is rounded and verrucose and the inner margin is angu- lar and denticulate. The basal portion of the propodus is rounded and coarsely verrucose externally, the superior margin projects as a thin crest beneath which the carpus closes, the inferior margin is dentate, and the inner surface is Smooth, excepting two tuberculose crests, of which one runs obliquely upward, from the base of the dactylus, along the margin of the depression into which the carpus folds and meets the first crest in a right angle. The fingers are much S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 121 compressed and very long, the inner surfaces are smooth, and the pre- hensile edges are very tuberculose and each is armed with a stout tooth near the middle, the tooth on the dactylus being a little nearer the base than the other; within these teeth the prehensile edges gape widely leaving an ovate space, while beyond the teeth, the edges meet and are nearly straight almost to the tips, which, however, are strongly curved. The outer surface of the digital portion of the propodus is nearly smooth but has a submarginal, crenulated crest below, and the inferior margin is denticulate. The outer surface of the dactylus is somewhat verrucose and the superior edge is denticulate and slightly margimed toward the base. In the smaller cheliped, the merus is slender and somewhat trique- tral and the superior and exterior angles are sharp and granulated. The hand is very similar to that of G. heterophthalmus. The ambulatory legs are stout and nearly naked and the meral seg- ments are somewhat compressed and their edges sharp and minutely denticulate. The abdomen is broad, the basal segment is considerably shorter than the second and third, the edges approach each other somewhat at the junction of fifth and sixth, and the terminal segment is nearly twice as broad as long and its extremity is rounded. Five specimens give the following measurements:— Length of carapax, Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Length of larger hand. 24.1 mm. 4.1.1 mm. l: 1-71 64'0mm 24°0 39-8 1 : 1-66 70-0 23'4. 39'S 1 : 1-70 7 1-4 22-0 86°4. 1 : 1.65 64'4 21-3 * 36-0 l: L-69 60°4. I have examined a large number of specimens of this species col- lected at Corinto, on the west coast of Nicaragua, by J. A. McNiel, (Collection Peabody Academy of Science). There are three female specimens of Gelasimus collected at the same locality by Mr. McNiel, which probably belong to this species although they differ quite remarkably from it. The carapax (Plate II, figure'8) is not so much narrowed behind as in the males, the dorsal surface is evenly convex and thickly covered with rounded granules, which are quite coarse along the lateral borders, and the branchial regions are not raised above the gastric and cordiac regions, and are separated from them only by slight sulci. The sides of the carapax are perfectly symmetrical, the anterior angles are prominent and sharp, and the lateral margins are marked by sharp crests of bead-like 122 S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. granules. The jugal regions are granulous. The chelipeds resemble very much the smaller cheliped of the males but are rather smaller in proportion. The abdomen is broadly elliptical and there is a line of granules on the basal segment. Two of these specimens give the following measurements: Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Rätiö. 21.8mm 83-8 J. : 1-55 15-2 23'4. 1 : 1 '54 Under the name of G. platydactylus, Saussure” mentions a species from Mazatlan, Gulf of California, which I should refer to this species without hesitation, did he not state that the carpus was bituberculate, a character which does not apply to any species of Gelasimus which I have seen. Saussure’s notice is as follows: “ Gelasimus platydactylus, Latr.—Presque entièrement semblable aux individus de Cayenne, si ce n'est que le carpe est bituberculé, et que la grande crête du bras est dentelée, non entière.” Gelasimus platydactylus Edwards. ? Cancer vocans major Herbst, Naturgeschichte der Krabbén und Krebse, Band i, p. 83, Band iii, erstes Heft, p. 29, Tab. 1, fig. 11 (after Seba). ? Ocypoda heterochelos Bosc, Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, tome ii, p. 197, 1802. ? Gelasimus maracoani Desmarest, Considérations générales sur la Class des Crustacés, p. 123, 1825, (non Latreille). Gelasimus platydelylus Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 51, 1837; Annales des Sciences naturelle, 3ne série, Zoologie, tome xviii, 1852, p. 144; pl. 3, fig. 2. - The synonymy of this species is in much confusion. Edwards quotes Herbst's and Seba's figures without query as belonging to his G. platydactylus and refers the Ocypoda heterochelos of Bosc to the G. maracoani. Bosc's description however appears to have been drawn up from Herbst's or Seba's figure, and if these figures really belong to Edwards' species, the name heterochelos should be restored and the species should stand as Gelasimus heterochelos. The rough- ened or verrucose character of the carapax in Herbst's figure is a marked feature which is not mentioned in either of Edwards' descrip- tions, so that it is quite likely that Bosc's heterochelos may be distinct from Edwards’ species. Edwards gives Cayenne as the habitat of G. platydactylus. As described and figured by Edwards, this species differs from G. princeps in having the superior crest of the merus of the larger * Description de quelques Crustacés nouveaux de la côte occidentale du Mexique. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 28 série, tome V, 1853, p. 362. S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 123 cheliped entire, the hand much shorter and the fingers gaping for the whole length, and wanting the stout tooth on the prehensile edge of the propodus. Gelasimus maracoani Latreille. - Maracoani, Marcgrave de Liebstadt, Histoire rerum naturalium Brasíliae, figure. Ocypoda maracoan? Latreille, Histoire des Crust. et Insectes, tome vi, p. 46, 1803. Gonoplax maracoan? Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres, 2e édit., tome V, p. 465. Gelasimus maracoan; Latreille, Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire naturelle, 2e édit, tome xii, p. 517, 1817; Encyclopédie méthodique, pl. 296, fig. 1; Edwards, His- toire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 51, 1837; Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me Série, Zoologie, tome xviii, 1852, p. 144, pl. 3, fig. 1; Dana, United States Ex- ploring Expedition, Crust., p. 318, 1852. - Said to inhabit Cayenne and Brazil. Very likely two or more species are still confounded under the name of maracoani. Neither Edwards nor Dana mention any spines on the meral segments of the ambulatory legs, while in Latreille's figure in the Encyclopédie méthodique there are short spines repre- sented on the posterior legs. Gelasimus armatus, sp. nov. Plate II, figure 5. Plate III, figure 4–4". Male. The carapax is only slightly convex and very little narrow- ed posteriorly, and the dorsal surface is naked and deeply areolated. The gastric and cardiac regions are smooth and shining, and the car- diac is large and very prominent. The branchial regions are promi- nent and their surfaces smooth but covered by very distinct, raised, vein-like markings which branch off in an arborescent manner from a conspicuous central trunk. The front is small, spatulate, contracted between the bases of the ocular peduncles and expanded below. The superior border of the orbit has a strongly raised margin, its edge is slightly sinuous and the antero-lateral angle prominent, the one on the side of the smaller hand being directed forward and the one on the side of the larger hand being more prominent than the other and di- rected strongly outward. The anterior part of the lateral margin is longitudinal, so that the breadth of the carapax is scarcely more be- tween the antero-lateral angles than a short distance posteriorly; at the posterior extremity of this longitudinal portion, there are two small, but prominent, marginal tubercles, from which a granulated line extends to the bases of the posterior legs, where there is another small rounded tubercle. The posterior margin is straight, smooth and 124 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. unarmed. The inferior margin of the orbit is armed with fifteen to eighteen slender, compressed and truncated teeth. The jugal regions are swollen and smooth, but their surfaces are veined somewhat as the regions above. The ocular peduncles are unequal in length, the one on the side of the larger cheliped being the longer, are very slender, but considera- |bly enlarged at the corina, and shorter than the broad and open orbits which they only partially fill. The larger cheliped is enormously developed, the hand being high and lamellar, and exceeding, in length, twice the length of the carapax. The ischium is armed above and below with a small, marginal tuber- cle. The merus is smooth and rounded posteriorly, the anterior Sur- face is flat and smooth, the inferior angle is armed with scattered tu- bercles, and the superior angle rises into a low crest toward the distal portion, and is armed with slender tubercles. The carpus is smooth and rounded, but is armed with one or two small tubercles at the prox- imal extremity of the inner margin, and there are several low tuber- cles on the outer surface. The basal portion of the propodus is short; the inner surface is smooth and unarmed, except with a prominent tu- bercle near the middle, from which a line of obscure tubercles extends along the slight, oblique ridge to the inferior margin; the outer sur- face is covered with very large, depressed, smooth tubercles which are separated by considerable spaces; and the inferior margin is thin and armed with dentiform tubercles. The digital portion of the propodus is thin and very broad toward the base; the inner surface is smooth and somewhat concave; the outer surface is flat and very coarsely punctate; the inferior edge is denticulate and slightly margined on the outside; and the prehensile edge is straight, except a slight exca- vation at the base, is armed with very small marginal tubercles and a high, tubercular, median ridge, and at the extremity, with a slender tooth. The dactylus is broadest toward the extremity; the inner sur- face is concave and smooth; the outer surface is flat and nearly smooth; the superior edge is arcuate, thin and slightly denticulate; the prehensile edge is straight, closes closely against the propodal fin- ger, except the slightly excavated portion at the base, and is armed with three lines of tubercles, like the propodal finger, except that the inner, marginal line is separated from the median line by quite a wide space toward the tip, and that one of the tubercles, about two-fifths of the way from the base to the tip, is much larger than the rest; and the tip is armed with a tooth projecting perpendicularly downward. In the smaller cheliped, the merus is slender and its anterior edge is S. J. Smith, on American Crustacea. 125 armed with three spinules. The hand is slender, and the fingers are long, flattened at the tips, and the angles clothed with long hairs. The ambulatory legs are stout. The merus is smooth and unarmed in the first pair, but in the three last pairs, its posterior edge is armed with slender spines, five in the second pair, six or seven in the third, and three short ones on the fourth or last. The abdomen is quite similar to that of G. princeps. & Length of carapax, 25'2"; breadth of carapax, 35'5"; ratio of length to breadth, 1:1:41. Total length of propodus in larger cheli- ped, 60-0". Length of dactylus, 45'6"; breadth of dactylus, II "Smm. The only specimen of this species which I have seen is in the col- lection of the Peabody Academy of Science, and was obtained at the Gulf of Fonseca, West Coast of Central America, by J. A. McNiel. The larger hand in this specimen resembles very much the figure of the hand of G. maracoani given by Edwards in the Annales des Sci- ences naturelles, 3” série, tome xviii, 1852, pl. 3, fig. 1", but the car- apax and ambulatory legs seem to be very different from that species, as neither Edwards nor Dana mention, in their descriptions of G. mar- acoani, the peculiar sculpturing of the branchial regions, the tuber- cles of the lateral margins or the spines of the ambulatory legs which are so conspicuous characters in G. armatus. In these characters it approaches the genus Acanthoplaa, as described by Edwards. Gela Simus Ornatus, sp. mov. Plate II, figure 9–9". Plate III, figure 5–5°. Female. The carapax is narrow and the greatest breadth is be- tween the antero-lateral angles, it is convex longitudinally, but only slightly laterally, and the dorsal surface is verrucose, some of the ver- rucae, especially on the branchial regions, being large and depressed. The regions are not swollen or protuberant, but the cervical and bran- chio-cardiac suture is very distinctly indicated. The front is narrow and spatulate, but only slightly expanded below the bases of the ocu- lar peduncles. The superior border of the orbit is slightly and regu- larly arcuate, as seen from above, the margin is slightly raised and minutely denticulate, and the lateral angle projects forward and out- ward as a slender and prominent tooth. The antero-lateral margin is longitudinal for a short distance anteriorly, but the posterior portion curves inward to the base of the posterior leg, and is ornamented with eight to ten bead-like tubercles. The latero-inferior, branchial regions are nearly vertical, and are divided by a granulated crest 126 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. which starts a little way from the antero-lateral angle and extends obliquely backward to the bases of the penultimate legs. The poste- rior margin is ornamented with a line of low tubercles. The inferior margin of the orbit is armed with about fifteen compressed and trun- cate teeth. The jugal regions are rough and sparsely clothed with short hairs. * - The ocular peduncles are equal in length, slender, slightly enlarged at the cornea and very little shorter than the broad and very open orbits. The chelipeds are like the smaller cheliped of G. armatus, except that the merus has but one spine and that the ischium has a slight tooth on the lower side next the articulation with the merus. ' The ambulatory legs are quite similar to those of G. armatus, but all of them have a tooth or spine on the lower side of the ischium, and the merus is armed in the first pair with one or two spines, in the second with three, in the third with five, and in the last with two or three. - The abdomen is broadly elliptical, and the basal segment is orna- mented with a line of small tubercles. Length of carapax, 26'6"; breadth of carapax, 36.0"; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 1:35. - - The single specimen above described is in the collection of the Pea- body Academy of Science, and was brought home, with the G. arma- tus and several of the foregoing species, by J. A. McNiel, but unfor- tunately has no label to indicate the exact locality from which it came. It is however undoubtedly from some part of the west coast of Cen- tral America. - * This species is allied to the Acanthoplaa; insignis Edwards, but is at once distinguished from it by the verrucose dorsal surface of the carapax. It has also considerable affinity with G. armatus, and it is possible that it may be the female of that species, but this seems very improbable, when the great differences in the ornamentation of the carapax and in the armature of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs are considered. Gelasimus insignis, Acanthoplaſ, insignis Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me Série, Zoologie, tome xviii, 1852, p. 151, pl. 4, fig. 23; Archives du Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome vii, p. 162, pl. 11, fig. 1, 1854. Edwards states that this species was known to him only from a sin- gle, female specimen brought from Chili by M. Gay, but the figures which he has given in the Annales des Sciences and in the Archives S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. 127. du Muséum, differ so much that it would scarcely be supposed that they were intended to represent the same species, much less the same specimen. ~-- - - The only generic characters which are given by Edwards to distin- guish Acanthoplaa, from Gelasimus, the proportions of the carapax and the tuberculation of the branchial regions, appear to me to be of slight importance. In the proportions of the carapax, the difference between Acanthoplaw as figured in the Annales des Sciences and the ordinary narrow fronted Gelasimi is scarcely, if any, greater than the difference between the two figures of A. insignis, for the figure of the carapax in the Annales is 19:0" in length and 27°5" in breadth, giv- ing the ratio of length to breadth, 1: 1:45, while the carapax in the figure in the Archives du Muséum is 25'2" in length and 32.0" in breadth, giving the ratio, 1:1:27, and this when both figures are stated to be of natural size. No measurements are given in the text in either place. The tuberculation of the branchial regions appears to be merely a character of ornamentation to which there is a consid- erable approach in the females of many of the large Gelasimi, and in the male G. armatus described in this article, there is a still closer approach to it. The armature of the ambulatory legs, however, may prove to be a character of some importance, and would unite in one group with A. insignis, G. ornatus and G. armatus, and perhaps also G. maracoani. B.—Species in which all the Segments of the abdomen are separated by distinct articula- tions, but in which the front is broad and evenly arcuate between the bases of the ocular peduncles. Gelasimus palustris Edwards. (?) Cancer vocator Herbst, op. cit., Band iii, viertes Heft, p. 1, Tab. 59, fig. 1, 1804. Gelasimus vocans Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 54; et Règne an- imal de Cuvier, 3me édit., Crust, pl. 18, fig. 1 (teste Edwards). - Gelasimus palustris Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, Zoologie, tome xviii, 1852, p. 148, pl. 4, fig. 13. - (Non Cancer vocans Linné, Systema Naturae, editio xii, tome i, p. 1041). As figured in the Annales des Sciences naturelles, this species is quite different from any species which I have examined, and is distin- guished by the form of the terminal segment of the male abdomen, which is as long as its breadth at base, with the sides straight and slightly divergent and the extremity broad and rounded, and by the anterior margin of the Orbital border being symmetrical and not more rapidly curved above the base of the ocular peduncle than on the out- side, as it is in most of the allied species. It is described in the fol. 128 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. lowing brief terms:—“Créte sourcilière postérieure presque droite, l'antérieure très courbe; crètes marginales très marguées sur les lobes mésobranchiaux–Antilles.” It is quite apparent that Edwards confounded at least two species under the name of palustris. The figure of G. vocans, which he has given in the Règne animal and which he refers to his palustris, evi- dently represents a different and distinct species, as the front is quite narrow, the basal portion of the propodus of the larger cheliped much longer in proportion and the terminal segment of the male ab- domen entirely different in form. It is very likely the same as the G. vocans of his Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, which is said to inhabit Brazil. - Stimpson, in the Annales of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York, vol. vii, p. 62, refers the G. vocans of Dana and the G. minda: of LeConte to the palustris of Edwards, and he evidently had more than one species before him, as he mentions that the tubercles on the outer surface of the larger cheliped were minute or obsolete in speci- mens from the Mexican and Central American shores. Gelasimus macrodactylus Edwards et Lucas. Voyage de d'Orbigny dans l’Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 27, pl. 11, fig 3, 1843; Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, Zool., tome xviii, 1852, p. 149. “Côtes du Valparaiso’’ (Edwards and Lucas). Gelasimus minax LeConte. Gelastmus minaw, John LeConte, On a new species of Gelasimus, Proceedings Acad- emy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. vii, 1855, p. 403. Gelastmus palustris (pars) Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 62, 1859. Plate II, figure 4. Plate IV, figure 1–1°. Male. The carapax is quite convex longitudinally and slightly transversely, and in large specimens the branchial regions are some- what gibbous above. The dorsal surface appears smooth, but is very minutely granulous, and there are a few small tubercles on the ante- rior part of the gastric region near the lateral margin. The front is broad and regularly arcuate. The posterior, or upper, edge of the superior orbital border is transverse and nearly straight, and has a smooth upturned margin. The anterior, or lower, edge is marked by a sharply raised and minutely denticulated margin which curves rap- idly downward above the base of the ocular peduncle, then gradu- ally upward and joins the posterior margin a little way from the an- S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 129 tero-lateral angle, which is obtuse and not at all prominent. The lat- eral border is marked by a sharply upturned and finely denticulated margin, which is arcuate anteriorly so that the breadth of the carapax is considerably less between the antero-lateral angles than a little pos- teriorly, and the posterior portion is strongly incurved and terminates opposite the cardiac region. The postero-lateral border is crossed by an oblique raised line or plication. The inferior orbital margin is finely toothed and the jugal region is rough and hairy. The larger cheliped is stout, and the length of the hand in large specimens is nearly or quite three times as great as the length of the carapax. The anterior surface of the merus is smooth, narrowly tri- angular in outline and its margins are nearly straight, the inferior armed with minute tubercles, and the Superior with slender tubercles on the distal portion; the upper surface is roughened with short, irreg- ular, transverse rows of small tubercles. The superior surface of the carpus is covered with depressed tubercles, the proximal portion of the inner edge is tubercular and the inner surface is crossed by an ob- lique ridge armed with tubercles. The basal portion of the propodus is much shorter than the digital portion, and its superior and exterior , surface is covered with depressed tubercles, which are large and sepa- rated by smooth spaces on the upper portion, but below are smaller and crowded, and, along the inferior border, almost obsolete; the inner surface is armed, on the inferior border, with a ridge of large tubercles extending from the base of the propodal finger obliquely upward to the border of the deep depression into which the carpus folds, and there are also a few tubercles between this depression and the base of the dactylus, and a line of tubercles extending upward, from the immer edge of the propodal finger, parallel to the base of the dactylus; the superior edge is tuberculose and has a crenulated margin on the out- side and the inner margin is curved downward at the extremity of the depression into which the carpus folds; and finally, the inferior edge is smooth and rounded, but with a slight margin on the outside. The propodal finger is nearly straight; the inferior edge is smoothly round- ed, the prehensile edge is broad and armed with marginal lines of small tubercles, and a median one of irregular tubercles, of which one, about the middle of the finger, is very much larger than the rest; and the tip has an excavation into which the dactylus fits. The dactylus is much curved, especially toward the tip, which hooks considerably by the tip of the propodal finger, and the prehensile edge is much as in the other finger, but the tubercles of the median line are nearly obsolete, except two or three large ones near the base, and as many more between the middle and the tip. TRANS. CoNNECTICUT ACAD., WOL. II. 9 MARCH, 1870. 130 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. The ambulatory legs are stout and very hairy along the edges, and the meral segments are quite broad, those of the posterior pair being nearly three times as long as broad. The abdomen is slightly narrowed at the first segment and is broad- est at the second and third. The distal margin of the penultimate segment is somewhat excavated for the reception of the terminal seg- ment, which is much narrower than the penultimate and broadest at the base, from which the margin is regularly arcuate, forming scarcely more than a semicircle. - - Both in alcoholic and dry’specimens the points of the articulation of the merus with the carpus, the carpus with the propodus and the propodus with the dactylus, in the larger cheliped, are marked by red spots, and there are similar, but smaller, spots on the ambulatory legs, at the articulation of the meral with the carpal segments. The females differ from the males in being narrower and more evenly convex above, and in having the branchial regions more swollen and thickly covered with rounded tubercles. A number of specimens give the following measurements:— Length of Breadth of Length of Breadth of Locality. Sex. Carapax. Carapax. Ratio. hand. hand. New Haven, Ct. Male. 26.5mm 38.1 mm 1: l'44 '75-0mm 23:0mm ! { {{ {{ 22-9 34:0 1 : 1'48 6] -0 20 '8 { { {{ {{ 22.9 32-8 1 : 1:43 * tº-º-º-º-º-º: t{ { { {{ 22.2 30-0. l: I-35 53-0 18:0 Bluffton, S. G. { { 19-0 28-2 1 : 1'48 45-0. 15-8 it ( ! { { 17.6 25°2 1 : 1'43 40:5 14.8 tº it tº 17.2 24'5 1:1:43 40’0 14:2 New Haven, Ct. Female. 24.9 34’3 . 1 : 1.3'ſ * === *==º-sº {{ {{. ( : 21.8 29-2 1 : 1-34. * * *E-º- This species is found at New Haven, Conn., on salt-marshes. There are specimens in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science from Bluffton, South Carolina, and also, from St. Augustine, Florida. LeConte's specimens were from New Jersey. - This is a very large species and I have not seen young specimens. It has perhaps been considered an adult form of G. pugnaa:; LeConte, however, recognized it as a distinct species and pointed out the differ- ences, having very naturally mistaken the pugnaa: for G. pugilator. The tubercles on the anterior portion of the branchial region of the male are probably only an adult character, but the very coarse tubercula- tion of the basal portion of the propodus and the red markings on the larger cheliped of the male, and the tubercular branchial regions of the female, are quite enough to distinguish it from the allied species. S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 131 Gelasimus brevifrons Stimpson. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 229, 1860. Of this species, which was found in a lagoon at Todos Santos, near Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, I have seen only a single, female specimen, which was kindly loaned from the collection of the Chicago Academy by Dr. Stimpson. As far as can be judged from the female alone, it is very distinct from any other species with which I am acquainted and seems to be most closely allied to G. minda. It differs from the female of G. mi- naw, in having the carapax broader in proportion and not nearly so much narrowed behind, and the dorsal surface less convex; the cari- nae of the lateral margins are more prominent and, from the form of the carapax, are not so much curved; the front is shorter and more perpendicular, and the anterior margin of the orbital border is more convex, leaving a broader space between it and the posterior margin; and finally, the meral segments of the ambulatory legs are much nar- rower in proportion, and are marked with conspicuous, transverse pli- cations. Length of carapax, 17°5"; breadth of carapax, 25.0"; ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 1:43. Gela.Simus pugnax, Sp. nov. Gelasimus vocans (pars) Gould, Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 325, 1841; G. vocans, var. A, DeKay, Natural History of New York, Crust., p. 14, pl. 6, fig. 10, 1844 (non Cancer vocans Linné). Gelasimºus pugilator LeConte, loc. cit., p. 403 (non Bosc). (?) Gelasimus palustris (pars) Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, p. 62, 1859 (non Edwards). Plate II, figure 1. Plate IV, figure 2–2". Male. The carapax is quite similar to that of G. minda, but it is broader, the dorsal surface is smooth and there are no tubercles on the branchial regions, the front is narrower and projects farther down- ward, the antero-lateral angle is sharp and the anterior part of the lateral margin is not at all, or only very slightly, arcuate. In the larger cheliped, the anterior surface of the merus is usually somewhat granular or finely tuberculose, especially along the inferior border, its outline is triangular and much broader toward the carpus than in G. minda, and the distal portion of the superior margin is high and arcuate and not tuberculated as in that species. The superior surface of the carpus is covered with small, rounded tubercles and the inner surface is crossed by an oblique, and more or less tuberculated, 132 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. ridge. The basal portion of the propodus, even in quite small speci- mens, is shorter than the digital portion and its superior and exterior surface is covered with small, depressed tubercles of unequal sizes and so thickly crowded together that there are scarcely any spaces between them, the oblique ridge on the inferior border of the inside is armed with numerous very small tubercles, the whole space between the upper portion of this ridge and the base of the dactylus is finely tuberculose, and the inferior edge is very distinctly margined on the outside. Both the propodal finger and the dactylus are more slender than in G. mimaa, but offer no distinctive characters. The ambulatory legs are rather stout, very hairy along the edges of the carpal and propodal segments and the meral segments are broad, those of the posterior pair being about one and a half times as long as broad. The abdomen is scarcely at all narrowed at the basal segments. The terminal segment is very much as in G. minda, but slightly broader in proportion and very similar to that of G. pugilator, figured by Edwards in the Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3* série, tome xviii, 1852, pl. 4, fig. 14", and not at all like his figure of G. palustris, fig. 13° on the same plate. The females differ from the males in being slightly narrower in proportion and in having the dorsal surface of the carapax more con- vex and minutely granulous. In life, the dorsal surface of the carapax of the male is very dark greenish olive, the middle and anterior portion, mottled with grayish white, the front, between and above the bases of the ocular peduncles, light blue varying somewhat in intensity in different specimens, and the anterior margin tinged with brown. The larger cheliped is lighter than the carapax, is marked with pale brownish yellow at the articulations and along the upper edge of the dactylus, and both fingers are nearly white along the prehensile edges. The exposed portions of the the ocular peduncles and the eyes are like the dorsal surface of the carapax. The smaller cheliped and the ambulatory legs are somewhat translucent and thickly mottled and specked with dark grayish olive. The sternum and abdomen are mottled ashy gray. The females differ from the males in having the dorsal surface of the carapax less distinctly mottled with whitish and in wanting the blue on the front. This description of the colors was taken, in November, from about a dozen specimens from New Haven. S. I. Smith on American Crustaced. 133 A series of specimens give the following measurements:– . Length Breadth * Length Breadth Locality. Sex, of carapax. Of carapax. Ratio, of hand. Of hand, New Haven, Conn. Male. 15.3mm. 23.2mm 1 : l'52 TnTOl TOTOn {{ { { { { 14'8 22.6 1 : 1.51 40°5 13.8 * { t! { { 14'4 21-9 1 : 1-52 41-0 13-5 Bahamas. { { l4’3 22-0 1 : L'54 39°5 13°4. New Haven, Conn. {{ 13-8 20-7 1 : l'50 40’0 13-0 “ ( & { { 13." 20-3 1 : 1'48 37:0 12'4 { { {{ { { 12.8 19.3 I. : 1.51 34°5 12.2 ! { {{ ! { 12:1 I 8°l 1 : 1'49 32.2 11:0 East Florida. t{ 10:6 16.6 1 : 1.57 26-0 8-8 New Haven, Conn. t{ 10-4 15-5 1 : 1:49 22-0 8' 5 East Florida. i ( 10-8 15-7 1 : L'52 24°5 8-6 {{ {{ 8:S 13-2 I. : 1:50 L5-2 6'5 Bahamas. ( ! 8-7 12.8 l: 1.47 21-0 6-8 * { - {{ 7'4. 11:0 1 : 1'48 16’4. 5'5 New Haven, Conn. Female. 12-8 18-6 1 : 1:45 - { { { { {{ 12-5 17.8 1 : l'42 { { { { “ 12-0 17.1 1 : 1:42 {{ {{ {{ 9-6 13-7 l: l'43 {{ {{ { { 8-6 12'4. 1 : 1:44 Bahamas. ( 7.3 10:2 l: l'40 New Haven, Conn. “ 7-0 10-0 l: 1:43 This species is common upon the salt-marshes about New Haven, Conn., and there are specimens in the Museum of Yale College from St. Augustine, Florida (Col. W. E. Foster). In the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History there are specimens from Bahamas (Dr. Henry Bryant), and in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science, from Hayti (Dr. D. F. Weinland). At first sight this species might be mistaken for the young of G. minaw, but when specimens of each, of nearly equal size, are compared there is no danger of confounding them. G. pugnaa is much smaller than G. mºnaa, the carapax is considerably broader, is not so much contracted at the antero-lateral angles and is perfectly smooth, the tubercles of the outer surface of the larger cheliped are very much smaller and more crowded together, and the coloration is quite dif. ferent, the red on the chelipeds and ambulatory legs being entirely wanting. A male of this species, collected at New Haven by W. C. Beecher, presents a remarkable anomaly in having the chelipeds nearly equal in size, while in other respects it is exactly like ordinary individuals. This specimen is briefly noticed in the American Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 557, under the name of G. palustris. The left cheliped is exactly like the larger cheliped of ordinary specimens, and the right one 134 AS. J. Smith on American Crustacea. differs only in being somewhat smaller and in having the fingers slightly more incurved at the tips so as to fit nicely the buccal area. Length of carapax, 11.2”; breadth of carapax, 16’4” ; rato, 1:1:46. Length of left cheliped, 25.0". Length of right cheliped, 21-0". The specimen, which was examined while alive, was very active and used both hands with equal facility. With this single remarkable exception, I have found only the slightest variations in examining carefully more than a hundred specimens. Gelasimus rapax, sp. nov. Plate II, figure 2. Plate IV, figure 3. Male. The carapax is very much like that of G. pugnaa, but the front, is narrower, the upper edge of the superior orbital border is sinuous and not so transverse as in that species, being directed some- what backward, the border itself is wider and its lower edge is not so abruptly curved above the base of the ocular peduncle. In the larger cheliped, the anterior surface of the merus is smooth. The superior surface of the carpus is minutely tuberculose and the inner surface is crossed by a slight, oblique ridge which is nearly smooth. The basal portion of the propodus is much stouter than in G. pugnaa: and considerably longer than the digital portion, the superior and exterior surface is thickly covered with small tubercles and the inner surface is much as in G. pugnaa, but the superior margin is curved more abruptly, and farther downward at the extrem- ity of the depression into which the carpus folds, and there is a line of bead-like tubercles, along the border next the base of the dactylus, which are very much larger than in G. pugnaa. The propodal finger is short and stout and considerably curved upward, the inferior edge is smooth and rounded, and the prehensile edge is much as in G. pugnaa, but the tubercles are larger. The dactylus is stout, curved toward the extremity and the tip hooked by the end of the other finger, the Superior margin is tuberculose toward the base and mar- gined on the outside for nearly half its length, and the prehensile edge is as in G. pugnaa, but there are four or five large tubercles close together near the base. - The ambulatory legs are quite similar to those of G. pugnaa: but seem to be much less hairy. The abdomen is as in G. pugnaa. Length of carapax, 12'6"; breadth of carapax, 19:0"; ratio, 1 : 1:51. Length of hand, 28.2"; breadth of hand, 10.8". S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. 135 I have seen but a single specimen, which was collected at Aspinwall by F. H. Bradley. Although closely allied to G. minda, and pugnaa, it is very different from any specimens which I have seen, of either of those species, and is readily distinguished from them by the very short and stout fingers, the tubercles on the basal portion of the upper mar- gin of the dactylus, the long basal portion of the propodus and the line of bead-like tubercles along its border next the base of the dactylus. The differences in the carapax are however very slight, and it may possibly prove to be a variety of G. pugnaa. Gelasimus mordax, sp. nov. ºl Plate II, figure 3. Plate IV, figure 4, 4°. Male. The carapax is convex both transversely and longitudinally The dorsal surface is punctate and the space between the puncta is smooth and naked, but the puncta themselves give rise to short hairs which are very easily removed. The front is much less deflexed than in the allied species, its dorsal surface is divided by a distinct median sul- cus and its inferior surface, between the margin and the epistome, is quite high. The upper edge of the superior orbital border is directed somewhat backward as in G. rapaw, but is straight and not sinuous; the border itself is much more oblique than in the allied species, so that it appears very large as seen from above. The anterior part of the lateral margin is thin and projects somewhat laterally. In the larger cheliped, all the segments are more elongated than in the allied species. The anterior surface of the merus is smooth, nar- row in outline and its margins are tuberculose. The superior and exterior surface of the carpus is obscurely tuberculose, and its inner surface is crossed by an oblique ridge which is nearly smooth. The basal portion of the propodus, as seen in front, is narrowed toward the articulation of the carpus and is very much shorter than the digital portion; the superior, and the upper part of the exterior, surface is obscurely tuberculose while the lower portion is smooth; the oblique ridge on the inferior border of the inside, is much higher and extends farther back toward the articulation of the carpus than in the allied species, and is thickly covered with very large, rounded tubercles, and all the space between its upper portion and the base of the dactylus is covered with depressed tubercles; the superior edge is somewhat carinated, slightly tuberculose and margined on the outside, and the inner margin is turned abruptly downward at the extremity of the depression into which the carpus folds; and finally, between this abruptly curved portion and the base of the dactylus and just 136 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. below the superior margin, there is an oblong, depressed space which is very conspicuous as seen from above. This depression exists in G. minda, but is not at all conspicuous. The propodal finger is very long and slender, curved upward at the extremity, and the prehensile edge armed with a large tubercle near the middle and another near the tip, which is deeply excavated for the reception of the dactylus. The dactylus is very slender, the basal portion nearly straight, the extremity strongly hooked downward and inward, the superior edge smooth, and the prehensile edge armed with several large tubercles. The ambulatory legs are long and much more slender than in the allied species, the meral segments being quite narrow. The abdomen is quite similar to the abdomen of G. pugnaa, but is somewhat narrower. . - - The females differ from the males in having the carapax narrower and more convex, and in the branchial regions being tuberculose along the lateral margins. s Several specimens give the following measurements: — Length Breadth Length Breadth Sex. of carapax. Of Carapax. Ratio. Of hand. of hand. Male. 16-9mm 25-5mm 1 : 1-5]. 45-0mm 12.5mm { { 15'4 23.2 l': l'5]. 45'0 13-0 { { 15-3 23-0 1 : 1 -50 46'5 13-0 { { 14-5 21.5 l: 1'48 4.2°0 12-6 t{ 10:6 15-5 l: l'46 20:5 7:0 Female. 12.9 18°l l: l'40 { { 12.5 I6'ſ 1 : l'34. t! 10-8 14-3 I : 1-32 “Canals at Pará, South America, October or November, 1858; Caleb Cooke” (Collection Peabody Academy of Science). Gelasimus pugilator Latreille. Ocypoda pugilator Bosc, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 197, 1802; (pars) Say, Journal Academy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i. p. 71, 1817, p. 443, 1818. Gelasimus pugilator Latreille, Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Histoire naturelle, 2e édit, tome xii, p. 520, 1817; Desmarest, op. cit., p. 123; Edwards, Annales des Sciences natu- relles, 3me Série, Zoologie, tome xviii, 1852, p. 14, pl. 4, fig. 149; Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 62. * * Gelasimus vocany DeKay, Natural History of New York, Crust., p. 14, pl. 6, fig. 9; (pars) Gould, Report On the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 325 (non Cancer vocans Linné). Plate IV, figure 7. This is at once distinguished from any of the east coast species, except G. Subcylindricus, by the rectangular outline, swollen and S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 1.37 highly polished, dorsal surface of the carapax, and by the inner sur- face of the basal portion of the propodus of the larger cheliped being evenly rounded and beset with small scattered tubercles, but with no indication of an oblique tuberculose ridge. From G. Subcylindricus, it is readily distinguished by the carapax being narrower and its pos- terior margin straight, by the hand in the larger cheliped of the male being margined with a slight crest on the outside of the superior edge, and by the narrow male abdomen. - It seems to be abundant from the Gulf States to Massachusetts. At New Haven, Conn., it is very common upon muddy beaches, but is not usually associated with G. pugnaa, which prefers salt-marshes. There are specimens in the Museum of Yale College, collected at Egmont Key, West Florida, by Col. E. Jewett, and at St. Augustine, by Col. W. E. Foster and H. S. Williams; and in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science, there are specimens from Savan- nah, Georgia, from Bluffton, South Carolina, and from Nantucket, Massachusetts, those from the last locality collected by Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr. A series of specimens give the following measurements:— Length Breadth Length Breadth Locality. Sex. of carapax. of carapax. Ratio. Of hand. Of hand. West, Florida. ' Male. 15-0mm 21-6mm l ; 1:44 38-0mm 12-5mm { { {{ 14-7 21-0 l: l'43 33-0 I0-5 New Haven, Conn. {{ 14:2 20-6 l: l'44 36-5 Il-8 { { {{ {{ 13-6 19-4, 1 : 1:43 34°0 IL-0 {{ {{ { { 13-4 18:8 l: l'40 30.2 ll'4 {{ {{ {{ I2°5 17°4. l: L-39 27-0 10:6 {{ { { ! { II'ſ L6-2 I : 1-38. 23.8 9.6 { { {{ {{ 7-6 10:2 . 1 : 1-33 9°5 4.8 West Florida. Female. 14-6 20°4. 1 : 1-40 New Haven, Conn. {{ 12°5 16°4. I : I-31 { { {{ {{ 10-8 14’3 I : 1-32 {{ {{ • t 9°l 12-0 I : 1-32 Gelasimus subcylindricus Stimpson. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 63, 1859. Plate IV, figure 6–6°. This species has a general resemblance to G. pugilator, but the body is much broader, not so much narrowed behind and very con- vex, being in fact much like G. gibbosus. The male abdomen and its appendages are, moreover, very unlike any other species which is known to me. 138 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. Male. The dorsal surface of the carapax is minutely granulous, very convex longitudinally and swollen along the branchial regions, which, however, do not project above the middle of the carapax, and the regions are not separated by distinct sulci. The front is evenly rounded and strongly deflexed. The superior border of the orbit is nearly perpendicular, and its posterior, or upper, margin is sinuous, curving forward in a slight prominence in the middle. The antero- lateral angle is obtuse and not at all prominent. The lateral margins converge slightly anteriorly and are only faintly indicated on the postero-lateral border. The posterior margin is divided into two broad lobes by a very marked median infimargination. 'The inferior border of the orbit is slightly curved and finely denticulate. The external maxillipeds are proportionately smaller than in the allied species, the ischium is only very slightly wider than the merus and its outer margin is nearly straight. Corresponding with the form of the external maxillipeds, the buccal opening is smaller and more rectangular than in the other species. - In the larger cheliped, the angles of the merus are obtuse and granulous and the anterior surface is slightly convex. The outer sur- face of the carpus is slightly granulous. The basal portion of the propodus is nearly as long as the digital portion; the inner surface is not armed with a tuberculose ridge along the inferior margin, that portion being rounded and only obscurely tuberculose, but on the border next the base of the dactylus, there are two, sharp, tubercular, parallel ridges, the inner one highest and separated from the other by a deep, narrow groove; the outer surface is densely covered with small, depressed tubercles which are more uniform in size and more promi- nent than in G. pugnaa, or G. pugilator ; the superior edge is tuber- culose but not distinctly margined on the outside as in G. minda, pugnaa, and pugilator; the inferior edge is armed with a prominent, tubercular margin on the outside, and the flat, oblique space between the inner and outer margins is smooth and shining, while in G. pugil- ator it is covered with rounded granules. The propodal finger is considerably curved upward, its outer surface is armed, on the basal portion, with a distinct, median ridge, the inferior margin is smooth, and the prehensile edge tubercular and armed with a single, large tooth near the middle. The dactylus is strongly and evenly curved, the superior margin is smooth and the prehensile edge is tubercular and armed with several larger tubercles toward the base. The smaller cheliped and the ambulatory legs do not differ notably from those of the allied species. S. L. Smith on American Crustacea. 139 The abdomen is very broad, its breadth being fully equal to two- thirds its length, while, in G. pugilator and allied species, the breadth is not equal to more than half the length. The terminal segment is very small, being rather less than half as broad as the penultimate and very much shorter than broad. The appendages of the first seg- ment are very stout and nearly straight organs, reaching to the middle of the penultimate segment, and the tips are horny and slightly hairy, while in G. pugilator these organs are longer, very slender, and strongly curved outward at the tips. The female differs from the male in having the posterior margin of the carapax only slightly irrimarginate in the middle. Length Breadth Length Breadth SeX. Of Carapax. Of Carapax. Ratio. of hand. Of hand. Male. 12-1 mm 18.5mm I : 1-53 25-0mm 11:0mm {{ 10:5 | 6-0 1 : L'52 20:5 9-0 Female. 10-0 15°5 1 : L'55 The above description and measurements were made from three of the original specimens, collected at Matamoras on the Rio Grande, by M. Berlandier, and loaned by Dr. Stimpson. Gelasimus stenodacylus Edwards et Lucas. Voyage de d'Orbigny dans l’Amérique méridionale, Crust, p. 26, p. 11, fig. 2, 1843; Edwards, Alinales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, Zool., tome xviii, 1852, p. 149. “Trouvé sur les côtes du Valparaiso par M. d’Orbigny,” (Edwards and Lucas). In the Annales des Sciences naturelles, Edwards gives the habitat as, “ Chili, Brésil,” but there is very likely some mistake in regard to the latter locality for very few, if any, species of crusta- cea are common to Chili and Brazil. - Gelasimus Panamensis Stimpson. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 63, 1859. Plate IV, figure 5. Stimpson had only the young of this species and did not give the characters of the larger cheliped of the male, but a good series of specimens collected at Panama by Mr. Bradley, shows that it is very different from any of the east coast species and is not allied to any from the west coast, unless it be to G. Stenodcatylus which I have not Seen. Male. The carapax is broadest between the antero-lateral angles and is much less convex than usual. The dorsal surface is very minutely granulose, and there are a few coarse granules or small tubercles on the front and on the anterior part of the branchial region Af 140 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. near the lateral margin. The upper edge of the superior orbital border is sinuous and the border itself is quite narrow. The antero- lateral angles are sharp and project prominently forward. The inferior orbital margin is thin and sharply dentate and its outer angle is prominent and angular, and is separated from the superior margin by a deep and broadly rounded sinus. In the larger cheliped, the merus is slender, and its anterior surface is narrow and smooth and the margins are unarmed and rounded. The carpus is evenly rounded and nearly smooth externally. The basal portion of the propodus is smooth or imicroscopically granu- lose and flat and entirely unarmed within; the depression into which the carpus folds is very short, not extending half way to the base of the dactylus; and the superior and inferior margins are evenly rounded. The propodal finger is slightly upturned at the tip, the inferior edge is perfectly smooth and evenly rounded, and the tuber- cles of the prehensile edge are nearly obsolete except a large de- pressed one near the middle. The dactylus is strongly curved down- ward at tip, the superior edge is smooth and rounded and the pre- hensile edge is obscurely tubercular In very young specimens the hand is quite granulose above but becomes smooth with age. In the smaller cheliped the tips of the fingers are densely clothed with soft hair. The ambulatory legs are slender, smooth and almost entirely naked. The females differ from the males in the carapax being a little narrower in proportion, and in the branchial regions being slightly inflated and more granular or even tuberculose. Several specimens give the following measurements:– Length Breadth Length JBreadth Locality. Sex. of carapax. of Carapax. Ratio. of hand. of hand. Panama. Male. | 2-5mm 18-0mm l: 1:44 27.5mm 9.4 mm tº tº {{ 12:1 'N 18:0 1 : 1 49 32-0 I l’0 (t {{ 8-3 11:1 1 : 1'34. 9°4. 4'8 ( ! Female. 13-6 18-5 1 : 1-36 {{ ( ! 12.2 17:0 1 : 1-89 ! { { { II - 5 16-0 1: .39 ! I { { 9-7 13-8 1 : 1:42 C.—Species in which the fourth, fifth and sixth segments of the male abdomen completely anchylose, and in which the carapaa, is very transverse, and the branchial regions are gibbous. Gelasimus gibbosus, sp. now. Plate II, figure 11. Plate TV, figure 8. Male. This is a small species quite different in general appearance from any of the foregoing. The body is very short and broad, very S. J. Smith on American Cºustacea. 141 little contracted behind, and, in general form, a short cylinder trun- cated at each end. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are slender and elongated. - - The dorsal surface of the carapax is naked, Smooth and shining, convex longitudinally, deeply areolated and nearly symmetrical. The cervical suture is slightly curved and very distinctly marked by a deep sulcus. The median portion of the gastric region is triangular, and is separated from the antero-lateral lobes by very distinct but shallow sulci, which meet in an acute angle on the front. The cardiac region is large, quite prominent and distinctly separated from the gastric. The branchial regions are very prominent and swollen, pro- jecting much above the median regions, and a narrow portion next the cervical suture is cut off by a straight and sharp sulcus. The front projects well forward and is quite narrow, but not contracted between the bases of the ocular peduncles. The superior border of the orbit is nearly on a plain with the anterior part of the carapax, its anterior edge is strongly arcuate and is marked by a very slight, but sharply raised and continuous margin, and the posterior edge is marked by a faintly raised line, which is transverse and nearly ‘straight toward the front, but, toward the side of the carapax, falls off posteriorly, so that the antero-lateral angle, which is right-angular, but not at all prominent, is considerably posterior to the rest of the anterior margin. The faintly margined lateral borders are parallel anteriorly but approach slightly posteriorly. The inferior border of the orbit is denticulate, the teeth being very minute on the portion toward the front but much larger, and very slender on the outer portion, and round into the external hiatus. The jugal regions are much swollen and are separated from the buccal area by a deep depression. The ocular peduncles are quite stout and as long as the orbits, which they nearly fill. The ischial segments of the external maxillipeds are very broad and the outer edges are arcuate to fit the expanded buccal area, and thus resemble the species of section A. - The larger cheliped is remarkably developed for so small a species, the merus being as long as the carapax, while the hand is almost three times as long, and nearly twice as long as the breadth of the carapax. The anterior surface of the merus is smooth, flat and quite narrow, and its angles are smooth and unarmed. The superior and exterior surface of the carpus is evenly rounded and very slightly granulous, and the inner margin is sharp and dentate. The basal portion of the 142 S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. propodus is short and compressed, the outer surface is flat and granu- lous, the inferior edge is angular and has a very slight, granular margin on the outside, the superior edge is rounded and granulated, and the inner surface is armed with a slight, oblique, tuberculose ridge extending from the inferior edge to the short depression into which the carpus folds. The digital portion of the propodus is much compressed, straight and very slender, the inferior edge is nearly smooth, the prehensile edge is only very obscurely tuberculate and has a single, very slight tooth near the middle, and the tip is slender, acute and slightly upturned. The dactylus is compressed, very slender, straight for two-thirds its length and the terminal portion regularly curved downward, the superior edge is rounded and slightly granulous toward the base, and the prehensile edge is as in the other finger, except that the tooth is smaller and nearer the base. The smaller cheliped is smooth and unarmed, the merus is slender and triquetral, the carpus is short and rounded, the basal portion of the propodus is quite short and thick, and the fingers are slender. The ambulatory legs are long, very slender and nearly naked, and the meral segments are very narrow. * The sternum is very broad and very convex. The abdomen is scarcely at all contracted at the second segment, and it tapers slightly to the extremity of the sixth; the first and second are very short, the the third is about twice as broad as long, the fourth, fifth and sixth are completely anchylosed into one piece, and the seventh, or last, forms very nearly a semicircle. Length of carapax, 8'5"; breadth of carapax, 14'4"; ratio, 1:1-79. Length of hand, 24'8"; breadth of hand, 8.2”. I have seen only one specimen, which was collected at the Gulf of Fonseca, west coast of Central America, by J. A. McNiel (Collection Peabody Academy of Science). Family, GECARCINIDAE. Cardiosoma, Latreille. In this genus the abdominal appendages of the male present, in some cases at least, good specific characters. In all the species which I have examined, the appendages of the first segment are very stout and nearly straight organs reaching beyond the middle of the abdo- men, articulated at their bases with a large and hard semicircular plate, which arches round the intestinal canal and joins the abdomen on each side, and armed at their extremities with slender, horny tips. S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 143 The appendages of the second segment are small and inconspicuous, and their slender tips are flexible and folded within a little groove on the inside of the bases of the appendages of the first segment. Cardiosoma, guanhumi Latreille. Cardisoma guanhumi. Latreille, Encyclopedie méthodique, tome x, p. 685, 1824, (teste Edwards); Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 24, 1837; Règne animal de Cuvier, 3me édit., pl. 20, fig. 1; Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, p. 204, pl. 9, fig. 1; Gibbes, On the Carcinological Col- lections of the United States, Proceedings American Association, 3d Meeting, p. 179, 1850; Stimpson, Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 100; Saussure, Crustacés nouveaux des Antilles et du Mexique, p. 21, 1858. Ocypode (Cardisoma) cordata DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 27, 1835 (non Cancer cordatus Linné). Ocypoda ruricola Freminville, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 29 série, Zoologie, tome iii, 1835, p. 217 (non Cancer ruricola Linné). Ocypoda gigantea Freminville, loc. cit., p. 221, 1835. Plate V, figure 3. The abdomen of the male is broadest at the third segment, from which the margins converge rapidly to the sixth, which is considerably longer than broad. The terminal segment is narrow and its extremity is rounded. The first pair of abdominal appendages reach to the middle of the sixth segment, are triquetral, straight and stout, and their tips are rounded and slightly flattened laterally, and each is armed with a very small, scale-like appendage directed obliquely out. ward, and on the upper edge, just above this appendages, there is a . small process which is straight and does not reach beyond the rounded extremity of the thickened portion of the organ. A male from the Florida Keys gives, length of carapax, 65" ; breadth of carapax, 78"; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 120. Length of merus in right cheliped, 31*; in left cheliped, 49*. Length of right hand, 45"; breadth, 19. Length of left hand, 88"; breadth, 44. Cardiosoma, Quadratum Saussure. See these Transactions, vol. ii, p. 16. Plate V, figure 4. In this species the male abdomen and its appendages are almost ex- actly like those of C. guanhumi except that the horny extremities of the appendages of the first segment are a little longer and more slen- der. There is a remarkable difference between the male abdominal appendages of this species and the species from the west coast of 144 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. Africa, with which it is compared on page 16 of this volume. In the African species the first pair of these appendages are very much like those of the following species, the horny tips being long, slender and somewhat spiral, and the process on the upper edge extending much beyond the thickened portion of the organ. Cardiosoma crassum, sp nov. - Plate V, figure 5. In general appearance this species is closely allied to C. Quadratum. The carina of the lateral margin of the carapax is, however, much more strongly marked and the ambulatory legs are clothed with long hair, while in C. quadratum they are nearly naked. The male abdom- inal appendages are entirely unlike in the two species. The dorsal surface of the carapax is naked, very minutely granu- lous, regularly and strongly convex longitudinally, but only slightly transversely, and the areolation is not strongly marked, the cardiac region and the median portion of the gastric alone being indicated; the anterior extremity of the mesogastric lobe, however, is distinct, long and slender and reaches nearly to the front. The front is broad and high and the epigastric lobes protuberant, leaving, between them and the front, a depressed space which is thickly covered with coarse granules. The superior margin of the orbit is slightly sinuous, as seen from above, and the lateral angle projects forward as an angular tooth. Just back of this tooth the antero-lateral margin is broken by a sharp notch, above which the carina of the lateral margin begins in a sharp prominence. This carina through its entire length is very high and distinct, being much more strongly marked than in C. quadratum. The epistome and nasal lobe are very much as in C. quadratum, but the labial border of the epistome is armed with a line of granules which is more sharply raised and composed of Smaller granules than in that species. The jugal régions are densely clothed with short, soft hair. The inferior branchial regions are naked, but are roughened with numerous, short, sharp rugaº. The chelipeds are very unequal in both sexes, and the ischial seg- ments are armed, on the anterior side, with a few small tubercles. In the larger cheliped, the merus is triquetral, very stout and reaches slightly beyond the lateral margin of the carapax, the anterior sur- face is flat and both its margins are armed with very large and prom- inent tubercles directed forward, and on the outer surface and the pos- terior angle, which is obtuse, there are short granulous rugae which are very conspicuous on the angle. The larger hand is very short and S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. - 145 stout, the breadth being about equal to four-sevenths of the length; the outer surface of the propodus is flattened and smooth; the inner surface, in the middle and toward the base of the dactylus, and the margins, are armed with scattered tubercles; and finally, the fingers are very stout, the outer edges are armed with small horny tubercles, and the prehensile edges gape but slightly, and are armed with large, irregular teeth. In the smaller cheliped, the merus is more slender and does not quite reach the lateral margin of the carapax, and the hand is very much smaller and more slender. The ambulatory legs are stout and the carpal and propodal seg- ments, and the meral on the angles below, are clothed with long black hairs, which are very conspicuous and fasciculated on the carpal and propodal segments of the first and second anterior pairs. In the male, the abdomen is broadest at the third segment, from which the margins converge regularly to the sixth, which is nearly or quite as broad as long and only slightly narrowed for most of its length, but sharply contracted just before the articulation with the small and narrow terminal segment. In the female, the abdomen is broadest near the articulation of the fifth with the sixth segment, and the margins of the sixth segment are arcuate and converge rapidly to the small, obtusely triangular terminal segment. The first pair of male abdominal appendages reach to the middle of the penultimate segment of the abdomen, and their extremities are slightly flattened laterally, thickly clothed with hair on the out- side and terminated by a long, slender, hard and horny tip, which curves outward for nearly half its length, then rapidly upward, and again outward at the end, forming thus about the third of a very elongated spiral. From the under edge, just below the base of this horny tip, there is a stout, straight process, which is soft and flex- ible, and clothed at the extremity with hair. Four specimens give the following measurements:— sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Male. * º gº - 50-7mm 62-0mm 1 : L'22 “ - - - - 54'0 66.3 1: 1:23 ( [ _ wº gº e - 56.4 68-0 1: 1:21 Female. º gº sº 53-0 64.5 1 : 1-22 I have examined a large number of specimens collected at the Gulf of Fonseca, west coast of Central America, by J. A. McNiel, and in the Museum of the Peabody Academy of Science. TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., WOL. II. 10 APRIL, 1870. 146 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. Family, BOSCIADAE. Pseudothelphusa, Saussure. Potamia Latreille, Cours d'entomologie, p. 338, 1831 (teste Edwards); Edwards et Lucas, Voyage de d'Orbigny dans l’Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 22, 1843; White, List of the Crustacea in the British Museum, p. 30, 1847; Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 293; Saussure, Crustacés noveaux des An- tilles et du Mexique, p. 19, 1858 (non Robineau-Desvoidy). Boscia Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 14, 1837; Annales des Sci- ences naturelles, 3me Série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, p. 207; A. Edwards, Annales de la Société entomologique de France, 4me seriè, tome vi, 1866, p. 203. Pseudothelphusa Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1857, p. 305 (teste Saus- sure). Latreille's name, Potamia, given in 1831, was properly rejected by Edwards on account of its previous use, in 1830, by Robineau-Des- voidy, for a genus of Diptera, but the name Boscia, proposed by Edwards in 1837, is quite as objectionable, having been used, accord- ing to Agassiz's Nomenclator Zoologicus, by Leach, in 1813, for a genus of Cirripedia, by Schweigger, in 1820, for a genus of Polyps, and by Leach again, in 1824, for a genus of Coleoptera. Pseudothel- phusa, although at first proposed as a new genus, does not differ es- sentially from the species of Edwards' Boscia which have no superior frontal crest, and was finally united with Potamia by Saussure him- self, so that it may properly be adopted for the genus as defined by Edwards. - Pseudothelphusa, as here limited, includes the following American species:— w JP Americana Saussure, from Hayti. P. gracilipes (Boscia gracilipes A. Edwards, Annales de la Société entomologique de France, 4* série, tome vi, 1866, p. 204), from Haute Vera-Paz, Gautemala. P. plana, sp. nov., from Peru. JP macropa (Boscia macropa Edwards, Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome vii, p. 175, pl. 12, fig. 3), from Bo- livia. P. Chilensis (Potamia Chilensis Edwards et Lucas, Voyage de d'Orbigny dans l’Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 22, pl. 10, fig. 1), from Lima, Peru. JP denticulata (Boscia denticulata Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelle, Zoologie, 3" série, tome xx, 1853, p. 208), from Guiana. P. Bocourti, (Boscia Bocourt; A. Edwards, loc. cit., p. 203), from the River Coban, Haute Vera-Paz, Gautemala. S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 147 P. dentata (Boscia dentata Edwards, Histoire maturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 15, pl. 18, fig. 14–16), from the West Indies. The only other described species is the P. Sinutifrons (Boscia sinu- tifrons A. Edwards, loc. cit., p. 205), the habitat of which was not known. JPotamia latifrons Randall (Journal Academy Nat. Sci., Philadel- phia, vol. viii, p. 120, 1839), supposed to have come from Surinam or the West Indies, probably belongs here, but the description is too indefinite to determine its affinities with any degree of certainty. Pseudothelphusa plana, sp. now. Female. The carapax is very broad and its dorsal surface is flat in the middle and posteriorly, but convex along the anterior border, and is punctate, but the surface between the widely separated punctures is glabrous. The gastric region is undivided, except by a short and shallow median sulcus, which separates the slightly indicated anterior lobes and extends down the front. The anterior portion of the cer- vical suture, from the median lobes of the gastric region to the antero- lateral margin, is well indicated by a straight, broad and deep sul- cus. There is no sulcus between the gastric and hepatic regions. The branchial regions are very prominent and undivided. The front . is deflexed and the narrow inferior margin is perpendicular, and has a distinct submarginal groove. The orbits are well filled by the stout ocular peduncles. The antero-lateral margin is evenly and very strongly arcuate, and its edge is sharp and finely denticulated. The postero-lateral margin is concave in outline. The external maxillipeds, as well as the sternum, are punctate like the carapax but the punctures are much larger. A single cheliped is quite small; the merus scarcely reaches beyond the carapax, is triangular, the anterior angle slightly dentate, and the posterior angle rounded and granulated; the upper side of the carpus is punctate like the carapax, evenly rounded and armed with an angu- lar tooth on the inner margin; the basal portion of the propodus is punctate, slender and evenly rounded; and finally the fingers are long, slender, cylindrical, nearly straight, and slightly toothed within. The ambulatory legs are naked, slender and rounded, and the dactyli are nearly straight, cylindrical and sparsely spinulose. The color of alcoholic specimens is uniform dark olive brown above and lighter beneath. Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. - Female. 13-6 mm 22:4mm. 1 : 1-65 - • - - , 16-5 27.7 I. : 1-67 148 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. There are two rather badly preserved specimens, collected at Paita, Peru, by Prof. James Orton, in the Museum of Yale College. The Smaller specimen wants both chelipeds, and the larger specimen, one. This species is closely allied to P. macropa, but is easily distin- guished from it by the denticulated antero-lateral margin, by the short merus of the chelipeds, and by the flattened carapax—the carapax of JP macropa being represented in Edwards’ figure as quite convex transversely, while in P. plana it is flat in that direction. Moreover the front seems to be much more deflexed in our species, the orbits are much smaller and are well filled by the eyes, and the antero-lateral margin is not “creusés en dessous d’un sillon bien marqué.” In the depressed form of the carapax, it is apparently closely allied to P. gracilipes, but the ambulatory legs are not longer in proportion than in P. macropa, and the front is almost straight, as seen from above, and not lobed as in P. Americana, with which the front of P. gra- cilipes is compared. In the denticulated antero-lateral margin it re- sembles P. Chilensis, but in the form of the carapax, and in other characters it is much nearer to P. macropa. -- Opisthocera,” gen, now. The carapax is much as in Pseudothelphusa ; the dorsal surface is not distinctly areolated; the front is deflexed, smooth and unarmed, and the edge is not reflexed beneath a superior crest as in Epilobocera and Potamocarcinus ; and the lateral margins are not armed with strong teeth or spines. - The epistome is deeply channeled transversely and the labial bor- der is divided into three very prominent lobes projecting far forward, and of which the lateral ones are bilobed at tip and are separated from the antero-lateral angles of the buccal opening by broad and very deep efferent orifices. 'N The external maxillipeds are as in Epilobocera, the merus trans- verse, the anterior margin rounded, and the palpus goniarthroid. In the single species upon which the genus is based, there is a long and slender spine projecting from the upper side of the expiratory canal near the external orifice. In the character of the front, this genus agrees with the species of Pseudothelphusa which have no superior frontal crest and differs from Epilobocera, while, in the position of the antennae, it agrees with Epi- lobocera and differs from Pseudothelphusa. * *OTruoffe, pome; képaç, cornu. S. J. Smith, on American Crustacea. 149 Opisthocera, Gilmanii, sp. nov. Plate V, figure 1. Male. The dorsal surface of the carapax is evenly convex in two directions and nearly smooth, but very minutely granulated and con- spicuously punctate with widely scattered punctures. There is no indication of areolation except two minute lunate impressions in the middle. The front has a smooth, revolute margin, which is continu- ous with the upper margin of the orbits, and a distinct, submarginal groove, which extends slightly along the inner portion of the supe- rior orbital border. The orbits are large, open and shallow, only par- tially filled by the ocular peduncles, and the inferior margin is sharp and minutely denticulate. The antero-lateral margin is evenly con- vex in outline, is broken by a small, oblique groove near the angle of the orbit, and its edge is sharp and very slightly and obtusely dentic- ulated anteriorly, but smooth posteriorly. The postero-lateral mar- gin is concave in outline and rounded. The inferior lateral regions are naked and smooth. The labial border of the epistome is deeply divided; the lobes are very prominent, and nearly horizontally, the median lobe being longest and its extremity triangular. The external maxillipeds are nearly smooth externally, but are marked with a few scattered punctations. The chelipeds are very unequal; in both, the merus is triquetral, the inferior angle rounded, but armed with a few small tubercles toward the carpus, and the superior angles are obtuse and armed with numer- ous tubercles, which are somewhat spiniform on the anterior angle; the carpus is smooth and rounded externally and has a prominent spine on the inner margin. The basal portion of the propodus in the larger hand, is very stout, the superior margin is quite high, but rounded, and the inferior margin is armed with a few small tubercles near the base, the fingers are long, rather slender, and irregularly toothed within, and the dactylus is strongly curved so that the fingers gape very widely. The smaller hand is quite slender, the fingers are nearly cylindrical, very long, nearly straight, and but slightly gaping. . The ambulatory legs are slender, naked and nearly smooth, the meral segments are narrow, and the dactyli are armed with three rows of spines above and two below. The abdomen is widest at the third segment, and the first and sec- ond segments are only slightly narrower; from the third segment, the margins converge quite rapidly to the sixth, which is nearly twice as broad as long and its lateral margins only slightly converging; the terminal segment is much broader than long and its extremity som 150 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. what acutely arcuate. The appendages of the first segment are very stout and nearly straight organs reaching to the middle of the sixth. segment, and articulated at their bases to a hard plate, which arches round the intestinal canal much as described under the genus Cardi- osoma. A deep groove extends from the basal articulation along the inside of each of these organs, curving round to the outside and ter- minating at the tip, which is truncate, turned sharply outward and armed with sharp, hooked spinules, and, on the inferior edge, with a small, curved process. The appendages of the second segment are as long as those of the first, are widely separated at their bases, and the terminal portions, which are lodged in grooves in the appendages of the first segment, are long, very slender and taper to acute points. The color, in alcohol, is uniform dirty yellowish brown, lighter beneath. Length of carapax, 38.7"; breadth of carapax, 57'2"; ratio, 1: 1:48. Length of larger hand, 61-0"; breadth, 24.5; length of dactylus, 37-0. Length of smaller hand, 41'0"; breadth, 12.8; length of dactylus, 24.5. - The single specimen, which furnishes the above description, is in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History, and was col- lected in a small stream near the center of the Isle of Pines by S. H. Scudder and Winthrop S. Gilman, Jr. At the suggestion of Mr. Scudder, the species is named for his friend. Epilobocera, Stimpson. Epilobocera, Cubensis Stimpson. - Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 234, 1860. This species, discovered in fresh water streams on the Island of Cuba, near Santiago, has close generic relations with the last species, but the character of the front and of the epistome is very different. I have seen only a single, imperfect, female specimen loaned by Dr. Stimpson. In this specimen, the dorsal surface of the carapax is arm- ed, along the lateral border, with small, tuberculiform granules, and the inferior lateral regions are armed, toward the lateral margin, with similar granules which are conspicuous on the anterior part of the in- ferior branchial region. The superior frontal crest projects consider- ably beyond the inferior one and is divided into two, slightly convex lobes by a well marked, median sulcus which extends back upon the carapax to the mesogastric lobe. The inferior margin of the front is straight, as seen in a front view, and its edge is slightly crenulated. S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 151 The inferior margin of the orbit is finely crenulated, and the crenula tions cease near the external angle, but there is no hiatus. The labial border of the epistome has a prominent, triangular tooth in the middle and smaller ones each side; they all project downward and very slightly forward, and the median one has one or two small denticles toward its base. There is a quite broad, but very short, pro- cess projecting from the upper side of the expiratory canal, nearly in the position of the slender spine in Opisthocera. The abdomen is very similar to that of the male Opisthocera, just described, except that the first and second segments are scarcely nar- rower than the third. It is remarkably narrow for a female, and the specimen is probably a sterile individual of that sex. Epilobocera, armata sp. nov. Plate V, figure 2. The carapax is flattened above and the dorsal surface is nearly smooth, but very minutely granulous and punctate with widely scat- tered punctures. The epigastric lobes are just indicated by slight ele- vations and are separated by a very distinct, broad and shallow me- dian sulcus which extends forward and breaks through the superior frontal crest in a smooth sinus. There are no other marks of areola- tion except two minute lunate impressions in the middle of the cara- pax. The superior margin of the front projects slightly beyond the inferior one, is nearly straight, as seen from above, but curved down- ward in the middle, as seen in a front view, and is closely armed with conspicuous, rounded tubercles. The inferior margin of the front is straight and its edge is raised into a prominent crest and is distinctly crenulated. The superior margin of the orbit is continuous with the inferior margin of the front and is crenulated like it, and, at the outer angle is armed with one or two spiniform tubercles. The inferior mar- gin of the orbit is finely dentate and is broken beneath the outer angle by a broad, smooth sinus. The antero-lateral margin is separated from the angle of the orbit by a slight hiatus and is armed with sharp, spiniform teeth, which are prominent and slender on the anterior por- tion, but decrease in size posteriorly and are quite small at the broad- est portion of the carapax. The postero-lateral margin is concave in outline, as seen from above, smooth and rounded. The labial border of the epistome is divided into three lobes as in the last species. The median lobe is very prominent, projects out- ward nearly as far as the superior crest of the front, is acutely trian- gular and armed with two or three spiniform tubercles on each side, 152 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. of which the ones toward the base are very prominent. The lateral lobes are obtusely rounded, their outer margins are unarmed and the inner margins are armed somewhat as the median lobe, but the tuber- cles at the bases are slightly separated from the lobes, and stand par- tially between the lateral and median. There is a process pro- jecting from the upper side of the expiratory canal, as in the last spe- Cl62S. The external maxillipeds, the chelipeds, and the ambulatory legs are very much as in E. Cubensis. The abdomen is very broad, nearly covering the whole sternum, the greatest breadth being at the fifth segment, and the fourth and sixth but little narrower. Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Female. 43-8mm 70'4. 1 : 1-61 {{ 47-2 77.5 l: l'64 The two specimens from which this description was taken are in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History, and without labels to indicate from whence they came, but they are probably from the Bahamas. Although closely allied to E. Cubensis, it is readily distinguished from the only specimen of that species which I have seen, in wanting wholly any granulations or tubercles along the lateral margins of the carapax, either above or below, by the more tuberculose superior fron- tal crest, in having tubercles at the outer angles of the orbits and a marked hiatus beneath it in the inferior margin, by the much longer teeth of antero-lateral margin, and by the quite different labial bor- der of the epistome. Family, TRICHODACTYLIDAE. DiloGarcinus Edwards. Dilocarcinus pictus Edwards. Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, p. 216; Archives du Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome vii, p. 181, pl. 14, fig. 2, 1854. There are specimens in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science and of the Museum of Yale College, from the River Amazon, at Nauta, Peru, which I refer to this species, although they do not agree perfectly with Edwards’ figures and description. The speci- mens from Nauta are alcoholic and both females, and are considera- bly larger than the figure given by Edwards, one of them giving the following measurements:—Length of carapax, 29'0"; breadth of S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 153 carapax, including teeth, 34:6; ratio, 1:1:19. The carapax in our specimens is somewhat broader and the lobes of the front, as seen from above, are more prominent and their summits nearer together, leaving the orbit larger, than in the figure. The propodi and dactyli of the ambulatory legs are thickly ciliated along both edges, while Edwards' figures 2° and 2" represent only a few cilia on the posterior edges; in the text, however, the dactyli are said to be “à bords ciliés.” The abdomen is quite remarkable for a female, the third and the three following segments being united into a single piece, as in the figure of the male abdomen, given by Edwards,” but, unlike the figure, it is broadest at the middle and the margins are convex in outline. Family, GRAPSIDAE. Glyptograpsus, gen, now. The carapax is much broader than long and the dorsal surface is distinctly areolated. The front is arched and nearly horizontal above the antennae and antennulae, but excavated and deflexed in the mid- dle. The lateral margins are strongly arcuate and are dentate ante- riorly. The epistome is high and nearly perpendicular and is crossed trans- versely by a sharp groove, and the labial border is straight, as seen in a front view, but broken by a distinct notch in the middle, as seen from below. At the sides of the epistome, in the antero-lateral angle of the buccal area, there is a deep and narrow notch, which serves as an efferent orifice. There are no longitudinal ridges on the palate. The basis of the antenna is movable and fills the whole space be- tween the small, triangular, inner suborbital lobe and the front, and its summit is excavated on the inner side for the reception of the suc- ceeding segments, which are within the orbit. The external maxillipeds are not crested and their inner margins are closely approximated; the ischium and merus are of nearly equal length and are both very broad, the merus being broader than long, and its antero-lateral angle not expanded. The ambulatory legs are long and the dactyli are quadrangular and the angles armed with spines. t None of the segments of the male abdomen are anchylosed. * This figure is marked 3° on plate 14, as if it belonged with fig. 3, D. spinifer, and on p. 180 it is referred to under that species, but in the explanation of the plates, on p. 192, no fig. 3e is mentioned, while under D. pictus is placed, “Fig. 29. Abdomen du māle,” yet there is no fig. 26 on the plate, and 3° is the only abdomen there figured. The abdomen is not referred to in the description of D. pictus. 154 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. The aspect of the single species upon which this genus is founded is quite peculiar. The body is thick, the dorsal surface is uneven and the lateral margin is armed with five teeth (including the angle of the orbit), the last and Smallest of which is on the postero-lateral margin. The form of the carapax, the arching of the front above the antennu- laº, and the number of teeth on the lateral margin, recall the genus Cryptograpsus, from which, however, it is widely separated by the form of the external maxillipeds and of the epistome. In the form of the maxillipeds it is allied to Heterograpsus. The form of the epistome and the peculiar, deep efferent orifice are very marked and distinctive characters. Glyptograpsus impressus, sp. now. Male. The dorsal surface of the carapax is uneven, with numerous, irregular, shallow punctures, and along the lateral borders, with small, tuberculose elevations. The cervical suture is indicated by a very dis- tinct sulcus. The median portion of the gastric region is separated from the protogastric lobes by deep sulci, which unite between these lobes and extend down the front as a broad and deep depression. The epigastric lobes are very prominent and their anterior margins are transverse and precipitous. The protogastric lobes are well indi- cated, and an outer lobule is separated as a small, but very distinct, tuberculiform elevation opposite the inner angle of the orbit. The epibranchial lobes are uneven and partly separated from the meso- branchial by well marked, but short, depressions. The posterior por- tion of the branchial region is divided by a longitudinal ridge into a flat inner area and a broad precipitous portion between the ridge and the lateral margin. The front, as seen from before, is very sinuous, and broken in the middle by a broad, deep, rounded sinus; its outer angles, as seen from above, are obtusely rounded, and the margin is continuous to the inner angle of the orbit, where it passes abruptly downward beneath the ocular peduncle as a sharp ridge, leaving a dis- tinct notch, above which the margin begins again and is continuous to the acutely triangular antero-lateral tooth, which is prominent and directed straight forward. The second tooth of the lateral margin is broad and obtusely rounded and situated above the plain of the ante- rior tooth; the third and the fourth are slender and acute; the last is on the postero-lateral margin and is small, acutely pointed and some- what below the level of those just in front of it. The inferior margin of the orbit is straight and finely dentate. The inferior lateral re- gions are granulous and slightly hairy. S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 155 The chelipeds are short and very unequal; in both, the merus is ... short, not extending beyond the margin of the carapax, and trique- tral, with the angles denticulate, and the carpus is small and its outer surface granulous and slightly margined on the inner edge. In the larger hand, the propodus is short and very stout, the outer surface is convex and finely granulous, and the digital portion is very short, and its prehensile edge directed obliquely downward; the dactylus is straight, rather slender, and granulous like the propodus; both fin- gers are obtusely tubercular on the prehensile edges and have horny, slightly excavated tips. The smaller hand is slender, somewhat cylin- drical, the basal portion is granulous externally, and the fingers are very slender, with the prehensile edges minutely toothed and the tips as in the larger hand. The ambulatory legs are nearly naked; the meral segments are flat and each is armed with a small spine on the anterior edge near the distal extremity; the carpi are slightly bicarinated along the anterior edges; the propodi are broad, somewhat expanded in the middle, the anterior edges carinated like the carpi, and the posterior edges spinu- lous. The dactyli are slender, slightly curved, somewhat flattened, and the angles armed with sharp spinules. The abdomen is broadest at the base, from which it tapers to the last segment, which is longer than broad and rectangular, except that the extremity is slightly rounded. tº Length of carapax, including lobes of frontal margin, 12:4"; breadth of carapax, including lateral teeth, 15.0"; ratio, 1:1-21. Breadth between antero-lateral angles, 11.5". Length of ambula- tory legs, first, 19"; second, 25; third, 25; fourth, 21. I have seen only a single specimen, which was collected at Acajutla, west coast of Central America, by F. H. Bradley. The appendages of the first abdominal segment in the male are widely separated at their bases, which are articulated to a slender plate arching round the intestinal canal, and converge toward their tips, but do not meet, although they extend to the middle of the sixth segment. Each of the Organs is nearly straight and rather stout for two-thirds its length, and the terminal portion is suddenly constricted on the under side and curved outward and strongly downward to the tip. The appendages of the second segment are small and are lodged in grooves at the bases of the first pair. 156 S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. Sesarma, Say. Sesarma, reticulata, Say. Ocypode (Sesarma) reticulatus Say, Journal Academy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i. p. 73, 76, pl. 4, fig. 6, 1817, and p. 442, 1818. - Sesarma reticulata Gibbes, Proceedings American Association, 3d meeting, p. 180, 1850; Edwards, Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3me série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, p. 182; Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 66, 1859. This species is found at New Haven, Conn., inhabiting salt-marshes and associated with Gelasimus pugnaa. Sex. Length of carapax. . Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Breadth of front, Male. 14:0mm I'ſ 1 mm. 1 : 1-22 9.4 mm. (t 15-2 I 8:3 1 : 1:20 9-9 { { 17.2 21-0 l: 1-22 ll'4 t & 19.7 24'2 - 1 : 1:23 13-2 {{ 22'4. 27.5 1 : 1:23 | 5-0 {{ 23-0 28-3 1 : 1-23 - 15°4. Female. I9'ſ 24.6 L: I.25 13.5 In this species, the first segment of the male abdomen projects lat- erally considerably beyond the second segment, and beyond the pos- terior margin of the carapax, and the third segment is as wide as the first and its lateral margins are strongly arcuate; at the fourth seg- ment, the abdomen is suddenly contracted and the remaining portion is quite narrow and the margins are slightly concave to the sixth seg- ment; the terminal segment is scarcely more than one half as wide as, but considerably longer than, the sixth, much longer than broad, and its extremity rounded. The appendages of the first segment extend nearly to the extremity of the sixth segment, are articulated at their bases to a slender, arched plate, much as in GlyptograpSus impressus, are triquetral, quite stout, nearly straight and widely separated even to their tips, which are slightly flattened and hairy. The appenda- ges of the second segment are short and slender and are lodged in grooves at the bases of the appendages of the first segment. Sesarma, sulcata, sp. nov. Female. The carapax is quadrilateral in outline and much broader than long. The dorsal surface is convex in both directions, but some- what more so longitudinally than laterally, and is clothed anteriorly and along the sides with scattered fascicles of short hairs. The pro- togastric lobes are divided, for half their length anteriorly, into nearly equal lobules by well marked sulci, and are limited next the orbits by deep depressions which extend to the antero-lateral angle of the cara- pax. The median portion of the gastric region is surrounded by a S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 157 broad depression and is somewhat separated from the rather broad mesogastric lobe, which extends forward, in the median sulcus between the protogastric lobes, nearly to the front. This median sulcus is broad and very deep, with precipitous sides and cuts through the whole height of the frontal crest. The branchial regions are trav- ersed by sharp transverse plications. The front is perpendicular and low, and the inferior margin is broken by a broad excavation in the middle, where it scarcely projects beyond the epistome; above the antennulae the edge projects, but toward the orbit slopes off again. The antero-lateral margin is armed with two stout teeth (including the angle of the orbit) and with the trace of a third. The first tooth is acute, directed forward and situated below the level of the rest of the margin, the second is prominent, acute, and projects forward par- tially over the deep, rounded incision which separates it from the first tooth, and the third is only indicated by a slight emargination. The chelipeds are equal and rather small; the merus is rough ex- ternally, the angles are sharp and the anterior ones serrate; the car- pus is very granulous externally; and the hand is slightly compressed, smooth externally, and the superior margin armed with a sharp crest. The ambulatory legs are stout and much compressed, the meral seg- ments are very broad, the breadth being equal to half the length, and rough with short transverse plications, the propodi and dactyli are hairy along the edges, and the dactyli are stout, curved and acumi- nate. Length of carapax, 25'0"; greatest breadth of carapax, 31.0mm; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 1:24. Breadth of carapax between antero-lateral angles, 29'5". Breadth of front, 16’4”; height of front, 3.4mm. The single specimen described was obtained at Corinto, west coast of Nicaragua, by J. A. McNeil, and is in the collection of the Pea- body Academy of Science. Sesarma, cinerea, Say. Grapsus cinereus Bosc, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome i, p. 204, pl. 5, fig. 1, 1802; Latreille, Histoire naturelle des Crust. et Insects, tome, vi, p. 72, 1803. Grapsus (Sesarma) cinereus Say, Journal Academy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i. p. 442, 1818 (non Grapsus cinereus Say, loc. cit., p. 99, 1817). Sesarma cinerea, Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust, tome ii, p. 75, 1837; Annales des Sciences naturelle, 3” Série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, p. 182; Gibbes, Proceed- ings American Association, 3d meeting, p. 180, 1850; Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 65, 1859. 158 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. There are specimens before me collected at Egmont Key, west coast of Florida, by Col. E. Jewett; at Bluffton, South Carolina, by Dr. J. H. Mellichamp (collection Peabody Academy of Science), and at Fort Monroe, Virginia, by Dr. Kneeland. Several specimens give the following measurements:— Length of Breadth of Preadth at Breadth Locality. Sex. Cà l'apax. Carapax. Ratio. Orbital angles. of front. Bluffton. Male. 12. I mm 13-8mm 1:1°14' 13.9mm 8.2mm Ft. Monroe. t t 12-8 14'4 1 : l 13 14-0 8.8 Bluffton. { { 15-2 17 4. 1 : L'I 3 17:0 10-0 Ft. Monroe. {{ 16’4. 18-6 1 : ] 13 17-8 10-8 Egmont Key. Female. Il:0 12.8 1 : 1-16 12-6 7.2 {{ { { 12-8 15-0 1 : L'I'7 14-5 8-7 The abdomen of the male is broadest at the third segment, the first and second are much narrower and of equal length; from the fourth to the sixth, the abdomen is broad and the lateral margins converge regularly; the terminal segment is scarcely a third as wide, but about as long, as the sixth, and very little longer than broad. The appen- dages are similar to the appendages of S. reticulata, but those of the first segment are a little shorter and much stouter. Sesarma, occidentalis, sp. nov. A species closely allied to S. cinered Say. Male. The carapax is quadrilateral in outline and considerably broader than long. The dorsal surface is flat in the middle and pos- teriorly, but somewhat convex in front and along the sides. The pro- togastric lobes are convex and divided by slight depressions anterior- ly, and the surface is rough with coarse, sharp granules arranged in very short, irregular, broken lines. The median portion of the gas- tric region is sparsely granulous, surrounded by a shallow sulcus, and the mesogastric lobe is very narrow and extends far forward in the well marked, median sulcus between the protogastric lobes. The branchial regions are traversed by indistinct transverse plications, and the posterior regions are punctate with indistinct, shallow puncta. The front is nearly perpendicular, quite high and slightly concave, the concave surface is irregularly and coarsely granulous, and the inferior margin is curved forward somewhat beyond the crest and its edge is . nearly straight. The antero-lateral tooth is acute and projects well forward. The lateral margin is sharp, continuous, and nearly straight as seen from above. The chelipeds are equal, short and stout; the anterior angle of the merus is sharp, dentate and raised into a thin crest at the end next S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 159 the carpus; the carpus is thickly beset externally with sharp gran- ules; the basal portion of the propodus is short, and the outer surface is evenly rounded and very granulous and the superior margin is armed with a sharp crest; and finally, the dactylus is granulous on the upper side at base. The ambulatory legs are rather slender, the meral segments are sharply granulous above, and the propódi and dactyli are clothed with a few short, stiff hairs along the margins. Two males give the following measurements:— Length of IBTeadth Of Breadth at Breadth Height Carapax. Carapax. Ratio. Orbital angles. Of front. Of front. 11.6mm 13.1 mm 1 : 1-13 12.9mm 7-0mm 2. l mm 15-8 I'7.6 1 : 1-12 16-9 9°4. 3-0 I have seen only two specimens, both males, which were collected at Acajutla, west coast of Central America, by F. H. Bradley. Although closely allied to S. cinered, it is very readily distinguish- ed from all specimens of that species which I have seen, by the gran- ulous anterior regions of the carapax, the coarsely granulous front, and by the crested and granulous hands. The carapax also is more convex anteriorly and along the branchial regions. The male abdomen and its appendages are almost exactly as in S. cinerea, except that the last segment of the abdomen is somewhat larger in proportion. Sesarma, angustipes Dana. United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 353, pl. 22, fig. 7, 1852; Stimpson, Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 106; Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vol. vii, p. 66, 1859. Six specimens give the following measurements:— Length of , Breadth of Breadth at Breadth Locality. Sex. Carapax. Carapax. Ratio. orbital angles. of front. Aspinwall. Male. 8-7mm 9.3mm I. : 1-07 9.5mm 4.7 mm {{ {{ 15-2 L6-2 I : 1-07 15-3 8.5% Florida. { { 17:0 18-2 I: 1-07 17:0 L0-2 {{ {{ 18-9 20-2 1 : 1-07 18°4. 10.6 {{ Female. 11-2 12-0 1 : 1-07 11-5 6-8 { { { { 16-6 18-2 1 : 1-10 I6'8 9-5 Sesarma angusta, sp. nov. Female. The carapax is quadrate, longer than broad and depress- ed. The protogastric lobes are very little convex, slightly divided anteriorly and their surfaces beset with sharp granules. The median portion of the gastric region is surrounded by a well marked sulcus, I60 S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. and the anterior portion of the meso-gastric lobe extends forward, almost to the line of the front, as a very narrow ridge in the deep sul- cus between the protogastric lobes. The median and posterior regions are punctate with irregular, coarse punctations, and the branchial re- gions are slightly plicate transversely. The front is nearly perpen- dicular, but low and very concave, the superior crest projects almost as far forward as the inferior margin, and is divided into four equal lobules by a deep median groove and slight lateral ones, and the infe- rior margin is strongly reflexed, its edge sinuous, as seen from above, with a broad and shallow sinus in the middle, and a very slight one each side. The antero-lateral tooth is nearly right-angular, and pro- jects but slightly forward. The lateral margin is straight and entire. The chelipeds are equal and very small, the merus and carpus are sharply granulous externally, the hand is about half as long as the breadth of the front, slender, the inferior edge evenly rounded, and the superior edge more angular and sparsely granulous, but not crest- ed, and the fingers are slender, nearly cylindrical, and very slightly toothed within. The ambulatory legs are very long and slender, even longer than in S. angustipes, and the meri and propodi are rough above. Length of carapax, from its posterior margin to superior lobes of the front, 14.1"; breadth of carapax, 13.8"; ratio, 1:0-98. Breadth of carapax between antero-lateral angles, 13-6". Breadth of front, 72; height of front, 1:8. Length of ambulatory legs, first, 22:0; second, 28°4; third, 32.0; fourth, 25-0. Length of propodus in first pair of ambulatory legs, 5.6; second pair, 8.0; third pair, 9.0; fourth pair, 6'6. º I have seen only one specimen, a female, collected at the Pearl Isl- ands, Bay of Panama, by F. H. Bradley. It is readily distinguished from all the other described American species of the genus by the narrowness of the carapax, the low, per- pendicular and excavated front, and the great length of the ambula- tory legs. GoMOPLACIDAE. Prionoplax Edwards. IPrionoplax ciliatus, sp. nov. A species similar to P. spinicarpus Edwards, Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, tome vii, p. 167, pl. 11, fig. 3. S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. 161 Male. The carapax is very convex longitudinally, but scarcely at all transversely. The dorsal surface is thickly beset with small, tuber- culiform granules, but the space between the granules is smooth and shining. The areolation is similar to that of P. spinicarpus ; the cer. vical suture is indicated by a very distinct, Smooth sulcus, which is sharp and deep in the longitudinal portions in the middle of the cara- pax; the mesogastric and the metagastric lobes are united; there are no distinct sulci between the protogastric lobes and the hepatic regions; the branchial regions are undivided and only indistinctly separated from the cardiac. The front is lamellar, very strongly de- flexed and its edge divided into two prominent, rounded lobes, which, when seen in a front view, project below the inferior margins of the orbits. The antero-lateral margin is thin and is divided by deep rounded sinuses into four slightly upturned lobes or teeth, of which the anterior, the hepatic, and the epibranchial are broad and truncate and their truncated edges finely denticulated, while the posterior, or mesobranchial, is acutely pointed. The inferior lateral regions are granulous like the dorsal surface, and, along the lateral borders, are clothed with long cilia which project beyond the margins. There are also, some hairs along the lateral margins of the dorsal surface, but they are very easily removed. The outer surface of the external maxillipeds is minutely granulous. The chelipeds are stout and slightly unequal. The merus is trique- tral and armed with a spine on the posterior angle near the distal ex- tremity. The upper side of the carpus is flat, somewhat roughened, and armed on the middle of the inner side with a long spine. The hands are stout, slightly compressed laterally, and perfectly smooth; the upper edge is angular, but not crested, and the fingers are com- pressed, deflexed, somewhat incurved, coarsely and irregularly toothed within, and do not gape. The ambulatory legs are slender and thickly hairy along the edges, especially on the dactyli, which are long, very slender, and cylindrical. The sternum is granulous like the carapax, only more minutely. The abdomen is smooth; the first and third segments are very much wider than the second, and the penultimate is much broader than long and its lateral margins are deeply concave in outline. The appenda- ges of the first segment are long, slender, triquetral, and nearly straight organs reaching almost to the extremity of the abdomen. The appendages of the second segment are short and inconspicuous. I have seen only males. TRANS. CONNECTICUT ACAD., VoI. II. 11 APRIL, 1870. 162 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. Length of carapax, 152mm Breadth of carapax, 22.9mm Ratio, 1: 144. { { { { ! { 15:5 {{ { { { { 23-9 { { l: 1.47 Collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. This species is closely allied to P. spinicarpus, and it may possibly prove to be identical with the species from Panama mentioned under that name by Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 59. Edwards states, however, that, in his species, the teeth of the antero-lateral margin are “aplaties et aiguès,” and they are so figured on his plate, while in our species, all, except the posterior one, are broad, truncate and denticulated. The carapax in his figure is considerably broader, and the chelipeds seem to be much less robust, than in P. ciliatus. Moreover, there are no hairs or cilia indicated in the figure, on the carapax or the ambulatory legs, and they are not mentioned in the description. The specimens, when received, were completely covered with fer- ruginous mud. Their cylindrical form is well adapted for living in holes, and this is quite probably the habit of the species, as it is of Speocracinus, according to Stimpson. *re-ºſ-Éecºg22. *-- - Euryplax Stimpson. Euryplax nitidus Stimpson. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 60, 1859. Of this species, there is a specimen, in the Museum of Yale Col- lege, collected at Egmont Key, west coast of Florida, and there is another in the collection of the Peabody Academy labeled New Or- leans, but probably from some part of the Gulf of Mexico. Both these specimens are adult males and agree perfectly with Stimpson’s description. The pit on the anterior surface of the merus is exactly alike in both chelipeds and in each specimen. The antero- lateral margins converge anteriorly so that the breadth of the cara- pax between the anterior angles, is very much less than between the posterior teeth. The anterior angle is obtuse, the second tooth is tri- angular, but blunt, and the last is slender and acutely pointed. The male abdomen is broadest at the Second segment, the sides of which extend in narrow projections quite to the coxae of the posterior legs. The first segment is narrow and is only exposed in the broad excavation of the posterior margin of the carapax. The third seg- ment is very broad and its sides project in acute angles, over the chan- nel between the sixth and seventh segments of the sternum, nearly to the coxae of the posterior legs. From the third segment, the abdo- S. Z. Smith on American Ch'ustacea. 168 men is narrow and tapers to a very narrow terminal segment, which is two-thirds longer than broad, and obtuse at tip. The appendages of the first segment extend a little beyond the sixth segment. They are widely separated at base, strongly incurved till they meet a little way from the tips, which are again curved strongly outward. They are slender and taper to slender and acute tips, and the terminal third is shining black in color. The appendages of the second segment are situated within those of the first, are short, slender, straight, and white. Alcoholic specimens are pale yellowish white, and the fingers white at tips. Length of Breadth of Breadth Locality. - Sex. Carapax. Carapax. Ratio. of front. Florida. Male, 13.4mm 22-0mm 1 : 1:64 I0-2mm New Orleans? {{ 14-6 24°0 } : I-65 10-4 Euryplax politus, sp. nov. This species is allied to the last, but wants wholly the pits on the meral segments of the chelipeds, and the antero-lateral margins are parallel instead of converging anteriorly. Male. The carapax is glabrous, convex longitudinally and very slightly transversely. The dorsal surface is not distinctly areolated, although the cervical suture can be traced by a slight depression. The front is nearly straight and has a distinct marginal groove upon the upper edge and is deeply notched each side at the insertion of the antennae, as in E. mitidus. The antero-lateral margins are parallel, very short, and each is armed with three acute teeth. The postero- lateral margin is slightly incurved. The posterior margin is slightly concave in the middle. * The chelipeds are nearly equal, stout, smooth and glabrous. The merus is armed with a small spiniform tooth, as in E. mitidus, and the carpus, with a small tooth within. The hands are slightly swol- len, the superior margins are quite high, but smooth and rounded, and the fingers are slender and slightly deflexed. The ambulatory legs are smooth, nearly naked, and very slender. The abdomen is quite similar in form to that of E. nitidus, and the appendages are very much as in that species, but those of the first segment are not as strongly curved at the tips, and the terminal por- tion is brown instead of black. An alcoholic specimen is pale yellowish white, with the fingers brown at tip. - Length of Breadth of Breadth Sex carapax. Carapax, Ratio. - & of front. Male, 6'9mm II-2mm 1 : L'63 4.4 mm. A single specimen was collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. 164 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. This species agrees perfectly with all the characters assigned to the genus Ehuryplaa; by Stimpson, except in wanting wholly the pit on the front side of the merus of the chelipeds. This character might, perhaps, be considered generic, but, in the absence of any knowledge in regard to its functional importance, it seems best to refer this spe- cies to Euryplaa, and especially, since it agrees so closely in most of its specific characters with the type of that genus. Glyptoplax, gen, now. The carapax is cancroid in form and similar to Eucratopsis.” The dorsal surface is deeply areolated, the front is prominent and nearly horizontal, and the antero-lateral margin is dentate and about as long as the postero-lateral. The basis of the antenna is long and joins a slight process from the side of the front. - The epistome is much as in Panopeus. There is a sharp carina on each side of the palate, along the efferent canal, but it is interrupted a little way from the border of the epistome. The external maxillipeds are approximated along their inner mar- gins. The ischium is longer than broad, and its anterior extremity projects farther forward on the inside than the outside. The merus is somewhat triangular, the antero-lateral angle is very prominent, the anterior margin is very short and nearly parallel with the inner mar- gin, which slopes off rapidly toward the antero-lateral angle. The palpus is endarthroid. The chelipeds are short, but the hands are very stout. The ambu- latory legs are slender and smooth. The seventh segment of the male sternum is exposed on each of the abdomen. The verges pass from the coxae of the posterior legs to the abdomen, through canals beneath the sternum. The sides of the first segment of the abdomen extend in triangular projections to the coxae of the posterior legs; the second segment is much narrower than either the first or the third; the sides of the third segment do not reach the margins of the sternum; and the third, fourth, and fifth seg- ments are anchylosed. - - This genus is allied to Ehucratopsis, but differs very much from it in the form of the external maxillipeds, in the more prominent and hori- zontal front, and in the longer antero-lateral margins of the carapax. From Speocarcinus Stimpson (Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, * Eucrate Dana. See these Transactions, vol. ii, p. 35. # S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. 165 vol. vii, p. 58), it differs in the approximation of the external maxilli- peds and in the form of the carapax. Glyptoplax pugnax, sp. nov. Male. The dorsal surface of the carapax is slightly convex longi- tudinally, but not at all transversely, and is thickly granulous. The mesogastric lobe is not distinct from the metagastric, but is well sep- arated from the protogastric, and its anterior portion is narrow and extends well forward. The protogastric lobes are prominent and un- divided, and are not distinctly separated from the epigastric, which are very slight elevations separated by a marked median sulcus. The hepatic region is prominent, undivided, and separated from the gastric and branchial regions by deep sulci. The mesobranchial and meta- branchial lobes are separated by a very slight sulcus, and the anterior portion of the branchial region is divided into three lobules, one at the base of the epibranchial tooth, a larger one just within this, and a small, indistinct one next the gastro-cardiac sulcus. The front is thin and horizontal, its edge is slightly convex, as seen from above, and divided by a very slight notch in the middle. At each side of the front, there is a deep antennal notch, above which, the inner angle of the superior orbital border projects as a prominent tooth. The superior margin of the orbit is divided by two deep notches. The antero-lateral margins are arcuate. The outer angle of the orbit pro- jects only slightly beyond the second tooth and is separated from it by a slight sinus. The remaining portion of the margin is divided into three, prominent, triangular teeth, of which the middle one, or epibranchial, is most prominent. ** The ocular peduncles are armed with a granulous tubercle on the anterior side near the cornea. - The chelipeds are slightly unequal and the hands are very large. The merus does not project beyond the lateral margin of the carapax. The carpus is short and the outer surface is granulous, has a slight groove along the margin next the propodus, a tooth upon the immer margin, and a small tubercle near the articulation of the propodus. The hand is compressed, very broad, and nearly smooth. The basal portion of the propodus is slightly convex on both sides, the lower edge is rounded, and the upper edge is slightly crested; the digital portion is very broad at base and very much deflexed, so that the pre- hensile edge is parallel with the margin at the base of the dactylus, the inferior edge is slightly margined on the outside, and the tip is slender and upturned. The dactylus is long and slender, the upper. 166 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. edge is slightly crested and the tip is hooked by the tip of the pro- podus. The prehensile edges of both fingers are sharp, very slightly dentate, and do not gape, or only very slightly. The ambulatory legs are slender and minutely granulous; the pro- podi are slightly hairy on the posterior edges; and the dactyli are slender, slightly compressed, those of the posterior pair considerably shorter than the others, and all clothed with very short hair. The sternum is minutely granulous. The terminal segment of the abdomen is about as broad as long, and the extremity is obtusely rounded. The appendages of the first abdominal segment are long, slender, nearly straight, and reach to the terminal segment. The appendages of the second segment are short and very small. The females differ from the males in being more convex and in the front being less prominent and very slightly deflexed. The young males approach the females in these characters. The fingers are black in both sexes. No. Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Breadth of front. 1. Male. 4'8mm 6-4 mm I. : 1-33 2.6mm 2. {{ 5-7 7-8 1 : L'3'7 2-8 3. { l 6-0 8-3 I. : 1-36 3-0 4. { { 6-8 9.4 I : ] ‘88 3.5 5. {{ 7-7 IL-0 I. : 1-43 3-7 6. {{ 8-6 12- 1 l: l'4l 4'l '7. Female. 4'4. 6-l I. : 1-39 2-3 8. “ 4'8 6-7 l: l'40 2-6 9. “ 5°l . 7-2 I : l'4l 2.7 The chelipeds of numbers 2, 4, 6, and 9, give the following mea- SurementS:— Length of hand- Breadth of hand. Length of dactylus. No. Right. Left. Right. Left. Right. Left. 2. 6-7 mm 6-2mm 4-7 mm 3-8mm 5-Imm 4.6mm 4. 7-2 8°4. - 42 5-0 5-3 6-0 6. 10-2 11:0 5-8 6-2 8-0 8-4 9. 5 0 5-1 2-6 8-0 3-1 3-2 Collected at Panama by F. H. Bradley. Family, PINNOTHERIDAE. Finnotheres Latreille. Pinnotheres margarita, Smith. I_ Verrill, American Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 245, July, 1869. This is a stout, thick species, with a firm integument, and every where covered, except the dactylus of the right ambulatory leg of the S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. I67 second pair in the female, and the tips of the others in both sexes, with a very short and close, clay-colored pubescence, looking much like a uniform coating of mud. Female. The carapax is very strongly convex in all directions and the dorsal surface, beneath the pubescence, is smooth and shining. The cardiac region is protuberant and is separated from the gastric region by a conspicuous sulcus, and from the branchial regions, by very marked and deep depressions, which extend along the cervical suture to the hepatic region. The branchial regions are protuberant along their inner sides. The front is not protuberant, is strongly deflexed, and has a slight median depression. The external maxillipeds are more longitudinal and of a firmer con- sistency than is usual in the genus. The merus is short and broad, and the inner margin is angulated in the middle, the portion toward the base fitting the anterior margin of the sternum and the distal por- ...tion being slightly concave and fitting closely the terminal segments of the palpus. The second segment of the palpus is large, broadest in the middle at the attachment of the terminal segment, and the outer surface is flattened. The terminal segment is slightly spatulate in form and reaches almost to the tip of the second segment. The chelipeds are equal and very stout and the hands are long and nearly cylindrical. The fingers are somewhat cylindrical, nearly straight almost to the tips, which are hooked by one another, and the prehensile edge of the dactylus is armed, near the base, with a small tooth, which fits a slight excavation in the propodal finger. The ambulatory legs are stout and all the ischial segments, and the posterior margins of the propodi and dactyli in the last pair, are clothed with a long, woolly pubescence. The dactyli in the three anterior pairs are short, curved, and pubescent nearly to the tips, except in the right leg of the second pair, where the propodus is con- siderably longer than in the corresponding leg on the other side, and the dactylus very long, almost straight, and entirely naked. In the posterior legs, the dactyli are long, straight, slender, and pubescent. The anterior margin of the sternum is excavated into a broad, rounded sinus for the reception of the tips of the palpi of the exter- mal maxillipeds. The abdomen is orbicular and completely covers the sternum. Male. The only male which I have seen is much smaller than the females, and is not so thickly pubescent. The cardiac and branchial regions are less protuberant and are separated from the gastric by a 168 S. J. Smith on American Crustacea. slight depression only. The front projects slightly and is not so much deflexed as in the female. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are like those of the female, except that the ambulatory legs of the right side are like those of the left. - The abdomen is broadest at the third segment, from the third to the sixth, the margins are straight and converging, the sixth is abruptly contracted, and the terminal segment is nearly square. The appendages of the first segment are rather stout organs, somewhat hairy along the margins, and reach to the terminal segment. They curve inward for about two-thirds of their length and then outward again to the tips. The appendages of the second segment are short and are lodged in grooves at the bases of the first pair of appendages. Locality. SeX. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Pearl Islands. Male. 5.5mm 6-1mm 1 : 1-11 La Paz. Female. 8°l 8-9 I : 1-10 Pearl Islands. !. 8-8 9-7 I : ]: ) 0 * { {{ 10-0 11-0 I : 1 - || 0 t{ “ 10-8 l 1-4 1 : 1-11 {{ {{ 10.9 I2-0 I. : 1-10 { { {{ Il-8 13°4. 1 : 1-14. This species was found living in the Pearl Oyster (Margarito- phora fimbriata Dunker), at the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama, by F. H. Bradley. It has also been sent from La Paz, Lower California, by Capt. J. Pedersen. A sterile female Pinnotheres, found in an alcoholic specimen of the Pearl Oyster collected at the Pearl Islands by Mr. Bradley, probably belongs to this species. It agrees closely with specimens of P. mar- garita, described above, in the form of the external maxillipeds and the firm integument. The carapax is more like the male than the ordinary female, but is narrower and more depressed. The front is more prominent and scarcely at all deflexed. The dorsal surface is very slightly areola- ted, quite flat, and is clothed, except the cardiac region and a small space in the middle of the gastric, with a very dark, almost black, velvety pubescence. A single cheliped is stouter in proportion than in the ordinary male and female, and the pubescence upon the upper surface of the carpus and a small space at the base of the hand, is black as on the dorsal surface of the carapax. The ambulatory legs are less pubescent than in the male, while the propodus and dactylus of the right leg of the second pair are longer S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 1.69 than in the corresponding leg of the left side, but are not as long as in the female. The abdomen is not broader than in the male, but the margins are slightly convex, it is not contracted at the sixth segment, and the extremity is rounded. Length of carapax, 5.1mm ; breadth of carapax, 5.3mm ; ratio, l: 1:04. Pinnotheres Lithodomi, sp. nov. Female. The carapax, in the single specimen examined, is much crushed out of shape, but the dorsal surface is smooth and naked. The merus of the external maxilliped is broadest at the distal extremity, and both margins are nearly straight. The chelipeds are equal, smooth, and naked. The hands are cylin- drical, and the fingers are short, nearly straight, the tips are slightly hooked by each other, and the prehensile edge of the dactylus is 'armed, near the base, with a small tooth, which fits a slight excava- tion in the propodal finger. The ambulatory legs are very slender and wholly naked, except the dactyli. In the first pair, the dactyli are very short and only slightly curved; in the second, they are considerably longer than in the first, and nearly straight; in the third, they are very long, being nearly as long as the propodi, slender, and slightly curved; and in the posterior pair, they are about as long as in the second and are ciliated along the posterior edges. Breadth of carapax, about, 4". The only specimen seen, was found in a specimen of Lithodomus aristatus Forbes and Hanley which was in its excavation in the shell of a Spondylus collected at the Pearl Islands by F. H. Bradley. Although the specimen is very small, it has a large number of eggs beneath the abdomen. Ostra,COtheres Edwards. Ostracotheres politus, sp. nov. Female. The carapax is depressed, naked, smooth, and shining. The dorsal surface is flat and the borders are smoothly rounded. There is a short median sulcus on the front, and a very slight U-shaped one extending from the orbits to the middle of the carapax. The front does not project beyond the anterior margins. The external maxillipeds are smooth and almost entirely naked, and, in form, are considerably like the figure of O. affinis given by Edwards (Annales des Sciences naturelles, 3* série, Zoologie, tome xx, 1853, 170 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. pl. 11, fig. 11), but the merus is wider at the distal end and the outer margin is not so arcuate. The chelipeds are equal and all the segments are rounded, smooth, and glabrous. The hands are small and much compressed. The fin- gers are shorter than the basal portion of the propodus, do not gape, and the dactylus is slightly curved and is armed, near the base, with a small tooth, which fits a slight excavation in the propodal finger. The ambulatory legs are short, slender, cylindrical, and smooth. Those of the first pair are shorter than those of the second, and the dactyli, in both the first and second pairs, are very short and curved, and close against the expanded end of the propodus, which is clothed at that point with a little tuft of short, stiff hair. Those of the third pair are about the length of those of the second pair, and the dactyli are short and curved, but the distal ends of the propodi are not expanded for their reception. The posterior legs are shorter than those of the second or third pair, are much more slender than any of the others, and the dactyli are only slightly curved and are very long and slen- der, their length being about equal to that of the propodi. The abdomen is very broad and covers the whole sternum. Length of carapax, 5.4mm; breadth of carapax, 7.3mm; ratio, 1: 1:35 { { [ { { { 6-3 t ( {{ { { 8-3 { { I : l'32 {{ ! { {{ 6'4. t{ • { § tº 8-5 { { I : 1°33 Collected at Callao, Peru, by F. H. Bradley. The integument is quite thin and yielding, and the species undoubt- edly lives protected within some bivalve mollusk (probably Mytilus algosus Gould). It appears to differ remarkably from the other species of the genus in the depressed carapax and naked ambulatory legs, and I refer it to Edwards’ genus with some doubt, although it agrees in the two-jointed palpus of the external maxillipeds. The other described species of Ostracotheres are:—O. Savignyi Edwards (Pinnotheres veterum Savigny), from the Red Sea; O. Tri- dacnae Edwards (Ruppell), also from the Red Sea; and O. affinis Edwards, from the Isle of France. Pinnaxodes Heller. Pinnaxodes Chilensis Smith. Pinnotheres Chilensis Edwards, Histoire naturelle des Crust., tome ii, p. 33, 1837; Edwards et Lucas. Voyage de d'Orbigny dans l’Amérique méridionale, Crust., p. 23, pl. 10, fig. 2, 1843. - Fabia Chilensis Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 383, 1852. Pºnnavodes hirtipes Eſeller, Reise der österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde, p. 68, pl. 6, fig. 2, 1865. * Pinnavodes Chilensis Smith, in Werrill, American Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 245, 1869. S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. 171 The parasitic habits of this species have been fully described by Prof. Verrill.* It inhabits Euryechinus imbecillis Verrill, living in a sac formed by the distention of the intestine near the anal orifice. The females, after they have arrived at any considerable size, must remain permanently within the same echinus, since the anal orifice is much smaller than the body of the crab. I have examined quite a number of individuals obtained from spe- cimens of the Euryechinus collected by Mr. Bradley at Paita and Callao, Peru, and by Prof. James Orton at Paita, and have little doubt that the species figured by Edwards and Lucas and by Heller are identical, although the figures given by these authors are quite different. The specimens before me agree very well with the figure in the work of Edwards and Lucas, except that the outer margin of the carpus of the external maxillipeds is not quite so much curved toward the distal extremity as in the figure. On account of the soft and yielding nature of the carapax, many of the specimens do not show distinctly the sulci in the dorsal surface. The figure given by Heller seems to have been drawn from such a specimen, for no sulci are represented. The carpus in the figure of the external maxilliped in Heller's work, is quite different from Edwards' and Lucas’ figure; but the figure of the latter authors represents the whole maxilliped removed from the rest of the animal, while Heller's figure represents only the exposed portion, and was evidently drawn from the maxilli- ped while in place, and, if the carpus were seen in a slightly oblique position, it would account for its narrower form in his figure. The dactyli of the ambulatory legs, as represented in Heller's figure, are somewhat longer than in our specimens. The peculiar habit is also a confirmation of the identity of the spe- cies. Heller's specimens were from Ecuador, and he says of them:— “Diese in Zwei weiblichen Examplaren worliegende Art soll mach Dr. Scherzer in einer Echinus-Art workommen.” Neither Edwards nor Edwards and Lucas give anything in regard to the habits of the spe- cies, but merely state that it was found at Valparaiso. Dana, how- ever, mentions it as “from an Echinus on the coast of Chili, near Wal- paraiso.” A single specimen of a male, which evidently belongs to this spe- cies, was found upon the outside of an echinus which contained within it a female. This male is very small, the carapax is rather narrower * These Transactions, vol. i. p. 306, American Journal of Science, 2d Series, vol. xliv, p. 126, 1867, and American Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 245, 1869. I'72 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. than in the female, the chelipeds are stouter in proportion, and the ambulatory legs are somewhat less hairy. The carapax is of the same weak consistency, and the external maxillipeds of the same form, as in the female. The abdomen is quite narrow and all the seg- ments are distinct. The margins are very straight to the sixth seg- ment, which is slightly contracted, and the extremity is broadly rounded. A number of specimens give the following measurements, which are only approximately correct, on account of the soft and flexible nature of the carapax. Locality. Sex. Length of carapax. Breadth of carapax. Ratio. Callao. Male. 2-6mm . 2-5mm l: 0-96 Paita. Female. 7.2 T-8 l: 1-08 Callao. { { 9-0 9-2 1 : 1:02 Paita. { { I2-2 12-7 1 : 1:04. The genus Pinnawodes is quite distinct from the typical species of JFabia Dana, in the form of the external maxillipeds, which are nearly longitudinal and much as in Pinniæa, with which, in fact, Heller com- pares them, while in Fabia subquadrata, they are oblique and resem- ble those of Pinnotheres. The carapax also is quite different in form, and in Fabia, the sulci which extend back from the orbits are very deep and there is no median sulcus on the front, while in Pinnaa.odes, the sulci from the orbits are very slight, not more distinct than the median. Family, DISSODACTYLIDAE. This family, which is here established for the following genus, appears to be most nearly allied to the Pinmotheridae, but differs from that family, and in fact from all other Ocypodoidea, in the structure of the palate, or endostome, which is not divided by a median ridge separating the efferent passagess Dissodactylus,” gen, now. The carapax is depressed, the dorsal surface is smooth and not areo- lated, and the front is narrow and horizontal. The eyes are very minute, being much smaller even than in the Pinmotheridae. The epistome is very short, so that the labial border approaches very near to the front, leaving only a narrow space which is nearly filled by the antennulae. The labial border is regularly concave, as seen in a front view, is not interrupted in the middle by any projec- * Atoorog, duplex; dākrvãog, digitus. S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. 173 tion or emargination, and is continuous with the lateral margin of the buccal area, which is broad behind as in the Pinnotheridae. The pal- ate is not divided longitudinally either by lateral ridges or even by a median one, so that the efferent passages are not distinctly separated at their external orifices. In the external maxillipeds, the ischium is coalescent with the merus as in the Pinnotheridae, and the palpus is composed of only two segments, of which the terminal one is large and spatulate. . The chelipeds are small and equal and the hands short and rounded. The ambulatory legs are small and slender and the dactyli in the three anterior pairs are short and deeply bifurcate, while those of the posterior pair are simple and slender. In the male, the sternum is flat and very broad, the breadth between the posterior legs being much more than twice as great as the breadth of the basal segments of the abdomen. The male abdomen is narrow and only three-jointed, the first and second segments anchylosing into one piece, the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth into another, and the terminal being free. The verges are sternal and the appendages of the first segment are large and stout, while those of the second segment are very small. Dissodactylus nitidus, sp. now. Male. The carapax is broad posteriorly, the breadth at the poste- rior margin being but little less than that between the lateral angles, and the postero-lateral margins are about as long as the antero-lateral. The dorsal surface is naked and polished, and is slightly convex in front and along the lateral margins, but flat in the middle and poste- riorly. The antero-lateral border is slightly arcuate and is armed with an upturned margin which curves suddenly inward at the lateral angle, and extends a third of the way to the middle of the carapax. The postero-lateral border is nearly straight and is armed with a slight upturned margin. The merus in the external maxillipeds is of about equal width at base and summit, the inner and outer margins are nearly straight, and the angles at the summit are rounded. The segments of the palpus are quite long, and, when folded down, the tip reaches to the anterior margin of the sternum; the terminal segment is spatulate and its dis- tal end quite broad and squarely truncated. In the chelipeds, the merus extends but little beyond the margin of the carapax; the carpus is short, Smooth, and unarmed; the hands are smooth, rounded, somewhat swollen, and the fingers are slender, 174 S. I. Smith on American Crustacea. acutely pointed, slightly deflexed, and the prehensile edges minutely dentate. There is a small tuft of dense pubescence on the inferior édge of the propodal finger near the base. The ambulatory legs are slightly hairy along the edges, and the meri, carpi, and propodi are somewhat compressed. In the first, sec- ond, and third pairs, the dactyli are smooth, naked, and divided half. way to the base; the divisions are cylindrical, acutely pointed, slightly curved, and the anterior one of each leg somewhat longer than the other. In the posterior pair, the dactyli are nearly straight, slightly compressed, sulcate above and below, and naked. The first and second segments of the abdomen are narrower than the third and are completely anchylosed, but the suture which sepa- rates them is slightly shown for a little space in the middle and each side. The succeeding piece, composed of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth normal segments, is slightly expanded at base, considerably con- tracted at the distal end, and does not show the slightest trace of any sutures. The terminal segment is small and forms a nearly equilate- ral triangle. The appendages of the first segment reach almost to the terminal segment, they are straight for the basal two-thirds, and the terminal portion is turned sharply outward at an obtuse angle. The basal por- tion is hairy along the Outer edge, and the terminal portion, on both edges. The color, in alcohol, is dirty white, the carapax marked with irreg- ular, transverse bands of purplish brown, and the divisions of the dactyli in the first and third pairs of ambulatory legs tipped with dark brown. Length of carapax, 47"; breadth of carapax, 5'1"; ratio of length to breadth, 1: 1:08. Collected at Panama by F. H., Bradley. Unfortunately only a single specimen was sent home by Mr. Brad- ley, and on this account, as well as from the minuteness of the species, the description is not so complete as might be wished. Although so small, the integument is firm and indurated, and the sexual organs are fully developed, so that it is evidently an adult. The structure of the endostome shows a very remarkable approach to the Oxystomata. The efferent canals do not, however, issue in a deep and narrow median opening as in that group, but seem to be spread out over the whole, broad, concave surface of the endostome, while the external maxilli- peds retain the form peculiar to the Pinnotheridae. The form of the * S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. 175 carapax, the minute eyes, the peculiar, Ostracotheres-like, external maxillipeds, the broad male sternum with the verges arising from it, and the narrow male abdomen, show close affinity with the Pinnothe- ridae, but the union of so many segments of the male abdomen sepa- rates it again from that family. EXPLANATION OF PIATES. PLATE II. All the figures are natural size, except 2, 11, and 11°, and all are copied from photo- graphs, except 6*. Figure 1–Gelasimus pugnax. Carapax of a male, from New Haven. Figure 2.-G. rapaz. Anterior portion of the carapax of the male, seen partly in a front view and enlarged two diameters. Figure 3.—G. mordaa. Carapax of a male, from Pará. Figure 4.—G. minao. Carapax of a male, from New Haven. Figure 5.—G. armatus. Carapax of the male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. Figure 6–G. heterophthalmus. 6, carapax of a male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. 68, terminal portion of the ocular peduncle, on the side of the larger cheliped, with its stylet, seen in a front view. Figure 7.—G. heteropleurus. Carapax of a male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. Figure 8.—G. princeps. Carapax of a female, from Corinto. Figure 9.—G. ornatus. 9, carapax of the female. 9°, facial region of the same specimen. Bigure 10.—G. princeps. Carapax of a male, from Corinto. Figure 11.—G. gibbosus. 11, carapax of the male, enlarged two diameters. 11°, out- line of the front of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. |PLATE III. All the figures are natural size, and all from photographs, except 4d, 5, and 5b. Figure 1.—Gelasimus heterophthalmus. 1, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheli- ped. 14, inner surface of the hand of another specimen. lb, anterior surface of the merus of the same cheliped as figure 1. . Figure 2.—G. heteropleurus. 2, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped. 2a, inner surface of the hand of another specimen. 2b, anterior surface of the merus of same cheliped as figure 2*. Figure 3.—G. princeps. 3, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped. 3a, ba- sal portion of the inner surface of the hand of another specimen. 3b, anterior sur- face of the merus of the same cheliped as figure 38. 395, external maxilliped. . Figure 4.—G. armatus. 4, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped. 48, anterior surface of the merus of the same cheliped. 4b, 40, 4d, ambulatory legs of the posterior, of the third, and of the second pair in the same specimen. Figure 5.—G. ornatus. 5, outer surface of the hand of the female. 5*, 5b, 50, ambu- latory legs of the posterior, of the third, and of the second pair in the same specimen. 176 S. Z. Smith on American Crustacea. PLATE IV. All the figures are natural size, and all from photographs, except 20, 6b, 7a, 8a, and 9. Tigure 1.—Gelasimus minaa. 1, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from Bluffton, S. C. 1", anterior surface of the merus of the same cheliped. lb., outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from New Haven, (from the same specimen as figure 4 on plate II). Figure 2.—G. pugnaa. 2, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male. 2* and 2b, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped in two males. 20, ante- rior surface of the merus of the larger cheliped of a male. 2d., abdomen of a male. All the specimens from New Haven. Figure 3.—G. rapaz. Inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of the male. Figure 4.—G. mordaa. 4, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male. 4*, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a young male. Both speci- mens from Pará. - - - Figure 5.—G. Panamensis. 5, inner surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from Panama. 5*, anterior surface of the merus of the same specimen. Figure 6.—G. Subcylindricus. 6, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male, from Matamoras. 6*, inner surface of the basal portion of the same hand. 6b, abdomen of the same specimen. IFigure 7.—G. pugilator. "7, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of a male. 7a, abdomen of a male. Both specimens from New Haven. Eigure 8.—G. gibbosus. 8, outer surface of the hand of the larger cheliped of the male from the Gulf of Fonseca. 8a, abdomen of the same specimen. Figure 9.—G. princeps. Abdomen of a male from Corinto. PLATE W. All the figures are natural size. Figures 1, 19, 2, and 2* are copied from photographs, all the others from drawings. Figure 1.-Opisthocera Gilmanā. l, dorsal view of the whole animal. 14, facial region. lb, abdomen. 19, one of the first pair of abdominal appendages. 1d, one of the second pair of abdominal appendages. All the figures from the male collected at the Isle of Pines. - Figure 2.-Epilobocera armata. 2, facial region of one of the female specimens in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History. 2*, outline of the antero-late- ral margin of the carapax of the same specimen. 2b, external maxilliped. Figure 3.—Cardiosoma guanhumi. 3, one of the appendages of the first segment of the abdomen of a male, from the Florida Keys. 38, side view of the same. Figure 4.—Cardiosoma quadratum. 4, one of the appendages of the first segment of the abdomen of a male, from Pernambuco, Brazil. 4°, side view of the same. Eigure 5.—Cardiosoma crassum. 5, one of the appendages of the first segment of the abdomen of a male, from the Gulf of Fonseca. 5*, side view of the same. …ae， „ae e º [From the Report of the Peabody Academy of Science, 1869. ) List of thé Crustacea collected by J. A. McNiel in Central America. By SIDNEY I. SMITH. BRACHYURA. * MAIOIDEA. Leptopodia debilis, sp. mov. Male. Carapax naked, or minutely pubescent, and Smooth; the branchial regions swollen. Rostrum about twice as long as the posterior portion of the carapax, slender, cylindrical, armed with a row of spines on each side, ańd sparsely- 88 -hairy toward the extremity. A strong spine on the basal segment of the antenna and a similar spine on each side just behind the orbit. Chelipeds equal, slender, reaching nearly to the distal extremity of the carpus of the first ambulatory legs; ischium with a few small spines on the inner side; merus not quite as long as the hand, cylindrical, armed with several spines along the sides, and with three stout ones on the inner side at the articulation of the carpus; carpus with two or three small spines on the outer side, and two at the distal extremity on the inner side; basal portion of the hand cylin- drical and smooth, but thickly covered with a minute pubescence; fingers nearly as long as the basal portion of the hand, sparsely hairy, slender, nearly straight horizontally but curved inward laterally at the tips, slightly channelled longitudinally, the prehensile edges approxi- mate, toothed toward the base, and serrate toward the extremity, the serrations of the dactylus fitting accurately those of the propodus. Ambulatory legs slender, cylindrical, and slightly pubescent; meral segments armed with scattered spines, most of which are on the distal - two-thirds of the length ; carpi with two or three spines about the middle, and four at the distal extremity; propodi armed with small, scattered spines and spinules; dactyli beset with numerous spinules. First segment of the abdomen nearly as long as broad; second broader and very short; third broadest of all the segments, the lateral margins projecting into angles next the second segment and rapidly converging toward the fourth, which marrows very rapidly to the fifth; fifth segment twice as broad as long, the lateral margins at first converging rapidly and then only Slightly as they approach the sixth ; terminal article, which is composed of the sixth and seventh segments completely anchylosed, about twice as long as broad, the extremity angular but with the point rounded. Length of carapax, including rostrum, 29.5mm ; length of rostrum from tip to the posterior side of orbit, 19.0; breadth of carapax, -9.9. Length of cheliped, 34.0; hand, 14.8; dactylus, 7.0. Length of first ambulatory legs, 72.4— 74.2; second, 71.3–74.2; third, 58.0; fourth, 50.5. A single speci- men from the Bay of Realejo. There are specimens of this species in the Museum of Yale College, collected at Panama and the Pearl Islands, by Prof. F. H. Bradley, and among these, are females which agree pretty well with the figure of Edwards' and Lucas' L. Sagittaria from Valparaiso. L. debilis, however, differs from the figures of the typical Atlantic sagittaria in the much shorter chelipeds with proportionately much longer fingers, and in the form of the male abdomen, Which is very different from the figure of the Atlantic L. sagittaria given by Edwards in the Règne animal de Cuvier, and quite like the figure of the Valparaiso Species given by Edwards and Lucas. 89 CANCROIDEA. Panopeus validus Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p. 278, 1869. A single specimen collected in the Gulf of Fonseca. Panopeus transversus Stimp., Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. vii, p. 210, 1860. One specimen from Corinto, west coast of Nicaragua. Oziws integer, sp. nov. Male. Carapax hroad, strongly convex in front but flattened in the middle and posteriorly; anterior portion of the mesogastric lobe narrow and bordered by deep sulci which fade out before they reach the middle of the carapax; anterior portions of the cervical sulci longitudinal, nearly parallel to the median sulci, and fading out at the same distance from the front; mesobranchial lobe indistinctly circumscribed. Surface of the anterior portion of the carapax, and along the margins even back of the lateral angles, rugose and filled with deep pits as if eroded; median and posterior regions smooth or minutely granulous. Front deflexed and trans- versely channelled, nearly straight as seen from above, but, in a front view, deeply undulated, with two median teeth, or lobes, which are prominent, but obtusely rounded. Antero-lateral border with a con- tinuous, slightly upturned margin, not toothed or lobed, but with slightly marked elevations in the margin in place of the posterior teeth. Postero-lateral border rounded and with a very slight tooth just back of the lateral angle. Infero-lateral regions maked and granulous. External maxillipeds nearly maked, the meral segments granulous and longitudinally bisulcate. Chelipeds unequal; meral segments short, not projecting beyond the carapax; carpal segments unarmed, outer surface evenly rounded, but somewhat roughened as if eroded; hands rounded, the upper and outer surfaces roughened like the carpi, but in a much greater degree; fingers of the larger hand widely gaping, nearly cylindrical, with a few, low, obtuse teeth within; fingers of the smaller hand slightly channelled longitudinally and their prehensile edges closely approximating. Ambulatory legs slightly granulous and naked, except the propodi, which are a little pubescent toward the distal extremities, and the dactyli, which are stout, cylindrical, and completely covered, except the horny tips, with a short and very dense pubescence. The abdomen is broadest at the third segment, which projects in an angle on each side between the bases of the third and fourth ambulatory legs; from the third segment, it tapers regularly to the middle of the sixth, which is nearly as long as broad, with the lateral edges concave; the terminal segment is broader than long and has the extremity rounded. Ilength of carapax, 15.0mm; breadth of carapax, 23.5; ratio of length to breadth; 1: 1.57. A specimen collected at Aspinwall. - - , P. A. S. I2 90 * JEriphia squamata Stimp., Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. vii, p. 56, 1859, and p. 217, 1860. Collected at Corinto, Nicaragua. Arenaeus bidens, sp. nov. Male. Carapax granulous and naked above, except between the teeth of the antero-lateral margin and along the postero-lateral margin, where it is pubescent; gastric re- gion and the posterior part of the branchial, more convex than in A. cribrarius. Front with two prominent, slender, obtuse, median teeth separated from each other by a deep and narrow sinus, and from the inner angles of the orbits, by broad founded sinuses. Orbit broken above by two fissures, which are deeper than in A. cribrarius, and the truncated tooth between them more slender. Teeth Of the antero- lateral border long and subcylindrical, the anterior ones obtuse, and the posterior ones acutely pointed; the one next the lateral spine hooked forward at the tip, and longer than the one in front of it; the lateral spine slender, nearly straight, and almost or quite as long as the space occupied by the four teeth in front of it. Infero-lateral re- gions clothed with a long and dense pubescence. External maxilli- peds, chelipeds, and ambulatory legs very much as in A. cribrarius; the hands, however, are a little stouter, the teeth on the prehensile edges of the fingers more slender and acute, and the spine on the outside of the carpus is almost obsolete. Sternum flat * posteriorly, and the Whole surface naked, minutely granulous, and sparsely punctate. Terminal segment of the abdomen long and narrow, being twice as long as broad, the extremity slender and acute. First pair of abdom- inal appendages slender, reaching to the tip of the abdomen, curving inward near the base, then gently outward to beyond the middle, and then inward again to near the very slender tips, which are straight. The female differs very little from the male, but is somewhat thicker and more convex, and the abdomen is broadly triangular as in A. crib- 7"dºints. - In coloration, alcoholic specimens resemble A. cribrarius, but the reticulations seem to be finer and more irregular. Several specimens give the following measurements : — N Sex. *ś juś: ;% Length of frontal teeth. eral Spines. breadth. lateral Spine. IIll]]. - In IOle * In Dºl, Male 24.4 60.0 1 : 2.09 9.8 Male 19.3 48.0 1: 2.48 7.0 Male 15.9 -- 41.4 1: 2.60 Female 15.3 38.3 1: 2.50 Collected at Corinto, Nicaragua, in June and July, 1868. 91 A. cribrarius of the east coast, heretofore the only known species of the genus, is at once distinguished from this species by the quad- ridentate front, the much broader and stouter teeth of the antero- lateral border, and by the much more slender terminal segment of the male abdomen. - Callinectes, sp. A single young specimen of Callinectes collected in the Gulf of Fonseca, agrees very well with Ordway’s description of C. arcwalus, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 578, 1863, except there is only one distinct spine on the carpus of the chelipeds, the immer ones being nearly obsolete. It may be an undescribed species, but the specimen is too young for accurate determination. OCYPODOIDEA. Ocypoda Gawdichaudii Edwards and Lucas, Voy. de d’Orbigny dams l’Amér. mérid., Crust., p. 26, pl. 11, fig. 4, 1843. Collected in the Gulf Of FOnSeca. Gelasimºws heterophthalmus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 116, pl. 2, fig. 6, pl. 3, fig. 1, 1870. Gulf of Fonseca. Gelasimus heteropleurus Smith, loc. cit., p. 118, pl. 2, fig. 7, pl. 3, fig. 2. Gulf Of FOn Seca. - Gelasimºus princeps Smith, loc. cit., p. 120, pl. 2, fig. 10, pl. 3, fig. 3. Corinto, Nicaragua. Gelasimºus armvatus Smith, loc. cit., p. 123, pl. 2, fig. 5, pl. 3, fig. 4. Gulf of Fonseca. Gelasimus ornatus Smith, loc. cit., p. 125, pl. 2, fig. 9, pl. 3, fig. The locality from which this species came is uncertain. Gelasimºus gibbosus Smith, loc. cit., p. 140, pl. 2, fig. 11, pl. 4, fig. 8. Gulf of Fonseca, Gecarcinus quadratus Sauss., Revue et Magazine de Zool., 2e. sér., tomie v., 1853, p. 360, pl. 12, fig. 2; Stimp., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N.Y., vol. vii, p. 233, 1860. Collected at Corinto, Nicaragua. Cardiosoma Crasswºm Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 144, pl. 5, fig. 5, 1870. Gulf of Fonseca. (?) Goniopsis cruentatus DeHaan. There are two specimens of Goni- opsis from the Gulf of Fonseca, which are apparently identical with the Atlantic species, but I have had no opportunity for a careful com- parison of males from the two coasts, and therefore do not feel quite certain of the identity of the west coast specimens. Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, 1850, p. 181; Stimp., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. vii, p. 64, 1859. One specimen from the Gulf of Fonseca, which I am unable to distinguish from specimens from the east coast. There are speci- mens of the same species in the Museum of Yale College, collected at 5 92 Panama, and several other points on the Pacific coast, by Prof. F. H. Bradley. - Sesarma sulcata Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. ii, p. 156. Co- rinto, Nicaragua. * - (2) Aratus Pisoni Edwards, Ann. des Sci. nat., 3me sér., 1858, tome xx, p. 187; Sesarma Pisoni Edw., Hist, mat. des Crust., tome ii, p. 76, pl. 19, figs. 4, 5. A specimen from Corinto, Nicaragua, appears to belong to this species, but it has not been carefully compared with east coast Specimens. LEUCOSOIDEA. -> Lewcosilia Jurinii Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XXi, p. 295, pl. 32, fig. 1, 1855. Corinto and Bay of Realejo. ANOMOURA. DROMIDEA. Hypoconcha Panamensis Smith, Amer. Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 249, 1869. A large specimen from the Bay of Realejo. PORCELLANIDEA. Prolishes armatus Stimp., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., Vol. vii, p. 73, 1859. Gulf of Fonseca. PAGURIDEA. Clibanarius Panamensis Stimp., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. vii, p. 84, 1859. Gulf of Fonseca. - MACROURA. THALASSINIDEA. Gebia spinigera, sp. nov. Female. Median tooth of the rostrum broad, triangular; lateral teeth, slender, Spiniform, separated from the median by deep sulci, which extend back nearly to the cervical suture and leave, along the sides, sharp, narrow ridges armed with a single line of spinules; dorsal surface of the rostrum, two-thirds of the way to the cervical suture, except a short median sulcus near the tip, armed with sharp spines, which decrease in size posteriorly and of which two at the tip are somewhat larger than the rest, and all give rise to numerous short hairs. A slender spine on the anterior border opposite the eye and just below the lateral spine of the rostrum; cervical suture marked by a deep sulcus which is bordered poste- riorly, along the side of the carapax, by a slight ridge armed with two or three short spines on the hepatic region; cardiac and branch- ial regions smooth and naked. Chelipeds equal; ischium and merus 93 smooth and naked, except a line of hairs along the lower edge; a single slender spine on the lower side of the ischium, and, on the merus, several very small ones in the same position, and a large acute one on the upper side a little way from the distal extremity; Carpus short, a slight longitudinal sulcus on the outer surface, inner margin denticulate and pubescent, with a small proximal and a large distal spine, both directed forward, spines on the distal extremity at the outer and inferior angles, and another on the inner side; basal portion of the propodus stout, subcylindrical, with longitudinal lines of granules on the upper side, which give rise to hairs, and a slightly oblique, narrow line of dense pubescence along the lower side; pro- podus but little shorter than the dactylus, nearly straight, tapering to a slender point, smooth, naked, and the prehensile edge armed, near the base, with two or three, small, obtuse teeth; dactylus clothed with long lines of pubescence and the prehensile edge armed with an obtuse tooth near the base, and, near the tip, with a large slender one which shuts just by the tip of the propodus; beyond this tooth the extremity extends in a conical, horny tip about as long as the tooth. Second thoracic legs ciliated along the inferior edge of the meri, and along both edges of the propodi and dactyli; merus compressed and armed with a slender proximal spine on the inferior edge and a similar distal one on the upper edge; carpus unarmed, but slightly ciliated within; propodus broad and compressed; dactylus short, triangular. Third thoracic legs with a small spine above the genital orifice, a slight one on the inferior edge of the ischium, and several on the inferior edge of the merus; dactylus, propodus, and distal portion of the carpus ciliated on the outer side and the inner edges; dactylus narrow and about as long as the propodus. Fourth thoracic legs armed with a row of spines along the inferior edge of the merus; the three last segments much as in the third pair of legs. Fifth thoracic legs slender, subcylindrical; propodus thickly ciliated on the anterior side; dactylus slender and very short. Abdomen ciliated along the edges of the third, fourth, and fifth segments, but smooth and naked, above. Appendages of the sixth segment with a spine above at the articulation of each lamella; lamellae smooth and carinated above, the extremity of the outer one slightly arcuate, that of the inner trun- cate, but slightly rounded at the inner angle. Terminal segment quadrilateral, broader than long, the dorsal Surface Smooth and naked, with slight lateral carinations and a median sulcus. Length of a speci- men, from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen 4.10mm. Length of carapax along the dorsal surface, 13.0. Length of hand, 9.5. A large number of specimens, all females, collected at the Island of Aseredoras, twenty miles northwest of Corinto, Nicaragua, March 14th, and a few from the Gulf of Fonseca, May, 1869. | 94 CARIDEA. Atya rivalis, sp. nov. Male. Carapax compressed, naked, and entirely smooth, except the gastric region which is punctate with shallow puncta. Rostrum short, median carina sharp, high, extending to the acutely triangular tip and separated from the lateral carinae by deep sulci; lateral teeth right-angled, but not acute. Peduncle of the antennula armed above with small spines; inner flagellum shorter than the carapax, but much longer than the outer. Antennal scale considerably longer than the peduncle, narrow, ovate at the tip, the outer margin straight and armed with a very slender spine; flagellum longer than the carapax. Legs of the first and second pairs equal in size, smooth and naked, except the tips of the fingers; meral segments compressed and longitudinally sulcate. Legs of the third pair much stouter than the others and the meral, carpal, and propodal segments thickly beset with Small squamiform tubercles; propodus a little longer than the carpus; dactylus short, unguiform, the basal portion slightly thickened and armed beneath with several minute spines. Legs of the fourth pair much more slender and not so strongly tuberculate, but the carpus armed with one, and the merus with two or three Spines beneath. Legs of the fiſth pair still more slender, the propodus proportionately longer, and the merus and carpus spined beneath as in the fourth pair. Abdomen smooth and naked; lateral margins of the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments truncate. Lamellae of the appendages of the sixth segment evenly rounded at their extremities and projecting only slightly beyond the terminal segment. Terminal segment marrow, the sides straight and converging regularly to the truncate extremity, which is ciliated and armed with minute spines; dorsal surface with a slight median sulcus with lines of small aculei each side. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 40.6mm. Length of carapax, from orbit to middle of posterior margin, 13.2; from tip of rostrum to middle of posterior margin, 15.6; breadth of carapax, 6.8; height of carapax, 8.4. Third ‘thoracic legs, entire length, 27.5; merus 9.0; Carpus, 3.6; propodus, 3.4; dactylus, 1.3. - Fresh water streams, Polvon, Occidental Department, Nicaragua. Six specimens. Atya temella, Sp. mov. Male. Carapax compressed, narrowed in front, entirely naked, and smooth, or slightly punctate on the gastric region. Rostrum longer than in the last species; terminal portion acute, somewhat deflexed, and with a sharp carina both above and below ; lateral teeth obtusely rounded. Peduncle of the antennula unarmed, except a few weak, bristle-like spines at the articulation 95 just in front of the eye; inner flagellum about as long as the carapax, outer much shorter. Antennal scale regularly Óvate at tip; flagellum much longer than the carapax. Legs of the first and second pair very much as in the last species. Remaining thoracic legs slender, decreasing successively in size posteriorly, those of the third pair not very much stouter than those of the fourth; all nearly naked and very slightly spinulose, the meral and carpal segments in the fourth and fifth pair armed beneath as in A. rivalis, and the dactyli as in that species. Abdomen similar to that Óf A. rivalis, but the lamellae of the appendages of the sixth segment are rather longer in proportion, and the terminal segment is rounded instead of truncate at the extremity. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 62.0mm. Length of carapax, from Örbit to middle of posterior border, 18.2; length, including rostrum, 22.8; breadth of carapax, 11.8; height of carapax, 14.8. Six specimens from the same locality as the last species. JEvatya, gen, hov. Allied to Atya, but the body stout, not compressed; rostrum prominent, carinate, and armed above with stout spines; anterior portions of the carapax with numerous scattered spines and Spiny carinations; a spine on each side above the eye and three on the anterior border at the base of the antenna. Thoracic legs of the third pair very stout and tuberculate; the basis completely anchylosed with the coxa, and the ischium so firmly united to the merus as to admit of no motion between them ; the propodus very much shorter than the carpus; the dactylus short, unguiform, and so closely united . With the propodus as to admit of no motion, or only the very slightest, at the articulation With it. - Jºvatya Crassà, sp. nov. Male and Female. Carapax stout, about as broad as high, and with broad emarginations in the lateral margins above the bases of the legs of the third pair. Rostrum as long as the antennal scale, slightly curved downward, broad at base, and tapering to an acute point; a broad carina above armed with six to eight stout spines, about half of which are on the carapax back of the base of the rostrum. Anterior half of the median portion of the carapax armed with small spines which decrease in size posteriorly; two vertical spines on each side at the base of the rostrum, the anterior one, just over the eye, very large and stout, the other smaller and directly behind the first ; a 'stout antential spine directed upward; and, just below it, two smaller spines in the margin; from the antennal Spine, a carina, somewhat broken in the middle and armed with a single line of small spines, extends backward nearly to the cervical suture; just above this, but more posteriorly, is a smaller broken line of Spines, which is commected with the spines on each side of the base of the rostrum by a little group of several spines somewhat isolated 96 from the rest; posterior and lateral portions of the carapax coarsely punctate and unarmed. Peduncle of the antennula armed above with Small spines; inner flagellum Stout, nearly as long as the carapax; outer flagellum much less stout and not more than half as long as the inner. Peduncle of the antenna, smooth and unarmed; antennal scale reaching a little beyond the peduncle, the outer margin thickened, concave in outline, and armed with a very strong spine; flagellum very stout and nearly twice as long as the carapax. Legs of the first and second pairs about equal in size and very similar to those of the the species of Atya just described, but all the segments more or less hairy. Legs of the third pair greatly developed, even in the very young, the two when placed together, side by side, being thicker than the carapax; basis and ischium tuberculose and hairy beneath; merus long and very stout, rounded without and flattened on the inner side, the Whole outer surface thickly beset with prominent, squamiform tubercles, which show a tendency to an arrangement in longitudinal lines, most of the tubercles giving rise at their bases to little tufts of pubescence, the flattened inner surface unarmed, but densely hairy along the lower edge; carpus nearly as broad as long, the upper surface tuberculose like the merus, but the tubercles rather larger and more crowded together, the inner and under surface densely hairy; propodus very short, being broader than long, the outer surface with close set, large tubercles like those on the distal end of the propodus, the inner and under surface densely hairy; dactylus forming a stout, cylindrical, horny claw, longer than the propodus, and curved strongly downward. Legs of the fourth pair very much more slender, not reaching, by considerable, the distal extremity of the merus of the third pair, hairy along the inner side, and thickly beset with small squamiform tubercles, which increase in prominence distally and become slender spines at the extremity of the propodus; propodus cylindrical and longer than the carpus; dactylus small, composed of a thickened basal portion and a slender terminal claw, and unarmed except a few minute spines on the under side of the basal portion. Legs of the fifth pair like those of the fourth, but smaller, and the propodi proportionately longer. Dorsal surface of the abdomen evenly convex, naked, and closely punctate; first and second segments with a strong lateral, submarginal carina, which is specially prominent on the lateral expansions of the second; third to sixth segment with the posterior lateral angles produced into comical points or spines. Appendages of the sixth segment with a stout spine above the artic- ulation of each lamella; lamellae very broad and slightly pubescent above. Terminal segment, at base, mearly as broad as long, and tapering rapidly to a truncate and spined extremity; upper surface With a median Sulcus toward the extremity, armed, on either side, 97 With a line of four or five aculei. Length of a male from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 141mm. Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior border, 60.8; height of carapax, 29.5. Length of rostrum, 16.4. Third thoracic legs, entire length, about 80; merus, 42; carpus, 20; propodus, 7 ; dactylus, 10. Young, less than 30 mm. in length, do not differ from the large speci- mens, except in having the third pair of thoracic legs a very little less robust, and the spines of the carapax, etc., slightly leSS developed. Fresh Water streams, Polvon, and the “Rio Fulva, two and a half miles northwest of Realejo; " both localities in the Occidental De- partment of Nicaragua. Leander gracilis, sp. now. Female. Rostrum very long, strongly curved upward in the middle of its course, and the terminal portion very slender; the upper edge armed with eight or nine teeth, of which six or seven are on the basal half and the others near the tip, and the under edge with nine or ten small teeth, which decrease in size anteriorly and become very minute near the tip. Outer flagellum of the antennula slender and much longer than the entire body; inner flagellum only slightly shorter. Flagellum of the antenna slender and fully twice as long as the rest of the animal. First thoracic legs reaching nearly or quite to the tips of the antennal scales, very slender, and naked, except a few hairs on the fingers. Legs of the 'second pair reaching to the tip of the rostrum, very slender and nearly maked; hand, about three-fifths as long as the carpus, cylin- drical, very slender and delicate, the fingers Inearly as long as the palmary portion. Abdomen rounded and smooth above, the lateral portions of the first three segments with shallow vertical sulci, sixth segment compressed laterally and about twice as long as the fifth. Lamellae of the sixth segment very narrow, the extremities ovate, the inner ones extending slightly beyond the tip of the abdomen, the Outer ones much longer. Terminal segment narrow and tapering regularly to a very slender and acute point. A specimen with éggs beneath the abdomen gives the following measurements: Length of body from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 43.2mm. Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, 7.5; length of rostrum from tip to base of eyes, 11.7; length of basal scale of antenna, 7.9; length of first thoracic legs, 12.6; length of second thoracic legs, 17.0; merus, 3.5; Carpus, 5.6; hand, 3.3; dactylus, 1.5. “Iºstero at Realejo,” west coast of Nicaragua. I’alaemon Jamaicensis Olivier, Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome ii, p. 398; Martems, Wiegm. Archiv xxxv, 1869, p. 22. A large number of Specimens from Polvon, Occidental Department of Nic- aragua, agree with the descriptions of this species and with a Erazilian Specimen. In several of the very large specimens the legs P. A. S. - 13 98 of the second thoracic pair are somewhat unequal, but in all of them the fingers are nearly as long as the palmary portion of the hand, thus differing from the P. brachydactylus of Wiegmann. JPalaemon tenellus, sp. now. Male. Rostrum very long, reaching far in advance of the tips of the antennal scales, the basal half high, curved somewhat downward, then beyond the middle curved strongly upward, and tapering to a slender extremity; the upper edge armed with eight to ten teeth, of which seven or eight are on the basal half and the others near the tip, and the under edge with six or seven teeth. Second thoracic legs slender and nearly smooth, except the fingers, which are straight, slender, somewhat hairy, and not quite as long as the palmary portion of the hand. Fifth segment of the abdomen projecting into a sharp point at the posterior lateral angle. Sixth segment less than a third longer than broad; the lamellae rather narrow and evenly rounded at the extremities. Terminal segment narrow and tapering to a triangular tip armed with small spines. Length of body from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen, 96mm; length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin, 23.1; length of rostrum, 23.9. Another specimen gives: Length of body, 83mm ; carapax, 18.7; rostrum, 20.0; second thoracic legs, 41.0; merus in second thoracic legs, 9.1; carpus, 12.1; hand, 10.5; dactylus, 4.8. Polvon, Occidental Department of Nicaragua. Both of the second, thoracić legs are preserved in no one of the specimens, and those which are present seem very small and may have been reproduced. This species is very much like P. Amazonicus Heller, Sitzungsberichte der kaiser. Akad, der Wissenschaften, Wien, xlv., p. 418, pl. 2, fig. 45, 1862 (which is the same as P. ensiculus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 26, pl. 1, fig. 2, 1869), but is at once distinguished from it by the terminal segment of the abdomen, which has a triangular and Spinous tip, instead of terminating in a very slender and acute point; the sixth segment also is not nearly so narrow, and its lamellae are not so long and slender. *…, hoaxeſ, vi, PR E LIM IN A R Y R. E. P.O. R. T THE DREDGING IN LAKE SUPERIOR. • -- - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - --- NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT, October 9, 1871. GENERAL: I have the honor to submit herewith a preliminary report on the dredging carried on, under your instructions, in Lake Superior, during August and the early part of September. I regret that the short time since the dredging was completed has been insufficient for more than a hasty examination and review of the materials col- lected, and that consequently the following report is quite iruperfect as regards the microscopic species. ‘I wish here to acknowledge the generous assistance of Professor Verrill, who very kindly procured dredges and other apparatus for me, and who has since determined the worms and aided me by advice in many ways. Very respectfully, your obedient servânt, SIDNEY I. SMITH, Brevet Brigadier General C. B. COMSTOCK, Major of Engineers, in charge U. S. Lake Survey. REPORT. The dredgings were all made from the stèamer Search, and were carried on wholly by hand. The dredges used were like those commonly employed in marine dredging, with the addition of an inner bag of embroidery canvas, which was found necessary to retain the exceedingly fine clayey mud encountered at nearly every haul. Owing to rough wéather and the employment of the steamer for othér purposes, the dredgings were not so numerous as might be expected from the length of time through which they were distributed. Enough, however, was done in the deeper parts of the lake to show fully the composition of the bottom, and to indicate clearly the nature of the deep-water fauna of the lake. The following list will show the localities at which dredgings were made, the depth, and the composition of the bottom : Simmons's Harbor, on the north shore of the lake, about twelve and one-half miles north-northwest of Otter Island, August 9, 13 to 15 fathoms, bottom of fine sand with scattered tufts of a small alga of the genus Cladophora. Five miles off Simmons's Harbor, August 11, 60 fathoms, soft bluish clay. Among the Slate Islands, August 14, while at anchor, two hauls: First, 12 to 14 fathoms, sand with a little fine mud. Second, from the other end of the steamer, 6 to 8 fathoms, sand, gravel, and small stones, with some mud. On a line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, August 15, four hauls were made as follows: First, about eighteen miles south of the western end of the islands, 105 fathoms, soft clay. Second, about thirty-five miles from the islands, 169 fathoms, the deepest point yet found in the lake, very soft, light-drab clay, with small pieces of Totten wood. Third, about forty miles from the islands, 116 fathoms, bottom same as º last haul. Fourth, about fifty-seven miles from the islanids, 159 fathoms, very soft clay. t On a line southeast from Passage Island, off the east end of Ile Royale, August 18, hauls were made at five points: First, about six miles out, 47 fathoms, soft reddish clay and sand. Second, about fifteen miles from Passage Island, 129 fathoms, soft clay. 2 g Third, about twenty-nine miles from the island, 127 fathoms, bottom same as last haul. Fourth, about forty-three miles from the island, 134 fathoms, bottom as in the last two hauls. Fifth, about fourteen miles north of Reweenaw Point, 82 fathoms, two hauls, reddish clayey mud and sand. North of Copper Harbor, August 22, dredgings were made at three different points: First, seventeen miles off, 148 fathoms, soft clay. Second, nearer the shore, 62 fathoms, soft reddish mud and sand. Third, within a quarter of a mile of the shore, 17 fathoms, sand. - Off fifty miles on a course northeast by east, one-half north of Copper Harbor, August 24, 116 fathoms, soft clay. - - - In Neepigon Bay, due north of St. Ignace station, and half a mile from the shore of St. Ignacé Island, August 28, 32 fathoms, very soft clayey mud. 0. - - In the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace Island, near St. Ignace station, August 29, 4 to 6 fathoms, sand with some mud, bits of wood, &c. About three miles south of the same cove, August 29, 73 fathoms, soft clayey mud. In a small harbor on the south side of St. Ignace Island, between the main island and a smaller one, and due south of St. Ignace station, September 4, two hauls, 8 and 10 to 13 fathoms, a little sand and mud brought up with great quantities of the same species of alga found at Simmons's Harbor, and which, according to Professor Eaton, who has kindly examined it for me, is a small densely tufted species of Clahophora, - possibly C. glºmerata Linn., a most variable species, but the specimens do not well correspond with authentic ones from Germany. This alga was brought up in immense quantities, the dredge being full at each haul. - On a line between Michipicoten Island and Copper Harbor, and about thirty-seven miles from the island, September 7, 147 fathons, soft clay. From this list it is readily seen that, in all the deeper parts of the lake, the bottom is covered with a uniform deposit of clay or clayey mud. All the soundings made by the survey show the same thing, the specimens of the bottom brought up from deep water by the lead being everywhere of the same character, varying only in color and somewhat in the amount of sand mixed with the clay. The color was not uniform, even in the same dredge-full, drab and bluish masses of the clay being frequently mixed with brown or reddish lumps. In deep water, drab and bluish were the prevail- ing tints, however. Water was taken from the bottom at many points, and was every- where perfectly fresh. That from 169 fathoms gave no precipitate with nitrate of silver. The temperature, everywhere below 30 or 40 fathoms, was very uniform, varying only slightly from 399, while at surface, during the season at which the dredging was carried On, it varied from 50° to 559. The fauna of the lake-bottom corresponds with these physical conditions. In the shallow waters along the shores, the fauna varies with the varying character of the bottom, while below 30 to 40 fathoms, where the deep-water fauna properly begins, the same species seem to be everywhere nearly uniformly distributed down to the deepest points. The soft clayey bottom is, however, very unfavorable to most forms of animal life, and, as we might expect, the fauna of this region is very meager. Except among the worms, it seems to have scarcely any species peculiar to it, and is characterized † by the absence of many of the shallow-water species than by forms peculiar to itself. - • * t - . In the following notes upon the species obtained, I am indebted to Professor Verrill, for the entire account of the worms. S FISHES. ... Cottus Franklini Agassiz.--Several specimens were taken, in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Cladophora, &c., on the South side of St. Ignace. - INSECTS. Chironomus, larvae and pupae.—Species of this, or of closely allied genera of small, two- winged flies, were found in nearly all the dredgings. Several quite large whitish forms, both larvae and pupae, were common in all the dredgings down to 32 fathoms. A minute, entirely blood-red species was found in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands, and in 8 to 13 fathoms on the south side of St. Ignace. A slender, semi-translucent form was found in many of the dredgings from shallow water down to 147 fathoms. An unknown dipterous larva, 4 to 6 fathoms, cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace. Iphemeridae.—The larva of a single species, 32 fathoms, Neepigon Bay. * Phryganeida.—Two species, 8 to 13 fathoms, south side of St. Ignace. Hydrachna sp.–Taken in 4 to 6 fathoms in the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace. 3. CRUSTACEA. PODOPEITHALMIA. Mysis relicta Lovén.—About ten years ago the Danish naturalist Lovén” described a species of Mysis under this name from Lakes Winer and Wetter, in Sweden. It was found in company with Pontoporeia affinis Lindström, Pallasia cancelloides (Gerstfeldt sp.), Gammaracanthus loricatus Bate and Idotaba entomon, the last two being known also as marine species. Lovén describes the species of Mysis as closely allied to the M. occulata Fabricius, a marine species found on both sides of the Atlantic, and he regards its occur- rence, and that of the Pontoporeia, as evidence that the lakes where it is found were for- merly filled with salt water, that they had been cut off from the sea by the elevation of the Scandinavian peninsula, and that the differences between these species of the lakes and their allies of the neighboring ocean have been brought about by the gradual changes in the habitats of the lake species. I have compared specimens of the Mysis and Pon- toporeia from Lake Wetter with those from Lake Superior, and I am unable to find any characters by which to distinguish the European from the American forms. G. O. Sars, in his great work on the fresh-water crustacea of Norway, describes this same species of Mysis from Lake Mjösen, where he found it in from 3 and 6 to 200 fathoms.f Sars, how- ever, regards it as only a variety of the marine Mysis occulata. In Lake Superior, the Mysis, was found in a large number of the dredgings. It was lorought up with sand and mud from 12 to 14 fathoms among the Slate Islands, from 4 to 6 fathoms in the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, frou 8 and 13 fathoms with Cladophora, &c., on the south side of St. Ignace, and from deep water, in a large pro- portion of the hauls, from 73 to 148 fathoms. AMPHIPODA. Pontoporeia affinis Lindström.—What has been said in regard to the identity of the Mysis from Lake Superior and the Scandinavian lakes applies equally well to this species. I can find no good differences between the Lake Wetter and the American specimens. Lovén, in the paper referred to, regards the European form as closely allied to the Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer from the Greenland seas; while Sars, who found it in the small lakes near Christiania, has regarded it as a variety of that species. In Lake Superior it was abundant, and occurred at every dredging, from the shallowest to the deepest. * Since the above notices of the species of Mysis and Pontoporeia were written I have received through the courtesy of Dr. Stimpson, of the Chicago Academy of Sciences, the Mysis, three species of Amphipoda, and the Pisidium dredged by him in Lake Michi- gan in the summer of 1870, and of which a short notice was published by Dr. Stimpson in the American Naturalist for September of that year. On comparison I find the Mysis and one of the species of Amphipoda from Lake Michigan of the same species as the Mysis and Pontoporeia from Lake Superior, while the other species of Amphipoda are quite different from the Gammarus and Cramgonya: described beyond. Dr. Stimpson, however, regards the forms from Lake Michigan as new species, but I am not aware that he has compared them with specimens from the European lakes. Crangonya, gracilis Smith, sp. nov.–Eyes slightly elongated, black, composed of few facets. Antennulae slender, slightly more than half as long as the body; Secondary flagellum but little longer than the basal segment of the primary. Antennae much shorter than the antennulae; the flagellum and peduncle of about equal length, the peduncle being a little longer than the peduncle of the antennulae. Gnathipoda sub- equal in both sexes, the second pair being only slightly larger than the first; propodus in the first pair quadrate, the palmary margin transverse, nearly straight, and armed with slender spines, of which one or two at the prominent posterior angle are much larger than the others; propodus in the second pair like those of the first, but a little more elongated, and the palmary margin slightly oblique. Third, fourth, and fifth pairs of pereiopoda equal in length, and the margins of their basa spinulose. . Ultimate pleopoda reaching to the tips of the penultimate; the outer ramus nearly twice as long as the peduncle, and armed with slender spines; the inner ramus very minute, shorter than the width of the outer. Telson scarcely as long as the bases of the ultimate pleopoda, slightly broader than long, and the posterior margin with a triangular enlar- gination, either side of which the extremity is truncate and armed with several spines. The incubatory lamellae of the female are very large, projecting much beyond the coxae of the anterior legs, as in C. recurvatus Grube, (Archiv für Naturgeschichte, XXXii, p. 410, pl. 10, fig. 1,) which our species much resembles in the form of the autennulae, antennae, gnathepoda, &c., while it differs much in the ultimate pleopoda and in the form of the telson. Length 6 to 7mm. * Om nagra i Vettern och Venern fauna Crustaceer Översight af Kong]. Wetenskaps--Akademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm, xviii, 1861, p. 285. , L/ f Zoëlogical Record for 1867, p. 617. 3. 4. Among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms on the south side of St. Ignace. Gammarus lacustris Smith, sp. nov.–Eyes slightly elongated, black. Antennulae not quite half as long as the body, and furnished with a few short bairs; first and second segments of the peduncle equal in length, third much shorter; flagellum twice as long as the peduncle. Antennae, a little shorter than the antennulae; ultimate and penul- timate segments of the peduncle equal in length, the basal segments short; flagellum considerably shorter than the peduncle. Gnathipoda, about equal in size; propodus in the first pair elongated and much narrowed toward the articulation of the propodus, palmary margin slightly concave, continuous with the posterior margin, and furnished, like it, with several stout spines and numerous long hairs; dactylus slightly curved and fully half as long as the propodus; propodus in the second pair a little broader, the lateral margins nearly parallel, the palmary margin somewhat oblique, slightly concave, and furnished with a thin raised margin and several stout spines, the posterior margin without spines, but furnished with numerous fascicles of hairs. Pleon rounded above, the fourth and fifth segments each, with three fascicles of two or three small spines. Third, fourth, and fifth pairs of pereiopoda subequal, their basa narrow and the margins furnished with few minute spines. Rami of the posterior pair of pleopoda very slender, the edges, furnished with long hairs and a few spines, inner only a little shorter than the outer. Length, 15 to 20mm. - Color in life, uniform, obscure dark-brownish green, without spots or markings of any kind. Common in company with the last species in 8 to 13 fathoms; also, at Simmons's Harbor, in 13 to 15 fathoms; and among the Slate Islands in 4 to 6 and 12 to 14 fathoms. ISOPODA. A8ellus tenaw Smith, sp. now.—Head broad, with a large rounded sinus in the margin on each side opposite the eye, back of which the margin projects in a rounded lobe, so that the head is not narrower, posteriorly, than the anterior margin of the first segment of the pereion. , Eyes small, prominent, and separated from the margin of the head by more than their diameters. Antennulae much shorter than the peduncles of the antennae. Antennae half as long as the body; the flagellum longer than the peduncle. Propodus in the first pair of gnathipoda narrow and elongated, but considerably stouter in the male than in the female; dactylus more than half as long as the propodus and its palmary edge armed with acute spines, of which the distal ones are larger. The succeeding pairs of legs all similar, the carpal and propodal segments subequalin length and armed with short spines along the posterior edges; the dactyli short, armed with . a few spines on the posterior margin and bi-unguiculate at tip. Pleon narrowed pos- teriorly, and the extremity obtusely rounded. Posterior pleopoda slender, the outer ramus only half as long as the inner. Length, 8 to 13mm. Color above dark fuscous, spotted and mottled with yellowish. Common with the last two species, among the Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms on the South side of St. Ignace, also in 4 to 6 fathoms at the eastern end of St. Ignace, and in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands. ENTOMöSTRACA. Numerous species of entomostraca were collected at different points, but this group of crustacea has been so entirely neglected in this country that their investigation will require much careful study, and I can hôtice them now only in a very general way. Of the Cladocera, Species of Daphnia and Lymcews were abundant among the Cladophora on the South side of St. Ignace. A species of Daphnia, different from the one just mentioned, and a species of a closely allied genus, were taken by towing the dredge a short distance below the surface. These species were also once or twice brought up in dredging in deep Water, perhaps taken in the dredge on its way up. Ostracoda of several genera and quite a number of species were collected, some of them being found in nearly every dredging, even down to 159 fathoms. es Of Copepoda, species were obtained at nearly every haul, some of them the same Species as those obtained near the surface, but many of them different, and undoubtedly from near the bottom. They were almost always abundant in the dredgings in which Mysis occurred, undoubtedly furnishing most of its food. ANNELIDA, (Worms.) LUMBRICIDAE, (Earth-worms, &c.) Lumbricus, lacustris Verrill, sp. nov.–About 1.5 inclies long, .04 in diameter. Body pound; distinctly annulated. Head short, conical, obtusely pointed. Setae spine-like, strongly curved, acute; arranged two by two, those of each pair close together. Color reddish lyrown. South side of St. Ignace, among Cladophora, 8 to 13 fathoms, abundant. 5 Samuris abyssicola Verrill, sp. now.—Worm slender, attenuated posteriorly, about .30 inch long, .03 in diameter anteriorly. Body composed of about 28 segments; those of the posterior half elongated; those of the anterior half shorter, separated by slight constrictions. Cephalic lobe short, subconical, rounded in front. Mouth large, semi- circular. ... Intestine slender, moniliform, containing sand. Anus terminal, with three or four slight lobes; Setae in four fan-shaped fascicles on each segment, commencing at second segment behind the mouth. The two ventral fascicles are separated by a Space equal to about twice the length of the setae, of which there are five or six in each fascicle; the setae are simple, acute, slightly curved, equal to about one-sixth the diameter of the body. The lateral fascicles contain three to five somewhat shorter and straighter simple setae. One specimen appeared to haye four minute ocelli upon the upper side of the head. - - sº Off Copper Harbor, 17 fathoms, sand; off Simmons's Harbor, 60 fathoms; and on the line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. Sainwrig limicola Verrill, sp. nov.–Worm more slender than the preceding, attenuated posteriorly, composed of about 44 segments. Length about .33 of an inch, diameter .02, Cephalic lobe, blunt, conical. Setae in four fascicles upon each segment, six to eight in each fascicle anteriorly, four or five posteriorly. The setae in all the fascicles are relatively long, slender, curved, and acute. Two tortuous, red blood-vessels pass along the intestine, forming a loop at each segment. Intestine moniliform. On the line between the Slate Islands and Staunard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. Chirodrillus, gen. Inov.–Allied to Samuris, but with six fan-shaped fascicles of setae upon each segment; two of which are ventral, two lateral, and two sub-dorsal. Setae in the ventral and lateral fascicles five to nine, simple, acute, slender, often curved like an italic f; those of the upper fascicles stouter and less curved, three to six in each fascicle. Intestine wide, somewhat moniliform. Anus terminal, large. Chirodrillus larviformis Verrill, sp. nov.–Body rather short and not very slender cylindrical, obtuse at both ends, distinctly annulated, composed of about 38 rings. Length about .30 of an inch ; diameter .05. Cephalic lobe short, conical, obtuse, mouth large, semicircular beneath. Ventral fascicles of setae near together, with about five setae, which are rather short, simple, acute, little curved; lateral fascicles anteriorly with five or six setae of similar form and size; upper ones similar. When preserved in alcohol the body is usually curved ventrally or in a simple coil. Color, when living, translucent, whitish ; intestine slightly greenish, Off Copper Harbor, 17 fathoms, sand; off Simmons's Harbor, 60 fathoms, clayey mud. Chirodrillus abyssorum Verrill, sp. now.—Subcylindrical, thicker anteriorly, distinctly annulated, composed of about 42 segments. Length .25 of an inch ; diameter about .02. Cephalic lobe short, comical, obtuse, mouth large, semicircular. Ventral fascicles with eight or nine setae anteriorly, five or six posteriorly. The setae are long, slender, acute, strongly curved, those on the inferior side of the fascicles nearly twice as long as those of the upper side; setae of the lateral fascicles five or six, slender, nearly as long as those of the ventral ones, and similar in form ; sub-dorsal fascicles with four or five shorter, Stouter, and straighter acute setae. - Six miles southeast of Passage Island, 47 fathoms; on line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. Tubifex profundicola Verrill, sp. nov.–A rather stout species for the genus, about 1 to 1.5 inches long, .05 in diameter anteriorly, more slender posteriorly Čog in diameter.) Cephalic lobe short, conical ; one specimen apparently had two minute ocelli. Mouth large, semicircular. Intestine moniliform, with two simple red blood-vessels running along its whole length and uniting at the constrictions. In the first five or six segments there are slender vessels of nearly uniform size, which form lateral loops in each seg- ment. An us terminal, wide, with about ten small lobes. Setae in four fascłcles upon each segment. Those of the lateral fascicles three, anteriorly often but two, short, slightly curved, mostly with minute, forked, and hooked tips; those of the ventral Series in fascicles of four to six, three or four times longer than the upper ones, con- siderably bent, the ends minutely hooked and forked. Neepigon Bay, 32 fathoms. BDELLODEA, (Leeches.) Nephelis fervida Werrill, sp.mov.–Leech two or three inches long, .20 to 30 wide, elon gated and slender in full extension, very little depressed, most so posteriorly; often round and tapering anteriorly. Mouth large, nearly circular, subterminal, the upper lip, in contraction, short and rounded, corrugated within the Cesophagus with three conspicu- ous folds; eyes eight, blackish, conspicuous, two pairs, a little apart, on the first ring of the head; two pairs, wider apart and farther back, on the third ring. Color bright brick, red when living. In 8 to 13 fathoms, south side of St. Ignace. A small specimen, probably the young of this species, taken in 13 to 15 fathoms, in Simmons's Harbor, was translucent, tinged with flesh-color, with a dark brown intes- tinal line posteriorly. Nephelis lateralis Werrill, (Hirudo lateralis Say.)—A small specimen, about 1 inch in 6. 2ngth, of an obscure liver-brown color, was taken in 6 to 8 fathoms, among the late Islands, which probably belongs to this species. Ichthyobdella punctala Verrill, sp. nov.–Body, in extension slender; in the preserved pecimen, about .5 of an inch long, .06 in greatest diameter, rounded, thickest poste- iorly, tapering anteriorly to the anterior sucker, which is broad and thin, subcircular, bout three times as wide as the neck where it is attached ; ocelli four, on the upper ide of the anterior sucker, the two larger, black ones, in front, and two minute ones wider apart and farther back. Posterior sucker large, rounded, or oval. Color trans- lcent greenish, with minute black specks, arranged in transverse bands. Among the Slate Islands, 6 to 8 fathoms. 6. c. DENDROCOELA, (Flat-worms.) Procotyla fluviatilis Leidy.—Numerous specimens, apparently of this species, were btained in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of St. Ignace. They were, when living, irty white, mottled with brown. In addition to the preceding species of worms, a few were obtained which have not et been fully determined. MOLLUSCA, GASTERIPODA. Limngó-A species allied to L. disidiosa Say, was abundant among Cladophora in 8 o 13 fathorns, on the south side of St. Ignace Island. - Physa heterostropha Say. In the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, in 4 to 6 fath- ms, and young specimens in 8 to 13 fathoms, at the locality with the Limmata just mentioned. Physa vimosa Gould.—A very young specimen, apparently of this species, in 6 to 8 athoms, among the Slate Islands. Plamorbis parvus Say.—Common in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of St. Ignace. Valvata sincera Say, sp.–Abundant with the last species, in 8 to 13 fathoms, and lso in 4 to 6 fatholms, in the cove at the eastern end of the same island. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Spharium, sp. mov, * Among the Slate Islands, in 6 to 8 fathoms. A single young specimen of another species of Sphaerium was found, in 8 to 13 fath- yms, on the south side of St. Ignace. º Virginicum Bourguignat. On the south side of St. Ignace, 8 to 13 athoms. Pisidium abditum Haldeman. With the last species, in 8 to 13 fathoms, and also in s to 6 fathoms, in the cove at the eastern end of the same island. im compressum Prime. In the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, 4 to 6 'athoms. - Pisidium, sp. mov. A small, semitranslucent species, the same as found by Dr. Stimp- ion in Lake Michigan, was brought up at nearly every dredging. It was common in he cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, on sandy and muddy bottom, in 4 to 6 'athoms, and abundant among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of that sland ; among the Slate Islands, in 6 to 8 and 12 to 14 fathoms; at 13 to 15 fathoms on a sandy bottom in Simmons's Harbor ; near Copper Harbor, in 17 fathoms, clear sand; in 32 fathoms, very soft clayey mud, in Neepigon Bay ; off Copper Harbor, in 52 fathoms, and north of Keweenaw Point, in 82 fathoms, soft reddish clayey mud and and ; and in all the deep dredgings down to 159 fathoms. Below 100 fathoms, how- ºver, it was never abundant. - RADIATA. JHydra Carnea Agassiz. A beautiful Hydra, agreeing with Ayer’s description of this species, was very abundant at the eastern end of St. Ignace, upon rocks along the shore and near the surface, frequently completely covering quite large surfaces, where they were protected from the direct sunlight, and was also brought up in many of the lredgings from 8 to 148 fathoms. In 32 fathoms, Neepigon Bay, and in 59 fathoms »ff Simmons's Harbor, it was brought up in abundance from a soft clayey bottom. , In, She deep dredgings, it frequently came up near the bottom of the clay in the dredge, und was evidently not caught while the dredge was near the surface, A noticable feature of this imperfect faunal list is the remarkable development of he Lumbricidae, or the family of earth-worms, which is represented by six aquatic species, all but one of them being inhabitants of deep water. * As regards the geographical distribution of species, the most important fact elicited S, undoubtedly, the identity of the species of Mysis and Pontoporeia with those of the lakes of Northern Europe. . . . . - - 7 This fact does not accord with Agassiz's “ conclusions from an examination of th fishes of Lake Superior, all of which he Iegarded as distinct from the species of Europ yet it is paralleled in the case of some fresh-water mollusca, while many of the terre trial animals, and especially the plants, both land and fresh water, are common to th northern parts of both countries. Whether these forms are to be considered distin species, or only varieties of their marine allies, is a question on which I will not no pretend to offer an opinion, as I have had no opportunity for examining authent. specimens from the North Atlantic. Whether or not they have been derived fro ancient marine species left in the lake basins by the recession of the ocean, is, in eith case, in the present state of our knowledge, a difficult question, and one upon whic the investigation of the deep-water faunae of the lower lakes, and especially of Lal Champlain, which we know to have been connected with the ocean at a recent geolo ical period, and hence to have a derivative fauna, would throw much light. Amor the other deep-water forms, there is no evidence whatever of derivation from maril species. The insect larvae, all the worms, the Pisidium, and the Hydra, are most eminent fresh-water forms, while the Ostracoda and Copepoda, as groups, are inhabitants both fresh and salt water. The main facts of the bathymetrical distribution of the species are presented in th Depths in fathoms. 4–8 || 10–17 | 30–50 60–100 100–140 || 140–16. X. X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X. X. X. X. X N X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - NC X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -i- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X N. X X X X X XC Y X X X X X | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X 1. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - N. X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X (?) (?) ----------|-------- X X X X X X X X X X X X N. X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * * X - - - - - - - - X * * * * * * * * * * X e = * * * : * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * : * * * * * * * * * = s sº m sº is ºs º ºs ºs s. X * * * * * * X I - - - - - - - - X • * * * * * * * * * | * * * * * * * * * * * * * : * * * * * * * * X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X * * * * > * : * * * * * * * X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X' l- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - " s sº [ s = e º sº s = X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -'- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X |. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X X X X N X X X X following table: Names. Cottus Franklini. ------------------------------- Chironomus larvae e #º. larvæ.----------------------------- Phryganeidae larvae Hydrachna -----------------------------------. Mysis relicta. -- - - - ------------------------------ Pontoporeia affinis.----------------------------. Crangonyx gracilis------------------------------ Gammarus lacustris ----- -----------------...-. Asellus tenax----------------------------------. Cladocera. ----------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ostracoda.-------------------------------------. Copepoda --------------------------------------. Lumbricus lacustris - - - --------------------...-- Saenuris abyssicola..... ------------------------- Saenuris limicola. -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - • - - - - Chirodrillus larviformis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirodrillus abyssorum Tubifex profundicola. Nephelis fervida. ---------------...------------. Nephelis lateralis. -----------------------------. I#thyobdella punctata -------------------------. Procotyla fluviatilis.---------------------------. Limnaea. Physa -----------------------------------------. Planorbis parvus Valvata sincera Sphaerium -------------------------------------. Pisidium virginicum Pisidium abditum.................... ---------.. Pisidium compressum Pisidium, sp. nov Hydra carnea ea º ºs º º E tº º 'º º e º E * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e s is sº e º sº ºn tº e º ºs = e s = e s * Lake Superior, its physical character, vegetation, and animals, compared with those of other a similar regions. O [FROM THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE AND ARTs, VoI. II, Nov., 1871.] 5. Dredging in Lake Superior under the direction of the U. S. Jake Survey-Extensive dredgings were undertaken the past sea- son in Lake Superior, from the U. S. steamer Search, under the di- rection of Gen. C. B. Comstock, Superintendent of the Lake Survey. Dredging was carried on from the shallow waters, especially along the north shore, down to 169 fathoms, the deepest point known in the lake. In all the deeper parts of the lake, the bottom, as shown both by the dredging and by the soundings executed by the Survey, is covered with a uniform deposit of clay, or clayey mud, usually very soft and bluish or drab in color. Water brought from the bottom at many points was per- fectly fresh ; that from 169 fathoms gave no precipitate with nitrate of silver. The temperature, everywhere below 30 or 40 fathoms, varied very little from 39°, while at surface (at the time of the observations, during August) it varied from 50° to 55°. The fauna of the bottom corresponds with these physical condi- tions. In the shallow waters, the species vary with the varying character of the bottom, while below 30 to 40 fathoms, where the deep-water fauna properly begins, the species seem to be every- where very uniformly distributed. The deep-water fauna, as might be expected from the unfavorable character of the bottom, is meager, and seems to be characterized rather by the absence of many of the shore species than by forms peculiar to itself. Some of the more interesting species occurring in deep water were: Mysis relicta Lovén, at various depths from 4 to 159 fathoms; Pontoporeia affinis Lindst., at nearly every haul from the shallowest to the deepest ; a small undescribed species of Pisidium, down to 159 fathoms; several forms of dipterous larvae, allied to Chironomus, down to the same depth ; several species of Lumbricoid worms, of the genera Tubifex, Scenwris, and an allied genns; and a species of Hydra, which was found from the shore down to 159 fathoms. Of these, the Mysis, Ponto- poreia, and Pisidium are identical with species found by Dr. Stimpson in his dredging in Lake Michigan, a short account of which was published in the American Naturalist for September, 1870. The species of Mysis and Pontoporeča. I am unable to distinguish from specimens from Lake Wetter in Sweden. In the Swedish lakes, these species were associated with Idotaca entomon and Gammaraganthus loricatus, marine species, and were supposed by Lovén to have been derived from ancient marine species left in the lake basins by the recession of the ocean. The occurrence of these forms in Lake Superior, so far removed from the ocean, is certainly a very interesting fact in the geographical distribu- tion of species, but one which I will not attempt to discuss in this brief notice. In the shallow waters many interesting species were obtained. Among these was a new species of Crangonya, a genus closely allied to Gammarus, and heretofore known onl from a few species found in the fresh waters of the old world, which occurred in 8 to 13 fathoms; and at the same depth, species. of Lumbricus, Wephelis, Procotyla, Gammarus, Asellus, Limnaea, Physa, Planorbis, Valvata, Sphaerium, Pisidium, etc. A full report will soon be published. g S. I. SMITH. [FROM THE AMERICAN Journal, OF SCIENCE AND ARTS, WoL. II, DEC., 1871.] Notice of the Invertebrata dredged in Lake Superior in 1871, by the U. S. Lake Survey, under the direction of Gen. C. B. Comstock, S. J. Smith, maturalist; by S. I. SMITH and A. E. VERRILL. (Published by permission.) DURING the explorations in Lake Superior, mentioned in the last number of this Journal (page 373) the following species were obtained, together with a number of minute forms, which have not been determined. - A full account of the expedition, with descriptions of the species collected, will be published in the official report of the expedition. RADIATA. Hydra carned Agassiz. A beautiful Hydra, agreeing with Ayer's description of this species, was very abundant at the eastern end of St. Ignace, upon rocks along the shore and near the surface, frequently completely covering quite large surfaces where they were protected from the direct sunlight, and was also brought up in many of the dredgings from 8 to 148 fathoms. In 32 fathoms, Neepigon Bay, and in 59 fathoms, off Simmon's Harbor, it was brought up in abundance from a soft clayey bot- tom. In the deep dredgings, it frequently came up near the bottom of the clay in the dredge, and was evidently not caught while the dredge was near the surface. * , | MOLLUSCA. Limnaea. A species allied to L. disidiosa Say, was abundant among Cladophora in 8 to 13 fathoms on the South side of St. Ignace Island. Physa heterostropha Say. In the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, in 4 to 6 fathoms, and young specimens, in 8 to 13 fathoms, at the locality with the Limnaea just mentioned. Physa vinosa Gould. A very young specimen, apparently of this species, in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands. 2 Smith and Verrill—Dredgings in Lake Superior. Planorbis parvus Say. Common in 8 to 13 fathoms on the south side of St. Ignace. Valvaté sincera (Say sp.). Abundant with the last species, in 8 to 13 fathoms, and also, in 4 to 6 fathoms, in the cove at the eastern end of the same island. Sphaerium sp. nov. 7 Among the Slate Islands, in 6 to 8 fathoms. A single young specimen of another species of Sphae- Tºwn was found, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of St. Ignace. Pisidium Virginicum Bourguignat. On the south side of St. Ignace, 8 to 13 fathoms. Pisidium abditum Haldeman. With the last species, in 8 to 13 fathoms, and also, in 4 to 6 fathoms, in the cove at the eastern end of the same island. Pisidium compresswm Prime. In the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, 4 to 6 fathoms. - Pisidium sp. nov. A small, semi-translucent species, the same as found by Dr. Stimpson in Lake Michigan, was brought up at nearly every dredging. It was common in the cove at the eastern end of St. Ignace, on Sandy and muddy bottom, in 4 to 6 fathoms, and abundant among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of that island; among the Slate Islands, in 6 to 8 and 12 to 14 fathoms; at 13 to 15 fathoms on a sandy bottom in Simmon's Harbor; near Copper Harbor, in 17 fathoms, clear sand; in 32 fathoms, very soft clayey mud, in Neepigon Bay; off Copper Harbor, in 62 fathoms, and north of Keweenaw Point, in 82 fathoms, soft reddish clayey mud and sand; and in all the deep dredging down to 159 fathoms. WORMS. Jumbricus lacustris Verrill, sp. mov. About 1:5 inches long, :04 in diameter. Body round, distinctly annulated. Head short, conical, obtusely pointed. Setae spine-like, strongly curved, acute, arranged two by two, those of each pair close together. Color reddish brown. South side of St. Ignace, among Cladophora, 8 to 13 fathoms. Stenuris abyssicola Verrill, sp. nov. Worm slender, attenuated posteriorly, about 30 of an inch long, '03 in diameter anteriorly. Body composed of about 28 segments, those of the posterior half elongated; those of the anterior half shorter, separated by slight constrictions. Cephalic lobe short, subconical, rounded in front. Mouth large, semi-circular. Intestine slender, monili- form, containing Sand. Anus terminal, with three or four slight lobes. Setae in four, fan-shaped fascicles on each segment, com- mencing at second segment behind the mouth. The two ventral fascicles are separated by a space equal to about twice the length of the setae, of which there are five or six in each fascicle; the Satae are simple, acute, slightly curved, equal to Smith and Verrill—Dredgings in Lake Superior. 8 about one-sixth the diameter of the body. The lateral fascicles contain three to five somewhat shorter and straighter simple setae. One specimen appeared to have four minute ocelli upon the upper side of the head. Off Copper Harbor, 17 fathoms, sand; off Simmon's Harbor, 60 fathoms; and on the line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. Sænuris limicola Verrill, sp. nov. Worm more slender than the preceding, attenuated posteriorly, composed of about 44 segments. Length about 38 of an inch, diameter '02. Cephalic lobe blunt, conical. Setae in four fascicles upon each segment, six to eight in each fascicle anteriorly, four or five posteriorly. The setae in all the fascicles are relatively long, slender, curved and acute. Two tortuous red blood vessels pass along the in- testine, forming a loop at each segment. Intestine moniliform. On the line between the Slate Islands and Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. Chirodrillus, gen, now. Allied to Scenwris, but with six fan- shaped fascicles of setae upon each segment, two of which are ventral, two lateral, and two sub-dorsal; setae in the ventral and lateral fascicles four to mine, simple, acute, slender, curved like an italic f; those of the dorsal fascicles, stouter and less curved, three to six in each fascicle. Intestime wide, somewhat moniliform. Anus terminal, large. Chirodrillus larviformis Werrill, sp. mov. Body rather short and not very slender, cylindrical, obtuse at both ends, distinctly annulated, composed of about 38 rings. Length about 30 of an inch; diameter '05. Cephalic lobe short, conical, obtuse, mouth large, semi-circular beneath. Wentral fascicles of setae near together, with about five setae, which are rather short, simple, acute, little curved; lateral fascicles with five or six Sétae of similar form and size; sub-dorsal ones similar. When preserved in alcohol, the body is usually curved ventrally or in a simple coil. Color, when living, translucent whitish, intestine slightly greenish. A thickened Smooth Zone commences behind the 10th setigerous ring, Occupying the space of about four Segments. Off Copper Harbor, 17 fathoms, sand; off Simmon's Harbor, 59 fathoms, clayey mud. Chirodrillus abyssorum Verrill, sp. nov. Sub-cylindrical, thicker anteriorly, distinctly annulated, composed of about 42 segments. Length 25 of an inch; diameter about 02. Cephalic lobe short, conical, obtuse, mouth large, semi-circular. Ventral fascicles with eight or nine setae anteriorly, five or six posteriorly. The setae are long, slender, acute, strongly curved, those on the inferior side of the fascicles nearly twice as long as those of the upper side; setae of the lateral fascicles five or six, slender, nearly as long as those of the ventral ones, and similar in form; 4. Smith and Verrill—Dredgings in Lake Superior. dorsal fascicles with four or five shorter, stouter, and straighter, aCute Setàe. * Six miles S.E. of Passage Island, 47 fathoms; on line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. Tubifex profundicola Verrill, sp. nov. A rather stout species for the genus, about 1 to 1-5 inches long, '05 in diameter an- teriorly, more slender posteriorly ('02 in diameter). Cephalic lobe short, comical ; one specimen apparently had two minute ocelli. Mouth large, semi-circular. Intestine moniliform, with two simple red blood-vessels running along its whole length and uniting at the constrictions. In the first five or six seg- ments there are slender vessels of nearly uniform size, which form lateral loops in each segment. Anus terminal, wide, with about ten small lobes. Setae in four fascicles upon each seg- ment. Those of the lateral fascicles three anteriorly, often but two, short, slightly curved, mostly with minute forked and hooked tips; those of the ventral series in fascicles of four to six, three or four times longer than the upper ones, considerably bent, the ends minutely hooked and forked. Neepigon Bay, 32 fathoms. Nephelis fervida Verrill, sp. nov. Leech two or three inches long, 20 to 30 wide, elongated and slender in full extension, very little depressed, most so posteriorly, often round and tapering anteriorly. Mouth large, nearly circular, Subterminal, the upper lip, in contraction, short and rounded; corrugated within-the oesophagus with three conspicuous folds, eyes eight, blackish, conspicuous, two pairs, a little apart, on the first ring of the head; two pairs wider apart and farther back on the third ring. Color bright brick-red, when living. In 8 to 13 fathoms, south side of St. Ignace. A small specimen, probably the young of this species, taken in 13 to 15 fathoms, in Simmon's Harbor, was translucent, tinged with flesh color, with a dark brown intestimal line posteriorly. Nephelis lateralis Verrill (Hörudo lateralis Say). A small specimen, about 1 inch in length, of an obscure liver-brown color, was taken, in 6 to 8 fathoms, among the Slate Islands, which probably belongs to this species. Ichthyobdella punctata Verrill, sp. nov. Body, in extension, slender, in the preserved specimen, about 5 of an inch long, '06 in greatest diameter, rounded, thickest posteriorly, tapering anteriorly to the anterior sucker, which is broad and thin, sub-circular, about three times as wide as the neck where it is attached. Ocelli four, on the upper side of the anterior sucker, the two larger, black ones, in front, and two minute ones wider apart and farther back. Posterior sucker large, rounded or oval. Color translucent greenish, with minute black specks arranged in transverse bands. Among the Slate Islands, 6 to 8 fathoms. Smith and Verrill—Dredgings in Lake Superior. 5 Procotyla fluviatilis Leidy. Numerous specimens, apparently of this species, were obtained in 8–13 fathoms on the south side of St. Ignace. They were, when living, dirty white, mottled with brown. * In addition to the preceding species of worms, a few were obtained which have not yet been fully determined. CRUSTACEA. Mysis relicta Lovén. The occurrence of this and the follow- ing species, identical with forms from Lake Michigan, and the lakes of northern Europe, is mentioned in the last number of this Journal. It was brought up with sand and mud from 12 to 14 fathoms at the eastern end of St. Ignace, from 8 to 13 fathoms, with Cladophora, on the south side of the same island, and from deep water in a large proportion of the hauls from 73 to 148 fathoms. Pontoporeia affinis Lindström. This species was found at every haul from the shallowest to the deepest. Orangonya gracilis Smith, sp. nov. Eyes slightly elongated, black, composed of few facets. Antennulae slender, slightly more than half as long as the body; secondary flagellum but little longer than the basal segment of the primary. Antennae much shorter than the antennulae; the flagellum and peduncle of about equal length, the peduncle being a little longer than the peduncle of the antennulae. Gnathipoda sub-equal in both sexes, the second pair being only slightly larger than the first ; propodus in the first pair quadrate, the palmary margin transverse, nearly straight, and armed with slender spines, of which one or two at the prominent posterior angle are much larger than the others; propodus in the second pair like those of the first, but a little more elongated and the palmary margin slightly oblique. Third, fourth and fifth pairs of pereiopoda equal in length and the margins of their basa spinulose. Ultimate pleopoda reaching to the tips of the penultimate; the outer ramus nearly twice as long as the peduncle, and armed with slender spines; the inner ramus very minute, shorter than the width of the outer. Telson scarcely as long as the bases of the ultimate pleopoda, slightly broader than long, and the posterior margin with a triangular emargination, either side of which the extremity is truncate and armed with several spines. The incubatory lamellae of the female are very large, pro- jecting much beyond the coxae of the anterior legs, as in C. re- curvatus Grube, which our species much resemble in the form of the antennulae, antennae, gnathepoda, etc., while it differs much in the ultimate pleopoda and in the form of the telson. Length, 5 to 7”. 6 Smith and Verrill—Dredgings in Lake Superior. Among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of St. Ignace. Gammarus lacustris Smith, sp. mov. Eyes slightly elon- gated, black. Antennulae not quite half as long as the body, and furnished with a few short hairs; first and second seg- ments of the peduncle equal in length, third much shorter; flagellum twice as long as the peduncle. Antennae a little shorter than the antennulae; ultimate and penultimate seg- ments of the peduncle equal in length, the basal segments short; flagellum considerably shorter than the peduncle. Gnathipoda about equal in size; propodus in the first pair elongated and much narrowed toward the articulation of the propodus; palmary margin slightly concave, continuous with the posterior margin, and furnished, like it, with several stout spines and numerous long hairs, dactylus slightly curved and fully half as long as the propodus; propodus in the second pair a little broader, the lateral margins nearly parallel, the palmary margin somewhat oblique, slightly concave, and furnished with a thin raised margin, and several stout spines, the posterior margin without spines, but furnished with nume- rous fascicles of hairs. Pleon rounded above, the fourth and fifth segments each with three fascicles of two or three small spines. Third, fourth, and fifth pairs of pereiopoda sub-equal, their basa narrow and the margins furnished with few minute spines. Rami of the posterior pair of pleopoda very slender, the edges furnished with long hairs and a few spines, inner only a little shorter than the outer. Length, 15 to 20mm: Color in life uniform, obscure, dark brownish-green, with- out spots or markings of any kind. Common in company with the last species in 8 to 13 fathoms; also at Simmon's harbor, in 18 to 15 fathoms, and among the Slate Islands, in 4 to 6 and 12 to 14 fathoms. Asellus tenaa Smith, sp., mov. Head broad, with a large rounded sinus in the margin on each side opposite the eye, back of which the margin projects in a rounded lobe, so that the head is not marrower posteriorly than the anterior margin of the first segment of the pereion. Eyes small, prominent, and separated from the margin of the head by more than their diameters. Antennulae much shorter than the peduncles of the antennae. Antennae half as long as the body; the flagellum longer than the peduncle. Propodus in the first pair of gnathipoda narrow and elongated, but considerably stouter in the male than in the female; dactylus more than half as long as the propodus and its palmary edge armed with acute spines, of which the distal ones are larger. The succeeding pairs of legs all similar, the carpal and propodal segments sub- equal in length and armed with short spines along the posterior / A# () Smith and Verrill—Dredgings in Lake Superior. 7 edges; the dactyli short, armed with a few spines on the pos- terior margin, and bi-unguiculate at tip. Pleon narrowed pos. teriorly, and the extremity obtusely rounded. Posterior ple- opoda slender, the outer ramus Only half as long as the inner. Length, 8 to 13” Color above dark fuscous, spotted and mottled with yel- lowish. Common with the last two species, among the Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms; also in 4 to 6 fathoms at the eastern end of St. Ignace, and in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands. Numerous species of Entomostraca were collected at many places, but they have not yet been examined sufficiently for an enumeration of the species. In addition to the species of the groups already mentioned, insect larvae and pupae were obtained at nearly every haul. Several species of Chironomus, or of closely allied genera, were common, a slender translucent species being found down to 147 fathoms; an Ephemerid lava occurred at 32 fathoms in Neepigon Bay, and two species of Phryganeidae larvae were common among Cladophora in 8 to 13 fathoms on the South side of St. Ignace. [FROM THE AMERICAN JourNAL OF SCIENCE AND ARTS, Vol. VI, JULY, 1873.] The Megalops stage of Ocypoda ; by S. I. SMITH. — The Monolepis inermis, long ago described by Say,” and partially figured by Dana, f is undoubtedly a stage in the development of Ocypoda arena'ia. The large size and peculiar structure of this megalops render it one of the most interesting forms of the group of larvae to which it belongs. It is closely allied to the Monolepis orientalis Dana, from the Sooloo Sea, figured in detail on plate 31 of the Crustacea of the Wilkes' Exploring Expedition. The cara- pax is very convex above and narrowed toward the front. The front is deflexed and the extremity tricuspidate, the median tooth being long and narrowly triangular, while the lateral teeth are small and obtuse. The sides are high and impressed so as to re- ceive the three anterior pairs of ambulatory legs. The third pair of ambulatory legs are closely appressed along the upper edge of the carapax, and extend forward over the eyes, the dactyli being curved down over the eyes and along each side of the front. The posterior legs are small and weak, and each is folded up and lies in a groove on the latero-posterior surface of the carapax. The external maxillipeds have almost exactly the same structure as in the adult Ocypoda, and, as in the adult Ocypoda, there is a tuft of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second and third ambu- latory legs. This megalops is common upon the coast of the Southern States, it has been found at Block Island, and I have myself collected it, late in August, at Fire Island Beach, Long Island. In the largest specimen from the last locality the carapax is 9'4" long and 5-6 broad. A large number of young specimens of the Ocypoda, collected at Fire Island Beach, indicate plainly that they had only recently changed from this megalops. Some of the smallest of these speci- mens, in which the carapax is 5-6 to 6'0" long and 6'1 to 6'5 broad, differ from the adult so much that they might very easily be mistaken for a different species. The carapax is very slightly broader than long and very convex above. The front is broad, not narrowed between the bases of the ocular peduncles, and tri- angular at the extremity. The margin of the orbit is not trans- verse but inclines obliquely backward. The ambulatory legs are nearly naked, and those of the posterior pair are proportionally much smaller than in the adult. The adult Ocypoda is terrestrial in its habits, living in deep holes above high water mark on Sandy beaches; but the young in the zoëa state are undoubtedly deposited in the water, where they lead a free-swimming existence like true pelagic animals, * Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i. p. 157, 1817. + Crustacea Wilkes' Expl. Exped., plate 31, fig. 6. ſ until they become full grown in the megalops state. Say men- tions that his specimens were found cast upon the beach by the refluent tide and “appeared desirous to protect themselves, by burrowing in the sand, in order to wait the return of the tide,” but they were more likely awaiting the final change to the terres- trial state. The tufts of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second and third ambulatory legs, and in the adult connected with the respiration, are present in the full grown megalops, and are undoubtedly provided to fit the animal for its terrestrial ex- istence as soon as it is thrown upon the shore. The young in the megalops stage occur on the shore of Long Island, in August, and perhaps earlier. At Fire Island Beach, in 1870, no specimens of Ocypoda were discovered till the last of August, and those first found wete the smallest ones obtained; by the middle of Septem- ber, however, they were common on the outer beach, and many of them were twice as large as those first obtained. Although care- ful search was made along the beach for several miles, not a speci- men of the adult or half-grown crab could be found. Every indi- vidual there had evidently landed and developed during the sea- son. Probably all those living the year before had perished during the winter, and it is possible that this species never sur- vives long enough to attain its full growth so far north. º New Haven, June 1, 1873. [FROM THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE AND ARTS, VoI. VII, JUNE, 1874.] Tube-building Amphipoda ; by S. I. SMITH. —In examining recently an alcoholic specimen of a species of Xenoclea, I no- ticed a peculiar opaque glandular structure filling a large portion of the third and fourth pairs of thoracic legs, which in most, if not all, the non-tube-building Amphipoda are wholly occupied by muscles. A further examination shows that the terminal segment (dactylus) in these legs is not acute and claw-like, but truncated at the tip and apparently tubular. In this species, a large cylindrical portion of the gland lies along each side of the long basal segment, and these two portions uniting at the distal end pass through the ~ischial and along the posterior side of the meral and carpal seg- ments and doubtless connect with the tubular dactylus. There can be no doubt that these are the glands which secrete the cement with which the tubes are built, and that these two pairs of legs are specialized for that purpose. A hasty examination revealed a similar structure of the corre- sponding legs in Amphithoe maculata, Ptilocheirus pinguis, Cera- pus rubricornis, Byblis Gaimardī, and a species of Ampelisca. In all these except the last two a very large proportion of the gland is in the basal segment. In the Amphithoe this segment is thickened and the gland is in the middle. In the Cerapus it is very broad and almost entirely filled by the gland, with only very slender muscles through the middle, and the orifice in the dactylus is not at the very tip but sub-terminal on the posterior side. In the Ptilocheirus the gland forms three longitudinal masses in the basal segment and is also largely developed in the meral and car- pal segments. The dactylus is long and slender and the orifice sub-terminal. In Ampelisca and Byblis (which, like Haploãps, are tube-building genera) the meral segments of the specialized legs are nearly as large as the basal and contain a proportionally large part of the gland. In these genera the remarkable elonga- tion of the two distal segments in the third and fourth pairs of legs is perhaps a special adaptation to enable them to reach back over the deep epimera. The examination of fresh specimens will doubtless show these structures much more fully. REPORT ON THE DREDGINGS IN THE REGION OF ST. GEORGE'S BANKS, IN 1872. |B Y S. I. S M IT H A N D O. H. A. R. G. E. R. . WITH EIGHT PLATES. [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY, Wol. III.] [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCEs, WoL. III, PART 1, 1874.] REPORT ON THE DREDGINGS IN THE REGION OF ST. GEORGE’s BANKS, IN 1872.* By S. I. SMITH AND O. HARGER. [Published by permission of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey.] DURING the summer of 1872, a series of dredgings was carried on by the authors in the neighborhood of St. George’s Banks. The work was undertaken at the instance of Professor Baird, United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, and carried on, through the coöperation of the Coast Survey, from the steamer Bache, on board of which accommodations were furnished for two persons, with the necessary apparatus. On board the steamer we were received and treated throughout with the utmost courtesy by Commander J. A. Howell, and the other officers of the vessel, Lieutenants Jaques, Hagerman, Jacob and Rush ; and although the dredging was carried on in connection with the special hydrographic work of the Coast Survey, all these gentlemen manifested a degree of interest in our work equal to that which they felt in their own. On account of the lateness of the season at which operations were begun, the weather was most of the time quite unfavorable for dredg- ing, so that the number of hauls made with the dredge was much Smaller than had been expected, and no opportunities were afforded for using the large trawl or the rake dredges which had been pro- vided, with the rest of the outfit for the natural history department of the expedition, by the United States Fish Commissioner. Still, the collections which were made from these comparatively few dredgings have proved rich and very important, giving nearly the only informa- tion which we possess of the character of the fauna of the fishing banks, and adding very largely to the knowledge of the distribution, both geographical and bathymetrical, of the marine animals of our northern coast. * { * The text of this report was written and presented to the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, very nearly in its present form, in December, 1872, but its publication has been unavoidably delayed until the present. The figures illustrating some of the species mentioned have been added since the report was first prepared. TRANS, CONNECTICUT ACAD., VoI, III, | JULY, 1874, 2 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. After we were obliged, late in September, to leave the expedition, Prof. A. S. Packard, Jr., and Mr. Caleb Cooke, of Salem, Mass., went in the steamer on, another trip, which was mainly devoted to dredg- ing. On this trip a number of successful hauls were made at differ- ent localities along the northern extremity of George's Bank, in 40 to 150 fathoms. The region visited on this trip was quite distant from any of the localities examined by us, and the bottom, in the deeper dredgings, was of an entirely different character, so that the collec- tions made by Prof. Packard and Mr. Cooke contain many species not found by us, and add very greatly to the value of the results. We wish specially to acknowledge the assistance rendered us in the preparation of this report by Professor Verrill, who has identified all the worms mentioned, and the more difficult mollusks and radiates. The following table will facilitate references to the localities at which the dredgings were made. The letters in the first column are the same as those used by Professor Verrill in his papers in the American Journal of Science. When more than one haul of the dredge was made at any of the localities, the number of hauls is indi- cated in parenthesis. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Depth Nature of bottom, Temperature. in fath. Ail'. Surface. Bottom.* o & o A Q. 4]. 4.0 |68 10 25 |Soft Sand. b *º gº sº me º 'º - †º º ºs ºº & º º 30 { { { { C 41 25 |66 45 28 |Coarse sand. d “ “ |66 24'8| 50 |Sand and shells. 66° 62° 45° 6 “ “ |65 58°3| 60 |Shells and Sand. (3] 58 58 f ‘‘ ‘‘ |65 50.3| 65 |Dead Shells. 64 60 55 . g “ “ 65 42-3| 430 |Sand, gravel and stones. 66 65 51 h 42 56-564 51°3| 45 |Gravel and stones. 64 61 36 7 42 44 (64 36 60 |Gravel, stones and sponges. 62 62 j ------|------- 20 |Mud and fine sand. o (3) 42 5 |67 49 || 110 Soft mud and sand. ------ 56 49 p 42 3 { { {{ 85 { { t t { { “ ------ 56 49 q (2) 42 0 |67 42 45 |Coarse sand. r 42 3 |67 31 40 { { { { s (2) 42 ll 67 17 | 150 |Soft sandy mud. |------ 52 52 The first dredgings were made on the evening of August 29, to the west of George's Shoal, about latitude 41° 40' north, longitude 68° 10' * Very little confidence can be placed in these bottom temperatures, as the Miller- Casella thermometers used did not give uniform results. Most of the temperatures are manifestly much too high. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 3 west. The first haul, (a), in 25 fathoms, soft Sandy bottom, gave the following species: CRUSTACEA. Jºupagurus Bernhardus Brandt ; abundant. Crangon vulgaris Fabricius; abundant. Conilera polita Harger (Stimpson). JEpelys montosus Smith (Stimpson). Balanus porcatus Costa ; common. ANNELIDA. Cistenides granulata Malmgren. TURBELLARIA. Meckelia lurida (?) Verrill. MOLLUSCA. Bela turricula (Montagu). * . B. harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). J3uccinum undatum Linné ; very large and abundant. Neptuned pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould); abundant. Tritia trivittata H. and A. Adams (Say); abundant. Lunatia heros H. and A. Adams (Say). J. immaculata H. and A. Adams (Totten). Crepidula plana Say (unguiformis Stimpson); several, living. Ensatella Americana Verrill (Gould). Modiolaria nigra Lovén (Gray). RADIATA. Jºchºndrachºvius parma Gray; very abundant. Hydractinia polyclina Agassiz. At the Second haul (b), in 30 fathoms, the bottom was of the same character, but a greater variety of species was obtained. CRUSTACEA. Cancer irroratus Say, young; common. JEupagurus Bernhardus Brandt; abundant. JE, pubescens Brandt ; common. Crangon vulgaris Fabricius; abundant. /7 * zº Pandalus annulicorn’s Leach ; common. gſ? £Aftecº ſº. (%gºſ, Sténothoë peltata Smith, sp. nov. [Plate III, figures 5–8.] 7 ºut.co.Y.4. Photis (?) sp. Ampelisca sp. Xenocled megachi, Smith, sp. nov. [Plate III, figures 1–4.] Unciola irrorata Say. Dulichia sp. 4 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. ANNELIDA. Aphrodita aculeata Linné. Clymenella torquata Verrill; tubes only. TURBELLARIA. Meckelia lurida (?) Verrill. M. ingens (?) Leidy. MOLLUSCA. JBela turricula (Montagu). B. harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). Admete viridula (O. Fabricius). Buccinum wºndatum Linné ; large and abundant. Neptuned pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould); large and common. Lunatia heros H. and A. Adams (Say). {{ “ var. triseriata (Say). Crepidula plana Say (wngwiformis Stimpson). Siliqua costata H. and A. Adams (Say). Yoldia limatula Stimpson (Say). Modiolaria nigra Lovén (Gray). JFarrella familiaris Smitt (Gros); abundant. Gemellaria loricata Busk (Linné). RADIATA. Jºchºndrachºws parma Gray; very abundant. Asterias vulgaris Stimpson. - Campanularia verticillata Lamarck (Linné). Sertularia cupressina Linné. S. lativscula 3 Stimpson. Pſydrallmania falcata Hincks (Linné); abundant. Five successful hauls were made on the line of soundings running east from George’s Bank, on the parallel of 41° 25' north latitude, to 63° 20' west longitude. The first of these hauls (c), beginning at the western end of the line, was in about longitude 66° 45' west, from 28 fathoms, coarse sandy bottom, September 16. Here the following species occurred. CRUSTACEA. Cancer irroratus Say, young; abundant. Eupagurus Bernhardus Brandt. Crangon vulgaris Fabricius; common. Pandalus annulicornis Leach. Aſtrºyee. Ampelºsca sp. 4' ANNELIDA. Nereis pelagica Linné. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 5 TURBELLARIA. Meckelia lurida (?) Verrill. MOLLUSCA. Bela harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). Thritia trivittata H. and A. Adams (Say); common. Lunatia heros H. and A. Adams (Say), variety triseriata ; common. L. immaculata H. and A. Adams (Totten). Crepidula fornicata Lamarck (Linné); one dead specimen. Scalaria Groenlandica, Sowerby. Clidiophora trilineata Carpenter. Mactra solidissima Chemnitz (Gray). Astarte castamed Say. Cremella glandula H. and A. Adams (Totten). Ostrea. Virginica Lister; only dead specimens. Glandula arenicola Verrill; abundant. RADIATA. Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz. JEchindrachºvius parma Gray. At the second haul (d), longitude 66°24'8' west, 50 fathoms, sandy and shelly bottom, August 31, the following species occurred. PYCNOGONIDA. Wymphon grossipes Kroyer. CRUSTACEA. Cancer irroratus Say; young. Elyas coarctatus Leach ; abundant. Jºupagurus Bernhardus Brandt ; common. J. Jöroyerå Stimpson; common. JE, pubescens Brandt ; common. Pandalus annulicornis Leach; common. Alsº Vºtumnus serratus Goes. Melita dentata Boeck (Gammarus purpuratus Stimpson). Moera Dande Bate (Stimpson); common. Cerapus rubricornis Stimpson; common. Podocerus nitidus Stimpson. Unciola irrorata Say; common. JBalanus porcatus Costa ; common. ANNELIDA. Aphrodita aculeata Linné. Harmothoë imbricata Malmgren (Linné). Phyllodoce catenula Verrill. [Plate IV, figure 3.] 6 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Nereis pelagica Linné ; abundant. Cistenides granulata Malmgren. Thelepus cincinnatus Malmgren (Fabricius). Potamilla oculifera Verrill (Leidy). P. neglecta Malmgren. . Spirorbis nautiloides 2 Lamarck. [Plate IV, figure 4.] GEPHYREA. Phascolosoma caementarium Verrill. MoLLUSCA. JBela turricula (Montagu). B. harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). B. pleurotomarča H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). JB. decussata (Couthouy). Neptunea curta Verrill (Jeffreys sp. ; Fusus Islandicus Gould). N. decemcostata (Say). - N. pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould). Jumatia immaculata H. and A. Adams (Totten). Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby; common. Amauropsis helicoides Stimpson; rare. Crepidula plana Say (unguiformis Stimpson). Acirsa, borealis Mörch (Beck). Margarita obscura Gould (Couthouy). Banleia mendicaria Carpenter (Mighels and Adams). JEntalis Striolata Stimpson. [Plate I, figure 3.] &olis sp. Thracia truncata Mighels and Adams. Cyprima Islandica Lamarck (Linné). Cardium pinnulatum Conrad; abundant. Cyclocardia borealis Conrad; common. Astarte castamea Say. A. quadrans Gould. Modiolaria discors Beck (Linné). Pecten Islandicus Chemnitz (Müller). Anomia aculeata Gmélin; abundant. & C CG smooth variety. JBoltenia clavata Stimpson. Pera crystallina Verrill (Möller); young. [Plate VIII, figure 1.] Amaroecium sp. Cellularia ternata Johnston (Busk). {{ “ var. duplea. Smitt, Cabered Ellisii Smitt (Fleming). Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 7 JBugula Murrayana Busk (Bean); abundant. Cellaria fistulosa Linné. - JDiscopora Skenei Smitt. Cellepora scabra Smitt (Fabricius). C. ramulosa Linné, war. ; with the two last species abundant on hydroid stems. RADIATA. Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz. Cribrella sanguinolenta. Lütken. Jeptasterias compta Verrill. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray; common. Amphipholis elegans Ljungman. Ophioglypha robusta Lyman. Pſydractinia polyclina Agassiz. Jºuderdrivm ramosum. Ehrenberg. B. capillare Alder (?) Tubularia &ndivisa Linné. Gonothyraea Jovén? Allman. Campanularia verticillata Lamarck (Linné); common. O. Hàncks?? Alder. C. volubilis Alder (Linné). Jaſoča dumosa Sars (Fleming); abundant on Bryozoa. J. gracillima G. O. Sars (Alder); with last, common. Calycella syringa Hincks (Linné); common. Cuspidella humilis Hincks. JHalecium Bean?? Johnston. FI. tenellum Hincks. Sertularella polyzonias Gray, var. gigantea Hincks; common. S. tricuspidata Hincks (Alder); common. JDiphasia fallaa. Agassiz (Johnston); abundant. Sertularia cupressina Linné ; common. S. lativscula. Stimpson. S. abietina Linné. Hydrallmania falcata Hincks; very abundant. Urticina crassicornis Ehrenberg. SPONGES. Thecophora ibla Wyville Thompson. [Plate VII, figure 1.] Other undetermined species. At the third haul (e), longitude 65° 58'3', 60 fathoms, shelly and sandy bottom, September 16, the following were found: 8 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. CRUSTACEA. -- Hyas coarctatus Leach; abundant. Jºupagurus Kroyerå Stimpson; abundant. J. pubescens Brandt ; abundant. Sabinea septemcarinata Owen; one specimen. ) Pandalus annulicornis Leach ; common. 4% ºve 44 Paramphithoë pulchella Bruzelius (Kroyer). Melita dentata Boeck (Gammarus purpuratus Stimpson). Podocerus nitidus Stimpson. Caprella sp. JBalamus porcatus Costa ; common. ANNELIDA. Playmothoë imbricata Malmgren. Rhynchobolus capitatus Verrill (OErsted sp., not of Claparède). Thelepus cincinnatus Malmgren (Fabricius). Spirorbis nautiloides 3 Lamarck. [Plate IV, figure 4.] GEPHYREA. JPhascolosoma caementarium Verrill. MOLLUSCA. Bela violaced (Mighels and Adams). JB, harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). Neptunea curta Verrill (Jeffreys sp. ; Fusus Islandicus Gould). N. decemcostata (Say). N. pygmaea, H. and A. Adams (Gould); common. JCumatia heros H. and A. Adams (Say), variety triseriata. Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Amauropsis helicoides Stimpson; rare. * Stylifer Stimpsonii Verrill; parasitic on Strongylocentrotus Drö- bachiensis A. Agassiz. [Plate I, figure 1.] Aporrhais occidentalis Sowerby. Acirsa borealis Mörch (Beck). Margarita obscura Gould (Couthouy); common. JDiodora noachina Gray (Linné). FIanleia mendicaria Carpenter (Mighels and Adams). Cylichna alba Lovén (Brown). JEntalis striolata Stimpson; common. [Plate I, figure 3.] JDendromotus arborescens Alder and Hancock. Cyprina Islandica Lamarck (Linné); very abundant. Cardinam pinnulatum Conrad ; common. Astarte castamea Say. A. quadran's Gould. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 9 Astarte wºndata Gould. [Plate I, figures 6–9.] Modiolaria corrugata Mörch (Stimpson). Pecten tenwicostatus Mighels. P. Islandicus Chemnitz (Müller). Anomia aculeata, Gmélin, smooth variety; common. Cellularia ternata Johnston (Busk); common. JBugula Murrayana Busk (Bean). Cellaria fistulosa Linné. JDiscopora Skenei Smitt, variety. Cellepora scabra Smitt (Fabricius); with the last on hydroid stems. RADIATA. Lophothwria Fabricii Verrill. JPsolus phantapus Oken. Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz ; abundant. Jºchinarachnius parma Gray; abundant. Crossaster papposus Müller and Troschel. Cribrella sanguinolenta Lütken. JHydractinia polyclina Agassiz; common. Jºudendrium capillare Alder. J. ramosum. Ehrenberg. Thabularia indivisa Linné; common. Campanularia verticillata Lamarck (Linné); common. C. Hincksić. Alder. C. volubilis Alder. Gorothyraea hyalina Hincks. Jaſoča dwmosa Sars (Fleming); common. L. gracillima &. O. Sars (Alder). Grammaria abietina Sars. Coppinia arcta Hincks (Dalyell); on hydroid stems. Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks (Alder); abundant. JDiphasia mirabilis Verrill. D. fallaa. Agassiz. Sertularia lativscula Stimpson. S. cupressina Linné. Bydrallmania falcata Hincks (Linné); common. JEpizoanthus Americanus Verrill; coating shells inhabited by Eupa- gurus pubescens, and also on hydroid stems, [Plate VIII, fig, 2.] Urticina crassicornis Ehrenberg. At the fourth haul (f), longitude 65° 50'3', 65 fathoms, the bottom composed of dead shells, September 15, midnight, the following occurred : * TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. III. 2 JULY, ºf 10 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. CRUSTACEA. JEupagurus Kroyerii Stimpson. J. pubescens Brandt. Crangon vulgaris Fabricius. MOLLUSCA. • JBela decussata (Couthouy). Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. • Stylifer Stimpsonii Verrill; parasitic on Strongylocentrotus Drö- bachiensis A. Agassiz. [Plate I, figure 1.] Acirsa borealis Mörch (Beck). JMargarita obscura Gould (Couthouy), variety. Mactra solidissima Chemnitz (Gray); abundant. Cyprima Islandica Lamarck (Linné); common. Cyclocardia borealis Conrad. Astarte wºndata Gould. [Plate I, figures 6–9.] Crenella glandula H. and A. Adams (Totten). RADIATA. Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz; common. Jºchinarachnius parma Gray; abundant. JHydractinia polyclina. Agassiz. Tubularia indivisa Linné. Campanularia verticillata Lamarck (Linné). Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks (Alder); common. Sertularia cupressina Linné. Epîzoanthus Americanus Verrill; coating shells inhabited by Eupa- gurus pubescens. [Plate VIII, figure 2.] Urticina crassicornis Ehrenberg. The fifth haul (g) on this line was made on the evening of Septem- ber 15, to the east of the bank, in longitude 65° 42'3' west, at a depth of about 430 fathoms, on a bottom of sand, gravel, Small and large stones. Here the following species occurred: PYCNOGONIDA. Pycnogonum littorale Müller (pelagicum Stimpson); common. CRUSTACEA. Eupagurus Kroyer'? Stimpson; common. Pandalus anºvulicornis Leach; several specimens. Thysanopoda sp. ; several specimens, perhaps not from the bottom. Unciola irrorata Say; several specimens. Melita dentata Boeck. Scalpellum Stroemi Sars; on hydroid stems. [Plate III, fig. 9..] ANNELIDA. Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars); abundant. [Plate VII, fig. 3..] Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 11 Nephthys circinata Verrill, sp. mov. Twmbriconereis fragilis CErsted (Müller). - Leodice vivida Verrill (Eunice vivida Stimpson). [Plate V, fig. 5.] Rhynchobolus capitatus Verrill (OErsted sp., not of Claparède). GEPHYREA. Phascolosoma tubicola Verrill. MoLLUSCA. Bela cancellata (Mighels and Adams). Neptuned pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould). Dagnatia Groenlandica (Möller). L. immaculata. H. and A. Adams (Totten). Watica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Margarita obscura Gould (Couthouy). Diodora noachina Gray (Linné), variety princeps (Mighels and Adams). Entalis striolata Stimpson. [Plate I, figure 3.] Astarte lens Stimpson; dwarf variety. Cryptodon obesus Verrill. [Plate I, figure 11.] Pecten pustulosus Verrill. Vescicularia armata Verrill; on Sertularia argented. Several other species of Bryozoa. RADIATA. Jophothuria squamata, Verrill. Pentacta assimilis (Duben and Koren). Schizaster fragilis Agassiz (Duben and Korem). Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz ; several. Echinarachnius parma Gray; common. Ophioglypha Sarsii. Lyman; common. Fudendrium ramosum. Ehrenberg (Linné). Tubularia indivisa Linné. Campanularia vºrticillata Lamarck (Linné). Lafoča gracillima G. O. Sars (Alder). Calycella producta G. O. Sars. Pſalecintºm robustºm Verrill. Sertularella Gayi Hincks (Lamoroux). S. tricuspidata Hincks (Alder); with reproductive capsules. Sertularia argented Linné, slender variety; with reproductive capsules. Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill; upon small stones. Urticina crassicornis Erhenberg; young specimens. U. Todosa Verrill (Fabricius); two large specimens. 12 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. On the line of soundings from near Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, to lati- tude 41° 25' north, longitude 63° 20' west, two successful hauls were made September 12, on Le Have Bank. The first (h), latitude 42° 56'5" north, longitude 64° 51°3' west, 45 fathoms, gravelly and stony bot- tom, gave the following species: CRUSTACEA. JHyas coarctatus Leach ; very abundant. Eupagurus Kroyerii Stimpson ; abundant. Pſippolyte spina Leach ; several specimens. H. pusiola Kroyer. Syrrhoë crenulata Goés; a single specimen. Tºron acanthurus Lilljeborg; one specimen. Paramphithoë cataphracta Smith (Stimpson). Th’itropis aculeata Boeck, and several undetermined Amphipods. ANNELIDA AND GEPHYREA. Nychia cirrosa Malmgren (Pallas). Jºhanoá nodosa Malmgren (Sars). Harmothoë imbricata Malmgren (Linné). Nereis pelagica Linné ; abundant. Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars); very abundant. [Plate VII, figure 3.] * Spiochaetopterus (?); tubes only. Cistenides granulata Malmgren. Thelepus cincinnatus Malmgren (Fabricius). JPotamilla oculifera Verrill (Leidy). P. neglecta Malmgren; very abundant. Spirorbis valida Verrill, sp. nov. S. lucidus Mörch. Phascolosoma caementarium Verrill. TURBELLARIA. Jeptoplana ellipsoides Girard. MOLLUSCA. Bela violacea (Mighels and Adams). Admete viridula Stimpson (O. Fabricius). JBuccinum wºndatum Linné; common. Neptuned decemcostata (Say). N. pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould); common. Trophon Gunneri Lovén; three specimens. Lunatia Groenlandica (Möller). Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby; abundant. Crepidula plana Say (unguiformis Stimpson); one alive, Trichotropis borealis Sowerby; abundant. - Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 13 Aporrhais occidentalis Sowerby. Thurrätella erosa Couthouy; common. .* Scalaria Groenlandica Sowerby; abundant. Margarita cinerea Gould ; common. M. Groenlandica Möller (M. undulata Gould). Trachydermon album Carpenter (Montagu). Jºntalis striolata Stimpson; abundant. [Plate I, figure 3.] Dendronotus arborescens Alder and Hancock. Mya truncata Linné. Cardium pinnulatum Conrad; common. Cyclocardia Novanglice Morse; common. Astarte elliptica (Brown); very abundant. [Plate I, figure 10.] A. Banksii Leach; common. [Plate I, figure 12.] A. undata Gould ; common. [Plate I, figures 6–9.] Pecten Islandicus Chemnitz (Müller); abundant. Boltenia Bolteni. Cynthia carnea Verrill. Terebratulina Septentrionalis (Couthouy); CODOT). OI). JRhynchorella psittacea (Gmélin). Myriozoum coarctation Smitt (Sars); common. Eschara papposa Packard. Jºscharoides rosacea Smitt. Cellepora avicularis Hincks. RADIATA. Lophothuria Fabricii Verrill. Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz; common. Crossaster papposus Müller and Troschel; young. JPteraster militaris Müller and Troschel. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray; common. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lyman. O. robusta Lyman. Clytia Johnstoni Hincks (Alder). Hydractinia polyclºpa Agassiz; abundant. Eudendrium capāikāre Alder. Thubularia indivisa Linné; common. Campanularia verticillata Lamarck (Linné). C. Hincks? Alder, Iafoºd gracillima G. O. Sars. Calycella syringa Hincks (Linné). Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks (Alder); common. S. polyzonias Gray, variety giganted Hincks. Thuiaria articulata Fleming (Pallas). Urticina crassicornis Ehrenberg; abundant, 14 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. At the second haul (?), latitude 41° 44' north, longitude 64° 36' west, 60 fathoms, coarse gravel, stones, and sponges, the following: occurred : PYCNoGONIDA. Nymphon grossipes Kroyer. CRUSTAGEA. JHyas coarctatus Leach. JH. aramews Leach. Eupagurus Kroyerå Stimpson; abundant. Sabined septemcarinata Owen; two specimens. Tritropis aculeata Boeck. Acanthozone cusp?data Boeck. ANNELIDA. Jºumodi nodosa Malmgren (Sars). Harmothoë imbricata Malmgren (Linné). Lagisca rarispina Malmgren (Sars). $ Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars); abundant. [Plate VII, fig. 3..] Thelepus cincinnatus Malmgren (Fabricius). JPotamilla neglecta Malmgren ; abundant. Spirorbis valida Verrill. MOLLUSCA. Admete viridula Stimpson (O. Fabricius); common. Trophon Gunneri Lovén. Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Aporrhais occidentalis Sowerby. Thurritella reticulata. Mighels and Adams. Margarita &nered Gould. Hamleia mendicaria Carpenter (Mighels and Adams). Trachydermon album Carpenter (Montagu). Entalis striolata Stimpson ; abundant. AEolis rigibranchialis Alder and Hancock (?). Cardium pinnulatum Conrad. Terebratulina Septentrionalis (Couthouy); common. Amaroecium glabrum Verrill. I)iscopora Skenei Smitt. RADIATA. Cribrella sanguinolenta Lütken. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray; abundant. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lyman, Lafoča gracillima G. O. Sars. Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks, Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 15 Sertularella polyzonias Gray, variety gigantea Hincks. Hydrallmania falcata Hincks, var. tenerrima (Stimpson). Aglaopherºid myriophyllum Lamoroux (Linné). Granvmaria abietinct Sars. Many species of sponges were also obtained, but most of them are as yet undetermined. Among them is Thecophora ibla W. Thompson. On leaving Halifax, N. S., September 11, one haul (j) was made just off Chebucto Head, in 20 fathoms, soft mud and fine sand with decaying seaweed. Here the following were found: CRUSTACEA. - JHyas ardºews Leach; common. Jºupagurus pubescens Brandt. Diastylis quadrispinosa G. O. Sars; common. D. sculpta G. O. Sars. Halirages fulvocinctus Boeck (Sars). Gammarus ornatus Edwards; perhaps from floating sea-weed. Ampelisca sp. ; common. Monoculodes boreal's Boeck. ANNELIDA. JHarmothoë imbricata Malmgren (Linné). Goniada maculata, OErsted. JBrada sp. * Cistenides granulata Malmgren. MOLLUSCA. Aporrhais occidentalis Sowerby; common. Turritella reticulata Mighels and Adams; common: Margarita varicosa Mighels and Adams; common. M. obscura Gould (Couthouy), variety. Thracia myopsis Beck. Macoma proacima (Gray). Astarte elliptica (Brown). [Plate I, figure 10.] Anomia aculeata, Gmélin. Terebratulina Septentrionalis (Couthouy). JRhynchorella psittacéa (Gmélin). Crisia eburned Lamoroux (Linné). [Plate II, figures 3–4.] Flustra papyrea (Pallas). , RADIATA. - Ophiopholis aculeata Gray. Ophioglypha robusta Tyman. Manania auricula Clark (?) Bydrallmania falcata Hincks (Linné). 16 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. The dredging while Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke were on board the Bache was at five localities. First (o), just on the northwestern bor- der of George's Bank, latitude 42° 5' north, longitude 67° 49' west, in 110 fathoms, three hauls were made from a bottom of soft sandy mud with a few stones, and the following collected : CRUSTACEA. Caridion Gordoni Goës; one small specimen. JHarpina fusiformis (Stimpson); common. Stegocephalus ampulla Bell; one large specimen. Unciola irrorata Say; common. Anthura brachiata Stimpson. ANNELIDA. Joenilla 3 mollis G. O. Sars. Pholoč minuta Malmgren. Nephthys ciliata Malmgren (Müller). [Plate V, figure 1.] M. ingens Stimpson. JPhyllodoce sp. JEteone depressa Malmgren (?). Nereis pelagica Linné; common. Dumbriconereis fragilis OErsted (Müller). [Plate V, figure 2.] Ninoë nigripes Verrill. [Plate V, figure 3.] Leodice vivida Verrill (Stimpson). [Plate V, figure 5.] Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars). [Plate VII, figure 3.] N. opalina Verrill; common. [Plate VII, figure 4.] Goniada maculata OErsted. JRhynchobolus capitatus Verrill (OErsted sp., not of Claparède). Ammotryſane fimbriata Verrill. Eumenia crassa OErsted. Trophonia aspera Verrill (Stimpson). Sternaspis fossor Stimpson. Scolecolepis cirrata Malmgren (Sars). AVotomastus latericius Sars. Ancistria capillaris Verrill. Maldane Sarsöö Malmgren. Phodine Lovén? Malmgren. Nicomache lumbricalis Malmgren (Fabricius). Aaciothed catenata Malmgren (?). Praacilla praetermissa Malmgren. P. gracilis Malmgren. P. species undetermined. Ammochares assimilis Sars. [Plate V, figure 4.] Ampharete arctica Malmgren. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 1 Ampharete Finmarchica (?) Malmgren (Sars). A. gracilis Malmgren. & - Amphicteis Gunneri Malmgren (Sars); abundant. Samytha sea cirrata Malmgren (Sars). Samythella elongata Verrill. Melinna cristata Malmgren (Sars.) Amphitrite cirrata Müller. JPista cristata Malmgren (Müller). [Plate IV, figure 2.] Grymoea spiralis Verrill. [Plate IV, figure 1.] Terebellides Stroemi Sars. Polycirrus sp. Sabella pavonia (?) Malmgren. Potamilla neglecta Malmgren. Protula media Stimpson; tubes only. [Plate VI.] P. borealis (?) Sars; tubes only. GEPHYREA. Phascolosoma caementarium Verrill. ' JP boreale Keferstein (?) JP. tubicola, Verrill. Chaetoderma nitidulum Lovén. [Plate VIII, figures 3–4.] TURBELLARIA. Meckelia lurida (?) Verrill. MOLLUSCA. JPleurotomella Packardii Verrill; one living. Admete viridula Stimpson (O. Fabricius). Neptuned pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould); common. Ringicula nitida Verrill. [Plate I, figure 2.] Lunatia Groenlandica (Möller). Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Velutina laevigata (Linné). Margarita cinered Gould. Lepeta caeca. Müller. Trachydermon album Carpenter (Montagu). Cylichma alba Lovén (Brown). Philine sp. Jºntalis Striolata Stimpson; common. Nedera arctica Sars. Thracia myopsis Beck. Macoma proacima (Gray). Cardium pinnulatum Conrad. Astarte lens Stimpson, dwarf war. ; common. TRANS. CoNN. ACAD., WOL. III. 3 AUGUST, 1874, 18 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Cryptodon Gouldii H. and A. Adams (Philippi). Yoldia obesa Stimpson. JLeda tenuisulcata Stimpson (Couthouy); common. Cremella glandula H. and A. Adams (Totten). Pecten Islandicus Chemnitz (Müller). P. tenwicostatus Mighels. Anomża aculeata, Gmélin. Ascidiopsis complanata Verrill (Fabricius). Terebratulina Septentrionalis (Couthouy). Discofascigera lucernaria Sars. Cellularia sp. JBugula avicularia Busk, variety fastigiata. RADIATA. Jophothuria Fabricii Verrill. JPentacta assimilis (Duben and Koren). Thyone scabra Verrill. Schizaster fragilis Agassiz (Duben and Korem); several. Ctenodiscus crispatus Duben and Koren. Ophioglypha affinis Lyman. O. Sarsii Lyman. Opiopholis aculeata Gray. Ophiacantha spinulosa Müller and Troschel. Archaster arcticus Sars. JPennatula acºleata Danielsen. Cerianthus borealis Verrill. [Plate II, figure 5.] Second (p), a little to the southeast of the first, latitude 42° 3', lon- gitude 67° 49', 85 fathoms, one haul from a bottom of the same char- acter as at first locality : CRUSTACEA. Harpina fusiformis Smith (Stimpson) ANNELIDA. Antinoë Sarsii Kinberg. Nephthys ingens Stimpson. N. circinata Verrill, sp. nov. Lumbriconereis fragilis CErsted (Müller). [Plate V, figure 2.] Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars). [Plate VII, figure 3.] Ammotrypane filmöriata Verrill. Jºumenia crassa OErsted. Theophonia aspera Verrill (Stimpson). Sternaspis fossor Stimpson. Chaetozone setosa Malmgren. ; Common. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 19 Angistria capillaris Verrill. JMaldane Sarsii Malmgren. Rhodine Lovéni Malmgren. Prawilla praetermissa Malmgren. Amºnochares assim?!?s Sars. Ampharete arctica Malmgren. Amphicteis Sundevalli Malmgren. Terebellides Stroemi Sars. Polycirrus sp. GEPHYREA. Phascolosoma caementarium Verrill. MOLLUSCA. Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Scalaria Groenlandica Sowerby. Yoldia obesa Stimpson. Y. thraciformis Stimpson (Storer). RADIATA. - Schizaster fragilis Agassiz (Duben and Koren). Edwardsia sp. Third (q), still farther to the southeast, latitude 42°, longitude 67° 42', two hauls in 45 fathoms, coarse sandy bottom : CRUSTACEA. Byas coarctatus Leach ; very abundant. Cancer irroratus Say; one young specimen. Jºupagurus Bernhardws Brandt. J. Kroyer; Stimpson; common. E. pubescens Brandt ; common. Crangon vulgaris Fabricius; abundant. Böppolyte pusiola Kroyer. Pandalus annulicornis Leach ; common. |Vertwmnus Serratus Goës. Paramphithoë cataphracta Smith (Stimpson). P. pulchella Bruzelius. Phowus Kroyer; Stimpson. Melita dentata Boeck. - Pontogeneia inermis Boeck; one specimen. Cerapus rubricornis Stimpson. Xenocled megachir Smith, sp. nov. [Plate III, figures 1–4.] Unciola irrorata Say. Balanus porcatus Costa. 20 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. ANNELIDA. Harmothoë imbricata Malmgren. Lagºsca propinqua Malmgren. Eusyllis phosphorea Verrill, sp. nov. [Plate VII, figure 2.] Wereis pelagica Linné. . Leodice vivida Verrill (Stimpson). [Plate V, figure 5.] Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars). [Plate VII, figure 3.] Ammochares assimilis Sars. [Plate V, figure 4.] Amphiträte Groenlandica, Malmgren. Thelepus cincinnatus Malmgren (Fabricius). Chone infundibuliformis Kroyer. Spirorbis nautiloides Lamarck? MOLLUSCA. . JBela harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). B. pleurotomarča H. and A. Adams (Couthouy). JB. turricula (Montagu). Buccinum undatum Linné. Neptunea curta Verrill (Jeffreys sp., Fusus Islandicus Gould). W. pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould). JAumatia heros H. and A. Adams, variety triseriata (Say). J. immaculata H. and A. Adams (Totten). Thurrätella erosa Couthouy. Tº acicula. Stimpson. Margarita obscura Gould (Couthouy); common. Diodora noachina Gray (Linné). Bamleia mendicaria Carpenter; large specimens. Mactra solidissima Chemnitz (Gray). Cyprina Islandica Lamarck (Linné). Cardium p?nºdlatum Conrad ; common. Astarte quadran's Gould. J.eda tenuisulcata Stimpson (Couthouy); common. Crenella glandula H. and A. Adams (Totten). Modiola modiolus Turton (Linné). Modiolaria lºvigata (Gray). Pecten tenwicostatus Mighels. P Islandicus Chemnitz (Müller). Anomia aculeata, Gmélin. Glamºdula arenčcola Verrill. Cellularia ternata Johnston (Busk). Gemellaria loricata Busk (Linné). . JBugula Murrayana Busk (Bean). Cellepora tuberosa D’Orbigny. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 21 RADIATA. Lophothuria Fabricii Verrill. Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis A. Agassiz ; common. Jºchiavarachnius parma Gray; very abundant. Solaster endeca Forbes. Crossaster papposus Müller and Troschel. Cribrella sanguinolenta. Lütken. Asterias vulgaris Stimpson. JLeptasterias Stimpsoni Verrill. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray; common. Ophioglypha robusta Lyman. Fudendrium ramosum. Ehrenberg (Linné). JE. capillare Alder. Campanularia verticillata Lamarck; common. G. Hºcks? Alder. Jafoča dumosa Sars (Fleming); common. Calycella syringa Hincks (Linné). Grammaria abietina Sars (G. robusta Stimpson). Coppinia arcta Hincks; on hydroid stems. JHalecium labrosum Alder. Sertularella polyzonias Gray (Linné); common. CC CC variety gigantea Hincks. S. tricuspidata Hincks (Alder); abundant. Sertularia abietina Linné; one, very large. S. lativscula Stimpson. - S. cupressina Linné ; common. S. argented Ellis and Solander. [Plate III, figure 2.] Hydrallmania falcata Hincks; abundant. Third (r), north and a little east of the last, latitude 42° 3', longi- tude 67° 31', in 40 fathoms, coarse sandy bottom: CRUSTACEA, Eupagurus Bernhardus Brandt. ANNELIDA. JDodecaceria concharum CErsted. Spirorbis quadrangularis Stimpson. MoLLUSOA. JBela harpularia H. and A. Adams (Couthouy), Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Scalaria Groenlandica Sowerby. Margarita obscura Gould (Couthouy). Mactra solidissima Chemnitz (Gray). 22 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Cyprina Islandica Lamarck (Linné). Cardium pinnulatum Conrad. Astarte castānea, Say. Pecten tenuicostatus Mighels. Cellularia sp. JBugula Murrayana Busk (Bean). RADIATA. JEchindrachnius parma Gray. Hydractinia polyclina Agassiz. Sertularella polyzonias Gray, var. giganted Hincks. SPONGES. Chalina oculata Bowerbank, and a massive siliceous sponge. Fifth (s) a little to northeast of the bank, latitude 42° 11', longi- tude 67° 17', two hauls in 150 fathoms, soft sandy mud with a few pebbles: CRUSTACEA. Plyas coarctatus Leach. Jºupagurus Bernhardus Brandt. JE. Jöroyer. Stimpson. J. pubescens Brandt. Ptilocheirus pinguis Stimpson. AEga psora Bate and Westwood. Conilera polita Harger (Stimpson). JBalanus porcatus Costa. ANNELIDA. Laetmonice filicornis Kinberg. Harmothoë imbricata Malmgren (Linné). Antinoë angusta Verrill, sp. nov. Eucranta villosa Malmgren.’ Nepthys ingens Stimpson. Lumbriconereis fragilis CErsted (Müller). [Plate V, figure 2.] Nothria conchylega Malmgren (Sars). [Plate VII, figure 3.] N. opalina Verrill. [Plate VII, figure 4.] Goniada maculata OErsted. Scalibregma inflatum Rathke. Spiochaetopterus (?); tubes exactly like those of this genus. Scolecolepis cirrata Malmgren (Sars). Ancistria capillaris Verrill. Maldane Sarsii Malmgren ; abundant, Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 23 Cistenides granulata Malmgren. Amphicteis Gunneri Malmgren (Sars). Amage auricula Malmgren. Smythella elongata Verrill. Melinna Cristata Malmgren (Sars). Pista cristata Malmgren (Sars). [Plate IV, figure 2.] Grymaea spiralis Verrill. [Plate IV, figure 1.] Terebellides Stroemi Sars. Protula borealis Sars?; tubes only. GEPHYREA. JPhascolosoma caementarium Verrill. P. boreale Keferstein (?) P. tubicola, Verrill. MoLLUSCA. Admete viridula Stimpson (Müller). Neptuned pygmaea H. and A. Adams (Gould); abundant. Ringicula nitida Verrill; one living. [Plate I, figure 2.] Iwºnatia Groenlandica (Möller). Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby. Welvetina zomata, Gould. Torrellia vestita Jeffreys; one specimen. Aporrhais occidentalis Sowerby. Margarita cinerea Gould. M. obscura Gould (Couthouy). Trachydermon album Carpenter. Scaphander puncto-striatus Stimpson ; one very large. Cylichma alba Lovén (Brown). Entalis striolata Stimpson; abundant. [Plate I, figure 3.] Dentalium occidentale Stimpson; one specimen. Necera arctica Sars. Thracia myopsis Beck. Cardium pinnulatum. Conrad. Astarte quadrans Gould. A. lens Stimpson, dwarf variety; common. Yoldia obesa Stimpson. Jedd tenuisulcata Stimpson (Couthouy). Arca pectumculoides Scacchi; several. JPecten pustulosus Verrill ; one living. Anomia aculeata, Gmélin. Glandula arenicola Verrill; common. Terebratulina Septentrionalis (Couthouy); abundant. 24 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Płornered lichenoides Smitt (Linné). JDiscoporella verrucaria Smitt. Cellularia ternata Johnston, var. gracilis (arctica Busk sp.). O. Peachi? Busk. Cabered Ellisii Smitt (Fleming). JBugula Murrayana Busk (Bean); abundant. JB. avicularia Busk, war, fastigiata. Cellepora scabra Smitt (Fabricius). C. ramulosa (Linné). RADIATA. Thyone scabra Verrill. Schizaster fragilis Agassiz (Duben and Koren); several. Echinarachnius parma Gray. Solaster fºrcifer Duben and Koren; one specimen. Archaster arcticus Sars; one specimen. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lyman. O. affin's Lyman. Ophiacantha spinulosa Müller and Troschel. Clytia Johnstoni Hincks. Jºudendrium capillare Alder. Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks (Alder). S. Gayi Hincks (Lamoroux). Sertularia cupressina Linné. Pennatula aculeata Danielsen. Wirgularia Lyungmanii Kölliker. JBolocera. Thediae Gosse ; tentacles only. Urticina crassicornis Ehrenberg. Cerianthus borealis Verrill. [Plate II, figure 5.] º, The lists of species from all the localities (a, b, c, d, e, f, q, r,) on George's Bank itself, show that the fauna of that region is almost exactly the same as in the Bay of Fundy, at the same depths and on similar bottom. To be sure, on the one hand, several arctic species, not yet found in the Bay of Fundy, occurred upon the Bank; but on the other hand, several apparently more southern forms were found, as the species of Crepidula and Stylife". The two dredgings (h and 3) upon LeHave Bank seem to indicate, as we might expect, a somewhat more arctic fauna than that upon George's Bank, since several arctic species, not known from George's Bank or the Bay of Fundy, occurred there, though Crepidula plana was also found. The dredgings in deep water near the Banks indicate a fauna quite different from that upon the Banks themselves. This is undoubtedly Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 25 partially owing to the difference in the character of the bottom as well as to the difference in depth. Of the species occurring in deep water, a much larger proportion than in the shallower waters are the same as those of northern Europe. At the greatest depth reached by the dredge, about 430 fathoms, at the locality (g) east of George’s Bank, almost all the species which were not also found in shallow water are European. Some of these species, however, were dredged in 1872, by Prof. Verrill, in the central part of the Bay of Fundy, east of Grand Menan Island, in 95 to 106 fathoms, where the char- acter of the bottom was quite similar to that of our deepest dredg- Ing. - At each of the three deepest of Dr. Packard’s dredgings, (o) 110 fathoms, (p) 85 fathoms, and (s) 150 fathoms, the bottom was com-s posed of soft Sandy mud, very different in character from that at any of the localities examined by us. The fauna of the bottom at these three places was essentially the same, and, although many of the Species, on account of the character of the bottom, were different from those at the locality in 430 fathoms, about the same proportion are identical with European species. - Although the dredgings in deep water were so few, the facts pre- sented in the foregoing lists with reference to the bathymetrical dis- tribution of species, are important and very interesting. Of the species enumerated from 430 fathoms, considerably more than half are well known shallow water forms, many of them even occurring between tides in the Bay of Fundy and at other points on the coast, While nearly all the species mentioned are also found at less than 50 fathoms depth. The same remarks will apply to the deeper dredg- ings of Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke. The species from the deepest dredging belong apparently to as highly organized groups of animals as do those from shallow water. We were not able to detect any decrease in the intensity of the colors in individuals from this depth. The colors of Pandalus annulicornis, Ehſpagurus Kroyeri, Unciola Żrrorata, and Urticina crassicornis, all brightly-colored species, seemed to have lost none of their intensity at the depth of 430 fathoms. - Besides the investigation of the fauna of the bottom by means of the dredge, every opportunity was employed for collecting those animals which live in part or wholly at the surface of the water. Notwithstanding the unfavorable character of the weather during most of the time we were at sea, towing nets were used, whenever Soundings were being made, and usually with very good results. Nets of small size were several times successfully used even when the TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. III. 4. AUGUST, 1874, N. 26 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. steamer was under weigh. In this way a great number of surface species were collected, and a large proportion of them are additions to the fauna of our coast. Many of these species belong to genera previously known only from much farther south, or from the eastern or southern Atlantic, while quite a number are undescribed. August 29, on and near Cultivator Shoal (k), where the surface temperature of the water was 62°, the following were taken: Trachy- nema digitale A. Agassiz, Pleurobrachia rhododactyla Agassiz, Species of Sagitta and Autolytus, several species of Copeopod crustacea, Calliopius laeviusculus Boeck (among floating rock-weed), the young of some Brachyuran in the Zoêa and megalops stages of growth, and a species of Motella (?). & East of George's Bank, in latitude 41° 20' to 30', longitude 63° to 63° 30', September 14, during the day, many species were taken, but as they all occurred, with many additional species, on the follow- ing day, it is not necessary to enumerate them separately. On the evening of September 14, from nine to ten o’clock, still east of the Bank (m), in latitude 41° 25', longitude 68° 55', while the sur- face temperature was 65°, the following forms occurred : Pleuro- brachia sp. ; a species of Salpa in abundance; several species of Heteropods and Pteropods, among the latter Spirialis Gould? Stimpson, and species of Styliola ; a species of Sagitta; a species of Sapphirina and a great many other Copeopods; species of Hyperia, JPhrosina, and of another allied genus; a species of Thysanopoda, which was beautifully phosphorescent; young Brachyura in the Zoëa and megalops stages, and the young of some Macrouran. September 15, on the same line of soundings, in latitude 41° 25', longitude 65° 5' to 30', the temperature of the water varying from 66° to 70°, but most of the time at the latter point, very many species occurred, and among them the following: Physalia pelagica Lamarck (Portuguese man-of-war), Cestum Veneris Lesueur (?), Stomolophus meledgris Agassiz, Charybded periphylla Péron and Lesueur, Pelagia cyanella Péron and Lesueur; species of Salpa and Sagitta in great abundance; ſepas pectinata Spengler and Z. fascicularis Ellis and Solander; two species of Sapphirina and many other genera of Cope- opoda; species of Oaycephalus, Platyscelus, Pronoë, Anchylomera, Thyropus, Phronima (?), and Hyperia; Calliopius laeviusculus Boeck, common among floating rock-weed; species of Lucifer and Mysis ; Jatrewtes ensiferus Stimpson, Nautilograpsus minutus Edwards, and Neptunus Say? Stimpson among gulfweed, and the latter frequently seen swimming at some distance from the sea-weed ; three species of Heteropods and ten species of Pteropods, all new to our coast. o Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 27 Among the Pteropods are Styliola acus (Eschscholtz sp.), and four other species of the same genus, two of Pleuropus, Spirialis Gouldii, etc. Many of these species and genera are quite new to the fauna of the United States, and nearly all of them to the coast of New England. They are nearly all, as far as known, characteristic Gulf Stream forms. Notes on some of the Species enumerated ; by S. I. SMITH.* CRUSTACEA. Eupagurus Bernhardus Brandt. Pagurus Bernhardus (Linné sp.) Fabricius, Entomologia systematica, ii, p. 469, 1793, and Supplementum, p. 4ll, 1798. Pagurus (subgenus Eupagurus, section Streptodactylus) Bernhardus Brandt, Midden- dorff's Sibirische Reise, Krebse, p. 106, 1851. Eupagurus Bernhardus Stimpson, Crust. Pacific Shores of North America, Journal Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 483 (separate copies, p. 43), 1857. I have recently wrongly given Stimpson as authority for this and the next species, not having at the time access to Brandt’s work, and not being able to comprehend his absurdly complex nomenclature from the quotation of his names by other authors. Eupagurus pubescens Brandt. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer (in part), Grönlands Amfipoder, p. 68, 1838, and Natur- historisk Tidsskrift, ii, p. 251, 1839. Pagurus (subgenus Eupagurus, section Orthodactylus) pubescens Brandt, op. cit., p. Ill, 1851. t Eupagurus pubescens Stimpson, Prodromus descriptionis Animalium evertebratorum, etc., Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 237 (separate copies, p. 75), 1859, and Notes on North American Crustacea, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vii, p. 89 (separate copies, p. 43), 1859. This species is common on our eastern coast north of Cape Cod, but is not quite as abundant as the last species and is seldom found at low water. South of Cape Cod it is apparently confined to the deeper and colder waters. - * With the exception of the portion relating to the Crustacea, these notes have had the benefit of Professor Verrill's revision, and the descriptions of all the new species have been copied from his published papers, or, in the case of those here for the first time described, have been prepared by him specially for these pages, and are marked by his initials. + Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part I, 1873 (published in 1874). 28 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Eupagurus P.Croyeri Stimpson. Notes on North American Crustacea, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, vii, p. 89 (43) . 1859. This species is very closely allied to the last and is very easily con- founded with it, especially when young. The differences in the rela- tive proportions of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs, given by Stimpson, will not hold for distinguishing the two species, but the differences in the amount of pubescence and especially in the form and armature of the chelipeds seem to be constant characters, suffi- cient for distinguishing them. The Rºoyeri has about the same range, on our coast, as the last species, although I have never seen it south of Cape Cod, but is apparently less abundant and more confined to the deeper waters. Sabinea, septemcarinata. Owen (Sabine sp.) This species was dredged in 68 fathoms off Casco Bay in the sum- mer of 1873. It has also been found by Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and by Dr. Packard on the coast of Labrador. It is an exceedingly arctic and circumpolar species. Caridºn G-Ordoni Goés (Bate sp.?) Goés, Crustacea decapoda podophthalma marina Sueciaº (from CEfversight af Kongl. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863), p. 10. We have dredged this species in 50 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy, and Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke obtained it on Cashe's Ledge in 1873. Our specimens agree well with the detailed description given by Goés, except that they have a well developed epipodus (“flagellum”) upon the second, third and fourth cephalothoracic legs, as in some species of Hippolyte, while Goes says of the second legs, “nec palpo mec (quoad viderim) flagello ullo instructis,” and of the third to fifth, “flagellum basale nullum inspicere potui.” From the guarded manner in which Goës mentions these wholly negative characters, I am inclined to re- gard them as doubtful. Our specimens agree so completely in all other respects that it seems highly improbable that they should be distinct from the European species. Diastylis quadrispinosa, G. O. Sars. CEfversight af Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar, 1871, Stockholm, p. 27; and Beskrivelse af de Paa Fregatten Josephiens Expedition Fundne Cumaceer, in Kongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, ix, p. 28, plates 10, 11, figs. 51–61, 1871. This is the most abundant species of the genus from off Buzzard's Bay and Vineyard Sound to Nova Scotia. It ranges north at least as far as the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 29 Diastylis sculpta G. O. Sars. Loc. cit., CEfversight, p. 7] ; Handlingar, p. 24, pls. 1–9, figs. 1–49. This species is not uncommon in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy. Phoxus P:Croyeri Stimpson. Marine Invertebrates of Grand Manan, p. 58, 1853. We have dredged this species in 10 to 29 fathoms in and off Vine- yard Sound, on Sandy and muddy bottoms in shallow water in Casco Bay, and have found it from low water to 20 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy. Mr. Whiteaves has dredged it in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 200 fathoms, muddy bottom. Our species is very closely allied to, and probably identical with, the P. Holbollii Kroyer which is found in Greenland, Iceland and northern Scandinavia. Harpina, fusiformis Smith. Phoa us fusiformis Stimpson, Marine Invertebrates of Grand Manan, p. 57, 1853. This species is very likely identical with the H. plumosa Boeck (Phoacus plumosus Kroyer), which has very nearly the same range as Phoacus Holbollóż. We have dredged our species in 20 to 60 fathoms, muddy bottom, in the Bay of Fundy. Mr. Whiteaves has dredged it frequently, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Stenothoe peltata, Smith, sp. now. Plate IV, figures 5 to 8. Female. Eyes round and nearly white in alcoholic specimens. Antennulae considerably shorter than the epimera of the fourth seg- ment; first segment of the peduncle stout, fully as long as the head, the second shorter, and the third very short and like the segments of the flagellum ; flagellum scarcely longer than the peduncle, com- posed of about eight segments. Antennae slightly longer than the antennulae; the ultimate and penultimate segments of the peduncle about equal in length; flagellum about as long as the flagellum of the antennulae. Second epimeron (figure 5) rudely ovate, twice as high as broad; third somewhat rectangular, no wider than the second but considerably deeper; fourth (figure 6) very large, slightly deeper than the third and a third or a fourth longer than deep, being about as long as the first five segments of the thorax, the inferior margin regularly curved and the posterior convex in outline. First legs (figure 7) small and slender; merus triangular and broader distally than the carpus, which is not quite twice as long as broad and has the lateral margins parallel; propodus narrower but slightly longer than the carpus and narrowed distally; dactylus about half as long as the pro- 30 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. podus. Second legs (figure 5) stouter; merus short triangular; carpus much broader than long and only slightly produced beneath . the propodus; propodus about as long as the breadth of the epimeron, nearly twice as long as broad; palmary margin (figure 8) convex in outline, slightly oblique, with an acute lobe and a spine at the pos- terior angle, within which the tip of the dactylus closes. Third and fourth legs slender and nearly naked. Basal segment in the fifth legs slender, four times as long as broad, not wider than the merus. Sixth and seventh legs slightly shorter than the fifth, the basal segments posteriorly dilated and squamiform in both pairs, but broader in the seventh than in the sixth. Posterior caudal stylets with the ramus slightly longer than the peduncle. Length of largest specimen, from front of head to tip of telson, about 6mm. The mandibles are without palpi or molar tubercles, and in all other characters the species agrees with the genus Stenothoë as restricted by Boeck, but it seems to be very distinct from either of the European species. Near Cultivator Shoal (haul b), 30 fathoms, soft, sandy bottom, August 29. Syrrhoe crenulata Goés. Crustacea amphipoda maris Spetsbergiam alluentis, CEfversight af Kong]. Wetens- kaps- Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1865, p. 527, pl. xl, fig. 25; Boeck, Crus- tacea amphipoda borealia et arctica (Widensk.-Selskabs Forhandlinger, Christiania, 1870), p. 67, 1870. We have also dredged this species, in 1872, in 12 fathoms in John- son’s Bay, near Eastport, Maine, and in 90 to 100 fathoms off Grand Menan, and have examined specimens dredged, in 1873, in 30 fath- oms, in Gaspé Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence. Our specimens have all been considerably larger than the one figured by Goés, but otherwise agree perfectly. It seems to be an exceedingly arctic form, being found in Europe from Spitzbergen to the western coast of Norway. Tiron a Canthurus Lilljeborg. Boeck, op. cit., p. 69. Syrrhoë bicuspis Goés, loc. cit., p. 528, pl. xl, fig. 26. 2 Thes- sarops hastata Norman, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist, IV, ii, p. 412, pl. xxii, figs. 4–7, 1868. - This species has apparently not been noticed on our coast before. It has been found in Greenland, Finmark, and on the western coast of Norway, while Norman's Thessarops was from the English coast. CEdiceros lynceus Sars. Oversigt over nordsk-arct. Krebsdyr. Forhandl. i Vidensk-Selsk. i Christiania, 1858, p. 143 (teste Boeck); Boeck, op. cit., p. 82. QEdicéros propinquus Goés, loc. cit., Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 31 p. 526, 1865, pl. xxxix, fig. 19. Monoculodes nubilius Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 398, 1867. We dredged this species in the Bay of Fundy in 1868 and 1872, the latter year in 60 to 80 fathoms; in Casco Bay, in 27 fathoms, in 1873, and Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke obtained it at several local- ities, in the “Gulf of Maine,” from 50 to 90 fathoms, on the expedi- tion of the Bache in 1873. I have also examined specimens dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Mr. Whiteaves and on the coast of Labrador by Dr. Packard. It extends to Greenland, Iceland, Spitz- bergen and Finmark. Monoculodes borealis Boeck. Op. cit., p. 88, 1870. GEdiceros affinis Goés, loc. cit., p. 527, pl. xxxix, fig. 21’, 1865 (non Bruzelius). This species is recorded from Spitzbergen and northern Norway by Goës and Boeck, but seems not to have been noticed on this side of the Atlantic before. Paramphithoe pulchella, Bruzelius (Kroyer sp.) We have dredged this species off Casco Bay and in the Bay of Fundy, on hard bottoms, in from 40 to 90 fathoms, and it was dredged on Cashe's Ledge and Stellwagen's Bank, in 1873, by Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke. It extends north to the Gulf of St. Law- rence, and, according to Boeck, to Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, and the western coast of Norway. Paramphithoe cataphracta, Smith. Amphithonotus cataphractus Stimpson, Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 52, 1853 (description copied in Bate, Catalogue of Amphipodus Crus- tacea in the British Museum, p. 152, 1862.) This species is apparently a true Paramphithoë, as restricted by Boeck, and closely allied to, if not identical with, P. panopla Bru- zelius (Amphithoë panopla Kroyer). Boeck places Pleustes tubercu- latus Bate as a synonym of Kroyer's species, and if he is correct in this, our species is undoubtedly distinct. The cataphracta appears to be an inhabitant of hard or Goarse Sandy and shelly bottoms from 5 to 50 fathoms. We have dredged it sparingly in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy, and Dr. Packard has dredged it on the coast of Labrador. Wertumnus Serratus 2 Goés (Fabricius sp.) Acanthonotus serratus Stimpson, Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 52, 1853. Our specimens all differ from the descriptions and figures given by Boeck and Kroyer in the armature of the posterior margin of the 32 Smith and Harger——St. George's Banks Dredgings. third segment of the abdomen. In our specimens the upper process from this margin is armed with four or five teeth above and at the tip, while the lower process is armed with five or six teeth similarly situated, but with no teeth on the lower margin except just at the tip. In Kroyer's figure (Grönlands Ampfipoder, plate II, figure 8) the upper process is represented as terminating in a single tooth and the lower process as toothed along both sides; Boeck's description agrees with this except that he says there are two teeth at the tip of the upper process. - It is not uncommon on hard bottoms in from 5 to 50 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy. We have also dredged it in Casco Bay and have received it from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, where it was dredged by Mr. Whiteaves. Acanthozone Cuspidata, Boeck. - This species is quite common on hard, and especially on spongy bottoms in 5 to 40 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy, although it is not mentioned by Stimpson in his work on Grand Meman. We have also dredged it in Casco Bay, and Mr. Whiteaves has obtained it in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It ranges to Greenland, Spitzbergen and Finmark. Byblis Gaimardi Boeck (Kroyer sp.) f We have frequently dredged this species in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy, on muddy bottoms in 10 to 60 fathoms. It extends north to the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), Labrador (Packard), and, according to Boeck, to Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen and Norway. The Ampelisca Gaimardi of Bate, and Bate and West- wood, is not this species but a true Ampelisca. All the species of this sub-family are undoubtedly tube dwellers. Lilljeborg noticed the habit in Haploëps ; it has been observed in species of Ampelisca by Professor Verrill and myself. In this species, the glands which secrete the cementing fluid are situated principally in the meral and basal segments of the third and fourth pairs of thoracic legs. Xenoclea, megachir Smith, Sp. nov. Plate IV, figures 1 to 4. Male. Eyes large, black, very slightly elongated, and approaching closely the edges of the triangular prominence of the inferior angle of the front margin of the head. Peduncle of the antennulae about as long as the head and the first two segments of the thorax, the second segment longest, the first and third about equal in length, Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 33 flagellum about as long as the peduncle and composed of twelve to sixteen segments. Antennae a little longer than the antennulae; ultimate and penultimate segments of the peduncle sub-equal in length; flagellum slightly shorter than the peduncle and composed of eleven to fifteen segments. First epimeron (figure 1) as broad as high ; second (figure 2) broader than high ; third (figure 3) and fourth not broader than high and successively deeper than the first and second ; fifth (figure 4) slightly deeper than the fourth and its terminal portion as broad. In the first legs (figure 1), the carpus longer and broader than the propodus, which is somewhat oval and twice as long as broad; the dactylus slender, slightly curved and fully as long as the propodus. The inferior distal margin of the pro- podus is regularly curved to a short distance from the extremity, where there is a small but deep emargination, beyond which and round upon the short distal margin the edge is serrate with minutely crenulated teeth; the posterior margin is furnished with numerous slender setae and with a single stout spine at the emargination near the distal end. The inner edge of the dactylus is armed with a series of acute teeth directed obliquely toward the tip. In the second pair of legs (figure 2) the propodus is very stout, about twice as long as the epimeron and scarcely one-half longer than broad; the palmary margin oblique and armed near the middle with two stout obtuse teeth; the dactylus stout and its inner edge sinuous. Third (figure 3) and fourth pair of legs alike ; ischium and carpus short, each nearly or quite as broad as long; merus fully as long as the epimeron and half as broad as long; propodus slender, not more than half as broad as the carpus but twice as long; dactylus slender, about half as long as the propodus. Basal segment in the fifth legs (figure 4) Squamiform, Oval, nearly as broad as long and with a marked angular emargination at the inferior posterior angle ; carpus only slightly longer than the breadth of the merus; dactylus slightly curved and acute. Second and third segments of the abdomen with the inferior portion of the posterior margin sinuous, and the inferior angle prominent, but scarcely less than right-angled. The outer rami in all the caudal stylets slightly shorter than the inner, and all the rami armed with short spines above and more slender spines at the tips. Telson stout, about as broad as long and scarcely more than half as long as the peduncle of the posterior caudal stylets, the posterior margin with a few setiform hairs each side. In the female the hands in the second pair of limbs are propor- tionally much smaller and more abundantly provided with hairs, while the teeth, or lobes of the palmary margin, are further apart and TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. III, 5 AUGUST, 1874, 34 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. separated by a broad and deep, rounded sinus; the dactylus is not so stout, and has the inner margin evenly curved and serrated. Length, from front of head to tip of telson, 5.5 to 7.5". I refer this species with some hesitation to Boeck's genus Xenoclea, which is known to me only from the very short diagnosis of the genus and of the single species X. Batei, given in his Crustacea Amphipoda Borealia et Arctica, p. 155. “Pedes 3tii et 4ti paris articulo Imo latissimo” of the generic diagnosis would scarcely apply to our species, but in all the other generic characters it agrees perfectly, as it does also with the diagnosis of the sub-family Photinae, except that the mandibles each bear six serrated spines instead of the usual number, four. Near Cultivator Shoal (haul b), 30 fathoms, soft, sandy bottom, August 29; and on the northern side of George's Bank (haul Q), north latitude 42°, west longitude 67° 42", 45 fathoms, coarse sandy bottom. Also, in 18 fathoms, off Watch Hill, Rhode Island. When first examining the alcoholic specimens of this species, I noticed a peculiar opaque glandular structure filling a large portion of the third and fourth pairs of thoracic legs, which in most, if not all, the non-tube-building Amphipoda are wholly occupied by muscles. A further examination shows that the terminal segment (dactylus) in these legs is not acute and claw-like, but truncated at the tip and apparently tubular. In this species, a large cylindrical portion of the gland lies along each side of the long basal segment, and these two portions uniting at the distal end pass through the ischial and along the posterior side of the meral and carpal segments and doubt- less connect with the tubular dactylus. (See Plate III, figure 3.) There can be no doubt that these are the glands which secrete the cement with which the tubes are built, and that these two pairs of legs are specialized for that purpose. A hasty examination revealed a similar structure of the corresponding legs in Amphithoë maculata, Ptilocheirus pinguis, Cerapus rubricornis, Byblis Gaimardi, and a species of Ampelisca. In all these except the last two a very large proportion of the gland is in the basal segment. In the Amphithoë this segment is thickened and the gland is in the middle. In the Cerapus it is very broad and almost entirely filled by the gland, with only very slender muscles through the middle, and the orifice in the dactylus is not at the very tip but sub-terminal on the posterior side. In the Ptilocheirus the gland forms three longitudinal masses in the basal segment and is also largely developed in the meral and carpal segments. The dactylus is long and slender and the orifice sub-ter- minal. In Ampelisca and Byblis (which, like Haploëps, are tube- building genera) the meral segments of the specialized legs are nearly Smith and Harger—St. George’s Banks Dredgings. 35 as large as the basal and contain a proportionally large part of the gland. d sejenum Stroemi Sars. * Plate III, figure 9. I am not aware that a description of this species has yet been pub- lished, although the name was used by Prof. Michael Sars in his list of animals living at great depths in the sea, published in 1869,” and the species has since been incidentally figured, without any detail, on the stems of Mopsea borealis, by Dr. G. O. Sars in his recent work on “Some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from Great Depths off the Norwegian Coast” (Plate V, figure 2). Dr. G. O. Sars has, how- ever, very kindly compared a drawing of one of our specimens, and he writes me that it agrees in every detail with the Norwegian form. It is very distinct from any of the species described in Darwin’s great work, and also from the species recently described from the Challenger Expedition. Since our specimens were obtained from 430 fathoms, Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke have dredged in 50 to 70 fathoms near Cashe's Ledge, and in 142 fathoms, 20 miles east of Cape Race (both localities within the “Gulf of Maine”). All the specimens were attached to stems of hydroids. On the Norwegian coast the species has the same habit and has been found by Dr. G. O. Sars in from 80 to 300 fathoms. ANNELIDA. Laenilla, (?) mollis G. O. Sars. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna, iii, p. 7, plate xiv, figs. 1–12, 1873. Body large, rather stout, medially convex. Head short and broad, narrowed posteriorly, prominently rounded laterally, and pro- duced into two very small comical points anteriorly. The anterior eyes are larger than the others, situated on the outer and upper sur- face of the lateral prominences, and look outward and upward; the posterior pair are nearer together, on the lateral slopes of the nar- rowed part of the head. The median tentacle is wanting in our speci- men, but its basal segment is of moderate size and cylindro-comical; the antennae are slender, and nearly three times the length of the head, banded with brown; the palpi are rather slender and regularly tapered, smooth, or nearly so, four or five times the length of the head. The dorsal and tentacular cirri and the scales are wanting in the single specimen obtained. The lateral appendages are large and * Forhandlinger i Widenskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, 1868, p. 259, 1869. 36 . Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. prominent, with large fascicles of long, slender setae in the lower rami, and much shorter and stouter ones in the upper rami. The appenda- ges, including setae, equal or exceed the breadth of the body. Breadth of body, exclusive of appendages, 7"; length of the latter, without sette, 3.5"; with setae, 10"; length of body to the 15th segment, 25". The setae of the upper ramus are very stout, and all of nearly the same form, the upper ones being merely smaller and stouter than the rest; they are nearly straight or slightly recurved, with rather conspicuous, moderately close transverse series of denticles, which ex- tend nearly to the ends, leaving only stout, naked, straight tips. The setae of the lower ramus are much longer and far more slender, with a long, slender shaft, and a slightly expanded terminal portion, which is conspicuously, but not closely, spinulated on both sides to the tips; many of these are nearly straight, but most are slightly curved; the upper ones are most slender, and mostly have the tips only very slightly bidentate, and the spinules exceed the diameter of the setae and increase toward the end, the last ones projecting considerably beyond the tip; the middle ones are about twice as stout, having the terminal part more expanded; their spinulation is similar, but the tips are more distinctly, though slightly, bidentate, the denticles be- ing partially obscured by the terminal spinules that project beyond them; the lower ones are more slender and like the upper ones in form and character. * Near St. George's Bank, 110 fathoms, mud. Coast of Norway, 40– 200 fathoms (G. O. Sars). Our specimen is imperfect, but the head and setae are quite peculiar. The latter are remarkable for the length of the spinules, and for the minuteness of the denticles at the tips.-A. E. V. . Antinoe angusta, Verrill, sp. nov. Body marrow, rather slender, elongated, tapering gradually pos- teriorly. Head small, short, rounded, broader than long, the lateral lobes short, not prolonged into points anteriorly, but obtusely rounded; the lateral borders also well rounded. Eyes small, nearly equal; the posterior pair situated on the dorsal side of the vertex; the anterior pair farther apart on the outer and upper surface of the lateral promi- mences. Tentacle long and very slender, about three times the length of the head; antennae small and short, Scarcely one-third as long as the head; palpi moderately large, glabrous, considerably longer than the tentacle. Dorsal cirri slender, pretty regularly but not closely covered with slender papillae. The lateral appendages, except ante- riorly, bear large fascicles of long, fine capillary setae, which gives a Smith and Harger—St. George’s Banks Dredgings. 37 villous appearance to the sides. The elytra, in our specimen, are wanting. The color, in alcohol, is light brown, crossed by lighter transverse lines. Length, 15"; breadth, without appendages, 2"; breadth, including setae, 4". . . On the middle segments the setae of the upper ramus are quite unequal in size and length; the upper ones are stout, with the ends more or less recurved; the middle ones are still larger and more than twice as long, slightly curved, and, like the former, conspicuously transversely serrulate almost to the extreme tips; the lower ones are shorter, less stout, and slightly curved. The setae of the lower ramus are longer and extremely slender; the upper ones are mostly but slightly expanded in the middle, with very long, flexible capillary tips, finely tapered to the end, and very minutely serrulate or nearly Smooth; the median ones are stouter, more expanded in the middle, with long, acuminate, slender, sharp tips, and with conspicuous, rather distant spinules on one or both sides, which become very fine and more crowded distally; the lower ones are much shorter, and have shorter but still very slender tips, and fewer and more distant spi- nules. The ventral cirri are slender, tapered, with few, distantly scat- tered, small papillaeº-A. E. v. - Near Saint George's Bank, 150 fathoms, mud (locality s). Antinoe Sarsi Kinberg. Malmgren, Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, CEfversigt Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. För- handlingar, Stockholm, 1865, p. 75, pl. 9, fig. 6; Annulata Polychaeta, p. 13, 1867. Our specimen of this species agrees very well with Malmgren's figures and description. It is much larger and stouter than the pre- ceding, and the head is longer and quite different in form, the lateral lobes extending forward into acute conical points. The setae are similar to those of the former, but the median and in- ferior setae of the lower ramus are relatively somewhat stouter and have the tips less attenuated and elongated, while the spinules are larger and more conspicuous, especially on the upper setae of the lower ramus. Near Saint George's Bank, 85 fathoms, mud. Gulf of Saint Law- rence (Whiteaves, t. McIntosh).-A. E. V. Eucranta, Villosa, Malmgren. Eucrania villosa Malmgren, Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, CEfversigt af Kong]. Wetens- kaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1865, p. 80, pl. 10, fig. 9; Annulata Poly chaeta, p. 14, 1867. - ? Eupolynoé occidentalis McIntosh, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xiii, p. 264, pl. 9, figs. 8–13, 1874. This large species is easily distinguished, even when destitute of * 38 Smith and Harger——St. George’s Banks Dredgings. its scales, by the short, stout, strongly curved setae of the upper ra- mus, and much longer, slender, fascicled setae of the lower ramus, among which the upper ones have a strongly spinulose, slender, acu- minate, terminal portion, with a nearly straight, split, or forceps-like, slender tip, while the middle and lower ones have a short, cuspidate terminal portion, with few large spinules, and naked acute tips. I am unable to find anything in the figures and description of the species recently described by McIntosh to indicate that it is distinct from the present species, with which, however, he has not compared it. Near Saint George's Bank, 150 fathoms, mud (locality s). Gulf of Saint Lawrence, 110 fathoms (Whiteaves, t. McIntosh).-A. E. V. Nephthys circinata, Verrill, sp. now. Body slender, elongated, rather depressed, tapering gradually pos- teriorly. Head sub-pentagonal, rather broader than long; a pair of short, tapering antennae at the anterior angles, about one-fourth as long as the width of the anterior border of the head; another pair of longer, slender, tapering antennae at the lateral angles; tentacular cirri long and tapering. Proboscis smooth toward the base; its dis- tal portion with rows of slender acute papillae, which increase rapidly in length toward the end, where they become very prominent. The lateral appendages, including the setae, are as long as the breadth of the body; the setae are very numerous, long and slender. The caudal cirrus is long and slender, tapering to a slender tip. Length of body, 50"; diameter, 2.5"; diameter, including append- ages, 5". The lateral appendages of the middle region are moderately long, the rami separated by a space scarcely equal to half their height. Superior ramus, with a short, broad ovate, obtuse, or slightly acumi- nate upper lamella, directed outward, and considerably exceeding the setigerous lobe, and a much smaller ovate median lamella; branchial cirrus long, rather slender, tapered, curved downward and inward (cir- cinate), forming rather more than a complete whorl; the appendage at its base, on the anterior segments, is short and broad, subtruncate dis- tally, and with a small papilliform process projecting downward from its lower angle, nearly in contact with the branchial cirrus; on the median segments it is broad and long-ovate, unequally acuminate, leaf-like. The lower ramus has a very long and Wide ligulate lamella, directed obliquely upward and outward, usually more than twice as long as the setigerous lobe, and about equal to it in width; its lower edge at about the middle is sometimes incurved, and its tip is acumi- mate and blunt-pointed; the ventral cirrus is slender and tapered. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 39 The capillary setae form large fascicles and are very long and slender, nearly smooth, and with very attenuated tips; their length is about three times that of the appendages themselves; the transversely marked setae are scarcely one-fourth as long, and about the same in diameter, with very slender tips.-A. E. V. - East of Saint George's Bank, 430 fathoms (locality g); north of Saint George’s Bank, 85 fathoms, mud (locality p). Nephthys ingens Stimpson. Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 33, 1853; Werrill, Report . on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound and Adjacent Waters, in Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part I, 1873, p. 583 (separate copies, p. 289), plate xii, figs. 59, 60, 1874. ? Nephthys incisa Malmgren, CEfversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Förhandlingar, 1865, p. 105, plate xii, fig. 21. This is the most common and abundant species on muddy bottoms in the deep water along the whole New England coast. It occurs at all depths from 2 to 430 fathoms. It is easily distinguished by the stout quadrangular body, deeply incised posteriorly; by the blackish setae, and by the remarkably elongated and widely separated rami of the posterior appendages. There is a long, odd, median papilla on the dorsal side of the proboscis, and a smaller one beneath; the papillae in the longitudinal rows are rather small.—A. E. V. Phyllodoce catenula, Verrill. Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Commis- sioner of Fish and Fisheries, part I, 1873, p. 587, 1874; Exploration of Casco Bay by the U. S. Fish Commission, Proceedings American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, 1873, p. 380, pl. 3, fig. 1, 1874. Plate IV, figure 3. George's Bank, 50 fathoms (locality d). It also occurs at Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4 to 6 fathoms, among rocks and algae, and in tide-pools; at Wood's Hole, at surface, evening, July 3; in Casco Bay, 8 to 30 fathoms; and is very common in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water to 50 fathoms. - This species is closely allied to P. pulchella Malmgren, from north- ern Europe, but differs somewhat in the form of the head, which is shorter and rounder in the latter; the branchiae also differ in form. Eusyllis phosphorea, Verrill, sp. now. Plate VII, figure 3. Body slender, elongated, tapering gradually posteriorly. Head, in alcoholic specimens, broader than long, well-rounded in front, the posterior margin incurved; but in living specimens the head is longer * 40 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. than broad and slightly narrowed posteriorly. Eyes small, but con- spicuous, wide apart, the anterior considerably farther apart than the posterior ones. Palpi large in preserved specimens, broad ovate, and well rounded anteriorly, in contact at their bases; but in living speci- mens more elongated and oblong, exceeding the length of the head. Antennae (or tentacles) long and slender, distinctly and rather regu- larly annulated, but not moniliform. Tentacular cirri, in preserved specimens, similar to the antennae; the upper ones are of about the same length, but the lower are little more than half as long. Dorsal cirrus of the second segment is as long as, or even longer than, the antennae. The dorsal cirri on the 3d, 4th, and 5th segments are shorter, about equal, longer than the lower tentacular cirrus, and about half as long as the dorsal cirri of the succeeding segments, which are alternately longer and shorter, the longer ones about half as long as the breadth of the body. While living, the alternate dorsal cirri are usually held extended and curled up over the back. The two anal cirri are long and slender; in one preserved specimen they are more than twice the breadth of the body, while in the same specimen the dorsal cirri on the second and third segments preceding the anal one are considerably longer than those on the segments farther for- ward. - The setae are all compound, rather long, mostly considerably bent, with a short, acute-triangular terminal piece, which is very distinctly bidentate at the tip. - Color of body, when living, deep salmon, or light yellowish orange, with dark brown intestinal line, darker posteriorly; eyes dark brown. Length, when living, about 25"; breadth, 1.5mm. Saint George's Bank, 45 fathoms, among hydroids; Bay of Fundy, off Grand Menan, 52 fathoms, among hydroids. This species, when living, was most brilliantly phosphorescent, with a bright green light, so intense as to be distinctly visible in daylight, or close to a large kerosene lamp.–A. E. V. Ninoe nigripes Verrill. Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Commis- sioner of Fish and Fisheries, part I, 1873, p. 595, 1874; Proceedings American Association for Advancement of Science, 1873, p. 382, pl. 3, fig. 5, 1874. Plate V, figure 3. Locality o, 110 fathoms. Also Fisher's Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, and Buzzard’s Bay, and waters outside, in 8 to 29 fathoms, mud; Casco Bay, 10 to 68 fathoms; off the coast of Maine, at various depths to 107 fathoms. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 41 Leodice vivida Werrill. Eunice vivida Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 35, 1853. Leodice vivida Werrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 9, January, 1873. Plate V, figure 5. Nothria, conchylega Malmgren. Onuphis conchylega Sars, Beskrivelsir og Iagttagelser, p. 61, pl. 10, fig. 28 (teste Malmgren), 1835. Onuphis Eschrichti OErsted, Grönlands Annulata Dorsibranchiata, p. 20, pl. 3, figs. 33–41, 45, 1843. - Northia conchylega Johnston, Catalogue of British Worms, p. 138, 1865. Nothria conchylega Malmgren, Annulata Polychaeta, p. 66, 1867. Plate VII, figure 3. This species is abundant in the deeper waters, especially upon hard bottoms, on the whole northern coast of New England, and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Malmgren records it, in 30 to 250 fathoms, from Greenland, Spitzbergen, Finmark, and the coast of Norway. The name “Nothria" was substituted for Worthia (Johnston) by Malmgren for reasons that are scarcely sufficient. The latter name was, however, previously in use for a genus of shells (Gray, 1847), and must be rejected on that account. Nothria, opalina, Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 102, 1873. Plate VII, figure 4. Body long and slender, narrowed anteriorly, much depressed and of nearly uniform width throughout most of its length; the five ante- rior segments much longer than the others. Palpi inferior, rather large, hemispherical; antennae small, ovate, close together, on the front of head. Three central tentacles very long and slender, taper- ing, acute, the basal portion regularly annulated and thickened for a considerable distance, beyond which the surface is smooth, with an occasional distant annulation; the central odd one is somewhat shorter and more slender than the two adjacent ones, which reach to or beyond the 10th segment; outer pair much shorter, being less than half the length of the central ones. Tentacular cirri small and very slender. Lateral appendages or “feet ’’ of the first six se. tigerous segments similar in structure but more prominent than the following ones, from which they also differ in having the ventral cirrus well developed, long and tapering, but shorter and thicker on the first segment than on the five following. Those of the first pair have a stout stalk, which terminates in a small, bluntly rounded se- tigerous lobe, with a long, slender, subterminal cirrus-like lobe above, TRANS. CoNN. A.C.A.D., WOL. III. 6 AUGUST, 1874. 42 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. longer than the stalk; dorsal cirrus arising from near the base, longer and more slender than the terminal cirrus; branchial filament simple, long and very slender, about equalling the dorsal cirrus and united to it above its base; ventral cirrus ovate, tapering, blunt, arising from near the base. The second pair of feet are similar to those of the first, except that in the largest specimens there are two branchial filaments, and the ventral cirrus is longer and more slender. The 3d, 4th, 5th, and 6th pairs have essentially the same structure, but the ventral cirrus becomes gradually longer to the 6th, where it is longer than the stalk and nearly equal to the terminal cirrus. The succeed- ing feet are much shorter; the ventral cirrus is a mere comical papilla, which soon disappears; the terminal cirriform lobe becomes smaller and disappears after the 10th pair; the branchial filament becomes larger and longer to the middle region, where it exceeds in length half the diameter of the body, while the dorsal cirrus at the same time becomes smaller and shorter, until it is less than one-fourth the length of the branchia. The setae of the anterior feet consist of slender, acutely pointed, curved ones, mixed with much stouter, blunt pointed compound ones; farther back there are two fascicles of more slender acute setae, and in the lower bundles a few long, stout, bidentate hooks, with a thin, rounded, terminal expansion. Color, in alcohol, pale yellowish white, but everywhere very bril- liantly iridescent, with opaline lustre and colors. Length, 75 to 125"; diameter, 2.5 to 4". Common in 110 and 150 fathoms, hauls s and o. It was also dredged in 1873, off Casco Bay, in 30 to 94 fathoms, and on Jeffrey’s Bank, in 79 to 105 fathoms. It was also abundant, on muddy bot- toms in deep water, at all the localities in the Gulf of Maine examined by Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke in 1873. Goniada, maculata, GErsted. Ann. Dan. consp., p. 33, figs. 16, 23, 91, 95, 97, 98 (t. Malmgren). Glycera viri- descens Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 33, 1853. North of Saint George's Bank, 110 and 150 fathoms, mud (local- ities o and s); Saint George's Bank, 20 fathoms (locality j). Off Casco Bay, 30 to 90 fathoms, mud. Bay of Fundy, 20 to 70 fathoms. Common in the Gulf of Maine, 60 to 100 fathoms. Northern coasts of Europe, from Finmark to Scotland, 10 to 130 fathoms (Malmgren). —A. E. V. SA Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 43 Rhynchobolus capitatus Verrill. Glycera capitata (Ersted, Grönl. Ann. Dorsibranchiata, p. 44, plate VII, figs. 87, 88, 90–94, 96, 99; Malmgren, Annulata Polychaeta, p. 70, 1867 (non Claparède). This species is furnished with four well-developed jaws, and there- fore belongs to the genus Rynchobolus, as constituted by Claparède. The species without jaws, which he refers to Glycera, must be distinct. Saint George's Bank, 60 fathoms (locality e); 20 fathoms (locality j); 110 fathoms (locality oy; east of Saint George's, 430 fathoms (locality g). Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, and northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain.—A. E. V. Samythella, Verrill. Body elongated, composed of about 50 segments, 15 of which bear fascicles of setae; and posteriorly about 35 bear uncini only, but have a small conical papilla above the uncigerous lobe, as in Melin/va, the uncini commence on the 4th setigerous ring. Branchiae six, placed side by side in a continuous transverse row. Cephalic lobe oblique, somewhat shield-shape, with a narrowed prominent front. Buccal lobe shorter. Tentacles numerous, smooth and slender. This genus is closely allied to Samytha of Malmgren, in the struc- ture of the head and number of branchiae, but differs in having a much larger number of segments (in this respect approaching Melinha), and in having only 15 setigerous segments, instead of 17. Samythella, elongata, Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 99, 1873. Body slender, composed of 54 segments in the specimens examined, tapering regularly to the posterior end. Cephalic lobe about as broad as long, broadly rounded posteriorly, with the postero-lateral corners prominent and well rounded, the sides slightly incurved and rapidly narrowing to the front, which is about half the width of the back, and subtruncate, projecting forward; the middle region is a raised and convex oblong area as wide as the front edge, into which it runs. Buccal lobe a little shorter. Tentacles numerous, slender, tapering. Branchiae subequal, slender, tapering, about twice the length of the cephalic lobe. Setae numerous and long in all the fas- cicles except the first three, the longest nearly one-third the diameter of the body. The posterior end of the body is surrounded by about eight small papillae, of which the two upper ones are largest. Length of largest specimen, in alcohol, 40”; diameter, 2-5 to 3". The tubes consist of a thin and tough liming, to which a close layer of Sand, in grains of moderate and nearly uniform size, is firmly cemented. 44 Smith and Harger–St. George's Banks Dredgings. 2- 3 / Grymaea spiralis Verrill. Am. Journal of Science, III, vol. vii, p. 407, fig. 2, and plate V, fig. 4, April, 1874. Plate IV, figure 1. Body long and slender, spirally coiled, composed of over 150 segments, of which about 120 bear fas- cicles of slender sette. Branchiae long filiform, two or three times the diameter of body, arising in three clusters on each side, easily detached and often par- tially absent. Setae on the first six or seven seg- ments a little longer than the following ones. Gen- eral color dark red. Tube composed of firmly cemented mud and sand, coiled in a double spiral, the twº halves revolving in opposite directions. Also dredged, in 1872, off Grand Menan Island, Bay of Fundy, in 60 fathoms; and in 1873, off Casco Bay, in 90 fathoms, mud; and in 80 fathoms on Jeffrey's Bank. 2 Potamilla neglecta Malmgren. (Efversigt af Kong. Vet-Akad. Forhandlingar, 1865, p. 401, plate 27, fig 84. Sabella neglecta Sars, Reisei Lofot og Finm., p. 83 (t. Malmgren). This species was very abundant at localities d', h, j, q, and also occurred in 110 fathoms (locality o. The tubes are long and tough, covered externally with sand. One specimen from Le Have Bank, 45 fathoms (locality /), had a large number of young ones within the tube, adhering to its inner surface. —A. E. V. Spirorbis valida Verrill, sp. nov. Tubes much larger than usual in the genus, round, strong, thick, opaque, white, transversely wrinkled, rather rapidly enlarging, sinis- tral, or coiling in the same direction with the hands of a watch; in some specimens, found attached to flat shells, the tubes form low, rapidly enlarging spirals of several turns, the last whorl enveloping and concealing the others externally, except near its termination, where it rises obliquely upon the preceding one, but leaving a broad, shallow umbilicus in which the previous whorls are visible; in other specimens, attached to convex univalve shells (Tºrritella erosa, etc.), the whorls rest upon the upper side of each of the preceding ones, forming an elevated and often somewhat irregular spiral, increasing in size upward, with a small umbilicus, and usually with the last part of the upper whorl slightly free from the preceding one and ascending *Tube of Grymaea spiralis, natural size. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 45 obliquely. Diameter of the larger tubes, at end, 1.75" to 2"; height of the more elevated spirals, 3" to 5". There are 15 large branchiae in the adult specimens: 8 on the left side, 7 on the right, with the operculum; the pinnae are long, slender, extending to near the ends of the branchiae, which have slender and short, naked tips. Operculum large, white, calcareous, irregularly obconic, obliquely truncated, with the outer surface concave, the dorsal side gibbous, the margin slightly sinuous but entire, except for a small notch, or emargination, in the dorsal edge; the dorsal por- tion is translucent, while the ventral portion is opaque and contains small, round, ova-like bodies; the peduncle is rather short and stout, gradually expanding into the base of the operculum, but swollen in the middle, on the dorsal side. Collar, in the specimens examined, considerably mutilated, apparently with a sinuous but not revolute anterior margin, and with a long posterior dorsal point. The region covered by the collar bears, at least on the left side, three large fas- cicles of slender, acute, yellowish setae, both above and below; the anterior fascicles are directed forward, and the upper anterior one is larger than the other fascicles. Le Have Bank, 45 and 60 fathoms (localities h and i). The size of this species is exceptionally large, and the branchiae are unusually numerous for the genus Spiroróis, to which I refer it with some hesitation. When living specimens can be studied it may prove to be a new genus. It has, like Vermilia, a calcareous operculum, but in form and structure this organ resembles that of some species of Spirorbis.-A. E. V. 2 Spirorbis nautiloides Lamarck. Anim. Sans Wert., ed. I, vol. V, p. 359, 1818. 2 Spirorbis communis Quatrefages, Histoire naturelle des Annelés, Vol. ii, p. 489. Plate IV, figure 4. The species figured agrees pretty well with that described by Quatrefages, but may not be the same as that of Lamarck, which is regarded by several writers as synonymous with it, and by others with S. borealis, the species so abundant on Fucus at low-water mark, on our shores. The present species is seldom, if ever, found at low-water mark, and occurs chiefly on stones and shells in deep water. The tubes are opaque, white, cylindrical, rather closely coiled, the terminal portion not erect, and the surface is more or less conspicuously marked with lines of growth. Abundant on the hard bottoms at Saint George's Bank; Casco 46 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Bay; Cashe's Ledge; and in the Bay of Fundy, 10 to 106 fathoms.- A. E. W. Protula, media, Stimpson. Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 30, 1853. Plate VI. This species usually forms much contorted and irregularly bent tubes, which are cylindrical and nearly smooth, but with irregular lines of growth. North of Saint George’s Bank, 110 fathoms (locality oy. Often brought up by fishermen on Saint George's Bank, attached to shells and stones. Abundant on Cashe's Ledge, 50 to 70 fathoms; off Grand Menan, 30 to 50 fathoms; off Casco Bay.—A. E. V. ‘2 Protula, borealis Sars. - Widensk. Selsk. Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 417 (separate copies, p. 14). Numerous empty tubes from the muddy bottoms in 110 and 150 . fathoms (localities o and s) differ considerably in form from those of the P. media, ordinarily met with, and may be this species, if distinct. But they may, very likely, prove to be only a variation of the former, due to the muddy character of the bottom. The tubes are much less bent and contorted, often but slightly curved, or nearly straight, nearly smooth, but with occasional ridges or folds, indicating periods of growth.-A. E. V. GEPHYREA. Pha,SCOlosoma Caementarium Verrill (Quatrefages sp.). American Journal of Science, III, Vol. V, p. 99, 1873; and Report upon the Inverte- brate Animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part I, 1873, p. 627, pl. xviii, fig. 92, 1874. - Very common on the coast of New England, from Long Island Sound northward, in 5 to 430 fathoms, in dead univalve shells. Pha,SCOlosoma, tubicola, Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 99, 1873; Proceedings American Asso- ciation for Advancement of Science, 1873, p. 388, 1874. Body versatile in form; in contraction short, cylindrical, oval or fusiform, 12 to 25" long, 2.5 to 4" in diameter; in full extension the body is more or less fusiform, gradually tapering anteriorly into the long, slender, nearly cylindrical retractile portion, which is longer than the rest of the body, and bears, near the end, a circle of about ten to sixteen simple, slender tentacles, beyond which the terminal Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 47 portion is often extended into a short proboscis, with the mouth at the end; below the tentacles there is sometimes a dilation, but this is without special spines or granules, and like the rest of the retractile portion in texture. The posterior end of the body is bluntly rounded, and the skin is transversely wrinkled and rough, and covered with small, round, somewhat raised verrucae or suckers, to which dirt ad- heres, and at the end nearly always bears from 3 to 8 small, but prominent, peculiar bodies, having a slender pedicle and a clavate or globular head; their nature is doubtful. (They may be sense-organs, but should be examined on living specimens.) At about the poste- rior third of the proper body is an irregular zone of numerous, dark brown, hard chitinous hooks, arranged in several rows, broad triangu- lar in form, with acute points directed forward; among the hooks are also a few suckers; the middle region is covered with small, round, slightly raised suckers, which become much more prominent and crowded at the anterior end toward the base of the retractile portion, and have here the form of small, subcomical, elevated warts, to which dirt usually adheres firmly; the retractile portion is covered through- out with minute conical verrucae or papillae, most prominent toward the base. In many respects P. caementarium agrees very closely with this, but it has the posterior end much smoother, and with less conspicu- ous suckers; the hooks are not so numerous, less acute, and lighter colored; the anterior part of the body has smaller and less prominent suckers or verrucae; the skin is lighter colored, thinner, and more translucent, and there is a zone bearing several rows of minute, slen- der, acute, chitinous spinules, a little below the tentacles. Hauls p, o, and 8, 85 to 110 fathoms. It has also been dredged, in 60 to 94 fathoms, off Casco Bay. ‘P Phascolosoma, boreale Keferstein. Beiträge zur Anat, und syst. Kentniss der Sipunculiden, p. 206. This species is rather short and thick, obtuse posteriorly, nearly smooth to the naked eye, and destitute of both hooks and distinct suckers, but the skin is minutely wrinkled transversely, and covered with almost microscopic slender papillae, and is minutely specked with dirty yellowish brown; the retractile portion is more distinctly granulated anteriorly. The tentacles are rather numerous, small, and simple. Dredged also off Casco Bay, 64 fathoms; Cashe's Ledge, 50 to 72 fathoms; and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). **. 48 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. MOLLUSCA. Fleurotonnella, Packardii Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., 1873, p. 15 (December, 1872). Shell thin, fragile, translucent, pale flesh-colored, moderately stout, with an acute, somewhat turreted spire. Whorls mine; the apical whorls, for about two and one-half turns, are nearly smooth, regular, convex, chestnut-colored; below this the whorls are shouldered, strong- ly convex in the middle, but with a smooth concave band below the suture, corresponding to the posterior notch in the outer lip; the whorls are crossed below the sub-sutural band by about 16 strong, prominent, rounded, somewhat oblique ribs, most prominent on the middle of the whorl, but not angulated; on the last whorl these ribs become very oblique below the middle, and follow the curve of the edge of the lip, nearly fading out anteriorly; the surface between the ribs is marked by faint lines of growth and by fine, unequal, slightly raised revolving lines, which pass over the ribs without interruption. They become more evident on the lower part of the last whorl, and are very faint on the sub-sutural band, which is more decidedly marked by receding, strongly curved lines of growth. The aperture is rather broad above, elongated below, sub-oval, Outer lip very thin, sharp, prominent above, separated from the preceding whorl by a wide and very deep sinus, extending back for about one-fifth of the circumfer. ' ence of the whorl; the anterior border of the lip is incurved near the end, and obliquely truncate, forming a short, straight canal. Colu- mella simple, nearly straight, its inner edge toward the end sharp, and obliquely excurved. No operculum. Length, 21'2"; breadth, 11.2mm; length of aperture, 12.0"; breadth of same, 5.0". The absence of eyes and operculum, great size of the posterior sinus, and character of the apex, indicate that this shell represents a new genus. One living specimen from (o) 110 fathoms. Ringicula, nitida, Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., 1873, p. 16 (December, 1872). Plate I, figure 2. Shell small, white, smooth, broad oval, with five whorls, spire rap- idly and regularly tapered, sub-acute, shorter than the aperture. Whorls very convex, regularly rounded, the sutures well impressed; a well marked, impressed, revolving line just below the suture; the surface otherwise nearly smooth, but with more or less distinct, distant, microscopic revolving lines, most distinct anteriorly. Aper. ture somewhat crescent-shaped. Outer lip evenly rounded, forming Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. - 49 the segment of a circle, the border regularly thickened, receding a little posteriorly, near the suture. Callus on the body whorl narrow, nearly even, but a little swollen in the middle and slightly raised. Columella stout, recurved at the end, with two strong, very promi- ment, equal, spiral folds—the anterior one projecting beyond the canal, with the end rounded. Length, 4'2"; breadth, 3.1"; length of aperture, 2.5"; breadth of aperture, 11”. From 110 and 150 fathoms (localities s and o). TOrellia, Vestita, Jeffreys. This shell in form and size somewhat resembles large specimens of Margarita helicina, but it has a ciliated epidermis resembling that of Velutina loºvigata. The spire is small and low; whorls four, the last large, well rounded, forming the bulk of the shell. Suture deep. Umbilicus small and deep, somewhat concealed by the reflected outer edge of the columella, which recedes in front and joins the outer lip at an obtuse angle, forming a broad, shallow, anterior emargination; inner border of the columella a little excavated near the body whorl, slightly swollen in the middle. Outer lip sharp, regularly rounded. Epidermis thick, greenish, with conspicuous lines of growth, finely reticulated by raised revolving lines, along which arise numerous slender, but short, hair-like processes. Shell beneath the epidermis white, nearly smooth. Length, 7.5"; breadth, 10"; length of aperture, 6"; breadth, 4.5". Only one specimen, dead and inhabited by a Phascolosoma, was found in 1872. Since this, however, during the explorations of 1873, it was dredged by Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke, in 52 to 90 fathoms, on Cashe’s Ledge, off the coast of Maine. Stylifer Stimpsonii Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. iii. p. 283, 1872. Plate I, figure 1. Shell white, short, swollen, broad oval; spire short, rapidly enlarg- ing. Whorls four or five, the last one forming a large part of the shell; convex, rounded, with the suture impressed; surface Smooth, or with faint striae of growth. Color, when living, pale orange yel- low. Length, about 4"; breadth, 3". - Parasitic on Strongylocentrotus Dröbachiensis. In 32 fathoms off the coast of New Jersey (Capt. Gedney); 60 and 65 fathoms (e and f), George's Banks; 8 fathoms off Fisher's Island, mouth of Long Island Sound. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. III. 7 AUGUST, 1874, 50 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. A starte undata, Gould. Verrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. iii, pp. 213; 287, 1872; and Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part I, 1873, p. 384, pl. 29, fig. 203, 1874. Plate I, figures 6 to 9. The figures given in Gould's works are scarcely characteristic of this, the most abundant species of the northern coast of New England, and we here publish several figures, prepared by Professor Verrill, which more fully illustrate the different forms of the species. The name wºndata was proposed by Gould for a form of his Astarte Sul- CCLöC. z Astarte lens Stimpson. Astarte crebricostata Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 2d edition, edited by Binney, p. 126, fig. 440, 1870 (not of Forbes, teste Werrill). Astarte lens Stimpson, M.S., Gould, op. cit., p. 127; Werrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. iii, pp. 213, 287, 1872. sº Plate I, figures 4 and 5. This species seems to be more exclusively a deep-water form than the last, although the specimens dredged by us at the localities (g, o, and s) mentioned are all much smaller than the common form of the species in the Bay of Fundy, and may well be regarded as a dwarf variety. Pecten pustulosus Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., 1873, p. 14 (December, 1872). Upper valve more convex than the lower, a little swollen toward the umbo; length and breadth nearly equal, the margin diverging nearly at right angles from the beak to the middle of the anterior and posterior borders, on each of which there is an obtuse angle, from which the outline of the ventral margin forms a regular curve, nearly semicircular, but a little produced ventrally ; the surface with about 14 radiating rows of relatively large, prominent, round, hollow vesi- cles, those in the middle rows nearly hemispherical, while part of those of the lateral ones are subconical and smaller; seven or eight of the rows are first developed, at a short distance from the apex of the shell, the other ones afterward coming in between the primary ones; the rows are distant in the middle and more crowded together toward the borders ; between the rows of vesicles the surface is marked by distant, fine, impressed grooves, which pass between and separate the vesicles; on the umbos, above the origin of the vesicles, the border of the groove rises into a thin, slightly elevated lamella. Lower valve with fine, close, slightly raised, concentric lamellae, be- Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. - 51 coming faint toward the beak. Auricles unequal, that of the upper valve small, and a little projecting posteriorly, much longer and more prominent, with a deep, curved emargination anteriorly, its surface with concentric lamellae and radiating rows of small, conical vesicles; that of the lower valve with a deep, angular byssal notch anteriorly, its surface with concentric lamellae and faint radiating ridges. Color yellowish white. Length, 7.5"; height, 8:0"; thickness, 2-5mm. East of St. George's Banks (g), in 430 fathoms, dead but fresh valves; and north of the Banks, locality (s), 150 fathoms, living. Pera, crystallina, Verrill. Clavelina crystallina Möller, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, vol. iv, p. 95, 1842. Pera pellucida Stimpson, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 232, 1852. Pera crystallina Werrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. iii, p. 213, pl. 8, fig. 9, 1872. Plate VIII, figure 1. This species was described by Stimpson from specimens, adhering to stems Sertularella polyzonias, variety gigantea, taken in 30 fathoms on St. George's Banks. Professor Verrill records it from Murray Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence. g Glandula, arenicola, Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. iii, pp. 211, 288, 1872; Report on the Inver- tebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1873, p. 701, 1874. This species, which was dredged by us in immense numbers in 28 fathoms (haul c), has also been dredged, by Dr. Dawson, at Murray Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence, by Mr. T. M. Prudden, in Buzzard's Bay, and off New London, Conn., by A. E. Verrill. Thyone scabra, Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. V, p. 100, 1873. Thyone fusus 2 Werrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 14, 1873 (non Roren). Body fusiform, gradually tapered behind, with a long, slender, pos- terior portion, covered throughout with very numerous, rather rigid, slender, scabrous papillae; skin rather rigid, scabrous with small, rough points, which project from the plates. Tentacles ten ; eight large ones much elongated and arborescently divided from near the base; the two small ones are very short, nearly sessile, subdivided from the base. The calcareous plates of the skin are very flat, some- what imbricated, irregularly oval, triangular, or subpolygonal, with an undulated or crenulated margin, pierced by about 20 to 24 unequal round openings, two or three central ones larger than the rest, the 52 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. interspaces mostly as wide as the pores; from the center of the upper side arises an open, slender, flat, acute spinous process, composed of two anastomosing pieces. The plates of the papillae or suckers are marrow, elongated, bent into a bow-shape, the middle expanded and usually pierced by about four pores, two of which are larger; the ends are also usually dilated and pierced with small pores; from the middle arises a flat, spinous process, similar to that of the skin-plates, but smaller. Length, in alcohol, about 50”; greatest diameter, 6 to 9"; length of longest tentacles, 7-5". Color of preserved specimens, yellowish brown. - Localities o and 8, 110 and 150 fathoms. Also dredged, in 1873, off Casco Bay. This species resembles T. raphanus Duben and Koren (Troschel sp.) in form, but the latter has long-stalked tentacles, branching only near the ends, and the plates of the skin are different in form, and in the perforations, and lack the spinous processes which give the species its rough, scabrous surface. - 2 Charybdea periphylla, Péron and Lesueur. Werrill, Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, p. 724, 1874. This species, originally described and figured by Péron and Lesueur from mutilated specimens taken under the equator in the Atlantic Ocean, is doubtfully identified by Professor Verrill with a specimen obtained by us east of George’s Banks. The body in the alcoholic specimen is elevated, bell-shaped, rounded above, with a marked constriction toward the border; transparent, the inner cavity showing through as a large, conical, dark reddish brown spot, with the apex slightly truncated. Border deeply divided into sixteen long, flat lobes, which are of nearly uniform breadth throughout, and slightly rounded, or sub-truncate, at the end; the edges and end thin and more or less frilled ; the inner side with two sub-marginal carinae. Eyes inconspicuous, but small bright red specks are scattered over the marginal lobes. The intervals between the lobes are narrow and generally smoothly rounded, without dis- tinct evidence of the existence of tentacles, except that, in one of these intervals, there is a small and short papilliform process, with brown pigment at the base. The ovaries are mostly wanting, but portions are to be seen as slightly convoluted organs in the mar- ginal region, opposite the intervals between the lobes, Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 53 Lafoea, gracillima, G. O. Sars (Alder sp.). Lafoča fruticosa Hincks, History of British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 202, pl. 41, fig. 2, 1868; and Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xiii, pp. 132, 148, pl. 6, figs. 6–10, pl. 7, fig. 16, 1874. * Lafoča gracillima G. O. Sars (Alder sp.), Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroi- der, in Widensk.-Selskabs Forhandlinger, Christiania, for 1873, p. 115 (27), pl. 4, figs. 19–21. - Hincks reports this species from 100 fathoms off the coast of Iceland, and G. O. Sars from a depth of 150 fathoms off the Norwegian coast. It has been dredged by Professor Verrill in the Bay of Fundy and in Casco Bay. Halecium robustum Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., 1873, p. 9, December, 1872. Stem stout and coarse, composed of many tubes; branches stout, tapering, compound except at tips, pinnately or bipinnately branched, the branchlets spreading at an angle of about 45°; yellowish white and translucent, about 5 of an inch long, divided by simple distant constrictions, the long internodes usually bearing from two to four hydroids. Hydrothecae alternate, large, deep, somewhat vase-shaped, with an even, slightly everted rim, below which there is a slight con- striction; the middle region is slightly smaller, gradually narrowed toward the base, with a simple diaphragm near the base within. The hydrothecae are articulated upon slightly prominent projections from the stem, in an oblique and excentric position, so as to produce a decidedly geniculated appearance. Most of the hydrothecae are simple, but some have one or two slightly prominent secondary rims near the margin. Height about 100". East of St. George's Bank, 430 fathoms (haul g). Sertularella, polyzonia's Gray, var. gigantea, Hincks. Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., IV, Vol. xiii, p. 151, pl. 7, figs. 11, 12, 1874. Diphasia mirabilis Verrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., 1873, p. 9, December, 1872. Stem stout, rather rigid, narrowed at base, pinmately branched, somewhat flexuous between the branches, which are alternate, stout, rigid, straight, constricted at base, spreading at an angle of about 45°. Hydrothecae on the main stem in two rows, nearly opposite; on the branches mostly in six regular rows, occupying all sides of the branches, those in the adjacent rows alternating. The hydrothecae have large, appressed, somewhat swollen bases, but the upper portion is rapidly narrowed, prominent and curved outward; aperture strongly bilabiate, operculated. Reproductive capsules not observed. Le Have Bank, 60 fathoms (haul 6). 54 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. Pennatula, aculeata, Danielsen. Pennaiula aculeata Danielsen, Forhandlinger i Vedenskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, 1858, p. 25 (teste Kölliker); Werrill, loc. cit., p. 100, 1873. Pennatula phosphorea, var. aculeata, Kölliker, Anatomisch-systematische Beschrei- bung der Alcyonarien, 1 Abtheilung, l Hálfte, p. 134, pl. 9, fig. 73, 1870 (from Ahandlungen d. Senckenberg. Naturf. Gesellschaft, Frankfort, Bd. vii). Pennatula Canadensis Whiteaves, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. x, p. 346, November, 1872. - Pennatula, near P. phosphorea. Werrill, Am. Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 5, 1873. Localities o and 8, 110 and 150 fathoms. Also dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in 200 fathoms in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. - Virgularia, Lyungmanii Kölliker. Op. cit., 2 Hälfte, l Heft, p. 196, pl. 13, figs. 133, 134, 1871; Werrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. v., p. 100, 1873; Whiteaves, Report on a Second Deep-sea Dredging Expedition to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 13, 1873. This species was described by Kölliker from specimens obtained in 30 to 80 fathoms, among the Azores, by the Josephine Expedition sent out by the Swedish government. It was also dredged in 1872, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at a depth of 200 fathoms, by Mr. Whiteaves. Urticina nodosa, Verrill. Actinia nodosa Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 350, 1780. Urticina digitata Verrill, Am. Jour. of Science, III, vol. v., p. 5, 1873 (not of Müller?). This species has been dredged also in deep water off Casco Bay (Professor Verrill), and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Mr. Whiteaves). Cerianthus borealis Werrill. American Journal of Science, III, vol. V, 1873, p. 5, December, 1872. Plate II, figure 5. Body much elongated, tapering gradually to the abactinal opening, the surface smooth but more or less sulcated longitudinally. Marginal tentacles very numerous and unequal, the inner ones longest, in the largest specimens 56" long, and 3" in diameter at base, gradually tapering, acute; the outer ones 25" and less in length. Oral tentacles numerous, crowded in several rows, in the largest specimens about 25" long, slender, acute. Color of body olive-brown or dark chestnut-brown, sometimes pale bluish or purplish just below the tentacles; disk pale yellowish-brown; space within the oral tentacles, around the mouth, deep brown, with lighter radiating lines; oral tentacles pale chestnut-brown ; marginal ones deep salmon or yellowish-brown, the longest usually barred trans- versely with six to eight dark reddish-brown spots, each spot partially divided along the median line into two lateral ones; part of the tenta- cles often have flake whité spots on each side, at the base. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 55. The two largest specimens, dredged in 1872, in 28 fathoms, east of Grand Menan, by Professor Verrill, measured 125" across the disk and tentacles, but their bodies were mutilated. Entire ones of much smaller size were dredged by Dr. Packard and Mr. Cook in 110 and 150 fathoms, soft muddy bottom, hauls s and o. The largest of these was 200” long, and like other species of the genus, inhabited a thick, tough, felt-like, muddy tube. It was also dredged, in 1873, in Casco Bay, from 7 to 94 fathoms. One of these speci- mens, dredged off Seguin Island, in 70 fathoms, was 450” long, 40” in diameter, and 175” across the tentacles. A small specimen has been dredged in 18 fathoms off Watch Hill, R. I. Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill. Plate VIII, figure 2. This species lives upon stones as well as upon shells inhabited by Jºhpagurus. The specimens from 430 fathoms (g) were on stones, while those from 60 and 65 fathoms (s and f) were on shells. It ranges from off the Čoast of New Jersey to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. SPONGES. . Most of the sponges obtained have not yet been sufficiently studied to be reported upon, but the two following species are of special interest. Hyalonema, longissimum Sars. G. O. Sars, on some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the Great Depths off the Norwegian Coast, p. 70, pl. 6, figs. 35–45, 1872. Only a single and somewhat abnormal specimen of this remarkable Species was dredged by us in 430 fathoms, but it has since been dredged in considerable abundance by Professor Verrill, in 95 fathoms, off Casco Bay, and by Dr. Packard and Mr. Cooke on Cashe's Ledge.” Mr. Whiteaves reports it also from deep water in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Thecophora ibla, Wyville Thompson. Depths of the Sea, p. 147, fig. 24, 1873; Werrill, American Journal of Science, III, vol. vii, p. 500, pl. 8, fig. 8, 1874. - Plate VII, figure 1. This species, first described by Wyville Thompson, from specimens dredged in 344 fathoms, off the Shetland Islands, by the Porcupine expedition, and dredged by us in 50 and 60 fathoms (hauls e and d), has since been dredged by Dr. Packard and Mr. Cook on Cashe's Ledge and Jeffrey’s Ledge in the Gulf of Maine. . . * American Journal of Science, III, vol. vi, p. 440, 1873, 56 Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. EXPLAN ATION OF PIATES. PLATE I. Figure 1.-Stylifer Stimpsonii Werrill; specimen from 60 fathoms, George's Bank (haul ?); enlarged 10 diameters. . Figure 2.-Ringicula nitida Verrill; specimen from 110 fathoms; enlarged 14 diameters. Figure 3.−Entalis striolata Stimpson; several views of animal, with the foot in differ- ent states of expansion; enlarged about 1% diameters. Figure 4.—Astarte lens Stimpson; adult; natural size. Figure 5.-The same; young specimen; natural size. Figure 6.—Astarte undata Gould; inside of valves, showing the hinge; natural size. Figure 7.—The same ; young specimen; natural size. Figure 8.—The same ; adult specimen; natural size. Figure 9.—Wariety of the same; adult specimen; natural size. Figure 10.—Astarte elliptica (Brown); natural size. Figure ll.—Cryptodon obesus Werrill; inside of valve; enlarged 3 diameters. Figure 12.—Astarte Banksii Leach; natural size. - Figure l was drawn from nature by S. I. Smith; 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, by Professor Werrill; 3, by J. H. Emerton; the rest from Binney's Gould. PLATE II. Figure 1.—Sertularia argentea, Ellis and Solander; a branch bearing reproductive capsules (gonothecae) with the soft parts removed; much enlarged. Figure 2.—Alcyonium carmewm Agassiz ; three of the polyps fully expanded; much enlarged. - Figure 3.—Crisia eburnea Lamouroux; a cluster of branches, enlarged. Figure 4.—The same; a branch bearing owicells, more highly magnified. Figure 5.—Cerianthus borealis Werrill; entire animal removed from its tube and fully expanded; about one-third natural size. Eigures l and 2 were drawn from nature by Professor Werrill; 3 and 4 by Profes- sor A. Hyatt; 5 by J. H. Emerton. PLATE III. Figure 1.—Xenoclea megachir Smith, male; one of the first pair of legs with its epime- ron, seen from the outside; enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 2.—The same; one of the second pair of legs, seen in the same position and enlarged the same amount. Figure 3.—The same; one of the third pair of legs, with its epimeron and gill, seen from the outside, and showing the glandular organ within ; enlarged 20 diameters; a, the tip of the dactylus, showing the perforation; enlarged 100 diameters. Eigure 4.—The same; one of the fifth pair of legs, with its epimeron and gill, seen from the outside; enlarged 20 diameters. Figure 5.—Stenothoë peltata Smith, female; one of the second pair of legs, with its epimeron, seen from the outside; enlarged 16 diameters. Figure 6.—The same; one of the fourth pair of legs, with its epimeron, seen from the outside; enlarged 16 diameters. Higure i.-The same; one of the first pair of legs, seen from the outside; enlarged 50 diameters. Figure 8.—The same; distal portion of the propodus, with the dactylus, of one of the second pair of legs, seen from the outside ; enlarged 125 diameters. Figure 9.—Scalpellum Stroemi Sars; side view; enlarged 5 diameters. All the figures were drawn on wood, from alcoholic specimens, by S. I. Smith. Smith and Harger—St. George's Banks Dredgings. 57 PLATE IV. Figure 1.-Grymaea Spîralis Verrill; head and anterior part of body; enlarged. Figure 2. —Pºsta Cristala Malmgren; head and anterior part of body; enlarged. Figure 3.-Phyllodoce catenula Verrill; dorsal view of anterior part of body and head, and extended proboscis; enlarged about 4 diameters. - Figure 4.—? Spirorbis nautiloides Lamarck; entire animal; much enlarged. All the figures were drawn from life by J. H. Emerton. , PLATE W. Figure 1 —Nephthys ciliata Rathke; one of the lateral appendages; enlarged 10 diameters. Figure 2.—Lumbriconereis fragilis CErsted; anterior part of body and head, dorsal view ; enlarged about 6 diameters. Figure 3.—Ninoë nigripes Verrill; one of the lateral appendages from the middle part of the body; greatly enlarged. Figure 4.—Ammochares assim?lis Sars; entire animal; enlarged about 4 diameters. Figure 5.—Leodice vivida Werrill; head and anterior part of the body and 12th seg- ment; dorsal view ; enlarged about 4 diameters. Tigure 1 was copied from Ehlers; all the others were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton. PLATE VI. Protula media Stimpson; animal removed from the tube; enlarged 4 diameters. Drawn from life by J. H. Emerton, from a specimen dredged near Grand Menan, Bay of Fundy, by Professor Werrill, in 1872. PLATE WII. Figure 1.-Thecophora ibla. W. Thompson; specimen from 60 fathoms, Le Have Bank (haul ă); natural size. Figure 2.—Eusyllis phosphorea. Verrill; anterior and posterior portions of the animal; dorsal view ; much enlarged. º Figure 3.—Nothria conchylega Malmgren ; anterior portion; enlarged. Figure 4.—Nothria opalina Werrill; anterior portion; enlarged. Figure I was drawn from nature by Sherman; the others from life by J. H. Emerton. PLATE VIII. Figure 1.-Pera crystallina Verrill; enlarged 3 diameters. Figure 2.—Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill; a single polyp expanded; enlarged about 6 diameters. Figure 3.—Chatoderma mitidulum Lovén; entire animal; enlarged 4 diameters. Figure 4.—The same ; posterior portion with the gills expanded; enlarged 24 diame- tel’S. Figure l was drawn from mature by Professor Werrill; the others were drawn from life by J. H. Emerton. ERRATA. |Page 5, line 30, for Wetumnus, read Verlumnus. “ 9, last line, for 1873}\read 1874. “ ll, line 31, for virticillata, read verticillata. TRANS CONN, ACAD, Vol. III. Plate I. / （ } ·\\ TRANS CONN. ACAD., Vol. III. Plate ||. |'', y º | º - º, Nº \\ N. \ Wºl. |/ Ž º - N º ſº Nº|| Žº- - ºl |ºs= TRANS CONN. ACAD, Vol. III. Plate ||. 1. TRANS CONN. ACAD., Vol. III. Plate IV. |- （i. - ·|- //% |- （~~~~ |，| |× - |№. ['（| - º º Q TRANS CONN. ACAD., Vol. III. Plate VI. TRANS CONN. ACAD, Vol. III. Plate VII. 1. TRANS CONN. ACAD, Vol. III. Plate VIII. Tº re- *…* - 24/7 EXTRACT FROM THE REPORT OF PROF. S. F. BAIRD, COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISEHERIES, PART II, REPORT FOR 1872–73. CRUSTACEA OF THE FRESH WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, By SIDNEY I. SMITH. A.—SYNOPSIS OF THE HIGHER FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE NORTHERN UNITED STATES,, P. 637. IB.-CRUSTACEAN PARASITES OF THE FRESH-WATER FISHES OF THE UNITED STATES, P. 661. SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH-AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES, BY A. E. VERRILL, (PAGE 666.) SKETCH OF THE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR, BY SIDNEY I. SMITH, (PAGE 690.) FOOD OF FRESH-WATER FISHES, BY SIDNEY I. SMITH, (PAGE 708.) W.A.S EIIIN G T ON : G O W E R N M E N T P R IN TIN G O FF I O E. 1874. XXV.--THE CRUSTACEA OF THE FRESH WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. BY SIDNEY I. SMITH. A—SYNOPSIS OF THE HIGHER FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF TEIE NORTHERN UNITED STATES. The following synopsis is intended to include all the species of deca- pod and tetradecapod Crustacea known to inhabit the fresh waters of the Northern United States east of the Mississippi River. It has been limited to this particular region, because there has been at hand no material of any importance from other parts of the country, and because very few species have been described from localities outside of the region included. I should, perhaps, except from this statement the numerous Species of Astacidae, but these have been so recently monographed by Professor Hagen that it seems needless to repeat an account of them here. The fresh-water Crustacea are of great economic importance as food for very many, if not all, our fresh-water food-fishes; and on this account, as well as for purely scientific reasons, I hope this imperfect Synopsis will be of service to all those interested in the subject, and trust it will hasten the preparation of a more complete work, including all the species of the United States. I am indebted to Mr. Oscar E[arger for the descriptions of the species of Asellus and Asellopsis. - MACRURA. Family ASTACIDAE. The following list of the species of this family I have compiled largely from Dr. Hagen's most valuable work,” to which the reader is referred for the full account of the species. The crawfishes of all the eastern part of the United States belong to the genus Cambarus, but the species appear to be quite numerous, and are difficult to distinguish without careful study. CAMBARUS ACUTUS Girard. Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. vi., p. 91, 1853; Hagen, op. cit., p. 35, pl. 1, figs. 1–5; pl. 2, figs. 106–127; pl. 3, figs. 143, 144. This species, one of the largest of our crawfishes, has an extensive * Illustrated Catalogue Museum Comp, Zool, No. 3; Monograph of the North Ameri- can Astacidae, 1870. 1 B 638 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. range, being found from New York State south to Louisiana, and north- west to Indiana and Illinois. - - According to Dr. Abbott,” this species frequents running streams which have masses of vegetation growing in them; the animal resting upon the plants, usually near the surface of the Water. CAMBARUS AFFINIS Erichson. Astacus affinis Say, Journal Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i., p. 168, 1817. Cambarus affinis Erichson, Archiv für Naturgeschichte, xii, 1846, p. 96; Hagen, op. cit., p. 60, pl. 1, figs. 19-22, 84,85; pl. 3, fig. 152; pl. 5. Dr. Hagen knew this species only from the Middle States and Mary- land. , According to Dr. Abbott, in the paper previously referred to, this is the river-species in the vicinity of Philadelphia. He says, “We have been able to find it, as yet, only in the Delaware River, usually frequent- ing the rocky bed, but also in fewer numbers on the mud-bottomed por- tions of the river. ‘They are usually found resting under flat stones, well out from the banks of the stream, where the water is of consid- erable depth. Wherever the vegetation is dense, we have failed to find them ; nor have we seen anything to indicate that it is a burrowing species.” - CAMIBARUS VIRILIS Hagen. Op. cit., p. 63, pl. 1, figs. 23–28; pl. 2, figs. 128-132; pl. 3, fig. 155; pl. 8. Canada West; Lake Winnipeg; Saskatchewan and Red River of the North; Ohio; Illinois; Iowa; Lake Superior; Missouri; Texas. CAMBARUS PLACIDUs Hagen. Op. cit., p. 65, pl. 1, figs. 76–79;; pl. 3, fig. 158. Illinois; Tennessee; Texas. CAMIBARUS JUVENILIS EIagen. Op. cit., p. 66, pl. 1, figs. 29–33; pl. 3, fig. 157. Rentucky River; Osage River, Missouri. CAMIBARUS PROPINQUUS Girard. Loc. cit., p. 88; Hagen, op. cit., p. 67, pl. 1, figs. 34–38; pl. 3, fig. 158. I have examined specimens of this species from as far east as Mon- treal, and Dr. Hagen records it from Northern New York to Lake Su- perior. It dwells in Cayuga Lake, New York; and Professor Verrill has found it in a lake at Madison, Wis. It was found in abundance in the stomach of Memobranchus lateralis, at Ecorse, Mich., by Mr. J. W. Milner. A Crawfish, found in the valley of the Saint John's and Aroostook Riv- ers in Maine and New Brunswick, is most likely this species; but I have Inever, had specimens for examination." “American Naturalist, vol. vii, p. 80, February, 1873. FRESEI-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 639 GAMBARUS OBSCURUS Eſagen. * , Op. cit., p. 69, pl. 1, figs. 72–75; pl. 3, fig. 154. . Genesee River, New York. CAMIBARUS RUSTICUS Girard. Loc. cit., p. 88; Hagen, op. cit., p. 71, pl. 1, figs. 80–83; pl. 3, fig, 161. Ohio; Lake Superior. - CAMBARUS IMMUNIS Hagen. Op. cit., p. 71, pl. 1, figs, 101, 102; pl. 3, fig. 160; pl. 8. , North Carolina; Alabama; Illinois. CAMBARUS BARTONII Erichson. Asiacus Bartonii Fabricius, Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae, p. 407, 1798; Say, loc. cit., p. 167. Cambarus Bartomii Erichson, loc. cit., p. 97; Hagen, op. cit., p. 75, pl. 1, figs. 47–50; pl. 2, figs. 135–139; pl. 3, fig. 166. Cambarus montanus, Diogenes, pusillus, and longulus (?) Girard, loc. cit., pp. 88,90. This seems to be the commonest species in the Northern States. It is found in Vermont and Massachusetts, in the tributaries of Lake Cham- plain and Hudson River, and extends west to Lake Superior and south to New Jersey, Maryland, and Kentucky. Professor Verrill has collected it under stones in cold brooks in North- ern New York, and in McKean County, Pennsylvania; but, according to Dr. Abbott, it is, in the vicinity of Trenton, N. J., a burrowing species. He says, “The burrows, so far as we have observed them, have all been in the banks of the smaller streams and meadow-ditches, (and occasion- ally a colony of burrows in the river-bank, where peculiarly favorable,) a little below the usual water-line.” It occurs in Mammoth Cave with C. pellucidus. CAMBARUs ROBUSTUs Girard. Loc, cit., p. 90; Hagen, op. cit., p. 80, pl. 3, fig. 156. Western New York. CAMBARUS OBESUS Hagen. Op. cit., p. 81, pl. 1, figs. 39–42; pl. 3, fig. 163; pl. 9. Virginia; Illinois; Lake Michigan; Arkansas; New Orleans. CAMIBARUS PELLUCIDUS Erichson. Astacus pellucidus Tellkampf, Müller's Archiv, 1844, p. 383, (teste authors.) Cambarus pellucidus Erichson, loc. cit., p. 95; Hagen, op. cit., p. 55, pl. 1, figs. 68–71; pl. 3, fig, 148; pl. 6; Packard, American Naturalist, vol. v., p. 50, fig. 131, 1871; Hagen, American Naturalist, vol. vi., p. 494, 1872; Packard, Fifth Annual Report Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, p. 94, 1873. Orconectes pellucidus and inermis Cope, American Naturalist, vol. vi., p. 419, fig. 116, 1872; Third and Fourth Annual Reports of the Geological Survey of Indiana, p. 173, 1872. - -- ſ This is the blind species of Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, and Wyan- dotte Cave, Indiana. It is a fact worthy of notice that C. Bartonii occurs in Mammoth Cave with Well-developed eyes. 640 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Family PALAEMONIDAE. |PALAEMON OHIONTs, sp. mov. Carapax smooth, stout, and considerably swollen; the antennal and hepatic spines acute and of nearly equal size. Rostrum short, reaching scarcely to the tips of the antennal scales; its height in the middle about a third of the length, with a very high and arched lamellar crest above, not extending back of the middle of the carapax, and armed with ten to twelve slender teeth, of which the two or three posterior are back of the bases of the ocular peduncles, and more separated from each other than the anterior ones; inferior edge arcuate and armed with two or three teeth; the terminal third or fourth unarmed and directed slightly upward to the acute tip. Antennal scale about two-fifths as broad as long; the edges nearly parallel; the tip broad, subtruncate. First pair of legs smooth and slender, the carpus, in large specimens, reaching beyond the tips of the antennal scales; merus and carpus sub- equal in length ; hand very slender, about half as long as the carpus ; fingers not quite half as long as the Whole hand, cylindrical, armed with a few fascicles of setae. Second pair of legs slender, either equal or somewhat unequal on the two sides; the ischium, merus, and carpus subequal in length; the carpus, in full-grown specimens, reaching much beyond the tips of the antennal Scales, cylindrical, tapering proximally, and armed with scattering spinules, or short hairs; hand considerably longer than the carpus, slender; the basal portion of the propodus slightly swollen, nearly cylindrical, and armed with minute spinules; the fingers much shorter than the basal portion of the propodus, slender, not gaping, nearly straight, and armed with a few fascicles of short setiform hairs. Succeeding legs increasing slightly in length posterior- ly; all of them with short, strongly-curved dactyli, and reaching slightly beyond the tips of the antennal scales. Eourth and fifth segments of the abdomen produced at the posterior lateral angle, which is rounded in the fourth segment and acutely angu- lar in the fifth. Sixth segment only a little longer than the fifth. Tel- son narrow, considerably shorter than the inner lamellae of the append- ages of the sixth segment, tapering regularly to the acutely triangular tip, which is armed each side with two slender spines and numerous long plumose setae; the dorsal surface armed with two pairs of short spines. Two specimens give the following measurements: Male. Female. ... ?)??)?. mm. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of telson... --- - - - - - - - - - - 51.0 80. 0 Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior margin.----.. 12. 0 22. 0 Breadth of Carapax --------------------------------------------- 7.8 14. 0 Length of rostrum from its tip to base of ocular peduncles -------- 8. 2 13. 5 Length of basal scale of antenna -------------------------------. 8, 4 32. 0 Length of first pair of legs -------------------------------------. 16. 0 8, 3 Length of merus in first pair of legs ----------------------------. 4. 2 10. 0 FRESH-WATER. CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 641. ~. 7)????, ???, 170. Length of carpus in first pair of legs. ---------------------------- 4.5 4. 7 Length of hand in first pair of legs -------------------. ---------- 2, 6 52.0–45. 6 Length of second pair of legs.------------------- '• - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22. 0 10. 5– 9.6 Length of merus in second pair of legs. -------------------------. 5. 0 11. 0– 9.8 Length of carpus in Second pair of legs . -- - - - - - - -* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4. 2 16.4—13.6 Length of hand in second pair of legs. -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6. 0 6. 6- 6. 1 Length of dactylus in second pair of legs ----...------------------- 3.2 10. 5– 9.6 The only specimens which I have seen were obtained by Prof. F. H. Bradley from the Ohio River at Cannelton, Ind., where he tells me it is taken for food. PALAEMONETES EXILIPEs Stimpson. (Plate I, fig. 1.) Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vol. x, p. 130, 1871. Carapax Smooth and the spines of the anterior border slender and acute. Rostrum nearly straight, scarcely reaching the tips of the antennal Scales, and as long as the carapax from the bases of the ocular peduncles to the middle of the posterior margin; the dorsal crest slightly raised a little behind the bases of the ocular peduncles, and serrated with seven or eight equidistant, slender, and acute teeth, of which the second is directly above or slightly in front of the bases of the ocular peduncles; the tip unarmed, slender, and acute; the inferior edge armed with one or two teeth. Outer flagellum of the antennula much longer than the inner, and its secondary branch, which does not reach the middle of the flagellum, having only the terminal third free. Antennal scale bioadest distally and evenly rounded at the tip. First pair of legs slender, just reaching to the tips of the antennal scales; carpus a little longer than the merus, slightly thickened distally; hand nearly naked, scarcely thicker than the carpus and only half as long; fingers as long as the basal portion of the propodus. Second pair of legs slender; carpus nearly twice as long as the merus, slightly thickened distally ; hand slightly thicker than the carpus, and nearly two-thirds as long; fingers slender, nearly naked, and a little shorter than the basal portion of the propodus; third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs increasing successively in length, the fifth pair reaching to the tip of the rostrum. Sixth segment of the abdomen slender, a little longer than the fourth and fifth together. Telson tapering regularly to the extremity, which is quite broad, but terminates in a slender and acute tip, each side of which there is a long and stout spine, and at each lateral angle a shorter one, while between the inner spines there are two long plumose setae, arising from the under side and reaching beyond the tips of the long spines; each lateral margin armed with two short spines, one near the extremity, and another about three-fourths of the way from the base to the tip. Two specimens, the first from Sandusky Bay, the second from Ecorse, Mich., give the following measurements : 7??,?)? - ?????. Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson ----------------------------- 30.0 32. 0 Length of carapax from orbit to middle of posterior border ------------. 5. S 6, 5 , 642 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. T}lſ?)? . 77,770. Breadth of carapax ...................... "- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4.0 4.2 Length of rostrum from tip to base of ocular peduncle - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5. 8 6.4 Length of basal scale of antenna-------------------------------------- 5.4 5.6 I have seen only half a dozen specimens, which agree very closely with each other. All but one of them have seven teeth on the upper edge of the rostrum and two below, while this one has eight above and one below. Collected by Mr. J. W. Milner at Ecorse, Mich., and in a grassy arm of Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie, known as the “Black Channel.” As Stimpson's specimens were from Somerville, S. C., and his descrip- tion differed considerably from the Lake Erie specimens, I supposed, at the time the above description was written, that the northern specimens represented a distinct species. Since the manuscript was in the hands of the printer, however, I have received a large series of specimens col- lected by Dr. Edward Palmer in fresh-water streams in l'lorida, which evidently belong to Stimpson's species, and at the same time show that the Lake Erie Specimens are undoubtedly of the same species. Most of the Florida specimens, like those from Lake Erie, differ from Stimpson's description in having the rostrum not longer than the antennal Scales, but in a few of them it is very slightly longer, so that they agree well with the description. Tamily PENAEIDAE. PENAEUS BRASILIENSIS Latreille. Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle, vol. xxv, p. 154, (teste Edwards;) Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, vol. ii, p. 414; Gibbes, On the Carcinological Collections of the United States, Proceedings American Association, 3d meet- ing, p. 170, 1850; Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vol. x, p. 132, 1871; von Martens, Ueber Cubanische Crustaceen, Archiv für Naturge- schichte, 1872, vol. xxxviii, p. 140. This is perhaps more properly a marine than a fresh-water Species; but as it ascends fresh-water streams for long distances, it should be included in the present list. Dr. Stimpson says, “It was found in the Croton River at Sing Sing, N.Y., by Professor Baird, and by myself in a fresh-water creek near Somers' Point, N. J.” It is common on the coast of the Southern States, and extends south to Brazil. § SCEIIZOPODA. IFamily MYSIDAE. MYSIS RELICTA Lovén. (Plate I, fig. 2.) Om nāgra i Vettern och Venern fauna Crustaceer, Öfversight af Vetenskaps Akademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm, xviii, 1861, p. 285; Smith, American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, pp. 374, 452, 1871; and Preliminary Re- port on Dredging in Lake Superior, in Report of Secretary of War, vol. ii, Re- port of Chief of Engineers, p. 1022, 1871. Mysis oculata, war. relicta, G. O. Sars, Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés d'Eau Douce de Norvège, 18 livraison, p. 14, plates 1–3, 1867. - Mysis diluvianus Stimpson, MSS. ; Hoy, Transactions Wisconsin Academy, Vol. i, p. 100, 1872, (no description.) FRESEI-WATER. CRUSTACEA OF TEIE UNITED STATES. 643 ... In this country, this species was first found in the stomachs of the white-fish. Subsequently, it was dredged in Lake Michigan by Drs. Hoy and Stimpson, in 40 to 50 fathoms, off Racine. In Lake Superior, I found it in a large number of the dredgings. It was brought up with Sand and mud from 12 to 14 fathoms among the Slate Islands; from 4 to 6 fathoms in the cove at the eastern end of Saint Ignace; from 8 and 13 fathoms, with Cladophora, &c., on the south side of the same island; and in many of the hauls from 72 to 148 fathoms. Mr. Milner also dredged it, in 1872, in 60 fathoms, off Outer Island. It apparently furnishes a large part of the food of the white-fish in many parts of the lakes. Nine- tenths of the contents of the stomachs of white-fish taken at Outer Island were made up of Mysis. I have carefully compared American with European specimens, and With the beautiful figures given by Dr. G. O. Sars, in his elaborate work on the Fresh-Water Crustacea of Norway, and am still unable to detect any characters by “which to distinguish them. The form and ornamentation of the appendages seem to be exactly the same through- out, and the habits appear to be the same in the Scandinavian lakes and in Lake Superior. This species is also very closely allied to Mysis oculata Kroyer, a marine species found on the coasts of Labrador and Green- land. Lovén points out this close affinity, and regards it, together with the occurrence with it in the Scandinavian lakes of Gammaracanthus toricatus Bate, Pontiporeia affinis Lindström, and Idotea entomon Fa- bricius, all of which he regarded as specifically identical With previously- known marine forms, as evidence that the lakes where it is found were formerly filled with salt-water; that they had been cut off from the sea by the elevation of the Scandinavian peninsula; and that the differences between these species of the lakes and their allies of the neighbor- ing ocean have been brought about by gradual changes in the habitats of the lake-species. Dr. Sars adopts Lovén's view as to the origin of these species in the Scandinavian lakes; regards the fresh-Water Mysis as only a variety of the marine form ; and considers, with good reason, the Gammaracanthus as a distinct variety of the marine species. He also points.out the interesting fact that the slight differences (princi- pally in the form of the telson) which distinguish the fresh-water from the marine form of the Mysis are exactly such as distinguish immature from adult individuals of the marine form, and are such differences as might have been brought about by a slight retardation of development, caused by the gradual change from a marine to a less congenial fresh- water habitat. Dr. Sars gives the Gulf of Bothnia as a habitat of the fresh-water variety, so that it is apparently not wholly confined to the fresh waters, but, like the Pontoporeia affinis, lives also in the some- what brackish Waters of the Baltic. The occurrence, in Lake Michigan and Lake Superior, So far removed from the sea, of this Mysis, and other forms so nearly identical with marine species, is a fact of peculiar interest, which goes far toward 644 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. proving the marine origin of a part of the fauna of our great lakes. Dr. Stimpson,” in his first notice of his dredging in Lake Michigan, while regarding the Mysis as a new species, recognized its close affinity with “Certain arctic forms,” and supposes the same changes to have taken place in Lake Michigan as in the Scandinavian lakes. He says, “Mysis is a marine genus, many Species of which occur in the colder parts of the North-Atlantic Seas. One species, M. relicta, was found by Lovén in Company With Idothea entomon and other marine Crustacea in the deep fresh-Water lakes Wener and Wetter of Sweden, indicating that these basins were formerly filled with salt-water, and have been isolated from the sea by the elevatory movement of the Scandinavian peninsula, Which is still going on. That the same thing has occurred in our own lakes is shown by the occurrence in their depths of the genus Mysis, notwithstanding the non-occurrence of marine shells in the Quaternary deposits on their shores. Kingston, on Lake Ontario, is, I believe, the highest point in the valley in which such shells have been found. Very probably, at the time when the sea had access to these basins, the com- Imunication was somewhat narrow and deep, and the influx of fresh Water from the surrounding country was sufficient to occupy entirely the upper stratum, while the heavier sea-water remained at the bottom. After the basin had become separated from the ocean by the rise of the land, the bottom water must have become fresh by diffusion very slowly to allow of the gradual adaptation of the crustaceans to the change of element.” In the entire absence of geological evidence of any oceanic connection with Lake Superior in, recent geological times, the occur. rence, in its otherwise strictly lacustrine fauna, of a very few forms of life showing close affinity with marine species, seems scarcely to war- rant so positive an assumption of such a connection. At the time Lake Ontario was a part of the great Saint Lawrence Valley sea, there was, very likely, no insuperable barrier in the Niagara River to the upward migration of active swimming animals like Mysis, and some of the inhabitants of the upper lakes may have reached their present homes by this route, during the northward movement of the fauna, at the close of the Quaternary epoch. On the other hand, Mysis relicta, although originally derived from the strictly marine species M. oculata, may have existed lon g enough to have had the same history as some of the strictly fresh-water species, known to be common to Northern Amer- ica and Northern Europe, since it has much the same geographical dis- Iribution. The investigation of the fauna of the lower lakes and Lake Champlain, and possibly of Lake Winnipeg, will throw much light upon these interesting questions, and it seems best to reserve any lengthy dis- cussion of them until such investigations have been made. - Whether we should regard the fresh-water form of Mysis as a variety of M. oculata or as a distinct species, seems a matter of little import- *On the Deep-Water Fauna of Lake Michigan, American Naturalist, vol. iv, p. 403, September, 1870. FRESH-water CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 645 ance, as long as we recognize the characters which distinguish them ; but, as We know no truly intermediate forms, it is perhaps best for the present to regard it as a species. * , - In regard to the distribution and habits of this species in Europe, I translate the following remarks from Dr. Sars's great work. He says, “I have found it in Norway only in Lake Mjösen, the largest of our lakes. There, however, it is found in very great quantities, from shal- low water (3 to 6 fathoms) to very great depths, (200 fathoms.) In Sweden, it seems to be much more widely diffused. Besides the two largest lakes of that country, Wener and Wetter, where it was first dis- Covered, it has since been found in eight other Swedish lakes as well as in the Gulf of Bothnia. It has also recently been found by M. Malm- gren in Lake Ladoga, the largest lake in Europe, as Well as in many of the lakes of Finland. In habits, it seems to resemble the marine spe- Cies. Like them, it generally lives collected together in great masses or in bands. It seems to prefer places where the bottom presents quite rapid inclinations; in such places, it is frequently found in great bands, Swimming along the borders of these acclivities in the calm and elegant manner peculiar to the species of Mysis, making a digression only here and there to avoid some object which it fears. Its principal food seems to be composed of Entomostraca, with which these waters swarm. In the stormach of an individual, which I examined for the purpose, I dis- covered the remains of two or three species of Cyclops, a Canthocamptus, a Bosmina, a Daphnia, and a Cypris.” AMIPEIIPODA. Family ORCHESTIDAE. HYALELLA, gem. nov. First pair of maxillae with rudimentary, very short, and uniarticu- late palpi. Palpus of the maxillipeds composed of five segments; the terminal Segment being slender and styliform, and the penultimate broad. Antennulae, antennae, and thoracic legs much as in Hyale. 'Tel- Son short, stout, and entire. * -- This genus seems to be closely allied to Hyale, but differs from it and from the rest of the Orchestidae in the palpus of maxillipeds, which has five instead of four segments, showing in this respect a remarkable approach toward the gammaroid group of Amphipoda. From Hyale, it differs also in the telson. HYALELLA DENTATA, sp. now. (Plate II, fig. 8, male, lateral view; fig. 9, female, lateral view; fig. 10, details.) Body slightly compressed. First and second segments of the abdo- men With the dorsal margin produced posteriorly into a well-marked Spiniform tooth. Eyes nearly round, about equal in diameter to the thickness of the proximal segment of the peduncle of the antennula. 646 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Peduncle of the antennula about as long as the head; the flagellum a little longer than the peduncle, and composed of seven to nine segments. Antennae somewhat longer than the antennulae; the two distal segments of the peduncle elongated and nearly equal; the flagellum usually but little longer than the flagellum of the antennula, and composed, usually, of eight to ten segments. First pair of legs with the merus somewhat quadrate in outline; the ischium and carpus articulated on the two anterior margins, and reach- ing by, so as to touch each other; the postero-inferior angle being rounded and furnished with an area armed with numerous minute denticles, just below which there are a few slender setae; the carpus much longer than broad, as long as the width of the first epimeron, somewhat triangular, and furnished with a line of setae on each side near the distal extremity; the propodus slightly shorter than the carpus, a little less than half as broad as long; the lateral margins strongly curved, and armed with minute spinules; palmary margin transverse, nearly straight, and armed with a small tooth at the posterior angle; the dactylus very strongly curved, and its tip closing behind the posterior angle. Second pair of legs in the male greatly developed; the merus nearly quadrilateral, considerably longer than broad; the postero-inferior angle slightly rounded and armed somewhat as in the first pair; the carpus not longer than broad, with the posterior margin projecting into a process nearly as long as the merus and extending along the posterior margin of the propodus; the propodus very stout, about as long as the depth of the second epimeron; the breadth greatest distally, and a little less than the length; palmary margin slightly oblique, armed with a sub- marginal line of setae; the middle portion a little arcuate, with an abrupt notch near the middle, and two slight emarginations near the postero- inferior angle; the dactylus stout, curved, and with the tip closing behind the angle of the propodus. In the female, the second pair of legs are slender and weak, and the carpus and hand are elongated and nar- row; the propodus not broader than the merus, more than twice as long as broad; the postero-inferior angle produced distally, so that the nearly straight prehensile portion of the palmary margin forms less than a right angle with the posterior margin; the dactylus slightly curved and fitting closely the palmary margin ; Seventh pair of legs only slightly longer than the sixth, and with the basis broad, and its poste- rior margin Serrate. The infero-posterior angles of the three first segments of the abdo- men a little less than right-angled, but only slightly produced. First pair of caudal stylets considerably longer than the second. Third pair short; the basal segments not reaching beyond the basal segments of the second pair, nearly as broad as long, and armed on the out- side at the distal extremity with three or four stout spines; the terminal segment nearly as long as the basal, slender, tapering, and furnished FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. s 647 p WA with a few slender setae at tip. Telson stóut, as long as broad; the pos- terior margin rounded and furnished each side with a slender seta. Length from front of head to tip of telson, 4”.5 to 6*.5. Abundant in pools of stagnant water, New Haven, Conn. Also col- lected at Madison, Wis., by Professor Verrill; Madeline Island, Lake Superior, by Mr. J. W. Milner; at The Dalles, Oregon, by Mr. Oscar Harger; and in Lake Raymond and Birdwood Creek, Nebraska, by Messrs. Oscar Eſarger and T. M. Prudden, of the Yale College expedi- tion of 1873; in the West Fork of the Des Moines River, Humboldt, Iowa, and at Salem, Mass., by Mr. Caleb Cooke; at Grand Rapids, Mich., and Bangor, Me., by Mr. N. Coleman; and at Norway, Me., by myself. - - Since the abové was in the hands of the printer, I have received numer- ous specimens of this species, collected at Lake Okeechobee, Florida, by Dr. Edward Palmer. In some of these specimens, the dorsal teeth upon the first and second segments of the abdomen are very small; and, in a very few specimens, they are wholly, or almost wholly, wanting. The Amphithoë aztecus Saussure, (Mémoire sur divers Crustacés nou- veaux du Mexique et des Antilles, p. 58, pl. 5, fig. 33, 1858,) from a reservoir at Vera Cruz, Mexico, although very badly described and fig- ured from the male alone, has evidently no affinity with Amphithoë in any modern sense, undoubtedly belongs to this genus, and may be called Byalella azteca. The discovery of the far southern range of our species renders it quite probable that it may prove to be synonymous with this species of Saussure. - Allorchestes Knickerbockeri of Bate, (Catalogue Amphipodus Crustacea British Museum, p. 36, pl. 6, fig. 1, 1862,) supposed to have come from the fresh waters of North America, belongs probably to this genus. It has the first and second segments of the abdomen armed dorsally as in our species, which it resembles considerably in several other respects, although the figures and description, indicated as made from the female only, represent the first pair of legs much like those of the second pair of the female of our species, while the second pair have very stout hands and resemble the second pair of legs of the male of our species. The palpus of the first pair of maxillae, in Bate's species, is figured (perhaps incorrectly) as composed of two segments. Ramily LYSIANASSIDAE. PONTOPORELA HOYI, sp. nov. (Plate II, fig. 5.) Pontoporeia affinis Smith, American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 452, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1022, 1871. Gammarus Hoyi Stimpson, MSS., (full-grown male form.) - Gammarus brevistylis Stimpson, MSS., (female.) - On first examining specimens of this species, obtained in Lake Süpe- rior in 1871, I regarded them as specifically identical with the Ponto- poréia affinis of the Scandinavian lakes and the Baltic. A subsequent f 648 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES." and more minute comparison has, however, revealed some differences; which are apparently constant. In the form and proportions of the Seg- ments of the thorax and abdomen, in the size and form of the eyes, in the minute details of antennulae, antennae, and mouth appendages, I can detect no differences by which it would be possible to distinguish speci- mens taken in Lake Superior from those sent from Lake Wetter, or from the beautiful figures of the Scandinavian species given by Sars.” In: the first pair of legs, however, the propodus in the American species is proportionately a very little shorter than in the European, and the pal- mary margin is less oblique—that is, it is not so nearly parallel with the posterior margin; the posterior margin is somewhat shorter, and fur- Inished with fewer hairs; and there are usually two small and slender Spines on the palmary margin near the tip of the closed dactylus, While in the European species there are no real spines upon the palmary mar- gin, but only slender Setiform hairs. In both the European and Almer- ican species, there is a very thin and narrow lamellar edge, extending nearly the whole length of the palmary margin. The dactylus is appar- ently a little longer and more 'slender in the European species. The obliquity of the palmary margin, and its armature near the posterior angle, seem to be always characteristic of the American species. In young specimens, however, there is often but one spine, while in larger ones there are often three. In the third and fourth pairs of legs of the American species, the dactylus is usually armed on the inside, a little way from the tip, with two setiform hairs, while in the European species there is only one. Some young specimens of the American species, however, agree with the European in having but one hair upon the dactylus, while large ones often have three, and in the full-grown male from Lake Mich- igan, mentioned farther on, there are even four. The most remarkable differences are in the peculiar, elongated, papilli- form appendages upon the sternal portion of the thoracic segments. In the European species, Dr. G. O. Sars describes and figures an elongated and slender process depending from the middle of the ster- Inum of several of the thoracic segments; and in the single specimen Which I have examined, there are three of these processes, one each on the Second, third, and fourth segments. Dr. Sars, who has studied the living animals very carefully, does not suggest what may be the use of the appendages, or whether they ever vary in number or position in different specimens. In specimens from Lake Superior, there are usually Seven of these appendages, one upon the second and two each upon the third, fourth, and fifth segments. In form and size, these appendages do not differ, except that in alcoholic specimens they seem to be a little longer in the American species. In some specimens of the American Species, the appendage upon the second segment is wholly wanting, and in two specimens examined carefully there Was Only a single median * Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés d'Eau Donce de Norvège, p. 82, pl. 7, figs, 10–25; pl. 8, figs. 1–5, 1867. - - - - * * - FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA of THE UNITED STATES. 649 one upon the third segment. ” In the absence of all knowledge of the nature and use of these appendages, it seems useless to speculate on their importance as distinctive characters. In a species of Pontoporeia from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, which I suppose to be the P. affinis of Rroyer, there are no such appendages on any of the thoracic segments. This fact, together with the variation noticed in the specimens from Lake Superior, would seem to indicate that these appendages are not of so much importance as might at first be supposed. i This species was found in great abundance in the dredgings in Lake Superior in 1871, and occurred in every haul from 4 to 169 fathoms. It was also dredged by Mr. J. W. Milner in Lake Superior in 1872, in 60 fathoms off Outer Island. It is common in the stomach of the white- fish from Lakes Superior and Michigan, and probably also from the lower lakes. All the specimens dredged in Lake Superior Were taken in August and the early part of September, and none of the females were carrying eggs during that time. Females carrying eggs were dredged by Dr. Stimpson, in Lake Michigan, in 40 to 60 fathoms, off Racine, Wis., June 24, 1870, and with them the adult male form with long antennulae and antennae. This peculiar form of the adult male, corre- sponding perfectly with the same form of the European species figured and described by Dr. Sars, I have not been able to find among the numerous specimens from Lake Superior. A single specimen of this form of the male was, however, sent to me by Dr. Stimpson under the manuscript name of Gammarus Hoyi, while two specimens of the female were sent as Gammarus brevistylis. These are undoubtedly the same as the Gammarius Hoyi and brevistilus mentioned, without description, by Dr. P. R. Hoy, (loc. cit.) ; tº PONT/POREIA FILICORNIs, sp. now. Gammarus filicornis Stimpson, MSS. Male.—Outline of the head very much as in P. affinis. Eyes about as large as in that species, slightly elongated, black. Peduncle of the an- tennula reaching nearly to the distal end of the penultimate segment of the peduncle of the antenna, about as long as the head and the first segment of the thorax together; first segment large and thickened ; second half as long as the first; third slightly more than half as long as the Second. Flagellum greatly elongated and very slender, reaching nearly to the tip of the abdomen, and composed of thirty-three seg- ments, of which the proximal are longer than broad, while they increase in length distally, until, near the tip, they are many times longer than broad, and exceedingly slender. The upper side of the flagellum is nearly naked, only the alternate segments being furnished with two minute setae near the distal extremity, while the under side of each seg- ment is armed distally with minute setae, and most of the segments with one or several clavaté (olfactory) papillae, and many of the seg- ments have in addition a peculiar transparent, shallow, bell-shaped ap- 650 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. pendage, raised on a very slender peduncle. Secondary flagellum reach- ing to the fourth segment of the primary, and composed of four segments, of which the terminal one is very short. Penultimate segment of the peduncle of the antenna about as long as the first segment of the pedun- cle of the antennula; ultimate segment slightly shorter; penultimate and antepenultimate segments furnished with long, plumose hairs below and several fascicles of short, setiform hairs above. Flagellum much longer than the flagellum of the antennula, very slender, and com- posed of about fifty very elongated and somewhat flattened segments, which have about the same proportions as in the flagellum of the antennula, and are furnished with the same kinds of appendages. Epimera of almost exactly the same proportions and form as in P. affinis, and the first four margined with plumose hairs in the same way. First pair of legs very nearly like those of P. affinis ; the palmary mar- gin even slightly more longitudinal than in that species, continuous with the posterior; margin, and armed with two small obtuse spines near the tip of the closed dactylus in addition to the setiform hairs. Second pair of legs of the same form as in P. affinis, except that the palmary margin is slightly concave and a little oblique in a proximal direction; the posterior margin furnished with fascicles of setiform hairs, as in that species, and armed close to the palmary margin with three or four small obtuse spines. Third and fourth pairs of legs like those of P. affinis, except that the dactyli have each three setiform hairs near the tip, being in this as in several other respects nearer P. Hoyi. Fifth and sixth pairs of legs almost exactly as in P. affinis, except the posterior margin of the propodus in the sixth pair is armed with three pairs of small spines. Seventh pair of legs having a few small spines on the propodus, but otherwise as in P. affinis. Lateral margins of the first, second, and third segments of the abdo- men with the angles rounded ; lateral margin of the third segment fur- nished with a line of several submarginal, plumose setae near the ante- rior angle, and behind them armed with five large and acute spines directed backward, of which four are in pairs near the middle of the margin, and one alone near the posterior angle; the posterior edges of the lateral expansions of all three of the segments furnished with a few, widely separated, plumose hairs. Peduncles of the first and second pairs of caudal stylets reaching to about the same point, a little beyond the extremity of the sixth segment of the abdomen; the outer rami slightly longer than the inner, and those of the second pair of stylets only a little shorter than those of the first. Rami of the posterior caudal stylets longer than in P. affinis; the outer ramus rather more than twice as long as the peduncle, narrow, and tapering to an obtuse tip, both edges furnished with long plumose hairs, and the outer edge with a sharp spine at the base of each hair. Telson slightly longer than broad, cleft half-way to the base, and each lobe tipped with two short spinules and a plumose seta. There are two of the peculiar papilliform FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 651 appendages on the sternum of the third, fourth, and fifth segments of the thorax, as in P. Hoyi, but apparently none upon the Second. Length from the front of the head to the tip of the telson; 6". Of this species, I have seen but a single specimen, which was dredged with the last species in Lake Michigan, in 40 to 60 fathoms, off Racine, by Dr. Stimpson, from whom it was received under the manuscript name of Gammarus filicornis. This species differs remarkably from all the heretofore-known species of Pontoporeinte, in the excessive elongation of the flagella of the an- tennulae and antennae, a character which might be regarded by some naturalists as of generic value. The very close agreement with P. affinis and Hoyi in all other parts of the animal, however, seems to indicate a very close affinity with those species, especially the latter; and as this one peculiarity is very likely only a sexual character of the old males of the species, I retain the species in the genus. The mouth-appendages seem to agree perfectly with those of the species just mentioned. The singular armature of the lateral margins of the third segment of the abdomen is not peculiar to this species, but is almost exactly repeated in P. affinis, P. Hoyi, and the marine species, already mentioned, from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, and is probably common to the genus, although it seems to have been overlooked till now. Family GAMMARIDAE. GAMMARUs LIMNAEUs Smith. (Plate II, fig. 6, lateral view; fig. 7, dorsal view.) Gammarus lacustris Smith, American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p,453, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1023, 1871. Eyes small, slightly elongated. Antennulae about as ſong as the thorax ; first segment of the peduncle about as long as the second and third together; flagellum about twice as long as the peduncle, composed of about twenty-five elongated Segments, furnished with few and minute setae, or hairs; Secondary flagellum short, scarcely, if at all, longer than the terminal segment of the peduncle, composed of two to four seg- ments, of which the terminal one is very short. Antennae as long as, or a little shorter than, the antenmulae; ultimate and penultimate seg- ments of the peduncle nearly equal in length, naked above, and fur- Inished with a few short hairs, or setae, arranged in three or four small fascicles; fiagellum considerably shorter, to nearly as long as the peduncle, composed of about twelve segments, furnished with a few short hairs. * - Legs of the first pair in the male with the carpus short, triangular; the propodus a little less than twice as long as broad, much narrowed distally; the palmary margin slightly concave in outline, continuous with the posterior margin, with a narrow lamellar edge, and furnished with a few long hairs and with two ong, obtuse spines near the middle, and * 652 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES; three or four smaller ones on each side near the tip of the closed dacty- lus; the posterior margin beyond the tip of the dactylus with a few hairs and Several small, obtuse spines; dactylus strongly curved and one-half as long as the propodus. In the female, the propodus is considerably Smaller and proportionally shorter than in the male; the palmary mar- gin is without the lamellar edge and without spines, except two or three long ones near the tip of the closed dactylus; and the posterior margin is armed with several shorter spines and quite numerous hairs arranged in Several fascicles. Legs of the second pair in the male with the Carpus a little longer than in the first pair ; the propodus as Iong as in the first pair, slightly broadest distally, but the edges nearly parallel, and only slightly convex in outline; the palmary margin a little oblique, concave in the middle, with a broader lamellar edge than in the first pair, and armed on the outer side with a long, stout, and obtuse spine near the middle, two or three smaller ones on each side—usually two. on the outer side and three on the inside—at the tip of the closed dac- tylus, a few short hairs along the base of the lamellar margin, and a fascicle of long hairs at the base of the median spine; the posterior mar- gin with about six fascicles of hairs. In the female, the carpus and hand are considerably smaller than in the male; the carpus is proportionally much more elongated than in the male, and fully as broad as the pro podus; the propodus is narrow, twice as long as broad, the edges nearly parallel, the palmary margin without the lamellar edge and without the spine in the middle, straight, and very nearly transverse. Fourth and fifth segments of the abdomen rounded above, and each armed with three fascicles of a very few small spines. Sixth segment with a fascicle of two or three spines each side, but no median fascicle. Inferior lateral margin of the first segment rounded, of the second and third produced posteriorly into an acute angle. Outer rami of the posterior caudal stylets narrow, with two or three stout spines on the proximal two-thirds of the outer edge; the inner edge without spines, and both edges furnished with long hairs; the terminal segment short, tapering, and the edges, as well as the tip, furnished with long hairs. Inner rami narrow, not quite as long as the basal portion of the outer; both edges furnished with long hairs, as in the outer rami, and the inner edge with two or three spines. Divisions of the telson about as long as the peduncles of the posterior caudal stylets, and tipped with two or three short spines and a few hairs. - Length, from the front of the head to the tip of the telson, 15" to 20". Color in life, uniform obscure dark brownish-green, without spots or markings of any kind. & Dredged in Lake Superior in abundance among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island; also at Simmons's Harbor, on the north shore, in 13 to 15 fathoms; and among the Slate Islands in 4 to 6 and 12 to 14 fathoms; taken also from the stomachs of trout caught in brooks near Marquette, Mich. It is probably com- FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 653 mon in most or all the tributaries of Lake Superior, and very likely of many other of our nothern lakes and rivers.” The European species alluded to below is said, by Dr. G. O. Sars, to be the food of a variety of trout (Salmo punctatus) found among the higher mountains of Nor- Way, and our species probably serves a similar purpose in the waters which it inhabits. This species is very closely allied to the Gammarus neglectus of G. O. Sars,f which inhabits the lakes of Norway, and is apparently much like it in habits. Our species differs from the European in some minor details, and is undoubtedly entitled to be considered a distinct species. The name lacustris, which I first gave to this species, is pre-occupied as a Synonym of the European species just mentioned. GAMMARUS FASCIATUS Say. Journal Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i., p. 374, 1817 ; (?) Bate, Catalogue Amphipodous Crustacea British Museum, p. 210, pl. 37, fig. 6, 1862. - Secondary flagellum of the antennulae as long as the second segment of the peduncle, and composed of five or six segments. Antennae fur- nished with many more, and much longer hairs than in the last species. First pair of legs in the male much as in the last species; the palmary margin of the propodus armed with the stout spine on the middle of the inner side, and with two or three smaller spines near the tip of the closed dactylus much as in that species, but there are no spines on pos- terior margin proper. In the female, the propodus is only slightl y nar- rowed distally, and the palmary margin is not nearly so oblique as in the male, or as in the same part of the female of the last species; the posterior margin furnished with several fascicles of hairs, but without spines, except a cluster near the tip of the closed dactylus. Second pair of legs in the male very much as in the last species, but there are three or four spines on each side—usually four on the outside and three on the inside—near the tip of the closed dactylus. In the female, the second pair of legs are very much as in the female of the last species; but the carpus and propodus are not quite So elongated. Fourth and fifth segments of the abdomen slightly angulated dorsally at the posterior margin, and each armed with three fascicles of spines considerably larger than those in the last species, and the median fas- cicle on each segment raised on a distinct protuberance. Sixth segment with a median and lateral fascicles of spines. Outer rami of the poste- rior caudal stylets with the terminal segment very narrow, styliform, and without lateral hairs. Inner rami with usually one or two spines * Since the above was written, I have examined specimens of this species, collected by Hayden's expedition in 1873, in Colorado, from a cool spring, Fire-Hole Basin; and very large specimens from an elevation of 9,000 feet, near Long's Peak. It was also collected the same year by. Dr. Coues, while on the Northern Boundary Commission. ºf Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés d'Eau Douce de Norvège, 1° livraison, p. 46, pl. 4, 5; pl. 6, fig. 1–20. 2 B $54 REPORT CF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. on the inner edge. Divisions of the telson with a spine and one or two hairs on the outer edge as well as a few spines and hairs at the tip. “... Length, from the front of the head to the tip of the telson, 10” to 15mm. - - . This species is probably common throughout the Northern States. It is abundant in the fresh-water streams and ponds about New Haven, Conn.; Say's specimens were from near Philadelphia; Professor Verrill has collected it at Eastport, Me. ; , Mr. N. Coleman, at Grand Rapids, Mich.; and Mr. J. W. Milner has found it in abundance at Ecorse; Mich. Specimens collected at Madison, Wis., by Professor Verrill, and at Waukegan, Ill., by Mr. Milner, are considerably larger than usual, and differ slightly in the number of spines upon the hands, but apparently belong to this species. - Fragments of a Gammarus from the stomachs of shad taken in the Delä- ware River appear to belong to this species. - * GAMMARUs MINús Say. , ' ' -- Journal Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i., p. 376, 1818; Bate, Catalogue Amphipodous Crustacea British Museum, p. 221, 1862. I have not yet been able to rediscover this species, which is very likely not a true Gammarus, and, as it seems to have given rise to much confusion, I quote the original description: “Body whitish, with a few pale fulvous lateral spots; eyes reniform, blackish, placed at the ex- terior base of the superior antennae; superior antennae obviously longer than the inferior ones; seta [secondary flagellum] short, attaining the tip of the second articulation of the terminal joint [flagellum;] terminal oint with about twelve articulations. Length, three-twentieths of an inch, ſnearly 4"..] Found in brooks under stones, and may be readily discovered by taking a stone out of the Water, and inspecting its inferior surface.” - * 2. According to Bate, specimens sent to the British Museum as this species by Say, agree in no way with the description, and are described by Bate as a species of Allorchestes,” although he quotes the “Gammarus minimus Say,” of White's List of Crustacea in the British Museum under Gammarus minus, while White must have had the same specimens which afterward became the types of the new species of “Allorchestes.” The Gammarus minus of DeKay (Natural History of New York, p. 37, pl. 9, fig. 29) is made up principally of Say's original description; but he ap- parently had before him some other species, (probably small specimens of G. fasciatus,) from which the rude attempt at a figure given in his work may have originated. • 's CRANGONYX. GRACILIS Smith. American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 453, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1022, 1871. • . . Pemale.—Eyes slightly elongated, composed of a few black facets. *A. Knickerbockeri. See p. 647. FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 655 Antennulae slightly more than half as long as the rest of the animal; first and second segments of the peduncle subequal, ultimate segment two-thirds as long as the penultimate; flagellum in full-grown specimens about once and a half as long as the peduncle, and composed of about twenty segments; Secondary flagellum about as long as the basal segment of the primary flagellum, slender, and composed of only two segments, the terminal one very short. Antennae only about half as long as the anten- Inulae; ultimate and penultimate segments of the peduncle elongated, sub- equal in length ; flagellum a little shorter than the peduncle, composed of seven or eight segments. Legs of the first and second pairs sub- equal. - Propodus in the first pair of legs nearly quadrate in outline, a little longer than broad; palmary margin nearly straight, with a few small submarginal spines, each furnished with a cilium a little way from the tip ; a similar stout spine near the posterior angle, and just at the angle itself two short, stout, obtuse, and serrated spines; dactylus stout, slightly curved, and armed with a slight tooth on the inside a little way from the tip, and with a slender, Setiform hair near the middle of the outer margin. Propodus in the second pair more elongated than in the first ; the palmary margin somewhat oblique, and without the short spines just at the posterior angle, but otherwise armed much as in the first pair. Fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of legs subequal in length; posterior pair slightly longest ; their Squamiform basal segments with the posterior margin serrate, and both margins armed with small spines. Postero-lateral angles of the first, second, and third segments of the abdomen produced and terminating in a small tooth. Posterior caudal stylets reaching to the tips of the penultimate; the outer rami nearly twice as long as the peduncle, and armed with a few slender spines; the inner rami rudimentary, very minute, shorter than the diameter of the outer, and wholly unarmed. Telson scarcely as long as the bases of the posterior caudal stylets, slightly broader than long, and the posterior margin with a triangular emargination, either side of which the extrem- ity is truncate, and armed with three spines. Length, 6" to 7". Male.—The largest males seen from Lake Superior are considerably smaller than the females, being about 5" in length, and more slender. In the first pair of legs, the palmary margin of the propodus is slightly oblique, and armed each side with a submarginal row of about eleven stout and obtuse spines, which are nearly equidistant from one another except at the posterior angle, where about five of them are crowded together, most of the spines with a notch and cilium a little way from the tip. In the second pair of legs the propodus is proportionally shorter than in the female, and increases considerably in breadth dis- tally, while the palmary margin is much more oblique, slightly arcuate, and armed each side with a row of about fifteen spines like those on the first pair, but not so much crowded together at the posterior angle. In other respects, the males resemble the females. 656 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES." Dredged in Lake. Superior, in company with Gammarus limiteus, among Cladophora, in eight to thirteen fathoms, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island. w . . . . The incubatory lamellae of the female are very large, projecting much beyond the epimera of the anterior legs, as in C. recurvatus Grube, (Archiv für Naturgeschichte, vol. xxxii, p. 410, pl. 10, fig. 1,) which our species much resembles in the form of the antennulae, antennae, anterior legs, &c., while it differs much in the posterior caudal stylets and in the form of the telson. & - * . A single specimen of a male Orangonya, collected by Mr. J. W. Milner in an estuary of Lake Huron, belongs apparently to this species, but is very much larger, being 14" in length, so that it is quite probable that the specimens from Lake Superior are all young. This large spec- imen, however, agrees in all essential features with the smaller ones. CRANGONYx VITREUs Packard. ?? Stygobromus vitreus Cope, American Naturalist, vol. vi., p. 422, 1872; Third and Fourth Annual Reports of the Geological Survey of Indiana, p. 181, 1872. Cramgonya, vitreus Packard, Fifth Annual Report of the Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, p. 95, 1873. * - Dr. Packard's specimens were from three different wells in Orléans, Ind., and were collected by M. N. Elrod, who says that many of them Were in and on buckets that had been in the bottom of the well for sev- eral days. Professor Cope's specimens were from Mammoth Cave, Ken- tucky, but are described in such an unintelligible manner that it is very doubtful whether they belong to the same species, or even genus, as Dr. Packard's specimens. I have, however, followed Dr. Packard in quoting Professor Cope's name as a synonym. Y CRANGONYX TENUIs, sp. mov. A slender, elongated species, with very low epimera, resembling more in form the species of Niphagus than the typical species of Crangonya. Eyes not observable in alcoholic specimens. 'Secondary flagellum of the antenulae very small, composed of two segments, of which the terminal is very short. - - - First and second pairs of legs differing but little in the two sexes. First pair stouter than the second, and with the palmary margin of the propodus much more oblique; the palmary margin of the propodus of both pairs, and in both sexes, armed each side with a series of stout, obtuse spines, with a notch and a cilium near the tip. … . . . First three segments of the abdomen longer than the last three of the thorax; fourth, fifth, and sixth together scarcely longer than the thiſ d. Caudal stylets all extending to about the same point. First pair with the rami subequal, scarcely half as long as the peduncle. Peduncle in the second pair reaching a little beyond the peduncle of the first pair; the rami very unequal, the outer only half as long as the nner. Posterior pair scarcely as long as the telson; the single terminal segment very FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 657 small; and tipped with four or five setiform spinules. Telson two-thirds as broad as long, tapering very slightly toward the entire and slightly arcuate posterior margin, which is armed with about ten slender spin- ules. - - r - In the largest male seen, 13”.5 in length, (excluding the antennae,) the antennulae are about 5” long; the flagellum being twice as long as the peduncle, and composed of about twenty-two segments, while the antennae are stout, fully 6" long, and the flagellum as long as the peduncle, and composed of fifteen segments. All the females and most of the males which I have seen are much smaller, being 6" to 8" in length, and in these the antennulae are longer than the antennae; and the flagellum of the antennulae is composed of sixteen to nineteen segments, while that of the antennae has only eight to ten. * - The only specimens which I have seen were found in Wells at Middle- town, Conn., and were sent to me by Mr. G. Brown Goode. ISOPODA. Family ASELiDAE. ASELLUS COMMUNIs Say. (Plate I, fig. 4.) Journal Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i. p. 427, 1818; Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust, vol. iii, p. 147, 1840; DeKay, Nat. Hist. New York, Crust, p. 49, 1844. A. vulgaris? Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 337, 1841. Head with the anterior margin nearly straight; external angles obliquely truncated; sides nearly parallel, with a small, prominent lobe at the posterior angle; hinder margin somewhat rounded and shorter than the anterior margin of the first thoracic segment. Eyes near the middle of the lateral margin, oval, convex, with many facets. Basal segment of the antennulae cylindrical, much larger than the next two, which are, however, well marked as peduncular segments; flagellum nearly equal- ing the peduncle of the antennae. Antennae with three short basal seg- ments, which are together about equal in length to the fourth ; last peduncular segment equal in length to the third and fourth together; flagellum much longer than the peduncle, extending, when bent back. ward, about to the base of the abdomen. Both antennae and antennulae with scattered hairs, which are larger and stouter on the peduncular segments. . . . Thoracic segments increasing in breadth posteriorly; all behind the first segment with the anterior afigle produced and gradually turning more and more backward in the posterior segments. Epimera becoming conspicuous on the posterior segments, which have their lateral borders emarginate and the posterior angles rounded. Pleon (abdomen) sub- orbicular, slightly excavated at the insertion of the caudal stylets and obtusely pointed between them, ciliate along the entire margin, as are the head and the lateral borders of the thoracic segments. Mandibles with conspicuous triarticulate palpi, of which the first seg. 658 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ment is clavate; the second on the external side gibbous, and furnished beyond the middle with a tuft of bristly-hairs; the third slender and tapering, finely and regularly ciliate along the external side, the cilia rather suddenly increasing in length at the apex. First segment of palpus of the maxilliped short; second with the exterior margin nearly straight, interior strongly rounded and densely hairy; third subtriangular, the external margin being nearly straight, the internal much curved and converging toward the outer, the distal articulation of the segment being less than half the length of its proximal articulation; fourth segment clavate; fifth less than half the length of the fourth. First pair of thoracic legs in the male strongly chelate; the propodus much enlarged and subglobular, with a prominent acute tooth, and a Smaller lobe Onits palmary margin; dactylus with a tubercle at the base, an emargination near the middle, and a small acute spine at the end; c urpus small and triangular. In the remaining pairs of legs; the carpus and propodus are 6f about equal length and movably articulated; the posterior three are much larger than the others; and the fourth pair has a spiny tubercle on the propodus. & - First abdominal segment in the males furnished with two pairs of appendages; the outer pair composed, on each side, of a small sub- Quadrate plate, to the extremity of which is articulated another some- what larger plate of similar shape. The inner or upper pair composed of a robust, suboval basal portion on each side, bearing at its extremity two rami; the inner ramus irregular in shape, cylindrical, bent, and tapering to a blunt extremity; outer ramus biarticulate ; proximal seg- ment short, expanding distally, and bearing a small, obtusely ovate plate, which is ciliate near the extremity. The corresponding segment in the female bears a pair of short narrow plates, which meet each other along their inner, straight margins, and are obliquely rounded and ciliate at their extremity. Outer plates of the next pair of abdominal appendages thickened, and forming an operculum for the branchiae. These opercular plates, as taken together, are orbicular in outline, and broadly truncated at the end. Each plate is divided by a slightly oblique suture into two unequal portions; the distal portion being about twice as large as the proximal. - - Posterior pleopoda, or caudal stylets, flattened, ciliate; proximal seg- ments expanded from the base, obliquely truncated at the ext, emity; rami narrowly ovate, pointed, the inner about twice as long as the out er. The flattening of these appendages is more conspicuous in the adult males. - º Length, excluding antennae and caudal stylets, 15*; breadth, 5”. Above brown, spotted, and mottled with yellowish. This species is common under stones in streams and pools about New Haven, Conn. It is mentioned by Dr. Gould as common in Massachu- setts in similar situations, and by Mr. Say in the neighborhood of Phil- adelphia. It has also been collected, by Mr. N. Coleman, at Grand Rapids, Mich. | - - \ - FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 659. ASELLOPSIS Harger. ... American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. vii, p. 601, 1874, The genus Asellopsis, which was proposed for the reception of Asellus tenaw Smith, differs from the genus Asellus in the absence of mandibular palpi. The presence of these palpi has been heretofore regarded as characteristic of the family to which both the genera undoubtedly belong. . - : ASELLOPSISTENAX Harger. (Plate I, fig. 3.) A8ellus tenaa, Smith, American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 453, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1023, 1871. Anterior margin of the head broad, excavated for the bases of the antennulae; external angles rounded; margin expanded with a large, rounded sinus on a line with the eyes; behind this the margin expands into a rounded lobe. The posterior margin of the head is broad and rounded behind, adapted to the first thoracic segment. Eyes of more than twenty facets, considerably within the margin of the head, oval or somewhat reniform. Antennae about half as long as the body, sepa- , rated from each other at the base by about half their diameter; first three segments shorter than broad, of about equal length, successively decreasing in diameter; fourth segment as long as the first three, cylin- drical; fifth or last peduncular segment as long as the third and fourth: together, slender, slightly clavate; flagellum of about thirty segments. Immediately exterior to the base of the antenna is a prominent tubercle, tipped with a few short bristles. Antennulae with the basal segments large and swollen, about equal in diameter to the fourth segment of the antennae; second segment slender, slightly clavate, about attaining the end of the third segment of the antennae; third or last peduncular segment small and slender, less than half the length of the second and similar to the segments of the flagellum, which are usually five in number, the Second being longest. - - - - First thoracic segment concave forward, as is also the second in a less degree; third about straight posteriorly; last four slightly curved in the opposite direction. Pleon narrowed posteriorly, obtusely rounded at the end. The margins of all the segments, as well as the pleon and the head, are ciliate; the cilia being more abundant along the external margins of the segments. - - . . . Left mandible with two dentigerous lamellae; molar process truncated nearly at right angles; right mandible with a single dentigerous lamella ; the molar process obliquely truncated. Palpus of the maxilliped with the first segmentshort, nearly cylindrical; second segment suborbicular, with about five cilia along the external margin and twenty along the internal. Cilia much fewer than in A. communis; third segment truncate-oval in outline, somewhat broader than long, ciliate; fourth segment cylindrical, or somewhat clavate, less than half the diameter of the third; fifth or last Segment about half as long as the penultimate. 660 REPORT" OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES... First pair of thoracic legs chelate; carpus Small, triangular, and closely united with the propodus, which is thickened in the male, with a broad, low tubercle on the inner margin a little above the base; dactylus. more than half as long as the propodus, its palmary edge armed with spines, of which the distal ones are the larger, and at the end with a large spine; carpus and propodus in the remaining six pairs of legs of about equal length, movably articulated, and armed with acute spines along their posterior edges; dactylus much less than half as long as the propodus, armed with spines along the posterior margin, and biunguicu- late at tip. Three proximal segments similar in all the legs, the first being longest, and the third short and triangular, or quadrant-shaped. The first abdominal segment is furnished, in the males, with two pairs of appendages, of which the outer is composed of a small oval plate, with a few articulated spines along the inner border, and articulated at its extremity with a larger and longer plate, which is expanded along its outer border, and ciliate along its exterior and distal margin. The inner or upper pair of appendages consists, on each side, of a robust quadrate plate, to the distal margin of which two biarticulate rami are attached. The inner ramus has its proximal segment short, much expanded, but not in the form of a hook, as in A. aquaticus as figured by Sars;* its terminal segment is pear-shaped, as in that species. The outer ramus has its proximal segment also expanded and triangular; the distal segment quadrate and ciliate externally and distally. The corresponding abdominal segment, in the females, with a single pair of plates, which are subquadrant-shaped but broader than long, with their inner margins straight and meeting each other on the median line. Outer plates of the next pair of abdominal appendages thickened, and forming an operculum covering the remaining branchial plates. These opercular plates are semi-ovate, truncated at the extrem- ity, straight on the inner side, and meet along the median line. They. are each divided into two very unequal portions by a suture, running from near the end of the inner straight margin, diagonally across the plate, to a point on the outer curved margin about one-third of the Way. from the base to the apex; the distal portion is thus much the smaller. Posterior pleopoda, or caudal stylets, slender; proximal segment. somewhat larger than the fourth segment of the antennae, cylindrical, as are the two rami, of which the outer is only half as long as the inner. Length, excluding antennae and caudal stylets, 8" to 13". Color above dark-fuscous, spotted, and mottled with yellowish. Common among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of the island of Saint Ignace, also in 4 to 6 fathoms at the eastern end of that island, and in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands in Lake Superior; and since collected by Mr. J. W. Milner on algae drifted into. nets, 30 fathoms, Thunder Bay, Lake Huron. , , ,' ' ' * Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés d'Eau Douce de Norvège, 1e livraison, pl. x, fig, n 6, 1867. - FRESH-WATER CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 661 Mr. Milner has also collected at Ecorse, Mich., on the Detroit River, specimens probably of this species, but differing from the form above described as follows: The flagellum of the antennulae contains one or two more segments. The lateral portions of the head and Segments of the body, especially in fully adult specimens, are expanded so that the outline of the animal is a broader oval. The Open sinus in the lateral margin of the head is a narrow incision, rounded at the bottom, but with the sides sometimes meeting. The propodus in the first pair of legs is nearly as much enlarged in the males as in A. Communis, and is armed on its palmary margin with three acute teeth, of which the middle one is the largest. - - - - I. propose the variety-name dilata for this form, although inclined to regard it as the more typical form of the species, which was, however, first described from the less perfectly developed specimens found in Lake Superior. - - CAECIDOTEA STYGIA Packard. - - v * American Naturalist, vol. v., p. 751, figs. 132, 133, 1871; Fifth Annual Report Pea- body Academy of Science, Salem, p. 95, 1873. - * Calcidotea microcephala Cope, American Naturalist, vol. vi., p. 411, figs. 109, 110, p. 419, 1872, and reprinted in Third and Fourth Annual Reports of the Geological Survey of Indiana, p. 163, 1872, (teste Packard;) Smith, American Naturalist, vol. vii, p. 244, 1873. - * * Found in Mammoth Cave, Kentucky; Wyandotte Cave, Indiana; and from wells at Orleans, Ind. , * - -- I have bad no specimens of this species for examination, but, as Pro- fessor Packard suggests in his last paper, it is evidently very closely allied to Asellus, and has no affinity with Idotea. Professor Packard was at first misled by having only a single specimen and that one hav- ing lost the caudal stylets. Professor Cope figures and describes his Specimens as having external “ egg-saes” attached to the tip of the abdomen. These egg-sacs undoubtedly really belonged to some Ento- "mostracan, and probably to the parasite of the blind fish from the same cave. Professor Packard says they were the caudal stylets mistaken for egg-sacs by Professor Cope, but this seems impossible, as they are figured and described as short, broad Sacs filled with spherical bodies. B—TEIE CRUSTACEAN PARASITES OF THE FRESH WATER FISEIES OF TEIE UNITED STATES. Scarcely anything has as yet been published upon the crustacean para- sites infesting our fresh-water fishes, and the principal object of the following partial synopsis is to call attention to the subject, and furnish a basis for future investigation, which is of special practical importance to all those engaged in raising fishes confined in ponds or other re- stricted areas. * º - - The few species here enumerated are doubtless only a small fraction 662 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. of those which really prey upon our common fishes. The species are usually not conspicuous, and are very likely to be overlooked by or- dinary observers. The Lernaeans, which include the commonest and by far the most injurious species, may be attached to any part of the fish, and should be specially looked for upon the gills and about the gill- Openings and throat. It is important that specimens should be collected in large numbers for study. For this purpose, they should be preserved, while quite fresh, in Small bottles of alcohol or other strong spirit. IFamily ARGULIDAE. A RGULUS CATOSTOMI Dana and Eſerrick. American Journal of Science, 1st series, vol. xxx, p. 388, 1836, and vol. xxxi. p. 297, plate, 1837. - - ** * . Parasitic on the “sucker,” a species of Catostomus, in Mill River, near" New Haven, Conn., in both fresh and brackish water. Argulus Funduli Kroyer, (Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene, p. 20, pl. 2, fig. 1, 1863,) should, perhaps, be included in this list, as it is described as found upon Fundulus limbatus Kroyer, from New Orleans, but it is not stated whether from Salt or fresh water. - - Family CALIGIDAE. ' LEPEOPHTHEIRUs SALMONIS Kroyer. & Caligus Salmonis Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, vol. i., p. 622, 1837, vol. ii p. 13, 18, pl. 6, fig. 7, 1838; Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, vol. iii, p. 455; Steenstrup and Lütken, Bidrag til Kundskab om det aabne Havs Snyltekrebs og Lernaeer, p. 15, 1861. - - - Caligus vespa Edwards, op. cit., Vol. iii, p. 456. Lepeoptheirus Stromii Baird, British Entomostraca, p. 274, pl. 32, figs. 8, 9, 1850. Lepeoplitheirus Salmonis Kroyer, Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene, p. 137, pl. 17, fig. 1, in Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, III, vol. ii, 1863. - Parasitic on the salmon of our eastern coast and of Europe. It is perhaps more properly a marine than a fresh-water species, but is car- ried by the salmon far up the fresh water rivers. . . . . . . . . . Ergasilus Funduli Kroyer, (Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene, pp. 228, 238, pl. 11, fig. 1, 1863,) from Fundulus limbatus Kroyer, from New Orleans, is perhaps to be added to this list. s Family LERNAEOPODIDAE. ACTITHEREs PIMELODI Kroyer. - * * & Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyl tekrebsene, pp. 272,275, pl. 17, fig. 5, 1863. Upon a specimen of Pimelodus maculatus, from Cincinnati, according to Kroyer, from whose work I translate the following diagnosis: “Arms, by which the animal is attached, much longer than the head, slender, nearly straight; bulla (the extremity of the united arms) very small, sessile. Body annulated into five segments, and marked with two dor- sal, longitudinal sulcations. External ovaries equaling or exceeding the CRUSTACEAN PARASITES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 663. length of the animal, slender, linear, provided with about twenty series of eggs longitudinally, and two, or at the most three, transversely.” ACHTEIERES LACAE Kroyer. Op. cit., pp. 274,275, pl. 17, fig. 6, 1863 This species is described by Kroyer from a “North-American species of perch, (Perca. Laca,)” and should probably be included in this list. The following is a translation of the diagnosis: ‘‘Arms, by which the animal is attached, scarcely or a little longer than the head, stout, ar- cuate; bulla distinctly petiolate. Body neither annulated nor longitu- dinally sulcated; external ovaries much shorter than the animal, about equaling the body; stout, obclavate, filled with about twelve series of eggs longitudinally, and transversely, with four anteriorly, three in the middle, and two, posteriorly.” LERNAEOPODA FONTINALIS, sp. mov. (Plate III, fig. 12, lateral and - dorsal views; figs. 13 and 14, details.) # Female.—BIead nearly as long as the body, and longer than broad. Body, short and thick, not very much longer than broad. Prehensile hooks (fig. 14, a) stout, nearly half as long as the head, with a small papilliform process on the inside of the penultimate segment; terminal Segment rather slender, tapering, straight to near the tip, which is suddenly curved backward, and terminating in an acute point. Arms by which the animal is attached nearly or quite as long as the body ; bulla. With an elongated petiole, and broadly expanded at the extremity; ova-sacs as long as or a little longer than the body, with three or four series of eggs transversely, and ten to twenty longitudinally. Entire length, from mouth to extremities of ova-sacs, 5"; diameter of body, 1".5; length of ova-sacs, 2"; diameter of ova-sacs, 0".75. This species is apparently allied to the L. carpionis of Kroyer, (op. cit., p. 277, pl. 14, fig. 4,) and seems to belong to this genus as understood by Kroyer. In our species, the antennulae (fig. 13, c) are very short and Small processes, not reaching beyond the mouth. The antennae (fig. 13, d) are large, and extend as far forward as the mouth, and each one is divided at the extremity into three lobes, of which the median lobe is again minutely bilobed, or obscurely forcipulate, while the lateral ones (dorsal and wentral in relation to the animal) are armed with numerous minute hooks, and on the outer side, just below the tip, there is another similar lobe armed with minute hooks. The palpi-like appendages (fig. 13, b) On each, just below the mouth, are each tipped with three papilla- like lobes. The mandibles (fig. 14, b) are each armed with four stout distal and three much smaller proximal teeth. Round upon the brook-trout, (Salmo fontinalis,) at Norway, Me., in the trout-breeding establishment of Mr. A. B. Crockett. Thé specimens were all attached to the gills, and were apparently the cause of the 664 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. death of the fish on which they were found. It is probably a common. and widely-distributed species. - - ... • . I have considerable hesitation in referring this and the next species to the genus Lernſbopoda, which is usually restricted to parasites of marine or partially marine fishes. Our species certainly do not agree generically with the typical species of Achtheres, described and figured by Nordmann, while they seem to agree very well with species of Lernac- opoda described by Kroyer. It is possible our species may belong to Basanistes, but in all external characters they seem to differ widely. In fact, the species of this group have many of them been so poorly described that it is very difficult to make out what the characters of genera really are. The European species, upon which most of the génera are based, need careful revision. . - , LERNAEOPODA SISGOWET, sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 15, fig. 16, details.) Female.—Head aot more than half as long as the body. Body short, but little longer than wide, semi-annulated by three or four obscure con- strictions on the ventral side, and the posterior extremity extending only slightly beyond the bases of the ova-sacs. Prellensile maxillipeds fig. 16, b) proportionally smaller than in the last species; the penulti- mate segment with a process upon the inside terminated by two small, papilla-like appendages, (fig. 16, b/;) the terminal segment regularly curved from the base to the acute tip, and armed on the under side near the tip with a spinous prominence. Arms about as long or con- siderably longer than the bjdy, slender, nearly straight; bulla with a distinct petiole and a broadly-expanded margin. Ova-sacs longer than the head and body together, linear, with twenty to thirty longi- tudinal and about four transverse series of eggs. The antennulae are a little longer than in the last species, and the antennae and palpi are quite similar to the antennae and palpi of that species. The mandible, (fig. 16, a,) on one side, at least, is broad toward the base, and is armed with four stout distal, and one, or possi- bly two, small proximal teeth. Entire length of a specimen, from mouth to extremities of ova-sacs, 13"; length of body, 5"; diameter of body, 3".2; length of ova-sacs, 8".3; diameter of ova-sacs, 1".2. This species was found upon the siscowet (Salmo siscowet) at Outer Island, Lake Superior, by Mr. J. W. Milner. LERNZEOPODA (?) CoREGONI, sp. now. (Plate III, fig. 17.) Head more elongated than in the preceding species. Body elon- gated and with some obscure indications of annulation, due perhaps to contraction in alcoholic specimens. The prehensile maxillipeds (fig. 17, a) reaching nearly as far forward as the mouth; the basal portion very stout; the terminal portion slender, cylindrical, flexible, and armed at the extremity with a minute, strongly-curved hook, (fig. 17, al.) Arms slender, but shorter than the body; the bulla with * CRUSTACEAN PARASITES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 665 a short but distinct petiole. Ova-sacs nearly as long as or considerably longer than the body, linear, with three or four transverse and eighteen to thirty-five longitudinal series of eggs. - w * The antennulae are much longer than in the species just described, extending fully as far forward as the mouth. The antennae are propor- tionally rather'larger than in either of the species here described, but are similar to them in structure. The palpi are small, and each one is terminated by two minute, papilla-like appendages. The mandibles (fig. 17, b, c) each have four stout distal teeth, besides a smaller terminal one, which is nearly obsolete on one mandible and conspicuous on the other, and three small proximal teeth on one and two on the other. Entire length of a specimen, from mouth to extremities of ova-sacs, 13”; length of body, 5*.5; diameter of body, 1".8; length of ova- sacs, 6"; diameter of ova-sacs, 1". - Found by Mr. J. W. Milner on the white-fish (Coregonus albus) at Ecorse, Mich., and at Outer Island, Lake Superior. +. & This species is probably not a true Lerna!opoda, and is perhaps the representative of an undescribed genus. - & CAULOXENUS STYGIUS Cope. Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1871, p. 297; American Naturalist vol. vi., pp. 420, 412, figs. 111–113, 1872, and reprinted in Third and Fourth Annual Reports of the Geological Survey of Indiana, pp. 175, 164, 1872; Packard- - Fifth Annual Report Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, p. 94, 1873, This is a peculiar lernaean, described by Professor Cope as parasitic on the blind fish (Amblyopsis) of Wyandotte Cave, Indiana; also from a cave in Bradford, Orleans County, Ind., according to Professor Pack- ard. Aecording to Professor Cope, it is allied to Achtheres and Lerna. opoda, although the arms by which the animal is attached are united for their whole length, and it is stated that it “is not a sucker or devourer of its host, but must feed on the substances which are caught by the blind fish and crushed between its teeth”! Family LERNAEOCERIDAE. LERNAEOCERA CRUCIATA Lesueur. Lerneocera cruciata Lesueur, Journal Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. iii, 286, pl. 11, fig. 4, 1824; Edwards, Hist. Nat, des Crustacés, vol. iii, p 527. Lernea cruciata DeKay, Nat. Hist, of New York, Crustacea, p. 59, 1844. On Centrarchus (enews in Lake Erie, according to Lesueur. LERNAEOGERA CATOSTOMI Kroyer. Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene, p. 321, pl. 18, fig. 4, 1863. - •. Described by Kroyer as found in the Mississippi River, at Saint Louis, on Catostomus macrolepidotus, and so is very likely to be found much further north and east. . ... • * Another species is described by Kroyer, (L. Pomotidis, op. cit., p. 323, pl. 15, fig. 5,) from a species of Pomotis taken at New Orleans. - XXVI.-SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER IEECHES. - BY A. E. VERRILL. The leeches are related to the fisheries in three ways. Some of the large blood-sucking species, like Macrobdella decora and the species of Birudo, attack many fishes directly, even when of considerable size, and destroy them very quickly by sucking their blood; and the species of Icthyobdella and Cystobranchus are true parasites of fishes, and often, when numerous, do them much injury. Other kinds, like the various species of Clepsiné, Nephelis, Aulastomum, &c., destroy all sorts of Small mollusks and worms, which otherwise might become the food of fishes. But, on the other hand, certain kinds of leeches are fed upon, to some extent, by the lake white-fish and probably by other fishes, In a paper published in February, 1872, I gave a synopsis of all the North American fresh-water leeches then known to me. Since that time, however, I have had opportunities to examine numerous living specimens of most of the described species, and have been able to study the variations more fully, and thus to improve many of the descriptions. A few new species and marked varieties have also been added to the list. I have also had opportunities to examine the various collections of leeches obtained from the great lakes by Mr. J. W. Mil- ner while engaged in the investigation of the fisheries; by Mr. Oscar Harger and Mr. T. M. Prudden while on the Yale scientific expeditions to the Rocky Mountains in 1871 and 1873; by Dr. Josiah Curtis, . Dr. H. C. Yarrow, and H. W. Henshaw, while on the surveys west of the one-hundredth meridian, under Lieutenant Wheeler; by Dr. Elliott Coues, on the northwest-boundary commission; and by Dr. Hayden's expeditions. These collections have afforded many facts of great inter- est in relation to the geographical distribution of the species, although they have added but few new forms to those previously known. In order to facilitate the identification of the genera, the following artificial key has been prepared. It is intended to apply only to the genera included in the present paper. s Analytical key to the genera of American leeches described in the following article. a. Head taperin g, continuous with the body, (b:) a a. Head dilated; neck constricted, (h:) b. Ocelli marginal in a curved line; no proboscis, (c.:) NORTH AMERICAN FRESEI-WATER LEECHES. 667 b b. Ocelli in one to four pairs along the median line; an exsertile proboscis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clepsine, (p. 677.) b b b. Ocelli none; no proboscis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liostomum, (p. 688.) c. CESophagus with folds, and armed with three • convergent jaws, (d:) c c. CEsophagus with ſolds; no jaws, (f:) d. Jaws with denticles, (e.:) d d. Jaws without denticles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Democedes, (p. 671.) e. CEsophagus with 9 folds; jaws prominent. Macrobdella, (p. 667.) e e. OEsophagus with 12 folds; jaws small. . . . . . Aulastomum, (p. 670.) e 6 6. CEsophagus with 6 folds; jaws broad. . . . . . Hirudo, (p. 688.) f. Folds, 12; 3 transverse lobes; ocelli, 8 or 10. Semiscolev, (p. 671.) ff. Folds, 6; 3 transverse lobes; ocelli, 10.... Hewabdella, (p. 672.) fff. Folds, 3; no transverse lobes; ocelli, 6 or 8, (g:) & g. Body distinctly dilated and flat posteriorly; ocelli, 8 -------------------------------. Nephelopsis, (p. 673.) gg. Body not much dilated posteriorly; sub-de- º pressed; ocelli, 6 or 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nephelis, (p. 675.) h. Body subterete; no lateral appendages, (i:) h h. Body somewhat depressed; a row of pulsat- ing Vesicles along each side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cystobranchus, (p. 685.) i. Head obliquely attached, dilated; margins not fringed. --------------------------- Ichthyobdella, (p. 686.) * i. Head campanulate; margin fringed with mi- Ilute bristles ------------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Astacobdella, (p. 688.) MACROBDELLA Werrill. American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 137, 1872. Body strongly annulated, stout, broad, depressed throughout, taper- ing but little. Cephalic lobe large, rounded in front, composed of five segments, its lower surface rugose with longitudinal sulcations, and at the base having a transverse fold, which forms sockets for the protec- tion of the maxillae when retracted. Maxillae three, stout, and promi- ment, the outer edge denticulate, with numerous acute teeth. Nine pli- cations within the Oesophagus. Stomach voluminous, divided into several compartments, with very large and irregular dilations or pouches on each side. Ocelli 10. Male orifice of the typical species in the twenty-seventh” segment behind the mouth; vulva between the thirty- first and thirty-second. Anal opening dorsal, in advance of the pos- terior Sucker. - This genus has a remarkable combination of the characters of several diverse genera. It has, like Bdella, sulcations on the cephalic lobe beneath ; maxillae similar to those of Hirudo, but more prominent; a plicated Oesophagus, similar to that of Awlastomum ; a stomach most * Leidy says that the male orifice perforates the twenty-fifth annulus, but he appa- rently excludes the buccal segment from his count. 668 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. like that of Haºmopis ; internal reproductive organs similar to those of Hirwdo; while the external male organ is more like that of Haºmopis. The genus differs from all the others, however, in the situation of the genital orifices, in the form of the maxillae, the number of plications in the Oesophagus, &c. It includes one of the stoutest, largest, and most powerful of the leeches hitherto described. MACROBDELLA DECORA Verrill. American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 138, fig. 4, February, 1872. Hirudo decora Say, Long's Second Expedition, vol. ii, p. 268, 1824; Diesing, Sys- tema. Helm., i, p. 474; Leidy, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1868, p. 230. Body large, stout, broad, considerably depressed throughout; in exten- Sion much elongated, and gradually tapering anteriorly; strongly annut lated. Length of the larger specimens twelve inches or more; greates- breadth upward of an inch. Head rounded in front, the cephalic lobe capable of considerable dilation, consisting, apparently, of five segments. Ocelli, 10: the fiſst pair between the second and third segments; the second on the third; the third on the fourth; the fourth pair on the sixth, or buccal; and the fifth on the ninth segment, or fourth behind the mouth. Cephalic lobe rugose and wrinkled beneath, and with con- spicuous longitudinal sulcations, of which three, corresponding with the maxillae, are deepest; posteriorly with a conspicuous semicircular fold, surrounding and partially concealing the maxillae when retracted into their fossae. Maxillae thick, very prominent, higher than broad; outer edge rounded in front, and finely and closely denticulate. Below each maxilla, in the Oesophagus, is a broad plication or fold, which often divides into two a short distance beyond; alternating with these are three simple narrower folds, making six or nine in all. External male organ prominent, stout, conical; the broad wrinkled base rising from the twenty-fourth to the thirtieth segments; the terminal portion smoother, with six sulcations; the orifice small, with six lobes, opening in the twenty-seventh segment. Female orifice also with small lobes, sur- rounded by a slightly elevated area, formed upon the thirty-first and thirty-second segments; posterior to these, there are four conspicuous rugose elevations in a quadrangle on the thirty-sixth to the thirty-eighth segment, and smaller ones on the thirty-ninth segment, with less marked ones on two or three of the previous and following segments; corre- sponding to these rugosities, there are well developed internal glands. The reproductive organs are here described from preserved specimens, of large size, taken in the breeding season, in spring. At other seasons, and in smaller specimens, these characters are not so obvious. Acetab- ulum large, separated from the body by a well marked constriction. Color above, dark livid brown, or olive-green, with a median dorsal row of about 20 to 22 bright or pale red spots, which are sometimes obsolete, and a row of rounded black spots near each margin, corre- sponding in number, and nearly in size, with the red ones. Lower sur- NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 669 face bright or dark orange-red, or reddish brown, sometimes with black spots near the margins. • " - This species is very common, and widely diffused in the fresh waters of the Northern United States. Its range northward and southward is unknown. It is the only true blood-sucking leech known to me from the Northern States. It is capable of drawing blood from the human skin, but ordinarily subsists upon fishes, frogs; and tadpoles. It often attaches itself to the throat, and speedily kills them, even when of con- siderable size. It is frequently used instead of the imported leeches by physicians, and is equally efficacious. - Vermilion River—Say; Norway, Me. ; in many lakes and streams in other parts of Maine; and in streams and ponds near New Haven—A. E. Verrill; Minnesota—Dr. Leidy; Madeline Island, Lake Superior— J.W. Milner; Smoky River, Kansas—O. Harger. Subgenus PHILOBDELLA Verrill. The remarkable characters of the reproductive organs in the followiug species entitle it to at least subgeneric rank. The jaws also differ con- siderably from those of the preceding species, and it may be hereafter necessary to make it a distinct genus. - sº MACROBDELLA FLORIDANA Verrill, sp. mov. Body much depressed, except near the head; in preserved specimens about 1.5 inches long and 0.28 of an inch wide. Ocelli, ten, small; the first two pairs are near together, on the front of head, apparently on the first segment; the third pair is on the second segment; the fourth is on the fourth; and the fifth pair is on the seventh segment, or fourth poste- rior to the mouth. The anterior lipsis, in the preserved specimens, short, broadly rounded, and incurved ; the lower surface longitudinally sulcated, with a thin, elevated, transverse fold posteriorly, in advance of the jaws, behind which they can be retracted. Jaws, or maxillae, small, but prominent, about as thick as broad, scarcely compressed, except close to the blunt edge, which is armed with about twenty acute teeth. CEsophagus with nine distinct folds, some of which are occasionally par- tially divided posteriorly. Acetabulum rather small. In ordinary spec- imens, the visible external reproductive organs consist of a small orifice (male?) between the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth segments; and an elevated conical papilla (female 3) arising from the twenty-ninth and thirtieth segments, and followed by about three pit-like depressions. But two specimens, taken and preserved while in coitu, have an entirely different appearance. In these, there is a large orifice, probably the true male opening, apparently in the twenty-eighth segment behind the mouth. Just in front of this, on the twenty-sixth and twenty-seventh segments, there are two small lunate, median pits or openings, with raised borders; and just behind it, on the twenty-ninth segment, there is a larger transversely-bilobed orifice, or deep pit. These four open- ings are surrounded by a raised area, somewhat circular in form, on 3 B - (670 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. which there are several small raised verrucae, five or six on each side of the median line. The parts described appear to belong to the male system of organs, and have their exact counterparts in the female sys- tem of organs farther back. These consist of a large, obtuse, prominent Central papilla, at about the thirty-first segment, having what appears to be the true female orifice at its concave summit; just posterior to this, there are two slender, median papillae, bilobed at the end, corresponding in size and form with the two pits in front of the male orifice; just in advance of the large papilla, on the thirtieth segment, there is a shorter, transversely-bilobed papilla, agreeing in form and size with the pit just behind the large central male orifice. These female organs are also sur- rounded by a swollen area, on which there are several small rounded depressions, corresponding in size and number to the small verrucae on the male area. The two specimens are alike in all these arrangements, and were firmly united, head to head, by means of the organs, which were inserted intº the corresponding sockets, which act, therefore, some- what like suckers, and serve to securely hold the two individuals in the proper position. - Color, in alcohol, dark brownish above, with two faint bands of red- dish brown along each side toward the margin, separated by a narrow line of blackish; margins and ventral side dull reddish brown. Lake Okechobee, Florida—Dr. Edward Palmer. One specimen, when preserved, was engaged in swallowing a small lumbricoid worm. AULASTONIUM LACUSTRE Leidy. Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia for 1868, p. 229; Verrill, American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 135, 1872. - - - • * This species, as described by Dr. Leidy, has 10 ocelli; 8 in the upper lip, the last pair separated by an annulus from the others. Male aper- ture in the twenty-fourth annulus; female orifice in the twenty-ninth. CEsophagus capacious, with twelve folds. “Jaws thin, small, when at rest included in pouches formed by an eversion of the mucous membrane. Teeth, 12 in number to each jaw, bilobed at base.” Color (var. a) throughout olive green, closely maculated everywhere with confluent spots of a darker hue of the same color. When full-grown, this specie becomes 6 to 8 inches or more long and half an inch broad. War, b, tigris.--Large and broad, depressed. Color yellowish green to dark olive-green, with Scattered irregular blackish spots and blotches. War. C, fuligimosum.—Color uniform dusky or brownish black. War. d, virescens.—Color uniform greenish, or yellowish green, Varying to dark green; usually paler beneath. - • * In my specimens, the male organ is long, very slender, thread-like, and is protruded from an opening in the twenty-fifth segment, behind the mouth, (counting the buccal segment.) The female orifice is small, with slightly raised borders, and is situated between the twenty-ninth and thirtieth segments. The fourth pair of ocelli is on the buccal segment; and the fifth pair is on the third segment behind the mouth. NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 671 War. a, Twin Lake, Minnesota, and Lake Superior—Leidy; Denver, Col.—Mr. Henshaw, Wheeler expedition, 1872; Yellowstone Lake and Yellowstone River, abundant–Dr. J. Curtis, Wheeler expedition, Aug. ust, 1872; between Santa Fé and Wingate, New Mexico—Dr. Loew, Wheeler expedition; New Haven—A. E. Verrill. War, b, Lake Superior—Leidy; Fairfield, Utah—Dr. Yarrow, Wheel- er's expedition ; Utah, in a tributary of Great Salt Lake—Mr. Gorman ; Cool Spring, Fire-Hole Basin—No. 224, Collection Smithsonian Institu- tion. War. 6, New Haven—A. E. Verrill; lake near Long's Peak, elevated 9,000 feet—Hayden's expedition. - - War. d, Springs, Saguache, Colorado–Ernest Ingersoll, Hayden's ex- pedition, (also var. b.) DEMOCEDEs Kinberg. ofyersigt af Kongl. Wet. Akad. Förhandlingar, xxiii, p. 356, 1867; Werrill, op. cit., p. 137, 1872. This genus, according to Kinberg, has “three muscular, compressed, edentate maxillae,” with the habit of Hirudo. The two species first named by him are from Port Natal, and have 10 ocelli. The remaining species has but 8 ocelli, and is described as follows: - DEMOCEDES MACULATUS Kinberg. • Op. cit., p.356; Verrill, loc. cit., p 137, 1872. - Body tuberculose, with minute tubercles, cinereous, with irregular black and white spots; cephalic lobe 5- or 6-annulate; ocelli 8; fourth pair on the buccal Segment ; abdominal orifices in the twenty-fifth and thirtieth segments; segments, 94; length, 88". Wisconsin–Kumlin. SEMISCOLEX Einberg. Op. cit., p. 357, 1867; Verrill, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. iii, p. 136, 1872. According to Kinberg, this genus has the following characters: max- illae wanting; pharynx with a transverse sulcus below the posterior margin of the buccal segment, and below that provided with longitudi- nal sulci ; habit of Hirwdo. SEMISCOLEx JUVENILIS Rinberg. Op. cit., p.357; Verrill, loc. cit., p. 136. This, the typical species, has a smooth body, with a narrow median dorsal fascia, and a series of spots on each side. Cephalic lobe a little elongated, three-annulate; ocelli eight, with the fourth pair on the sec- ond segment of the body; abdominal orifice in the twenty-sixth seg- ment; segments, 97; length, 40". - Montevideo, in fresh water, 672 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. SEMISCOLEX GRANDIs Verrill, sp. nov. +. - . . . . . Body very large, broad, stout, with about 90 well marked annulations, forming crenulations along the margins; length, in full extension, 10 to 12 inches or more; greatest breadth, 1 to 1.25 inches. Head somewhat pro- longed and tapered, composed of several distinct annulations. Ocelli, 10: the first pair near together on the first annulus of the head; the Second pair on the Second annulus; the third pair on the third annulus; the fourth pair on the fifth annulus; and the fifth pair on the eighth an- nulus. Upper lip divided beneath into two median and two lateral areas by three deep, triangular fossae ; each of these areas is subdivided by numerous longitudinal and transverse wrinkles, the small interspaces being rather smooth; the lip is separated from the opening of the oeso- phagus by a deep transverse groove, bordered below by a membrane, which rises into three tranverse folds or lobes, but these are often rather indistinct in preserved specimens. CEsophagus relatively small and short, with about twelve unequal plications or folds, some of which are often indistinct, Ör united anteriorly, and sometimes with additional small ones intercalated between the larger ones posteriorly. No distinct maxillae could be detected. Male orifice situated between the twenty. fourth and twenty-fifth annuli behind the mouth; female orifice in the thirtieth annulus. The male orifice is in a small, circular pit, from which, in one specimen, a long, filiform, intromittent organ is extended to a dis- tance equal to half the breadth of the body, or about 0.5 of an inch, (11".). The female orifice is transversely elliptical, with slightly raised and rugose margins. Acetabulum Small and deep, projecting less than half its diameter beyond the end of the body. Anal orifice large, sur: rounded by numerous convergent plicae. Color dusky brown above, somewhat paler beneath, sometimes with a' few rather large, roundish, but irregular, distantly scattered dark spots on the back, and often with two or three beneath; sometimes nearly uni- form slate-brown, with only a few, small, remote blackish spots. War. b, maculatus.-Form and size as in the preceding variety. Color above olive-green or yellowish green, thickly spotted with irregular angu- lar, more or less confluent, blotches of blackish. The folds of the oesoph- agus, in the single specimen examined, consist of three broad ones, im- perfect y and rather indistinctly divided into three subplicab; alternating with the three broad folds were three narrow and inconspicuous ones. War. a, West River, New Haven, Conn.—A. E. Verrill; Lake Huron, at Au Sable, Michigan.—J. W. Milner. *A War. b, Madeline Island, Lake Superior—J. W. Milner. HEXABDELLA Werrill. Op. cit., vol. iii, p. 136, 1872. Body depressed posteriorly. Cephalic lobe prolonged, composed of four segments, with three longitudinal folds beneath, followed by three transverse fleshy lobes, or folds; below these, the oesophagus is fur- NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 673 nished with six longitudinal plications. Ocelli, ten : the fourth pair on the buccal segment; the fifth on the second segment behind the buccal. Anus dorsal, at the posterior end of the body. Acefabulum round, separated from the body by a deep constriction. - This genus, although evidently allied to Semiscolew, differs in th structure of the cephalic lobe and Oesophagus. * * EIEXABDELLA DEPRESSA Verrill. Op. cit., Vol. iii, p. 136, 1872. Body strongly annulated, broad and much flattened posterior to the Clitellus, tapering and somewhat rounded in front of it. Length, in partial. contraction, 1.50 inches; breadth 0.40 inch. Head, or cephalic lobe, somewhat elongated, rounded in front, with four annulations, the first or terminal one oval, separated from the following by a decided depres- sion, or fossa. Ocelli, ten: the first pair near together on the posterior edge of the first cephalic segment; the second pair, on the second, and the third, on the third segment, form a nearly regularly curved line; those of the fourth pair are on the sides of the fifth or buccal segment; and those of the fifth are on the seventh segment, or the third of the body. Cephalic lobe divided beneath into three broad lobes by two deep Sulcations, each lobe subdivided into smaller ones by less marked, diverg- ent grooves. Behind each of the three lobes, there is an elevated, trans- verse, rounded, fleshy lobe, or fold; behind these, and separated by a deep groove, there are six well marked plications in the Oesophagus. Anus with elevated, crenulate borders. Male organ between the twenty- fourth and twenty-fifth segments of the body. Acetabulum round, of moderate size. Color of the preserved specimen, dark slate-brown above, with few irregularly scattered, remote black spots, and with still fewer Small, white specks; beneath, lighter slate-brown, with very few black Spots toward the margins. - * º Near New Haven, Connecticut—A. E. Verrill. NEPHELOPSIS Werrill. American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 135, 1872. Body broad and flattened behind the clitellus, rounded and taperin g in front of it. Upper lip large, dilated, wrinkled, and radiately sulcated beneath; Cesophagus with three broad folds, as in Nephelis. Intestine Simple, resembling that of Trocheta. Ocelli eight, in the typical spécies. External male organ expanded at the end into a disk-like form, with a raised margin and depressed center, in which there is a four-lobed ori- fice, as in Trocheta. The internal male organs resemble those of Aulas- tomum and Hirudo; the testicles being rather large, rounded or pyriform vesicles, apparently but eleven on each side. This genus has a remarkable combination of the characters of Nephe- lis, Trocheta, and Aulastomum. In general habit and form of bod y, it is much like Trocheta, but there are no maxillae. . 674 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. NEPHELOPSIS OBSCURA Verrill. American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 135, 1872. Body much elongated in extension, depressed posteriorly, distinctly annulated, a little rugose anteriorly in contraction. Length, in ex- tension, 4 to 5 inches; breadth, 0.25 to 0.35 of an inch. Head obtusely rounded in front. Ocelli eight: two pairs on the first ring near the front, the inner pair larger, well separated; two pairs on the sides of the buccal segment, Small, distant, the upper pair a little below the level of the outer pair of anterior ones. Inner surface of the upper lip very rugose, the sulcations and folds diverging outwardly. Mouth large; folds of the Oesophagus broad, prominent, the outer end pointed, trian- gular. Anal orifice large, with raised borders, situated on the dorsal surface a little in advance of the posterior sucker, which is large, rounded, the disk expanded, and considerably larger than the pedicel. Clitellus much thickened; male organ short, protruded as a low trun- cate cone, with disk-shaped end. When examined by transmitted light, a row of eleven rather large, translucent, pyriform spots may be seen midway between the dark intestine and the flattened margin, which appeared to correspond with the testicles. Color, above and below, dull dark brown, umber-brown, or fuscous, usually with numerous obscure, narrow, longitudinal stripes of lighter and darker brown. War, b, maculata.-Form and size nearly as described above. Color of preserved specimens greenish yellow or clay-color, with small, irreg- ular spots of black scattered over the back; lower surface nearly plain clay-color. Ocelli, eight, but often not very distinct in preserved speci- mens. Three small, acute, triangular lobes above and alternating with the upper ends of the oesophagal folds. A specimen from Fire Hole Ba- sin was much darker; the black blotches being larger and more or less confluent. War. a.-Madison, Wisconsin, very abundant in the lakes near the city—A. E. Verrill. War. b.—San Luis Valley, Colorado, common—Lieutenant Marshall, Wheeler's expedition, 1873; Snake River—Dr. Josiah Curtis; lake near Long's Peak, elevated 9,000 feet—Hayden’s expedition; Cool Spring, IFire-Hole Basin—Smithsonian Institution. - This species was first taken in Wisconsin, in May, 1870, when numer- ous egg-capsules were also found attached to the stones along the shores. These were yellowish in color, broad-oval or elliptical, términating in a point or mucro at each end, flat below, smooth and slightly convex above, with a thin margin. They were 5".5 to 8” long by 3".5 to 4" broad. Each one contained from five to ten eggs, or young leeches; some of the latter were already leaving the capsules; these were 5" or more in length, and even at this age, though pale in color, they had the characteristic form of the adult, and the eight ocelli were distinctly visible. NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 675 NEPHELIS LATERALIS Werrill. Hirudo lateralis Say, Long's Second Expedition, vol. ii, p. 267, 1824; Diesing, Syst. Helm., vol. i., p. 474. Nephelis lateralis Werrill, American Journal of Science, vol. ii, p. 451, 1871; vol. iii, p. 133, 1872. ? Nephelis vermiformis Nicholson, Canadian Journal, 1873, (young.) The original specimens, described by Say from the waters between Rainy Lake and Lake Superior, were dull livid with “a few very remote minute black points, and a rufous line along each side;” the “six ocular points are placed in a régularly curved line.” Specimens from New Haven, apparently belonging to the same species, were 3 or 4 inches long in extension, and 0.15 to 0.25 of an inch wide; rather slender and subterete anteriorly, somewhat depressed posteriorly, with the margins rounded. Head obtusely rounded in front, not very distinctly annulated. Ocelli six, distinct, sometimes with faint colored spots, like indications of another pair on the first segment; the front pair, on the first segment, is very distinct and much larger than any of the others, well separated, round, and blackish; the two pairs on the sides of the buccal segment are very small and well separated. Acetabul. lum as wide as the body, when extended, with a circular row of blackish submarginal spots. The three folds of the Oesophagus are about as in the following species. The color above is sometimes plain dark brown, and often dull dark orange-brown, with numerous fine longitudinal lines, alternately darker and ligher, and with many small irregular black spots scattered unevenly over the surface, except along the middle of the back; an obscure reddish line passes along each side near the margin, appar- ently due to an internal vessel showing through the integuments; lower surface plain, dull orange-brown, somewhat lighter than the back; head light flesh-color. Several other varieties occur. Some are nearly black, with few scattered lighter specks; others are pale brown, or light slate, specked with small darker brown or blackish spots. Whitneyville Lake, and Farmington, Conn., and Peak's Island, Casco Bay, Maine—A. E. Verrill; Bad River and Madeline Island, Lake Supe- rior—J. W. Milner; Clear Lake, Colorado, (plain brown variety)—Hay- den's expedition; Lake Eſuron (pale variety)—J. W. Milner. NEPHELIS QUADRISTRIATA Grube. Famil. des Annel., pp. 110 and 149; Diesing, Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akad. der Wissenschaften, math.-naturwiss. Classe, xxxiii, p. 496, 1859; Ver- rill, op. cit., vol. iii, p. 133, 1872. - - Body, in extension, 2 to 4 inches long, by 0.12 to 0.25 inch broad, slender subterete, tapering to the anterior end; in contraction broader and some- what depressed posteriorly; the sides rounded. Posterior sucker large, nearly as wide as the body, to which it is broadly attached. Mouth rather large, suborbicular, the upper lip a little expanded, rounded in front, wrinkled within, smooth externally, and not distinctly annulated. 676 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. The Oesophagus has the three longitudinal folds slightly prominent, rounded at their exterior ends. Six ocelli were all that could be distin. guished ; of these, those of one pair, situated on the front of the first Segument, are much the largest; two pairs, much smaller and inconspicu- ous, are placed well apart on the sides of the buccal segment. Anal orifice large, with a raised border, situated a little in advance of the posterior end of the back. - & - + Color above, brownish black, dark brown, fuscous, or dark cinereous, with four longitudinal rows of irregular, nearly confluent, black spots, intermingled with light brown or grayish spots, which often also form the centers of the black spots. Lower surface plain brown or fuscous, usually a little lighter than the back. - - - War. b.-Back with a light reddish or brownish median stripe, and a broad band of blackish on each side, often more or less interrupted with lighter mottlings. - - > War. a-New Haven and Farmington, Conn.—A. E. Verrill; Fal- mouth, Mass.-Dr, Edw. Palmer; Lake Raymond, Nebraska—T. M. Prudden, 1873. This variety is very common in the fresh Waters of New England. - War. b.-Yellowstone Lake—Dr. Josiah Curtis; San Luis Valley, Colorado—Lieutenant Marshall, Wheeler's expedition, (also var. a 5). Colorado—Hayden's expedition 1873, (Var. b, and plain dark brown variety.) NEPEIELIS MARMORATA Verrill. American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 134, 1872. Birudo marmorata Say, op. cit., p. 267. (?) Nephelis punctata Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philad., 1870, p. 89. . This species, found by Say associated with N. lateralis, appears to differ in no important particulars, and may be only a differently colored variety of the same species. It is described as blackish or fuscous, with irregular whitish or light colored spots; beneath pale, generally immaculate, but sometimes with confluent black spots. Ocular points six, in a regularly curved line. When a larger series of living specimens from various localities can be studied, the three preceding forms, admitted here as distinct, may prove to be mere varieties of one species, no less variable than the Ne- phelis vulgaris of Europe. The agreement in the number and arrange- ment of the ocelli is very close in the three forms. - The leech described by Dr. Leidy from the vicinity of Philadelphia and from Beverly, N.J., appears to differ in no essential characters. It was blackish olivaceous above; the annuli minutely punctate with yel- lowish olivaceous or dusky white, and narrowly bordered with the same; beneath grayish. - : r NEPHELIS FERVIDA Werrill. - American Journal of Science, vol. ii, p. 451, 1871, and vol. iii, p. 134, 1872. Body 2 or 3 inches long, 0.20 to 0.30 of an inch wide, elongated and slen- JNORTEI AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 677 derin full extension, very little depressed, most so posteriorly, often round and tapering anteriorly. Mouth large, nearly circular, subterminal; the upper lip, in contraction, short and rounded; within the Oesophagus are three conspicuous folds. Ocelli eight, small, nearly equal, blackish, con- spicuous; two pairs, a little apart, on the first ring of the head; two pairs, wider apart and farther back, on the third ring. Color, bright brick-red when living; the preserved specimens show numerous faint longitudinal lines of brown. In 8 to 13 fathoms, south side of Saint Ignace, Lake Superior—S. I. Smith. ' A small specimen, probably the young of this species, taken in 13 to 15 fathoms, in Simmons' Harbor, was translucent, tinged with flesh-color, with a dark brown intestinal line posteriorly. Egg-capsules, apparently of this species, were found in August by Mr. Smith, attached to the leaves of Nupha, in a small lake near Simmons Harbor. These are broad-oval or elliptical, above smooth and convex, translucent yellowish brown, with a thin, flat, lighter border, each end prolonged slightly into a short tubular neck, with a terminal orifice Lower surface flat. Each contained two, three, or more young leeches, lmostly upward of half an inch long, plain whitish, with eight distinct black ocelli. The largest capsule was 11".5 long by 9" wide, includ- ing the margin; the smallest was 9".5 long by 7".5 wide. These cap- Sules closely resemble those of Nephelopsis obscura, but are larger than those that were found to belong to that species. This species approaches Nephelopsis in several characters, and espe- cially in having eight distinct ocelli. When more specimens, and of larger size, can be examined, it may prove to be a true Nephelopsis. CLEPSINE Savigny. This genus is very abundantly represented in our Waters, both in in- dividuals and species. All of these species are apt to be quite variable in character in different localities, as well as at different periods of growth. Most of the species are elegantly, and some are quite brill- iantly colored, but the colors are often quite variable in the species, and cannot be relied upon for distinguishing them without other characters of more importance. The form varies extremely, according to the state of contraction or extension. They are most frequently found adhering to the under surfaces of floating logs and old pieces of boards, or be- neath the loosened bark of submerged branches and trunks of decaying trees. Occasionally, they adhere to the lower surface of larger leeches, turtles, or other animals, but they probably never suck blood. They feed upon insect larvae, small worms, mollusks, &c. When disturbed, these species curl themselves up after the manner of “pill-bugs” and certain insect larvae. The eggs, when laid, are retained in a cluster be- neath the expanded and concave posterior portion of the body, which is arched over them and kept in continuous undulatory motion during 678 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. the period of incubation. The young, when hatched, adhere in a group to the posterior part of the lower surface of the body of the parent by means of their posterior suckers, and before quitting the parent usually present the essential characters, and often nearly the pattern of color of the adult, though paler. Section A.—Ocelli 2, separate or confluent. Subsection a.—Back smooth. CLEPSINE PARASITICA Diesing. Hirudo parasilica Say, Major Long's Second Expedition to the Source of Saint Peter's River, Lake Winnepeek, &c., vol. ii, p. 266, 1824. Clepsime parasitica Diesing, Systema Helminthum, vol. i., p. 450, 1850; Verrill, op. cit., vol. iii, p. 128, 1872. - This species is one of the largest and most conspicuously colored of the genus. e * Body smooth, but distinctly annulated, much depressed, broad, taper- ing anteriorly to the obtusely rounded head, broad and emarginate pos- teriorly, with a broad, round, posterior sucker or acetabulum, about half of which is exposed behind the end of the body. Length, in extension, 3 inches; greatest breadth 0.3 to 0.5 of an inch, according to the de- gree of extension. Ocelli usually united into one inconspicuous spot, placed near the anterior margin of the head ; two or three other minute black spots, somewhat resembling ocelli, sometimes occur along the margins of the head anteriorly. Upper surface variegated with green, yellow, and brown; the ground- color is usually dark greenish brown, with a broad median vitta of pale greenish yellow, which at intervals expands into several large irregular spots; unequal, oval, and rounded spots are also irregularly scattered over the back. The entire margin is surrounded by a series of alter- nating square spots of dark green and yellow. Lower surface longitu- dinally striped with numerous purplish brown and black lines; the mar- gin spotted like that of the upper side. West River, near New Haven, Connecticut, on the lower side of float- ing wood, and at Norway, Maine—A. E. Verrill; frequent in the lakes of the Northwestern States, adhering to the sternum of tortoises—Say CLEPSINE PICTA. Verrill. Op. cit., vol. iii, p. 128, 1872. Body smooth, much depressed, broad posteriorly, somewhat tapering anteriorly, about 2.50 inches long in extension, varying in greatest breadth from 0.25 to 0.30 of an inch. Acetabulum large, rounded. Ocelli two, close together, and sometimes confluent, surrounded by a triangu- lar white area, which extends backward. Color of upper surface, dark brownish green, finely variegated with orange; toward the margins the green becomes brighter ; a row of semicircular orange spots, Centered with flesh-color or white, extends along each margin. Small, distant, NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 679. flake-white spots are scattered over the upper surface, and arranged in about five irregular longitudinal rows. Acetabulum varied with green and orange, the green forming rays toward the margin, alternating with salmon-colored spots. Lower surface darker than the upper; deep greenish on the central part. $ Another variety agrees in most respects with the preceding, but has a median, brown line along the back, interrupted by six irregular light green blotches, the last one largest and elongated, the rest of the back purplish brown varied with greenish, the colors appearing as if in fine checks, owing to lighter and darker lines running in both directions; a row of rounded light green spots on each side midway between the dorsal line and margins, and a row of flesh-colored semicircular spots, alternately large and small, along the margin. Acetabulum varied with light purple and flesh-color. Lower surface pale bluish, with lighter lines. A young specimen, about 0.75 of an inch long, had the same pattern of color, but the upper surface was lighter, reddish brown, and the dark brown lobes of the intestine were visible through the integuments. Other variations of color were observed. In some, the blotches inter- rupting the median brown line were dull orange, and the marginal spots were orange-yellow. The sides of the back were orange-brown, thickly specked with dark brown and with a row of small pale green spots on each side; lower surface plain purplish brown, and there was a whitish spot in front of the ocelli. Whitneyville Lake and West River, near New Haven ; common on submerged or floating wood, and beneath dead bark, in stagnant pools near New Haven, April 20, 1873, without eggs or young—A. E. Verrill. CLEPSINE MODESTA Verrill. Op. cit., p. 129, fig. 2, 1872; vol. v., p. 388, 1873 Clepsine submodesta Nicholson, Canadian Journal, 1873. Body in extension elongated, tapering and very slender anteriorly, broader and obtusely rounded posteriorly. IFig. 4. . Length, 0.5 of an inch in extension. Back - smooth, faintly annulated, translucent. Head small, obtuse, whitish. Ocelli two, black, near : E23\)\}. together. The general color above is usually pale purplish brown or purplish flesh-color, with minute specks of brown and very small round spots of dull yellow, and often of light green; margins and a median dorsal line, pale. Acetabulum moderately large; whitish. Auditory vesicle or “cervical gland,” placed near the head, small, rounded, slightly prominent, conspicuous, deep brown, surrounded by a whitish circle. Lower surface pale purplish. The attached young, about 0.3 of an inch long in extension, were slender, whitish, and subdiaphanous, with the brown intestine showing through posteriorly. West River and Whitneyville Lake, with the preceding, and carrying 680 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. young, common; very abundant in stagnant pools near New Haven, April 20, 1873, without eggs or young. White Mountains, Arizona– Lieut. Henshaw, Wheeler's expedition; Beaver Creek—Dr. H. C. Yar- row; Lake Raymond, Nebraska—T. M. Prudden, Yale scientific expedi- tion, 1873; Lake Okechobee, Florida—E. Palmer; Springs, Saguache, Colorado—Ernest Ingersoll, Hayden's expedition. Subsection v.–Back papillose. CLEPSINE ORNATA Verrill. American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 130, 1872. The specimens of this species originally described, although found Car- rying young, were probably immature. Specimens of much larger size, and having more numerous papillae, have since been obtained. They are so different as to be easily mistaken for another species, but their young have been found to agree with the original description. It is probable that this, and other species of Clepsime, begin to breed long before they become full grown, and that they live several years. The following is the original description : - - “Body somewhat depressed, rather broad and obtusely rounded pos- teriorly, in extension tapering, but not slender anteriorly, about 1.25 inches long. In contraction elliptical, and about 0.20 broad in the middle. Back With a median papillose dorsal carina, and two similar ones mid- way between it and the margins. Head broad, acuminate, whitish in front and at the margins. Ocelli united into a single, small, transverse spot, situated at the edge of the white area. Acetabulum moderately large, round, about half of its breadth exposed behind the end of the body. “A dark green line passes along the median carina, interrupted ante- riorly by several transverse orange vittae, and farther back by Some pale Orange spots; the first of the transverse spots or vittae is pale orange, and is just behind the White area of the head; this is followed by a transverse greenish brown one, which is succeeded by a longer trans- verse orange one; farther back is another transverse vitta, or band, of the same color. The posterior part of the back and upper side of aceta- bulum are flesh-color, specked with pale orange and purplish. The pa- pillae of the lateral carinae are partly orange and partly brown. The margin is pale purplish, with conspicuous squarish spots, alternately bright green and orange. The rest of the upper surface is variegated With bright green and pale brown, and specked with darker brown. Lower surface pale green, with a median light line; the margins colored as on the upper side. **. “The attached young, June 6, were about 0.12 of an inch long, and very slender in extension. Anteriorly, they were purplish red, with bright red Specks, and with a median row of red points, while several median White Spots Occupied the positions of the large transverse orange spots of the adults. Posteriorly the branched lobes of the intestine gave a NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 681 greenish color to the body. Ocelli closely united into a transversely triangular or bilobed spot of bright red. t “West River, on the lower sides of submerged wood and pieces of boards.” g - $ War. b, stellata.-Body broad-oval in contraction ; moderately elon- gated in extension; strongly annulated; in extension, about 1.25 to 1.50 inches long, and 0.20 to 0.30 broad; in contraction, about 0.40 long, but sometimes larger than this; head obtuse in front; ocelli more or less confluent into a conspicuous transversely triangular Or bilobed eye, usually surrounded by a white area; back moderately convex, with numerous quite small papillae, forming a transverse row on each annulus. Along the middle of the back, there is a longitu- dinal row of somewhat larger and more prominent, yet small, conical papillae, and two similar rows exist on each side, between the median row and the margins. The larger papillae are usually tipped with white; color above variegated dark greenish brown, with a median line and marginal spots. The surface is covered with brown and green stellate specks, and sometimes with some orange-colored ones, the green ones generally prevailing toward the margins. Along each edge and around the acetabulum, there is a series of flesh-colored, pale yellowish, or light orange semicircular spots; head with a trans- verse median spot of white. A pale yellow or white transverse line crosses the neck. The dark green, brown, or blackish median dorsal liue is scarcely interrupted. One or two longitudinal rows of flake- white often extend along each side of the median line on the papillae, and similar white specks are often scattered over the back; lower sur- face brownish, with stellate specks of green ; near the margin, like the upper surface. Some of the specimens, which were quite dark colored when caught, in April and early in May, carried large clusters of bright, deep yellow eggs, and others were just laying. The specimens, though Quite dark colored when taken, were kept until July 17. By that time they had become much lighter, the yellow, pale orange, and greenish hues prevailing, though stellate specks of dark green and brown were Still present. - War. C, rugosa,—Larger than the preceding; strongly annulated, each annulation with a row of 20 to 30, or more, larger, conspicuous, rough, conical papillae, with many unequal smaller ones between them, in several irregular rows, or scattered. Ocelli very close together, but separated by a narrow light line, in adult preserved specimens; united in the attached young. The color, in alcoholic specimens, is yellowish green, variegated with blotches of dark brown; margin of body and acetabulum with semi- circular, pale, orange spots, covering the width of about two annula- tions, and separated by narrower, greenish brown spots, about half as wide; head with a light, longitudinal vitta. The attached young have three dorsal, longitudinal rows of small papillae, the median one double 682 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. posteriorly, and a few others scattered over the surface between. The most papillose specimens were collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, on the northwest-boundary commission. This may prove to be a distinct spe- cies, but this is rendered improbable on account of the close agreement of the attached young with the ordinary varieties. War. d.—The largest specimen that I have seen belonging apparently to this species was over 3 inches long in extension, and upward of half an inch wide. The body was strongly annulated, with crenulated margius; on each annulation there was a transverse row of numerous small but conspicuous papillae, Ocelli united. The color was dark olive and fus- cous brown on the back, with a row of small, semicircular, light yellowish spots along each margin at every third annulation; head with an inter- rupted pale yellow vitta; Ventral surface striped with olive-green and dull grayish. This specimen was taken, without eggs or young, near New Haven, about the 1st of May. Another somewhat similar specimen, from the same locality, was 3 inches long in extension, and 0.5 to 0.75 broad; in contraction, 1.5 long and 1 inch broad. Body much depressed, with thin margins, ob- tuse anteriorly. Back covered with numerous small, unequal, conical or rounded verrucae, arranged in transverse rows of twenty or more on each annulation. Ocelli black, confluent, or very closely approximate. Head, in front of ocelli, brownish white, with lateral brown spots; be- hind the ocelli, with a short median orange-brown stripe. General color of body dark greenish brown. The ground-color is brown, varied with very numerous minute stellate specks of dark green ; toward the lateral margins of the body and edges of the acetabulum, the color is lighter orange-brown, with fewer green specks; and a marginal series of round- ish pale brown spots extends along each side and around the acetabu- lum ; beneath, pale bluish, with sixteen to twenty stripes of green. On the lower side, the dark brown viscera show very distinctly, through the integuments, eleven branches or lobes on each side; these are elon- gated, well separated, with few short open branches; the anterior ones are but little shorter and are not crowded. In this respect, this species is very distinct from C. picta, in which the branches are twenty or more on each side, short, much branched, crowded, the anterior ones becom- ing much smaller and more crowded. War. a.—West River and Whitneyville Lake, New Haven—A. E. Ver- rill. - - War. b.-Pools near Goffe street, New Haven, on submerged wood, and adhering to the ventral surface of Macrobdella decora—A. E. Ver- rill; Clear Lake, Colorado, Hayden's expedition; Snake River—Dr. J. Curtis, Wheeler's expedition; Birchwood Creek, Nebraska—O. Harger, Yale scientific expedition, 1873; No. 183—Dr. Yarrow, Wheeler's expe- dition. --- War. c.—Northwest-boundary survey—Dr. Elliott Coues. War, d.—Pools near Goffe street, New Haven—A. E. Verrill. NORTH AMERICAN FRESIGI—WATER LEECHES, 683. CLEPSINE PAPILLIFERA Verrill. . Op. cit., vol. iii, p. 130, 1872. Body decidedly convex above, broad and obtusely rounded behind ; in extension long, slender, and tapering anteriorly. Length, when ex- tended, about 1 inch ; greatest breadth, in contraction, about 0.20 of an inch. Back covered with small, distant, subconical papillae, arranged in transverse rows, of which the anterior contain about three papillae, and the posterior ones eight or nine. Head small, narrow, Subacute, white in front. Ocelli two, distinct, but close together, black, placed at the posterior edge of the white area. Color above, obscure yel- lowish brown, produced by alternating narrow lines of flesh-color and olive-brown, which are crossed by fine longitudinal lines of dull olive- green, giving a checkered appearance under the microscope. The dorsal papillae are specked with opaque white at the tips, and usually sur- rounded by a darker spot of olive-green at the base. War. b.-Specimens taken in Whitneyville Lake, October 4, carrying young, differ considerably from the preceding, and may prove distinct. These have the form of body, head, and ocelli as described, but the tubercles of the back are less numerous, forming a single median row anteriorly, which becomes double posteriorly, where there is also a row on each side, midway between it and the margin. The general color above is dull greenish yellow, transversely and longitudinally lined with lighter; the tubercles are dark brown; and small flesh-colored spots are scattered over the back, but form rows posteriorly. Lower surface lighter. * War. C.—The specimens thus designated in my former paper appear to belong rather to C. ornata. War. d, lineata, now.—Body in contraction broad-oval, much de- pressed. Ocelli two, distinctly Separated by a space equal to about twice their diameter, The alcoholic specimen has about twelve longitudinal stripes of deep brown, alternating with as many of yellowish white; both crossed by fine transverse lines of whitish. Back nearly smooth, with only a few minute and but slightly raised papillaº. This may prove to be a distinct species. - War. e, carinata, now.—Body in contraction rather short and thick, tapering rapidly to the head. Ocelli two, conspicuous, well separated, with a space between equal to their diameter, or greater. Back with three conspicuous carinae, each surmounted by a close row of prominent papillae; toward the posterior end, the middle carina ceases, and a short one, with few papillae, is introduced on each side of the median line close to the posterior end of the body; other much smaller papillae are usually scattered over the surface between the principal rows, especially Ilear the margin, where they often form a submarginal row. Color, of alcoholic specimens, dull brown ; the back covered with many narrow longitudinal stripes of dark brown, alternating with lighter lines. West River, Conn., and in small tributary streams, among the stems of 684 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. water-plants and on floating wood, common—A. E. Verrill; Bad River, Lake Superior—J. W. Milner (var. With few large papillae, mostly in three rows.) W War. d.—Lake Raymond, Nebraska—T. M. Prudden; Lake Okechobee, Florida—Dr. E. Palmer. War. e.—Ecorse, Michigan—J. W. Milner. Section B.—Four ocelli. No American species belonging to this section are known to me. Section C.—Six ocelli. Subsection a.—Back smooth. CLEPSINE PALLIDA Verrill. (Fig. 2, a ; head enlarged.) Op. cit. vol. iii, p. 131, fig. 3, a, 1872. War. a.-Body depressed, broad and obtusely rounded posteriorly, b Fig. 2. g. tapering, but not very slender, anteriorly; about 1 inch lóng in extension, and 0.15 of an inch broad in contrac- tion. Back smooth, somewhat convex. Head obtuse, With six ocelli, those of the anterior pair nearer together. . Acetabulum rather small. Intestine whitish, showing through the integuments, with two large anterior lobes and about six smaller lateral ones. Auditory Vesicle Very distinct. Color above pale yellowish, with scattered blackish specks, and with a median light line, interrupted by a row of distant, Small, black spots. Beneath pale flesh- Color. e War. b.-Back smooth, grayish green, with two dorsal dark lines, and specked over the whole surface with small blackish dots, which are arranged somewhat in longitudinal lines. Ocelli as in var. a. Length about 0.75 of an inch, (18" to 20".) Taken September 17. West River, New Haven, Conn., both varieties, on submerged wood— A. E. Verrill; Colorado—Hayden’s expedition; lake near Long's Peak, elevated 9,000 feet—Hayden's expedition, 1873; (var. b, with narrow, dark stripes.) Subsection b.-Back papillose. CLEPsiNE ELEGANs Verrill. (Fig. 2, b ; head. See above.) American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 132, fig. 3 b, Feb., 1872; vol. v., p. 387, 1873 Clepsine palelliformis Nicholson, Canadian Journal, 1873. Body depressed, strongly annulated, broadly rounded posteriorly, tapering, but not slender, anteriorly. Length, in extension, about 1.25 inches; breadth, in contraction, 0.20 of an inch. Acetabulum moderately large, projecting considerably beyond the posterior end of the body. Head small, obtusely pointed, white in front and along the edges. Ocelli six, the three pairs close together on the white area of the head, those of the middle pair largest, black. Back covered with distant, slightly elevated, yellow papillae. Color olive-green, thickly specked, especially toward the margins, with purplish brown, and with dark brown trans- verse lines, corresponding with the intervals between the annulations; | NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 685 anteriorly there is a pale yellowish green ſhedian line; a slight distance from the middle there is, on each side, a narrow black line extending the whole length, and between these and the margins there are other faint longitudinal lines. Along each margin, there is a row of about six sulphur yellow spots, and a few smaller raised yellow spots are scat- tered over the back, the anterior ones often becoming greenish. Lower surface pale green, specked with brown, and with a light median and two black longitudinal lines, corresponding to those above. War. b.-Two anterior ocelli nearer together than the others. Body deep brown, in preserved specimens, with six or more irregular rows of yellow spots on slightly raised papillae. West River, with the two preceding—A. E. Verrill; Lake Ontario— Nicholson; northwest-boundary survey—Dr. E. Coues, (var. a. and b.) This is a very active species. It adheres firmly by means of its pos- terior sucker, but when much disturbed quickly rolls itself into a ball. One of the specimens, taken June 6, carried about a dozen slender young ones, of a pale pink-color. In addition to the preceding species, Clepsime omiscus Diesing, (Blain- ville, sp.,) and Clepsime swampina Dies. (Bosc, sp.,) have been indicated from North America. The first has not been described sufficiently to be recognized, all the characters mentioned applying equally to nearly every species of the genus. Clepsine swampina Diesing is thus described: “Body subellipti. cal, depressed, anteriorly narrowed, above transversly sulcated, below plumbeous. Ocelli six, two closely approximate. Acetabulum orbicular. Length, 6–7 lines; width, 3 lines.” Carolina, upon the surface of tortoises and frogs—Bosc. Section D.—Ocelli S. Subsection a..—Back smooth. CLEPSINE OCCIDENTALIS Verrill, sp. nov. Body rather stout; in contraction thick and convex; about 0.75 of an inch long, and 0.30 broad; tapering to both ends. Ocelli eight: those of the second and third pairs largest ; those of the third farthest apart ; those of the fourth small and near together. Dorsal surface smooth, With faint indications of Small, low papillae anteriorly. Acetabulum Small. Color, in alcohol, yellowish brown, with fine transverse lines of darker. San Luis Valley, Colorado—H. W. Henshaw, Wheeler's expedition, 1873. CYSTOBRANCHUs VIVIDUs Werrill. Op. cit., vol. iii, p. 126, fig. 1, 1872. Body elongated, somewhat depressed, tapering both ways, but most so anteriorly. Surface smoothish, but with minute, hemispherical hya- 686 REPORT OF COMMISSIONERS OF FISH AND FISHERIES. line vesicles. Length, in extension, about one inch; breadth, in middle, 0.10 to 0.12 of an inch. Head excentrically pedicellate upon a slender neck, small, disk-like, rounded in front, or somewhat heart-shaped, with the rounded point forward. Ocelli four, small, brownish, placed near the attachment of the neck on each side; those in the anterior pair farther apart. Acetabulum large, well-rounded, as wide as the body, disk-shaped, and attached nearly centrally. Male organ, when protruded, elongated, conical, acute, placed just behind the fourth pair of large lateral white Sp0tS. Color of back dusky brown or purplish brown, finely specked with stellate points of darker brown, and with three irregular rows of con- spicuous, small, round, opaque white spots along the upper surface of the back. Sides with a row of about 16, larger and more conspicuous, semicircular, white spots along the margin, each consisting of a cluster of 3 to 9 small round spots, inclosing a more transparent area, in which a diaphanous pulsating vesicle or enlarged vessel may be seen to pro- trude at each pulsation. Lower surface of body light grayish, specked with darker, and often with obscure transverse bands of whitish; aceta- bulum similar in color to the body, with small, round, white spots, the margin more or less radiated with lighter and darker. Upper surface of head similar to the back; the sides and front lighter. West River, near New Haven, on Fundulus pisculentus, November and December, 1871—F. S. Smith; Savin Rock, in salt-water, among eel- grass—Prof. J. E. Todd; Casco Bay, among eel-grass, 1873—A. E. Wer- rill. This very active species lives in both fresh and salt water. ? The transparent lateral vesicles referred to are probably organs of respiration, analogous to the much more highly developed branchial appendages of Branchiobdella. ICHTH YOBDELLA FUNDULI Werrill. Op. cit., vol. iii, p. 126, 1872. ' Body smooth, distinctly annulated, subterete, thickest at about the posterior third, tapering considerably toward the head, and slightly pos- teriorly. Length about 0.75 of an inch; greatest diameter about 0.08. Head small, rounded in front, scarcely explanate, and separated only by a slight constriction from the body. Ocelli four: two larger well sep- arated, placed near the posterior part of the head; two others, very small and scarcely distinguishable in some specimens, are placed in front of these. Acetabulum Scarcely wider than the body, obliquely attached, sessile, and Scarcely separated by a constriction from the body. Color light green, finely specked with dark green and brown points; sometimes with distinct bands of whitish, alternating with the green on the anterior part of the body, and with a pale dorsal line; neck with a pale band at the constriction. West River, Conn., on Fundulus pisculentus, November and December, NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 687 1871, and December 18, 1872—F. S. Smith; near New Haven, on the same fish—Prof. J. E. Todd. \ This species differs greatly, in the form and arrangement of the ace- tabulum and head, from the typical species of the genus, and, when living specimens can be carefully studied, may require Separation. ICHTEIYOBI)|ELLA PUNCTATA Werrill. American Journal of Science, vol. ii, p. 451, 1871; vol. iii, p. 127, 1872. Body, in extension, slender, in the preserved specimen, about 0.5 of an inch long, 0.06 in greatest diameter, rounded, thickest posteriorly, taper- ing anteriorly to the anterior sucker, which is broad and thin, subcircular, about three times as wide as the neck where it is attached. Ocelli four, on the upper side of the anterior sucker: two larger, black ones, in front; and two minute ones wider apart and farther back. Posterior sucker large, rounded or oval. Color translucent greenish, with a pale median dorsal line, and with minute black Specks arranged in transverse bands; along each side are eight light spots, alternating with the dark punctate bands. Among the Slate Islands, Lake Superior, in 6 to 8 fathoms—S, I Smith. ICHTHYOBDELLA MILNERI Werrill, sp. nov. Body slender, elongated, a little depressed, in alcoholic specimens about 0.75 of an inch long, and 0.06 to 0.08 broad. Ocelli four, conspicuous, the anterior pair larger and wider apart; the head is quite oblique, broadly expanded, and extends out in front far beyond the ocelli. Acetabulum large, about twice the diameter of the body, with a circle of about twelve black, ocelli-like spots, around the middle. Color of body, in preserved specimens, yellowish, with four longitudinal rows of connected large angular spots of greenish, of which one extends along the upper, and one along the lower side, near the margins, leaving a pale band along the middle of the back and of the ventral surface; that of the back is often interrupted by the encroachment of the lateral green spots, the points of which frequently meet across the back, dividing the median pale band into a series of large rounded or transversely. elliptical Spots. The lateral green spots are variable in form, but often rhomboidal, with the most acute angle toward the median line of the back; they are connected along the margins by a nearly continuous band of green, or else by two narrow lines of green, separated by a pale line. The green spots are made up of Small stellate specks of deep green, intermingled with others of orange. Head and acetabulum pale, but usually more or less specked with green and orange; the acetabulum often has a mar- ginal circle of pale spots, alternating with greenish. Thunder Bay, Michigan, in 25 fathoms, abundant, and also in floating . weeds—J. W. Milner, 1873. 688 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ASTACOBDELLA PHILADELPHICA Leidy. Proceeedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v., p. 209 1851. Dr. Leidy's description is as follows: “Body whitish, translucent; sides nearly parallel, a little broader posteriorly, 16 alternately broad and narrow segments, exclusive of head and posterior end. Head cam- panulate, terminated by a circular or elliptical crenated lip, fringed with very minute stiff hairs, one two-thousandth of an inch long.” “Acetabulum circular, one-sixth to one-fourth of a line in diameter; mouth elliptical. Dental plates brown, nearly equal, forming an isosceles. triangle, with the base longest and attached. Apex of superior plate end- ing in a sharp conical point; with several very minute denticulations on each side. Apex of inferior plate bifurcated into two points, with two minute denticulations on each side. Stomach capacious, nearly filling the anterior eight alternately broad and narrow segments posterior to the head. Anus dorsal, one-fifth of a line from the acetabulum. Gen- erative aperture véntral, anterior to the anal aperture. “Length, one to four lines; breadth, one-sixth to one-half of a line. Head, one-sixth to one-half of a line long. Ovum attached by a pedicle, with an operculum pointed at Summit. From base of attachment to point of opercle, one-fifth of a line. Length of body of ovum, one-sixth of a line; breadth, one-eighth of a line. * Habitat.—Found frequently in numbers from one to several dozen upon any part of the exterior of the body of Astacus Bartonii Fab., but more especially upon the inferior surface and the branchiae.” The following species, which I have not seen, have been described from North America: - LIOSTOMUM CoCCINEUM Wagler. Isis, 1831, p. 533; ibid., 1832, p. 53; Diesing, Sitzungsb. der kais, Akad. der Wis- senschaften, xxxiii, p. 495, 1859. This genus is remarkable in having no ocelli, and no folds, lobes, nor plications within the mouth and Oesophagus. Mexico—Karwinsky. EIIRUDO.ORNATA Ebrard. Nouv. Monog. Sangs., p. 55. Northwestern America. HIRUDO(?) COSTARICENSIs Grube and OErsted. Diesing, op. cit., p. 509. Costarica—OErsted. HIRUDO BILLBERGHI Kinberg. Op. cit., p. 356, 1867. This species is described as having eight ocelli, with the genital orifice in the twenty-eighth segment. It probably belongs to some other genus, ” “NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER LEECHES. 689 OXYPTYCEIUS STRIATUS Grube. , * Fam. d’Annel, pp. 110, 148; Diesing op.cit., p. 510. Montevideo—Burmeister. } . . . CENTROPYGUS JocBNSIs Grube and CErsted, 1857. Dies, op. cit., p. 511. San José, Central America—GErsted. ^. XXVII.—SKETCH OF THE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. * BY SIDNEY I. SMITEI. In the following paper, I have attempted to bring together all the species of invertebrate animals, excepting many aquatic insects and some groups of minute forms, known to inhabit the waters of Lake Su- perior. I had at first intended to make it a sketch of the invertebrate fauna of the entire chain of the great lakes, but found it impossible to bring together material enough for that purpose, and so have limited myself to the immediate region of Lake Superior. One of the principal objects of the article is to furnish a means of comparing the food of the fishes with the fauna of the Waters which they inhabit. For this pur- pose, the fauna of Lake Superior is of more importance than that of the other lakes, since most of the material which I have examined from the stomachs of the lake-fishes was obtained in that lake by Mr. J. W. Milner. This account is undoubtedly very imperfect in all the groups; and some species which have been recorded as inhabiting the lake are very likely omitted, although I have intended to include all such. Of the insects I have attempted to mention only a very few species which are important as food for the White-fish, or interesting on account of the bathymetrical distribution. Most of the copepod and ostracoid Crustacea of the region are omitted, since they have not as yet been sufficiently studied by any one. - * - The account of the fauna of the depths of the lake is based almost entirely on a series of dredgings made during August and the early part of September, 1871, under the direction of General C. B. Comstock, superintendent of the survey of the northern and northwestern lakes and rivers. A preliminary report of these dredgings was made to Gen- eral Comstock in October, 1871, and published as Appendix K in the Report of the Chief of Engineers, forming the second volume of the Re- port of the Secretary of War for 1871. Comparatively few of the shore- species were collected on this excursion, and Consequently some parts of this paper have been largely compiled from other sources, especially from Professor Agassiz's work on Lake Superior. In all cases where the facts were not obtained by myself, however, I have given the authority on which they are inserted. In order that the references to localities and depths may be better un- derstood, I give a short account of the dredgings conducted by the lake- survey. The dredgings were all made by hand from the steamer Search, while employed in offshore sounding, or in transporting shore-parties. The dredges used were like those commonly employed in marine dredg- INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 691 ing, with the addition of an inner bag of embroidery canvas, which was found necessary to retain the exceedingly fine clayey mud encountered at nearly every haul. - The following list will show the localities at which dredgings were made, the depth, and the composition of the bottom: Simmons' Harbor, on the north shore of the lake, about twelve and a half miles north-northwest of Otter Island, August 9, 13 to 15 fathoms, bottom of fine sand, with scattered tufts of a small alga of the genus Cladophora. - Five miles off Simmons' Harbor, August 11, 60 fathoms, soft bluish clay. - Among the Slate Islands, August 14, while at anchor, two hauls: first, 12 to 14 fathoms, sand, with a little fine mud; second, from the other end of the steamer, 6 to 8 fathoms, sand, gravel, and Small stones, With some mud. - On a line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, August 15, four hauls were made as follows: First, about eighteen miles south of the Western end of the islands, 105 fathoms, soft clay; second, about thirty-five miles from the islands, 169 fathoms, the deepest point yet found in the lake, very soft light-drab clay, with small pieces of rotten wood; third, about forty miles from the islands, 116 fathoms, bottom same as in the last haul; fourth, about fifty-seven miles from the islands, 159 fathoms, very soft clay. . - On a line southeast from Passage Island, off the east end of Ile IRoyale, August 18, hauls were made at five points: First, about six miles out, 47 fathoms, soft, reddish-clay and sand; second, about fifteen miles from Passage Island, 129 fathoms, soft clay; third, about twenty- nine miles from the island, 127 fathoms, bottom same as last haul; fourth, about forty-three miles from the island, 134 fathoms, bottom as in the last two hauls; fifth, about fourteen miles north of Keweenaw Point, 82 fathoms, two hauls, reddish clayey mud and sand. North of Copper Eſarbor, August 22, dredgings were made at three different points: First, seventeen miles off, 148 fathoms, soft clay ; second, nearer the shore, 62 fathoms, soft, reddish mud and sand; third, within a quarter of a mile of the shore, 17 fathoms, sand. Off fifty miles, on a course northeast by east one-half north of Copper |Harbor, August 24, 116 fathoms, soft clay. In Neepigon Bay, due north of Saint Ignace station and half a mile from the shore of Saint Ignace Island, August 28, 32 fathoms, very soft clayey mud. - g In the cove at the eastern end of Saint Ignace Island, near Saint Ignace station, August 29, 4 to 6 fathoms, sand, with some mud, bits of wood, &c. . - About three miles south of the same cove, August 29, 73 fathoms, soft clayey mud. y T • . In a small harbor on the South side of Saint Ignace Island, between 692 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. the main island and a smaller one, and due south of Saint Ignace station, September 4, two hauls, 8 and 10 to 13 fathoms, a little sand and mud brought up with great quantities of the same species of alga found at Simmon's Harbor, and which, according to Prof. D. C. Eaton, who kindly examined it for me, is a small, densely-tufted Species of Cladophora, possibly C. glomerata Linn., a most variable species, but the specimens do not well correspond with authentic ones from Ger- many. This alga was brought up in immense quantities, the dredge being full at each haul. On a line between Michipicoton Island and Copper Harbor, and about thirty-seven miles from the island, September 7, 147 fathoms, soft clay. From this list it is readily seen that, in all the deeper parts of the lake, the bottom is covered with a uniform deposit of clay or clayey mud. All the Soundings made by the lake-survey show the same thing, the specimens of the bottom brought up from deep water by the lead being everywhere of the same character, varying only in color and somewhat in the amount of sand mixed with the clay. The color was not uniform even in the same dredgeful; drab and bluish masses of the clay being frequently mixed with brown or reddish lumps. In deep water, drab and bluish were the prevailing tints, however. Water was taken from the bottom at many points, and was everywhere perfectly fresh. That from 169 fathoms gave no precipitate with nitrate of silver. The temperature, everywhere below 30 or 40 fathoms, was very uni- form, varying only slightly from 390, while at surface, during the Season at which the dredging was carried on, it varied from 500 to 550. The fauna of the lake-bottom corresponds with these physical condi- tions. In the shallow waters along the shores, the fauna varies with the varying character of the bottom, while below 30 to 40 fathoms, where the deep-water fauna properly begins, the same species seem to be everywhere nearly uniformly distributed down to the deepest points. The soft clayey bottom is, however, very unfavorable to most forms of animal life, and, as we might expect, the fauna of this region is very meager. Except among the worms, it seems to have scarcely any species peculiar to it, and is characterized rather by the absence of many of the shallow-water species than by forms peculiar to itself. Besides the dredgings made by the lake-survey, Mr. J. W. Milner dredged, in 1872, in 60 fathoms off Outer Island, and obtained several of the species which had been found the year before. It is proper that I should make a special acknowledgment to Professor Verrill for the assistance he has given me in the preparation of this paper. The account of the worms in the preliminary report referred to was prepared wholly by him, and in the following pages the enumera. tion and description of the species of that class, with which I am unac- Quainted, has been made up wholly from his published papers and manuscript notes. Special acknowledgments to Messrs. Temple Prime and Charles M. Wheatley for assistance in determining some of the species of Mollusca will be found under that group. INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 693 ARTICULATA. INSECTS. DIPTERA. Many different species of two-winged flies in the larva stage inhabit the waters of Läke Superior. The great majority of the species, how - ever, inhabit only the shallower waters, and are never found below the depth of a few feet; and such species are very much more abundant in pools, marshes, &c., in the vicinity, than in the pure and cold waters of the lake itself, where, it seemed to me, there were much fewer of all kinds of insect larvae than in the lower lakes. The slender worm-like larvae of the numerous species of Chironomus were not uncommon in dredgings even from great depths, and some of the species apparently live in abundance over the entire bottom of the lake. The species of the genus seem to be very generally diffused; the larvae of some of the species even inhabiting salt-water. The winged insects themselves are delicate, mosquito-like flies, with plumose antennae, and often swarm in vast numbers about ponds and marshy ground. I mention a few of the different forms of these larvae found in the lake. These forms of larvae may each, very likely, represent several species in the adult state, but for the present purpose it is convenient to speak of forms which can be distinguished while larvae. CHIRONOMUS, species, a. (Plate III, figs. 20, 21.) A large opaque-White larva and its pupa were common in all the shal- lower dredgings and down to 32 fathoms. Larvae and pupae of appar- ently the same form Were found in the stomachs of white-fish taken at Sand Island and at Sault Sainte Marie. CHIRONOMUs, species, b. A semi-translucent larva, much more slender than the last, was found in many of the shallow dredgings, and was often common, even down to 147 fathoms. The same form was found in abundance in the stomachs of White-fish taken at Outer Island. CHIRONOMUS, species, c. (Plate III, fig. 22.) A small entirely blood-red larva occurred in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands, and in 8 to 13 fathoms among Cladophora, &c., on the South side of Saint Ignace island. NEUROPTERA. Many species of Neuroptera, especially of Ephemerida, and Phryga- neidae, are found about the lake, but, as in the case of the Diptera, most 694 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. of the Species are confined to the shallow pools and other small bodies of Water about the lake, and do not occur, or only very sparingly, in the lake itself. EPHEMERIDAE, species. The larva of one species was dredged in 32 fathoms in Neepigon Bay. The species of this family did not seem to be abundant in the lake itself, and the cast skins of the pupae were nowhere, as far as my obser- Vations went, in such great abundance as they are on the lower lakes. EIYDROPSYCHE, species. The larva of a species, belonging apparently to this genus, was dredged in 13 to 15 fathoms at Simmons' Harbor. The larvae, pupae, and sub-imago of the same or a closely-allied species were found in great abundance in stomachs of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. BHRYGANEIDAE, species. (Plate III, figs. 18, 19.) The larvae of another Phryganeid, inhabiting a cylindrical, tapering tube, composed of bits of the stem of the Cladophora, among which it lives, were abundant in 8 to 13 fathoms on the South side of Saint' Ignace Island, and in 15 to 18 fathoms at Simumons' Harbor. The larvae and pupae of the same or an allied genus were found in the Stomachs of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. ACARINA. HYDRACHNA, species. A small, dark-colored species was dredged in 4 to 6 fathoms in the cove at the eastern end of Saint Ignace Island. A species, apparently the same, occurred in the stomachs of the white-fish taken af Ecorse, |Mich. CRUSTACEA. PODOPEITEIALMIA. CAMBARUS VIRILIS Hagen. (p. 638.) CAMBARUS PROPINQUUS Girard. (p. 638.) CAMBARUS RUSTICUs Girard. (p. 639.) CAMBARUS BARTONII Erickson. (p. 639.) MYSIS RELICTA Lovén. (p. 642.) TETRADECA PODA. AMPEIIIPODA. HYALELLA DENTATA Smith. (p. 645.) PONTOPOREIA HOYI Smith. (p. 647.) GAMMARUs LIMNAEUs Smith. (p. 651.) GRANGONYx GRACILIS Smith. (p. 654.) INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 695 ISOPODA. ASELLOPSIS TENAX EIarger, (p. 659.) ENTOMOSTRAC A. CLADOCERA. DAPHNIA GALEATA G. O. Sars. (Plate II, fig, 11.) - Om en i Sommeren 1862, forefagen zoologisk Reise i Christianias og Trondhjems Stiftor, p. 21, 1863, (teste Müller;) E. P. Müller, Denmarks Cladocera, Naturhis- to risk Tidsskrift, III, vol. V, p. 117, pl. 1, fig. 6, 1868. - A species of Daphnia, which I cannot discover to differ in the least from Müller's description and beautiful figures above referred to, was taken quite abundantly near the surface of the water a few miles south of Saint Ignace Island August 29, 1871, and was found in the dredge from 72 fathoms at the same locality. It was also found in the deeper dredgings in many parts of the lake, but was very likely taken each time near the surface in the dredge on its way up. A few specimens Occurred in the stomachs of the White-fish taken at Outer Island and at Sault Sainte Marie. - This and the next species are transparent, and seem to be free-swim- ming animals, inhabiting the waters of the lakes away from the weedy shores or bottom, where most of the other species of the genus are found. In Europe, this species is found in the lakes of Scandinavia and Denmark, where it appears to have precisely the same habits as in Lake Superior. It is possible that a minute comparison of specimens from Europe and America may reveal some differences similar to those which I have noticed in the species of Pontoporeia from the two countries, but with the figures and description referred to I can find absolutely no differ- ences. The Aumerican specimens exhibit the same varieties of form in the head and teste as are described by Müller in European specimens DAPHNLA PELLUCIDA. Müller. Op. cit., p. 116, pl. 1, fig, 5. - The remarks in regard to the identity of the last species apply equally to this. This species differs from the last in having the rostrum some- What acute and curved backward instead of truncate, and in having the Caudal stylets armed near the base with a series of slender teeth or Spines and the rest of the way with very slender setae, while in D. galeata they are without teeth or spines, and are furnished with setae through their Whole length. The front of the head is also more evenly rounded and less crested than it ever is in D. galeata, although that species Varies much in this respect. This species was taken at the same times and places as the last, and Was also found among the contents of White-fish stomachs from Outer Island, - 696 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. DAPHNIA PULEx (?). - Baird, Nat. Hist. British Entomostraca, p. 89, pl. 6, figs. 1–3, 1850; Lilljeborg, Cladocera, Ostracoda et Copepoda in Scania, p. 30, pl. 2, figs. 2, 3, pl. 16, figs. 10–12, 1853; Leydig, Naturgeschichte der Daphniden, p. 117, pl. 1, figs. 1–7, 1860; Miller, op. cit., p. 110, pl. 1, fig. 4. A species which it is not easy to distinguish, by the figures and descriptions referred to, from the common Daphnia of Europe was found in great abundance in a small pond at Sault Sainte Marie by Mr. J. W. Milner. A more careful examination than I have been able as yet to make may, however, show it to be a distinct but very closely allied Species. BOSMINA, species undetermined. Taken at the surface a few miles south of Saint Ignace Island. EURYCERCUS LAMELLATUS Baird(?). - Op. cit., p. 124, pl. 15, fig. 1. Lynceus lamellalus Lilljeborg, op. cit., p. 71, pl. 5. figs. 7–12; pl. 6, figs. 1–7; pl. 7, fig, 1, 1853; Leydig, op. cit., p. 209, pl. 7, figs. 52–56, pl. 10, fig, 72. A species of Eurycercus, identical with or closely allied to the typical species of Europe, was dredged, among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island, and is, doubtless, common in Other similar situations. LEPTODORA HYALINA. Lilljeborg. Öfversigt af Wetenskaps Akademiens Förhandlingar, 1860, p. 265, pl. 7, figs. 1–22; Müller, op. cit., p. 226, pl. 6, figs. 14–21; G. O. Sars, Om en dimorph Undvik- ling samt Generationsvexel hos Leptodora, Forhandlinger i Vidensk. Selsk. i Christiania, for 1873, pl. 1; Weismann, Ueber Bau und Lebenserscheinungen von Leptodora hyalina, Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftl. Zoologie, vol. xxiv, p. 349, pls. 33–38, 1874. - A single somewhat mutilated specimen, which agrees well with the descriptions and figures above referred to, came up in the dredge a few miles south of Saint Ignace Island, in company with Daphnia galeata, D. pellucida, &c., and, like them, was undoubtedly taken in the dredge on its way up. It is one of the largest and most remarkable forms of Cladocera known. It is wholly transparent, and grows to fully half an inch in length. The shell is very small, and incloses no part of the body; the head with the harge eye at its extremity is produced far for- ward; the basal portion of the natatory appendages is long and very stout, while the rami are comparatively short and four jointed; the six pairs of legs are crowded together below the natatory appendages; and the abdomen is very long, and the last segment terminates in two stout stylets. OSTRACODA. Quite a number of species belonging to several different genera were dredged at different points in the lake, one or two species occurring INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 697 even down to 159 fathoms. They were more abundant, however, in shallow water, and were especially numerous in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Uladophora, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island. GOPEPODA. Several species of Copepoda were often very abundant at the surface of the water, while I was on the lake, and large numbers were collected. Species were also brought up in the dredge at almost every haul, Umost of them the same species as those obtained near the Surface, but Some were different and undoubtedly from near the bottom. They were alumost always abundant in the dredgings in which Mysis occurred, apparently furnishing most of its food. SIPEIONOSTOMA. LERNAEOPODA SISCOWET Smith. (p. 664.) LERNAEOPODA (?) COREGONI Smith. (p. 664.) WORMS. OLIGOCELAETA, LUMBRICUS LACUSTRIS Verrill, - American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 449, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1023, 1871. About 4.2” long, 1* in diameter. Body round, distinctly annulated. Head short, conical, obtusely pointed. Setae spine-like, strongly curved, acute, arranged two by two, those of each pair, close together. Color reddish brown. Abundant, in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Cladophora, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island; also from the stomachs of white-fish taken at Outer Island. . SAENURIS ABYSSICOLA Werrill. American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 449, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in lake Superior, p. 1024, 1871. Worm slender, attenuated posteriorly, about 7".5 long, 0".75 in diameter anteriorly. Body composed of about twenty-eight segments : those of the posterior half elongated ; those of the anterior half shorter, separated by slight constrictions. Cephalic lobe short, subconical, rounded in front. Mouth large, semicircular. Intestine slender, monili- form, containing sand. Anus termitial, with three or four slight lobes. Setae in four fan-shaped fascicles on each segment, commencing at the second segment behind the mouth. The two ventral fascicles are sepa- rated by a space equal to about twice the length of the setae, of which there are five or six in each fascicle; the setae are simple, acute, slightly curved, equal to about one-sixth the diameter of the body. The lateral 698 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. fascicles contain three to five somewhat shorter and straighter simple setae. One specimen appeared to have four minute ocelli upon the up- per side of the head. -- Dredged off Copper Harbor, 17 fathoms, sand; off Simmons' Harbor, 60 fathoms; and on the line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. SAENURIS LIMICOLA Werrill. American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 450, 1871; and Preliminary Re- port on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1024, 1871. - Worm more slender than the preceding, attenuated posteriorly, composed of about 44 segments. Length about 8", diameter 0".4. Cephalic lobe blunt, conical. Setae in four fascicles upon each segment, six to eight in each fascicle anteriorly, four or five posteriorly. The setae in all the fascicles are relatively long, slender, curved, and acute. Two tortuous red blood-vessels pass along the intestine, forming a loop at each segment. Intestine moniliform. - Dredged on the line between the Slate Islands and Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. CEIIRODRILLUS Verrill. Allied to Sæmuris, but with six fan-shaped fascicles of setae upon each segment, two of which are ventral, two lateral, and two subdorsal; setae in the ventral and lateral fascicles four to nine, simple, acute, slender, curved like an italic f; those of the dorsal fascicles stouter and less curved, three to six in each fascicle. Intestine wide, somewhat monili- form. Anus terminal, large. CHIRODRILLUS LARWIFORMIS Verrill. American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 450, 1871; and Preliminary Re- port on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1024, 1871. * Body rather short and not very slender, cylindrical, obtuse at both ends, distinctly annulated, composed of about 38 rings. Length about 7".5; diameter, 1".25. Cephalic lobe short, conical, obtuse; mouth large, semicircular beneath. Ventral fascicles of setae near together, with about five setae, which are rather short, simple, acute, little curved ; lateral fascicles with five or six setae of similar form and size; subdorsal ones similar. When preserved in alcohol, the body is usually curved ventrally, or in a simple coil. Color, when living, translucent whitish ; intestine slightly greenish. A thickened smooth Zone com mences behind the tenth setigerous ring, Occupying the space of about four segments. Off Copper Harbor, 17 fathoms, sand; off Simmons' Harbor, 59 fath- oms, clayey mud. - CHIRODRILLUs ABYSSORUM Verrill. American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 450, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1024, 1871. INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 699. Subcylindrical, thicker anteriorly, distinctly annulated, composed of about 42 segments. Length, 6"; diameter, about 0".5. Cephalic lobe short, conical, obtuse; mouth large, Semicircular. Ventral fascicles with eight or nine setae anteriorly; five or six posteriorly. The setae are long, slender, acute, strongly curved; those on the inferior side of the fascicles nearly twice as long as those of the upper side; setae of the lateral fascicles five or six, slender, nearly as long as those of the ventral ones, and similar in form; dorsal fascicles with four or five shorter, stouter, and straighter, acute setae. * Six miles Southeast of Passage Island, 47 fathoms; on line from the Slate Islands toward Stannard Rock, fourth haul, 159 fathoms. 4 TUBIFEX PROFUNDICOLA Werrill. American Journal of Science, 3d Series, vol. ii, p. 450, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1024, 1871. A rather stout species for the genus, about 25" to 35" long, 1".25 in diameter anteriorly, more slender posteriorly, (0".5 in diameter.) Ce- phalic lobe short, conical; one specimen apparently had two minute ocelli. Mouth large, semicircular. Intestine moniliform, with two simple red blood-vessels running along its whole length and uniting at the constric- tions. In the first five or six segments, there are slender vessels of nearly uniform size, which form lateral loops in each segment. Anus terminal, wide, with about ten small lobes. Setae in four fascicles upon each segment. Those of the lateral fascicles three anteriorly, often but two, short, slightly curved, mostly with minute forked and hooked tips; those of the ventral series in fascicles of four to six, three or four times longer than the upper ones, considerably bent, the ends minutely hooked and forked. Neepigon Bay, 32 fathoms. BDELLODEA. MACROBDELLA DECORA Verrill. (p. 668.) Collected at Madeline Island by Mr. J. W. Milner. AULASTOMUM LACUSTRE Leidy. (p. 670.) Lake Superior, (Leidy.) SEMISCOLEx GRANDIS Verrill, var. maculosa. (p. 672.) Collected at Madeline Island by Mr. J. W. Milner. NEPHELIS LATERALIS Verrill. (p. 675.) Collected with the last species at Madeline Island by Mr. Milner, and a young specimen was also dredged in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands. - - NEPHELIS FERVIDA Werrill. (p. 676.) Dredged in 1871, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island; also from stomach of Coregonus quadrilateralis taken at Made- line Island. 3. 700 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. CLEPSINE PARASITICA Diesing. (p. 678.) Judging from the extreme northern and western range of this species, it must occur in Lake Superior. - CLEPSINE PAPILLIFERA Verrill. (p. 683.) Collected at Bad River by Mr. J. W. Milner. ICHTHYOBDELLA PUNCTATA Verrill. (p. 687.) Dredged, in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands. TURBELLARIA. PROCOTYLA FLUVIATILIS Leidy. Dendrocalum superbum Leidy, Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. v., 1851, p. 288, (non Girard.) Procotyla fluviatilis Leidy, MSS.; Stimpson, Proceedings Academy Nat, Sci. Phila- delphia, vol. ix, 1857, p. 23; Diesing, Revision der Turbellarien, Sitzungsbe- richte der mathem,-naturwissensch. Classe der kais. Acad, der Wissensch. zu Wien, 1861, p. 517; Smith and Verrill, American Journal of Science, 3d series, vol. ii, p. 452, 1871; and Preliminary Report on Dredging in Lake Superior, p. 1025, 1871. Numerous specimens of this species were dredged in 8 to 13 fathoms among Cladophora on the South side of Saint Ignace Island. When living, they were dirty-white, mottled with brown. It is not uncommon near New Haven, Conn., and in other parts of New England. w MOLLUSCA. The following list of the mollusks of Lake Superior is largely a com- pilation from the publications of Say, Haldeman, Gould, Lea, Prime, and Binney, and no sort of revision of the Species has been attempted. I have, however, in all cases given the authority for the insertion of the species when I have not observed them myself. GASTROPODA. * For the identification of several of the following species collected by myself I am indebted to Charles M. Wheatley, esq., of Phoenixville, Pa. For convenience of identification I have added, under most of the spe- cies, a reference to Parts II and III of Mr. Binney's Land and Fresh- Water Shells of North America, published in 1865 in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. WALWATA TRICARINATA Say. Binney, op. cit., part iii, p. 9, From the stomach of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie and the stomach of Sturgeon taken at Sand Island, INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 701 WALWATA SINCERA Say. f Binney, op. cit., part iii, p. 12. - Dredged in great abundance in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Cladophora, on the south side of Saint Ignace; in 4 to 6 fathoms in the cove at the east- ern end of the same island; in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands; and in 13 to 15 fathoms at Simmon's Harbor; also with the last species from stomachs of white-fish and Sturgeon. MELANTHO PONDEROSA (Say, sp.) Binney, op. cit., part iii, p. 36. Lake Superior, (Bingey.) AMNICOLA PALLIDA Ealdeman (?). •. Binney, op. cit.; part iii, p. 83. An Amnicola, found in great abundance in the stomach of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie, is doubtfully identified with this species by Mr. Wheatley. . - Amnicola limosa Say, (Binney, op. cit., part iii, p. 84,) probably occurs in Lake Superior, although I do not find it recorded from the lake. AMNICOLA GRANUM Say. Binney, op. cit., part iii, p. 86. - North shore, (Gould.) From stomach of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. GONIOBASIS LIVESCENS. Tryon, American Journal of Conchology vol. ii, p. 33; figs. 205–207, 1866. From stomach of White-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. PLEUROCERA SUBULARE (Lea, sp.) Tryon, loc. cit., vol. i., fig. 67, p. 307, 1865. LIMINAEA STAGNALLS Linnaeus. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 25. Described first from Lake Superior by Say, (under the name L. jugu- laris.) Northern shore, (Gould.) LIMINAEA COLUMELLA. Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 32. Lake Superior, (Binney and others.) LIMNAEA MEGASOMA Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 37. Lake Superior, (Binney.) Limn(Ua palustris Miiller, (Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 44,) doubtless occurs in Lake Superior, since it ranges north to Lake Winnipeg and Great Slave Lake. - 5 B 702 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. LIMNAEA DESIDIOSA Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 48. Northern shore, (Gould. LIMNAEA EMARGINATA Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 51. Lake Superior, (Binney.) LIMINAEA CATASCOPIUM. Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 53. Northern shore and Fort William, (Gould;) also from the stomach of sturgeon taken at Sand Island. - LIMNAEA CAPERATA Say. - Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 56. - I found this species in abundance upon the rocky shores of Saint Ignace Island and at Michipicoton Island; also from the stomach of a white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. LIMINAEA HUMILIS Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 63. Michipicoton, (Gould.) LIMINAEA LANCEATA Gould. Binney, op.cit., part ii, p. 68. North shore, (Gould.) A species which Mr. Wheatley identifies with this was dredged in abundance in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Cladophora, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island. These specimens are, however, much less elongated than the figures of L. lanceata ; approaching, it seems to me, much more nearly to L. desidiosa. PHYSA WINOSA Gould. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 80. Dredged in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands; also, from the stomach of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. PHYSA ANCILLARIA Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 81. Dredged in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Cladophora, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island; also, common upon the shores of Saint Ignace, Michipicoton Island, and other places on the shores of the lake. PHYSA HETEROSTROPHA. Say. Binney, op.cit., part ii, p. 84. Dredged in 4 to 6 and 8 to 13 fathoms at Saint Ignace Island; Black River, Pie Island, Fort William, (Gould.) INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF JAKE SUPERIOR. 703 Bulinus hypnorum Linnaeus, (Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 99,) probably occurs in the neighborhood of Lake Superior, as it extends far to the north and West of it. PLANORBIS BICARINATUS Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 123. Sault Sainte Marie, Black River, (Gould ;), also, from stomach of Surgeon taken at Sand Island. IPLANORBIS TRIVOLVIS Say. Binney, op.cit., part ii, p. 115. - Occurs at Marquette and doubtless at other points on the lake. PLANORBIS GAMPANULATUS Say. Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 109. - ... I found this species at Marquette and at Traverse Island, Keweenaw Bay. - GYRAULUS PARVUS (Say sp.) Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 133. Common in 8 to 13 fathoms on the south side of Saint Ignace Island, and in 6 to 8 fathoms among the Slate Islands; also, from stomach of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie. º Gyraulus deflectus (Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 129) probably occurs in the vicinity of the lake. Segmentina armigera H. and A. Adams, (Binney, op. cit., part ii, p. 137,) extends from New York State to Great Slave Lake, and probably occurs with the last species. * LAMELLIBRANCEIIATA. For the identification of most of the species of Spharium and Pisidium collected by myself I am greatly indebted to Temple Prime, esq., of New York. References to Mr. Prime’s “Monograph of American Corbicu- ladae,” published in 1865, in the Smithsonion Miscellaneous Collections, are added under the species of that family. SPH AERIUM SULCATUM Prime. . . Op. cit., p. 33. Sault Sainte Marie, (Gould.) SPH AERIUM AURIUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 35. Lake Superior ?, (Prime.) SPHAERIUM STRIATINUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 37. g t A very small specimen was dredged in 8 to 13 fathoms, among Clado- 704 REPORT • OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. phora, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island. It was also found in the stomachs of white-fish taken at Sault Sainte Marie, and in the stomach of a sturgeon taken at Sand Island. - - Small specimens of the variety acuminatum Prime were dredged in 6 to 8 fathoms, among the Slate Islands. SPEIAERIUM FABALIS Prime. Op. cit., p. 40. Lake Superior, (Prime.) SPELAERIUM EMARGINATUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 43. Region of Lake Superior, (Prime.) SPHARIUM FLAVUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 43. Sault Sainte Marie, (Prime.) SPHAERIUM. JAYANUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 46. Lake Superior, (Prime.) Sphaerium partumeium Prime (op. cit., p. 45) undoubtedly occurs in the region of Lake Superior, and probably many other species will be found there. PISIDIUM VIRGINICUM Bourguignat. Prime, op. cit., p. 61. Dredged in abundance among Cladophora in 8 to 13 fathoms on the south side of Saint Ignace Island. Mr. Prime remarks that the speci- mens are unusually light and fragile. PISIDIUM COMPRESSUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 64. Dredged in 4 to 6 fathoms at the eastern end of Saint Ignace Island. |PISIDIUM ABDITUM Haldeman. * - Prime, op. cit., p. 68. Varieties of this species were dredged among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of Saint Ignace Island; in 6 to 8 fathoms at the eastern end of the same island; and in 15 to 18 fathoms, sandy bottom, at Simmons'-Harbor. - PISIDIUM ABDITUM, war. ABYSSORUM Stimpson, MSS. This is a very small translucent form, dredged by Dr. Stimpson, in Lake Michigan, and by him named in manuscript. Mr. Prime, however, regards it as a stunted form of P. abditum. Dr. Stimpson's specimens y INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. 705 were dredged in 40 to 50 fathoms off Racine. In Lake Superior, it was common in the cove at the eastern end of Saint Ignace, on a Sandy and muddy bottom, in 4 to 6 fathoms, and abundant among Cladophora, in 8 to 13 fathoms, on the south side of that island; among the Slate Islands, in 6 to 8 and 12 to 14 fathoms; at 13 to 15 fathoms on a sandy bottom in Simmons' Harbor; near Copper Harbor, in 17 fathoms, clear sand; in 32 fathoms, very soft clayey mud, in Neepigon Bay; off Cop- per Harbor, in 62 fathoms; and north of Keweenaw Point, in 82 fathoms, soft reddish clayey mud and sand; and in all the deep dredgings down to 159 fathoms. Below 100 fathoms, however, it was never abundant, and all the specimens from deep water were much smaller and more fragile than the majority of those from shallow water. Apparently, great depths are not favorable to its growth, and it never reaches its full development in such places. It was found in great abundance in the stomachs of white-fish taken at Outer Island. “Pisidium abysomus Stimpson,” mentioned, without description, by Hoy, (Transactions Wisconsin Academy, vol. i., p. 100, 1872,) is undoubt- edly this variety. *. PISIDIUM ROTUNDATUM Prime. Op. cit., p. 72. Region of Lake Superior, (Prime.) UNIO RADIATUS Lamarck. North shore, (Gould.) ANODONTA PEPINIANA Lea. Transactions Amer. Philosophical Society, vol. vi, pl. 16, fig. 51. North shore, (Gould.) RADIATA. HYDRA CARNEA Agassiz. Proceedings Boston Society Nat. Hist., vol. iii, 354, 1850; Ayres, Proceedings Boston Society Nat. Hist., vol. v., p. 104, 1855; A. Agassiz, Illustrated Cata- logue Mus. Comparative Zoël., North American Acalephae, p. 197, 1865. A beautiful Hydra, agreeing with Ayres' description of this species, was very abundant at the eastern end of Saint Ignace, upon rocks along the shore and near the surface, frequently completely covering quite large surfaces where they were protected from the direct sunlight, and was also brought up in many of the dredgings from 8 to 148 fathoms. In 32 fathoms, Neepigon Bay, and in 59 fathoms, off Simmons' Harbor, it was brought up in abundance from a soft clayey bottom. In the deep dredgings it frequently came up near the bottom of the clay in the dredge, and was evidently not caught while the dredge was near the Surface. w & & 706 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. IBáthymetrical distribution of species. I have already alluded to the meagerness of the deep-water fauna of the lake, and to the uniform character of the bottom everywhere below 30 to 40 fathoms. Although our knowledge of the fauna of the lake is still very imperfect, enough facts have been presented to show that very few, if any, of the species which inhabit the lake are confined to the deep waters, and that the change from the shallow to the deep water fauna takes place at a depth of about 30 fathoms, at which depth the character of the bottom and the annual temperature both become nearly uniform. The following table will present more clearly the dis- tribution of the species in depth. Under the first column I have checked those species which are really free-swimming animals, most frequently found at the surface; and under the second, those which live in very shallow waters along the shores, &c. perfect, even for those species which are included. The table is of course very im- Most of the species. of Mollusca, which uow appear only in the second column, undoubtedly occur in 4 to 8 fathoms or deeper; but I have only checked the species as far as they have actually been observed at the depths indicated. INSECTS, Chironomus, sp., Q.------------------------. Chironomus, sp., b --...--------------------. Chironomus, sp., c. ------------------------. JSphemeridae. ------------------------------. Bhryganeidae -------. . . . . . . . . . . . .----------- IHydrachna, sp CRUSTACEA. Cambarus, several species Mysis relicta Hyalella dentata Pontoporeia Hoyi Gammarus limiteus . . . . . . . . . --------------- Crangonyx gracilis Asellopsis tellax. -----------. --------------. Daphnia galeata Daphnia pellucida Daphnia pulex ---------------------------- Bosmina, sp - Eurycercus lamellatus?. --...------...- . . . . . . Leptodora hyalina Ostracoda ---------------------------------. Copepoda.---------------------------------. Lernaeopoda siscowet. . . . . . . . --------------. Lernaeopoda. ? Coregoni * * * * * * * * * * * sº e = s. sº º ºs * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * sº s º º sº º gº ºs ºs º ºs º ºs e WORMS. Inmbricus lacustris Saenuris albyssicola Saenuris limicola --------------------------. Chirodrillus larviformis Chirodrillus abyssorum Tubifex profundicola. ---------...------...--. Macrobdella decora --...--------------...--. Aulastomum lacustre Semiscolex grandis Nephelis lateralis Nephelis fervida.-----...--------...-...----. Clepsine papillifera. -----------------------. Ichthyobdella punctata. . . . . . . . . . . ----------- Procotyla fluviatilis * * * * * * * * * * * * * * s = e = * * * * * * Surface. Shore. Depth in fathoms. s ºr º ºs º as as e * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = * * * * * * * * * * * * * s = sº dº º ºs º ºs * = * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * s sº tº º sº sº s e * * * * * * * * e = * * * * * * tº e º 'º º º - wº * * = & © E. E. e. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = - e º 'º º º 10–20. * & & E * * * * * * * * * * * * s = e º # => * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ~ * * = * * * = - & & gº º s sº * * * * * * tº ºs º º 'º º º & 30–50. 60–100. 100–169 * * = * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = & * * * * * * * * As * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * • sº gº tº º, º ſº tº: s = s. s e º ºs º * = * * * * *-* -º * = * * * * * * & s a w sº as º INVERTEBRATE 707 FAUNA OF LAKE SUPERIOR. # Surface. Shore. Depth in fathoms. 10–20. 30–50. 60–100. 100–169. MOLI, USCA. Valvata tricarinata. ------------------------ Valvata sincera ---...----------------------- Melantho ponderosa Amnicola granum. ----------, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Amnicola pallida. ?-------------------------. Goniobasis livescens.----------------...----- Pleurocera subulare. --...------------------- Timnaea stagnalis -------------------------. Limnaea columbella------------------------- Limnaea megasoma ------------------------- Limnaea desiliosa -------------------------- Limnaea emarginata Limnaea catascopium - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Limnaea caperata. --...-- * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ‘Limnaea humulis --------------------------. Limnaea lancoata" IPhysa Vinosa ------------------------------- Physa ancillaria ---------------------------- Physa heterostropha ----------------------. Planorbis bicarinatus. -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Planorbis campanulatus 'Gyraulus parvus --------------------------. Sphaerium sulcatum -----------------------. Sphaerium striatinum - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sphaerium fabalis...... * * * * * * * * * * * * * * s sº * * * * * * Sphaerium flavum -----------...------------- Sphaerium Jayanum ---------...------------. Pisidium Virginicum. ----...- * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Pisidium compressum ---------------------. Pisidium abditum . . . . . . . . .----------------- Pisidium abditum, war. abyssorum Unio, species ------------------------------. Anodonta, Species * = s tº e is e º e º ºs e º s = * * * * * * * * * • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * RADIATA. Hydra Carnea------------------------------. * = & e º ºs º º * * * * * * * * tº ºn e º 'º - º º * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * g = <= & e º º & * * * * * s = e º 'º. * * * * * * * * & E; E 4 × < * * * ge s = e º ºs ºº is e ‘º e º ºn se e s * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * s = * * * * s e • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *-* wº * * * * * * * *- * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * & E = 4-> * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * º gº tº º ºs º & ge * * * * * * * = * * * * * * * * • * * * * * * * tº e º sº º sº sº. 4° s º ºs e º 'º as gº as ºs e º ºs e s is * * * * * * * * * See p. 702 in reference to the identification of this species. CoRRECTION.—The statement, on page 649, that none of the females of Pontoporeia Hoyi, taken in Lake Superior during August and September, were carrying eggs, is incorrect. Three or four among several hundreds of specimens taken August 22 were carrying eggs, and there may be a few in the same condition in other lots; but, among many thousands collected, certainly not one female in a hundred was carrying eggs. XXVIII.-FOOD OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. BY SIDNEY I. SMITH. The following notes were made almost wholly from the contents of the stomachs of a few fresh-water fishes collected by Mr. J. W. Milner [Numbers in brackets ([ ]) are the numbers under which specimens were received.] WHITE-FISH, (Coregonus albus.) [No. 202.] Specimens from Outer Island, Lake Superior, contained great quantities of Mysis relicta ; Pontoporeia Hoyi ; and Pisidium abdi. twm, war. abyssorwm ; and with these were a few specimens of dipterous larvae of the genus Chironomºus ; a small worm, (Lumbricus lacustris ;) Daphnia galeata ; D. pellucida ; and a small species of Planorbis. [No. 115.] From Sand Island, Lake Superior, Pontoporeia Hoyi; larvae and pupae of Chironomus ; Valvata Sincera ; and Gyraulus parvus. (No number.) From Sault Sainte Marie, one lot contained scarcely anything but small shells. Among these, Valvata tricarinata ; V. sincera, var. striatella ; Amnicola generosa ; A. palida (?); Gyra'ulus parvus ; and a species of Limnaea were in abundance; while there were fewer specimens of Goniobasis livescens; Physa vinosa (?), young; Sphaerium striatinum ; and Pisidium compressum. f [No. 407.] . Other specimens contained nothing but the remains of insects, among which were the imagos of two species of Diptera; larvae and pupae of Chironomus ; larvae and pupae of some specimens of Ephe- meridae ; great numbers of the larvae, pupae, and Subimagos of a species of Hydropsyche; and the larvae of a species of some other genus of Phry- gameidae. a • [No. 380.] From Ecorse, Mich., specimens contained a species of Hydrachna, the leg and the scales from the wing of some lepidopterous insect, and a species of Limnaea. White-fish which I examined at Île Royale, in August. 1871, con- tained scarcely anything but Mysis relicta and Pontoporeia Hoyi. [No. 65.] Ecorse, Mich. Remains of a small fish and several speci- mens of a species of Water-boatmen, (Corica.) Specimens of Coregonus quadrilateralis from Madeline Island, Ilake Su- perior, contained a number of specimens of a leech (Nephelis fervida) and a neuropterous larva allied to Perla. These few observations are sufficient to show that the white-fish, like the different species of trout, feeds on a large number of species be- longing to very different groups of animals. It, this brief enumeration, FOOD OF FEESH-WATER FISEIES. 709 twenty-five species are mentioned—nine of insects, four of crustacea, one worm, and eleven of mollusks; and these are undoubtedly only a small part of the species upon which the White-fish really feeds. SUCKER, (Catostomus aureolus.) [No. 15. Ecorse, Mich. Many specimens of partially-digested Asel- lopsis tenaw, war. dilata ; and portions of a Coria’a and of the larva of a dragon-fly. YELLOW PERCH, (Perca flavescens.) Buffalo. Bones of several small fishes; spawn of some fish ; small dipterous larva. STURGEON, (Acipenser rubicundus.) |No. 118.] At Sand Island, Lake Superior, a specimen contained a few bones of some fish and numerous shells, among which were the following: Valvata tricarinata; V. Sincera; Limmata catascopium ; Physa, sp.; Planorbis bicarinatus ; and Sphaerium striaturum. Stomachs of Memobranchus lateralis, from Ecorse, Mich., contained a number of specimens of a crawfish, (Cambarus propinquus ;) a neuropte- rous larva allied to Perla ; and the remains of a small fish. 6 B O' FXPLANATION OF PLATE I. #. 1. Palaemonetes exilipes, (p. 641;) lateral view, enlarged two diameters. 2. Mysis relicta, (p. 642;) female, from Lake Superior, lateral view, enlarged about five diameters. 3. Asellopsis tenax, (p. 659;) male, from Lake Superior, dorsal view, enlarged four and a half diameters. 4. Asellus communis, (p. 657;) male, from New Haven, Conn., dorsal view, enlarged two and a half diameters. Figs. 1 and 3 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 2, by S. I. Smith; 4, by O. Harger.) Plate No. 518 |EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. FIG. 5. Pontoporeia Hoyi, (p. 647;) female, from Lake Superior, lateral view, enlarged ten diameters. 6. Gammarus limnaeus, (p. 651;) male, from Laké Superior, lateral view, enlarged four diameters. 7. The same; dorsal view of the posterior part of the abdomen, showing the arrangement of the spines and the form of the telson, enlarged twelve di- ameters. 8. Hyalella dentata, (p. 645;) male, from Madison, Wis., lateral view enlarged twelve diameters. 9. The same; female, anterior portion. 10. The same ; male, telson and one of the posterior caudal stylets, dorsal view, enlarged sixty diameters. 11. Daphnia galeata, (p. 695;) lateral view, enlarged about forty diameters. (Figs. 6, 8, and 9 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; all the others by S. I. Smith.). A. Plate II. Fig. G. Fig.9 EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 12, Lernaºopoda fontinalis, (p. 663;) female, enlarged four diameters: a, lateral view ; b, dorsal view. 13. The same ; lateral view of the bead, much enlarged : a, mouth ; b, palpus- like appendage; c, antennula ; d, antenna. * 14. The same : a, prehensile maxilliped of the right side, seen from beneath, en- larged fifty diameters; b, one of the mandibles, enlarged three hundred and fifty diameters. 15. Lernaeopoda siscowet, (p. 664;) female, enlarged four diameters: a, lateral view ; b, dorsal view. 16. The same: a, one of the mandibles, enlarged one hundred and seventy-five diameters; b, prehensile maxilliped of the left side, seen from beneath, enlarged twenty-five diameters; b', palpus-like appendage upon the pen- ultimate segment, enlarged fifty diameters. 17. Lernačopoda (?) Coregoni, (p. 664:) a, prehensile maxilliped of the right side, seen from beneath, enlarged about twelve diameters; a', tip of the same, enlarged twenty-five diameters; b and c, mandibles, enlarged one hun- dred and seventy-five diameters. 18. Phryganeidae; larva; removed from its tube, (p. 694;) lateral view, enlarged six diameters: a, outline of the tube, natural size. 19. The same, dorsal view. . 20. Chironomus, species, a, (p. 693;) larva, lateral view, enlarged six diameters. 21. The same; pupa, lateral view, enlarged six diameters. 22. Chironomus, species, c, (p. 693;) larva, lateral view, enlarged six diameters. ‘igs. 12, 15, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; the rs by S. I. Smith.) Plate III. Fig.14 Fig.15 Fig.16 ---- -…-…-- ∞∞∞ §§ cae |----~--~~~~ №ae， [FROM THE AMERICAN Journal OF SCIENCE AND ARTS, VOL. IX, MARCH, 1875.] 19. Dimorphic Development and Alternation of Generation in the Cladocera.--Dr. G. O. SARS has discovered a remarkable di- morphism and alternation of generation in Leptodora hyalina. (Om en dimorph Udvikling samt Generationsvexel hos Leptodora, Forhandlinger Vidensk.-Selsk., Christiania, for 1873, p. 15, and plate.) The development from the ordinary summer-eggs, as al- ready described by ENP. Müller, is without metamorphosis and like that of ordinary Cladocera, the young when excluded from the egg agreeing essentially with the adult ; while, according to Sars’ observations, the young are excluded from the winter-eggs in a very imperfect condition, quite unlike the known young of any other Cladocera, and pass through a marked post-embryonal metamorphosis. In the earliest observed stage of the young of this form, the body is obovate, wholly without segmentation, the compound eye wanting, while there is a simple eye between the bases of the antennulae, the swimming arms (antennae) well devel- oped, and the six pairs of legs represented only by minute pro- cesses projecting scarcely beyond the sides of the body; but the most remarkable feature is the presence of a pair of appendages tipped with cilia and nearly as long as the body, which are evi- dently homologous with the mandibular palpi of other Crusta- ceans, although these appendages have always been supposed to be wanting in the species of Cladocera. Two subsequent stages, gradually approaching the adult form, are described. The adults from the winter-eggs have no vestige of the mandibular, palpi left, yet the simple eye—which is wholly absent in ordinary individuals developed from summer-eggs—is persistent, and thus marks a dis- tinct generation. Three stages of the young from winter-eggs are beautifully figured upon the plate accompanying the memoir. This remarkable species has, still more recently, been made the subject of a very elaborate memoir by Prof. Weismann of Frei- burg (Uber Bau und Lebenserscheinungen von Leptodora hyalina, Zeitschrift für wissensch. Zool.., xxiv, Sept., 1874, pp. 349–418, plates 33–38), who, however, had not observed the peculiar devel- opment of the winter-eggs. The occurrence of this genus in Lake Superior is noticed in this Journal, vol. vii, p. 161, 1874. S. I. S. 20. Development of the European Dobster.—Dr. SARS has also recently published, in the Proceedings of the same Society for 1874, a paper of 27 pages, illustrated by two autographic plates, 2 - Scientific Intelligence. on the post-embryonal development of the European lobster (Homarus vulgaris Edwards). He describes and figures in detail the three larval stages corresponding precisely with the first three stages which I have described in the American lobster.” Dr. Sars did not receive my papers until after a part of his memoir was printed, so that his investigations were wholly independent. In a short appendix Dr. Sars calls attention to the remarkable agreement in the results at which we had each arrived, and to the excellent opportunity afforded for a careful comparison of the early stages of these two closely allied species. Although the corresponding stages agree so closely in form and structure, they are from the first readily distinguishable by well marked specific differences in the form and armature of the appendages. In fact, the differences appear greater in the larval stages than in the adults. Dr. Sars was not able to trace the development beyond the third stage, which he had at first supposed could not be the last stage of the larva, but after comparison with the later stage of the American lobster he regards it as quite probably the last true larval stage. S. I. S. 21. Cwmacea from the West Indies and the South Atlantic ; by G. O. SARs. 30 pp. 4to, with 6 plates. (From the Svenska Veten- skaps-Akademiens Handlingar, Bandet xi; Stockholm, 1873.)— This memoir, in the same form as the one on the Cumacea of the Josephine Expedition previously noticed, contains minute descrip- tions and elaborate figures of seven species from the West Indies and from off the mouth of the La Plata. Among them there is a remarkable new genus, Stephanomma, in which there is a large central eye upon the front surrounded by a circle of smaller eyes. S. I. S. 22. Distribution of Insects in New Hampshire ; by SAMUEL H. SCUDDER. 50 pp. large 8vo, with 2 maps and a plate. (From vol. i of the Final Report upon the Geology of New Hampshire; Concord, 1874.)—Mr. Scudder first discusses the boundary between the Alleghamian and Canadian faunae in the State and then the special relations of the alpine and sub-alpine districts of the White Mountains. He makes the Canadian fauna extend to just south of the White Mountains, while the Alleghanian fauna proper occupies only the extreme southern border, the broad intermediate space —about half the area of the State—being regarded as the “com- mon meeting ground” of the two faunae. These divisions and the alpine and sub-alpine districts upon the mountains are indicated by colored areas on the two maps. This introductory portion is followed by lists of the Butterflies and Orthoptera of the State, with many valuable notes on the distribution of the species, and a full account of two White Mountain butterflies, CEneis semidea and Brenthis Montinus. S. I. S. * This Journal, vol. iii, pp. 401–406, plate IX, June, 1872, and Transactions Connecticut Academy, vol. ii, pp. 351–381, plates XIV—XVIII, August, 1873. THE EARLY STAGES OF HIPPATALPOIDA, WITH A NOTE ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE MANDIBLES AND MAXILLE IN HIPPA AND REMIPES. By S. I. S M IT H. WITH FOUR PLATES. [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY, WOL. III, 1877.] TVºž7, the corrup/777vezvás of S. Z. SMZZZZ, Yale Co/Zege, JVew Haven, Cozynecticult. [FROM THE TRANSACTIONs of THE Connecticut ACADEMY Vol. III, 1877.] THE EARLY STAGEs of HIPPA TALPoid A, witH A NoTE on THE STRUC- TURE or THE MANDIBLES AND MAxilla, in Hippa AND REMilºs. By Sid NEY I. SMITH. THE biological station, established under the auspices of the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, at Wood's Hole, Massa- chusetts, during the summer of 1875, afforded several naturalists, and among them the writer, excellent facilities for studying the marine animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters. The locality is very favorable for obtaining in abundance the free-swimming larvae of a great variety of marine animals. Among the young of numerous species of crustacea, the zoeae of //ºpa were particularly interesting, and I succeeded in obtaining a nearly complete series of the post- embryonal stages of that peculiar genus. Since almost nothing has been published in regard to the habits of any of the species of Hippidae or Albunidae, a few words in regard to the habits of the only species, of either Fig. 1.” of these groups, living upon the coast of New England may not be out of place here. - Hippa talpoida inhabits the entire eastern coast of the United States from Cape Cod southward to the west coast of Florida; Egmont Key being its most southern and western habitat known to me. At what point it is met or replaced by the Brazilian //, emerita, I am unable to determine, never having seen specimens of either species from, or the record of their occurrence in, the West Indies or Central America, although some species of the genus probably inhabits both these regions. On the sandy coasts of the southern United States the H. taſpoºſa is apparently very abundant, while on the coast of New England it is much less common, being found only in special localities, although > * Hºppa talpoida, adult female with the antennae extruded, dorsal view, enlarged about two diameters. TRANs, CoNN. AoA.D., Vol. III. 10 APRIL, 1877. º 3 ] 2 S. I. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. from its gregarious habits, it is usually found in abundance in such localities. The northern range of this, as well as of numerous other, southern species is undoubtedly restricted by the extreme cold of the winters; and exceptionally cold seasons probably destroy a large part of the individuals over considerable portions of the coast. During the summer of 1870 not a specimen of the adult or half grown Hippa could be found at Fire Island Beach, Long Island, although the extensive sandy beaches of that region offer specially favorable localities, which were thoroughly searched; but during the last of August and early September, the young just changed from the zoea, and also in a little later stage, appeared abundantly upon the beaches. During the following summer no fully grown specimens were found on the shores of Vineyard Sound, though half grown specimens (perhaps from the young of the previous season) were common. During the summer of 1875, fully grown specimens of both sexes were found in great abundance at a single, very restricted locality near Nobska Point, on the shore of Vineyard Sound, although at this time none could be found at the particular locality where they were common in 1871. Upon our shores, as far as I have observed, the Hippa inhabits sandy beaches which are somewhat exposed to the action of the waves. It seems to prefer only a narrow zone of the shore, at or very near low water mark, where it lives gregariously, burrowing in the loose and changing sands. At the locality near Nobska Point above referred to, it was obtained in great abundance by digging over the sand just at the edge of the receding waves. Several individuals were often thrown out at a single stroke of the spade, but the won- derful rapidity with which these animals burrow made it extremely difficult to secure more than one or two of them at a time. The smooth, oval form of the animal, with the peculiar structure of the short and stout second, third, and fourth pairs of thoracic legs, enables them to burrow with far greater rapidity than any other crustacean I have observed. Like many other sand-dwelling crustaceans, they burrow only backwards; and the wedge-shaped posterior extremity of the animal, formed by the abrupt bend in the abdomen, adapts them admirably for movement in this direction. When thrown upon the wet beach, they push themselves backward with the burrowing thoracic legs and, by digging with the appendages of the sixth segment of the abdomen slightly into the surface, direct the posterior extremity of the body downward into the sand. Upon the beaches, at least where there are any waves, they seem usually to be buried completely S. J. Smith—Farly Stages of Hippa tapoida. 313 beneath the surface. Occasionally, however, they are found swimming about in pools left by the tide, and they undoubtedly, when undis- turbed, sometimes come out and swim in the same way along the shore, though they probably never venture far from the bottom. When first placed in an aquarium with a few inches of sand at the bottom, they invariably plunged at once entirely beneath the sand, but, after a few moments of quiet, usually worked themselves gradually towards the surface, resting in a nearly perpendicular position with just the tips of the antennulae and eyes at the surface, while the ex- current water from the branchiae formed a small opening and a slightly boiling motion in the sand. Occasionally, when entirely undisturbed, they would suddenly leave the sand and swim rapidly round the top of the aquarium for a moment and then dive suddenly to the bottom and bury themselves in the sand. In swimming, as well as in burrowing, the telson was carried appressed to the sternum and they invariably moved backward, the motion being apparently produced by the appendages of the sixth abdominal segment and the anterior thoracic legs, while the latter served also as steering organs. During all the ordinary motions of swimming and burrowing, I have never seen the antennae extruded, although the peculiar arrange- ment of the peduncular segments and their complex system of muscles are apparently specially adapted for extending and withdrawing these beautiful organs. When the animals are thrown into alcohol however, the antennae are sometimes thrown out convulsively and then immediately retracted. In life the antennae are most of the time held in the position in which they are usually found in alcoholic specimens, that is, between the second and external maxillipeds, with the peduncles crossed in front, and the flagella curved down and entirely round the mouth so that their dense armament of setae all project inward. When extruded, the distal segments of the peduncle are revolved half way round on the proximal ones, so as to carry the whole appendage to its own side of the animal and throw the curve of the flagellum into a reversed position. Judging from the pecul- iarly armed setae of the flagella, one of the principal offices of the antennae is the removal of parasitic growths and all other foreign substances from the appendages of the anterior portion of the animal. The mouth parts of the adult are not adapted for ordinary prehen- sion or mastication, but I am unable to make any positive statement in regard to the food of these animals. In all specimens examined the alimentary canal was filled with fine sand which seemed to be nearly free from animal or vegetable matter. The material from the 314 S. J. Smith— Early Stages of Hºppa talpoida. stomach, however, shew, under the microscope, a small quantity of vegetable matter, and it seems probable that the sand is swallowed for the nutritive matter it may contain. - Upon the beaches of Vineyard Sound the two sexes appeared to occur in about equal numbers, although in museum collections the males are often rare. This is probably due to the great inequality in size between the male and female, the length of the carapax in the larger females from Vineyard Sound being 20 to 22”, while in the largest males it does not exceed 14*. The sexes differ also in the form of the telson (Plate XLVIII, figs. 7, 8) which is narrower and more triangular in the male than in the female. Females carrying eggs were found during the entire month of August, and during that period the embryos within the eggs were nearly fully developed in many of them. Undoubtedly, however, the term of carrying eggs extends over a much longer period than this. The eggs are nearly spherical, 40 to '45" in diameter, and the yolk mass is orange yellow while the formed tissues of the embryo are nearly colorless. Numerous attempts to obtain newly hatched young, by keeping egg-carrying females in aquaria, failed from the parent invariably casting off the eggs before they were fully matured. Consequently I failed to secure the earliest stage of the zoea, for the youngest individuals taken in the towing met were apparently in the second stage. Very nearly fully developed embryos, when removed from the egg, were found to possess all the normal articulated appendages of the fully formed zoeae, but there was no appearance of lateral spines upon the carapax and the rostrum was broad and obtuse. In this stage the embryo agrees almost perfectly with the figure of the zoea of . Hippa emerita from the coast of Brazil, given by Fritz Müller in his work entitled “Für Darwin.” The difference between the embryo in this stage and the second Zoea-stage (Plate XLV, fig. 1), in which * English translation, London, 1869, p. 54, fig. 25. The figure is accompanied by the following paragraph: “The Zoéa of the Tatuira [Hippal also appears to differ but little from those of the true Crabs, which it likewise resembles in its mode of locomo- tion. The carapax possesses only a short, broad frontal process; the posterior margin of the tail is edged with numerous short setae.” This, as far as I am aware, is the only published account of the development of any species of Hippidae, except a note by myself (in an article on “The Metamorphoses of the Lobster and other Crustacea,” in the Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part I, 1873, p. 530) recording the occurrence, at the surface in Vineyard Sound, of the young in what is described further on in these pages as the megalops-stage. S. J. Smith— Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 315 the rostrum and lateral spines are enormously developed, suggests the possibility that Müller had observed only imperfectly developed young zoeae in which the rostrum and lateral spines were not ex- panded. It seems scarcely probable that such a difference could exist between the first stage of the zoea, when the veiling membrane, in which, on first escaping from the egg, the young are usually enveloped, has been entirely cast off and the lateral spines and the rostrum are fully expanded, and the second Zoea-stage about to be described. The three later, true zoea-stages obtained are evidently contiguous steps in the development and are here designated the second, third, alid last stages of the zoea. From this last stage the zoea passes at once into a stage closely resembling the adult in gen- eral form, but with the eyes still very large and the abdomen furnished with powerful swimming legs. This condition of the animal corres- ponds perfectly to the Brachyuran megalops and may properly be designated as the megalops-stage. Second 206a-stage. In this stage the young (Plate XLV, fig. 1, ventral view) are a little over 3" in length, from tip of rostrum to the posterior margin of the carapax, and a little over 2" between the tips of the lateral spines. In general form the carapax is oval, with the smaller end for- ward, and its surface is very smooth and regularly rounded. The dorsal surface of the carapax is strongly convex but very regularly rounded and wholly devoid of any rudiment of a dorsal spine, which is so generally characteristic of the zoeae of Brachyura. At the bases of the ocular peduncles the carapax is sharply contracted laterally into an exceedingly long, very slender, and slightly tapering rostrum curved regularly downward until, toward the tip, it becomes nearly parallel with the posterior margin of the carapax. The lateral spines are nearly as long as the diameter of the carapax, are situated far back and low down on the sides of the carapax, and are directed downward and obliquely outward, but are not strongly curved. Beneath, the carapax curves inward on all sides, leaving a compara- tively small opening which is wholly inferior, with its anterior portion about as broad as the telson, but posteriorly contracted into a narrow abdominal sinus, of which the rounded posterior margin is nearly on a line between the lateral spines. This shortening of the inferior opening, carrying the abdomen forward and wholly beneath the carapax, together with the absence of the dorsal spine, gives the animal an appearance unlike ordinary Brachyuran zoeae. 316. S. Z. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. The ocular peduncles are stout, regularly tapering to near the bases, and are usually carried perpendicular to the mesial plain, though they admit of considerable motion in all directions. The cornea is considerably larger than the diameter of the peduncle, its diameter being nearly a third of the horizontal diameter of the carapax, and, when the peduncle is held straight out, reaches slightly beyond the lateral margin of the carapax. 3. The antennulae (Plate XLVI, fig. 1) are still rudimentary, simple, sack-like, umarticulated appendages, tapering toward the tip, which is furnished, as usual in this stage of development, with three stout, filiform, obtuse setae, differing slightly in length, diameter, and amount of curvature, and of which the longest is about half the length of the antennula itself. The antennae (Plate XLVI, fig. 2) are of about the same length as the antennulae, but of nearly the same diameter throughout, and are armed distally, at the outer edge, with an acute, dentiform process (a, fig. 2) directed straight forward and itself armed with a minute, setiform spine on the immer edge near the tip. Between the base of this process and a slight, rounded prominence (c, fig. 2), situated at the extremity of the inner margin, and which represents the rudiment- ary flagellum, there is a similar, but slightly more slender, process (b) attached at its base by an oblique articulation and armed, near the tip, with a minute, setiform spine like that upon the outer process. The oral appendages differ very little from their condition in the last zoea-stage, under which they are fully described. The labrum and labium differ scarcely at all, except in size, in the three zoea- stages here described. The labrum, as seen from beneath, is a broad, somewhat triangular prominence between the bases of the antennulae and the tips of the mandibles. The labium is deeply bilobed, though far less deeply than in the adult, with the lobes broadly rounded and the entire margin clothed with microscopic hairs. The mandibles are nearly as in the last zoea-stage. They are stout at the bases. but taper to very slender tips, which are only slightly different on the right and left side. There is no molar area, but the crown of the mandible is longest in a vertical direction and is armed inferiorly with four long, but blunt, teeth which decrease rapidly in size as they approach the middle of the crown, where they are met by a series of six or seven long, slender, seta-like processes which occupy the superior half of the coronal margin. The first pair of maxillae (Plate XLVI, fig. 11) are symmetrical and composed of the same parts as in the adult. The inner lobe S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. .317 (a, fig. 11) is small and tipped with three long setae. The outer lobe (b, fig. 11) is broader than the inner and armed at the extremity with three nearly equal, long and slender teeth, of which the distal one appears like a process from the margin, showing no line of artic- ulation at its base. The palpus (c, fig. 11) is very small, composed of a single segment and tipped with a long, plumose seta. The second pair of maxillae (Plate XLVII, fig. 1) are very imperfect. The protograth (a, fig. 1) is a small, obtuse lobe tipped with three short setae. The scaphognath (c, fig. 1) projects beyond it anteriorly as a slightly larger lobe, while posteriorly it is broad but short and truncated, and the anterior lobe and the outer edge are, as yet, alone furnished with setae. + The first and second pairs of maxillipeds, or matatory legs, (Plate XLV, fig. 1, second pair) are similar in structure to those of most zoeae and differ only slightly from each other. In both pairs the basal portion, or protognath, is alike stout, about as long as the exogmath, and unarmed, except by three or four minute setae on the distal portion of the inner margin. The exognaths, or matatory branches, alike in both pairs, are nearly cylindrical, but flattened at the tips, where they each bear a series of eight slender, plumose setae, which, in the middle, are as long as the exognath itself but decrease in length to the outer ones, which are scarcely more than two-thirds as long. The inner branch, or endogmath, in both pairs, is composed of four cylindrical segments subequal in length. In the first pair, however, the inner branch is shorter than the exogmath, while in the second pair it is considerably longer. In both pairs the three proximal segments of the endogmath are each armed with two or three small setae on the immer side, and the distal segment, which is much more slender than the others, is tipped with four setae, of which two are nearly as long as the segment itself and pectenated with minute, setiform spinules along one side, and the two others shorter and apparently unarmed. The third pair of maxillipeds and the four anterior pairs of thoracic legs are, even at this early state, represented by a series of clearly defined, though entirely unsegmented, processes situated just above and back of the bases of the second maxillipeds and entirely within the carapax, but visible through it, in a lateral view of the animal, in a line nearly parallel with the posterior margin of the carapax. In the single specimen examined, no lobes representing the slender, posterior thoracic legs of the adult could be discovered. Above each of the processes representing the first four pairs of thoracic legs there is a minute, papilliform process apparently representing one of the branchial appendages belonging to these legs in the later stages. 3.18 S. Z. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa tailpoida. The abdomen is smaller and has much less freedom of motion in the mesial plane than in most Brachyuram zoeae. The first segment is not clearly differentiated from the thorax. The second, third, fourth, and fifth segments are entirely without appendages; the second and third are nearly equal in length and sub-cylindrical; the fourth is slightly shorter and is expanded considerably at the posterior ex- tremity; and the fifth is about as long as the fourth, compressed vertically, and broadly expanded at the postero-lateral angles so that it is about twice, as broad as long. The sixth segment is consolidated with the telson, forming a broad, lamelliform, caudal appendage about as long as the middle breadth of the carapax. The appendages of the sixth segment (Plate XLVIII, fig. 10) are small, rudimentary, appressed to the under side of the telson so as to be hidden from above, and are each composed of a stout basal segment and a single marrow lamella (the outer) tipped with two slender setae, of which the outer is about as long as the lamella itself and the inner much longer. The lateral margins of the telson are slightly curved outward and unarmed, but project posteriorly into a stout tooth each side of the strongly arcuate posterior margin. This posterior margin has, in all the zoea-stages here described, a remarkably complex armament of ciliated spines and minute teeth (Plate XLVIII, figs. 13, 14, 15). In a considerable number of specimens in the third and the last stages, the number of these ciliated spines is usually twenty-six, of which the eighth, counting from either side, is the largest, and the sixth and tenth usually the next in size. One of the specimens in the second stage (Plate XLVIII, fig. 13) conforms strictly with this: there are two sub-median spines (a, a, fig. 13) separated by a single denticle, then each side a slightly larger spine (b, b) separated from the sub-median ones by a single denticle, then four alternately smaller and larger spines (c, d, e, f) separated from each other by two denticles at each interspace, the Outer (f) of these four spines being the eighth, counting from either side, and the largest. Outside this large spine there are, each side, seven smaller spines separated by interspaces which increase toward the outer margin and are armed with from two to mine denticles. The space between the outer spine each side and the tooth of the lateral margin is greater than any of the interspaces between the spines and is armed with twelve or thir- teen denticles. In the other specimen in this stage there are only twenty-five spines, a single median spine (Plate XLVIII, fig. 14, a) taking the place of the two sub-median spines and the denticle between them; otherwise the spines and denticles are essentially as in S. J. Smith—Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 319 the first specimen and as in the succeeding stages. This is appar- ently an abnormal variation in the armament of the telson. The arrangement of these spines, and especially whether they be odd or even in number, I have usually found a constant character for distin- guishing the larval forms in different groups of Podophthalmia. Of this stage only two specimens were secured, one taken on the evening of September 4, the other in the day-time the next day. In coloration and habits they agreed essentially with the young in the succeeding Zoea-stages. Third zoea-stage. In general form and appearance the zoeae in this stage very closely resemble those in the second, although they have increased considerably in size, and especially in the length of the rostrum, which is relatively longer and more slender. They are about 4.5" in length, from the tip of the rostrum to the posterior margin of the carapax, and nearly 3" between the tips of the lateral spines. • The ocular peduncles and eyes have increased only slightly in abso- lute size and are relatively smaller than in the second stage. The antennulae have changed very little. There is, as yet, appar- ently no distinction of peduncle and flagellum, although the two or three distal segments of the latter are faintly indicated, and, on the inner side, there are two or three filiform setae on the penultimate segment in addition to the three on the terminal segment. The antennae (Plate XLVI, fig. 3) have increased in size but show no indication of segmentation. The two dentiform processes (a, b, fig. 3) have each two or three minute spinules at the tip, but are otherwise unchanged; the flagellum (c, fig. 3), however, has increased so as to project beyond the tips of the dentiform processes and show plainly its true character. i The labrum, labium, rnandibles, and first maxillae, except in size, do not differ appreciably from their condition in the second stage. The second maxillae differ but little, the Scaphognath being a little more elongated posteriorly, so as to approach slightly its form in the next stage. The first and second pairs of maxillipeds differ from those of the first stage only in the exogmaths, which are each furnished with ten instead of eight terminal setae. The lobes representing the third pair of maxillipeds and the four anterior pairs of thoracic legs have increased much in size, are TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. III. 4l APRIL, 1877. 320 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. curled up closely beneath the sternum, and, in all the specimens examined, show the segments of the succeeding stage faintly indi- cated within. The posterior thoracic legs appear to be represented by a small process each side, just back of, and nearly hidden by, the rudimentary fourth pair. Four pairs of gills on each side are repre- sented by two slender processes, one above the other, at the bases of each of the four anterior pairs of legs. The proximal segments of the abdomen are almost exactly as in the previous stage, except there are very slight elevations beneath the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments, where the rudimentary legs are to appear in the succeeding stage. The sixth segment is still consolidated with the telson. Its appendages (Plate XLVIII, fig. 11) have increased much in size and the immer lamella (c, fig. 11) has appeared as a small, sack-like appendage at the base of the outer lamella (b, fig. 11), which is twice as long as in the previous stage, very narrow, only slightly expanded in the middle, and sub-truncate at the extremity, where it is furnished with four slender and curved setae, of which the median ones are longer than the lamella itself, while the outer are little more than half as long. The telson is of the same form as in the previous stage and has the same number of ciliated spines in the armament of the posterior border, while the number of denticles in the interspaces has considerably increased, though they are not as numerous as in the succeeding stage. In one specimen there is the same abnormal arrangement of the spines described under the second stage, that is, there are only twenty-five spines in all, one median spine taking the place of the two sub-median spines and the denticles separating them. The young in this stage were taken on several occasions, both in the day-time and evening, from August 28 to September 8. Their habits and coloration in life were the same as in the last zoea-stage. Last 20éd-Stage. The length from the tip of the rostrum to the posterior margin of the carapax and the breadth between the tips of the lateral spines are nearly twice as great as in the second stage, while the rostrum is relatively considerably longer than in either the second or the third stage, its entire length being nearly twice that of the carapax proper. The general form and appearance of the young in this stage are shown upon Plate XLV, figs. 2, 3, 4. The eyes and ocular peduncles are very little larger absolutely than in the last stage. The diameter of the cornea is scarcely a S. I. Smith—Farly Stages of Hippa talpoida. 321 fourth the horizontal diameter of the carapax and the ocular pedun- cles are slightly shorter, proportionally, than in the earlier stages. In the antennulae (Plate XLVI, fig. 5) the segmentation of the flagellum is carried nearly or quite to the peduncle, which, however, shows no division into segments and no clear separation from the flagellum. The flagellum itself is composed of six or seven segments which are a little broader than long and of which the terminal one is furnished with three filiform setae, the penultimate and antepenulti- mate with two or three each which are situated upon the inner side at the distal articulations, while there are two similarly situated, but small and rudimentary setae, upon the fourth segment from the tip. The antennae (Plate XLVI, fig. 4) have increased very much in size, and the flagellum is much longer than the peduncle. The peduncle shows but one distinct articulation, which is near the bases of the dentiform processes and apparently represents the articulation between the second and third segments of the fully developed appendage. The dentiform processes (a, b, fig. 4) are much more slender and proportionally smaller than in the third stage, but are armed with the same number of spines at the tips. The flagellum (c, fig. 4) externally shows no indication of segmentation, but, in all the specimens examined, the articulations of the flagellum of the succeeding megalops-stage is distinctly visible beneath the integu- ment, as shown in the figure. The labrum (Plate XLVI, fig. 5, b), as seen from beneath, is a conspicuous, somewhat triangular prominence between the bases of the antennulae and the mandibles, with the margins and the inferior surface regularly rounded and without emarginations at any point. The labium (d, fig. 5) is deeply bilobed, the regularly rounded lobes projecting each side of the oral opening nearly to the tips of the mandibles and having the edges clothed with microscopic hairs throughout. The mandibles (Plate XLVI, fig. 5, c.; and fig. 6) are almost exactly as in the earlier stages. They are wholly without molar areas and terminate in narrow crowns, which are only slightly different on the right and left sides. In each mandible the inferior half of the coronal margin is armed with four stout teeth, the two most inferior of which are stout and obtusely pointed, the inferior being straight and much longer than the next, which slightly overlaps it at base, as seen from before or behind, and curves upward at the tip; while the two suc- ceeding ones are short, triangular, more acute, and separated from each other by a considerable sinus. On the right side the inferior 322 S. J. Smith—Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. tooth is a little more anterior than the others, while on the left side it is more posterior, so that these inferior marginial teeth overlap each other when the mandibles are brought together. The posterior side of the crown of the right mandible is slightly convex while the same side of the left is a little concave. On the superior half of the crown of each mandible there is a series of six slender processes, or teeth, of which the five inferior are very slender, setae-like, and twice as long as the two triangular teeth just mentioned, while the superior, or marginal, one is stouter, acutely triangular, and divided at tip. In the specimen figured, there is also a small supplementary tooth on the right mandible, between the bases of the third and fourth processes of the superior half of the margin. - The first pair of maxillae (Plate XLVI, fig. 5, e ; and fig. 12) have changed scarcely at all, except in size, from their simple form in the second stage. The inner lobe has a single rudimentary seta, on the inner edge near the tip, in addition to the three terminal ones, the three teeth of the outer lobe are relatively a little shorter and very slightly stouter, and the palpus is considerably larger. The second pair of maxillae (Plate XLVII, fig. 2) have advanced considerably in their development and have apparently partially assumed their adult function. The protognath shows a slight indica- tion of division into two lobes (a, b, fig. 2), of which the outer projects as far forward as the scaphognath, from which it is much more deeply separated than in the earlier stages. The scaphognath is twice as long as the protognath, and its posterior portion is elongated and narrowed at the extremity as in the later stages, but its inner edge is not yet margined with the characteristic plumose setae. The first and second pairs of maxillipeds (Plate XLV, figs, 2 and 4, and Plate XLVII, fig. 5) have the same form and structure as in the preceding stages, the only noticeable difference being the addition of still another pair of setae at the tip of each exognath, making twelve in all, of which the outer are scarcely more than half as long as the middle ones, which are not quite equal in length to the exognath itself. - The third pair of maxillipeds and all the thoracic limbs (Plate XLV, fig. 4, and Plate XLVIII, fig. 9) are still curved inward beneath the sternum and entirely inclosed within the posterior por- tion of the carapax, although the four anterior pairs of legs have begun to show clearly the form which they assume in the megalops and later stages. The third pair of maxillipeds (b, Plate XLVIII, fig. 9) are still sub-cylindrical and in each the meral segment is only S. I. Smith— Early Stages of Hippa tapoida. 323 a little stouter than the palpus, of which only the elongated dactylus and the stout propodus are clearly distinguishable. The first four pairs of thoracic legs (c, d, e,f, fig. 9) show clearly only the distal segments, but, of these, the propodus and dactylus have already assumed the peculiar form which characterizes them in the megalops- stage and in the adult, the propodus in the first, second, and third pairs being elongated into a prominent lobe on the inside at the distal extremity, while in the fourth pair (f, fig. 9) this segment is truncated at the distal end. The posterior thoracic legs (g, fig. 9) are slender, cylindrical, and the three distal segments are nearly equal in length, but there is no indication of the cheliform character which they assume in the megalops-stage. The branchial processes (h, fig. 9) above the bases of the legs have become more conspicuous than in the earlier stages and represent the full number of branchiae in the adult, there being one above the base of each external maxilliped and two each upon the four anterior thoracic legs, making nine pairs in all. The first segment of the abdomen is still in the same condition as - in the second stage, not distinctly differentiated from the thorax, and the remaining segments themselves retain very nearly the same form as before. The abdominal legs of the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments (Plate XLV, fig. 4) are as long as the segments to which they belong, but are still sack-like, the base separated from the terminal portion by an obscure articulation, but with no indication of the separation of the outer from the inner lamella, and the appendages are evidently of no functional importance. The sixth segment is still closely united with the telson, although some of the specimens show a slight indication of the approaching articula- tion. The appendages of the sixth segment (Plate XLVIII, fig. 12) have increased very much in size, and the outer lamella (b) has become narrow-oval in outline, about a third as broad as long, with the tip rounded and furnished with six strongly curved setae, of which the third from the outside is much longer than the lamella itself, while all the others are much shorter and decrease in length each way from the longest. The inner lamella (c, fig. 12) is two- thirds as long as the outer, nearly as broad, and regularly oval in outline, without hairs or setae. The telson (Plate XLV, figs, 3 and 4) has the same form as in the previous stages. Its posterior margin (Plate XLVIII, fig. 15) is armed with twenty-six ciliated spines having the same arrangement as in the earlier stages. The number of denticles in the interspaces between the spines is very much increased, there being three between 324 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. sub-median spines, two each side between these and the next outside of them, from three to twelve in each interspace between the other spines, and from thirty to forty between the outer spine each side and the tooth of the lateral margin. The zoeae in this stage were frequently taken at the surface, both in the day-time and evening, from August 7th to September 10th. In life, the entire animal is translucent with a slight greenish tint, except a brilliant spot of orange pigment with metallic lustre at the base of the rostrum and at the base of each of the lateral spines. These bright spots would often catch the eye in looking into the water when the rest of the animal was nearly or quite invisible. Their motions in the water are similar to those of zoeae in general, except that the movements are much less rapid, and they seem com- paratively sluggish in habit. In aquaria they were usually seen swimming slowly about the surface, seldom whirling off with the mad, gyratory motion so characteristic of many Brachyuran zoeae. Individuals in this last zoea-stage, when kept in confinement, often changed, at a single molt, to the megalops-stage described beyond, although many died during the process of molting. The following table shows the relative measurements of specimens in each of the zoea-stages described: Second Third Last Stage. Stage. Stage. Length from tip of rostrum to posterior margin of carapax,-- 3:2mm. 4.4mm, 6.2mm. Breadth between tips of lateral spines, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22 2.8 4’3 Length of rostrum from tip to front of ocular peduncles, ---- 1:8 2.8 4'ſ “ “ lateral Spines, about, ----...--------------------- •S | "J. 1-3 “ “, carapax from front of ocular peduncles to posterior margin, ---------------------------------- l' 3 I '8 2.5 Breadth of carapax in the middle, ------------------------ •9 1-2 1.7 {{ “telson, ------------------------------------- .7 l:0 l'4 Megalops-Stage. In specimens recently changed from the last zoea-stage, the length of the carapax is slightly over 3" and that of the abdomen, when fully extended, a little less, while the breadth of the carapax is about 2". In general form, the young in this stage resemble the adult, but differ essentially in much the same way that the Brachyuran megalops differs from its adult; the eyes still being relatively large, with short and thick peduncles, as in the last stage of the zoea, while the second, third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments, as well as the sixth, are provided with strong swimming appendages. S. I. Smith—Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 325 The form of the carapax resembles that of the adult very closely, but is broader in proportion, being a half longer than broad; the lobes of the frontal margin (Plate XLV, fig. 5) are more obtuse and much broader; and the lateral lobes form the antero-lateral angles of the carapax, instead of being separated from the angles by a trans- verse portion, each side, nearly as long as the thickness of the peduncles of the antennae, while the lateral margins of the carapax are more regular in outline and do not project downward so much between the first and fourth pairs of legs. The ocular peduncles are still very short and stout, though the eyes have increased only a very little in absolute size since the last zoea-stage. The cornea is a little elongated and occupies the lateral portion of the tip of the peduncle; its greater diameter is still about a fourth of the horizontal diameter of the carapax and more than half the length of the peduncle. The antennulae (Plate XLVIII, fig. 1) reach to the extremities of the peduncles of the antennae and show a marked advance over the previous stages. The segments of the peduncle are fully differentiated and the second segment (b, fig. 1) has already a marked prominence, tipped with a few plumose hairs, in place of the elongation so con- spicuous upon the inferior side of the distal extremity of the same segment in the adult (Plate XLVIII, fig. 3). The flagellum (d, fig. 1) is composed of eight or nine short and stout segments, all, except one or two of the most proximal, armed inferiorly with plumose, or pecti- nate, setae. The secondary flagellum (e, fig. 1) is represented by a single, minute segment tipped with a plumose seta. The antennae (Plate XLV, fig. 5, and Plate XLVI, figs. 7, 7a) are slightly longer than the carapax and have assumed all the important features of the adult. The segments of the peduncle (Plate XLVI, figs. 7, 7a) are fully differentiated and essentially the same as in the adult; and they have the same peculiar structure adapted to folding the antennae across in front of the mouth and within the external maxillipeds. To aid in accomplishing this, there is a supplemental segment or rod (f, figs. 7, 7a) on the outer side of the third segment— and apparently a separately calcified part of it—which articulates proximally just within the lateral spine of the second segment and distally with the outer edge of the fourth segment, and is so separated, by non-calcified, flexible integument, from the third segment itself, as to move independently of it. When the antenna is extruded, this supplemental rod lies parallel with the outer margin of the third segment, from which it is then separated by a considerable space of 326 S. I. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. the non-calcified integument ; but when the antenna is folded away within the external maxillipeds, the rod is transverse to its former position and is almost or quite hidden between the second and fourth segments, the outer, calcified portion of the latter segment folding over the previously exposed area of thin integument. The flagellum is stout, tapers very gradually to an obtuse and rather thick tip, and is composed of about twenty-five segments, which are very short proximally, but increase regularly in length distally until, near the tip, they are longer than broad. Each segment is armed upon one side with a fascicle of long, pectimated setae. As seen in a transverse section of the flagellum (Plate XLV, fig. 6), the outer one of these setae, on each side of the fascicle, is strongly curved inward at the extremity and much longer than the inner ones, which are nearly straight and armed, for only a part of their length, with much shorter, stronger, flattened, and blade-shaped teeth. In this stage there are usually from five to seven setae to each segment, the median one or two often being simply acicular, or even very small and rudimentary. This structure of the flagellum of the antenna is essentially the same as in the adult, where, however, the number and size of the satae, as well as the extent of their armament, is enormously increased upon each segment, while the number of segments is several times greater than in the megalops-stage. In the ordinary adult specimens, there are one hundred to one hundred and fifty segments in the flagellum and eight to twelve setae to each segment. There are two forms of these setae in each fascicle, as in the megalops-stage. The outer one, each side of every fascicle, is very long and convolutely curved inward at the extremity; while all the others are shorter, though varying much in length among themselves, and nearly straight. The long, outer setae are armed, for nearly their whole length, with very long, almost filiform, secondary setae, which are arranged in a double series along the inner side of the curve. These secondary setae are exceedingly slender, very slightly tapering, from 2 to 25mm long, the longer ones being on the distal half though not at the extremity,+and are placed so thickly that, in the middle portion of the seta, there are two hundred in the space of a millimeter. The extremity of the shaft of the seta itself is unarmed for a very short distance, curved sharply so as to be nearly parallel with the last of the secondary setae, and tapers to a very slender and acute tip. The remaining setae of each fascicle are nearly straight, or very slightly bent, and armed upon the outside of the curve. The teeth, as in the outer setae, are arranged in two series, which here, however, S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 327 approach so closely that the bases are nearly in the same line, those of one series alternating with those of the other. The teeth them- selves are much shorter than the secondary setae of the outer setae, being '05 to '07" long, much stouter and less crowded, so that there are about an hundred in the space of a millimeter in the middle portion of the setae. Near the base of the seta, a few of the teeth are very slender and hair-like, but the rest are stout, truncated at the tips, lamelliform, and placed with their bases transverse to the shaft of the seta, but with the blades twisted nearly half way round, so that the surface at the tip is nearly at a right angle to the base. The shaft of the seta itself extends a little way beyond the teeth in an acutely cultriform tip. The oral appendages (Plate XLVI, figs. 8, 9, 13; Plate XLVII, figs. 3, 4, 6, 7) have undergone a transformation even more wonderful than the usual change from the zoea to the megalops. The mandibles have lost, almost entirely, the structure and function usual to them in all the Thoracostraca, and, together with the other oral appendages, have assumed very nearly the adult form. The labrum, as seen from beneath (Plate XLVI, fig. 8, a), is much more elongated than in the zoea-stages, being about as broad as long, but with the sides still arcuate outward and not at all incurved as in the adult. The labium (e, fig. 8) is divided very deeply into two long and obtuse lobes, fringed with microscopic hairs along the oral margins, and projecting forward, each side of the mouth, to the coronal portions of the mandibles. The mandibles (Plate XLVI, fig. 8, b, c, d) have become thin and foliaceous and completely consolidated with the walls of the oral opening. They have become differentiated, however, into two portions, apparently corresponding to protognath and palpus, or endogmath, though these parts are not separated by distinct articula- tions. The protognathal portion (b, fig. 8), corresponding to the entire non-palpigerous mandible of the zoea-stages, is coalesced with the lateral walls of the mouth, except at the broad foliaceous tip, which scarcely projects into the oral opening. The distal margin of this is, however, obscurely dentate, the denticulation varying some- what in different individuals in the same stage (fig. 8, b, and fig. 9), although the mandibles have apparently ceased to perform any of the usual mandibular functions. The endognathal portion (c, d, fig. 8) evidently represents a palpus with its segments completely coalesced, although the ſold between the terminal (d) and the outer, spinous portion (c) apparently marks the union of the two distal segments. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. III. 42 - APRIL, 1877. 328 S. J. Smith—Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. The distal extremity of the palpus is foliaceous, the margins obtusely rounded and armed with long, plumose setae, which extend over the oral edge of the labrum and the anterior edge of the mouth itself. The outer margin (c), which is thickly spinous in the adult, projects considerably laterally, but is, as yet, armed with only three or four spines. - . The first pair of maxillae (Plate XLVI, fig. 13) have assumed the general form and arrangement of parts which they present in the adult. The inner lobe (a, fig. 13) is relatively larger than in the zoea-stages, being considerably broader than the outer lobe; and is armed at the tip, and a little way down the inner margin, with long and stout setae, most of which are slightly spinulose or plumose distally. The outer lobe (b) is long, rather narrow, and the terminal margin is obtusely rounded and armed with setiform spines, which are short and stout toward the inner margin but increase in length outward, and, at the outer margin, grade suddenly into very long and slender, plumose setae, of which the outermost one is nearly three times as long as the width of the lobe itself. On the inner, lateral margin there are several plumose hairs and on the outer margin, a single short spinule. The palpus (c) projects laterally from near the base of the outer lobe as an irregular, Sack-like appendage. The articula- tion at the base of the inner lobe is much less distinct than in the adult, although the articulation at the base of the outer lobe is conspicuous. The peculiar structure of the mandibles and maxillae of the adult are more fully discussed in a special mote at the end of this article. The second pair of maxillae (Plate XLVII, fig. 3) have assumed nearly the adult form. The lobes of the protognath (a, b, fig. 3) are deeply separated, and a small, supplementary, papiliform lobe (a'), tipped with a long, plumose seta, has appeared between the inner and outer lobe, arising near the base of the inner. The terminal margin of the inner lobe is armed with plumose setae, arranged in three series of varying lengths, the longest, situated upon the very edge, being nearly as long as the lobe itself. The outer lobe is similarly armed, but the setae are all much shorter and less plumose, and some of them are stout and serrate. Between the outer lobe and the anterior projection of the Scaphognath, there is a small, triangular lobe (d) apparently representing the endognath. The characteristic fringing of plumose hairs has extended round upon the immer margin of the broad, posterior portion of the scaphognath (c), which has changed comparatively little since the last zoea-stage, but still is of S. J. Smith— Early Stages of Hippa talpołda. 329 nearly the same form as in the adult, and has apparently fully acquired the adult function. The three pairs of maxillipeds (Plate XLVII, fig. 4, 6, 7) have assumed so nearly the adult form that detailed descriptions of them are unnecessary. As in the adult, the anterior lobe of the protognath of the first maxillipeds (Plate XLVII, fig. 4, 6) is very much elongated; the straight inner margin is thickly beset with plumose setae throughout, and with an additional series of much longer setae on the posterior half, and also at the extremity. The endogmath seems to be repre- sented only by the long, slender, and soft appendage (b), apparently arising from near the base of the inner side of the stout, two jointed exogmath (c). The basal segment of the exognath is nearly as long as the distal lobe of the protognath, while the terminal segment is somewhat shorter, but fully as broad, and thickly marginal through- out with plumose setae, which become very long at its extremity. In , the adult, the terminal segment is more triangular in outline and the tip is more acute. - The endogmath in the second pair of maxillipeds (Plate XLVII, fig. 6, a) differs in form slightly from that of the adult, being propor- tionally stouter and less flattened; the terminal segment, in partic- ular, is proportionally, considerably shorter and consequently more tapering. The basal segment of the exognath (b, fig. 6) is not so much narrowed distally, and the oval, terminal segment is a little narrower than in the adult. g The broad, opercular, external maxilliped (Plate XLVII, fig. 7) is transversely truncated at the distal extremity where the palpus articulates, wanting almost wholly the conspicuous, rounded promin- ence of the anterior angle, just within the articulation, in the adult; and the posterior angle of the inner margin is less prominent and more broadly rounded. The palpus is much less slender, less com- pressed, and the terminal segment is proportionally shorter than in the adult. The thoracic legs, like the maxillipeds, are so much like those of the adult, both in form and function, that detailed descriptions of them seem needless here. The anterior pair (Plate XLV, fig. 5) are a little more slender than in the adult, and the terminal segments, or dactyli, are not quite as thickly margined with plumose setae. The second and third pairs are almost exactly alike and, together with the fourth pair, are specially adapted for burrowing. The fourth pair differ from the second and third principally in having the two 330 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. terminal segments more simple in form, the propodus being nearly square, while the dactylus is small and acutely triangular, with the tip obtuse. The posterior thoracic legs are exceedingly slender and, as in the adult, are in life, usually at least, held concealed within the branchial cavities. They are armed with comparatively few of the very slender spinulose setae with which they are so abundantly furnished, espe- cially toward the distal extremity, in the adult ; and the series of spinulose teeth upon the prehensile edges of the short fingers of the chelae are very short and composed of only a few individuals upon each finger. There is no doubt that the peculiar position, structure, and armament, of these slender posterior thoracic legs, in Hippa and allied genera, specially adapt them for cleaning the branchiae and branchial chambers of parasites and other foreign bodies. It is worthy of note, in connection with this, that none of the maxillipeds or thoracic legs possess any traces of either exipodal or epipodal branches, some of the last of which perform the office of branchiae- cleaners in the majority of the Brachyura and Macrura. The abdomen (Plate XLVIII, fig. 4), when fully extended, is about as long as the carapax and resembles that of the adult in the form and proportions of the segments, but differs essentially in the struc- ture of the appendages, especially those of the second to the fifth segment, as is usual in the megalops-stage. The first segment,” as seen from above (a, fig. 4), is a small plate, with the outline of the * Latreille and Milne-Edwards have mistaken this small first segment of the abdo- men of Remipes and Hippa for the last segment of the thorax, and I am not aware that the mistake has been corrected by any subsequent author. Latreille (Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum, i, p. 45) simply says of Remipes testudinarius, “Cauda segmento baseds aliis multo latiore.” But Milne-Edwards (Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, ii, pp. 203, 206, 208), after saying in the description of the genus Albunea, “Le premier anneau de l'abdomen est petit, et regu dans une échancrure de la carapace; le second est au contraire très-grand et présente de chaque côté un grand prolongement lamelleux,” goes on to say, under the genus Remipes, “Le dernier anneau thoracique, qui porte ces appendices [les pettes postérieures], est complet en dessus, mobile, et pas recouvert par la carapace, de manière qu'on pourrait facilement le prendre pour le premier segment de l'abdomen. Celui-ci est très-grand, et présente de chaque côté un prolongement lamelleux ovalaire qui chevamche sur la carapace; son bord postérieur est échancré pour loger le Second anneau abdominal, qui est ovalaire; * * * * le cinquième et la sixième sont également petits, mais sont sondés entre eux. * * * * Les trois premiers anneaux portent, chez la femelle, des filits oviféres simples.” Under Hippa, he further says, “Le dernier anneau thoracique n'est pas libre et à découvert comme chez les Remipedes; mais le premier article de l'abdomen est à peu près de S. J. Smith—Farly Staffes of Hippa tapoida. 331 segment of a circle, filling an arcuate sinus in the posterior margin of the carapax; with which, however, it is not yet consolidated, as in the adult, for it is slightly movable upon the carapax and usually separates from it and remains attached to the second segment when the abdomen is torn away from the cephalo-thorax. As usual in the megalops-stage, and in the larval forms of Podophthalmia generally, it is without appendages. The second-segment is about five times as broad as long, three-fourths as broad as the carapax, and nearly twice as broad as the third segment; its great breadth being a result of a broad, lamellar expansion each side. The anterior margin is nearly straight, and the lamellar portion each side slips slightly over the posterior margin of the carapax, when the abdomen is folded beneath the sternum. The lateral margins are very oblique and converge rapidly to the posterior margin, which is no longer than the breadth of the third segment, for the reception of which it is excavated throughout nearly its whole extent; but the lateral expansions do not project so far posteriorly each side of the third segment as they do in the adult. The margins each side are armed with a few stiff setae. The third segment is about as long as the second, the lateral margins only slightly projecting and rounded and, together with the anterior margin, armed with a few setae. The fourth and fifth segments are nearly as long as the third, and each successively, very slightly nar- rower than the one in front of it; they both project very little laterally and are sparsely armed on the lateral and anterior margins with stiff setae. The sixth segment is nearly as wide as the fifth and only a little wider than long, both the anterior and posterior margins même forme, et les anneaux suivans présentent aussi la disposition que nous avous déjà remarquée chez Ces Crustacés.” Without any reference to the homology of the parts, so clearly shown by their structure and appendages in the megalops-stage, there need be no question in regard to the broad, winged segment in both Hippa and Remipes being the Second, from the fact that it bears the first pair of large ovigerous appendages in the female, and that, if it be the first, that somewhere, two of the succeeding segments must have become completely consolidated into one, although there is no indication, in the segments themselves, of any such consolidation. Quite as conclusive also is the fact that, in the allied genus Albunea, while all the segments of the abdomen are perfectly distinct and movable one upon the other, and the anterior ones have nearly the same form as in Hippa and Remipes, the small first segment is entirely free from the carapax, though fitting closely in a deep sinus in its posterior margin, as described by Milne-Edwards in the passage just quoted. Although this consolidation dorsally of the first segment of the abdomen with the mandibular segment is of rare occurrence in the Malacostraca, it certainly seems no more abnormal than the appearance of the last thoracic segment in the same position, would be. 332 S. Z. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. ... - being considerably] curved outward in the middle. The telson is proportionally a little broader than in the adult, -the breadth being rather more than half the length, while in the adult it is usually less, and much less acute posteriorly and at the anterio-lateral angles. The margin"is sparsely fringed, nearly all round, with slender setae or hairs. ſº The appendages of the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments are similar, though varying considerably in the length of the terminal lamellae. The peduncles, or protopods, of the appendages of the second segment (Plate XLVIII, fig. 5) are stout and nearly as long as the breadth of the segment itself. The outer lamella, or exopod, (a, fig. 5) is nearly as broad as the peduncle, more than half as long, and margined with about twelve slender, plumose setae (fig. 5a), of which the terminal ones are nearly as long as the peduncle, while the others decrease in length as they recede from the tip of the lamella. The inner lamella, or endopod, (b, fig. 5) is a small papilli- form appendage, not as long as the diameter of the peduncle, and armed at the tip with a number of very minute appendages, which are apparently only extremely modified spines or setae. These append- ages, as shown in the accompanying illustrations (Plate XLVIII, fig. 6a, 6b), are composed of a cap, shaped like a concavo-convex lens, supported, on the less convex side, by a short peduncle inserted at the margin and nearly vertical to the under surface of the cap. The diameter of the cap is from 007 to 009" and the height from the surface of the lamella about the same. In alcoholic specimens at least, these appendages seem to be hard and chitinous, and I am at a loss to understand what purpose they serve in the economy of the animal, unless it be as scrapers for the removal of parasites and other foreign substances from some part of the under surface of the body, in which case it is difficult to see just how they could be applied. The appendages of the third, fourth, and fifth segments differ from those of the second in the successive shortening of the peduncle, but, more particularly, in the successive increase in the size of the inner lamella, which in the appendages of the fifth segment (Plate XLVIII, fig. 6) have become more than half as long as the outer; the inner lamellae are similarly armed at the tips, and the outer are all alike margined with long plumose setae, of which there are usually a very few more on the posterior than on the anterior pairs. $ The appendages of the sixth segment (Plate XLVIII, fig. 4) are of nearly the same form and proportion as in the adult. The peduncle, or protopod, is stout, broadest distally, and a little longer than the S.J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 333 segment itself. The terminal lamellae are nearly alike, each being almost as long as the peduncle, less than half as broad, oval, broadly rounded at the tip, and fringed with slender, plumose setae, which are very long at the tips of the lamellae but shorter along the sides. The outer lamella, or exopod, is connected with the peduncle by a very short basal segment. - The young in the megalops-stage were frequently taken at the surface in the towing-net from the 25th of August to the 10th of September. Most of them were taken in the evening, but single individuals were once or twice taken in the day-time. They were also several times obtained directly from specimens in the last zoea- stage kept in aquaria, though the greater part of the zoeae so kept died during the process of molting. The color of the megalops during life is very much like that of the zoeae, except that the megalops wants the spots of bright metallic pigment so conspicuous in the zoea. While in aquaria, the young in the megalops-stage swam rapidly about the walls, at the surface of the water, but not quite as actively as in the zoea-stages. When placed in a shallow dish of sea-water with a little sand heaped up upon one side, they at once, on approach- ing it, darted for the edge of the miniature sand-beach and backed themselves into it, with an evident satisfaction and with an ease and agility that could not have been excelled by their sand-loving parents after months or years of practice. One, only a few hours after changing from the zoea-stage, evinced the same anxiety to be settled in a home of changing sand. They seemed perfectly content to remain thus buried just at the edge of the water and were never noticed to leave their tiny sand-beach, unless disturbed. If pushed out of the sand and placed on the opposite side of the dish, they swam uneasily about until they found their former retreat and at once plunged themselves backward quite out of sight into it. On the southern side of Fire Island Beach, Long Island, in Septem- ber, 1870, I noticed the alacrity with which the young hippas buried themselves in the beach, when they were brought in and left on the wet sand by the waves, and then suspected they were just relinquish- ing their early pelagic habits, but unfortunately I preserved no specimens at this time. A few days later, the young were found in considerable numbers burrowing in the damp Sand in company with species of Orchestidae, just above the edge of the waves; a situation in which I have never since observed either the young or adults. 334 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. Three of the specimens, found upon the beach and preserved at this time, prove interesting as they apparently represent a stage next succeeding the megalops. In these specimens the carapax is a little over 4" in length and the whole integument is of a much firmer consistency than in the megalops-stage. The cephalo-thoracic appendages have all advanced slightly toward the fully mature form. The ocular peduncles have increased in length but are more slender, the diameter at the tips being apparently, absolutely very slightly less than in the megalops-stage. In the antennulae (Plate XLVIII, fig. 2), the distal prominence upon the under side of the second segment of the peduncle, projects as far as the distal end of the third segment and is more densely fringed with setae than before. The flagellum has increased only slightly in length and has three or four additional segments, but the secondary flagellum is a third as long as the primary and is composed of four segments, of which the ultimate is as long as the penultimate and antepenultimate together. The oral appendages and thoracic legs have changed comparatively little, although the slender posterior pair of thoracic legs are much more completely armed with setae and spinules than before. The first segment of the abdomen has become pretty firmly con- solidated with the carapax, though the suture marking the union is still conspicuous and much deeper than in the adult. The expansions on the sides of the second segment are a little broader longitudinally, and the tip and the antero-lateral angles of the telson are more acute than in the megalops. The most marked change, however, has taken place in the appendages of the anterior segments. In all three of the specimens examined, there are no appendages whatever upon either one of the five anterior segments. The sudden and total disappear- ance of these appendages raises the question, whether the ovigerous appendages of the female are derived directly from the swimming legs of the megalops, or are developed specially, at a later period. It is of course very difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish the sexes, at so early a period, by any of the primary sexual characters; so that the three specimens examined may very likely all be young males; in which case the early disappearance of the append- ages might, naturally enough, be expected, as there are no append- ages on any of the five anterior segments in the adults of that sex. I have, however, examined several additional specimens of the young, in which the carapax was less than 7" in length, without, in any case, finding even rudiments of appendages on any of the anterior segments of the abdomen. The smallest individual in which I have been able to detect Ovigerous appendages is a specimen, with the S. I. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 335 carapax about 7" in length, from Egmont Key, Florida. In this specimen, the appendages upon the second segment are very small and slender, about 8" long, unbranched, and composed of three segments—as in the adult female (Plate XIVIII, fig. 16)—of which the terminal one is very short and tipped with a sparsely plumose seta, similar to a single other seta upon the side of the proximal segment; there are no other setae or hairs discoverable. The append- ages of the third segment are similar, but still smaller, being scarcely '5" long, and composed of two segments only ; although the newly formed appendages, as seen through the integument, show indication of division into three segments. No appendages whatever were discoverable upon the fourth segment. As the specimen was about to molt, there is a mere possibility that there may have been very rudimentary appendages upon this segment. In the adult female there are three pairs of unbranched appendages, composed of three segments each, and borne upon the second, third, and fourth seg- ments; no appendages whatever being borne upon the fifth segment. In mature specimens of ordinary size (in which the carapax is about 20" long), the appendages of the second segment (Plate XLVIII, fig. 16) are about 10" long; those upon the fourth, about 3.5", while those upon the third are intermediate between the two other pairs. Though these observations are by no means conclusive or satisfactory, it seems probable that the egg-bearing appendages of the adult Hippa are special developments, and not metamorphosed from the swimming legs of the megalops-stage. The following table gives, in millimeters, the results of measure- ments, of the megalops and later stages, side by side for comparison. The measurements" in the second column are from one of the three specimens, previously referred to, from Fire Island Beach, Long Island; the others are from specimens from Vineyard Sound. Megalops. Fire I. Male. Male. Female. Female. Length of Carapax,---------------------- 3.2 4-3 8-3 14-0 13-0 20.6 Breadth of “ --------------------- 2.0 2.8 s 6-2 10-5 9-0 15'4. Length of abdomen, --------------------- 3.0 4-5 9-0 16-0 || 4-5 25-0 { { ocular peduncle, --------------- •6 •'ſ 2-4. 3-8 3-6 4-6 Diameter of ocular peduncle at tip, - - - - - - - - '3 25 4. •5 • 5 •6 Længth of antennula, -------------------- 1-0 1-3 3-8 5-6 5-4 7-0 { { antenna, ----------- ----------- 3'4. 4.8 10-0 19'0 16'0 25'0 { { ultimate segment of anterior legs, 8 1-3 3-0 4’l 3.8 5-8 “ peduncle of appendage of sixth Segment of abdomen, - - - - - - - - - '65 1-0 2-0 3-0 2-8 4-6 { { lamellae of the Same, - - - - - - - - - - - • 65 1-0 2-0 2-9 2.8 4' 5 {{ telson, ----------------------- 1.7 2-5 5-3 9-2 8-5 14-0 Breadth of “ ----------------------- •9 I 3 2-4. 4' 0 3-9 7:0 TRANS. CONN. A.C.A.D., WOL. III. 43 MAY, 1877. 336 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. A zoea from Zanzibar described briefly by Claus, in his recent work on the development of Crustacea,” and by him doubtingly regarded as one of the early stages of some species of Albumea, is certainly the larva of some near ally of Hippa, though the figures and description are scarcely sufficiently detailed for a close compar- ison with the here described zoea-stages of that genus. The zoea described by Claus is apparently in a stage corresponding to that which I have called the third zoea-stage of Hippa, but it is already much larger than the zoeae of the last stage in that genus. As far as can be judged from Claus' imperfect figures and description, the most important character, distinguishing his zoea from that of Hippa, is the presence of the exognaths of the external maxillipeds, which form a third pair of swimming appendages somewhat smaller than the two anterior pairs; all the other distinctions seem to be of minor import- ance. The exogmaths of the external maxillipeds are entirely wanting in the adult Hippidae but are present in the Albumidae, and their presence in the supposed Albwned zoea, coupled with their absence in the latest zoea-stages of Hippa, tends strongly to confirm Claus' supposition that his zoea really belongs to the Albunidae, and most likely to the genus Albuned. - From his examination of this so-called zoea of Albumea, together with Fritz Müller’s note upon the zoea of Hippa emerita, previously referred to, Claus concludes that the larval stages of the Hippa and Albwned group of crustaceans agree much more closely with the Zoea- stages of the Brachyura than with the larval stages of the Paguroids or any of the Macrura. The additional evidence, derived from the nearly complete post-embryonal history of Hippa, here presented, abundantly confirms this view. There is nothing in the zoea- or megalops-stages of Hippa to recall particularly any of the known early stages of the Paguroids, while there is much that forcibly recalls the Brachyuram zoea and megalops. The only conspicuous character distinguishing the Hippa and Albwned zoea from the ordinary zoeae of Brachyura, is the absence of a dorsal spine upon the carapax, and this is apparently a distinction of minor importance. Claus has suggested a resemblance between these Hippoid zoeae and the Erichthus larval stage; the motions and color of the living zoeae of Hippa do certainly remind one of the early stages of some of the Stomatopods; but these distant resemblances do not appear to be * Untersuchungen zur Erforschung der Genealogischen Grundlage des Crustaceen- Systems, Wein, 1876, p. 59, plate ix, figs. 1–10. S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 337 the result of any structural similarity. In fact the full series of the early stages of Hºppa shows conclusively that the young undergo an essentially Brachyural, Zoea and megalops, post-embryonal develop- ment, and it furnishes an important addition to the evidence tending to confirm the view that the Anomoura are a heterogeneous group, made up, probably, of outlying Brachyural and Macrural families. Mote on the Structure of the Mandibles and Maasillae in Hippa and JRemipes. In the description of the megalops-stage, I have already alluded to the remarkable structure of the mandibles and the first pair of max- illae in the adult Hippa, but these appendages in Hippa and the allied genera seem worthy of more special attention, since they furnish important characters for distinguishing the Hippidae and Albunidae. Although the oral appendages of Albunea, and apparently also of the allied genera, Blepharopoda Randall and Lepidopa Stimpson, have been correctly described by all the later authorities, the structure and homology of the parts of the mandibles and the first pair of max- illae in Hippa and Remipes, though very important in a taxonomic point of view, seem to have been misunderstood by all carcinologists who have written upon these genera. Milne-Edwards, in his great general work on crustaceans, appears to have been the first to describe, with care, the oral appendages of any of the Hippidae or Albumidae, and the errors, into which he fell in describing Hippa and Remipes, have been perpetuated by suc- ceeding writers. To be sure, J. C. Fabricius had before described the parts about the mouth, in his original description of the genus FIippa (Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae, p. 329), but his account of the inner appendages is so confused that I am quite unable to understand what parts he had in view as the mandible and its palpus. He says, “Mandibula brevis, cornea, formicata, obtusa, dorso palpigera. Palpus setaceus, tenuis, uti videtur multiartic- ulatus,” which could scarcely be made to apply to the parts of the mandible as they really exist, either in Hippa or Remipes. Milne- Edwards, in his description of the genus Remipes (Histoire maturelle des Crustacés, ii, p. 205), says, “Les mächoires de la seconde paire ne présentent rien de bien remarquable; celles de la première paire sont très-petites, et refoulées en avant, entre la mandibule et la lèvre supérieure, qui est très-grande et fort saillante. Enfin la man- dibule, qui est fortement dentelée, porte un palpe composé de deux petits articles lamelleux, séparés du corps de la mandibule par un grand sillon membraneux.” This strongly dentate “mandible" 338 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. is evidently the terminal portion of the inner lobe of the first maxilla (Plate XLVII, fig. 10, a); but its “palpus composed of two small, lamellar segments” is not so easily interpreted, though it may possibly be the real mandible itself. In the figures of Remipes testºſ- dinarius given in Milne-Edwards' volume on the Crustacea in the third edition of Le Régne animal de Cuvier, figure 1", plate 42, is simply the inner lobe of the first maxilla, which is entirely wanting in the otherwise correct figure of the maxilla itself; but the only allusion to the mandibular palpus is in the explanation of figure, “1”, Mandibules (ces organes sont dépourvus d’ appendice palpiforme).” In Milne-Edwards’ description of the genus Hippa (Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, ii, p. 207) no reference is made to the maxillae or man- dibles, and no part of either of these appendages is given in the figures of H. emerita in Le Régne animal de Cuvier. De Haan's figures of mouth appendages of Remipes (Fauna Japonica, Plate Q) are like those of Milne-Edwards just referred to, except that he has left the basal portion of the inner lobe of the first maxilla properly attached in place to answer for the inner lobe which he describes as the “lacina interna brevissima’’ (op. cit., p. 201). De Haan however failed to find the mandibular palpus, for he dis- tinctly says in the description of these maxillary mandibles, “palpis nullis.” In regard to Hippa, De Haan seems to have been more fortunate, for, in his description of the genus (op. cit., p. 201), after correctly describing the maxillae, he says, “Mandibulae minutissimae, cartilagineae, corona integra, palpis membranaceis triarticularis.” His figure of the mandible of Hippa Asiatica (op. cit., plate Q; copied as figure 14, Plate XLVI, of the accompanying illustrations), although evidently drawn from the real mandible, is apparently very incorrect. The following descriptions and figures of the mandibles and max- illae in Hippa and Remipes are taken from H. talpoida Say, and R. Pacificus Dana. * Hippa.-The form and position of the labrum, labium, and mandi- bles, as seen from beneath, are shown in figure 10 on Plate XLVI. The mouth is a narrow, longitudinal opening bounded, each side and posteriorly, by a margin raised above the general surface of the buccal area, and in front, by the labrum (a, figure 10), which projects anteriorly as a triangular, lamelliform plate above the epistome, from which, however, it is separated by a considerable space. Beneath the labrum, the margin of the epistome is reflected and projects forward each side into a slender, lamelliform process (b) tipped with S. I. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 339 very long, plumose setae extending along each side of the labrum. At the sides of the oral opening are the mandibles (c, d, e), the tips of their palpi (e) approaching each other just in front of it. The mesial side of the basal portion of the mandible is consolidated with and forms a part of the raised lateral margin of the oral opening, while the outer side is continuous with and consolidated to the buccal walls each side. The palpus arises from this basal portion of the mandible and inwraps the posterior part of the margin of the labrum by means of an oblique fold, which distinctly separates it into an outer (d) and an inner (e) portion. This oblique fold is most marked at the anterior extremity of the palpus, where it presents a sigmoid curve, the thickening of the palpus posteriorly rendering it less distinct though well seen in a transverse section, as in figure 10a. The free margin (d, figure 10) of this outer portion is thickly armed with a series of stout spinules, while the inner portion projects above the posterior part of the labrum, as a broad, oval-pointed, lamelliform lobe, the edges of which are thickly beset with slender setae. The coronal portion (c) of each mandible is a broad, obtusely rounded, thin lamella, the free terminal part of which lies just above the palpus. Each lamella of the deeply bifid labium (f) lies just above the mandible each side and closely infolds the margin of the oral opening. - s The protognathal portion of the first maxilla (Plate XLVII, fig. 8) is divided into two deeply separated lobes and fits closely upon the labium and mandible. The somewhat oval, terminal portion of the posterior, or inner, lobe (a, fig. 8) lies just over the lobes of the labium each side, and the whole length of its nearly straight, inner margin is bent downward into the posterior part of the oral opening, and is edged with a double series of long, serrate setae; while the outer convex surface is armed with a scattered, double line of minute spinules. This terminal portion of the lobe is free all round, except near the outer, posterior angle where it is connected with the buccal walls, and where a thickened, rod-like portion connects it, by an imperfect articulation, with the base of the anterior lobe. The anterior lobe (b) is very long and narrow, and its oblique, terminal margin lies just over the inner portion of the mandibular palpus, and is thickly armed with short, setiform spinules, while the lateral margins are thickly clothed with slender, plumose setae, of which those at the anterior extremity of the outer margin are very much the longest. The palpus (c) is soft and Sack-like, arises from near the base of the anterior lobe, and projects laterally into the efferent passages of the branchial chamber. 340 S. I. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. The second pair of maxillae offer no marked peculiarity and are essentially of the same form as in the megalops-stage (Plate XLVII, fig. 3). The two principal lobes of the protognath are very similar in form and structure to, lie directly over, and doubtless act in direct conjunction with, the two corresponding lobes of the first maxilla. JRemipes.—The general structure and arrangement of the parts of the mandibles and both pairs of maxillae is the same as in Hippa, but there are important differences in the details of the form and structure of special parts, particularly in the posterior lobe of the protognath in the first pair of maxillae. The mandibles (Plate XLVII, fig. 9) are consolidated with and closely invest the walls of the oral opening as in Hippa, but the protognathal portion (a) is farther removed from the opening, is even more rudimentary, its margins are unarmed, and it apparently serves only as a base for the attachment of the palpus. The free margin (b) of the outer portion of the palpus projects in an obtuse angle in front and is armed with a few, very stout, short, and obtuse spines. The inner portion (e), lying just above the labrum, is somewhat orbicular, and its terminal margin is armed with numerous, exceed- ingly long setae, of which the longest are plumose. The terminal portion of the posterior lobe in the first pair of max- illae (Plate XLVII, fig. 10, a) is a thick, heavily calcified, rectilinear plate united, by a broad articulation, with the basal, rod-like portion and at the posterior angle, directly with the buccal walls. Its terminal margin is armed externally with a series of five, very large, short, stout, conical, dentiform spines, and at the angles at each end of the series with a similar, but very much smaller spine. Upon the short posterior margin there are several still smaller spines of the same character. The terminal margin beneath is thickly beset with stout, plumose setae projecting inward. The anterior lobe (b) is long, very narrow to near the expanded, spatulate extremity, the convex terminal margin of which is densely armed with setae which are stout and spiniform, except anteriorly where they are long and more slender. The palpus (c) is nearly the same as in Hippa, but a little shorter and thicker. The different parts of the second pair of maxillae are arranged in the same way as in the Hippa, but the posterior lobe of the proto- gmath is proportionally much smaller and its edge is armed with very long, plumose setae, which are of nearly uniform thickness to very near the tips; while the anterior lobe is spatulate in form and thickly armed with similar, but somewhat shorter, setae. & S. I. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. 341 EXPLANATION OF PIATES. PLATE XLV. Eigure 1.—Zoea in the second stage, ventral view, with the abdomen bent forward beneath the cephalo-thorax so as to show the dorsal side of the terminal portion of the abdomen, enlarged twenty-four diameters. Figure 2.—Zoea in the last stage, dorsal view, enlarged twelve diameters. Tigure 3.—The same, in the same position as in figure 1, ventral view, the matatory limbs omitted, enlarged twelve diameters. I'igure 4.—The same, lateral view, enlarged twelve diameters. Figure 5.—Megalops just changed from the last zoea-stage; dorsal view of anterior portion of the animal showing the eyes, antennulae, antennae, and the extremities of the first pair of thoracic legs, enlarged twenty-four diameters. The antennae are shown fully extruded and the whole animal under slight compression. Figure 6.—One of the segments of the flagellum of an antenna, megalops-stage, seen in transverse section to show the arrangement of the setae, enlarged forty diameters. PLATE XIVI. Figure l.—Antennula, second Zoea-stage, enlarged seventy-five diameters. Figure 2–Antenna of the right side seen from beneath, second zoea-stage, enlarged Seventy-five diameters; a, b, dentiform processes; c, flagellum. Figure 3.—The same, third Zoea-stage, enlarged seventy-five diameters; a, b, denti- form processes; c, rudimentary flagellum. Figure 4.—The same, last zoea-stage, enlarged forty diameters: a, b, dentiform pro- cesses; c, rudimentary flagellum showing the multiarticulate flagellum of the megalops-stage already formed within. Figure 5.—Antennulae and inner mouth appendages seen from beneath, last Zoea-stage, enlarged thirty-six diameters; a. a, antennulae; b, labrum; c, mandible; d, labium; e, first maxilla. Figure 6.—Tips of the mandibles, last Zoea-stage, enlarged 150 diameters. Figure 7.--Peduncle of the antenna seen from beneath, megalops-stage, enlarged twelve diameters; a, b, c, d, e, segments of peduncts; f, supplementary rod or plate. Eigure 8.—Labrum, labium and mandibles seen in place from beneath, megalops-stage, enlarged seventy-five diameters; a labrum; b, coronal portion of mandible; c, d, mandibular palpus; e, labium. Higure 9.-Coronal portion of the mandible of another specimen in the same Stage, enlarged 150 diameters. Figure 10–Labrum, labium, and mandibles seen in place from beneath, adult female, enlarged twenty-four diameters; a, labrum; b, setae-bearing tubercle above the margin of the labrum; c, coronal portion of the mandible; d, lateral spinous margin of the basal portion of the mandibular palpus; e, terminal portion of the palpus; f, labium; g, h, line of the section shown in figure 10a. The letter h, is directly over the anterior extremity of the elongated mouth opening. 10a, outline of a transverse section of the mandible through the line gh in figure 10; the dotted lines representing the anterior edges of the appendage projected upon the section; c, tip of the coronal portion of the mandible; g, lateral spinous margin of the palpus; h, inner extremity of the terminal portion of the palpus. Figure 11–First maxilla of the left side seen from beneath, second Zoea-stage, enlarged seventy-two diameters; a, inner lobe; b, outer lobe; c, palpus. Figure 12.-Same, last zoea-stage, enlarged seventy-two diameters. Tigure 13.−Same, megalops-stage, enlarged seventy-five diameters. Figure 14–Mandible of Hippa Asiatica, copied from DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, Plate Q. PLATE XLVII. Figure 1.-Second maxilla of the left side seen from beneath, second zoea-stage, enlarged thirty-six diameters; a protognath; 5, Scaphognath. Figure 2–Same, last zoea-stage, enlarged thirty-six diameters: a, b, protognath; c, Scaphognath. - * 342 S. J. Smith–Early Stages of Hippa talpoida. Figure 3.—Same, megalops-stage, enlarged forty diameters; a, aſ, b, lobes of the pro- tognath; d, endognath; c, Scaphognath. - Figure 4.—First maxilliped of the left side seen from beneath, megalops-stage, enlarged forty diameters; a, protognath; b, endognath; c, exognath. - Figure 5.—Second maxilliped of the left side seen from behind, last zoea-stage, enlarged forty diameters; a, protognath; b, endognath, c, matatory exognath. Figure 6.—Second maxilliped of the left side seen from beneath, megalops-stage, enlarged forty diameters; a, endognath; b, exognath. & Figure 7.--Third (external) maxilliped of the left side seen from beneath, megalops- stage, enlarged twenty-four diameters . Figure 8.—First maxilla of the right side seen from beneath, adult female Hippa, enlarged twelve diameters: a, inner lobe; b, outer lobe; c, palpus. Figure 9.—Remipes Pacificus. Mandible of the right side seen from beneath, adult female, enlarged twenty-four diameters; a, basal part of the mandible itself (proto- gnath); b, lateral spinous margin of the basal portion of the palpus; c, terminal portion of the palpus. - Figure 10.-First maxilla of the right side, from the same specimen as the last figure, enlarged twelve diameters; a, inner lobe; b, outer lobe; c, palpus. PLATE XLVIII. Figure 1.--Antennula, seen from the side, megalops-stage, enlarged twenty-four diameters; a, b, c, first, Second, and third segments of the peduncle; d, primary fla- gellum; e, rudimentary secondary flagellum. Figure 2.—Same, from a specimen about 5" in length, enlarged twenty-four diameters. Figure 3.—Same, adult female, enlarged six diameters. |Figure 4.—Abdomen, megalops-stage, dorsal view, enlarged twelve diameters; a, first segment. +. Fº 5.—One of the swimming legs of the Second segment of the abdomen, megalops- stage, enlarged twenty-four diameters; a, outer lamella, or exopod; b, inner lamella, or endopod. §a, portion of one of the plumose setae, more enlarged. Figure 6.—One of the swimming legs of the fifth segment of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged twenty-four diameters; a, outer lamella; b, inner lamella. 6a, 6b, side and front view of one of the peculiar appendages with which the tip of the inner lamella is armed, enlarged 500 diameters. Figure T.-Telson of adult male, dorsal view, enlarged two diameters. Figure 8.—Same, adult female, enlarged two diameters. - Figure 9.-Rudimentary thoracic legs and third maxiliped of the left side, last zoea- stage, enlarged twelve diameters; a, base of Second maxillipeds; b, third maxilliped; c, d, e, f, g, thoracic legs; h, branchiae. The appendages are represented as seen from the inner (mesial) side and under slight compression so as to show the extremities which are curled in and hidden from the outside; in consequence, the branchiae are represented diagramatically. - Figure 10.-Appendage of the right side of the sixth segment of the abdomen, second zoea-stage, dorsal view, enlarged forty diameters; a, basal portion; b, outer lamella. 10a, tip of lamella with the bases of the terminal setae, enlarged 175 diameters. Figure ll.—Corresponding appendage, third Zoea-stage, enlarged forty diameters; a, base; b, outer lamella; c, inner lamella. Figure 12.—Corresponding appendage, last zoea-stage, enlarged forty diameters. Figure 13.—Posterior margin of telson, second zoea-stage, enlarged 100 diameters. In this and the next two figures the arrow indicates the median line of the telson, the margin on the left of it being exactly the reverse of that shown upon the right. Figure 14–The same, from another individual in the same stage, showing a single median spine in place of the two median spines and denticle in other specimens. Figure 15.—Posterior margin of telson, last zoea-stage, enlarged 100 diameters. 15a, two of the denticles from the margin between the spines, enlarged 300 diameters. Figure 16.-Ovigerous appendage of the second abdominal segment of an adult female, enlarged four diameters. lºans Conn Acad Vol III PLATE XIV IFºº Fº * ºf * */ - - º º ºf ſº ----- Z//\7X 7% ºr As /// ºf Y. º... . Lºſ 2. º, XLV/// %2 /// lº - º -- º, - - TEIE STALK-EYED ORUSTACEANS Y OF THE ATLANTIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF CAPE COD. With five plates. [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY, VoI. W.] . Wºź7, the corrup/777vezvás of S. Z. SM777 FZ, YCLZe Co/Zege, JWew Havez?, Cozz7vectºcºvá. [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCEs, Vol. W., PART 1.] . THE STALK-EYED CRUSTACEANS OF THE ATLANTIC CoAST OF NoFTH AMERICA North OF CAPE Cod. By S. I. SMITH. THIS paper is the result of work done in preparing a more complete account of the crustaceans of the coast of northern New England for the report of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries. The study of the extensive collections of crustaceans, made during the past fourteen years by Professor Verrill and myself, and particularly during the last seven years under the auspices of the Commission for the investigation of the fisheries, promised to add so much to the knowledge of the relations of the fauna of the western side of the North Atlantic, that it has seemed desirable to publish as early as possible the results bearing upon the geographical distribution of the species. This has been long delayed, however, by the great quantity of material which has each year been added to the collections, so that the time at my disposal has been little more than sufficient prop- erly to separate and care for the specimens themselves. In the present paper I have attempted to give these results for the species of stalk-eyed Malacostraca inhabiting the coast between Cape Cod and northern Labrador. Only a very small portion of the species composing the crustacean fauna is thus included, but it is that por- tion which is best known and consequently most useful in determin- ing the relations of the fauna. Although the paper has special reference to the geographical distribution of the species, considerable matter is introduced in regard to specific variation and specific characters, and, under some of the species, to the synonymy, where it seemed necessary to the proper understanding of the geographical distribution or to show the propriety of the nomenclature adopted, or where the species is not well-known. The practice among Zoologists of neglecting to make clearly appar- ent what parts of their writings are based on their own observations and what on the works of others, is a frequent source of annoyance and error. This is particularly the case in the statement of the habitats of species, as often given, without the slightest indication whether the occurrence of the species, in each of the regions specified, is known to the author from personal observation or the examination of specimens collected by others, or whether the statement is based 28 S. J. Smith — Ch'ustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. on the writings of other observers, or whether the author has merely conjectured that the species—perhaps never seen by him—inhabits certain regions. Heretofore my own practice has not always been free from fault in this respect, but throughout the following pages I have been careful to indicate distinctly what portions of the state- ments are based on my own observations and what are merely copied. To do this in the paragraphs devoted to the geographical distribu- tion of the species, I have used the mark of affirmation (!) after each region from or in which I have examined specimens; but to avoid the too frequent repetition of this mark, in cases where the enumera- tion of several stations or depths immediately follows the name of a special region or locality, it has been placed after the latter only, it being understood that I have examined specimens from all the sta- tions or depths mentioned under that region or locality. The name of the collector, or of the authority for the locality of the specimens examined;—unless I have myself been collector or observer, is either inserted in parenthesis after the locality or indicated by the date, as explained below. The authorities for all localities from which I have not examined specimens are similarly indicated in parentheses. In the synonymy, all the references given have been made by direct examination of the works quoted, unless specially indicated to the contrary by the use of quotation marks. « To avoid the repetition of the names of collectors, after the numer- ous localities on our coast, mentioned under the geographical distri- bution of the species, the year in which the collections were made is, in most cases, alone inserted; and a short statement of the principal sources whence the collections have been received, is inserted here, that portion which is subsequently referred to as authority for col- lections being arranged chronologically. 1864. Collections made at Eastport, Maine, on the Bay of Fundy, during September and October, by Professor Verrill and the writer. 1868. At the same locality, during August and the early part of September, also at the Island of Grand Menan and in the deep waters off Eastport; by Prof. Verrill, Prof. H. E. Webster, Rev. Geo. A. Jackson, and the writer. 1870. At the same localities and during the same season as in 1868; by Professor Verrill and Mr. Oscar Harger. Also, by myself upon the southern side of Long Island, during August and the early part of September. 1871. Professors Verrill and J. E. Todd, and the writer made col- lections, for a short time in April, in the neighborhood of Great Egg S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 29 Harbor, New Jersey; a special object of the excursion being the determination of the species described from that region by Say. The systematic exploration of the waters of our coast were this year begun, in connection with the investigations concerning the coast fisheries, under the direction of Professor Baird, United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries. Under these auspices, the larger part of the collections referred to in this paper have been made. In 1871, this work was carried on in the region of Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, from late in June to the middle of Sep- tember. The dredging operations and the care of the collections of invertebrates were in my charge during the first part of the season, later in care of Prof. J. E. Todd, and finally under the direction of Professor Verrill, more or less assisted by Professors A. Hyatt and A. S. Packard, Jr., and particularly by Prof. W. G. Farlow, who was specially engaged in collecting and studying the algæ. 1872. Under the auspices of the Commissioner of Fisheries, large collections were made, during July and August, at Eastport, Maine, and in the whole neighboring region of the Bay of Fundy. As in the succeeding years, Professor Verrill had charge of the dredging operations and the collections of invertebrates. For a large part of the season Dr. T. M. Prudden cared for the crustaceans and made valuable notes on the stations and color of the species. For a part of the season Prof. H. E. Webster was at the island of Grand Menan where he made valuable additions to the collection of crus- taceans, particularly among the species of Hippolyte. Several other gentlemen aided in the general work of collecting, and, for a time in August, Mr. Harger and I were present and took part in the work. During the last of August and September, a series of dredgings were made, on board the Coast Survey steamer Bache, in the region of St. George's Banks and the adjacent waters. An account of these dredgings has already appeared in the third volume of these Trans- actions. This, the earliest exploration with the dredge, of the region referred to, was carried out through the coöperation of Professor Baird and the Superintendent of the Coast Survey. During the first cruise, on which dredgings were made on, and east of St. George's Banks; at Halifax, Nova Scotia; and on Le Have Bank, the dredg- ing was in charge of Mr. Harger and the writer. On the second cruise, dredgings were made by Prof. A. S. Packard, Jr., and Mr. Caleb Cooke, in the region of St. George's Banks. In the latter region the dredgings extend from north latitude 41° 25' to 42° 11", and from west longitude 68° 10' to 65° 42-3'; on Le Have Bank, in 30 S. Z. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. a line about southeast from Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, and a little south of latitude 43° north. The dredgings made by Professor Packard and Mr. Cooke were at five different stations, all on, or near, the northern slope of St. George's Banks, and in 110, 85, 45, 40, and 150 fathoms. While waiting at Provincetown, Massachusetts, for the Bache, Mr. Harger and I were able to observe a large number of the shore and shallow-water species, showing the fauna to be intermediate in many respects between the fauna north and that south of Cape Cod. 1873. Collections were made in, and off, Casco Bay, coast of Maine, during July, August, and the early part of September, under the same auspices and direction as in 1872. During the season I had charge of the crustaceans and was greatly aided by Mr. J. H. Emerton, who not only made many most excellent drawings for use in the final reports upon the crustaceans, but also assisted in the work of collecting. Through the same coöperation as in 1872, the steamer Bache made several trips, during September, to the deeper waters of an extensive region in the Gulf of Maine, between Cape Cod and the coast of the State of Maine. On these trips, Professor Packard and Mr. Cooke took charge of the dredgings, which were made in the following dis- tinct regions: off the coast of Maine, south and east of Penobscot Bay, in 52 to 82 fathoms; a region on and near Jeffrey’s Bank, extending from north latitude 43° 15' to 43° 36', and from west longitude 69° 6' to 68° 25', and at depths from 60 to 107 fathoms; in 52 to 118 fathoms on Cashe's Ledge and to the west of it (the Ledge being in about latitude 42° 50', longitude 68° 50', and the dredgings extending to 69° 35'); on and near Jeffrey’s Ledge, off the coast of New Hampshire, in 24 to 33 and 95 to 118 fathoms; in the central part of Massachusetts Bay, in 50 and 65 fathoms; in 24 to 33 fathoms on Stellwagen's Bank, the outer barrier of Massachusetts Bay, situated between Cape Cod and Cape Ann; off Massachusetts Bay, 20 to 25 miles northeast of Cape Cod, in 117 and 142 fathoms; and in shallow water just south of Cape Ann. In April of this year, Professors Verrill and D. C. Eaton made an excursion to Watch Hill, Rhode Island, and made a small collection of special interest on account of the season of the year. 1874. The dredgings, in connection with the work of the Fish Commission, were carried on in the region about the eastern end of Long Island Sound and extended from the mouth of the Connecticut River, to Gardner's and Pecomic Bays, to the waters south of Mon- tauk Point, and to the banks south and east of Block Island. S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 31 As in 1873, the steamer Bache continued the dredgings in the Gulf of Maine. Professor Packard, assisted by Mr. Cooke and Mr. JRobert Rathbun, had charge of the work and made large collections between Cape Ann and the Isles of Shoals, on Jeffrey’s Ledge, on Cashe’s Ledge, and at numerous localities in the deep waters of the Gulf of Maine. 1875. The work under the direction of the Commissioner of Fish- eries was in the same region as in 1871, but the dredgings extended further to the eastward and included the region east of Nantucket. In addition to this, Professor Verrill and Mr. C. Hart Merriam, during a short excursion to Barnstable, on the north side of Cape Cod, made collections of many of the species inhabiting the shores and shallow waters of the southern part of Cape Cod Bay. 1876. Mr. C. Hart Merriam and Mr. E. B. Wilson made some col. lections at Eastport, Maine, in April, and very kindly submitted the crustaceans to me. The collection was particularly interesting on account of the season at which it was made, all the other collections which I have examined from the same region having been made late in the summer or early in the autumn. 1877. The extensive collecting prosecuted under the direction of the Commissioner of Fisheries was resumed, the collections of the invertebrates being, as before, in charge of Professor Verrill, who was this year assisted by Mr. E. B. Wilson. Extensive collections were made at Salem, Massachusetts, and in the neighboring waters of Massachusetts Bay and the Gulf of Maine. During a part of the season the work was transferred to Halifax, Nova Scotia, where large collections were made and whence the dredging was extended to the deep waters one hundred and twenty miles south of that city. On the passage from Salem to Halifax, dredgings were made in the deep waters of the Gulf of Maine and off the southern portion of the Nova Scotia coast. 1878. The work in connection with the investigation of the fish- eries was continued in the vicinity of Cape Ann, the field investigated being contiguous to, and partially overlapping, that in the vicinity of Salem in 1877. In addition to the material obtained upon the shores and by dredging, valuable collections were procured, at Gloucester, Massachusetts, the head-quarters of the Commission for the Season, from vessels engaged in the bank-fisheries. Professor Verrill was specially assisted by Mr. Richard Rathbun and Mr. Sanderson Smith. The collections of this year came to hand too late to be used to any considerable extent in the present paper, and consequently only occa- sional references are made to them. 32 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. I was not able to assist in the work of collecting either in 1877 or 1878, but the crustaceams in the collections of these years have nearly all been placed in my hands in the original packages in which the specimens collected at each special locality were placed, so that I am alone responsible for the determination of the species from each of these special localities. Several gentlemen, in addition to those above mentioned in connec- tion with the work of the Fish Commission, aided in collecting during different seasons; the gentlemen who were specially engaged in inves- tigating the fishes, also, gave every season, more or less assistance in collecting the invertebrates. Mr. G. Brown Goode, who has for sev- eral years had charge of the work upon the fishes, should be partic- ularly mentioned in this connection. Mention should also be made of the small collections which have, from time to time, been made, in the interest of the United States Fish Commission, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards in the vicinity of Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts (Vineyard Sound and Buzzard's Bay). These collections have been made mostly in the winter and spring and for this reason have proved of special interest, often containing species rarely or never taken in summer, and in several cases materially help- ing to complete the annual history of a species. For the use of a few specimens of rare species, not fully represented in the collections above referred to, and also for the freest access to the collections under their charge, I am under obligation to the officers of the Boston Society of Natural History, the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, and the Portland Society of Natural History. In addition to the use of the collections made under the auspices of the United States Fish Commission, I am indebted to Professor Baird for the opportunities of examining several collections from our southern coast and from Europe, for the loan of books, and for the use of sev- eral of the drawings made by Mr. Emerton, which appear in the accompanying plates. To Professor Verrill, I am indebted for the constant use of the valuable collection of crustaceans, of which I formerly had charge, in the Museum of Yale College, as well as for his advice and assistance in many ways. The Museum, in addition to the collections above referred to, contains large collections made in the vicinity of New Haven during many years; an authentic set from the collection which served as a basis for Professor Packard’s work upon the invertebrate fauna of Labrador, contained in the first volume of the Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History; a very valuable series of the crustacea of the coast of Norway, received from S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 33 Professor G. O. Sars; a similar series from the British Isles, received from the Reverend A. M. Norman; and a miscellaneous collection of authentically determined species received through Professor A. Milne- Edwards, from the Jardin des Plantes at Paris. These European collections have been of the greatest service for comparison with our closely allied or identical species. The collection from the Reverend Mr. Norman, however, has been received since the following pages were written, so that it is only occasionally referred to. º To the kindness of Mr. J. F. Whiteaves of Montreal, I am indebted for the opportunities of examining very nearly all the crustaceans obtained in his extended explorations of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Brief accounts of these explorations by Mr. Whiteaves, whose inves- tigations have added very largely to the knowledge of the fauna of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, are contained in his several reports to the Minister of Marine and Fisheries for the Dominion of Canada. Gela.Simus pugnax Smith. Salt-marshes at Provincetown l (1872) and Barnstable ! (1875), Massachusetts, and south to Florida! (Col. W. E. Foster, Dr. H. S. Williams, et al.) and the island of Haytil (Dr. D. F. Weinland, J. S. Adam). Gelasimus pugilator Latreille ex Bose. Muddy and sandy flats, Provincetown l, Massachusetts, 1872, to the west coast of Florida I (Col. E. Jewett). These species of Gelas. âmus and the two following species belong properly to the fauna of southern New England, which, as I have elsewhere remarked, seems to extend across Cape Cod into the shallow waters of Cape Cod Bay. Callinectes hastatus Ordway ex Say. A large specimen of this species has been reported from Salem, Massachusetts, (C. Cooke, American Naturalist, i, p. 52, 1867). This individual was probably only a wanderer from farther south, although the species may occur in Cape Cod Bay, during favorable seasons. Platyonichus ocellatus Latreille ex Herbst. Provincetown (1872) and Barnstable ! (1875), Massachusetts; abundant at the latter place. Fort Macon!, North Carolina (Coues, Packard), to Key West, Florida (Gibbes). Sandy shores and bot- toms, low water to 10 fathoms. TRANS. Conn. ACAD., VoI. W. 4. JANUARY, 1879. 34 S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Carcinus maenas Leach ex Linné. Provincetown 1, Massachusetts, 1872, to New Jersey 1, 1871. The European coast !, from Finmark (M. Sars) and the Baltic (Möbius) to both sides of the Mediterranean (Grube, Lucas, Heller) and the Black Sea (Rathke). It has also been reported from Brazil by Heller (Reise der Novara, Crust., p. 30, 1865) and from the Hawaiian Islands by Streets (American Naturalist, xi, p. 241; and Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 7, p. 109, 1877). In the Museum of Yale College there is a single specimen, unquestionably of this species, which was sent from Panama Bay, with a large collection of other marine animals, in 1866, by Professor F. H. Bradley. At these last three localities it seems to be very rare, and possibly accidental. The range of this species upon the eastern coast of North America, as far as I can ascertain from positive information, is very limited. Streets states that “it is by no means an uncommon crab along the whole extent of the eastern coast of the United States,” but gives no special localities, and I am inclined to believe that he generalized, very naturally, without carefully examining the facts. From personal observation, I know the species is common and often very abundant in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, various parts of Long Island Sound, and in the bays on the south side of Long Island. I also ob- served it at Provincetown, Massachusetts, in 1872, and at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, in 1871. From beyond these limits, either north or south, I have never seen specimens nor any positive record of their occurrence. It is not a regular inhabitant of Casco Bay or the Bay of Fundy. I have examined several large collections from Fort Macon, North Carolina, and others from the coast of South Carolina, both coasts of Florida, Key West, and the east coast of Mexico, without finding a single individual of the species. It is not mentioned in Stimpson’s list of Beaufort, North Carolina, species (Amer. Jour. Sci., II, xxix, p. 444, 1860), nor that of Coues for the same locality (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1871, p. 120), nor is it men- tioned from special localities in the Southern States by Gibbes, nor by any one else as far as I am aware. I know of no other common spe- cies of crustacean with a similarly restricted habitat upon our coast. It is most abundant between tides or near low-water mark and is seldom found below a very few fathoms in depth. S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 35 Geryon quinquedens, sp. nov. Plate IX, figures 1, 1a, 1b, 2. This species is closely allied to G. tridens Kröyer (Plate IX, figures 3, 3a) but is at once distinguished from it by the armament of the antero-lateral margins of the carapax. In the larger specimens, the carapax, including the lateral spines, is about a third broader than long. The dorsal surface is considerably convex longitudinally, but only slightly transversely, entirely naked, finely, but irregularly, granulated, and not deeply areolated. The most prominent elevation is a short, rounded, transverse ridge each side, between the base of the lateral spine and the posterior portion of the gastric region. The front is narrower and more prominent than in G. tridens, its breadth between the tips of the inner angles of the orbits only equaling the width of the orbit itself between the tips of its inner and outer angles. The median teeth of the front are near together, triangular, and deflexed below the level of the inner angles of the orbits, in front of which they project for almost or quite their whole length. The outer angles of the orbits are acutely angu- lar, but broader and less spiniform than in G. tridens. The next tooth (the second of the five normal teeth of the antero-lateral mar- gin), which is entirely wanting in G. tridens, is a well-developed angular projection of the margin, but less prominent than the first tooth and not acutely angular. The third tooth is prominent, acutely triangular, but scarcely spiniform, and much shorter than in G. tº idens. The fourth tooth, which, like the second, is entirely wanting in G. tridens, is represented by a distinct but only slightly angular emar- gination which is more conspicuous in the smaller than in the larger specimens. The postero-lateral margins are nearly straight as in G. tº idens. In young specimens the three larger teeth of the antero- lateral margin are more acute and spiniform than in the larger specimens examined. The eyes, antennulae, antennae, and epistome are very nearly as in G. triders, but the inner angle of the inferior margin of the orbit is much less prominent in the new species. In G. trādens, this angle projects as a slender tooth to the extremity of the peduncle of the antenna, reaches as far as the outer angle of the orbit and nearly as far as the front itself (Plate IX, figure 3a), while in our species it is much less slender, falls far short of either of the other angles of the orbit and reaches but slightly beyond the third segment of the antenna (figure 1a). - 36 S. J. Smith– Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. The chelipeds, in the largest male examined (figure 1b), as well as in the females and young, are only slightly unequal and rather slender. The fingers on each hand are about as long as the basal portion of the propodus and their thin prehensible edges are armed with sharp serrations which shut slightly by on the two fingers when the dactylus is closed. The dactylus of the larger cheliped, in all the specimens, has, in addition to the serrations, a small obtuse tubercle near the base. In the only specimen of G. tridens examined (a male consid- erably larger than the largest specimens of G. Quinquedens), the chelipeds are more unequal, the larger being proportionally stouter, and the teeth of the prehensile edges of the fingers are more obtuse and the proximal ones even obtusely tuberculiform ; this may be, however, only a character of very old individuals. The sternum, ambulatory legs, and abdomen afford no distinctive characters. The following are measurements of seven of the mine specimens before me, and also of a specimen of G. tridens, from Christiania Fiord, Norway, received from Professor G. O. Sars. - Carapax. a 3 b, 6 f, 6 c, 2 f, 9 d, 2 e. g. º Length including frontal teeth, 33mm 45 28:7 28.5 25-6 21'ſ 12.2 56 Dreadth including lateral spines, 45 58 36°8 38 38'ſ 29-1 16-7 '75 IRatio of length to breadth, 1:1-36 l; l'29 1:1:28 l; 1:33 1:1-32 l;1-34. 1:J 37 l. l'34. Breadth in front of lateral spines, 39 51-8 32.5 32.3 29.2 24-4 13.8 64 Ratio of length to this breadth, 1:1-18 1:1:15 1:1:13 1:1:13 l:1-14 l:1:13 l: 1-13 1:1-14 Length of posterior legs, 95 57 52 50 39 24, 115 This very interesting species was first known to me, about ten years ago, from two specimens, in the collection of the Portland Society of Natural History, obtained" by Mr. C. B. Fuller from stomachs of fishes taken in deep water off Casco Bay. These speci- mens were somewhat shrunken from partial digestion, immersion in alcohol and subsequent drying, and the measurements (given above in column a) of the smaller one of the two may be slightly incorrect. The other specimens which I have examined were all taken in deep water in the Gulf of Maine, off Massachusetts Bay. The largest two of these (b and c) were obtained, August 19, 1877, by Professor Verrill and party of the United States Fish Commission on board the “Speedwell,” at 160 fathoms, soft muddy bottom, about forty miles east of Cape Ann, latitude 42° 38' north, longitude 69° 38' east. Two others were dredged off Massachusetts Bay by Professor Packard, while on board the “Bache” in September, 1873: a female (d), carrying an abundance of eggs, in latitude 42° 18' north, longitude 690 49' east, 142 fathoms, soft blue mud; and a very small female (e), latitude 42° 20' north, longitude 70° east, 117 fathoms, on a bot- S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 3'; tom of the same character. Four other specimens (f), two males and two females, one of which was carrying eggs, were dredged near these localities, August 31, 1878, latitude 42° 33', longitude 69° 35', in 100 to 115 fathoms, mud and stones. Fragments of a large speci- men were also found in the stomach of a cod-fish taken in ninety-eight fathoms, soft mud, fourteen miles southeast of Cape Ann, September 2, 1878. The G. tridens was described by Kröyer (Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, i, p. 10, pl. 1, 1836) from specimens taken on the coast of Denmark. It has since been reported from Christiania Fiord, in ten to twenty fathoms (G. O. Sars, Christiana Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1873, p. 393) and a few other Scandinavian localities, and from off Velentia, Ireland, in 159 fathoms (Thomson, “Depths of the Sea,” p. 87, fig. 9, 1873). Like its American representative, it seems to be a deep-water species rarely taken in the dredge. Panopeus depressus Smith. Frovincetown (1872), Massachusetts, to the Gulf of Mexico (Col. E. Jewett, et al.). This and the next species are apparently regular inhabitants of Cape Cod Bay. They are both, but more particularly this species, very abundant upon oyster-beds everywhere south of Cape Cod and are often carried alive long distances among oysters, so that it is difficult to determine their exact northern range. Panopeus Sayi Smith. Provincetown (1872), Massachusetts, to the Gulf of Mexico! (Col. E. Jewett). Apparently less abundant, at least on the New England coast, than the last. ..f Panopeus Harrisii Stimpson ex Gould. Massachusetts Bay ! (Coll. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.) and Long Island Sound ! to St. John’s River, Florida 1 (G. Brown Goode). This species, originally described by Gould, from Charles River, Massa- chusetts, is apparently a thoroughly brackish-water form. The specimens from the St. John's River, as I am informed by Mr. Goode, were taken at Arlington Bluffs, twenty-two miles from the mouth. It was associated at this place with Sesarma cinema, Palae- monetes vulgaris, and a Bopyrus which infested the branchial cavity of nearly every specimen of the latter species. Mr. Goode writes that these species were taken in water perfectly fresh to the taste, though brackish water is sometimes driven by the wind up the river to where they occurred. 38 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Cancer irroratus Say. Cancer irroratus (6 only, 2 being of the next species) Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 59, pl. 4, fig. 2, 1817.—Stimpson, Annals Lycoum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 50 (4), 1859.-A. Milne-Edwards, Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d’Hist. nat. Paris, i, p. 191, 1865.-Werrill, Invertebrate Animals of Wine- yard Sound, Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 312 (18), 1874.—Smith, in Verrill, op. cit., pp. 530 (236), 546 (252), 1874. Platycarcinus irroratus Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., i, p. 414, 1834.— DeKay, Nat. Hist. of New York, Crust., p. 6 (in part), pl. 2, fig. 2, 1844. Cancer Say Gould, Report on Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1st edit., p. 323, 1841. Platycarcinus Say? DeKay, op. cit., p. 7, 1844.—Gibbes, Proceedings Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 176 (12), 1850. Cancer borealis Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 303, 1867. South Carolina (Gibbes), apparently rare. Fort Macon, North Carolina I (Coues, Yarrow). Great Egg Harbor 1, New Jersey, 1871; apparently not very common in the muddy bays, but thrown up in large numbers upon the sandy outer beaches. Southern shore of Long Island 1, 1870; on Sandy beaches. Long Island Sound !; abund- ant on Sandy and rocky shores. Equally abundant, in similar situa- tions, along all the rest of the south coast of New England, and in Cape Cod l (1872, 1875), Massachusetts I (1877, 1878), and Casco (1873) Bays, Apparently much less abundant in the Bay of Fundy (1864, 1868, 1870, 1872), and at Halifax I, Nova Scotia (1872, 1877). Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873; “the common crab of the Gulf” (Whiteaves). “Not uncommon at Caribou Island, Straits of Belle Isle,” south coast of Labrabor (A. S. Packard, Jr.). The exact bathymetrical range of the adult is not easily deter- mined, since full-grown specimens are seldom taken in the dredge. Specimens of considerable size were frequently taken in the trawl in Vineyard Sound, in from 6 to 12 fathoms, but I have never seen adult specimens from below the latter depth, although young individuals are often taken at much greater depths. Small specimens, from 10 to 25" in breadth of carapax, were common in shallow-water dredgings in Vineyard Sound ! and Buzzard’s Bay 1, 1871, 1875, and were taken off Newport 1, Rhode Island, in 29 fathoms, mud, 1871; in the region of St. George's Banks!, 30 to 50 fathoms, sand, sand and shells, and coarse sand, 1872; on Stellwagen's Bank 1, 34 to 44 fathoms, sand, 1873,-one specimen about 40” in breadth of cara- pax; off Cape Ann I, Massachusetts, 26 fathoms, rocks, 1878; not rare on sandy and hard bottoms in Casco Bay, in 5 to 10 fathoms, and once taken, between Eagle and Bates Islands, in 24 fathoms, hard bottom, 1873; several localities in and near Halifax IIarbor l, S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 39 Nova Scotia, 16 to 21 fathoms, on bottoms of fine sand, and of fine sand and red algae, 1877. Found in abundance in the stomachs of the cod (!) taken in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy. When found living between tides it is usually concealed among rocks or buried beneath the sand. It is usually much more abundant at or just below low-water mark than between tides, however. The largest specimens I have examined are from Casco Bay. One of these, a male, has the carapax 83" long and 129-2" broad. Cancer borealis Stimpson. Cancer irroratus (9 only, 3 belonging to the last species) Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 57, 1817. –Gould, Report on the Invertebrata of Massachu- setts, lst edit., p. 322, 1841.—Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 59, 1853 (teste Stimpson). Platycarcinus irroratus DeKay (in part), Nat. Hist, of New York, Crust., p. 6 (but not the figure), 1844.—Gibbes, Proceedings Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 177 (13), 1850. Cancer borealis Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 54 (4), 1859. —Verrill, Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, pp. 486 (192), 493 (199) 1874. —Smith, in Verrill, op. cit., pp. 546 (252), 745 (451), 1874.—Kingsley, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 317 (2), 1878. Plate VIII. Near Noank 1, Connecticut (eastern end of Long Island Sound), 1874. Off Watch Hill l, Rhode Island, April, 1873; a small speci- men dredged in four to five fathoms, among rocks and algae. No- mansland l, 1871. Vineyard Sound 1, 1871, 1875. Salem I, Massachu- setts (J. H. Emerton). Casco Bay 1, 1873. Bay of Fundy and Nova Scotia (Stimpson). - Leidy (Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, iii, p. 149 (17), 1855) mentions “Platycarcinus irroratus M. Edw.” and “P. Sayi DeKay” from Point Judith, Rhode Island, and Great Egg Harbor, New Jer- sey, intending, doubtless, to indicate both our species of Cancer, although the names with the authorities as given are in reality synonymous and apply to C. irroratus only. Kingsley (loc. cit.) reports a young specimen of this species from Fort Macon, North Carolina. He also says: “I am informed by Mr. Faxon that there are specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge, from the Bermudas,” and that “it ranges from Nova Scotia to the West Indies,” but fails to give any explana- tion of this last extension of its range southward. 40 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. In habits this species differs very greatly from irroratus. The best opportunities which I have had for observing it were at Peak’s Island, in Casco Bay, August and September, 1873. Empty carapaces, chelipeds, etc., of borealis were at first found in abundance scattered along the outer shores, far above the action of the waves, where they had evidently been carried by gulls and crows, and were also found in considerable numbers half a mile from the shore in a forest of coniferous trees thickly inhabited by crows. For several weeks no living specimens of borealis were discovered, although the irroratus was found living in abundance all about the island, without, however, its remains scarcely ever being found scattered about with those of borealis. The borealis was finally discovered in abundance, at low water, on the exposed and very rocky shores of the northern end of the island. At this locality, between eighty and ninety specimens, all females and many of them carrying eggs, were obtained in a single morning. They were all found in situations exposed to the action of the waves and were either resting entirely exposed upon the bare rocks and ledges, or clinging to the sea-weeds in the edge of the waves or in the tide-pools. They were never found concealed beneath the rocks, where, however, irroratus abounded. It is a much heavier and more massive species than the irroratus and is conse- quently much better adapted than that species to the situations in which it is found. So many individuals falling a prey to birds is evidently a result of the habit of remaining exposed between tides, although the heavy shell must afford much greater protection than the comparatively fragile covering of irroratus would afford to that species if similarly exposed. The borealis was also found at a some- what similar locality, but more exposed to the sea, on Ram Island Ledge, a low reef open to the full force of the ocean. One specimen of moderate size was dredged in the ship channel between Peak’s Island and Cape Elizabeth, in ten fathoms, rocky and shelly bottom, and specimens were several times captured in “lobster-traps” set, at a depth of eight or ten fathoms, among rocks. Specimens were also several times found in stomachs of the cod taken on the Cod Ledges. In the vicinity of Vineyard Sound, this species was not infrequently found thrown upon Sandy beaches, but never upon beaches very far removed from rocky reefs. The following are the localities where it was seen in greatest numbers: along the sandy beach of Martha’s Vineyard from Menemsha Bight to Gay Head; the rocky island of Cuttyhunk; and the rocky outer shores of Nomansland, where dead specimens were found in considerable abundance. S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 41 In the vicinity of Noank, Connecticut, it was occasionally found dead upon the shores and was several times obtained from “lobster- traps.” * * * e The largest specimens I have seen are two males, of almost exactly the same size, one from Casco Bay, the other from near Noank, Con- necticut. The carapax of the specimen from Casco Bay is 91-6" long and 144'5" broad. Chionoecetes Opilio Kröyer. Cancer phalamgium. O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 234, 1780 (not of J. C. Fabricius, 1775). “Cancer opilio O. Fabricius, Det Kongelige Danske Widensk. Selskabs Skr., nye Samling., iii, p. 180” (teste Kröyer). - Chionaºcetes opilio Kröyer, Grönlands Amfipoder, Det Kongel. Danske Widensk. Selskabs naturvidensk. og mathem. Afhandlinger, vii, p. 313 (85), 1838; Con- spectus Crustaceorum Groenlandiae, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ii, p. 249, 1838; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Férôe, Crust., pl. 1, 1849.—Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 302, l867.- Whiteaves, Report on a second deep-sea dredging expedition to the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1872], p. 15, 1873. Peloplastus Pallasii Gerstaecker, Carcinologische Beiträge, Archiv für Natur- geschichte, xxii, 1856, p. 105, pl. 1, fig. 1. Chionocetes Behringianus Stimpson, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi, p. 84, 1857; Journal Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi, p. 448 (8), 1857; Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1857, p. 217 (23), 1858. Chionocoetes phalamgium. Lütken, list of the Crustacea of Greenland, in Manual of Instructions for the [British] Arctic Expedition, 1875, p. 146. From fish-stomachs, off Casco Bay ! (C. B. Fuller, Portland Soc. Nat. Hist.), h. Two localities off the coast of Nova Scotia 1, 1877: two specimens (e, f) off Cape Sable, 88 fathoms, very fine sand; and four small specimens about twenty-six miles south of Chebucto Head, 101 fathoms, fine sand. A large male specimen (d) in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History is without indication of locality, but probably came from one of the fishing banks. Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). Straits of Belle Isle and Chateau Bay !, coast of Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.), a, b. Greenland (O. Fabri- cius, Kröyer, Norman). Siberia (Gerstaecker). Arctic Ocean (Capt. Rodgers, North Pacific Expl. Expd.), i. Bering Straits (North Pacific Expl. Expd.), c, g. A careful comparison of three of the original specimens of C. Behrin- gianus with specimens from our North Atlantic coast, and with Kröyer's figure and description, convinces me that Stimpson's species is perfectly identical with the C. opilio of Greenland. The differ- TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. W. 6 JANUARY, 1879. 42 S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ences in the proportional lengths of the first and second pairs of legs, referred to by Stimpson, are variations due wholly to age and sex. The proportions given by Kröyer apply well to large males, like the specimen represented in his figure above referred to, while those given by Stimpson apply to specimens of smaller size. The following measurements exhibit these variations and show that they are even much greater in very young specimens than indicated by Stimpson. The proportions of the carapax in the specimen from Casco Bay (h) may have changed slightly by contraction in drying after partial digestion in a fish-stomach. * - - - Q. b, 6. 6, 6. d, 6. Length of carapax, Il-7mm. 17.0 27.3 115 Breadth of carapax, 9-5 15-0 25-2 l2() Ratio of length to breadth, 1 : 0-81 I : 0-88 1 : 0-92 1 : 1:04. Between external angles of orbits, 7.3 9' 6 14:0 49 Length of cheliped, ll '5 28' 5 32 . 220 Length of anterior ambulatory leg, 19:5 31-0 55 300 - - 6, 2. f, 2. 9, 2 . h, 2. 7, 2. Length of carapax, 22.2 33-0 35-0 59 64'0 Breadth of carapax, 21-1 33-0 34.3 65 68.5 Ratio of length to breadth, l: 0-95 1 : 1 1 : 0-98 l : 1-10 1 : L-07 Between external angles of orbits, | 2-3 17-2 18 27 Length of cheliped, 23:0 37-7 36 67 Length of anterior ambulatory leg, 44.3 72 61 120 125 Upon the New England coast this species is very rare and appar- ently confined to deep water and to the off-shore banks. It is one of the largest arctic crabs and occasionally attains gigantic proportions. The extent of the ambulatory legs, in the largest individual referred to above, was about 800 millimeters (over two and a half feet), while the specimen figured by Kröyer was even somewhat larger. I have not been able to consult Otho Fabricius' original descrip- tion of Cancer opilio, referred to by Kröyer, nor even to ascertain with certainty the exact date of its publication, which was very likely subsequent to that of Cancer opilio of J. C. Fabricius (Entomologia systematica, ii, p. 458, 1793), which is Inachus opilio of the same author (Supplementum entom. system., p. 356, 1798) and the Pisa armata of Milne-Edwards. Even if priority of publication belongs to the species of J. C. Fabricius, I should not regard such a prečccu- pation in the ancient genus Cancer as sufficient reason for rejecting a name so well-established as opilio for the species under discussion. I see far less reason for restoring the old name phalangium which had not been in use for this species for more than three quarters of a S. J. Smith– Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 43. century, which was certainly preóccupied by J. C. Fabricius' Cancer phalangium (Stenorhynchus phalangium Milne-Edwards), and which was apparently rejected by Otho Fabricius himself. Hyas a raneus Leach ex Linné. Massachusetts Bay, about ten miles southeast from Salem 1, 35 fathoms, mud and clay nodules, 1877; Stellwagen's Bank 1, 22 to 34 fathoms, sand and rocks, common, 1873. Casco Bay 1, 1873, at the following localities: Haddock Ground off Whaleboat Island, 14 fathoms, gravel and broken shells; Broad Sound, 16 to 22 fathoms, stones agad shells; northwest of Eagle Island, 13 fathoms, spongy bottom. Bay of Fundy 1, 1868, 1872. Le Have Bank 1, latitude 42° 44' north, longitude 64° 36' west, 60 fathoms, sand and gravel, 1872. Off Chebucto Head l, Nova Scotia, 20 fathoms, mud and fine sand, 1872. In and near Halifax Harbor 1, N. S., 1877: 16 to 21 fathoms, very fine sand and red algae; 18 fathoms, mud and fine sand, Sept. 15, very large specimens, some carrying eggs; 16 to 25 fathoms, rocks and nullipora, and stones, gravel, etc.; also in Bedford Basin, 35 fathoms, soft mud, a small specimen only. Newfoundland Banks 1, . from stomachs of cod-fish (collection Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.). Gulf of St. Lawrence l, “rare” (Whiteaves). Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.). Greenland (O. Fabricius, Kröyer et al.); Disco Island, 5 to 20 fathoms (Valorous Cruise, Norman). Sea of Ochotsk (Brandt, Mid- dendorff’s Sibirische Reise, Krebse, p. 79, 1851). Iceland (G. O. Sars). Spitzbergen (Goés, CEfversight af Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhand- lingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 161 (1)). Coast of Norway ! (G. O. Sars), British Islands ! (Norman), and on the continent of Europe, as far south as the coast of Belgium (Van Beneden), and according to Milne- Edwards (Hist. nat. des Crust., i, p. 312, 1834) to that of France. Upon our coast this species is much less abundant than the next. I have never seen specimens from south of Cape Cod. . . . Hyas coarctatus Leach. Coast of New Jersey (Leidy) and of Long Island (Say). Block Island Sound !, 8 to 15 fathoms, stones, gravel and sand; and Coxe's Ledge I, east-southeast of Block Island, 21 fathoms, rocky bottom, 1874. Stellwagen's Bank 1, 22 to 44 fathoms, rocky and sandy, abun- dant ; Jeffrey’s Ledge 1, 24 fathoms, gravel and stones, abundant; and Massachusetts Bay 1, 29 and 33 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873. Massachusetts Bay, off Salem 1, 1877: 22 fathoms, gravelly; 48 fathoms, soft mud, August 13,-some females carrying eggs. Gulf of 44 S. J. Smith— Crustaceams of the Atlantic Coast. Maine !, off Cape Ann; seven miles southeast by east one-half east of Cape Ann, 75 fathoms, soft mud, 1878; thirteen miles southeast from the same point, 50 fathoms, mud and stones, 1878; and fourteen miles southeast from the same point, 90 fathoms, soft mud, 1877. Platt's Bank! (latitude 43°11' north, longitude 69° 35' west), 32 fath- oms, sand; and near Jeffrey’s Ledge l, 51 fathoms, mud and gravel, and 125 fathoms, mud, 1874. Casco Bay 1, 1873; many localities in and near Portland Harbor, 9 to 24 fathoms, muddy, gravelly, and rocky bottom; East and West Cod Ledges, 10 to 15 fathoms, very rough and rocky,_taken with both the dredge and tangles, and also, in abundance, from stomachs of the “rock-cod;” 33 ſºthoms, hard, and 35 fathoms, muddy bottom, off Seguin Island; 64 and 68 fathoms, mud, sixteen to twenty miles southeast of Cape Elizabeth, —large specimens. Off the coast of Maine, near Monhegan Island l, 42 to 65 fathoms, muddy and gravelly bottom, 1874. Cashe’s Ledgel, 27 to 40 fathoms, rocks and gravel, 1873, and 52 to 90 fathoms, rocky, 1874,-abundant. St. George’s Banks!, 1872; 45 fathoms, coarse sand; 50 fathoms, sand and shells; 60 fathoms, gravel, stones and sponges. North of George's Banks!, latitude 42° 11' north, longitude 67°11' west, 150 fathoms, soft sandy mud, 1872. Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, rarely taken among rocks at low-water mark 1, and not uncommon in 10 to 77 fathoms. - West of Brown's Bank!, about latitude 42° 44' north, longitude 66° 27′ west, 75 fathoms, sand and mud, 1877. Le Have Bank 1, 45 fath- oms, gravel and stones, and 60 fathoms, sand, gravel and stones, 1872. Off Cape Negro and off Shelburne, Nova Scotial, 47 fathoms, stony, and 59 fathoms, pebbles, sand and rocks, 1877. In and near Halifax Harbor, Nova Scotia 1, 1877, 18 to 57 fathoms, common on bottoms of rocks, rocks and mullipora, gravel and sand, fine sand and mud, and sand and red algae. Newfoundland Banks 1, from stomachs of cod-fish (collection Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.). Gulf of St. Lawrence 1 (Whiteaves). Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.). Greenland (Reinhardt et al.); Disco Island (Norman). Norway ! (G. O. Sars), British Islands ! (Norman), and the continent as far south as the British Channel (Milne-Edwards). - Stimpson has reported this species as collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, in Bering Straits and Bering Sea (Journal Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 450 (10)), and Brandt (op. cit., p. 79) records a variety, which he names “alutacea” (us), from the Sea of Ochotsk. Stimpson, how- ever, subsequently (Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1857, p. 227 (24)) in his official report makes no mention of specimens of S. J. Smith— Ch'ustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 45 H. coarctatus but describes a new species, latifrons, as common in Bering Sea, apparently using the same specimens which were a few months before referred to H. coarctatus. H. latifrons, though closely allied to coarctatus, is certainly a good species, or a very remarkable variety, and quite distinct from Brandt’s variety alutaceus. The occurrence of the true coarctatus in the arctic region west of America is therefore left doubtful. This species apparently furnishes an important part of the food of the cod. Libinia, emarginata, Leach. Libânia emarginata Lenë. Zoological Miscellany, ii, p. 130, pl. 108, 1815. Libinia canaliculata Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 77, pl. 4, fig. 1, 1817. Not uncommon in the shallow parts of Casco Bay ! where pro- tected from the cold outside waters, 1873. More common in Massa- chusetts I and Cape Cod l (1875) Bays. Abundant in Vineyard Sound ! and Buzzard's Bay 1, 1871, 1875, and south to Key West 1, Florida, (Gibbes), Nassau !, New Providence (Dr. Edward Palmer), and the west coast of Florida 1 (Col. E. Jewett). º It is a strictly shallow-water species, probably never occurring below ten fathoms, and appears to delight in muddy bays and inlets where the water is slightly brackish, though it often lives in pure sea-water and in exposed situations. Leach's name emarginato takes precedence of Say’s canaliculata. Leach states that “the locality of this species, which is the only one of the genus which has yet been observed, is unknown.” A careful examination of his figure (which represents a female with the carapax about 65 millimeters long) convinces me of the certainty of the iden- tity of his species with that of Say. White (List of Crust. in British Museum, p. 4) doubtfully retains the two species, although he places two males from Boston, U. S., under emarginata with Leach's type. The variation due to sex and age are very marked, and both Milne- Edwards and White probably failed to unite the species from want of a good series of specimens. Although Say mentions Leach's figure he evidently compared it with males of his species, from which alone his description was apparently taken. Lithodes maia Leach ex Linné. Off Cape Ann , Massachusetts, 1875 (received from fishermen). Casco Bay ! (Museum Yale College, received from A. S. Packard, Jr.) Cashe’s Ledge I, Gulf of Maine, 52 to 90 fathoms, rocky, 1873. In 46 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 1878, fine specimens were obtained from off Sable Island l, Nova Scotia, 250 fathoms, rocks (Philip Merchant and Thomas Ginnevan, schooner “Marion”); from Marble Head Bank (schooner “Charger”); and one caught, in 1872, in Harbor Cove, Gloucester (Edw. W. Hodgkins). Specimens are occasionally brought from different fishing banks off the coast, where they are taken on trawl or cod limes, especially upon rocky bottoms. It has been reported from Greenland, but it is not inserted in Reinhardt’s list (Rink's Natur- historiske Bedrag til en Beskrivelse af Grönland, 1857, p. 28) and Lütken in a foot-note to his list (Manual of Instructions for the [British] Arctic Expedition, 1875, p. 146) says its occurrence in Greenland needs confirmation. - In Europe it is found upon the whole Atlantic coast of Scandinavia (G. O. Sars), about the northern portions of the British Islands, and, according to Van Beneden, rarely upon the coast of Belgium. Eupagurus bernhardus Brandt ex Linné. Not rare in the eastern part of Long Island Sound , Block Island Sound !, and off Block Island l, in 10 to 50 fathoms, sandy and hard bottoms, 1874; all the specimens small, however. Off Newport 1, Rhode Island, 29 fathoms, 1872. Not uncommon in the deeper parts of the outer portion of Vineyard Sound 1, 1871 and 1875; large speci- mens were taken in 8 to 12 fathoms, sandy bottom, near Menemsha Bight, and also at about the same depth, rocky bottom, off Gay Head. South of Cape Cod, it appears not to be abundant and I have never seen it at low-water. Stellwagen's Bank 1, 34 fathoms, sand, 1873. Gloucester 1, Massa- chusetts, abundant at and just below low-water, 1878. Off Cape Amn!, 33 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873. Very common in Casco Bay 1, 1873, in 3 to 30 fathoms, sandy, gravelly, rocky, shelly and spongy bottoms, and occasionally on soft muddy bottoms in shallow water; dredged also in 48 to 64 fathoms, mud, sixteen to twenty miles off Cape Elizabeth, and found at low-water mark I, among rocks, on Ram Island Ledge. In the Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870 and 1872, it was occasionally found at low-water, and was common at the same depths and on similar bottoms as in Casco Bay; also dredged off White Head l, Grand Menan, in 40 to 50 fathoms, 1872. In the region of St. George's Banks 1, 1872, it was dredged in abundance in 25 to 45 fathoms, sand; and in less abundance in 50 fathoms, sand and shells, and 150 fathoms, sandy mud. In and near Halifax Harbor, Nova Scotia (, 18 to 25 fathoms, sand, gravel, stones, and sand and S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 47 red algæ, 1877. I have never seen specimens from the Gulf of St. Lawrence nor Labrador and can find no record of its occurrence on our eastern coast north of Halifax. I have little doubt however that it occurs in the southern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. On the European coast it is found from Finmark (M. Sars) and the rest of the Norwegian coast ! (G. O. Sars) to the Baltic, the North Seal (Möbius, Metzger), the British Islands ! (Norman), and south to the coast of France (Milne-Edwards). - It is also reported from the region of Bering Sea by Owen and Brandt, and by Stimpson from Puget Sound. Eupagurus longicarpus Stimpson ex Say. Egmont Key !, west coast of Florida, common (Col. E. Jewett). Charleston, South Carolina (Gibbes). Fort Macon!, North Carolina, abundant (Coues, Packard). Also abundant on the coast of New Jersey 1, 1871; southern shore of Long Island 1, 1870; throughout Long Island Sound !; Block Island Sound 1, 1874; Gardiner's 1, Great Peconic l and Little Pecomic | Bays, Long Island, 1874; Buzzard’s Bay !, and Vineyard Sound 1, 1871, 1875. Cape Cod Bay 1, 1875, and Provincetown l, Massachusetts, 1872. Salem, Massachusetts (Kingsley, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1878, p. 326). Common at low-water, in a shallow and sheltered cove at the upper end of Quahog Bay !, an arm of Casco Bay, 1873. - It is most abundant at low-water or between tides on muddy and sandy shores and is seldom if ever found below 10 fathoms. Eupagurus pubescens Brandt ex Kröyer. Off the coast of New Jersey !, latitude 40° north, longitude 73° west, 32 fathoms, inhabiting shells overgrown with Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill (Capt. Gedney). Off Block Island 1, 14 fathoms, sand and gravel, 1874. Stellwagen's Bank 1, 22 to 44 fathoms, sand, 1873,-abundant. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 1877: 22 and 45 fathoms, gravel; 33, 35 and 36 fathoms, sand and mud; and abund- ant in 48 to 50 fathoms, mud. Gulf of Maine !, off Cape Ann; seven miles southeast by east one-half east from Cape Ann, 75 fathoms, Soft mud, 1878,-abundant; thirteen miles southeast from the same point, 50 fathoms, mud and stones, 1878; and fourteen miles south- east from the same point, 90 fathoms, soft mud, 1877,-abundant and very large. Off Massachusetts Bay !, latitude 42° 20' north, longi- tude 70° west, 117 fathoms, soft blue mud, 1873. Common in Casco Bay 1, 1873, on muddy, Sandy, shelly and spongy bottoms in 10 to 48 '-48 S. J. Smith—-Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. fathoms; also found at low-water mark!, among rocks, at Ram Island Ledge, and dredged in 48 to 64 fathoms, mud, 16 to 20 miles off Cape Elizabeth. In the Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870 and 1872, it was found in abundance at about the same depths as in Casco Bay, was rarely found at low-water mark, and, in 1872, was dredged in 77 fathoms, mud and stones, off Head Harbor, near Eastport, and also in 97 to 105 fathoms, gravel and sand, off White Head, Grand Menan. In 1873, it was dredged, eight miles south off Monhegan Island l, off the coast of Maine, in 64 fathoms, mud and sand; and in 1874, on Cashe's Ledge l, in 27 fathoms, rocks and gravel. In the region of St. George's Banks!, 1872 : 30 and 40 fathoms, sand; 50 and 60 fathoms, sand and shells; 65 fathoms, dead shells; and 150 fathoms, Sandy mud. About thirty miles southeast one-half east from Cape Sable !, Nova Scotia, 88 fathoms, very fine sand, 1877. In Bedford Basin (, Halifax, 35 fathoms, soft mud, 1877. In and near Halifax Harbor 1, 1877, 15 to 42 fathoms, sand, sand and red algae, rocks, mud and stones. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1 (Whiteaves). Labra- dorſ (Packard). Greenland (Kröyer, Norman). Bering Sea (Brandt, Stimpson). In the European seas, upon the coasts of Scandinavia and the British Islands. On account of the apparent confusion of this species with the next I am not able to give the range of either of them upon the European coast with any certainty. Eupagurus P.Cróyeri Stimpson. This species and the last, although very closely allied and having apparently very similar geographical distribution, appear to be entitled to rank as distinct species; at least I have not been able to discover, in examining several hundreds of specimens, any which are intermediate between the two forms indicated by Stimpson. The Kröyeri attains nearly or quite as great size as the pubescens, but Stimpson had only small specimens of Kröyeri and the differ- ences which he mentions in the relative lengths of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs do not hold good for full-grown specimens. The other differences which he points out, however, are quite sufficient for separating the species. The difference in the amount of pubescence is usually fully sufficient to distinguish them at a glance, but the form and ornamentation of the chelipeds afford the best distinctions. The tubercles and spines, except the single series along the edge of the dorsal carina of the propodus of the left, or smaller, cheliped,—are S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 49 much smaller and more crowded on both chelipeds in Kröyeri than in pubescens. In Kröyer; the outer or left hand edge of the propodus of the Smaller cheliped, as seen from above, is distinctly incurved near the base of the digital portion, while in pubescens the corresponding edge is full and regularly, though not strongly, arcuate, so that the digital portion of the propodus is much wider toward the base than in Jöröyeri. In Kröyer; the dorsal carina of the propodus of the smaller cheliped is much nearer the right side toward the base than in pubes- cens, is very high and sharply prominent, and surmounted by a single series of dentiform teeth; the narrow space beneath the carina to the right is nearly or quite destitute of spines or tubercles; and the outer surface, or that to the left of the carina, is flat or slightly concave, and covered with very small tubercles. In pubescens the carina is low, obtuse and armed with a crest of spines which becomes a double series proximally ; and the outer surface is slightly convex and is armed with scattered spiniform tubercles. Kröyer’s figure in Gaimard’s Voyages en Scandinavie, Crustacés, plate ii, figure 1, evidently represents the Kröyeri, although the tubercles upon the chelipeds are represented in the figures as a little too large and more scattered than in any specimens I have seen, but this is probably due to a slight and very natural inaccuracy on the part of the artist or engraver; the original description of Pagurus pubescens (Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ii, p. 251, 1839), how- ever, applies best to the other species, which Kröyer evidently had before him when writing the first phrase of the diagnosis, “ cephalo- thoracis superficie dorsali pedibusque pilis flavis dense obsitis,” which would not apply to any specimens of Kröyeri or to his figure pub- lished ten years after. Kröyer mentions having numerous specimens from different places on the Greenland coast and from Iceland, and it is probable, as Stimpson suggests, that he failed to distinguish the two species, as nearly all carcinologists have done since. While having a geographical range similar to the pubescens, the JKröyer? is apparently a more strictly arctic species, and, upon the New England coast, is most common in deep water and upon the offshore banks. Stellwagen's Bank 1, 29 to 44 fathoms, rocky and sandy, 1873, com- mon. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 43 and 50 fathoms, mud, 1877. Casco Bay 1, 8 to 30 fathoms, rocky, spongy and sandy bottoms, and occasionally on muddy bottoms also, 1873. Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, in similar situations as in Casco Bay, and more common and of larger size; in 1872, it was also dredged off Head TRANS. CONN. ACAD., VoI. V. 7 JANUARY, 1879. 50 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Harbor in 77 fathoms, mud and stones; and off White Head, Grand Menan, in 40 to 50 fathoms, and 97 to 105 fathoms. In the region of St. George's Banks!, 1872, it was common in 50, 60 and 65 fathoms, sand and shells; 45 fathoms, coarse sand; 150 fathoms, sand and mud; and six rather small specimens were brought up from 430 fathoms, sand, gravel and stones. Near Cashe's Ledge I, Gulf of Maine, 52 to 90 fathoms, rocky; 65 fathoms, mud and sand, and 110 fathoms, mud, 1873–4. Fifteen miles southeast of Monhegan Island l, off the coast of Maine, 82 fathoms, brown mud, 1873. Off Shelburnel, Nova Scotia, 47 fathoms, stomy, 1877. Le Have Bank 1, 45 fathoms, gravel and stones, and 60 fathoms, stones and sponges, abundant, 1872. Halifax Harbor!, Nova Scotia, 16 fathoms, fine sand and red algae, 1877. Off Halifax 1, 57 fathoms, mud and pebbles, 1877. One hundred and twenty miles south of Halifax 1, 190 fathoms, 1877. Gulf of St. Lawrence!, “widely distributed through the Gulf” (Whiteaves). Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.). Greenland (Kröyer). Puget Sound (Stimpson). Lofoten Islands !, coast of Norway (G. (). Sars), and probably all the coast of northern Europe. Those from the coast of Norway, labeled pubescens by Professor G. O. Sars, are very characteristic specimens of Kröyeri. Norman’s remark under JPagurus pubescens (Last report on dredging among the Shetland Isles, Report British Assoc. Advanc. Sci. for 1867, p. 264) that “a variety occurs in which the hands are entirely free from the hairs which ordinarily clothe them” probably refers to this species. Parapagurus, gen, now. The genus here proposed is allied to Eupagurus and Pagwristes, but the branchiae (of which there are eleven pairs, two each at the bases of the external maxillipeds and the three first pairs of cephalo- thoracie legs, and three at the bases of the fourth pair of cephalo- thoracic legs, as in Eupagurus bernhardus) are composed of numer- ous cylindrical papillae, as in the majority of Macrura, instead of lamellae, as in most Paguroids. It also differs from Eupagurus in hav- ing well-developed and symmetrically paired male appendages upon the first and second segments of the abdomen, and from Paguristes in the chelipids being very unequal and the external maxillipeds widely separated at their bases, in both of which characters it agrees with Eupagurus. The small size of the eyes, the great length of the antennulae and antennae, and the narrowness of the sternum between the bases of the second and third pairs of cephalothoracic legs, are apparently additional generic characters. S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 51 Parapagurus pilosimanus, sp. nov. Male. The carapax is divided by the deep cervical suture, which is arcuate, not in the form of a truncated V with irregular sides, as in Eupagurus. The anterior portion is slightly broader than long, smooth, and almost entirely naked. The anterior margin is more nearly straight than in the species of Eupagurus, but projects in a well-marked, though broad and obtuse, rostrum, each side of which the margin is straight to the lateral margin, except a very slight prominence between the bases of the eye-peduncles and antennae. The posterior portion of the carapax is but little broader than the anterior portion and is only slightly expanded posteriorly. - The eye-peduncles are slender, taper distally, are scarcely as long as half the width of the front of the carapax, and are clothed with long hairs along the upper side. The cornea is very small, almost wholly terminal, and the pigment black. The ophthalmic scales are small, spiniform, slender, and acute. The peduncles of the antennulae are very long and slender; the proximal segment is about as long as the eye-peduncle ; the second and third are nearly cylindrical, though the second is slightly com- pressed laterally, smooth, and almost perfectly naked; the second is about as long as the first, and the third fully twice as long. The dorsal, or major, flagellum is more than three-fourths as long as the distal segment of the peduncle, is composed of about forty segments, tapers to a very long and slender tip, and is densely clothed beneath with hairs. The inferior, or minor, flagellum is very slender, about half as long as the superior, and composed of eight or nine segments. The peduncles of the antennae reach to the distal end of the second segment in the antennular peduncle, and the segments have pretty nearly the same form and proportions as in Eupagurus bernhardus. The acicles reach to the tips of the peduncles and are densely hairy above, while the rest of the peduncle is smooth and nearly naked. There is no tooth or spine at the inner side of the base of the acicle, but outside the base there is a prominent dentiform lobe denticulated at its extremity. The flagella of the antennae extend far beyond the long ambulatory legs, are very slender, smooth, and almost entirely maked. - As seen from without, the inner oral appendages do not differ essentially from the corresponding parts in Eupagurus. The three or four distal segments of the endogmaths of the external maxillipeds are, however, more cylindrical and a little more slender than in Jºupagurus bernhardus. 52 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. The right cheliped is stout and about as long as the whole body of the animal. The propodus is minutely tubercular and somewhat pubescent on the outer and under sides, which together form a con- tinuous and strongly convex surface; the inner inferior angle is armed with small tubercles, but the distal margin, along the articu- lation with the carpus, is smooth and unarmed. The carpus is almost as long as the basal portion of the propodus, subcylindrical, without lateral angles, and its whole surface minutely tubercular and clothed with dense, but very fine and soft, light-colored pubescence. The basal portion of the propodus is pretty nearly as broad as long, flat- tened vertically, evenly convex above and below, with the lateral margins rounded, and the whole surface, except a small space near the base beneath, as well as the basal portion of both fingers, tuber- culated and clothed like the surface of the carpus. The digital por- tion of the propodus is rather slender and tapers rapidly to the calcareous tip, so that its prehensile edge has an oblique direction toward the right. The dactylus corresponds in form with the digital portion of the propodus and is about as long as the inner margin of that segment. The prehensile edges of both fingers are nearly straight and armed with a few, low and obtuse tubercles. The left cheliped is very slender, about three-fourths as long as the right, and the carpus and propodus are less tubercular than in the right, but are clothed with a similar dense pubescence. The propodus is but little longer than the carpus, is scarcely as broad and considerably thinner. The digital portion, as well as the dactylus, is nearly as long as the basal, slender, and slightly curved downward at the tip. The tips of both fingers are horny, their prehensile edges sharp, but the rest of the surface rounded and naked, except for the scattering fas- cicles of short setae arising from little pits in the surface. Both pairs of ambulatory legs reach far beyond the tip of the right cheliped and, except the dactyli, are smooth and almost entirely naked. The second pair are a little longer and slightly stouter than the first but do not differ in other respects. In both pairs the carpal segments are about half as long as the meral and reach to the distal extremity of the carpus of the right cheliped; the propodal seg- ments are slightly longer than the meral. The dactyli are consider- ably longer than the propodi, slender, strongly curved, particularly toward the very slender and acute tips; they are compressed laterally, the sides being nearly smooth and naked and having a very shallow, longitudinal groove extending to the strongly curved terminal portions which are still more compressed and very S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Uoast. 53 slightly twisted; the inferior edge, and the superior, except on the terminal portion, are rounded, and the superior has a few scattered setae which become more numerous and regular near the tip, where the edge is compressed and sharp for a short distance. All the distal portion of each of the short fourth and fifth pairs of cephalothoracic legs have the same form and structure as in Eupagurus bernhardws, but are a little less hairy. The sternal plates between the bases of the ambulatory legs are very narrow, the bases of the first pair being nearly contiguous, and those of the second separated by a triangular plate longer than broad and with its posterior margin excavated. The sternal portion of the penultimate segment of the cephalothorax is much broader than that in front of it, but the calcareous plate, as in Eupagurus, is a slender transverse rod, which is here much above the plain of the sternal plates in front, so that the coxae of the penultimate pair of legs pro- ject abruptly much below it. The sternal portion of the posterior segment does not differ essentially from the same part in Eupagurus bernhardus. The inferior edges of the coxae of the posterior pair of legs, however, are compressed below and the sexual orifices are in the posterior side instead of in the ventral edge. The sternal portion of the first segment of the abdomen is closely united with the corresponding part of the last cephalothoracic seg- ment, and the first pair of male appendages arise near together and almost between the coxae of the posterior cephalothoracic legs. This first pair of male appendages, in the single specimen here described, are about 74" long and each is composed of a single plate, slightly thickened toward the base, but the distal half expanded into a thin lamella which is rolled into a slightly tapering half tube with its concavity facing inward and posteriorly. The second pair of appendages arise from the sides of the abdomen a considerable dis- tance behind the first pair and are consequently widely separated at their bases. Each one is about 11%" long and composed of a cylindrical basal segment to which is articulated a somewhat longer lamellar terminal segment; this terminal segment (which is so arranged that, when applied to the grooved surface of the correspond- ing appendage of the first segment, they together form a tube) has, on its anterior side, a shallow groove which terminates on the outer side of the appendage at a point a little way from the tip, and beyond this point the extremity of the appendage narrows into a slender, pointed and hairy tip. The appendages of the left side of the third, fourth and fifth abdominal segments, as in the males of Eupagurus, are each com- 54 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. posed of a short basal portion, a linear outer lamella about three times as long as the base, and a very slender and minute inner lamella. The appendages of the sixth segment show nothing to dis- tinguish them from the corresponding appendages in the species of Jºhpagurus. The telson is about as long as broad and its posterior margin is arcuate and only very slightly emarginate in the middle. Measurements. Length from front of carapax to tip of abdomen, tº- sº * 60-mm “ of carapax along median line above, -: †º gº - 21-7 * { { { from front to cervical suture, * - - - 13'4. Breadth of carapax at bases of antennae, - $º gº tºm - I 2-0 Length of eye-peduncles, - sº tº- º - *- G-3 “ peduncle of antennula, * - &B º gº - 22-0 “ ultimate segment of same, - ſº- gºe tºº * Il-2 “ major flagellum { { gº <--> tº- * tº 9-0 { { minor {{ { { tº tºº. sº gº :- 5-0 “ peduncle of antenna beyond front, e- gº {- - 11-0 “ flagellum of antenna, * - º wº- tº es 110° “ chelipeds, gº gº - - right, 61. left, 45. “ carpus in chelipeds, * º e 18. 12- - “ propodus in chelipeds, - sº gº * 26. 15. Breadth of ( ! {{ * £º tº- gº 13." G-5 Length of dactylus, “ gº - sº * 14:0 8.7 “ first, ambulatory leg, left side, • Eº gº tº e 83. “ propodus of same, * tº tº- * sº - 20° “ dactylus { { *- - tº * * * 27-8 “ second ambulatory leg, left side, 4- º * - - 90° “ propodus of same, - & * - tº- * 4-> 24." “ dactylus { { & * gº tº ~ - 32°5 Of this remarkable species I have seen only a single specimen, re- ceived, after the first part of this paper was in type, from Mr. Daniel McEachern, schooner “Guy Cunningham,” Gloucester, Massachusetts. It was taken, probably upon a trawl line, in 250 fathoms, hard bot- tom, off the coast of Nova Scotia, nearly due south of Halifax, north latitude 42° 41', west longitude 63°6', and was inhabiting a peculiar compound actinoid polyp, which had evidently first grown upon the spiral gasteropod shell inhabited by the crab, afterward extended far beyond the shell, which it has very nearly or quite absorbed, and continued its growth rudely in the form of the original shell; very much as Epîzoanthus Americanus forms spiral cases inhabited by JEupaguri. Munſdopsis curvirostra. Whiteaves. American Journal of Science, III, vol. vii, p. 212 (3), 1874; Report on further deep-sea dredging operations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1873], p. 17, [1874?]. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 180 to 220 fathoms (J. F. Whiteaves). S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 55 Homarus Americanus Milne-Edwards. - New Jersey ! (1871) to the Gulf of St. Lawrence 1 (Whiteaves) and reported as rare at Henley Harbor (just north of the Straits of Belle Isle), coast of Labrador, by A. S. Packard, Jr. Axius serratus Stimpson. - * Plate X, figures 4, 4a. The original specimen described by Dr. Stimpson (Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 222, 1852) is preserved, in a dried state, in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Science, Salem. Stimpson states that it was taken, by Mr. S. Tufts, of Lynn, in 20 fathoms, off Situate, a town upon the southern shore Massachusetts Bay. The only specimen I have seen is a partially digested one found in the stomach of a flounder (Glyptocephalus cynoglossus), taken about five miles southeast from Cape Ann, 42 fathoms, mud, August 15, 1878. The species will very likely prove to be identical with the European S. Stirynchus. The specimen figured is the one originally described by Stimpson. Calocaris Macandreae Bell. History of British Crustacea, part V, p. 233, fig., 1847.-Goes, Crustacea decapoda podophthalma marina Sueciaº, CEfversight af Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhand- lingar, 1863, p. 167 (7).-G. O. Sars, Hardangerfjordens Fauna, part i, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 259 (16); Om en hidtil lidet kjendt maerkelig Slaegtstype af Polyzoer, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1873, pl. 9, fig. 1.-Whiteaves, American Journal of Science, III, vol. vii, p. 212 (3), 1874.—Report on further Deep-Sea Dredging Operations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1873], p. 17, [18747). Gulf of St. Lawrence, 190 fathoms, mud, twenty miles southwest of the southwest point of the island of Anticosti (Whiteaves). On the European coast it has been found in deep water about the British Islands and on the coasts of Scandinavia. I have seen no specimens. Crangon vulgaris J. C. Fabricius ex Linné. - Fort Macom (, North Carolina (Coues, Packard). New Jersey ! 1871. South shore of Long Island 1, 1870. Abundant along the whole New England coast, from low-water mark to 30 fathoms or more, but somewhat less numerous north of Massachusetts Bay. Stellwagen’s Bank 1, 34 fathoms, sand, 1873. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 20 fathoms, rocks and gravel, and 48 fathoms, soft mud, 1877. In the region of George's Bank 1, 28, 30 and 45 fathoms, sand, 1872. Halifax I, Nova Scotia, abundant and very large at or near low water, and dredged in 16 and 18 fathoms, on bottoms of Sand, 56 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Sand and mud, fine sand and red algæ, stones and red algae, and rocks. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, “common everywhere in shallow water and at low-water mark on most sandy beaches” (Whiteaves). Caribou Island, Straits of Belle Isle (Packard). From the northern part of the Norwegian coast (Sars) to the Baltic (Möbius), North Sea (Metz- ger), British Islands ! (Norman), and south to the north shores of the Mediterranean (Heller, et al.). º This species is found in greatest abundance in shallow water and on sandy or weedy bottoms, but occurs also on muddy, shelly and rocky bottoms, and extends at least to about 50 fathoms in depth.* It varies very much in coloration according to the location in which it is found. Upon the exposed and light-colored sandy shores of southern New England, specimens are invariably translucent and very pale in color so as to closely resemble the surface upon and beneath which they live, while upon dark-colored muddy bottoms they are very much darker in color. Specimens from a dark-colored muddy inlet of Vineyard Sound and others from dark muddy and sandy bottom at Halifax, Nova Scotia, are very dark indeed, the pigment spots covering nearly the entire surface, and the caudal appendages becoming almost black toward the tips. Crangon borea's J. C. Fabricius ex Phipps. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 22 fathoms, gravelly bottom, 1877. Stellwagen's Bank I, fifteen to seventeen miles south-southeast from Cape Ann, 23 to 33 fathoms, gravel, stones and sponges, 1878,-com- mon and of large size, one female being 63" in length. Casco Bay !, from stomachs of codfish taken on West Cod Ledge, and a single specimen dredged near the Ledge in 10 to 20 fathoms, rocky bottom, 1873. Bay of Fundy l, occasionally taken among rocks at low water ; common in 5 to 25 fathoms, rocky, gravelly, and shelly bot- toms; and abundant at special localities in Johnson’s and South * According to my own observations, this species is very rare at depths greater than 45 fathoms and I have no positive evidence of its occurrence below 48 fathoms. There is, however, in the collections made off Cape Ann, in i878, a single, small speci- men, unquestionably of this species, which is labeled as having been dredged in 140 fathoms, soft mud, about forty miles east by south from Cape Ann. The Specimen was alone in a vial when received and there may have been some mistake in the label- ing, or it may have been taken among floating sea-weeds. My statement (Invertebrate animals of Wineyard Sound, Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 550 (256)) that this species “extends from low water to 60 or 70 fathoms,” was probably carelessly made from memory. Kingsley (Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1878, p. 89 (1)), states that it is “common in 70 fathoms,” without, however, giving any special locality or authority. x S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlântic Coast. 57 Bays, in 10 to 15 fathoms, on rocky bottoms overgrown with sponges, ascidians, hydroids, algae, etc.; 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876. Hali- fax 1, Nova Scotia, 1877: 18 fathoms, fine sand; 20 fathoms, shingly ; and 25 fathoms, gravelly. Orphan Bank', and off Cape Bon Ami, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). Square Island l, coast of Labra- dor, 15 to 30 fathoms (A. S. Packard, Jr.) Coasts of Grinnell Land and Greenland as far north as latitude 81° 44' (Miers). East coast of Greenland (Buchholz). Iceland (Kröyer). Along the whole coast of North America to Bering Straits (Stimpson) and the Siberian coast (Brandt). Spitzbergen (Goës). Finmark (M. Sars). Lofoten Islands!, coast of Norway (G. O. Sars). - Robert Bell, Jr. (Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, iv, p. 210, 1859) records “a specimen corresponding nearly with Bell’s descrip- tion” of Crangon sculptus, from off Cape Chatte, Gulf of St. Lawrence, but was probably mistaken in the identification of the species, having had most likely Crangon boreas, or perhaps one of the species of Sabinea. Sabinea, Septemcarinata, J. C. Ross. Crangon Septemcarinatus Sabine, Supplement to the Appendix of Parry's first Woy- age, p. CCXXXVi, pl. 2, figs. 11–13, 1824.—Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., ii, p. 343, 1837.-(?) Brandt, Middendorff's Sibirische Reise, Krebse, p. 114 (Davis' Straits). Sabinea, Septemcarinata J. C. Ross, in J. Ross, Appendix to the narrative of a Second Voyage in search of a northwest passage, p. lxxxii, 1835.-(?) M. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1858, p. 125, 1859 (coast of Norway).-(?) Stimpson, Proceedings Academy Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 25 (94) (Arctic Ocean near Siberia).-(?) Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 302, 1867 (Thomas Bay, coast of Labrador). Sabinea (Crangon) Septemcarinata Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iv, p. 244, pl. 4, figs. 34–40, and pl. 5, figs. 41–44, 1842. (Not Crangon Septemcarinatus Kröyer, Grönlands Amfipoder, p. 314 (86), 1838; and Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ii, p. 252, 1838). - Plate XI, figures 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. Two distinct species have been confounded under the name Septem- carinata. In one of these the rostrum as seen from above is short and obtusely rounded at the tip, and the extremity of the telson is subtruncate and armed with a series of eight or more spines or stout setae; in the other species the rostrum is acutely pointed and the telson terminates in an acute tip, with one or two spines each side. Sabine's original description and figures show very plainly that he had the first of these species, and to this species also Kröyer’s figures and descriptions, above referred to, apply. I have, however, received, from Professor G. O. Sars of Christiania, both species under the name TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. W. 8 JANUARY, 1879. 58 S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. septemcarinata, from the coast of Norway, and I have myself recorded, under the same name, specimens of the second species, taken by Mr. Harger and myself upon Le Have and St. George's Banks in 1872. Of the septemcarinata there are over one hundred specimens before me, and all of them agree very closely in the form of the rostrum and telson, and in the armament and sculpturing of the carapax and abdomen. The rostrum is nearly horizontal, scarcely overreaches the eyes when they are directed forward, is obtusely rounded at the extremity as seen from above, and has a median dorsal carina which is most prominent near the tip. The dorsal carina of the carapax is well marked, but the teeth with which it is armed are not very prominent and in none of the specimens are there more than five in all. Of these spines the anterior is minute and scarcely forms a part of the carina, the second, third and fourth are about equal in size, while the fifth is smaller and very near the posterior margin, or wholly wanting in some of the smaller specimens. The subdorsal carinae are distinct and irregularly dentate posteriorly, but on the anterior third of the carapax are faintly indicated and not at all, or only very obscurely, dentate. The superior lateral carinae terminate anteriorly in a short tooth at the outer angle of the orbit but are not distinctly dentate near the anterior border of the carapax. The inferior lateral carinae are strongly dentate anteriorly but posteriorly the teeth become very small or even obsolete. The telson falls considerably short of, or reaches nearly to the tips of, the inner lamellae of the uropods. Its extremity is truncated,— or rather terminates in a very obtuse and rounded angle, and is usually armed with ten to fourteen slender spines or spiniform setae. This armament of the tip of the telson is subject to considerable varia- tion, apparently for the most part due to wear or to accidental injuries of various kinds; but there seems to be no approach to the structure in the next species. The number of spines varies slightly in different specimens but consists regularly of an even number—there being no median spine,—those cases where there is an odd number being appar- ently the result of accident. In small specimens which are very little worm, the spines are slender and vary much in length, the outer ones being short while those toward the center are very long, often fully equal in length to the breadth of the extremity of the telson, and ciliated toward their tips. This perfect form of armament is well shown in the specimen of a male figured (Plate XI, figure 10) and, in the specimens examined, seems to be more common among the males, although some of the young females have it in nearly as great per- S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 59 fection. In large specimens and those which are slightly worn the spines are usually much shorter, stouter and more uniform in length, and show scarcely any trace of ciliation (Plate XI, figure 11). In specimens considerably worn the spines are, of course, frequently partially or wholly destroyed. - The males are smuch smaller than the females; the largest male, among the specimens examined, is 45* in length and the largest female, 72”, which represents very nearly the average difference in size. In the armament of the carapax and of the extremity of the telson the sexes agree perfectly. The males are at once distinguished from the females, however, by the longer flagella of the antennulae and antennae. Massachusetts Bay 1, 1877, common in 35, 48, and 50 fathoms, muddy bottom, August 6 to 10,–many of the females carrying eggs; and taken also in 20 fathoms, rocks and gravel, and 36 fathoms, mud and fine sand. Off Cape Ann l, 1878, in 26 to 60 fathoms, common on muddy bottoms, and occasionally on sandy, pebbly and rocky bottoms. Gulf of Maine !, off the Isles of Shoals, 25 fathoms, rocky, 1874, and eight miles south of Monhegan Island, 64 fathoms, mud and sand, 1873,-only a single very small specimen in each case. Off Casco Bay !, twenty miles southeast of Cape Elizabeth, 68 fathoms, mud, August 12, 1873,-two females, one carrying eggs. Off Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 1877, 52 fathoms, fine sand and mud, September 21,– common; 57 fathoms, mud, gravel and stones, September 5,-two females, one carrying eggs. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 60 fathoms, 1872 (J. F. Whiteaves). West coast of Davis’ Straits (Sabine). Greenland (Reinhardt, Lütken). Iceland (Kröyer). Spitzbergen (Kröyer). Lofoten Islands !, coast of Norway (G. O. Sars),-one male with two large females of the next species. Sabinea Sarsii, sp. nov. - * Plate XI, figures 6, 7, 8. The eyes, antennulae, and the thoracic appendages differ very slightly if at all from those of the last species; the lateral squami- form appendage of the first segment of the peduncle of the antennula, in all the specimens examined, is, however, more prominent and acute than in Septemcarinata. The rostrum reaches considerably beyond the eyes and, as seen from above, terminates in an acute tip. The dorsal carina of the rostrum is sharper and higher than in the last species and extends to the very tip, which is obtusely rounded as seen laterally. The dorsal carina of the carapax is sharper and its teeth more prominent, and usually more numerous, than in the last species. ! 60 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. The subdorsal carinae are distinct and distinctly, and pretty regu- larly, dentate throughout. The superior lateral carinae are better marked than in the last species and terminate in an acute and prom- inent tooth at the outer margin of the orbit, and just back of this there is a distinct tooth in the carina itself. The elaborate sculptur- ing of the dorsal surface of the abdomen, though apparently after the same pattern as in Septemcarinata, is much more distinct and conspicuous. * The telson, in all the specimens seen, reaches to or slightly beyon the tips of the inner lamellae of the uropods. The distal portion is a little more slender than in the last species and the dorsal aculei ap- pear slightly more conspicuous. In adult specimens, the extremity terminates in an acute tip much longer than its breadth at base, where it is separated from the body of the telson by an emargination each side, from each of which arise two spines, a large inner one with a minute one outside at its base; this is the structure in the two per- fect adult specimens examined, the larger of the two females from the coast of Norway (Plate XI, figures 6b, 6c) and a smaller individ- ual of the same sex from the Gulf of Maine, 1877, (Plate XI, figure 7). In a very small specimen, only 16" in length, from St. George's Banks (Plate XI, figure 8), and in a still smaller specimen from Le Have Bank, the extremity of the telson is acutely triangular and armed each side with three slender spines of nearly equal length, evidently an approach to the early stages of the young. St. George's Banks!, 60 fathoms, shells and sand, 1872,-one young specimen 16" in length. Gulf of Maine !, about east-southeast from Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, latitude 42° 40' north, longitude 66° 58' west, 112 fathoms, gravel, August 20, 1877,-one female 36” in length. Le Have Bank 1, 60 fathoms, coarse gravel, stones and sponges, September 12, 1872,-a female, 47" in length, carrying eggs, and a small specimen badly mutilated. Lofoten Islands!, coast of Norway (G. O. Sars),--two fine females, 62 and 53" in length. I take great pleasure in associating the name of Professor G. O. Sars with this species. Pontophilus Norvegicus M. Sars. “Crangon Norvegicus M. Sars, Beretning om en Zoologisk Reise wed Kysten af Romsdals Amt i Nyt Magazin f. Naturv., 11 B., 1861, p. 8 '' (Sars),-Goés, CEf- versight af Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 173 (13). Poniophilus Norvegicus M. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1861, p. 183; Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna (extr. Nyt Mag- S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 61 azine for Naturvidenskaberne), p. 2, pl. 1, figs. 1–25, pl. 2, figs. 17–37, 1868.- G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zoologisk Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter (extr. Nyt Mag. Nat.), p. 14, 1866; Undersögelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna (extr. Nyt Mag. Nat), p. 17, 1869; Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 261 (18), 1872—Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 291, 1875. Gulf of Maine!, about thirty miles east-southeast from Cape Ann, 115 fathoms, mud, sand, gravel and stones, August 24 and 31, 1878, —four specimens, one female about 70" long. Off the coast of Nova Scotial, about thirty miles south of Halifax, 101 fathoms, fine sand, and 110 fathoms, fine sand and mud, September 6 and 20, 1877,- twenty-four specimens. It was previously known only from the Scandinavian coast. Coast of Norway 1, 30 to 500 fathoms (G. O. Sars). NectOCrangon lar Brandt ex Owen. About twenty miles southeast from Cape Sable !, Nova Scotia, 59 fathoms, pebbles, sand and rocks, 1877. Common in Bedford Basin I, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 26–41 fathoms, mud, and also about ten miles off Halifax 1, 52 fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1 (J. F. Whiteaves). St. Johns, Newfoundland (Stimpson). Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.). Greenland (Kröyer, Norman). Bering Sea (Brandt, Stimpson). “Arctic Ocean” (Owen, Stimpson). Caridion G-Ordoni Goés. “Hippolyte Gordoni Bate, Nat. Hist. Review, v, p. 51.” (Norman.) Doryphorus Gordoni Norman, Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist., III, viii, p. 277, pl. lg, figs. 6, 7, 1861 (from Moray Firth); Report British Assoc. Advanc. Sci., 1868, p. 265 (Shetland Isles). The name Doryphorus is prečccupied, having been used by Cuvier in 1829 for a genus of reptiles. Caridion Gordoni Goés, Crustacea decapoda podophthalma marina Suecia, CEfver- sight af Kongl. Wetenskaps. Akad. Förhandlingar, 1863, p. 170 (10), 1863.− G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zoologisk Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christansands Stifter, p. 13, 1866; Undersögelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 21, 1869; Christiania Widenskabs- Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 261 (18), 1872. —Smith, Transactions Con- necticut Acad., iii, p. 28, 1874—Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. TJntersuchung der deutschen Mºre für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 290, 1875. Off the coast of New Hampshire, between the Isles of Shoals and Jeffrey's Ledge , 51 fathoms, mud and gravel, 1874. Casco Bay 1, from the stomach of cod taken on West Cod Ledge, August 21, 1873,-a female carrying eggs. Gulf of Maine!, on and near Cashe's Ledge, 27 and 40 fathoms, rocks and gravel, 1874, and south of the 62 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Ledge, in 52 to 90 fathoms, rocky, 1873,-common. Near St. George's Banks 1, 110 fathoms, “sand and mud with a few stones,” 1872,-one young specimen. Bay of Fundy 1, 40 to 50 fathoms, rocky, Aug. 14, 1868,-a female carrying eggs; and off White Head, Grand Menan, 40 to 50 fathoms, 1872. On the European coast it has been recorded from Scotland 1 (Norman), the North Sea (Metzger), and the west coast of Norway 1, 150 to 200 fathoms (G. O. Sags). As the above record of stations shows, this species is an inhabitant of hard, and usually rocky, bottoms in deep water. This is probably the reason of its apparent rarity, since such localities are not com- mon and are difficult of exploration with the dredge. - European specimens, received from the coast of Norway through Prof. G. O. Sars, agree with all the American specimens examined in having well developed epipodi at the bases of the second, third and fourth cephalothoracic legs, as well as in all other respects. The dentition of the rostrum is subject to considerable variation. In twenty-two specimens examined, varying from 17 to 27" in length, four had the formula, #; seven, +; nine, #; one, #; and one, g;— each of the last two cases being adult specimens from Cashe’s Ledge. Hippolyte Leach. In accordance with the rules for zoological nomenclature as at present generally accepted, the name Hippolyte should not be applied to the species now usually included under it and ought to be restored to the species without mandibular palpi, and for which Stimpson has proposed the new generic name Virbius. The genus Hippolyte, as first proposed by Leach in 1813 or '14 (Edinburgh Encyclopædia, American edition, vol. vii, p. 271),”-con- tains but one species, H. varians Leach, and in 1815 in the Transac- tions of the Linnean Society, vol. xi, p. 347, varians is still retained as the first species and a new species, inermis, added. In the first of these publications there is, under Hippolyte, the observation that “to this genus the Cancer Astacus gibbosus of Montagu belongs,” and in both of them the “Cancer spinus of Sowerby” is referred to Alpheus. In 1817, in the Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniae, however, Leach says, “Montagu sent to me Hippolyte varians, the type of this genus, as his Cancer astacus gibbosus, but he afterwards informed *I have not been able to examine the original edition. The American edition Seems, however, at least as far as the article under consideration is concerned, to be an exact reprint of the original, with changes only in paging and division into volumes. - S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 63 me, by letter, that his figure and description had been made from mutilated specimens, of what he had since ascertained to be a very distinct species, and requested me to take the earliest opportunity to correct his mistake,” thus fully disposing of Montagu's species and unquestionably establishing varians as the type of the genus. In this last work the senus Hippolyte includes five species, as follows: H. Prideaſºviana (apparently the same as the inermis mentioned above), H. Moorii (a variety of the last), H. varians (Virbius varians of Stimpson), H. Chranchii, and H. Sowerboci (Leach's Alpheus spinus, here for the first time referred to Hippolyte). - Numerous other more or less allied species were added to the genus by subsequent authors, but little was added to our knowledge of the structure and real affinities of the species until the appearance of Kröyer’s monograph, in 1842, in which many new arctic species were very fully described and figured and the structural differences between them made known. Kröyer's first section of the genus con- tained but one species, the Smaragdina, apparently synonymous with Leach’s varians. This section of the genus is equivalent to Stimp- son’s genus Virbius (Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, xii, p. 35 (104), 1861), which is characterized specially by non-palpigerous mandibles, the absence of epipodal appendages upon the external maxillipeds and thoracic legs, and by the tri-articulate carpus of the second thoracic legs, and, as originally constituted, included Hippo- lyte acuminata Dana, H. viridis Milne-Edwards, H. Smaragdina, H. obliquimana Dana, H. easilirostrata Dana, H. varians, and H. Prideawatiana, together with Vºrbius Australiensis, acutus and Kraussianus Stimpson. Stimpson's Virbius is thus seen to include the type and all the original species of Leach's genus, and, according to common practice, it should be made a synonym of that genus and a new name given to the larger division, which includes nearly all the arctic species, of the genus as used by Kröyer. Nothing but addi- tional synonymy and confusion would result, however, and I there- fore accept the generic names as they now stand. Hippolyte Fabricii Kröyer. Salem Harbor!, 6 fathoms, 1873. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 1877: abundant in 19 to 30 fathoms, gravelly, Stony and rocky bot- toms; common in 35 fathoms, mud and clay modules, and in 48 fathoms, soft mud. Off Cape Ann l, 50 fathoms, mud, gravel and stones, 1877. Common on Stellwagen’s Bank 1, 22 to 29 fathoms, rocky, and on Jeffrey's Ledge 1, 24 and 33 fathoms, gravel and 64 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. stones, 1873. Between Cape Ann and the Isles of Shoals 1, 27 to 36 fathoms, rocks and mud, and off the Isles of Shoals 1, 35 fathoms, clay, mud and sand, 1874. Abundant in 7 to 35 fathoms, rocky, gravelly, shelly and muddy bottoms, at various localities in Casco Bay !, and taken also near low water mark, among eel-grassl, in Portland Harbor, and a single specimen from 48 to 64 fathoms, stones and mud, sixteen to eighteen miles east-southeast Portland Light !, 1873. Found also in abundance in the stomachs of the cod taken on West Cod Ledge l, off Portland. Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 5 to 40 fathoms, but not found in so great abundance as in Casco and Massachusetts Bays. Large females carrying eggs were also collected at Eastport I, Maine, by C. Hart Merriam and E. B. Wilson, in April, 1876. Halifax 1 Nova Scotia, 1877, common in 16 to 21 fathoms, stones, sand and red algae; in 18 to 25 fathoms, shingly, gravelly, sandy and muddy bottoms; and 16 fathoms, mud, at the mouth of Bedford Basin; and a single specimen, in company with H. macilenta, in 35 fathoms, very soft mud, in Bedford Basin itself. Also off Halifax 1, 52 fathoms, sand, mud and rocks, and 57 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1877. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1871, (J. F. Whiteaves). Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.) Greenland (Kröyer, Norman, et al.) Bering Sea (Stimpson). Mr. Kingsley (List of the North American Crust, belonging to the Sub-order Caridea, Bulletin Essex Institute, vol. x, p. 59, 1878) gives “Massachusetts Bay northward to Europe” for the distribution of this species, but, as this is the only record I have been able to dis- cover of its occurrence on the eastern side of the Atlantic, I am inclined to regard it as an error, although its discovery in Europe may very properly be expected. A careful examination of a large series of specimens of this species shows considerable variation, even in characters which are usually regarded of at least specific value. The most important of these variations which I have noticed is— The presence or absence of epipodi wſpon the bases of the second gair of cephalothoracie legs. The Fabricii differs from all the other species of the genus which I have examined in usually wanting epipodi at the bases of all the cephalothoracic legs except the first pair, while in the other species these appendages are usually present upon the bases of the first and second or upon the first, second and third pairs; and on this character it was placed alone in a section of the genus by Kröyer. Among fifty-two individuals (eighteen males varying in length from 27 to 39", and thirty-four females varying S. Z. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 65 from 16.5 to 50"), from various localities on the New England coast, forty-seven had the normal number of epipodi, while five had epipodi upon one or both of the second pair of legs. Three of the latter are from the Bay of Fundy: one, a male 35" long, has well-developed epipodi on each of the second pair of legs; another male, 36” long, has a short epipodus on the left side but none on the right; the other specimen, a female A7" long, has a well-developed epipodus on the right side but none on the left. The two others are from Casco Bay : a female, 36” long, with a short epipodus on the left side, and a male, 28” long, with a rudimentary one on the right side. As the mea- surements of these specimens show, the presence of the additional epipodi is not a characteristic of the young. - The number and position of the teeth Moon the rostrum and dorsal carina of the carapax vary considerably more than is usually indicated in the descriptions of the species and yet are very characteristic specifically. Except as a result of injury, the tip of the rostrum is always acute and without teeth, and there are never teeth upon the dorsal margin except near the base. The most usual formula for the 3-H1 2-H2 dentition is -- or--, the third dorsal tooth being usually just above the base of the rostrum; in the series of specimens examined, Number of specimens and variation in length. & * Males. Females. Total. º º OT *:: 45, from 16 to 39mm 45, from 16.5 to 50mm 90 *; or *.* 14, “ 15 “ 35 “ 16, “ 15 “ 40 “ 30 * OT *:: *. 8, “ 22 “ 33.5mm 8, “ 15-5 “ 50 “ L6 º :* 8, “ 27 tº 40 tº 8 º OI’ º l, 30 tº 8. { { 20 ($ 37.5 “ 9 º * - 2, 27 and 32 “ 2 º 2, 40 and 44 “ 2 *:: - l, 31 “ I * l, 30 “ l #. 70 - 89 l69 TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. W. 9 JANUARY, 1879. ') 66 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. however, the number of teeth varies from three to five above and from two to six beneath, although the extremes of these variations seem to be of rare occurrence, as the accompanying tabular summary of the result of the examination of one hundred and fifty-nine speci- mens shows. This result is, perhaps most noticeable for showing the constancy of what seems a very trivial character, for, among all the specimens examined, not one varies more than a single tooth either above or below the most usual number upon the dorsal carina and only two specimens (the last in the table) exceed this amount of variation in the number of teeth in the ventral edge of the rostrum. One specimen, not included in the above summary, has the rostrum slightly distorted and bifid at the tip as seen from above, a pecul- liarity undoubtedly due to injury, though there is nothing but a slight lateral distortion to indicate such a cause. The two Spines of the anterior margin of the carapaa, are usually both well-developed, but the inferior one (the pterygostomian) is occasionally very minute or even entirely obsolete. This obsolescence was noticed only in adult males, and is apparently an approach to the usual entire disappearance of the same spines among the old males of Hippolyte polaris. The dorsal acule; and terminal spines of the telson appear to be very constant in character and number. Among seventy-five speci- mens examined with reference to the dorsal aculei of the telson, sixty-nine had either four or five pairs, or four upon one side and five upon the other. Of the six remaining, four are young and have less than the normal number for adults, a male 15" long and a female 16.5mm having only three pairs of aculei each, another male 15* and a female 17” having each three on one side and four on the other; while a male 32" long has also less than the normal number, having three on one side and four on the other, and a female 27” has more than usual, having five upon one side and six upon the other. Fifty specimens examined with reference to the armament of the tip of the telson all had the normal number of spines, two slender and ciliated ones in the middle with two stouter ones each side. The largest specimens examined were taken in the Bay of Fundy, the largest males being 39" long and the largest females 50". The only specimens I have seen carrying eggs were collected at Eastport, Maine, in April, 1876, by Messrs. Merriam and Wilson. Among over a hundred adult females taken from July to late in October, none were carrying eggs. * S. Z. Smith — Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 67. Hippolyte Gaimardii Milne-Edwards. Hippolyte Gaimardii Milne-Edwards, Hist, nat. des Crust., ii, p. 378, 1837. Hippolyte pandaliformis Bell, History of British stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 294 [1850?] Hippolyte Belcheri Bell, in Belcher, Last of the Arctic Voyages in Search of Sir John Franklin, vol. ii, p. 402, pl. 34, fig. 1, 1855. Plate IX, figures 8 and 9. *\ Boston Harbor, 3 fathoms, and other parts of Massachusetts Bay (Stimpson). Casco Bay !, among algae and eel-grass near low-water mark, and also in 7 fathoms, mud and dead eel-grass, 1873. East- port 1, Maine, 1864,-one specimen only. Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 16 and 21 fathoms, stones, sand and red algae, and 18 fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877. Also off Halifax 1, 52 fathoms, mud and fine sand, and 57 fathoms, mud and pebbles, September, 1877,-one specimen from 57 fathoms carrying eggs. Gulf of St. Lawrence (, “50 fathoms, stony and rocky,” and “56 fathoms, stones and coarse sand,” 1872 (J. F. Whiteaves). Labrador 1, “common on the whole coast” (Packard). Grinnell Land, 79° 29' north latitude, (Miers). Bering Straits and Arctic Ocean (Stimpson), H. gibba Kröyer. Greenland (Kröyer, et al). Iceland (Milne-Edwards, G. O. Sars). Spitzbergell (Kröyer, Miers). The whole Norwegian coast (Kröyer, et al.), the Cattegat (Kröyer), to the southern Baltic, at Kiel (Möbius, Metzger). Scotland 1 (Norman). Of the twenty-five specimens which I have examined only five are males, and none of these have the remarkable dorsal prominence of the third segment of the abdomen characteristic of H, gibba Kröyer. None of these males, however, are over 30” long, and still in the largest of them, there is a slight carination of the third segment of the abdomen as if presaging the conspicuous character of the typical gibba, so that I have no reason to doubt the correctness of Goës’ conclusion that Kröyer's gibba was based on old males of H. Gai- mardžič. - Milne-Edwards’ “Troisième anneau de l'abdomen moins fortement denté,” which Stimpson (Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, x, p. 126, 1871) seems to regard as throwing doubt on the identity of Kröyer's Gaimardži with that of Milne-Edwards, may have referred to a young; ale like those just mentioned, although the fact that Milne-Edw: t s is comparing his species with H. Sowerby? (H. spinus), woºld not necessarily imply any considerable angulation of the third segment of the abdomen. I think there is no reasonable doubt of the identity of Milne-Edwards' species with that of Kröyer and more modern authors. - 68 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. The spines at the tip of the telson are normally of the same num- ber and similar to those of H. Fabricii, and the terminal angle is usually very obtuse and rounded (Plate IX, figure 8). One specimen, however, out of the twenty-one in which the tip of the telson was examined, a female, 39" long, from Casco Bay, has the tip of the telson (Plate IX, figure 9) acute and armed with three small ciliated spines in the middle in place of two, so that there are seven spines in all. In other respects this specimen is perfectly normal and indis- tinguishable from ordinary individuals. Similar variations are noticed under H. polaris and H. pusiola and well illustrate the diffi- culty of stating accurately the specific characters in this genus. Specimens taken among algae and eel-grass in Casco Bay were, in life, translucent, slightly tinged with greenish brown, and without brightly colored markings of any kind. Hippolyte spinus White. Cancer spinus Sowerby, British Miscellany, p. 47. pl. 23, 1805. Alphabus spinus Leach, “Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vii, p. 431, 1813–14” (Miers), American edit., vii, p. 271 ; Transactions Linnean Soc. London, xi, p. 347, 1815. Hippolyte Sowerbaci Leach, Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniae, pl. 39, 1817. Hippolyte spinus White, List Crust. British Museum, p. 76, 1847.-Bell, History of british Crustacea, p. 284 [1847?] Hippolyte spina Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, xii, p. 34 (103), 1860; Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, x, p. 126, 1871. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 1877; 20 to 30 fathoms, gravel and rocks, common ; 33 fathoms, sand and mud; 35 fathoms, mud and clay modules, abundant ; 33 fathoms, sand and mud; 48 fathoms, soft mud. Gulf of Maine !, off Cape Ann, 1877, 50 fathoms, mud, gravel and rocks; and 90 fathoms, soft mud, common. Abundant on Stellwagen’s Bank 1, 29 fathoms, rocky, and on Jeffrey’s Ledge l, 24 and 33 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873. Near the Isles of Shoals 1, 25 fathoms, rocky, abundant, and between the Isles and Cape Ann I, 27 to 36 fathoms, mud and rocks, 1874. Cashe's Ledge l, Gulf of Maine, 27 and 40 fathoms, gravel and rocks, very abundant; and a little south of the Ledge, 52 to 90 fathoms, rocky, 1873, 1874. Casco Bay 1, 1873, among stones, at low-water mark 1, on Ram Island Ledge, and common in 10 to 35 fathoms, on rocky, gravelly and shelly bottoms; taken also in 9 fathoms, mud, off Fort Georges, Portland Harbor. Very abundant in the Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876, on all kinds of hard bottoms in 5 to 40 fathoms; taken also, in 1872, off Whitehead, Grand Menan, 40 to 50 fathoms, gravlley bottom ; west of Grand Menan, 50 to 55 fathoms, gravel; S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 69 off Head Harbor, 77 fathoms, mud and stones; and found rarely at low-water mark, under stones. Le Have Bank 1, 45 fathoms, gravel . and stones, 1872,-one specimen with two of H. Securifrons. Off Cape Negro !, Nova Scotia, 56 fathoms, large stones, 1877. Halifax', Nova Scotia, 1877; 16 fathoms, stones, sand and red algae; and off Halifax I, 42 fathoms, fine sand; 52 fathoms, fine sand, mud and rocks, abundant; and 57 fathoms, mud and stones. Gulf of St. Lawrence l, “common on stony ground at moderate depths” (Whiteaves). Labrador I (Packard). Greenland (Kröyer, et al.). Grinnell Land, and as far north as latitude 81° 44' (Miers). Bering Straits (Stimpson). Spitzbergen (Kröyer). Coast of Norway ! (G. O. Sars) and of Scotland (Sowerby, Leach, et al.). This is by far the most abundant species of the genus on the New England coast. Females carrying eggs were taken off Cape Ann, October 17; in the Bay of Fundy, at Eastport, in September or October, 1864, and, by Messrs. Merriam and Wilson, in April, 1876; one specimen off Halifax, Nova Scotia, September 5, and many September 21 and 27. I have seen no specimens taken in winter, but the period of carrying eggs undoubtedly extends from October to April or May. In life this species is usually translucent and thickly mottled and spotted with bright red, brownish red and white, the flagella of the antennae, the thoracic legs and the caudal appendages being annu- lated or banded with bright red. In some specimens the brownish red predominates and the animal is less translucent. There are other individuals in which larger or smaller portions of the cephalothorax are opaque white, these markings sometimes extending on to the abdomen or even upon the cephalothoracic appendages, but they are seldom regularly disposed and are sometimes quite unlike on the two sides of the same animal. Stimpson mentions bluish markings also, and says the antennal scales are usually blue, but I have never noticed such coloration. Hippolyte securifrons Norman. “Hippolyte securifrons Norman, Transactions Trias Naturalists' Field Club, v, p. 267, 1863” (Danielssen and Boeck, Metzger). Norman, in Brady, Report on deep sea dredging on the coasts of Northumberland and Durham, 1862–4, Nat. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, i. p. 24, 1865; Last Report on dredging among the Shetland Isles, Report British Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1868, p. 265.—G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen Zoologisk Reise ved Kysterne af Chriastianias og Christiansands Stifter (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidens- kaberne), p. 13, 1866; Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 261 (18), 70 S. Z. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Hippolyte Liljeborg; Danielssen and Boeck, Beskrivelse af nogle til Crust, decapoda (extr. Nyt Magazin for Nat.), p. 8, pl., figs. 15–20, 1872.-Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. Zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere for 1872, 1873, Nordsee, 290, 1865 (Liljeborgi). Plate X, figure 3. Massachusetts. Bay !: about six miles south to southeast from Gloucester, 40 to 45 fathoms, soft brown mud, 1878; about twelve miles east-southeast one-half south from Salem, 48 fathoms, soft brown mud, 1877,-common. Gulf of Maine !: about seven miles southeast by east one-half east from Cape Ann, 73 to 75 fathoms, soft mud, 1878; fourteen miles southeast from Cape Ann, 90 fath- oms, soft mud, 1877, - common ; about thirty miles east-south- east from Cape Ann, 85 fathoms, mud, sand and stones, 1878. Off Casco Bay !, twenty miles southeast of Cape Elizabeth, 68 fathoms, mud, 1873. Gulf of Maine !, seventeen miles south from Monhegan Island, 72 fathoms, brown mud, 1873; Cashe’s Ledge, 27 and 40 fathoms, rocks and gravel, and west of the Ledge, 105 fathoms, mud and gravel, 1874. Latitude 42° 45' north, longitude 66°28' west, about east-southeast from Cape Sable, Nova Scotia 1, 75 fathoms, fine - sand and mud, 1877. Le Have Bank 1, 45 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1872. About thirty miles south of Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 101 fathoms, fine sand and mud, common, and also about one hundred and twenty miles south of Halifax, 190 fathoms, mud, 1877. West coast of Norway 1, 60 to 100 fathoms (G. O. Sars). Scotland 1 (Norman). North Sea (Norman, Metzger). The males, among the specimens examined, vary from 24 to 38" in length, and the females from 26 to 58". All the American speci- mens were taken in August and September, and none of the females were carrying eggs. - I have seen neither Norman's nor Danielssen’s original description of this species and have identified it by comparison with English specimens received from the Rev. Mr. Norman and Norwegian speci- mens received from Prof. G. O. Sars. The species agrees well too with H. Liljeborgii Danielssen as described and figured by Daniels- sen and Boeck (loc. cit.). These authors state that H. Liljeborgii was briefly described by Danielssen in Nyt Magazin for Naturvidens. kaberne, 1861, p. 6, thus antedating Norman's species, which they quote as a synonym. Goés, however (OEfversight af Kong]. Weten- skaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, 1863, p. 170 (10)), quotes “H. Lilljeborg; Danielsen, Fauna litor. Norweg. nondum edita,” and neither he, nor S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 71 G. O. Sars, nor Metzger refer to this early description, so that I allow the species to stand for the present under Norman's name. Hippolyte macilenta Kröyer. Bedford Basin I, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 26 to 41 fathoms, soft mud, common, 1877. Also off Halifax I, 42 fathoms, fine sand; 52 fathoms, fine sand and muds and 57 fathoms, mud and pebbles. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 30 to 70 fathoms, sandy and stony bottoms, 1872, 1873 (Whiteaves). Labrador (Packard). Greenland (Kröyer). This species was described by Kröyer from a single specimen and I have noticed no mention of other specimens, except those of Packard and Whiteaves above referred to. The species is very distinct from the others of the genus known to me. Kröyer's description and fig- ures apply well to medium sized females, but there is some individual variation and the young differ very considerably from the adults in the form of the rostrum. It is the most slender of our species, the carapax being scarcely thicker posteriorly than in front, and its greatest breadth only about an eighth of the length of the animal. The appendages are likewise longer and more slender than usual in the genus. In adults of both sexes the dorsum of the carapax is evenly rounded the posterior two-thirds of its length and the rostral carina rises abruptly from the anterior fourth. The rostrum is very much shorter than the rest of the carapax, scarcely reaches the tips of the peduncles of the antennulae, is very much compressed, and ascends so that the tip is considerably above the level of the dorsum of the carapax, while the dorsal edge is strongly arcuate and dentate, very nearly its entire length, with twelve to fifteen minute teeth, which are crowded anteriorly but much more remote at the base and on the carapax. The anterior portion of the rostrum is expanded below and armed with one to four small teeth near the very slightly prominent tip. In the young the rostrum is slender, nearly horizon- tal, only slightly expanded vertically, terminates in an acute tip and is armed with fewer teeth than in the adult, although there are at least nine above and one below in all the specimens I have seen. There are no supraorbital spines, but well-developed antennal and distinct pterygostomian spines are present in all the specimens. The flagellum of the antenna, at least in adult males, is considerably longer than the body; two males, 41 and 48" long, each have the flagella about 50" long. The telson is much more slender than usual in the genus. In twenty specimens specially examined, there were invariably three pairs of dorsal aculei, and in fourteen speci- '72 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. mens the terminal spines were invariably (as doubtfully described by Kröyer) six in number, the median pair slender and ciliated, the sub- median very long and slender, and the outer short, as usual. None of the females examined are carrying eggs. The males are scarcely perceptibly more slender than the females. The sexual characters are well-marked, in the antennulae and abdominal append- ages, in specimens 30" long, although in specimens 26" long the secondary appendage peculiar to the male is only just making its appearance on the inner lamella of the second pair of abdominal \ Carapax and Rostrum, Breadth Rostrum, appendages. Locality. Sex. Length. rostrum. length. of Carapax. formula. Labrador, Sº 53-mm 17.5mm 6.1mm 6.1mm **** Gulf St. Lawrence, “ 51. | 6-0 6-0 6.0 *t ; + {{ { { 47. 14°l 5-0 5-8 2 ſº 2 { { {{ 4l' I3-0 5°]. 5-0 º 2 + l2 Redford Basin, ( { 45° 14-7 t;"0 5'8 * 2 { { { { {{ 44.' 14 '4 5-9 5' 2 º 2 ! { { { { { 43' 13-8 5*4. 5-1 #º 2 {{ {{ * { 42' 13-3 5-3 5.2 º 2 {{ {{ {{ 41’ L3-0 5-l 4:9 º 2 + 10 Gulf St. Lawrence, 6 43' 12-3 4-2 l 3 {{ {{ 39. I 2.2 4-3 sº 3 + 12 Bedford Basin, {{ 42' 12.6 4-9 5°l * 3 {{ {{ {{ 4l' I 2-3 4'7 5°l +18 {{ {{ { { 37. ll":3 4'4 4'8 3 º 2 Off Halifax, * { 29. 9-0 3.3 4'7 * { { { { 27 8-7 3.2 3-8 2 ; 9 2 {{ { { 26 8-0 2.9 3-7 Fº {{ ({ 24. T-I 2°4 3-6 2 + 7 l { { 2 + 7 Gulf St. Lawrence, 23. 7.2 2-5 3-4 l { { {{ 22' 2 + 7 l {{ ( { 21. 2+7 S. Z. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 73 The preceding table gives measurements * and the dental formula for the rostrum of some of the specimens from different localities. Hippolyte Phippsii Kröyer. Hippolyte Phippsii Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii, p. 575, 1841 ( 3 ). Hippolyte turgida Kröyer, loc. cit., p. 575, 1841 (?). e Hippolyte vibrans Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, x, p. 125, 187 (6, var.) ^ ? Hippolyte Ochotensis Brandt, in Middendorff's Sibirische Reise, ii, p. 120, pl. 5, fig. 17, 1849 ( 2). * Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 1877: 20 fathoms, rocks and gravel; 33 fathoms, sand and mud; 35 fathoms, mud and clay nodules; and 48 fathoms, soft mud. Off Cape Ann l, 50 fathoms, mud and gravel, 1877. Off the Isles of Shoals 1, 27 to 36 fathoms, rocks and mud, 1874. Jeffrey’s Ledge I, 24 fathoms, gravel and stones, is 73. Cashe's Ledge 1, 27 and 40 fathoms, 1874–27 males and 24 females. Near Cashe’s Ledge', 52 to 90 fathoms, rocky, 1873. Casco Bay 1, 10 to 22 fathorns, rocky, near West Cod Ledge, 1873. Eastport 1, Bay of Fundy, 18–25 fathoms, rocks and shells, 1868, 1870. Grand Menan l, Bay of Fundy, 1872 (Prof. H. E. Webster). Halifax 1, Nova Scotia, 1877: 16 fathoms, fine sand and red algae; 18 fathoms, fine sand; 25 fathoms, rocks and nullipora; 25 fathoms, gravel; and 26 to 41 fathoms, soft mud, in Bedford Basin, -a single specimen. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1 (J. F. Whiteaves): off Trinity Bay, 90 fathoms, small stones and coarse sand, and off Cape Rosier Light, 125 fathoms, mud, 1871; Orphan Bank, 1873. Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.) Grinnell Land and as far north as latitude 81° 44' (Miers). Greenland (Kröyer, Stimpson, et al.). Arctic * In these measurements, as in all those which I give of Macrura and Schizopoda, the length is from the tip of the rostrum to the tip of the telson while the abdomen is extended nearly straight with the carapax; the length of the carapaa, and rostrum is from the tip of the rostrum to the middle of the posterior margin; the length of the rostrum is from the tip to the posterior margin of the orbit; the breadth of the cara- paa is at the widest point—a measurement which varies with the state of contraction more than the others. The length of the rostrum as measured above may be very slightly too great, particularly if the rostrum be relatively short, since it is not per- fectly parallel with the longitudinal axis, but it has the practical advantage of being between definite points—a matter of the utmost importance. The length of the cara- pax exclusive of the rostrum is taken from the posterior margin of the orbit to the middle of the posterior margin, but is found accurately enough by subtracting the length of the rostrum from that of the carapax and rostrum. If the rostrum is very short it is better to measure the length of the carapax exclusive of the rostrum and find the length of the rostrum by subtraction. TRANS, CONN. ACAD., WOL. W. 10 JANUARY, 1879. 74 S. I. Smith— Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Ocean and Bering Straits (Stimpson). 2 Sea of Ochotsk (Brandt) and the island of Jesso (Stimpson)—H. Ochotensis. Spitzbergen (Kröyer). Coast of Norway ! (G. O. Sars). : The examination of a large series of specimens shows conclusively that Kröyer’s H. turgida is only the full-grown female of his Phippsii, as suggested by Goës, and that Stimpson’s vibrams is a mere variety without any real claim to specific rank. Kröyer included young females under his Phippsii, as he distinctly states he had both sexes of that species, and it is not strictly true, as Goës implies, that all the males fall under one of Kröyer's species and all the females under the other, for the young males and young females are almost indistinguishable, except by the essential sexual characters, and agree with Kröyer’s description of Phippsii. As in many similar cases of great differences in the sexes, the relation of the two forms may be easily established, with sufficient specimens, by tracing the forms back in two series toward the young, where the secondary sexual characters disappear and the two forms are seen to be specifically identical. In the present case the smallest females in which the sex is easily distinguishable differ scarcely at all in the form of the ros- trum and in the other characters which Kröyer gives as character- istic of the two species. - I have never seen males which could be regarded as agreeing well with the characters of turgida as given by Kröyer, and I cannot explain the statement of Buchholz (who retains both Kroyer's species though regarding them as probably varieties of one species) that he had, from East Greenland, two males of H. turgida, 30 to 35" in length, without supposing some mistake in the determination of the sex of the specimens,—a supposition which I have no sufficient reason for hazarding. The only characters which Stimpson gives for distinguishing his H. vibrans, found in Massachusetts Bay, from the Phippsii of Kröyer are that it has “but one spine over the eye,” and that there are “only two or three teeth beneath the tip of the rostrum.” The lower of the two supraorbital spines each side is really very small when best developed; it is not at all constant, there being a com- plete gradation between specimens in which it is well-developed and those in which it is entirely absent; and it often varies considerably on the two sides of the same individual. The number of teeth on the inferior edge of the rostrum is of even less importance as a dis- tinguishing character, for three or four is the usual number in the typical Phippsii and specimens with only two beneath the rostrum S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ‘75 often have both pairs of supraorbital spines well-developed, so that the two characters do not even accompany each other. This variety is evidently the form of which Miers (Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist, iv, xx, p. 62 (12), 1877) had a single specimen from Cape Frazer, Grinnell Land, and to which he refers under H. Phippsii ž The following table exhibits these variations in a series of speci- mens selected from a much larger number. In the last column I have attempted to indicate the variation in the supraorbital spines, although it is impossible to express in words the completeness of the gradation between those individuals in which the lower spine is fully developed and those in which it is entirely wanting. * Locality. Sex. Length. ROStrum. Supraorbital spines each side. Grand Menan, & 24.5mm * Two well-developed. { { {{ 24’3 4. + 5 { { (t 3 {{ { { 25-0 ** Two, one very minute. {{ t 25-5 4+5 One only. 3 t{ ( ! 25-2 * One, with rudiment of 2d. {{ {{ 24-3 *6 One only. {{ ! { 2I-8 3 +- 7 { { { { 3 2 • Cashe's Ledge, ! { 19:2 . 6 Two well-developed. { { * { { 17:0 º Two, one very small. t! ! { L5 -5 3 + 5 ! { { { ( ! 2 - [ble. § { . t ( 18.5 ** Two, one scarcely percepti- {{ { { 17.5 ** One only. ( { {{ l 7 • 1 4 +- 6 t{ { { 4. (t { { 17-0 3+6 TWO. 3 { { ! { L6-0 4. ; 6 One. t ( { 16-5 3 + 7 {{ 3 } 3 + [ble. Isles of Shoals, { { 16-7 —I- Two, one scarcely percepti- Cashe's Ledge, ( ! 16-5 *;1. One. { { {{ 15-5 3 + 5 Two well-developed. 2 76 S. J. Smith— Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Locality. Sex. Length. ROStrum. Supraorbital spines each Side. 8 Cashe's Ledge, & 15:0mm ** TWO. {{ {{ | 4:3 * Two, one very small. 9 Halifax, l2-0 2 + 3 One only l {{ Q 17.5 4+7. Two, one very small. sis [ble. Mass. Bay, { { 18-() —I- Two, one scarcely percepti- Cashe's Ledge, ( { I9-0 #: One only l ^, { { t{ 2] '8 * Two well-developed. {{ { { 21-3 4. + 7 {{ ! { 6 { { { { 24-0 4. + 4. {{ li 5 Norway, t{ 22-6 4+6. { { { { 7 Casco Bay, { { 29:0 ** { i {{ Grand Meman, { { 32.6 ** { { “ . { { {{ 3 5 •5 4. + 6 { { t ( 5 { { { { 37 •0 4 + 6 {{ { { 4. The form of the telson and the number of its dorsal aculi and ter- minal spines was usually very constant in all the specimens examined. In thirty-five out of forty-four individuals there were four pairs of aculi, or four upon One side and five upon the other: of the remainder, six (two males, 21 and 26* long, and four females, 19 to 36.5mm long) had five pairs; a male of 25mm, five upon one side and six upon the other; a female of 37", four upon one side and three upon the other; and a female of 25'5", only three pairs. In thirty-seven specimens in which the spines of the tip were specially examined, only one (a female 36" long, from Halifax, Nova Scotia, and in all other respects perfectly normal) varied from the normal number, this speci- men having three small ciliated spines in the middle in place of the two in normal specimens. This is a case precisely similar to that noticed under H. Gaimardži, and figured on Plate IX, figure 9, except that in this case there seems to be no variation whatever in the form of the terminal margin itself. In life the males at least are semi-translucent, and specked and irregularly mottled with obscure brownish red on the carapax and appendages. - S. I. Smith— Ch'ustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 77 Hippolyte pusiola, Kröyer. Plate IX, figures 4, 5, 6, 7. Off Block Island l, 8 to 10 fathoms, rocky, 1874. Off Stonington 1, Connecticut, 4 to 5 fathoms, rocky, 1873 (A. E. Verrill and D. C. Eaton). Vineyard Sound 1, 2 to 12 fathoms, gravelly and shelly, not common, 1871 and U875. Off Nantucket 1, 15 fathoms, 1875. Mas- sachusetts Bay 1, off Salem, 1877, 20 fathoms, rocks and gravel; 35 fathoms, mud and clay modules; 48 fathoms, soft mud, Lone speci- men. Off Cape Ann , 50 fathoms, mud, gravel and rocks, 1877. Also, Salem Harbor l, 4 fathoms (J. H. Emerton). Casco Bay 1, 1873, at low-water mark I, among stones, on Ram Island Ledge; also at numerous localities in from 4 to 33 fathoms, rocky and gravelly, or “hard” bottoms, and abundantly in the stomachs of the cod taken, on West Cod Ledge I. Jeffrey’s Ledge I, 24 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873. Cashe’s Ledgeſ, 27 and 39 fathoms, rocks and gravel, 1874,-abundant; abundant also near the Ledge I, in 52 to 90 fathoms, 1873. George’s Bank 1, 45 fathoms, coarse sand, 1872,-one specimen. Bay of Fundy 1, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876: not uncom- mon at low-water mark', among stones and algae; common in 5 to 50 fathoms, rocky, gravelly and shelly bottoms; off White Head, Grand Menan, 97 to 105 fathoms, gravelly, 1872. Le Have Bank 1, 45 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1872,-abundant. Halifax, Nova Scotia 1, 1877: 16 fathoms, rocky; 18 fathoms, fine sand; 25 fathoms, gravel; and one specimen also from 16 fathoms, mud. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, Orphan Bank and, in 10 fathoms, gravel, stones and broken shells, off Sea-Cow Head, Prince Edward Island, 1873 (J. F. Whiteaves). Iceland (G. O. Sars). Lofoten Islands !, coast of Nor- way (G. O. Sars). Scotland 1 (Norman). North Sea (Norman, Metzger). I have not been able to discover any authentic record of the occur- rence of this species in Greenland. The statement, by Prof. Verrill and myself, in the Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, pp. 396 (102) and 550 (256), that it extends to Greenland, was made without any authority, and the including of Greenland in its geographical range by Kingsley (Bulletin Essex Institute, vol. x, p. 59), is probably due to our error, although Mr. Kingsley gives no authority for his statement. The species has, however, an extensive northern range, and will very likely yet be found in Greenland. Out of one hundred and six specimens in which the rostrum was specially examined, ninety-two (among which the males varied from 78 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 10:5 to 17” in length, and the females from 13 to 23*) had either three or four teeth on the dorsal edge of the rostrum, and none at the tip or beneath; and this is evidently the normal rostral dentition of the species, although the fourteen remaining specimens show con- siderable deviation from this typical form. Of these fourteen speci- mens, nine) all females from off Nantucket, from the Bay of Fundy, and from Halifax, Nova Scotia, and varying from 19 to 25" in length), have four teeth above and one beneath the tip, and three of these nine, all females from the Bay of Fundy, and each about 23” in length, have the inferior tooth so near the tip that the tip is best described as bifid; one female, 22" long, from the Bay of Fundy, is similarly armed at the tip but has only three teeth above; one female, 16" long, from Halifax, Nova Scotia, has five distinct teeth above but none below; while three males, 12 to 13'5" long, from Casco Bay and Cashe’s Ledge, have only two teeth above. This would seem to show that a tendency to an increase in the number of rostral teeth is characteristic of the females, while the reverse is the case in respect to the males. The usually very constant arrangement of the terminal spines of the telson is occasionally subject to variation, which apparently fol- lows the same tendency in the sexes as the variation in the number of rostral teeth, although the number of observations in either case is too small for a reliable generalization. Of forty-eight specimens in which the tip of the telson was specially examined, forty-five (among which the males varied from 12 to 17" in length, and the females from 14 to 25"), had the normal number of terminal spines; that is, a short one at the lateral angle each side, two much longer ciliated ones in the middle, and, between these and the lateral spines each side, a still longer and stouter spine, making six in all (Plate IX, figure 7). Of the remaining specimens, a male 17" long, from the Bay of Fundy, has but one median ciliated spine, so that there are only five in all (Plate IX, figure 6); and yet there is not the slightest appearance of this irregularity being due to injury, and the specimen is in all other respects perfectly normal. A female 20:5” long, from the Bay of Fundy, has nine spines, of which the three median are ciliated (Plate IX, figure 4); there is a little irregularity in the spines, apparently due to some slight injury. Another female 16" long, from Halifax, Nova Scotia, has also nine spines, of which the five central ones were probably ciliated, although, apparently on account of the imperfect state of preservation of the specimen, I was able to discover cilia on only a part of them, as shown in the figure S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. '79 (Plate IX, figure 5). In this last specimen there is evidence of injury in the irregular outline of one of the lateral angles of the tip of the telson, in the irregularity of the spines, and particularly in the supplemental group of three aculei near this irregular angle as shown in the figure. The largest specimens examined are from the Bay of Fundy, the largest male being 1&nm in length, and the largest female 25mm. The color in life varies considerably, as the following notes, un- fortunately all made upon adult females, show. A specimen, taken among stones and algae at low-water mark at Eastport, Maine, was translucent specked upon the body and appendages with bright red, and with a white dorsal line extending from the tip of the rostrum to the telson. Another, dredged at Eastport, in 20 to 25 fathoms, rocky and shelly bottom, was faintly specked with pale red on the carapax and the sides of the abdomen; the antennae, antennulae and cephalo- thoracic legs annulated and the abdominal legs, telson and the uro- podal lamellae banded with the same color. Still another specimen, from 40 to 50 fathoms, rocky bottom, at Eastport, was much more brilliantly colored, though after the same pattern : the eye-peduncles and the bases of the antennulae, antennae and cephalothoracic legs were thickly specked with bright red, the distal portions of the legs and the flagella of the antennulae and antennae were closely annu- lated, while the antennal scales, carapax and abdomen were trans- versely banded with the same color; the band upon the sixth segment of the abdomen and that across the telson and uropodal lamellae were nearly as broad as the length of the sixth segment and the tel- son respectively, and very deep bright red. A considerable number of specimens taken among stones and red algae upon the Cod Ledges, Casco Bay, were very brightly colored, much in the same way as the last specimen. According to notes made by Professor Verrill in 1870, two specimens dredged in 15 fathoms, stony bottom, north of Treat’s Island, Eastport Harbor, differed considerably in color; one was pale flesh-color with a median dorsal stripe of whitish and the sides speckled with pale red, the flagella of the antennulae and anten- nae having alternate bands of pale reddish and flesh-color, and the legs thickly speckled with light brownish and obscurely banded with the same; while the other specimen was pale grayish, with about five transverse whitish bands on the abdomen; and a dark gray band across the sixth segment and another across the telsou and uropodal lamellae, and with the cephalothoracic legs banded with white and gray. Females carrying eggs are abundant in all the collections I have 80 S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. examined; these collections have been made in July, August, Sep- tember, October and April, so that the species evidently breeds during a large portion of the year. - Hippolyte polaris Ross. Alpheus polaris Sabine, in Supplement to appendix of Parry's [first] Woyage, p. ccxxxviii, pl. 2, figs. 5–8, 1824. Hippolyte polaris J. C. Ross, in John Ross, Appendix to narrative of a second Voyage in search of the northwest passage, p. lxxxv, 1835 (Q). Hippolyte borealis J. C. Ross, in John Ross, op. cit., p. lxxxiv, pl. B, fig. 3, 1835 (6). ? Hippolyte cultellata Norman, in Report of exploring the Hebrides, part ii, Report British Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1866, p. 200, 1867; Last Report on dredging among the Shetland Isles, op. ult. cit., 1867, p. 265. - - Plate XI, figures 1 to 4. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 1877: 35 fathoms, mud and clay modules; and 48 fathoms, soft mud [a]. Between Cape Ann and the Isles of Shoals 1, 33 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873 [b]. Casco Bay !, 1873 [c]: near West Cod Ledge, 10 to 15 fathoms, rocky, and from stomachs of the cod taken at the same locality. Also off Seguin Isl- and l, 48 fathoms, gravel, 1873 [d]. Cashe’s Ledge I, 30 to 40 fathoms, gravel [e]; and near the Ledge, 65 fathoms, mud and gravel, 1874 [f]. Bay of Fundy 1, 1870, 1872 [g]. About east-southeast from Cape Sable, Nova Scotia l, north latitude 42°45', west longitude 66° 27', 75 fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877 [h]. Off Cape Negro !, Nova Scotia, 59 fathoms, pebbles, sand and rocks, 1877. Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 1877: 16 fathoms, rocks, and stones and red algae [?]; 18 fathoms, fine sand [k]; and 25 fathoms, gravel. Off Halifax I, 1877: 25 fathoms, rocks and nullipora [/]; 52 fathoms, fine sand and mud; and 100 fathoms, fine sand [m]. Gulf St. Lawrence 1 (Whit- eaves, 1871). Labrador (Packard). Grinnell Land (Miers). Green- land (Kröyer, et al.), as far north as 81° 44' (Miers). Arctic Ocean, north of Bering Straits (Stimpson). Spitzbergen (Kröyer, Miers). West coast of Norway ! (G. O. Sars) [n]. North Sea (Metzger). ? Shetland Islands (JH. cultellata Norman). This species presents another case of differences between certain individuals among the adult males, or perhaps more properly old males, on the one hand, and the females and younger males, on the other hand; that is, the borealis-form bears much the same relation to the original polaris as gibba does to Gaimardii, and a relation somewhat similar to that of Phippsii to turgida. The specimens before me show a very complete series connecting the most character- istic form of borealis with the ordinary forms of polaris. Of the spe- S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 81 cimens examined, all the males 28” or less in length have well-devel- oped rostral teeth and a distinct spine (the pterygostomian) at the inferior angle of the anterior margin of the carapax, and in these characters agree fully with the female. In all the specimens much above 30” in length the pterygostomian spines are small, rudiment- ary or wanting, though they do not seem to disappear wholly at any particular size of thesindividual. The disappearance of the dorsal teeth of the rostrum is still more irregular and is evidently a charac- ter peculiar to, but not characteristic of, the adult male. There are often very rudimentary teeth present which could not be discovered without the aid of a lense, and the gradation between the forms in which they are well-developed and those in which they are wholly wanting is most complete. That the form of male with edentulous rostrum and without pterygostomian spines has no claim to be retained as a species is conclusively shown, (1) by the complete gra- dation in these characters between this form and the original polaris- form, (2) by the fact that one of the characters may exist without the other in the same individual, and (3) by the negative evidence that there is no corresponding female form. The following tabulation of the character of the rostral teeth and the pterygostomian spines, together with the length of the individual and the rostral formula, in a series of specimens selected from a much greater number, exhibits some of the variations. The letters indicat- ing the localities correspond with those in brackets under the distri- bution of the species given above. ROStral Dorsal teeth Locality. Sex. Length. Formula. Of rostrum. Pterygostomian spine. 2 k, 23.7mm ** Well-developed. Well-developed. k, 24-0 2 + 2 { { { { 2 k, f 25 •0 2 + 3 { { { { 3 2 + 3 l { 25-7 2 + 2 & Tº 2 + 5 $ t f { 26' 0 3 { 2 C, { 26.5 +4 { * { 2 t & 2 + 5 $ $ J. 27-0 4 { 2 + 2 b, { 28 •0 –H { { { 2 9 k, { 30-0 2 + 3 ! { { { 3 c, “ 32-0 2+2 { { Small. :3 TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. W. ll FEBRUARY, 1879. 82 S. Z. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. * Rostral Dorsal teeth Locality. Sex. Length. Formula. Of rostrum. Pterygostomian spine. k, & 34-0mm * Well-developed. Rudimentary. { { 9, { { 35-4 2 #: Very small. f { { 39°5 3 ; 5 { { Scarcely perceptible. 9, {{ 43'0 2 ; 3 Very small. Rudimentary. b, • { 32-0 º 3 * Scarcely perceptible. Small. b, { { 33-0 º * Very minute. Absent 7 7m, { { 34'0 2 ; 3. Very small. Wholly absent. 7, { { 86°0 *; 3? Very minute. Wholly absent. le, ( : 37-0 º Scarcely perceptible. Wholly absent. 6. { { 30-0 º Absent. Very rudimentary. 6, * { 31-0 º { { Very rudimentary. é, {{ 32°0 ** { { Wholly absent. k, Q 29°4. 2+3 W. ell-developed. Well-developed. 3 k, t 3 1. 0 3 . 3 ( : { { 9 é, {{ 33-0 2 + 3 { { { 3 é, { { 33.5 2 + 2 {{ { { 2 9, t a 35 •0 2 + 4. { { 4. c. “ 40.0 ***. { * {{ 2 7 t 410 *** { { {{ 3 7, ( ( 42 4. 2 + 2 { { { { 4. 72, { { 45' 0 2 + 5 { { { { 3 7, { { 48.0 3 + 4 {{ { { 3 7, {{ 49 0 2 + 4. {{ {{ 5 l, { { 55-0 2 + 3 { { ( { 3 d {{ 55-0 2 + 3 {{ {{ 2 g { { 56-0 2 + 4 { { {{ y 3 0, { { 5 6 •0 2 ; 3 { { { { S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 83 The number of dorsal aculei upon the telson varies from four to ten pairs. The greatest number noticed being in the case of two females 48 and 49" in length, from the coast of Norway; the small- est number, in males 27 to 35" long and females 31 to 34", from our own coast. That the number has no very close relation to the size of the individual is shown by a male 34mm long having six aculei on one side and eight upon the other; while the largest specimen examined, a female 26" long, from the Bay of Fundy, has four upon one side and five upon the other. In thirty specimens from New England, Nova Scotia and the coast of Norway, the terminal spines of the telson are as described by Kröyer, that is four median ciliated ones and two stouter each side, making eight in all. A single female specimen, 31" long, from Labrador, differs however in having five median ciliated spines with two stouter spines each side, making nine in all,—a case precisely similar to that mentioned under H. Gaimardži. The following notes on the color while living were made by Pro- fessor Verrill on an adult female, from 12 fathoms, Johnson’s Bay, Bay of Fundy, 1870. Body pale flesh-color, beautifully spotted and barred transversely with orange-brown, the abdomen with somewhat rounded, unequal spots which tend to form transverse bars above, but on the second, third and fourth segments there is a regular band of this color. The carapax is spotted on the sides with orange-red and sparingly with sulphur-yellow; the upper portion bluish green, finely specked with brown and yellow, and with three lateral spots on each side and two median of bright blue. Between the eyes and passing obliquely bačkward is a stripe of red. On the sides of the abdomen are five specks of sulphur-yellow and above these are two small bright blue spots on the fifth segment and a median one with two smaller each side on the second. The telson and uropodal lamellae are brownish at base, behind which there is a sulphur-yellow band bordered with white, the rest of the lamellae speckled with brown, and the outer ones with a semi-circular spot of dark purplish brown near the middle of the outer margin. The flagella of the antennae are salmon-color banded with orange-red. The first pair of cephalothoracic legs are red at base and on the terminal segments; the second are banded with red near the base and at the tip; the third and fourth are red at base, then banded with yellow, whitish and dark brown alternately, and the terminal segments flesh-color; the posterior pair are similar but have a sulphur-yellow base. The abdominal legs are flesh-color, spotted and transversely banded with dark red and sulphur-yellow. 84 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Males when not more than 25" in length show distinctly the sex- ual characters in the first and second pairs of abdominal legs, and they arrive at sexual maturity at a little over 30” in length, if not earlier, since two specimens which I have examined, 34 and 37” long, have the sperm ducts, or spermatophores extruded,—probably a result of the contraction due to the preservation of the specimens in alcohol. Among four females carrying eggs the smallest is about 40” in length. These four, the only specimens seen with eggs, were all taken in 16 to 100 fathoms, at and off Halifax, Nova Scotia, September 4, 5, 6, 1877. Since some, even recent, authors have apparently had difficulty in distinguishing with certainty the sexes in the species of Hippolyte, I introduce figures of the first pair of abdominal appendages and of the inner lamella of the second pair in the male and female of this species, to illustrate the sexual differences in these appendages in the genus. (Plate XI; figure 1, appendage of the left side of the first segment of the male; figure 3, corresponding appendage of the female; figure 2, inner lamella of the appendage of the left side of the second segment of the male; figure 4, corresponding part of the appendage of the female). At least in all the species of Hippolyte mentioned in this paper, the differences in these appendages in the two sexes are very similar to those shown in these figures, and are so conspicuous that they afford the readiest means for distinguishing the sexes, which is easily dome, at a glance. In the first pair of abdominal appendages of the female, both lamellae are furnished with long plumose setae upon each margin to the very tip, as in the succeeding appendages; the outer lamella is always much marrower than the more or less ovate inner one and is linear in outline. In the male the basal portion of the appendage is relatively smaller than in the female; the Outer lamella is similar to that in the female, but very much larger, and even larger than the inner lamella in the male; this inner lamella always tapers rapidly into a slender terminal portion which is naked, except a few minute, very short, modified and hook-like spines at the very tip; the margins toward the base, however, are furnished with short setae or slender spinules, but entirely want the long plumose setae so characteristic of the corresponding parts of the other appendages. In the second pair of abdominal appendages, the differences are mostly confined to the inner lamellae, which are narrowly ovate, and margined with long, plumose setae in both sexes, but in the female there is, arising from the proximal half of the inner margin, S. J. Smith— Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 85 a single, slender process which is entirely naked except at the tip, where it is armed with numerous modified spines like those upon the tip of the inner lamella of the first pair of appendages in the male; while in the male there is a similar process, usually arising nearer the base, however, but always accompanied by a somewhat smaller pro- cess arising just at the base of the first and furnished with numerous long setae like the marginal setae of the lamella itself. Hippolyte Groenjandica Miers. - Asiacus Granlandicus J. C. Fabricius, Systema Entomologiae, p. 416, 1775; Entomo- logia systematica, ii, p. 484, 1793. Cancer aculealus O. Fabricius, Fauna Groelandica, p. 239, 1780. Alpheus aculealus Sabine, in Supplement to appendix of Parry's [first] Woyage, p. ccxxxviii, pl. 2, figs. 5–8, 1824. Hippolyte aculeata J. C. Ross, in John Ross, Appendix to narrative of a second Woy- age in search of the northwest passage, p. lxxxiii, 1835. Hippolyte armata. Owen, Voyage of the Blossom, p. 88, pl. 27, fig. 2, 1839 (2). Hippolyte cormula Owen, op. cit., p. 89, pl. 28, fig. 2, 1839 (6). Hippolyte Graenlandica Miers, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., IV, xx, p. 62 (12), 1877. Salem Harbor 1, Massachusetts, 6 fathoms, 1873; also off Baker's Island 1, 20 fathoms (J. H. Emerton, 1878). Between Cape Ann and the Isles of Shoals 1, 33 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873. Casco Bay 1, 1873: between Overset and Peak’s Islands, 18 fathoms, rocks and sponges; West Cod Ledge, 10 to 20 fathoms, rocky; and from the stomachs of cod taken at the last locality. Grand Menan l, Bay of Fundy, 1872; also off Flagg’s Cove , Grand Menan, 15 fathoms, shells, mud and stones, 1873. Off Treat’s Island I, Eastport, Maine, 15 fathoms, stones, 1870. Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 1877: 16 fathoms, stones, sand, and red algae; 18 fathoms, fine sand, also mud and fine sand; 21 fathoms, fine sand and red algae; and 25 fathoms, gravel. Murry Bay 1, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Principal J. W. Dawson). Lab- rador (Packard). Grinnell Land, as far north as 82° 30' (Miers). Greenland (J. C. Fabricius, O. Fabricius, Iröyer, et al.). Bering Sea and Arctic Ocean north of Bering Straits (Owen, Stimpson). The largest specimens examined were from the Bay of Fundy, the largest male 41", the largest female 55" in length. According to the following notes, made by Professor Verrill in 1870, on two males from the Bay of Fundy, this species varies con- siderably in coloration. A male 41" long, from 15 fathoms, stony, north of Treat's Island, Eastport Harbor, had the body very pale whitish gray with faint clouds of dark gray on the carapax and a large spot of the same color on each side of each of the first five seg- 86 S. J. Smith—- Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ments of the abdomen, those on the first three segments connected by a transverse dorsal band of the same, which, however, was mar- rowly interrupted in the middle on the first two segments. Flagella of the antennae and antennulae annulated with wide alternate bands of light red and white. Teeth of the rostrum dark brownish. Cepha- lothoracic legs white, annulated with pale red or flesh-color. Caudal lamellae mottled with gray. In the other specimen, 37” long, from 10 fathoms, shells, mud and stones, Flagg's Cove, Grand Menan, the carapax was flesh-color specked and mottled with light red, dorsal teeth and rostrum thickl y specked with darker red, and the posterior border with two spots of the same color. The first three segments of the abdomen with broad interrupted transverse bands of light red; the posterior segments and caudal appendages mottled and specked with the same. Flagella of the antennulae and antennae, and the cephalothoracic legs as in the other specimen. Pandalus borealis Kröyer. * " * , Massachusetts Bay !, about twelve miles east-southeast from Salem, 45 to 50 fathoms, mud, 1877, and also in 1878,-very abundant. Gulf of Maine !, off Cape Ann, 40 to 98 fathoms, mud, 1877, 1878,- very abundant, particularly in a region about fourteen miles southeast from Cape Ann, in from 50 to about 100 fathoms. East of Jeffrey’s Ledge , 114 fathoms, soft mud, 1873. Gulf of Maine !, about forty miles east of Cape Ann, 160 fathoms, 1877. Off Casco Bay 1, eighteen to twenty miles southeast from Cape Elizabeth, 48 to 68 fathoms, mud, 1873,-common. Twenty to thirty miles southeast to southeast one-half east from Cape Sable, Nova Scotia , 59 to 88 fathoms, fine sand, pebbles and rocks, 1877,-two small specimens. About thirty miles South to south by west one-fourth west from Hal- ifax 1, Nova Scotia, 85 to 110 fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877. Greenland (Kröyer). Bering Sea (Brandt), Norway ! (G. O. Sars), and south to the Cattegat (Goës). According to notes made by Professor Verrill in 1877, this species when living is “thickly sprinkled with small red stellate spots, which, from closer aggregation, make the tail deeper in color than the rest of the body. Flagella of the antennulae annulated with very nar. row white rings alternating with very broad red bands. Flagella of antennae deep red. Spermaries purplish red, the outer membrane golden. Ovaries blue. Eggs ultramarine blue.” S. J. Smith— Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Sº Females carrying eggs were taken in August and September, 1877 and 1878, in and off Massachusetts Bay and off Cape Ann. Pandalus Montagui Leach. Pandalus Montagui Leach, “Edinburg Encyclopedia, vii, p. 432” (teste White), 1813 or 1814; American Edition, vii, p. 271.—White, Catalogue of British Crus- tacea in British Museum, p. 41, 1850. Pandalus annulicornis Leach, Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniae, pl. 40, March, 1815; Transactions of the Linnean Society, London, xi, p. 346, 1815. Pandalus levigatus Súmpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 58, 1853. Vineyard Sound !, in deep water off Gay Head, 1871; also off Buz- zard’s Bay !, 25 fathoms, and off Newport 1, Rhode Island, 29 fath- oms, 1871. At these localities south of Cape Cod, the species was rare and all the specimens of small size. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 22 to 48 fathoms, gravelly, sandy and muddy bottoms, 1877, common. Also 45 fathoms, soft mud, off Cape Ann l, 1878. Stell- wagen's Bankſ, 22 to 44 fathoms, rocky and sandy, 1873. Gulf of Maine !, off Cape Ann, 75 and 90 fathoms, mud, 1877,-common and very large, and associated with P. borealis. Common on St. George's Banks!, in 28 fathoms, coarse sand; 30 fathoms, soft sand; 50 and 60 fathoms, sand and shells; and 45 fathoms, coarse sand, 1872. Also east of St. George's Banks!, 430 fathoms, sand, gravel and stones, 1872,-several specimens, unquestionably of this species. Casco Bay !, common in 10 to 45 fathoms, rocky, shelly, gravelly, Sandy, and muddy bottoms, and in abundance in the stomachs of the cod taken on the Cod Ledges, 1873. Also off Casco Bay !, eighteen to twenty miles southeast of Cape Elizabeth, 48 to 68 fathoms, mud, 1878,-large individuals associated with P. borealis. Bay of Fundy 1, 10 to 77 fathoms, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876,-very common. About east- southeast from Cape Sable !, Nova Scotia, north latitude 42° 45', west longitude 66° 27', 75 fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877. Hal- ifax 1, Nova Scotia, 16 to 25 fathoms, on bottoms of stones and red algae, gravel, and fine sand and stones, 1877. In Bedford Basin l, Halifax, 26 to 41 fathoms, soft mud, 1877,-two specimens. About ten miles off Halifax, 53 fathoms, sand, mud and rocks, 1877. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1 (Whiteaves). Labrador I (Packard). Greenland (Kröyer et al.). Iceland (G. O. Sars). Scandinavian coast ! (G. O. Sars) and British Isles 1 (Norman et al.). The largest specimens examined are from 90 fathoms, off Cape Ann, and are 115" long. There are specimens over 100” long from SS S. Z. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. other localities in the Gulf of Maine, from off Casco Bay, 48 to 68 fathoms, and from deep water in the Bay of Fundy. In examining many hundreds of specimens only seven were found carrying eggs; these specimens vary between 75 and 100” in length: one of them is from 48 fathoms, Massachusetts Bay, August 13, 1877; another is from 45 fathoms, in the same region, August 29, 1878; three are from 75 fathoms, Gulf of Maine, off Cape Ann, October 17, 1877; and two are from Halifax, Nova Scotia, September, 1877. This species differs in color from the borealis in having the red more intense and arranged in clearly defined markings, of which those upon the carapax and abdomen are arranged in conspicuous, obliquely transverse lines or bars, while the color upon the rest of the body and upon the appendages is collected in distinct specks, blotches, or annu- lations. Stimpson's Pandalus levigatus is undoubtedly synonymous with P. Montaguž. The latter species is exceedingly abundant in the Bay of Fundy and Dr. Stimpson could scarcely have failed to obtain it in his dredgings at Grand Menan. Moreover, the description of the levigatus applies perfectly to the Montagui, except as to the color, in regard to which there was probably some mistake. There are simi- lar discrepancies in regard to the color of some of the species of Amphipoda described in the same memoir, Palaemonetes Vulgaris Stimpson ex Say. Ringsley (Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., 1878, p. 330 (15)) gives “Salem, Mass. (C. Cooke),” as a locality for this species, and it undoubtedly occurs regularly in the shallow waters of Cape Cod Bay, although I have never observed specimens north of Cape Cod. It is very common among eel-grass, etc., in Vineyard Sound ! and Buz- zard's Bay 1, 1871, 1875; Fisher's Island Sound 1, 1874; Long Island Sound !; south shore of Long Island 1, 1870; New Jersey 1, 1871; Fort Macon!, North Carolina (Coues, Packard); to the St. Johns River !, Florida (G. Brown Goode). Pasiphaë tarda, Kröyer. Pasiphaë tarda Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, i, p. 453, 1845; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie et Laponie, pl. 6, fig. 1 (Pasiphaea), 1849.-Lütken, in Manual of the Natural History of Greenland, for the use of the English Arctic Expedition, p. 148, 1875-–G. O. Sars, Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, ICristiania, ii, p. 342, 1877. Pasiphaea multidentata Esmark, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1865, pp. 259, 316. * S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 89 Pasiphaë Norvegica M. Sars, Cristiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1865, pp. 260, 814; Bidrag til Kunskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna (extract Nyt Mag- azim for Naturvidenskaberne), p. 42, pls. 4, 5, figs, 65–90, 1868–G. O. Sars, Untersögelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna (extract Nyt Mag. Nat.) p. 21, 1869; Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1871, p. 262 (19), 1872. Plate X, figure 1. Gulf of Maine !, forty-two miles east by south from Cape Ann, about 42° 38' north latitude, 69° 38' west longitude, 160 fathoms, soft mud, August 19, 1877,-two specimens, 75 and 53" in length. Also near the same locality, 140 and 175 fathoms, soft mud, August 27, 1878,-two specimens, one 62” in length, the other fragmentary. Greenland (Kröyer). West coast of Norway 1, 100 to 525 fathoms (M. and G. O. Sars). Thysanopoda, Norvegica, M. Sars. Forhandlinger ved de Skandinaviske Naturforskeres, 1856, p. 169, 1857; Christi- ania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1863, p. 2.-Goés, CEfversight af Kong.l. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 173 (13).-G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zoologisk Reise ved Kysterne af Christanias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 15, 1866 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Natur- videnskberne); Christiania Widensk.-Selsk. Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 262 (19); Archiv for Mathematik og N aturvidenskab, Eristiania, ii, p. 342, 1877—(?) Nor: man, Last report on dredging among the Shetland Isles, Report British Assoc. Advanc. Sci., 1868, p. 265, 1869.-Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, ii, p. 285, 1874.—Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für l872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 288, 1875. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 48 fathoms, soft mud, 1877. Gulf of Maine !, off Massachusettts Bay and off Cape Ann, 1873, 1877 and 1878: 40 to 160 fathoms, mud, sand and mud, mud and stones. Casco Bay 1, 1873; in great abundance at the surface on “mackerel ground,” during both day and evening; also in dredgings from 64 and 94 fathoms, mud, off Casco Bay. Bay of Fundy l, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876: in great abundance at the surface, and often brought up in the dredge. Several localities off the coast of Maine !, 95 to 105 fathoms, 1873, 1874. East of St. George's Banks 1, 430 fathoms, 1872. Off Cape Sable !, Nova Scotia, 59, 88, and 115 fath- oms, sand, gravel and stones, Sandy mud, Sand and gravel, 1877. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 210 fathoms, mud, 1873. Greenland (Buch- holz). North latitude 75°, east longitude 12° (Goës). West coast of Norway ! (G. O. and M. Sars). North Sea (Metzger). (?) Shet- land Islands (Norman). Since this, as well as the next species, is essentially pelagic, swim- TRANS. CONN. AOA.D., VOL. W. 12 FEBRUARY, 1879. 90 S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ming in vast numbers at the surface, and doubtless at great depths as well, it is of course somewhat uncertain whether the specimens taken in the dredge really come from the bottom or from some point between that and the surface. It was found in the stomachs of the hake taken in the Bay of Fundy, in 1872, however, which is very good evidence that it lives at the bottom for a part of the time. In the Bay of Fundy it occurs at the surface in vast swarms, fill- ing the water for miles, and is usually accompanied by schools of mackerel, young pollock, and other fish, and in the autumn by immense flocks of gulls; the fish and smaller gulls appearing to feed almost exclusively upon the Thysanopoda at such times. It not infrequently occurs in this way in the harbor of Eastport, Maine, and, with a hand-net, may be caught by the quart even from the wharves. I have observed it only in August, September and October, but Messrs. Merriam and Wilson found it in abundance in April. Profes- sor Verrill observed it, in 1859, swarming in myriads at the “Rep- plings,” in the center of the Bay of Fundy. In the Bay of Fundy, the inerm is was often found associated with this species, but always in very much smaller numbers. The Worvegica occurred on “mack- erel grounds” in Casco Bay, in the same way as in the Bay of Fundy, though not in such vast abundance. In life, this species is very beautiful. The whole animal, except the black eyes, is very translucent; the edges of the carapax and the lower edges of the abdominal segments are faintly tinged with red; the upper surface of the carapax, the peduncles of the antennulae and antennae, and the cephalothoracic appendages are spotted and banded with deep bright red; the peculiar sense organs at the bases of the first and last pairs of pediform cephalothoracic appendages, and beneath the anterior segments of the abdomen are deep purplish red; the principal ganglia of the nervous system and many of the peripheral nerves are red, or tinged with red. The ganglia of the nervous system are sometimes, if not always, beautifully phospho- reSCent. While at Casco Bay in August, 1873, and before I was aware of G. O. Sars' observations on the development of this species (in his zoological voyage of 1865, above referred to), several of the very remarkable larval stages of two species of Thysanopoda, most of the larvae apparently belonging to this species, were found among the collections made at the surface with the towing-met in the evening. The youngest individuals observed belonged to the more common species, and, though apparently by no means the earliest of the free- S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 91 swimming stages, show close affinities with the nauplius-stage of the Copepoda, and at once convinced me of the correctness of the conclu- sions of Claus based on his earlier observations on Euphausa. In the earliest stage observed the animal is about 24" long. The com- pound eyes are already present but are crowded closely together, ses- sile, and wholly covered above by the front of the carapax. The antennulae and antennae are highly developed biramus natatory appen- dages, the antennae being still in the simplest nauplial form. The mandibles, both pairs of maxillae, and the first pair of maxillipeds are developed and show considerable resemblance to the adult form of these appendages. The remaining cephalothoracic appendages have not yet appeared and the corresponding segments of the cephalotho- rax are only indicated by a closely crowded series of rather obscure annulations. The abdomen, however, is already well-developed and composed of the normal number of segments, and the uropods have even made their appearance in a rudimentary form. This earliest larval stage was unmistakably connected with the adult Thysan- opoda by several intermediate stages found in company with the younger larvae. I should not have alluded to these very imperfect observations in connection with this subject, had not C. Spence Bate,” having appar- ently overlooked Sars’ observations, recently seemed to question the correctness of Claus' conclusions in regard to the larvae referred by him to Euphausa. I am able to throw no light whatever upon the question as to the manner in which the eggs are discharged or hatched, though it seems most probable to me that the eggs are discharged while the embryo is still immature and are hatched while floating in the water. Thysanopoda, inermis Kröyer. In Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, au Spitzberg, pl. 7, fig. 2, 1849; Forsög til en monogrphisk Fremstilling af Kraebsdyrslaegten Sergestes, Kongl. Danske Widensk. Selsk. Skr., V, naturvidensk. mathem. Afh., iv, pl. 5, fig. 24, 1856 (showing the peculiar sense organs).-Goés, CEfversight af Kong]. Wetens- kaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 174 (14).—Reinhardt, Naturhis- toriske Bidrag til en Beskrivelse af Grönland, p. 30, 1857 (extr. from Rink's Grön- land).-Lütken, list of the Crustacea of Greenland, in Manual of Instructions for the [British] Arctic Expedition, 1875, p. 148. Mentioned, on my authority, as T. neglecta ?, by Verrill, American Journal of Sci- * On the Nauplius Stage of Prawns, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, V, ii, p. 79, l878. - 92 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ence, III, vii, p. 411, 1874. Also by Whiteaves, American Journal of Science, III, vii, pp. 213, 214, 1874; and Report on further deep-sea dredging operations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1873], p. 16, [1874?]. Very abundant at the surface in Vineyard Sound !, January 8, 1875, and January 14, 1876 (V. N. Edwards). Massachusetts Bay !, 48 fathoms, mud, 1877. Off the coast of Maine 1, 102, 105 and 107 fathoms, mud and gravel, and mud, 1873, 1874. Bay of Fundy l, at the surface, 1864, 1868, 1872; dredged in 40 to 50 fathoms, rocky, 1868; and found in the stomachs of pollock and hake, 1872. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 50, 70,210 and 220 fathoms (J. F. Whiteaves). Green- land (Reinhardt, Lütken). Spitzbergen and Finmark (Goës). Lofo- ten Islands !, Norway (G. O. Sars). - - The specimens taken in Vineyard Sound in winter are very slightly smaller and apparently more slender in form than the northern spe- cimens taken in Summer and autumn, but seem to differ in no other respect. Specimens from the Bay of Fundy agree perfectly with Kröyer's figures referred to above, and with specimens received directly from Prof. G. O. Sars and labeled by him T. inermis Kröyer. Specimens sent several years earlier from the same locality by Prof. Sars to the Smithsonian Institution, as a specimen of the food of Gadus virens, and labeled T. neglecta Kröyer, appear, however, to be the same species, and do not agree with Kröyer’s figures of T. meg- lecta. It was an examination of these specimens which led me to label specimens of our species T. neglecta ? for Prof. Verrill and Mr. Whiteaves. * º In life this species is at once distinguished from the Worvegica by its much fainter coloring. It is exceedingly translucent, the sides of the carapax and abdomen, and the bases of the cephalothoracic and abdominal appendages are only slightly tinged with red. The nerv- ous system and the peculiar sense organs, however, are brightly col- ored as in the Worvegica, and these together with the eyes are all that is easily visible as the animal swims gracefully about near the surface of the water. - - Erythrops Goésii G. O. Sars. Mysis erythrophthalma Goés, Crustacea marina Suecia, CEfversight af Kong]. We- tenskaps-Akademens Förhandlingar, 1863, p. 178 (18), 1863. Nematopus Goési; G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter (extr. Nyt. Mag. Nat.), p. 15, 1866. Erythrops Goésà G. O. Sars, Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Fauna, Mysider, part S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 93 i, p. 24, pl. 1, 1870; Undersögelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna, Crustacea, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 262 (19), 1872.-Metz- ger, Jahresbericht der Comm. Zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 288, 1875. Massachusetts Bayl, off Salem, August, 1877: 20 fathoms, rocks and gravel; 33 fathoms, sand and mud; and 48 fathoms, soft mud. Skager Rack, 49 fathoms (Metzger). West coast of Norway 1, 30 to 150 fathoms (G. O. Sars). Spitzbergen (Goës). Meterythrops, gen. nov. The large and very interesting species, for the reception of which this genus is here proposed, was first made known to me, several years ago, by a few, more or less imperfect, specimens dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 1873, by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, and, in his report on dredging for that year, it is referred to, on my authority, as a species “near to Ehrythrops and Parerythrops.” The same species was dredged in 1877 by the party of the U. S. Fish Commission on board the “Speedwell,” but only imperfect specimens were obtained. The following description and the accompanying figures are based on this meager material. The species combines several characters of the genera Erythrops and Parerythrops of G. O. Sars, but in general appearance is more like the latter genus. The new genus may be characterized as follows: The body very short and obese with the posterior cephalothoracic segments almost completely covered above by the large and broad carapax. The eyes well-developed, large, nearly globular, and black after preservation in alcohol. The antennulae, antennae, and the oral and cephalothoracic appendages nearly as in Parerythrops. The pleopods in the female rudimentary and very nearly as in Mysis ; in the male, as in Erythrops, all the five pairs being well-developed, biramus, and natatory; the inner ramus in the first pair, however, rudimentary and with the terminal part membranaceous, expanded, and nearly naked. The telson long, narrow, sub-triangular, the lat- eral margins naked, and the apex narrow, truncate, and armed with four spines and two median setae. The ovigerous pouch Composed of four large lamellae nearly as in Mysis. Meterythrops robusta, sp. now. Plate XII, figures 1 and 2. The carapax as seen from above is of nearly equal breadth to near the posterior extremity, where it is slightly contracted. The frontal 94 S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ! margin projects in an obtuse and rounded angle between the eyes, and, beneath the eye each side, the lateral margin projects into an acute and spiniform angle, just above which there is a deep sinus in the margin for the reception of the base of the antenna. The trans- verse sulcus is well-marked, strongly arcuate, and terminates each side just above the antero-lateral spine. The lateral margin is bent strongly upward in an obtuse angle at...a point about a third of its length from the anterior margin. The posterior margin is only slightly emarginate. The eyes are very large, their greater diame- ter being more than a third of the breadth of the carapax, remote from each other, and attached by very slender bases; they are very nearly globular, though slightly flattened above, and the black, faceted area, occupying the greater portion of the surface, terminates in a regular and slightly arcuate line above. The peduncles of the antennulae are only a little longer than the eyes, and the distal seg- ment in each is as long as the two proximal, of which the second one is very short, not half as long as the first and much shorter upon the outer than upon the inner side. The flagella are stout and the outer longer than inner, as usual. In the adult male the segments of the peduncle are stouter than in the female, the basal and terminal seg- ments each being as broad as long, and the distal segment termin- ates, beneath the base of the inner flagellum, in an obtuse, comical, and densely hirsute or ciliated process similar to that in the males of Erythrops and Parerythrops. The squamiform appendage of antenna (Plate XII, figure 2), is only about three times as long as broad, the greatest breadth being toward the distal extremity; the outer margin is nearly straight from near the base and terminates in a very large dentiform spine. From the base of this spine the ante- rior margin is very oblique, only slightly arcuate, scarcely longer than the breadth of the scale itself, and terminates in an oval tip which is about a third of the width of the scale in front of the tip of the lateral spine. The inner and terminal margins together are fur- nished with nearly fifty setae, of which about a third are on the term- inal margin. The peduncle of the antennula does not reach to the middle of the squamiform appendage, and the three distal segments are very short, the ultimate and antepenultimate each being about as broad as long and the two nearly equal in length, while the penulti- mate is shorter than either. The flagellum is stout and probably nearly as long as the rest of the animal, though, in all the specimens examined, the terminal portion is wanting. The mandibles agree very closely, except in some of the details of S. Z. Smith– Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 95 the armament of the coronal extremities, with the mandibles of Pa'- erythrops obesa. In each mandible the inferior angle of the crown is separated by a broad space from the superior, or molar, angle. The inferior edges and the molar processes in both mandibles are almost exactly as in Parerythrops obesa: the inferior edge itself is much alike in the two mandibles, being composed of about four irregular, obtuse teeth, but the dentiform process just within the edge differs in the two mandibles; in the right it is more slender and prominent than in the left, and enlarges at the extremity, which is armed with several rather slender teeth; while in the left the process is shorter, stouter, and terminates in shorter teeth. The space between the armament of the inferior edge and the molar process is, in each man- dible, furnished with twelve to fourteen setiform teeth which are very different in the two mandibles: in the left they are slender, crowded closely together, and armed with minute, spiniform teeth'; while in the right they occupy a much larger space, are thin, acutely triangular, and wholly destitute of secondary spines or dentations, except, possibly, one or two exceedingly minute spinules at the bases of a few of them. The mandibular palpi have almost precisely the same form, proportions, and armament of spines and setae as in Pay- erythrops obesa. The first maxillae are throughout exactly as in Parerythrops obesa. The second, also, have very nearly the same form and proportions as in that species; the outer lobe, or Scaphognath, however, differs in being broadly oval, margined with twenty-five to thirty setae, and in having the anterior extremity rounded and tipped with four Setae, two of which are very distinctly on the inner margin inside the tip, while in Parerythrops obesa the scaphognath is triangular anteriorly, is margined with only fifteen to eighteen setae, none of which are really on the inner margin, although there are two at the narrow tip; the three lobes of the protognath and the two segments of the palpus (endogmath) are exactly as in Parerythrops obesa, except that they are furnished with a few more setae. The endognath in the maxillipeds is almost exactly like this part of the same appendage in Parérythrops obesa. The exognath differs in being very slightly larger proportionally and in having thirteen or fourteen segments in the flagelliform portion. The endognath in the first gnathopods (second maxillipeds) does not differ from the same part in Parerythrops obesa, except that it is armed with a somewhat greater number of setae and spines, particularly on the distal part of the outer margin of the longest segment (merus). The exognath is 96 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. x exactly like that of the succeeding appendages: the base is very broad and muscular in both sexes, though somewhat broader in the males, and the outer distal angle projects in a distinct and rather acute tooth; and the flagelliform portion is composed of fifteen or sixteen segments. g The second gnathopods (third maxillipeds) and the five pairs of pereopods (cephalothoracic legs) are all alike in size and armament, the second gnathopods being apparently fully as long as the suc- ceeding appendages. The length of the endogmath in each is about equal to the length of the carapax, and the four distal segments (forming the “tarsus”) are almost exactly equal in length to the three (basis, ischium and merus)* which next precede them, the relative proportions of the different segments and their ratio to the rest of the animal being in fact almost exactly as in the pereopods of Par- erythrops obesa. The endogmaths of the second gnathopods and of the five pairs of pereopods are rather larger proportionally than in Parerythrops obesa, and, as in the exogmath of the first gnathopods, the outer distal angle of the basal portion projects in an angular * The distal portion of the pediform cephalothoracic appendages, which is nor- mally composed of three segments, the carpus, propodus and dactylus, often contains in the Mysidae more than the normal number of segments, and is well called the tar- sus by G. O. Sars, in some of his recent papers. The additional segments appear to result from the segmentation of the carpal segment only, and I so regard them in this and the following descriptions. In the Caridea the carpal segments in some of the cephalothoracic legs are often divided or even multiarticulate, and that this is the nor- mal segment which gives rise to the more or less numerous supplementary segments in the tarsus of the Mysidae, is, I think, well shown in the second pair of gnathopods in the different genera of the family. In Heteromysis this portion of the tarsus is composed of the normal number of segments, although the carpus is very large and the propodus unusually short; in Parerythrops obesa, in the new species here described, and in the species of Pseudomºma, the tarsus is composed of four segments but the division between the two first segments is very imperfect, admits of very little if any motion, and apparently has no special muscles attached near it, while the more distal articulations are of the ordinary character. In the new species of Pseudomma, described beyond, this division of the carpus is so very incomplete that it is usually exceedingly difficult to discover it. It is evident that the four tarsal segments in the succeeding pairs of cephalothoracic appendages in Parerythrops, Meterythrops and Pseudom/ma, correspond to the four tarsal segments in the Second gnathopods; and, in the absence of any facts to the contrary, it would seem proper to conclude that the ultimate and penultimate segments of the more or less numerously segmented tarsi of all the pediform cephalothoracic appendages of Mysidae in general are homologous with the dactylus and propodus, and that the additional segments have all resulted from segmentation of the carpus. S. J. Smith— Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 97 tooth and the flagelliform portion is composed of fifteen or sixteen segments. The abdomen is much narrower than the carapax and tapers only slightly; the first four segments are subequal in length, the fifth a little shorter, and the sixth a fourth longer than the fifth. The tel- son (Plate XII, figure 2 c) is as long as the sixth segment, narrow, triangular and twice as long as the width at base; the lateral mar- gins are wholly unarmed and are suddenly expanded laterally near the base, but are nearly straight from this expansion to the tip. In the dorsal surface there is a deep median sulcus extending the whole length, and from this the surface slopes down each side to the lateral margin which is strongly upturned throughout. The extremity (figure 2 d) is very narrow, truncated in a straight line and armed with a median pair of slender spines of which the outer one is much shorter and more slender than the inner, which is itself about two- thirds as long as the space between the bases of the outer spines. The immer lamella of the uropods (Plate XII, figure 2 a) reaches only a little beyond the tip of the telson, is expanded at the base for the reception of the acoustic apparatus, but beyond this is narrow and linear in outline; both margins are furnished with long ciliated setae which are nearly twice as numerous on the inner as on the outer edge, and, in addition, the inner edge is armed beneath with a small spine at the base of each seta. The outer lamella is nearly a third longer than the inner, fully six times as long as broad, the greatest breadth being near the middle of the length, and both margins are regularly, though slightly, curved inward and each furnished with about equally numerous setae. The bases of all the pleopods in the male are rectangular in out- line, and are very stout and muscular. The inner rudimentary ramus in the first pair of pleopods (Plate XII, figure 1 d) is soft, membrana- ceous, and about a third as long as the outer; the terminal portion is slightly swollen, and rounded at the extremity; and the lamellar appendage projecting outward from near the base, and correspond- ing to that upon the same ramus of the succeeding pleopods, has three or four hairs at the truncated tip and about the same number of shorter ones on the upper edge. The outer ramus in the first pair is, like the same ramus in the succeeding pairs, slender, much longer than the base, and composed of about fourteen segments. The inner rami of the second to the fifth pair of pleopods are similar to the outer, except that they all have the lamellar appendage near the base, like that upon the rudimentary ramus of the first pair, and usually TRANS. CoNN. ACAD., WOL. W. 13 FEBRUARY, 1879, 98 S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. have one or more less segments than the corresponding outer branch. The number of segments in both the inner and outer rami varies somewhat, however: in the fully adult male, 28'5" in length, there are fourteen segments in each of the outer rami of the first pair; twelve in the outer and thirteen in the inner of the second and third pairs; eleven in the inner and twelve in the outer of the fourth pair; and only eight in the inner and twelve in the outer of the fifth pair. In a young male, only 18'5" long, there appear to be one or two less segments in each of the matatory rami of all the pleopods, although the rudimentary rami in the first pair, and the lamellar appendage of the inner ramus in the succeeding pairs, are well-developed. The rudimentary pleopods of the female do not differ essentially from same appendages in the allied genera. They resemble more closely, however, the pleopods of the females of the species of Mysis than of Paº'erythrops obesa, the setae with which they are armed being fewer in number and much longer than in that species. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 33 fathoms, sand and mud, August 4, 1877,-young male and female; also 33 fathoms, soft mud, August 13,-one young male. Off Bay of Chaleurs, Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 50 and 70 fathoms, 1873,-adult male and two females, one, 16'5" long, the other, 14". Pseudomma, roseum G. O. Sars. Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandsorustaceer fra Lofoten, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1869, p. 154 (10); Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Fauna, Mysider, part i, p. 54, pl. 4, 1870; Undersögelser over Hardan- gerfjordens Fauna, Crustacea, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 263 (20); Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 344, 1877.-Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 288, 1875.--Whiteaves, Report on further deep-sea Dredging Operations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1873], p. 16, [1874?]. Near Jeffrey’s Bank (, Gulf of Maine, 105 fathoms, brown mud, September, 1873,-one specimen. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873, 28 miles east-northeast of Cape Gaspé, 110 fathoms; and 25 miles east by north of Cape Gaspé, 210 fathoms, several specimens at each locality. West coast of Norway, at the Lofoten Islands 1, 200 to 300 fathoms; and Hardanger Fiord, 100 fathoms, and between 400 and 500 fathoms (G. O. Sars). Off Mandel, southern Norway, 220 fathoms (Metzger). S. J. Smith– Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 99 Pseudomma, truncatum, sp. nov. Plate XII, figures 3, 4. This species is nearly allied to P. roseum and resembles it very closely in form and general appearance. The new species has pro- portionally shorter pereopods, however, and is readily distinguished by the terminal portion of the antennal scale and by the form of the telson. The form and proportions of the carapax and abdomen are exactly as in P. roseum. The ophthalmic segment (Plate XII, figure 3 a) is a little broader in front than in P. roseum, the dentated portions of the margin are slightly more lateral and the dentations not quite as. well-marked as in that species, and there seems to be less difference in the sexes in the form of the anterior margin. The antennulae are as in P. roseum, except that the flagella are apparently a little shorter. The relative proportions of the segments of the peduncles of the antennae are the same as in P. roseum. The squamiform appendage (figure 3) of the antenna is about three and a half times as long as broad; the outer margin is about five-sixths of the entire length and terminates in a stout tooth, as in the allied species; the inner margin is regularly arcuate and furnished with in the neighborhood of thirty setae; the terminal portion, in front of the base of the terminal spine of the outer margin, is regularly and rather broadly ovate and not longer than the breadth of the scale; the setae of the outer portion of the terminal margin, from the base of the lateral spine to mear the tip, are nearly or quite twice as remote from each other as on the corresponding part of the immer margin, there being only three or four setae until near the tip where there are three to five more, closely crowded together as on the inner margin. In P. roseum the terminal portion of the antennal scale is proportionally longer than in P. trun- catum, being about one and a half times the breadth of the scale in advance of the base of the lateral spine, and the setae on the outer portion of the terminal margin are as closely crowded as on the inner margin and twice or three times as numerous as in P. truncatum. The oral appendages are as in P. roseum. The second gnatho- pods (third maxillipeds) have the same structure and proportions of the distal and proximal segments of the endopod, and the same num- ber of segments in the flagelliform portion of the epipodal branches, as in P. roseum ; but the three longest segments (the meral and the divided carpal), though varying considerably in different individuals of the same sex and size, and even on the different sides of the same 100 S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. individual, are proportionally shorter than in that species, and con- sequently the entire endopod is correspondingly shorter, being only very slightly longer than the carapax. The articulation between the two divisions of the carpus is imperfect, very indistinct, and in some specimens is made out only with the greatest difficulty, even when the appendages in question have been specially mounted for the pur- pose; in P. roseum, however, this articulation is perfectly distinct as it is in the five pairs of pereopods in both species. - The five pairs of pereopods have precisely the same form and struc- ture as in P. roseum, and, as in that species, increase successively in length posteriorly, but differ in the lengths of the three longest seg- ments in the same way as the second gnathopods. In P. truncatum the length of the pereopods varies considerably in different speci- mens of the same sex and age, and even on the different sides of the same specimen, but the first pereopods are about a third as long as the entire body of the animal and the posterior pair are fully one- half as long, or about as long as the second pair in P. roseum. The proportions of the segments of the abdomen are almost exactly as in P. roseum : the five anterior segments are sub-equal in length, though increasing very slightly posteriorly, and the fifth is about as broad as long and the first about a third broader than long; the sixth segment is about once and a half as long as the fifth and about two- fifths as long as broad. The telson (figures 3 b and 4) is considera- bly shorter than the sixth segment, and, at base, about three-fourths as broad as long, sub-triangular, and truncated at the tip, which is about a third as broad as the base; the lateral margins are armed for a little more than the distal half of the length, with about seven small spines which are rather more crowded proximally; the tip is truncated and armed with two pairs of strong spines several times as long as those upon the lateral margins, and a median pair of slender plumose setae, which are slightly longer in the male than in the female. In P. roseum the telson is as long as the sixth segment of the abodmen, the tip is rounded, and the lateral and terminal spines form a single series. The lamellae of the uropods are somewhat shorter and broader in proportion to the length, but absolutely of about the same breadth as in P. roseum. - Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873 (J. F. Whiteaves): off the Bay of Chaleurs, 50 and 70 fathoms, August 4,-between twenty and thirty specimens; and also between Bradelle Bank and Miscou Island, 45 fathoms, mud and stones, August 7,-one male. S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 101 Heteromysis. Heteromysis Smith, Invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 553 (259), 1874. Chiromysis G. O. Sars, Middelhavets Mysider, Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvi- denskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 56 (48), pls. 19, 20, 1877. Professor Sars' Chiromysis microps, described from females only, is unquestionably congeneric and specifically very closely allied to my species mentioned below. As pointed out both by Professor Sars and myself, the most conspicuous characteristic of the genus is in the struc- ture of the endognath of the second pair of gnathopods (third max- illipeds, or, according to Sars, first legs), which are very unlike the pereopods, being longer, very much stouter, with the terminal, or “tarsal,” portion composed of the three normal segments, of which the proximal (carpus) is about as large as the preceding segment (merus), the two distal segments very short, the propodus being as broad as long and the dactylus forming a terminal claw; while the five pairs of pereopods are as in the genus Mysis. The male affords additional generic characters, in having all the pleopods like those of the female (in which they are as in Mysis), and in having no promi- mently projecting sexual appendage upon the peduncles of the anten- nulae, but in its place only a slightly raised and nearly transverse ele- vation, densely clothed with hairs. Heteromysis formosa, Smith, loc. cit. New Haven l, Connecticut. Tide-pool at Thimble Islands !, near New Haven (A. E. Verrill, 1874). Gardener's and Pecomic Bays, 1874. Vineyard Sound ! and Buzzard’s Bay !, surface to 10 fathoms in depth, 1871, 1875. “Among weeds, Haste Island,” Salem I, Massa- chusetts (J. H. Emerton, 1878). Although very closely allied to the Mediterranean species, the H. formosa is readily distinguishable by the following characters. The stout carpal segment in the second pair of gnathopods, in the female, is armed along the distal half of the inner margin with six to eight slender spines in place of the four in H. microps, and there are in addition twelve to fifteen setae longer than the spines and extending nearly the whole length of the margin. In the male, however, this segment is a little more slender and has fewer spines and setae than in the female. The short propodal segment, as seen in a side view, is nearly square, its distal margin being parallel with the proximal and having no angular prominence on the inner side as in H. microps. The inner lamellae of the uropods are nearly as long as the outer, T 02 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. taper distally more than in H. microps, and the inner margin in each is armed with a series of twelve to eighteen slender spines, extend- ing almost to the tip, in addition to the long setae, while in H. microps there is only a single spine near the base. The telson differs from that of H. microps in having the lateral margins incurved at the tips and each armed with eleven to sixteen spines, of which nearly all are on the distal half of the margin and all placed at nearly equal dis- tances from each other, none of the proximal ones being scattered from the series as in H. microps ; the terminal spine each side has no small spine at its base but stands entirely alone; the sinus of the terminal margin is broad and broadly rounded at the proximal end, its lateral margins are nearly straight instead of convex in outline, and there are only fourteen to twenty spines on the entire margin. ; All the specimens I have examined have been taken in August and September and a large proportion of the individuals are females car- rying eggs or young. The species was never found in abundance except hidden away inside dead bivalve shells, usually Mactras, dredged in 5 to 10 fathoms. As many as twenty were sometimes found in a single shell. The males and young were occasionally taken at the surface in the evening in Vineyard Sound. Mysis mixta Liljeborg. Mysis miaºta Liljeborg, Hafs-Crustaceer vid Kullaberg, CEfversight af Rongl. Vetens- kaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1852, pp. 3, 6.—Goés, Crustacea decapoda Suecia, CEfversight af Wet. Akad. Förhand., 1863, 175 (15).--G, O. Sars, Under- sögelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, 35, 1869 (extr. Nyt Magazin Naturvidenskaberne); Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 344, 1877. ? Mysis latitans Kröyer, Et Bidrag til Kundskab om Krebsdyrfamilien Mysidae, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, III, i, p. 30, pl. i, fig. 4, 1861. Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 1877: 20 fathoms, gravel, August 6,-more than 200 specimens: abundant, also in August, in 22 fath- oms, gravel; 33 fathoms, sand and mud; 33 fathoms, soft mud; and 35 fathoms, mud and clay modules: common in 48 fathoms, mud, August 13. Gulf of Maine !, off Cape Ann, 1877: common at 90 fathoms, mud, August 14, and at 50 fathoms, mud, gravel and rocks, October 17. Off Cape Ann l, 54 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1873. Also abundant, in 30 to 50 fathoms, muddy and gravelly bottoms, at various localities off Cape Ann l, 1878. Casco Bay !, August, 1873: six miles southeast from Seguin Island, 35 fathoms, mud; about sev- enteen miles off Cape Elizabeth, 64 fathoms, mud; and about S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 103 twenty miles off, 68 fathoms, mud. Bay of Fundy, 1864,-one spe- cimen. 2 Greenland (Kröyer, M. latitans). Iceland (G. O. Sars). Finmark (Goës), Lofoten Islands ! and Christiania Fiord (G. O. Sars). Baltic (Liljeborg, et al.). All the American specimens examined were taken between August 4 and October 17; most of them are young, between 12 and 20" long, a few, however, are females, from 20 to 25” long, with nearly fully developed ovigerous lamellae, but none of them carrying eggs. This seems to show that the breeding season is during the winter, and it apparently indicates that the species is an annual like M. 777%atta. Mysis stenolepis Smith. ? Mysis spinulosus Gould, Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1st edit., p. 333, 1841 (not of Leach). - Mysis Stenolepis Smith, Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Report, U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 551 (257), pl. 3, fig. 12, 1874. New Haven l, Connecticut, among eel-grass. Noank I, Connecti- cut, among eel-grass, etc., 1874. Vineyard Sound ! and Buzzard’s Bay !, among eel-grass, and also dredged in a few fathoms among algae, 1871, 1875. Gloucester 1, Massachusetts, 7 to 10 fathoms, sand and red algae, 1878. Casco Bay 1, 1873: Portland Harbor, among eel-grass; Quohog Bay, among eel-grass; between Overset Island and Peak’s Island, 18 fathoms, rocks and sponges; and off Ram Island, 18 fathoms, mud. Halifax 1, Nova Scotia, 1877: Outer Harbor, 16 to 21 fathoms, fine sand, stones, and red algae; also, 18 fathoms, mud and fine sand. & This species, although very closely allied to M. miaºta is certainly distinct. The antennal scales in stenolepis are much longer and pro- portionally narrower toward the base than in the allied species (in the full-grown female the greatest breadth being contained in the length about twelve times in Stenolepis, and scarcely nine times in mixta), and nearly the whole outer margin of the scale is concave in outline in stenolepis, while in miata it is nearly straight, or even slightly convex toward the base, where the concavity is usually great- est in stenolepis. The two distal segments of the antennular pedun- cle are nearly equal in length in Stenolepis, the penultimate being only very slightly the longer; while in miaºta the penultimate is fully a third longer than the ultimate and absolutely longer than in Steno- lepis (the length of the penultimate segment being contained in the 104 S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. length of the antennal scale little over six times in miata, but about ten times in Stenolepis. The sinus of the posterior margin of the telson is much broader and deeper in miaºta than in Stenolepis, but the edges of the sinus are armed with fully as many spines in Stenolepis, so that they are much more closely crowded. The spines of the lateral margins of the tel- son are fewer and rather larger in Stenolepis (there are usually twenty-four or twenty-five spines each side in the adult Stenolepis, and over thirty in miaºta) and do not extend to so near the tip, the most posterior spines in Stenolepis arising very little if at all back of the bottom of the sinus of the posterior margin, while in miaºta there are at least three or four spines arising back of the bottom of the sinus. A part of this last difference is due to the greater depth of the simus in mixta, but the terminal portion of the margin back of the spines is absolutely fully twice as long in Stenolepis as in miaºta. The coloration, even in ordinary alcoholic specimens, affords the readiest means for distinguishing the two species, however. In mixta there is a small arborescent spot of black pigment upon the upper side of the last cephalothoracic segment, upon each of the seg- ments of the abdomen except the sixth, one each side at the base of the telson, and beneath upon the ovigerous lamellae and upon each of the first five segments of the abdomen; there are similar but much smaller spots upon the bases of the antennulae and antennae and usually two minute ones on the distal half of the antennal scales; but with the exception of these pigment spots and the eyes, the entire animal is opaque white, turning to grayish white in alcohol. In specimens which have been preserved in alcohol for a very long time, the pigment spots often become obscure or wholly obliterated. In stenolepis, on the other hand, the peduncles and inner flagella of the antennulae, the scales of the antennae, the dorsal sides of the eye- peduncles, the dorsal surface of the whole abdomen, the telson, and both lamellae of the uropods are covered with widely and thickly branching ramifications of numerous large pigment spots. The color is particularly conspicuous upon the peduncles and inner flagella of the antennulae and upon the autennal scales, all which parts of the animal appear very dark or often almost black. There is considera- ble variation in the amount of pigment in different individuals, but in all the specimens examined it is invariably present upon all the parts above mentioned, and is still very conspicuous in specimens which have been preserved in alcohol for many years, This difference in the coloration of the two species is undoubtedly S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 105 a result of the difference in their habitats, the Stenolepis being con- fined to shallow water where the bottom is overgrown with eel-grass or algae, abounding particularly among eel-grass during the summer and autumn; while the miata is apparently confined to deeper, and, at least in summer, very much colder, water, ranging from twenty to a hundred or more fathoms, where there is no eel-grass and seldom, if ever, algæ. & The stenolepis is an annual species; the young appear in early summer, come to maturity early in the winter, produce young from mid-winter to spring, and all the mature individuals disappear before the second summer, the males disappearing long before the females. The following tabulation of the results of an examination of several collections made at different seasons of the year, illustrates this fact. No. of specimens, Length Locality. Date. age and Sex. in mm. RemarkS. Vineyard Sd., July 4 || 10 +; young. 10 to 15 Among eel-grass. Casco Bay, 14 || 50 + { { 10 to 18 { { { { { { 16 ||100 + { { 12 to 18 { { t ( {{ Aug. 19 |200+ { { 15 to 18 { { {{ Halifax, 25 2 t t 14 16 fathoms, algae. Casco Bay, 27. 20 + { { 15 to 20 |18 fathoms, rocks and sponges. Vineyard Sd., Sept. 2 3 { { 17 Taken at surface. Halifax, 6 9 { { 14 to 16 |16 fathoms, sand and algae. { { 15 8 {{ 14 to 16 |18 fathoms, mud and sand. y: 80; females. 25 to 30 \ |Ovigerous sacs well developed Vineyard Sd., ! Dec. 13 16; males. 21 to 24 | and many filled with º: { { | Jan. |199t; females. 24 to 28 | Ovigerous sacs well developed g l; male. 21°5 and nearly all filled with eggs. { { April 3 || 50+; all females.|25 to 29 |All with fully developed young or empty Ovigerous sacs. ! { 24 |100 +; t t 25 to 30 Mostly with empty ovigerous S3,CS. { { May 12 |100 +; { { 25 to 29 |All, or very nearly all, with empty Ovigerous sacs. Mysis oculata, Kröyer ex O. Fabricius. Mysis spinulosus Packard, Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. viii, p. 419, 1863. Mysis oculata Packard, Memoirs Boston Society Nat. Hist., vol. i., p. 301, 1867. Labrador 1, “abundant along the whole coast” (Packard). nell Land, as far north as latitude 79° 29' (Miers). (Kröyer, Stimpson, et al.). Iceland (G. O. Sars). Grin- Greenland Buchholz and Miers each include Spitzbergen among the habitats of this species. The very closely allied form, M. relicta Lovén, by Professor G. O. Sars regarded as only a variety M. oculata, occurs in the Gulf of Bothnia (G. O. Sars), in the fresh-water lakes of southern Scandina- via 1 (Lovén, G. O. Sars), and in Lakes Michigan and Superior l. TRANS. CoNN. ACAD., Wol. W. 14 APRIL, 1879. 106 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Stimpson (Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 58), reports this species (with an 2) as “very abundant in the waters at the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, swimming near the surface in swarms.” I have never seen specimens from the Bay of Fundy, and, during several seasons spent there, I have never observed any species of Mysis swimming at the surface, as described by Stimpson. Thysanopoda. Norvegica and inermis, however, were found in vast numbers in pre- cisely the same way as the Mysis is said by Stimpson to occur, and it is possible that Stimpson, without making a special examination, mistook the vast swarms of Thysanopoda for Mysis oculata. Mysis Americana, Smith. Mysis Americana Smith, Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 552 (258), 1874. Great Egg Harbor!, New Jersey, 1871,–in pools on salt-marshes, and in great abundance in the stomachs of the ocellated flounder (Chaenopsetta ocellaris), the spotted flounder (Lophosetta maculata), and the shad. Stomach of shad l, Great South Bay, Long Island, May 21, 1875. New Haven l, Connecticut, -abundant among sea- weed, etc., May, 1873 (A. E. Verrill and D. C. Eaton); and in great abundance among hydroids, etc., under wharves, May, 1875 (S. F. Clark); also dredged in 4 to 5 fathoms. Vineyard Sound !, young occasionally taken at the surface in summer, 1871, 1875; also in the dredge from 25 fathoms, but probably taken on the way up; and common in the stomachs of shad, mackerel, and sea-herring. Port- land Harbor!, Casco Bay, taken at the surface and dredged in 3 fathoms, mud, 1873. This species breeds during the spring and summer, and very likely during the larger part of the year, since the young and old are often found together in spring and summer. The males are nearly or quite as large as the females. Females carrying eggs or young vary, in a large lot from New Haven, from 10 to 14" in length, and many of the males in the same lot are of the latter length. One egg-carry- ing female from Casco Bay is only 9'5" long. The Americana is closely allied to M. vulgaris of Europe, but is very readily distinguished by the telson, the lateral margins of which are armed with spines of nearly uniform size in vulgaris, while in Americana they are armed with stout spines alternating with intervals of several smaller ones. There are numerous other, but less conspicuous differences. S. I. Smith– Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 107 CUM.A.C.E.A. The following account of the Cumacea is even more imperfect than the enumeration of the species of the groups treated above. No reference is made to a few small species, which are represented in the collections examined by young or imperfect specimens only. Several of the species were first very kindly determined for me several years ago by Professor G. O. Sars. Diastylis Rathkii Bate. Cuma Rathkii Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii, pp. 518, 531, pls. 5, 6, figs. 17–30, 1841 (2); ibid., II, ii, pp. 145, 207, pl. 1, figs. 4 and 6, 1846; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, etc., pl. 5, fig. 1, 1849.-Liljeborg, CEfver- sight Kongl. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1852, p. 6.—Möbius, Die wirbellosen. Thiere der Ostsee, Exped. 1871 auf Pommerania, p. 122, 1873. Cuma angulata Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, ii, pp. 156, 206, pl. 2, fig. 1, 1846; in Gaimard, op. cit., pl. 5, fig. 2, 1849 (6). Diastylis Rathkii Bate, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist, II, xvii, p. 451 (3), pl. 13, figs. 1–21, 1856.-G. O. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1864, p. 160; Om Cumaceer fra de store dybder i Nordishafvet, Kongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akad. Eſandlingar, Stockholm, xi, no. 6, p. 7, pl. 3, figs. 8–9, 1873; Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 345, 1875.-Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. Zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 286, 1875. º Alauna Goodsiri Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 301, 1867. (Not of Bell, in Belcher, Last of the Arctic Voyages in search of Sir John Franklin, ii, p. 403, pl. 34, fig. 2, 1855; though it is very probably the species mentioned by Bell as perhaps a form of his species and partially figured on the same plate, figure 3, with which figure Packard identified his specimens.) Off Halifax (; Nova Scotia, 1877 : 42 fathoms, fine sand,-five males, six females; 52 fathoms, fine Sandy mud, Lone male, seven females; 57 fathoms, gravel and stones, one specimen. Also just off Chebucto Headl, Halifax, 1872, 20 fathoms, soft mud and fine sand,-young only. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1871, 1872, 1873 (Whit- eaves). Labrador 1 (Packard). Greenland (Kröyer, Norman). North latitude 81°, east longitude 1°, 450 fathoms (G. O. Sars). British Isles I (Norman). Norway ! (G. O. Sars). Baltic (Möbius). In 1873 I sent some of the specimens collected on the coast of Labrador by Prof. Packard, to Prof. G. O. Sars and he wrote me that they belonged to a new species, but I am unable to find any constant differences which will distinguish the specimens which still remain from Prof. Packard’s collection from European specimens of D. Rathkii, Most of the specimens from Labrador have the sides of 108 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. the anterior part of the carapax a little smoother than usual in the species, but the difference is very slight and apparently not constant, and it may be due to the bad state of preservation of the specimens. The specimens from off Halifax, and most of those from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, agree perfectly with the European specimens which I have examined. Diastylis politus, sp. nov. Adult female.—The cephalothorax is elongated and, including the lateral spiniform processes of the last segment, nearly half as long as the length from the tip of the rostrum to the tip of the telson, pretty regularly oval in outline as seen from above, and regularly and strongly convex dorsally as seen from the side. The carapax is rather more than half as long as the whole cephalothorax, about three- fourths as broad as long, and very much longer than high. The posterior edge is regularly arcuate and has an elevated margin which extends round the broadly sinuous inferior edge to an angular prom- inence below the base of the rostrum as in D. Sculptus, and the ante- rior portion of the inferior edge is minutely dentate as in that species. The rostrum is short, nearly horizontal, and rather obtuse as seen from above. The surface of the carapax is naked and nearly smooth, except that the anterior portion is areolated somewhat after the manner of D. sculptus, but the areolations are fewer and less deeply excavated, and they do not extend to the postero-lateral portions of the carapax as in that species. As seen from above, there are two minutely dentate transverse crests, as in D. sculptus, upon the semi-circular median lobe, and the posterior of these extends across the lobe and connects with a perpendicular crest which extends in a nearly straight line to the lateral margin just back of the angular prominence below the base of the rostrum. In front of this vertical crest each side there is a short and prominent crest, slightly curved and nearly parallel with the inferior margin, but which does not reach the inferior margin of the rostrum and fades out posteriorly before it reaches the vertical crest. Just back of the first vertical crest, is a second which curves sharply forward and connects with the first below, but which is straight and slightly diverges from the first above. At the suture round the median lobe this second crest is connected with the first by a short ridge, so as to leave a nearly square area, as in D. Sculptus, each side of the median line, as seen from above, and just back of the posterior transverse crest of the median lobe. Just back of the upper S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 109 part of this second vertical crest, there is each side a similar but less conspicuous crest parallel with the second, but extending only a short distance from the median line. The whole postero-lateral region of the carapax is unsculptured and nearly smooth. Of the five free segments of the cephalothorax, the first and second are nearly as in D. Sculptus, except that the lateral expansion of the second segment, just above the attachment of the leg each side, pro- jects more abruptly and further anteriorly, so as to overlap the first segment and nearly reach the margin of the carapax. The third and fourth segments together are a little broader than the first and second, but the third is only about half as wide as the fourth and is closely consolidated with it above. The lateral portions of these segments are very much as in D. Sculpta, except that the third seg- ment projects slightly forward, as well as backward, above the base of the leg each side. The fifth segment projects back each side and terminates in a slender spiniform process over the base of each leg as in JD. Rathkii. The three last segments in fact resemble the correspond- ing parts of D. Rathkii much more nearly than those of D. Sculptus. The antennae and the three pairs of maxillipeds are almost exactly as in D. sculptus. The first cephalothoracic legs are a little shorter than in that species, the distal end of the propodus only just about reaching to the tip of rostrum, but the relative lengths of the seg- ments themselves are about the same. The second legs are of about the same length relatively as in D. Sculptus, but the proportions of the segments are different, the carpus being conspicuously long and slender. The stout curved basis is about as long as the merus and carpus combined, and is margined below with ciliated setae. The carpus is very slender, longer than the combined lengths of the merus, propodus and dactylus, and naked except a few short hairs on the outer side and a group of slender setae at the distal extremity. The propodus and dactylus are correspondingly slender, the dactylus slightly the longer, and the combined length of the two segments is only slightly more than half the length of the carpus. The third, fourth and fifth legs are nearly as in D. Sculptus, but the carpal seg- ments are only about three-fourths as long as the meral. The abdomen, to the tip of the telson, is only slightly longer than the cephalothorax, and all the segments, except the telson, have very nearly the same form and proportions as in D. Sculptus. The telson is about as long as the fifth segment, broad at the base and abruptly narrowed to a slender terminal portion scarcely longer than the stout basal part, and the slender portion is armed with only six to nine 110 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. pairs of spines. The basal portions of the uropods are about a fourth longer than the telson, slender, and each armed along the distal three- fourths of the inner side with a series of ten to twelve small spines which become more scattered proximally and never extend to the base. The inner ramus is about two-thirds as long as the base, composed of two segments, slender, tapers to a long and slender spiniform tip, and is armed along the inner edge with eight to ten spines, of which four are usually upon the basal segment, and one, or sometimes two, upon the outer edge. The outer ramus is somewhat longer than the inner, slender, tipped with two long setiform spines, and armed upon the outer edge with six to ten very slender spines, but with only a single spine upon the inner margin near the tip. ; : The adult male differs from the female in being more slender, in having the cephalothorax much more compressed vertically, and, as usual in the genus, in the structure of the antennae, the anterior abdominal appendages, etc. The carapax is much more depressed than in the female, the height being less than half the length, and much broader and more obtuse anteriorly as seen from above. The surface is more conspicuously punctated than in the female, but the anterior portion is areolated in the same manner, except that there is in addition a prominent longitudinal carina-like crest each side, ex- tending in a straight line from the inferior margin just in front of the postero-lateral angle to the sharp curve at the lower end of the second vertical crest. The margin of the carapax below this is in- curved much more abruptly than in the female, so that the sides of the carapax are angulated each side at the widest part, almost exactly as in the male of D. Rathkii. The telson is much longer than in the female, has the usual sharp dorsal angle between the basal and terminal portion, and is armed with eight to ten pairs of slender spines which are longer than in the female. The bases of the uropods are armed with ten to sixteen spines, and the inner edge of the inner ramus with twenty-four to thirty spines, of which ten to twelve are on the basal segment. This is a much larger species than D. Sculptus, the length of the adult female, from tip of rostrum to extremity of telson, being about 12mm; of adult male, about 14". In life the males, at least, are semi-translucent, whitish, with the ophthalmic lobe pink. Vineyard Sound !, July 20, 1875,-one young male taken at the surface. Adult males were taken at the surface at the same locality, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, December 8, 1875, March 22, 1876, April, S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 111 1877; adult males and a female carrying eggs, May 2, 1878; and a young specimen January 20, 1876. Gloucester 1, Massachusetts, 7 to 10 fathoms, sand and red algae, August, 1878,-the young abundant, the adult females, carrying eggs and young, common, but the adult males rather rare. Casco Bay !, August, 1873: 9 fathoms, sand and mud, one male and four egg-bearing females; also at other depths; and the young taken at the surface, in the even- ing. Trenton Bay 1, coast of Maine (A. E. Verrill). Halifax 1, Nova Scotia, 18 to 20 fathoms, fine sand, stones and red algæ, 1877. Also one hundred and twenty miles south of Halifax 1, 190 fathoms, gravel and pebbles, 1877,-two egg-bearing females. Northumberland Straits, Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873 (J. F. Whiteaves). Diastylis sculptus G. O. Sars. Diastylis sculpta G. O. Sars, CEfversight af Kongl. Wetenskaps- Akad. Förhandlin- gar, Stockholm, 1871, p. 71; Kongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, ix, no. 13, p. 24, pls, 1 to 9, figs. 1–49, 1871.--Smith, Invertebrate Animals of Wine- yard Sound, Report U. S. Commissioner Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 554 (260) 1874; Transactions Connecticut Acad., iii, p. 29, 1874. Off Shinnecock Bay, Long Island, 18 fathoms (Josephine Expedi- tion, G. O. Sars). Block Island Sound l, 17 fathoms, sand ; and off Watch Hill!, Rhode Island, 18 fathoms, 1874. I have no record of the dredging of this species in Vineyard Sound, but it was not uncommon in collections made at the surface, during July, August and September, 1871 and 1875. Most of these specimens are females or young and were taken both during the day-time and evening; adult males occurred rarely, however. A single adult specimen of the male was also collected at the surface, at the same locality, in April, 1877, by Vinal N. Edwards. Gloucester Harbor l, Massachu- setts, 7 to 10 fathoms, sand and red algæ, 1878. Also off Gloucester and off Cape Ann l, 1878: 26 fathoms, sand, gravel and stones; 35 fathoms, sand; 33 fathoms, sand and gravel. Casco Bay 1, 1873; at the surface in the evening ; among Laminaria; 9 fathoms, sand and mud; 17 fathoms, mud; 27 to 34 fathoms, hard bottom. Bay of Fundy 1: found at low-water mark 1, in Sandy mud, 1868; at the sur- face, at low-water mark, and in 4 fathoms, very soft mud, 1872; also in 60 fathoms, mud, off Head Harbor, 1872. Near Halifax I, Nova Scotia, in company with D. Rathkii and D. Quadrispinosus, 20 fathoms, soft mud and fine sand, 1872. Halifax. Harbor 1, 16, 18 and 21 fathoms, fine sand, stones and red algæ, 1877. About one hundred and twenty miles south of Halifax 1, 190 fathoms, gravel and pebbles, II 2 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 1877,-ten large females, all carrying eggs. Northumberland Straits, Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 10 fathoms, sand (J. F. Whiteaves). Diastylis luciferus Danielssen. Cuma lucifera Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii, pp. 527, 531, pl. 6, figs. 34–35, 1841; ibid., II, ii, p. 171, 207, 1846; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, etc., pl. 3, fig. 3, 1849.—Liljeborg, CEfversight Kongl. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1855, p. 119. “Diastylis lucifera Danielssen, Beretning om en zoologisk Reise i Sommeren 1858 i Throndhjemske Widensk. Selsk. Skrifter, iv, p. 108” (G. O. Sars).—G. O. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1864, p. 161 ; Undersögelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenska- berne), p. 38, 1869; Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 269 (26); Beskrivelse af de paa Fregatten Josephines Expedition fundne Cumaceer, Rongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, Stockholm, ix, no. 13, p. 5, 1871. —Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 286, 1875. ? Diastylis borealis Bate, Annals and Magazin Nat. Hist, II, xv, p. 85, pl. l, fig. 3, 1865 (Port Kennedy, north latitude 72°, west longitude 94°). Bay of Fundy 1, 60 and 77 fathoms, mud, off Head Harbor, August 16, 1872. About ten miles north of Shediac, Gulf of St. Lawrence (J. F. Whiteaves). Scandinavia (G. O. Sars, et al.) Diastylis quadrispinosus G. O. Sars. Diastylis quadrispinosa G. O. Sars, CEfversight af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. För- handlingar, Stockholm, 1871, p. 72; Beskrivelse af de paa Fregatten Josephines Expedition fundne Cumaceer, Kongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, ix, no. 13, p. 28, pls. 10, ll, figs. 51–61, 187 1.—Smith, Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 554 (260), pl. 3, fig, 13, 1874; Transactions Connecticut Acad., iii, p. 28, 1874, Cuma bispinosa. Stimpson, Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 30, 1853 (description insufficient. Not the European Diastylis bispinosa G. O. Sars (D. bicornis Bate)). Off the coast of New Jersey, north latitude 39°54', west longitude 73° 15', 30 to 35 fathoms, and off Shinnecock Bay, Long Island, 18 fathoms (Josephine Expedition, G. O. Sars). Block Island Sound !, 17 fathoms, sand and mud, 1874. Off Watch Hill !, Rhode Island, 18 fathoms, 1874. Off Buzzard’s Bay ! 29 fathoms, fine sandy mud, common, 1871. Off Martha’s Vineyard I, 23 fathoms, 1871. South- west Ledge l, off Martha's Vineyard, 18 fathoms, 1875. Vineyard Sound, off Tarpaulin Cove 1, 10 to 12 fathoms, 1875 : Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, 20 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1877. Off Cape Ann!, Massachusetts, 1878 : 26 to 33 fathoms, sand, gravel and stones; 35 S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. T 13 fathoms, sand, very abundant. Between Cape Ann and the Isles of Shoals , 43 to 68 fathoms, mud, 1874. Jeffrey's Ledge (, Gulf of Maine, 51 fathoms, hard sandy mud, 1874. Cosco Bay 1, 1873: 16 and 17 fathoms, mud, abundant; 27 fathoms, off Halfway Rock; 45 fathoms, off Seguin Island; also taken with numerous Amphipoda, in 2 fathoms, muddy bottom, in a small trap baited with pieces of fish. Bay of Fundy 1, 1868, 1870, 1872. In 1872 it was also dredged in vast numbers at Eel Cove, Grand Menan, in 8 to 10 fathoms, sand, by Prof. H. E. Webster. Off Cape Sable !, Nova Scotia, 75 fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877. In and near Halifax Harbor 1, Nova Scotia, 1872, 1877 : 20 fathoms, soft mud and sand; 16 and 18 fathoms, fine Sand and red algae; 21 fathoms, sand, stones and algae ; 42 fathoms, fine sand; 52 fathoms, fine sandy mud. Also about one hundred and twenty miles south of Halifax 1, 190 fathoms, gravel and pebbles, 1877. Northumberland Straits, Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873 (Whit- eaves). Upon the coast of northern New England, this is by far the most abundant species of the genus. It is undoubtedly the species which Stimpson called Chama bispinosa, but his description is wholly insuffi- cient to characterize the species and I therefore prefer to retain the more appropriate name proposed by G. O. Sars, who has described and figured the species most admirably. Professor Sars has identified specimens which I have sent to him from different localities on the New England coast. JDiastylis bicornis Bate, is a very different species, of which I have examined European specimens, but which I have never seen upon the American coast. Diastylis abbreviatus G. O. Sars. Diastylis abbreviata, G. O. Sars, CEfversight Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlin- gar, Stockholm, 1871, p. 74; Kongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, ix, no. 13, p. 30, pl. 12, figs. 62–64, 1871. Very rare in 30 to 35 fathoms, off the coast of New Jersey, north latitude 39°54', west longitude 73° 15' (Josephine Expedition, Sars). Off Cape Ann , 35 fathoms, sand, 1878,-one specimen among great numbers of D. Quadrispinosus. Casco Bay 1, 1873: 17 fathoms, mud; also at one other station. This very pretty species appears to be rare. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. W. 15 APRIL, 1879. 114 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Leptostylis longinnanus G. O. Sars. Diastylis longimana G. O. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1864, p. 173; Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1865, p. 23, 1866 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne). Leptostylis longimana G. O. Sars, Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 39, 1869 (extr. Nyt Mag. Nat). A single female, apparently of this species, was dredged in Casco Bay !, in 1873. It seems to have been known previously only from the coast of Norway (G. O. Sars). Leptostylis ampullaceus G.O. Sars. :- Cuma ampullacea Liljeborg, CEfversight Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1855, p. 120. Diastylis ampullacea. G. O. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1864, p. 175; Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1865, p. 24, 1866 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne). Leptostylis ampullacea. G. O. Sars, Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 40, 1869 (extr. Nyt Mag. Nat.); Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 345, 1877. g Gulf of Maine, near Cashe's Ledge l, 52 to 90 fathoms, 1873,--a single specimen. Leucon na Sicus Kröyer. Cuma masica Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii, pp. 524, 532, pl. 6, figs. 31–33, 1841. Leucon nasica Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, ii, pp. 189, 209, pl. 2, fig. 5a–b, 1846; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, etc., pl. 3, fig. 2 1849.-Liljeborg, CEfversight Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stock- holm, 1855, p. 121.—G. O. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forbandlinger, 1864, p. 178 (nasicus); Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1865, p. 24, 1866 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturwidenskaberne); Chris- tianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 41, 1869 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Nat.); Chris- tiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 27 (270).--Whiteaves, Report on further deep-sea dredging operations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1873] p. 16, [1874?]—Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 286, 1875.-Norman, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist, V, iii, p. 70, 1879 (nasicus). Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 50 and 70 fathoms, 1873 (J. F. Whiteaves). Greenland (Kröyer). Scandinavian coast ! (G. O. Sars, Liljeborg). . North Sea, coast of Scotland (Metzger). The Minch, west coast of Scotland (Norman). S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 115 –2. Leucon nasicoidſs Liljeborg. Leucon nasicoides Liljeborg, CEfversight Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1855, p. 122.—G. O. Sars, Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 41, 1869 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne); Christiania Videnskabs- Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 270 (27). A single female was dredged at Eastport , Maine, Bay of Fundy, in 1868. I have also examined one female dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, by Mr. Whiteaves, in 1873. Scandinavian coast (Liljeborg, G. O. Sars). In life, the specimen from the Bay of Fundy was translucent whitish ; the eggs orange. Eudorella emarginata, Norman. Leucon emarginatus Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, ii, pp. 181, 209, pl. 1, fig. 7, pl. 2, fig. 3, 1846; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, etc., pl. 5, fig. 2, 1849.—Liljeborg, CEfversight Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, l852, p. 6. “Cyrianassa ciliata Norman, Transactions Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, v, p. 273, pl. 13, figs. 4–9 (6)” (G. O. Sars); Natural History Transactions of North- umberland and Durham, i, p. 24, 1865. Eudora emarginata G. O. Sars, Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, l864, p. 185; Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1865, p. 24, 1866 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne); Undersögelser over Chrisianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 42, 1869 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Nat.) - Eudorella ennarginata Norman, in Report of exploring the Hebrides, part ii, Report British Assoc. Adv. Science, 1866, 197, 1867.-G. O. Sars, Christiania Widenskabs- Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 270 (27); Kong]. Wetenskaps- Akad. Handlingar, Stockholm, ix, no. 13, p. 44, pl. 18, fig. 98, 1871; Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 345, 1877.-Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 287, 1875. Off Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 52 fathoms, fine sandy mud, 1877,--two specimens, male and female. Entrance of Gaspé Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 30 fathoms, 1873 (J. F. Whiteaves). Scandinavian coast ! (G. O. Sars, Kröyer, et al.). Scotland 1 (Norman). Eudorella, hispida, G. O. Sars. Eudorella hispida G. O. Sars, CEfversight Kongl. Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1871, p. 80; Kong]. Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, ix, no. 13, p. 49, pl. 18, figs. 95–97, 1871–Smith, Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Commissioner Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 555 (261), 1874. Rare in 30 to 35 fathoms, off the coast of New Jersey, north lati- | 16 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast tude 39° 54, west longitude 73° 15' (Josephine Expedition, G. O. Sars). Salem Harbor!, Massachusetts, 5 fathoms, 1873. Off Cape Ann , 35 fathoms, sand, and 54 fathoms, sand and mud, 1878. Casco Bay 1, 1873 : 3 fathoms, mud, both males and females; males also taken at the surface in the evening. Off Casco Bay, about twenty miles east-southeast from Cape Elizabeth, 50 fathoms, mud, 1873. Bay of Fundy 1, 1872, abundant in 1 to 4 fathoms, very soft mud, both males and females. Eudorella, pusilla, G. O. Sars. - i Eudorella pusilla G. O. Sars, CEfversight Kongl. Vetenskaps- Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, l871, p. 79; Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, ix, no. 13, p. 46, pls. 16, 17, figs. 76–94, 1871.--Smith, Invertebrate Animals of Wine- yard Sound, Report U. S. Commissioner Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 554 (260), º 1874. Off Shinnecock Bay, Long Island, 18 fathoms (Josephine Expedition, G. O. Sars). Block Island Sound l, 17 fathoms, sand and mud, 1874, ––common, both males and females. Massachusetts Bay !, off Glou- cester, 25 fathoms, sand and gravel, 1878. Casco Bay 1, 3, 16, 17 fathoms, mud; 9 fathoms, sand and mud, 1873. Bay of Fundy 1, 1872, very abundant in 1 to 4 fathoms, very soft mud; also in 10 to 15 fathoms, mud. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873 (Whiteaves). Eudorella, deformis G. O. Sars. - Leucon deformis Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, ii, p. 194, pl. 2, fig. 4, 1846; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, etc., pl. 5A, fig. 3, 1849. Eudorella (?) deformis G. O. Sars, Kong]. Sevenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, ix, no. 13, p. 50, pls. 19, 20, figs. 101 to 118, 1871: Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kristiania, ii, p. 345, 1877 (no 7). Off Shinnecock Bay, Long Island, 18 fathoms (Josephine Expedi- tion, G. O. Sars). Massachusetts Bay !, off Gloucester, 25 fathoms, sand and gravel, 1878. Greenland (Kröyer). Iceland (G. O. Sars). West coast of Norway (G. O. Sars). Eudorella, integra, sp. now. An aberrent form, more like E. deform is than any other described species of the genus, perhaps generically distinct from the typical species of Eudorella. JFemale. The cephalothorax is about as long as the abdomen ex- clusive of the uropods, and regularly and strongly arcuate dorsally. S. J. Smith—Ch'ustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 117 The carapax, as seen in a side view, is about as long as the first four free segments, nearly three-fourths as high as long, with the dorsal margin approximately parallel with the posterior part of the lateral margins. Both the anterior and posterior portions of the lateral margin are nearly straight, but the anterior portion is directed up- ward at an angle very oblique to the posterior portion, from which it is separated by a broadly rounded angle. The anterior portion is obscurely denticulate posteriorly but distinctly, though very minutely, toward the slightly prominent anterior angle. The anterior margin is edentate and scarcely at all emarginate; below it is straight and nearly perpendicular, but curved considerably forward above, where the dorsal or inner edges of the lateral lobes are turned abruptly upward at nearly a right angle just in front of the median lobe, to form, as it were, a dorso-frontal rostrum. There is a slight approach to this form of the antero-lateral lobes of the carapax in E. deformis, but in that species the dorsal edges of the lobes are prolonged and sharply upturned to form a slender dorsal horn in front of which the edges of the lobes are on a level with, and parallel to, the dorsum back of the horn; while in this new species the whole lateral lobes are prolonged upward and terminate in a slightly incurved edge nearly parallel with the posterior margin of the carapax. The ante- rior part of the carapax is in fact much as in some of the species of Leucon if the rostrum in L. mas?coides were edentate and more strongly upturned, it would represent very nearly the form of this part of the front in the present species. The major flagellum of the antennula is much shorter than the terminal segment of the peduncle; the minor flagellum falls consider- ably short of the distal end of the first segment of the major flagel. lum, but is proportionally larger than in E. deformis. The first pereopods are proportionally of about the same length as in E. deformis, the carpus reaching to or a little beyond a line with the front, and the segments are relatively of about the same length, but the terminal ones are more slender than in that species. The four posterior pairs of pereopods are distally a little more slender than in E. deformis, but do not differ essentially in other respects. The first five segments of the abdomen increase slightly in length posteriorly and are almost entirely naked, wanting wholly the plumose setae conspicuous beneath the abdomen of E. deformis. The sixth segment is about as broad as long, the posterior margin evenly arcuated and armed in the middle with six, or sometimes only four, conspicuous sette. The basal portion of the uropods is stout, scarcely IIS S. J. Smith– Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. longer than the sixth segment of the abdomen, and is furnished with a series of long setae on the inner margin. The inner ramus is much , longer than the base ; of its two segments the proximal is much the longer, and is armed with six to eight stout spines on the inner margin and with three to five much more slender spines on the outer; the distal segment terminates in a very long and stout spiniform tip, at the base of which there is a long seta on the outside, and upon the inner edge about three spines like those upon the proximal segment. The outer ramus is slightly longer than the inner, tapering, and slightly curved outward at the tip, armed along the inner edge and at the tip with a few long setae, and on the outer edge and above with a few setae near the middle. - The adult males differ from the females as usual in the genus. The carapax is not as high posteriorly, the lateral margin is more nearly straight, not denticulate anteriorly, the anterior angle rounded, and the frontal margin is very nearly straight throughout. The major flagellum of the antennulae shows distinctly four segments. The uropods are similar to those of the female, but very much more elon- gated and armed with more numerous and longer spines and setae, both of which are, as usual, plumose. The setae which are so conspicuous upon the posterior margin of the terminal segment of the abdomen of the female, appear to be wholly absent in the male. Length of adult females, about 5"; males a very little longer. Off Halifax I, Nova Scotia, 1877 : females carrying eggs common, 42 fathoms, fine sand, and 52 fathoms, sandy mud; also two females from 57 fathoms, stones, sponges and red algae. About thirty miles south of Halifax 1, 110 fathoms, fine sandy mud. Gulf of St. Lawrence 1, 1873 (J. F. Whiteaves): both males and females, south of the eastern part of Prince Edward Island, and in 70 fathoms, off the Bay of Chaleurs. - Lamprops quadriplicata, sp. nov. Female. The cephalothorax is as long as the abdomen exclusive of the telson. The carapax is about as long as the first four of the free segments, and, as seen in a side view, very slightly arcuate dorsally, the front truncated above and with a slight sinus in the frontal margin below it, leaving the antero-inferior angle slightly pro- jecting, but obtuse and evenly rounded, and in most of the specimens armed with three or four very minute teeth. On each side of the car- apax there are four, very distinct, arcuate and nearly parallel plications, of which the first is short and extends from the antero-inferior angle to S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 119 the side of the median lobe of the carapax; the second extends from the inferior margin a little back of the first to the dorsal line at the back of the median lobe; the third and fourth extend from the infe- rior margin to the dorsal line, the fourth nearly touching the posterior margin above. The minor flagellum of the antenula is only a little longer than the proximal segment of the major flagellum. The car- pus in the first pair of pereopods reaches very nearly to a line with the front of the carapax, and the carpus, propodus and dactylus are sub-equal in length. The second pereopods do not quite reach a line with the front, the dactylus and propodus are about equal in length and together about equal to the length of the carpus, which is very slightly longer than the merus. The rudimentary exopods of the third and fourth pereopods have three or four plumose setae at the tip and several more upon the proximal segment. The basal portion of the uropods is as long as the telson and armed with about ten spines upon the inner margin: the inner ramus is about as long as the basal portion; the first segment is longer than the second and third together and is armed with about sixteen spines on the inner and two or three on the distal part of the outer margin; the second with four or five spines on the inner margin and one at the distal extremity of the outer; the third or terminal with two upon the inner margin and three at the tip : the outer ramus is a little shorter than the inner and its two segments are sub-equal in length. The telson is as long as the fifth segment of the abdomen and about twice as long as the sixth segment, and is armed with either two or three spines upon the distal portion of each lateral margin and at the tip with five spines of about the same size as the marginal ones, though the median is a little larger than the others. Length 9". - Smaller, immature females differ in having the anterior pairs of pereopods proportionally shorter than in the adult, and in having fewer spines on the uropods. The only male seen is about 8%" long and not fully mature, although the antennae are as long as the cephalothorax and the exopods of the third and fourth pairs of pereopods are fully developed, but there is no indication whatever of rudimentary pleopods. From this fact it seems probable that the adult male is wholly without pleopods, and that this species represents a genus distinct from Lamprops. I have seen only the male just referred to, one female with eggs and a few immature females. Gloucester Harbor!, Massachusetts, 7 120 S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. to 10 fathoms, sand and red algæ, 1878; Casco Bay 1, 1873,-a single immature female taken at the surface in the evening. A Campylaspis rubicunda, G. O. Sars. Cuma rubicunda Liljeborg, CEfversight Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1855, p. 121. Campylaspis rubicunda G. O. Sars, Christiania. Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1864, p. 202; Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1865, p. 24, 1866 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne); Undersögelser over Christianafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 44, 1869 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Nat.); Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 272 (29); Om Cumaceer fra de store dybder i Nordishafvet, Kongl. Svenska Wetenskaps-Akad. Hand- lingar, Stockholm, xi, no. 6, p. 10, pl. 4, figs. 14–16, 1873.—Norman, in Jeffreys, Valorous Cruise, Proceedings Royal Society, London, xxv, p. 209, 1876; Annals and Magazin Nat. Hist., W., iii, p. 73, 1879. Off Cape Ann , Massachusetts, 35 fathoms, sand, 1878. Casco Bayl, stomach of the common flounder (Pseuddpleuronectes Amer- icanus). Greenland (Norman). Coast of Scandinavia (Liljeborg, G. O. Sars). Pelagic species found near the borders of the Gulf Stream off St. - George's Banks. The following pelagic species, characteristic of the fauna of the Gulf Stream, were taken, in 1872, east of St. George's Banks, north latitude 41° 20' to 30', west longitude 65° to 65° 30', and should per- haps be mentioned here, though they in no sense belong to the coast fauna north of Cape Cod. Most, if not all, these semi-tropical pelagic species are, however, occasionally found in summer along the south coast of New England, and the coast of the Middle and Southern States. Nautilograpsus minutus Milne-Edwards. Cancer minutus Linné, Systema Naturae, edit. 12, i, p. 1040, 1767.-J. C. Fabricius, Systema Entomologiae, p. 402, 1775; Entomologia systematica, ii, p. 443, 1793; Supplementum Entom. syst., p. 343, 1798. - Grapsus minutus Latreille, Hist. nat. Crust. et Insectes, vi, p. 68, 1803. Grapsus cinereus Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 99, 1817 (not Grapsus cinereus Bosc, nor Grapsus (Sesarma) cinereus Say, loc. cit., p. 442, 1818). Grapsus pelagicus Say, loc. cit., p. 442, 1818. Nautilograpsus minutus Milne-Edwards, Hist, nat. Crust., ii, p. 99, 1837; Annales des Sci. nat., Paris, III, xx, p. 174 (140), 1850.-Goodsir, Annals Magazin Nat. Hist., xv, p. 73, pl. 7, fig. 1, 1845.-Gibbes, Proceedings American Assoc. Adv. Sci., S. T. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 121 3d meeting, p. 182 (18), 1850.-Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1858, p. 103 (49); Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vii, p. 231 (103), 1860.—Heller, Crustaceen des sidlichen Europa, p. 114, 1863.−Smith and Harger, Transactions Connecticut Acad., iii, p. 26, 1874. . Planes Linnaeana Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 135 (cut), 1844.—White, List of Crust. British Museum, p. 41, 1847; Catalogue of British Crust. Brit. Museum, p. 19, 1850. . Planes minutus Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 346, 1852. Gulf of Mexico (Gibbes); Bermuda (G. Brown Goode); and throughout the warmer parts of the North Atlantic and occasionally upon the English coast (White, Bell, et al.). Mediterranean (Heller). Cape St. Lucas (Stimpson). Indian Ocean (Milne-Edwards). Neptunus Sayi Stimpson. Portunus pelasgicus Bosc, Hist, mat. des Crust., p. 219, pl. 5, fig. 3, 1805. Lupa pelagica Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 97, 1817.-DeKay, Nat. Hist. New York, Crust., p. 11, pl. 6, fig. 8, 1844. Lupa Say? Gibbes, Proceedings American Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 178 (14), 1850–Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 273, pl. 16, fig. 8, 1852–Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, p. 38 (36). Neptunus Sayi Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 220 (92), 1860; Bulletin Museum Comp. Zoology, Cambridge, i, p. 147, 1870.-A. Milne- Edwards, Archives du Muséum d’Hist. Nat., x, p. 317, pl. 29, fig. 2, 1861.— Smith and Harger, Transactions Connecticut Acad., iii, p. 26, 1874.—Kingsley, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1878, p. 319 (4), 1878. Gulf Stream , from the Straits of Florida (Stimpson) to north latitude 41° 30' (1872) and probably much further, both north and south. - Latreutes ensiferus Stimpson. Höppolyte ensiferus Milne-Edwards, Hist, mat, des Crust., ii, 374, 1837.-Krauss, Südafrikanischen Crustaceen, p. 56, 1843.—Goodsir, Annals and Magazin Nat. Hist., XV, p. 74, pl. 7, fig. 2, 1845–Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 562, 1852. Latréutes ensiferus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 27 (96), 1860—Smith and Harger, Transactions Connecticut Acad., iii, p. 26, 1874. –Kingsley, Bulletin Essex Institute, Salem, x, p. 56, 1878. Bermudal (G. Brown Goode). Various points in the Gulf Stream I. Near the Azores (Milne-Edwards). African coast (Krauss). TRANS, CONN. AoAD., WOL. W. l6 MAY, 1879. | 22 S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. Leander tenuicornis Kingsley. Palæmon tenuicornis Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 249, 1818. – DeKay, Nat. Hist. New York, Crust., p. 30, 1844.—White, List of Crust. British Museum, p. 78, 1847. Palemon tenuirosłre Milne-Edwards, Hist, nat, des Crust., ii. p. 395, 1837 (evidently a mistake for tenuicornis). * - Palemon natator Milne-Edwards, op. cit., ii, p. 393, 1837. Palaemon natator Goodsir, Annals Magazin Nat. Hist., xv, p. 74, pl. 7, fig. 3, 1845. —White, List of Crust. British Museum, p. 77, 1847.-Dana, United States Ex- ploring Expedition, Crust., p. 588, pl. 38, fig. 11, 1852—Heller, Crustaceen des sūdlichen Europa, p. 268, pl. 9, figs, ll, 12, 1863. : - Leander erraticus DeSmarest, Annales Soc. Entomologique de France, II, vii, p. 92, cut, 1849. Leander natator Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 40 (109). Leander tenuicornis Smith, MSS.—Kingsley, Bulletin Essex Institute, Salem, x, p. 66, 1878. Off Gaudeloupe (Desmarest). Various parts of the Gulf Stream Bermuda I, (G. Brown Goode). North latitude 41° 25', west longi- tude 66° 20' (1872). Banks of Newfoundland (Say). - Siriella, 2 sp. A single immature female, apparently belonging to this genus, was taken east of St. George's Banks, latitude 41° 25', longitude 65° 10', by Mr. Harger and myself, September 15, 1872. Lucifer sp. Taken at the same time and place as the last species. On the Geographical Distribution of the foregoing species, and on the Relation of the Fauna of the Atlantic coast of North America north of Cape Cod to that of Greenland and Europe. In order to exhibit in a connected manner the principal facts in regard to the geographical and bathymetrical distribution of the species properly belonging to the marine fauna of our coast north of Cape Cod, I have prepared the following tabular synopsis. The headings of a part of the eleven columns, in which the geo- graphical distribution is indicated, do not state fully the region included, so that the following explanations are necessary. Under “South of Cape Cod,” all those species are included which are found S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 123 anywhere near the south coast of New England or the coast still further south, whether they properly belong to the fauna south of the Cape or are northern species which occur only in exposed situations, in deep water, or in winter; but to distinguish these two classes of species, the northern ones are indicated by an asterisk (*). Under “Massachusetts Bay,” two or three rare species taken off Cape Ann, but not as yet actually in the Bay, are included. Under “Nova Scotia,” only those species which have been observed on or near the southeast coast are included ; the species of the northern, or Gulf-of- St. Lawrence, coast being included in the eighth column, while a few species taken only in deep water (one hundred or more fathoms) far off the Atlantic coast, are included in the seventh column. Under “Gulf of Maine, etc.,” are included the species found in the Gulf of Maine proper (the great region of comparatively deep water, but with numerous banks and “ledges,” between St. George's Banks and the shallow waters of the coast from Cape Cod to Nova Scotia), and also the species found on St. George's Banks, LeHave Bank, etc., and the deep waters outside of them. Under “Gulf of St. Lawrence and Labrador,” are included the species found in the Gulf and on the east, or Atlantic, coast of Labrador, though in the present list all the spe- cies known from the east coast of Tabrador have been found also in the Gulf. A few species which have been found in the shallow south- western part, including Northumberland Straits and the Bay of Chaleurs, and not in other parts of the Gulf, are indicated by a dag- ger (t). Under “Bering Sea,” species known from any part of the North Pacific or from the Arctic Ocean immediately north of Bering Straits are included. The number of species common to this region and the North Atlantic will undoubtedly be very largely increased by subsequent investigation. In checking in the table the occurrence of the species, a mark of affirmation () is used, as in the previous pages, when I am myself responsible for the identification of the species; the plus sign (+), when the species has not been seen by me but has been recorded on good authority; and by a mark of interrogation (?), when there is doubt in regard to the identification of the species. In the bathymetrical distribution, under “Fathoms,” the depths within which the species have been found upon our coast only are given. 124 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast." |: #| ||5||## f ro | |"E | < | as 3 ||E|E|##|É|E|3| |# Tº |3|3|É|3|3|3| 3 || ||} ad 3, CŞ g Pa || |&#|: H # ..?..] bo E. * |& g|3| 9 |s|≤|#| 5 |5" .8 3 * |#|3|3|E|5|*|*| #|#|#| # od |& |>, |& |g| |z| |& cº; Č5 ||= ſā ſº, Gelasimus pugnax. -------------- | | | Shore. pugilator ------------- | | | {{ Callinectes hastatus --------. ---- | + 0– 2 Platyonichus ocellatus----------- | | | 0– 10 Carcinus mænas ---------------- | | | | ' 0– 2 Geryon quinquedens ------------ | 100–160 Panopeus depressus------------- | | | 0– 5 Sayi ----------------- | | | 0– 5 Harrisii -------------- ! | 0– Cancer irroratus---------------- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0– 50 borealis----------------- | | | | | + |+ 0– 10 Chionoecetes opilio-------------- * | | | | + | | | | | 88–101 Hyas araneus ----------------- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |+| 16- 60 Coarctatus ----------------- 1% | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | 0–150 Libinia emarginata. ------------- | | | | | | | 0– 5 Lithodes maia------------------ | | | | |-|-| ? | | 50–250 Eupagurus bernhardus . . - - - - - - - - I*| | | | | | | | | | | | |-|-| 0–150 - longicarpus ---------- | | | | + || | 0– 10 pubescens ----------- |*| | | | | | | | | | | | | | + |+|--| 0–150 . Kröyeri ------------- | | | | | | | | | | | |+ | | |+ 8–430 Parapagurus pilosimanus - - - - - - - - | 250 Munidopsis curvirostra - - - - - - - - - - | 180–220 Homarus Americanus ----------. | | | | | | | | | | | | 0– 10 Axius Serratus ------------. ---- + | |. 20– 40 Calocaris Macandreae -------...--- + + 190– Crangon Vulgaris --------------- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0– 48 boreas ---------------- ..! | | | | | | | | | | |+ || || -- 0– 33 Sabinea Septemcarinata- - - - - - - - - - | | | | | | | | |+|| || 7 || 26–68 Sarsii------------------ | | 60—112 Pontophilus Norvegicus ------...-- | | | | 101–115 Nectocrangon lar --------------- | | | + || |-|-| 29– 59 Caridion Gordoni -------------- | | | | | 27—ll.0 Hippolyte Fabricii - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | | | | | | | | | | | | + + 0– 64 Gaimardii ------------ + | | | | | | ! | + | | |+ 0– 57 A. Spinus --------------- | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | + 0– 90 Securifrons------------ | | | | | 27–190 macilenta------------- | | | + 26–70 Phippsii-------------- | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | + | 10–125 pusiola --------------- I*| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0–105 polaris --------------- | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | + | 10–100 Groenlandica ---------- | | | | | | | | | | | | + + 6– 33 S. J. Smith— Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 125 3 sº 3 #|s|s|###|E|3||s g|##|####| || 3 |s|| # §§|#|3||s|3|#|#|##| # 2|#####|5||9||5|##| 3 Pandalus borealis--------------- | | | | + > | |+| 40–160 Montagui - ------------ I*| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 10–430 Palaemonetes vulgaris ----------- l ! Pasiphaë tarda ----------------- | + | | 140–175 Thysanopoda Norwegica --------- | | | | | | | | | | | | + || | 0–430 inermis. ----------| |t| | | ! | | | | + || | 0–220 Erythrops Goésii --------------- | | 20– 48 Meterythrops robusta - - - - - - - - - - - | || 33– 70 Pseudömma roseum-...----------. | | | ! 105–210 truncatum ---------- | 45— 70 Heteromysis formosa.--------...--| | | 0– 10 Mysis mixta. ------------------- | | | | | ! +? | | 20– 90 * Stenolepis ---------------- | | | | | 0- 18 oculata ------------------ º ! | + | + 0– Americana --------------- ! | | | | || 0– 5 Diastylis Rathkii --------------- | ! | + | | 20– 5'7 politus -----------, ----| | | | | | | | ||} 0–190 Sculptus --------------- | | | | | | | | | | | |} 0–190 luciferus----- --------- | | | 60– 97 quadrispinosus -- - - - - - - - |:k | | | | | | | | | | |} 2–190 abbreviatus ------------ + | | | l'7– 35 Leptostylis longimanus ---------- | + ampullaceus. - - - - - - - - | + 52– 90 Leucon nasicus----------------- | | + | | 50- 70 nasicoides -------------- l ! + Eudorella emarginata - - - - - - - - - - - - | ! ! 52 hispida --------------- + | | | | | | l— 54 pusilla---------------- | | | | | | 1+ 1– 25 deformis.-------. ------ -- * | + | + 25 integra --------------- | | | || | | | 42–110 Lamprops quadriplicata.---------- | | | 0– 10 Campylaspis rubicunda - - - - - - - - - - | | | + 1 + 35 126 S. J. Smith—-Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast." A simple summation of the columns of the above table gives the following as the number of species found in the whole region under discussion, and the number of these species recorded from the regions specified: + £| 3 || 3 | | | | | 5 || 3 | * |. * g .#| 3 | f | 3 || 3 | # | # | # |; g| 3 || 3 | }. a gº! rö ºr CO 3 || 8 & | 3 || > | CO º “H | 9 ... O e Fr. CO & H tº TE O ðſo ă 3| 3 || 5 || 3 || 3 | + | s | A 3 e à || 3 | # B.; tº do | 3 || 3 || C $: | | | |00 - || 5 || ſ= | #: 2, #| | | # # | 3 || 3 || 3 || 3 |< *| 5 § #| 2 | 3 3 | * | tº Brachyura, 15 12 8 7 5 || 4 || 4 || 5 || 4 3 2 Anomura, 7 3 l {) 5 : 3 3 5 - 2 || 4 || 3 Macrura, 23 5 2 16 || 13 | 12 || 17 | 17 | 15 13 | 16 || 9 Total Decapoda, 45 20 ll 28 || 23 19 24 27 || 23 18 || 23 14 Schizopoda, ll 4 8 || 4 || 3 2 || 4 || 6 || 4 || 6 Cumacea, 17 7 9 || 9 || 6 || 6 || 6 || || 0 || 4 || 9 Total, '73 || 31 || 1 || || 45 || 36 || 28 || 32 || 37 || 39 || 26 || 38 || 14. This summation, however, does not fairly represent the Thoracos- tracan fauna of our northeastern coast, since it takes no account of the rare or accidental occurrence of species outside their regular habitats, and, in particular, because it takes no account of the occur- rence of species, under favorable local conditions, far north and South of their ordinary limits. As has been previously remarked, the fauna of Cape Cod Bay is an extension of the southern, or Virginian, fauna across Cape Cod, and should properly be excluded from the fauna of the coast of northern New England. Although the crustacean fauna of Cape Cod Bay is very poorly represented in the previous list, the number of species recorded is sufficient to illustrate its southern character, which is abundantly proved by the other classes of its inhabitants. Of the eleven species recorded from Cape Cod Bay, the following have not been recorded from elsewhere north of the Cape and do not, in any sense, belong to the fauna of northern New England: Gelasimus pugnax. Carcinus manas. (l.) G. pugilator. Panopeus depressus. Platyonichus ocellatus. P. Sayi. With the single exception of the apparently cosmopolitan Carcinus, these species represent the extreme northern limit, on our coast, of the genera to which they belong, and of the genera themselves none S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 127. appear to be represented in the European Seas. Of the five other species recorded from Cape Cod Bay, all are common far to the south and pone of them are truly arctic species, although a single one, Crangon vulgaris, extends north to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and to Europe. & - The following, in addition to list (1), are southern species occurring north of Cape Cod Bay only accidentally or in exceptionally pro- tected localities: * Callinectes hastatus. & Palaemonetes vulgaris. (2.) Panopeus Harrisii. Iſeteromysis formosa. Libinia emarginata. Mysis Americana. Eupagurus longicarpus. Excluding the species in lists (1, 2), there are left eighteen northern species which extend south of Cape Cod. Of these, Hyas coarctatus, Pandalus Montagui, (3.) Eupagurus bernhardus, Thysanopoda inermis, E. pubescens, Eudorella deformis, Hippolyte pusiola, are northern and European species which extend but a short distance south of Cape Cod, where they are found usually only in cool waters of exposed localities, or, in the case of Thysanopoda inermis, only in winter. - - Of the eleven remaining species which occur both north and south of Cape Cod, Cancer irroratus, Crangon Vulgaris, (4.) C. borealis, Mysis Stenolepis, Homarus Americanus, have about equally extensive ranges and are about equally common both north and south of Cape Cod, and must be regarded as belong- ing properly to both faunae. The others, Diastylis politus, Diastylis abbreviatus, (5.) D. sculptus, Eudorella hispida, D. quadrispinosus, E. pusilla, are all Cumacea which may fall in the same category as the four pre- ceding species, although it is probable that some or perhaps all of them will be found to belong more exclusively to the northern fauna. None of the species in the last two lists are known to extend far north, nor, with the exception of Crangon vulgaris, to Europe, although they all belong to genera well represented in European seas. Excluding, from the number of species recorded from both north and south of Cape Cod Bay, the seven southern species (2) which 128 S. Z. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. occur locally or accidentally north, and the seven southern species (3) which occur similarly south of Cape Cod, there are left only eleven species (4, 5) which can be properly regarded as common to two re- gions of the New England coast. This fairly represents, I think, the marked difference between the two faunae; a difference due principally to the difference in the temperature of the water, but partially undoubtedly, to the different structure of the coast and to the different nature of the shore and bottom in the two regions. That there is no similar change in the fauna of the coast and shal. low waters from Massachusetts Bay to Labrador is well shown by a comparison of the fauna of Massachusetts and Casco Bays with the fauna of the Gulf of St. Lawrence at similar depths. Omitting the southern species of lists (1, 2) and also the deep-water species (8) which are ordinarily not found at depths less than fifty fathoms, the following species are left recorded from Massachusetts and Casco Bays; those not yet recorded from the Gulf of St. Lawrence being prefixed by an asterisk: i Cancer irroratus. *C. borealis. BIyas arameus. II. coarctatus. *Eupagurus bernhardus. L. pubescens. E. Kröyeri. Elomarus Americanus. *Axius serratus. Crangon vulgaris. C. boreas. Sabinea. Septemcarinata. *Caridion Gordoni. Bippolyte Fabricii. H. Gaimardii. H. Spinus. *H. securifrons. H. Phippsii. H. pusiola. H. polaris. Hippolyte Groenlandica. *Pandalus borealis. P. annulicornis. Thysanopoda Norvegica. T. inermis. *Erythrops Goésii. Meterythrops robusta. *Mysis mixta. *M. stenolepis. Diastylis politus. D. sculptus. D. quadrispinosus. *D. abbreviatus. *Leptostylis longimanus. *Eudorella hispida. E. pusilla. *E. deformis. *Lamprops quadriplicata. *Campylaspis rubicunda. (6.) This list contains all the species recorded from less than fifty fathoms in the Bay of Fundy (unless Mysis oculata or Leucon nasicoides may prove to be exceptions), and is, as far as known, a complete list of the species which should be regarded as the regular inhabitants of the coast region of northern New England. Only six species addi- tional to this list are recorded from the Gulf of St. Lawrence; they are the following: S. I. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 129 Nectocrangon lar. Mysis oculata. (7.) Hippolyte macilenta. - g Diastylis Rathki. Pseudomma truncatum. Leucon nasicoides. With the exception of the new species of Pseudomma, these are all thoroughly arctic species, and show a slight increase in the arctic character of the fauna of the Gulf of St. Lawrence over that of northern New England. The Wectocrangon, the Hippolyte, and the JDiastylis were found also upon the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia and may, very likely, yet be found on the New England coast; while the Leucon is already known from the Bay of Fundy and will doubt- less yet be found in Casco and Massachusetts Bays. The fifteen species from Massachusetts and Casco Bays (6) not yet recorded from the Gulf of St. Lawrence afford very little evidence in regard to the relations of the fauna of the Gulf, for some of them are known to be arctic and will undoubtedly be found in the Gulf, and the distribution of most of the others is not sufficiently well ascer- tained to be used as evidence. The absence of Eupagurus bernhardus from the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Greenland, while it occurs on the New England coast, in Europe, and in the North Pacific is, however, an interesting fact which should not be overlooked. The shallow southwestern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in- cluding the region of Northumberland Straits, etc., as shown partic- ularly by its Molluscan fauna, is much more southern in its character than the rest of the Gulf; but too little is known of the stalk-eyed crustaceans of this region to illustrate the fact, or to affect the state- ments above made in regard to the fauna of the Gulf as a whole, for the species which are recorded from this part of the Gulf only are all Cumacea of which the distribution is not sufficiently known to make their occurrence here evidence in regard to the character of the fauna. The deep-water species, or those which have not been recorded from less than fifty fathoms on our coast, and which are not inserted in lists (6, 7), are the following; those known from the Gulf of Maine, from off the coast of Nova Scotia, etc., being indicated by an M; those from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, by an L: M M. Geryon quinquedens. Pasiphaë tarda. (8.) M L Chionoecetes opilio. Pontophilus Norvegicus. M L Lithodes maia. M L Pseudomma roseum. M. Parapagurus pilosimanus. I L Diastylis luciferus. L Munidopsis curvirostra. Leptostylis ampulaceus. L Calocaris Macandreae. L Leucon nasicus. M Sabinea, Sarsii. M L Eudorella emarginata. TRANS. Conn. ACAD., WOL. V. 17 MAY, 1879. M : I 30 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. The differences between the deep-water faunae of the two regions, as shown in this list, are probably wholly accidental, the species which are not known to be common to both regions, being new Or, at least on the western side of the Atlantic, little known species which will, most likely, eventually be found to inhabit both regions. The facts above presented show conclusively, I think, that, as far as the Thoracostraca are concerned, the fauna from Cape Cod Bay to Labrador is essentially a continuous one, or at least that there are no changes in it comparable with the differences between the fauna south and that north of Cape Cod Bay. An uncompleted investiga- tion of the distribution of the Amphipoda sustains these conclusions, which appear to be essentially in harmony with the facts at present known in regard to the distribution of the Mollusca and of other groups of the better known marine animals of the region in question. Of the fauna of the east, or Atlantic, and of the north coast of Labrador, very little is at present known, but I believe no species of crustaceans, which are not found also in the Gulf of St. Lawrence or further to the south, have been recorded from this region, and the very close resemblance between the fauna of the northern part of the Gulf and that of the Greenland seas (to which I shall presently allude) renders it very improbable that the fauna of the east and north coasts of Labrador differs essentially from that of the northern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The close relationship existing between the marine fauna of Greenland and that of northern Europe has long been observed and fully admitted by European zoologists, but the similarly close relationship between the marine fauna of Greenland and that of the coasts of the continent of North America itself, as well as the similar relationship between the fauna of the latter region and that of the seas of northern Europe, has not been so generally recognized by them and has recently been strenuously controverted.* This has probably been largely due to the fact that * Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys: Preliminary Report of the Biological Results of a cruise in H. M. S. Valorous to Davis Strait in 1875, Proceedings Royal Society, London, vol. xxv, p. 188, 1876. The Rev. A. M. Norman, however, appears to have fully recognized the true rela- tion between the faunae of the eastern and western sides of the North Atlantic, and also the American rather than the European character of the fauna of the Greenland seas; and in this very report arrives at conclusions the reverse of those of Mr. Jeffreys. Mr. Norman has, in a letter received since these pages were written, very kindly communicated to me his general conclusions in regard to the fauna of the North Atlantic, and I am pleased to find that his investigations in nearly all the classes of marine Invertebrata, have led to conclusions essentially the same as those resulting from my special study of the Thoracostraca. S. Z. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 181 the Greenland fauna has been studied almost exclusively by Euro- pean Zoologists to whom the fauna of our coast has usually been very little known. The earlier American zoologists fell into the same error, and, being without specimens of the known European species for comparison, and without sufficiently accurate figures or descriptions, described as new species already known from European and Greenlandic seas. This process has sometimes been reversed, however, the species being first described from our coast and later from the European. But the crustaceans have been more fortunate in this respect than some other classes of animals. Further on, I have discussed the facts in regard to the geographical distribution of the Thoracostraca of Greenland, and need not specially allude to them here. The relation of the Thoracostracan fauna of the region between Cape Cod and Labrador to that of Greenland, that of Europe, and that of the region of Bering Sea, is shown in a gen- eral way in the summary, previously given, of the table of distribu- tion (A), but is better shown if we omit from the summary the southern species (1, 2) which properly have no place in the fauna. Rejecting these, there are left belonging to the fauna between Cape Cod Bay and Labrador, sixty species, of which twenty-six are known in Greenland, thirty-seven in Europe, and fourteen in the region of Bering Sea. This is shown for different groups of Thoracostraca, in the following table: - O g (B.) $2 #| = | 3 || 3 89 § H | 5 Pää Brachyura ------------- 6 – 2 2 Anomura ------------- 6 2 4. 3 Macrura. -------------- 22| 13| 16 9 Total Decapoda - - - - - L| 34 18 22, 14 Schizopoda ------------ 9| 4 6 Cumacea -------------- 17 4. 9 Total --------------- 60| 26|| 37| 14. This shows that a little more than three-fifths (sixty-one per cent.) of the species known to our northern marine fauna are common to the European fauna, while over two-fifths (forty-three per cent.) are found in Greenland, and that the proportions are very nearly the same if 132 S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast, the comparison be restricted either to the Decapoda proper, the Schizopoda, or the Cumacea. The numerical distribution of the above twenty-six species known to be Greenlandic, along the western side of the North Atlantic is shown in the last five columns of table (D) beyond. The similar distribution of the thirty-seven species common to our fauna and that of the European seas, and also the whole number of species recorded from each of the regions included in the second, third, fourth and fifth columns, is given in the following table; in which the fifth column is made to include the number of species found at less than fifty fathoms along the New England coast north of Cape Cod, while the other columns include the same regions as in table (A): 3 || 3 ||= 3 * gº! G) 3 CD e cº rc; Q) grº ca_i ºc *- g à || 5 | # 3 g|33 || 3: (C.) 3. Tº & | 3 | Sºlf. 5 so $—t Gi) H := | #’O |# g|+. 3 º; Ö . . É.- || 5 #| #: ſº H -4→ *H --> Jºš Q 3 5 & | < |2 g|^3| 3 Cb | Cº. 2. gi Brachyura ---------------- 2| 2| 2 2| ] || || Anomura ----------------- 4| 2 3| 4 || 4 || 1 3 Macrura------------ ------ 16 9| 10| 14 12 3 6 Total Decapoda - - - - - - - - - - 22, 13| 15| 20| 18| 5 || 10 Schizopoda ---------------- 6| 4. 4 4 l Cumacea ---- ------------- 9| 4 || 5 l 6 I Total European - - - - - - - - - - 37| 21| 24; 25| 28 7| 10 Whole no. recorded - - - - - - - - 36|| 39| 37 | 42 Comparing the number of European species found in each of the four regions north of Cape Cod, with the whole number of species recorded from each of these regions, as given in the last line of the table, it will be seen that the proportion of European species is very nearly the same in each of the regions, while south of Cape Cod there is a very sudden diminution in the number of European species. Thirty of the thirty-seven species common to the two sides of the North Atlantic are known to occur on our coast in fifty fathoms or less, while some of the remaining species are recorded from equally shallow water in the European seas. This is a smaller proportion of deep-water species than is found among the species which are left as peculiar to the fauna between Cape Cod and Labrador, which shows that the species common to Europe and America are not predomin- antly deep-water species. S. J. Smith–Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 133 In the following list of the twenty-three species belonging to the fauna between Cape Cod and Labrador and not known to be Euro- pean, those which are known to be true arctic species are indicated by an A; those which extend south of Cape Cod and appear to have their center of distribution on the New England coast are indicated by an s, but some of the Cumacea thus indicated may very likely prove to be arctic species. * Geryon quinquedens. A Hippolyte Groenlandica. (9.) S Cancer irroratus. Meterythrops robusta. S C. borealis. Pseudomma truncatum. Mysis stenolepis. Diastylis politus. D. sculptus. D. quadrispinosus. D. abbreviatus. A Nectocrangon lar. Eudorella hispida. A Hippolyte Fabricii. E. pusilla. A H. macilenta. - E. integra. S Lamprops quadriplicata. A Chionoecetes opilio. Parapagurus pilosimanus. Munidopsis curvirostra. . S Homarus Americanus. Axius Serratus. : S Excepting Aaius Serratus (which will very likely prove to be spe- cifically identical with the European species), the species not prefixed by either A or s, are all new or recently described and little is yet known of their geographical range, but they are probably arctic species. It is worthy of notice that, of the five species known to be arctic and not known to be European, all are Greenlandic and all but one (Hippolyte macălenta) are also known to occur on the western coast of North America, in the region of Bering Sea. These four species, common to both the northern Atlantic and northern Pacific coasts of North America are all conspicuous forms not likely to escape detection, and their geographical distribution apparently indicates that there are a certain number of arctic American species which are not European—perhaps because they are too arctic to be European. - The relation of the Thoracostracan Fawna of Greenland to that of the rest of North America and to that of Europe. In order to exhibit clearly the similarity of the relation of the Thoracostracan fauna of Greenland, on the one hand, to the fauna of the rest of the North American seas, and, on the other hand, to that of the European seas, I have compiled the following list of the species of Thoracostraca known to inhabit the Greenländ coast, and have given in foot-notes the principal synonyms, the most important refer- 134 S. J. Smith— Ch'ustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. ences, and the geographical distribution, for the species not known from the region between Cape Cod and Labrador, and consequently not treated of in the foregoing pages, where the geographical distri- bution of all the other species is given. The species known from the eastern coast of North America are indicated by the letters E. A. (all these occur in the Gulf of St. Lawrence or further south); those from the western coast (the region of Bering Sea, etc.) by the addi- tion of the letter W.; those from the European coast by the letter E. Chionoecetes opilio, E. & W. A. H. macilenta, E. A. Hyas a raneus, E. & W. A. E. H. Phippsii, E. & W. A. E. H. coarctatus, E. A. E. H. polaris, E. & W. A. E. Eupagurus pubescens, E. & W. A. E. H. Groenlandica, E. & W. A. E. Kröyeri, E. & W. A. E. H. microceras. Crangon boreas, E. & W. A. E. H. Panschii.f Sabinea Septemcarinata, E. & W. (?) A. E. Pandalus borealis, E. & W. A. E. Nectocrangon lar, E. & W. A. P. Montagui, E. A. E. Hippolyte Fabricii, E. & W. A. Hymenodora glacialis, Š E. H. Gaimardii, E. & W. A. E. Pasiphaë tarda, E. A. E. II. incerta,” Sergestes arcticus, II. Spinus, E. & W. A. E. * * HIPPOLYTE INCERTA Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, ii, p. 272, 1874. East Greenland (Buchholz). Perhaps only a variety of H. Gaimardži. + HIPPOLYTE MICROGERAs Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii, p. 578, 1841; Mono- grafisk Fremstilling af Slaegten Hippolyte's nordiske Arter, Kgl. danske Widensk. Selsk. Skr., naturvidensk. mathem. Afh., ix, p. 341 (microceros), pl. 5, fig. 105–109 (microceras), 1842.—Lütken, list of Crust. of Greenland, in Manual of Instructions for the [British] Arctic Expedition, 1875, p. 148. Greenland (Kröyer). # HIPPOLYTE PANSCHII Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, ii, p. 277, pl. 1, fig. l, 1874.—Kingsley, Bulletin Essex Institute, Salem, X, p. 62, 1878. East Greenland (Buchholz). § HYMENODORA GLACIALIS G. O. Sars. Pasiphaë glacialis Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, ii, p. 279, pl. 1, fig. 2, 1874.—Kingsley, Bulletin Essex Institute, Salem, X, p. 69, l878 (Pasiphaea). Hymenodora glacialis G. O. Sars, Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Kris- tiania, ii, p. 341, 1877. East Greenland (Buchholz). Deep water off the coast of Norway (G. O. Sars). | SERGESTES ARCTICUs Kröyer, Oversight Kgl. danske Widensk. Selsk. Forhandlinger, Kjöbenhavn, 1855, p. (6); Forsög monog. Fremstil. Kraebsdyrslaegten Sergestes, Rgl. danske Widensk. Selsk. Skr., W., naturvidensk, mathem. Aſh., iv, pp. 240,276, pl. 3, fig. 7, pl. 5, fig. 16, 1859. Greenland (Kröyer). S. I. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. 135 Thysanopoda Norvegica, E. A. B. Diastylis Rathkii, E. A. E. > T. inermis, E. A. E. D. Edwardsii, Š T. longicordata,” D. resimus, T. Raschii,4 E. Leucon nasicus, E. A. JE. ? Mysis mixta, IE. A. E. Eudorella deformis, E. A. E. M. oculata, E. A. E. Campylaspis rubicunda, E. A. E Boreomysis arctica, f |E. The following table gives a numerical summary of this list, and also the numerical distribution of the species in several regions along the eastern coast of the continent of North America. * THYsANOPODA LONGICAUDATA Kröyer, in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, etc., pl. 8, fig. 1, 1849.—Lütken, list of Crust, of Greenland, in Manual of Instructions for the [British] Arctic Expedition, 1875, p. 148. Greenland (Reinhardt, Lütken). # THYsANOPODA RASCHII Sars, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1863, p. 83.−Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, ii, p. 285, 1874. Coast of Norway (Sars). East Greenland (Buchholz). f BOREOMYSIS ARCTICA G. O. Sars. Mysis arctica Kröyer, Et Bidrag til Kundskab om Kiebsdyrfamilien Mysidae, Natur- historisk Tidsskrift, III, i, pp. 34, 42, pl. 1, fig. 5, 1861. Boreomysis arctica G. O. Sars, Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 26, 1869 (extr. Nyt Magazin for Naturwidenskberne); Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhand- linger, 1871, p. 264 (21).-Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur, wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872, 1873, Nordsee, p. 288, 1875. Greenland (Kröyer). West coast of Norway (G. O. Sars, Metzger). Š DIASTYLIS EDWARDSII Kröyer. Cuma Edwardsii Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii, pp. 504, 531, pl. 5, figs. l—l 6, 1841; op. cit., II, ii, pp. 128, 207, pl. 1, figs. 1, 3, 5, 9–14, 1846; in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, etc., pl. 4, 1849 ( 2). Cuma brevirostris Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, ii, pp. 174, 208, 1846; Voyages en Scandinavie, etc., pl. 5A., fig. 1, 1849 (adult 6). Diastylis Edwards? G. O. Sars, Kongl. Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, Stockholm, ix, no. 13, p. 5, 1871.—Norman, Proceedings Royal Soc., London, xxv, p. 209, 1876; Annals and Magazin Nat. Hist. W., iii, p. 61, 1879. Greenland (Kröyer, Norman). | DIASTYLIS RESIMUS G. O. Sars. Cuma resima Kröyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, ii, pp. 165, 206, 1846; Voyages en Scandinavie, etc., pl. 3, fig. 1, 1849. Diastylis rasima G. O. Sars, Kong. Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, Stockholm, ix, no. 13, p. 5, 1871. Greenland (Kröyer). 136 S. J. Smith—Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast. *H . * ſº o cº | Q re: Ö | Sº c5 |º º ro ## 5 | # §§ + 3 + š à | g |##| 5 || 5 |& #|33 ||3.3 (D.) # | 3 || 3 || 3 | # sp;|g $2| 8 sp à | £ |f| H | 3 ||#9|# g|3.3 * § | 3 |& 5 | is | > ||= < | 3 flºp"; 5 |* |##| 5 | . . ;|33 ||3: ##| 6 | * * = Brachyura----------------- 3 3 3 3 2 l L Anomura ----------------- 2 2 2 2 2 2 l 3 Macrura ------------------ 18| 10 13| 1 || 11 9 l 6 Total Decapoda - - - - - - - - - -] 23: 14 18 16, 16| 13 10 Schizopoda - - - ----------... 7| 6 || 4 3| 3| 2 | 1 | Cumacea ------------------ 6, 4| 4, 2 l 2 Total ------------------- 36 24, 26 21 20, 17| 4 10 Of the thirty-six Greenland species, six are not yet recorded from outside the Greenland seas, so that out of thirty species, twenty-six, or about eighty-seven per cent., are known upon the eastern coast of North America from the Gulf of St. Lawrence southward; while twenty-four species, or eighty per cent., are known in the European seas. An uncompleted examination of the Amphipoda gives results entirely in harmony with those above derived from the Thoracostraca, so that it is certainly safe to assert that, at least as far as the Mala- costraca are concerned, the marine fauna of Greenland is essentially the same as that of the arctic seas of both Europe and America, or, in other words, it is only a part of the great arctic, circumpolar fauna. That the fauna of the Greenland seas should have its closest relations with the fauna of the North American coast proper, rather than with that of Europe, is what might be expected from the geographical position of Greenland and the fact that the waters of the northern part of the North American coast are more arctic in temperature than the waters upon the coast of Europe. \, Brºa. Page 31, 2d line, for Robert,’ read ‘Richard.' * 54, for “Munadopsis,' read “Munidopsis.” “ 61, 6th line from bottom, fort Mere,' read “Meere.' * 69, 9th line from bottom, for ‘Tynside,' read “Tyneside.” “ 105, 3d line from bottom, insert ‘of’. before ‘M. oculata.” * 115, 1st line, for “nasicoidis,” read “nasicoides.” * 120, 16th line, for " Pseudapleuronectes,' rºamerous NEW HAVEN, May 1, 1879. E’late VIII. Rigure 1.—Cancer borealis Stimpson; dorsal view of a small male from Casco Bay; nine-tenths natural size. Figures la, 1b, terminal portions of the chelipeds of the same specimen, seen from the outer side; natural size. | | ------ |×<！-- ------------- |- ---- --------- ---- …….………*** ---- |-！ //ſiiſ，}}}} · - |- · · · · - - - - --- -- --- - - - Plate IX. Figure 1.—Geryon quinquedens Smith; dorsal view of the carapax of a large male (b) from off Cape Ann; four-fifths natural size. Figure la, frontal region of the same specimen, seen from beneath; one and a third times natural size. Figure lb, ter- minal portions of the chelipeds of the same specimen; enlarged the same amount. Figure 2.—The same species; dorsal view of the carapax of a small female (e) from off Massachusetts Bay; one and a third times natural size. Figure 3.—Geryon iridens Kröyer; dorsal view of the carapax of a large male from Christiania Fiord, Norway; two-thirds natural size. Figure 3a, frontal region of the same specimen, seen from beneath: one and a third times natural size. Figure 4.—Hippolyte pusiola Kröyer; tip of the telson of a female 20:5mm long, from the Bay of Fundy, with more than the normal number of terminal spines; enlarged thirty-two diameters. * Figure 5.—The same species; terminal portion of the telson of a female 16mm long, from Halifax, Nova Scotia, with an abnormal arrangement of aculei and spines, apparently resulting from some injury; enlarged thirty-two diameters. Figure 6.—The same species; terminal portion of the telson of a male, 17mm long, from the Bay of Fundy, with less than the normal number of terminal spines; enlarged thirty-two diameters. Figure 7.—The same species; terminal portion of the telson of a male, 15mm long, from near Cashe's Ledge, off the coast of Maine, with the normal arrangement of spines; enlarged thirty-two diameters. Figure 8.—Hippolyte Gaimardži Milne-Edwards; tip of telson of a female, 36mm long, from Halifax, Nova Scotia, with the normal armament of spines; enlarged sixteen diameters. Figure 9.—The same species; tip of the telson of a female, 39” long, from Casco Bay, with an abnormal armament of spines; enlarged thirty-two diameters. Trans 'onn call ºl PLATE IX E’late X. Figure 1.-Pasiphaë tarda Kröyer; from the Gulf of Maine; lateral view, three- fourths natural size. * Figure 2.—Hippolyte Graenlandica Miers; female from the Bay of Fundy; lateral view, one and a half times natural size. IFigure 3.—Hippolyte Securifrons Norman; female from off Massachusetts Bay; lateral view, one and a half times natural size. IFigure 4.—Aajius serratus Stimpson; dorsal view of the original specimen in the col- lection of the Peabody Academy of Science, Salem. Figure 4a, lateral view of the right cheliped. - - - - H ºn - - - N'- º Plate XI. Figure l.—Hippolyte polaris Ross; anterior pleopod of the left side of a male, 39.4mm long, from the Gulf of Maine; enlarged twelve diameters. / Figure 2.-Inner lamella of the left pleopod of the second pair of the same specimen; enlarged the same amount. Figure 3.−The same species; anterior pleopod of the left side of a female, 45mm long, from near Cashe's Ledge, off the coast of Maine; enlarged twelve diameters. Figure 4.—Inner lamella of the left pleopod of the second pair of the same specimen; enlarged the same amount. Figure 5.-Sabinea Septemcarinata Ross; dorsal view of the carapax of a female from off Massachusetts Bay; enlarged two diameters. Figure 6.—Sabinea Sarsii Smith; dorsal view of the carapax of a female, 62mm long, from the Lofoten Islands, Norway; enlarged two diameters. Figure 6a, lateral view of the same. Figure 6b, dorsal view of the extremity of the abdomen of the same specimen, showing the right uropod and the telson; enlarged three diameters. Figure 6c, tip of the telson of the same specimen; enlarged twelve diameters. Figure 7.-The same species; tip of the telson of a female, 36mm long, from the Gulf of Maine; enlarged twelve diameters. Figure 8.—The same species; tip of the telson of a young specimen, only 16mm long, from St. George's Bank; enlarged twenty-four diameters. Figure 9.-Sabinea Septemcarinata Ross; dorsal view of the extremity of the abdomen of a female from off Massachusetts Bay, showing the appendages of the right side of the sixth segment and the telson; enlarged three diameters. Figure 10.—The same species; tip of the telson of an adult male, 40” long, from off Massachusetts Bay, with what appears to be the normal arrangement of the terminal spines; enlarged twelve diameters. Figure ll.—The same species; tip of the telson of an adult female, about 60” long, from off Massachusetts Bay, with the normal armament; enlarged twelve diameters. Figures 12 and 13.—The same species; tips of the telsons of two adult females from off Massachusetts Bay, with an apparently abnormal arrangement of terminal spines —in the second case evidently the result of injury; enlarged twelve diameters. lºans Cºnn Acad Vol - ELATE XI. N N \ º | N \ | - tº- --- Phºtº Lithºuniers---is and New Haven-º- -- I - ----- Plate XII. Figure 1.-Meterythrops robusta Smith; dorsal view of the front part of a male, 19mm long, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence; enlarged six diameters. Figure la, one of the anterior plcopods of the same specimen; enlarged twelve diameters. Eigure 2.—The same species; antennal scale of a female, 16.5mm long, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence; enlarged twenty-four diameters; the marginal plumose setae omitted. Figure 2a, dorsal view of the lamellae of the uropod of the left side of the same specimen; enlarged fifteen diameters. Figure 2b, a part of the inner margin of the inner lamella, more highly magnified to show the marginal spines and the bases of the plumose setae. Figure 2c, telson of the same specimen; enlarged thirty diameters. Figure 2d, tip of the same telson, more magnified. Figure 3.—Pseudomºma truncatum Smith; dorsal view of the antenna of an adult male; enlarged thirty diameters. Figure 3a, outline of the opthalmic segment of the same specimen; enlarged thirty diameters. Figure 3b, tip of the telson of the same specimen; enlarged thirty diameters; the cilia of the median setae omitted. Figure 4.—The same species; telson of an adult female; enlarged thirty diameters; the cilia of the median terminal setae omitted. Trans Cºnn Acad Vol V PLATE (I - -- ºisand New Haven. Phºtº Lith Puniers-in-C El Smith Finn nature (From the Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada, 187 8-79 ) NOTES ON CRUSTACEA AT VANCOUVER AND THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. By S. I. SMITH. MAY, 1880. Włż/º the corrup/777 vezvás of S. Z. SMZZZZ, YCLZe Co/Zege, UVew Haven, Cozynecticult. (From the Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada, 1878-79) NOTES ON CRUSTACEA COLLECTED BY DR. G. M. DAWSON AT WANCOUWER AND THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. By S. I. SMITH, 206 B GEOI, OGICAL SURVIEY OF CANADA. APPENDIX ID. NOTES ON OR USTA CEA COLLECTED BY DR. G. M. DAWSON AT WANCOUVER AND THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS, IBy S. I. SMITH, BRACHYTJRA, Pieterograpsus nudus Stimpson. Pseudograpsus nudus Dana, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1851, p. 249 (3); United States Exploring Expedition, Crust, P. 335, pl. 20, fig. 7, 1852.-Stimpson, Journal Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi., p. 469 (29), 1857. *s Cyclograpsus marmoratus White, List of Crust. British Museum, p. 41, 1847 (no description). Heterograpsus marmoratus Milne-Edwards, Annales Sci. Nat., III., xx., p. 193 (159), 1853. IIeterograpsus nudus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 104 (50). A fine male specimen from near Victoria, Vancouver Island. Sitka is given by White as the locality for one of the specimens in the British Museum. It is abundant upon the Oregon and California coast. Fabia subquadrata Dana. Two specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands, shore; and one from “Houston Stewart Channel, Q.C.I., June, 1878, inhabiting cavity of large mussel.” Cancer magister Dana. Cancer irroratus Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, viii., p. 116, 1839 (not of Say). Cancer magister Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 151, pl. 7, fig. 1, 1852.-Stimpson, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi., p. 458 (18), 1857. QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDs. 207 B Metacarcinus magister A. Milne-Edwards, Annales Sci. Nat, IV., xviii, p. 33, 1862; op. cit., W., i., p. 67, 1864; Nouvelle Archives Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, i., p. 201, pl. 19, fig. 1, 1865. - - A large carapax from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Cancer productus Randall. Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat, Sci., Philadelphia, viii., p 116, 1839.—Dana, - United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 156, pl. 7, fig. 3.− Stimpson, Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, vi., p. 461 (21), 1857. Cancer perlatus Stimpson, Proceedings California Acad. Nat. Sci., i., p. 88, 1856. - Virago Sound, 15 to 8 fath. ; mouth of Cumshewa Harbour, 20 fath. ; and shallow dredging; all from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Cancer antennarius Stimpson. Stimpson, Proceedings California Acad. Sci., i., p. 88, 1856; Jour. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi., p. 442 (22), pl. 18, 1857. gº 2 Platycarcinus recurvidens Bate, in J. K. Lord, Naturalist in Vancouver Island, ii., p. 269, 1866. Small alcoholic specimens from Virago Sound, 15 to 8 fath, and 20 fath, mouth of Cumshewa Harbour, Q.C.I. A dry carapax from the same group of islands (no special locality given) is 83" long and 133 broad. Trichocarcinus Oregonensis Miers. Tricocera Oregonensis Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 299, pl. 18, fig. 5, 1852. Trichocarcinus Oregonensis Miers, Proceedings Zool. Soc. London, 1879, p. 34 (Tricocera De Haan, 1833, preoccupied). A young specimen from Vancouver Island, and the carapax and chelipeds of a larger specimen from the Queen Charlotte Islands. These specimens agree with Dana's description and figure, except that the teeth of the postero-lateral margin are more indistinct than shown in his figure, some of them being nearly or quite obsolete. In all the larger specimens which I have examined, the dorsal surface of the carapax is rougher and the areolets more protuberant than in Small specimens, and in very small specimens the carapax is nearly smooth and regularly convex. * - - A small specimen, dredged by Mr. J. Richardson in the Gulf of Georgia in 1875, and referred to by Mr. Whiteaves as Trichocera Oregonensis? on my authority (Canadian Naturalist, Vol. viii., No. 8, 1878), appears to represent a distinct species. I have seen another and much larger specimen of the same form from Washington Terri- tory, collected by J. G. Swan (Smithsonian Institution). In this species the antero-lateral margin of the carapax is.strongly upturned, 208 B GEOLOGICAL SURVIEY OF CANADA. and its teeth are broad and in contact at their bases. The frontal and hepatic regions and "the anterior part of the branchial are smooth and flat or concave, but there are three very high, wart-like prominences on the gastric region, of which the two anterior are larger and mark the protogastric lobes, while the smaller is in the median line and behind them ; there are similar, but posteriorly less distinctly circum- scribed protuberences on the posterior part of the branchial region; and the tops of all the protuberances are ornamented with smooth mammillary granules, which are large anteriorly but gradually loose the mammillary character in the rough and granular posterior regions of the carapax, which differ much from the anterior and middle regions, which are very smooth, except on the flattened summits of the gastric protuberances just described. . >. ZelmeSSws Serratus White. White, Annals Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii., p. 497, 1846; Voyage of Samarang, "Crust., p. 14, pl. 3, 1848.—Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, p. 303, pl. 18, fig. 8, 1852. There are three specimens of Telmessus from the Queen Charlotte Islands: two small males, in alcohol, from shallow dredging, and a dry and broken female much larger than the males. The female agrees very well with White's figure and is about the same size as White's specimen, though of the opposite sex. The larger of the two males agrees with Dana's figure and description, except that the median teeth of the front are not quite as acute and prominent, projecting only very little beyond the lateral. The tooth forming the lateral angle of the carapax is much more prominent than in the female. The smaller male differs from the larger in having the antero-lateral margins of the carapax nearly parallel, and the tooth forming the lateral angle relatively even much more prominent than in the larger male. These differences are shown in the following measurements of the carapaces of the three specimens:– a . 3. 3. º Length, including frontal spines. . . . . . . 6-6 mm 20-3 (36-5 Breadth in front of lateral teeth. . . . . . . . 5-7 19-4, 66-0 Breadth, including lateral teeth. . . . . . . . 8-9 25-3 82-2 The differences are apparently due to the age of the specimens, and I think there can be little doubt that White's specimen and Dana's were of the same species. Whether the T. cheiragonus described by Tilesius and by Brandt, and T. acutidens Miers (ex Stimpson), are also of the same species, I am uncertain. The synonymy in this genus is still in great confusion, and the relations of the different forms can be made out satisfactorily only by careful examination of a large series of specimens. * QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDs. 209 B Oregonia gracilis Dana. Oregonia gracilis Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 106, pl. 3, fig. 2, 1852 (3). Oregonia hirta Dana, ibid., p. 107, pl. 3, fig. 3, 1852 (?). 7 Oregonia longimana Bate, Proceedings Zoological Society London, 1864, p. 663, 1865; in J. K. Lord, Naturalist in Vancouver Island, ii., p. 267, 1866. - Virago Sound, Q.C.I., 15 to 8 fath., also Vancouver Island. The series of specimens is sufficient to show that the two forms described by Dana are sexual and belong to one species, the gracilis being based on the adult male and the hirta on the two forms of the female. In the characters of the rostral spines and the rest of the carapax, all the larger males before me agree with the description and figures of gracilis, while in the same characters the females agree with hirta, and the smaller males are more or less intermediate between the two forms. But among the females themselves there are two forms: all the adult and fertile specimens having the abdomen very broad and nearly orbicular, while in other specimens (most of them small, but Some of them as large as the smaller of those with orbicular abdomens) the abdomen is much narrower and elliptical, as shown in Dana's fig. 3 b. The smaller of these latter females are, perhaps, merely immature individuals, but the larger are apparently truly dimorphic, sterile females, such as are found in many genera of Brachyura, and here, as in most similar cases, the larger of the sterile individuals show consid- erable approach to the male in the form of the carapax, etc. In the largest male before me the merus of the chelipeds reaches very nearly or quite to the tips of the rostrum, and, in this respect, agrees with Bate's O. longimana, though the chelipeds are not nearly twice as long as the carapax, if the rostrum is, as it is usually, included in the length. Bate makes no allusion to the size of his specimen, and describes it so imperfectly that it is not easy to determine its affinities with certainty.” * It may be well to remark here that there had apparently been an admixture of specimens from some region or regions far south of Vancouver Island, in the collection which served as the basis of Bate's chapter on “Vancouver Island Crabs” in the work above referred to, and that this fact also adds to the difficulty of determining the species there described. , Bate him- self remarked upon the mingling of northern and southern forms in the collection, but he does not seem to have suspected any mistake in regard to the localities from which the specimens gamg. I am aware that many tropical and ºpiºi marine species extend far north along the Pacific American coast, but it is scarcely conceivable that such an assemblage of Species as Kate's list indicates should exist in any one faunal region. The list contains not only tropical Pacific American species but also Central and South Pacific, and even tropical Atlantic species. Some of the incongruities may, however, be due to wrong identifications, as in the case of the Clibanariºts about to be mentioned; but, making all resonably supposable, allowance for mis- takes of this kind, there is still sufficient evidence of a mixture of specimens from different faunae, to throw doubt upon the authenticity of the supposed habitats of many of the new species in Mr. Lord’s collection. The existence in the region of Vancouver Island of any of the following Species (all of which are enumerated among the Decapoda in Bate’s list) is, at least, very doubt- ful:—Eriphia, gonggra, “ Panopaeus’ crematus, Xantho dispar, Ocypode Urvulii,. Grapsus livialus, Hemigrapsus “edentatus,” Gelasimus annulipes, Porcellama Edwardsii, ſºupagurus perlatus, 210 B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. Pugettia gracilis Dana. Queen Charlotte Islands, shore; and shallow dredging, Port Simpson to north end of Vancouver Island. Scyra acutifrons Dana. Two males from near Victoria, Vancouver Island. Another male specimen agreeing well with these was collected at the same locality by Mr. R. Middleton in 1875, and is referred to by Mr. Whiteaves, on my authority, as “Scyra, sp. undt.” (Canadian Naturalist, Vol. viii., No. 8, 1878.) All these specimens are much larger than the ones described by Dana, and differ much from his description and figures. The specimen collected by Mr. Middleton differed so much that I at first supposed it must represent a new species, but the specimens col- lected by Dr. Dawson show a nearer approach to Dana's figures, and I now think there is little doubt that Dana's description and figures were based on females and young males, and that the specimens before me are the fully adult males of the same species. -- * In the specimens before me, the lamelliform rostrum is very much ex- panded laterally, so that it is as wide, or even considerably wider than, the width of the front between the praeocular spines, and the lobes are much less divergent anteriorly than shown in Dana's figure. The protuberance upon each branchial region is elongated and excessively developed, and posteriorly it projects so much as to overhang the lateral margin of the carapax. The anterior cardiac protuberance is tubercular and obtuse and fully as high as the branchial protuber- ances, but separated from them and from the large gastric protuber- ance by a broad and deep depression; the posterior cardiac protuberance is small, but conical and conspicuous. The whole gastric region is protuberant, and separated from the branchial region, on each side, by a deep and narrow cervical groove. The posterior gastric elevation is large and obtusely tubercular, while the anterior is small and conical. The chelipeds are proportionably much larger every way than in Dana's specimens, and the lamelliform crest on the propodus is much broader. The differences in the chelipeds, and partially also those in the cara- pax, are shown by the following measurements of the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson — “Cenobites.” Diogenes. Clibquarius. lineatus (Milne-Edwards) is also given, but there is now lain evidence of a mistake in the identification; for Miers (Proceedings, Zoological Society, ondon, 1877, p. 658, pl. 66, fig. 4) has described and figured a species, as Clibanarius Lord, said to have been collected at the same locality as Bate's C. lineatus, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. Lord, and Miers states that the specimen was labelled Clibanarius lineatus, but ; it is certainly not the species described under that name by Milne-Edwards and figured by &llºb. - QUEEN CHARLOTTÉ ISLANDs. 211 B Length of carapax, including rostrum......... 36.8 mm 39:0 Greatest breadth between margins. . . . . . . . . . . . 24-7 26-8 {{ « “ branchial protuberances 27-3 29-5 Length of rostrum from base of praeocular spine... 9-0 10-5 Greatest breadth of rostrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 9-0 Length of merus in chelipeds. . . . . . . dº e s is º e º & tº 22-0 28.5 Length of propodus. . . . . . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31-0 37-0 Length of dactylus. . . . . . . dº º e º ºs e º tº gº tº © e s e e s e º a 15-0 16-5 Breadth of dactylus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 12.5 ANOMURA. Flapalogaster inermis Stimpson. Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii., p. 243 (115), 1860. I refer to this species, with some doubt, a single female from the shores of the Queen Charlotte Islands. The chelipeds are not described by Stimpson, but in the specimen before me they are very unequal, the right being twice as stout as the left, very much less setose, and the excavated fingers are entirely without horny tips. Eupagurus granosimanus Stimpson. Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii., p. 90 (44), 1859. Several dry specimens, most of them very small, from near Victoria, V.I. I think it not improbable that this species will prove to be synonymous with E. Middendorffii Brandt. Brandt's species was described and figured from a specimen considerably larger than the specimens examined by Stimpson or those before me, and it very likely is only the fully adult form of Stimpson's species. Eupagurus tenuimanus Stimpson (ex Dana). One specimen from shallow dredgings, Port Simpson to the north end of Vancouver Island. The propodus of the larger cheliped is fully as broad as in Dana's specimens, but the inner edge is less sharply dentate and the outer edge less strongly curved. There is no doubt of its identity with Dana's species, however. * There are several small specimens of Eupagurus from 15 to 8 fath, Virago Sound, 20 fath, mouth of Cumshewa Harbour, and from Hous- ton Stewart Channel, Q.C.I., which are distinct from either of the above species, but they appear to be immature and are not easily determined. à * Paguristes turgidus Stimpson. *, Eupagurus turgidus Stimpson, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi., p. 86, - 1857. & g Clibanarius turgidus Stimpson, Journal Boston Soc. Nat, Hist, vi., p. 484 (44), pl. 21, fig. 1, 1857. { 212 B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. Paguristes turgidus Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 236 (74), 1859; Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, vii., p. 86 (40), 1859. , Not in Dr. Dawson's collection, but a large male was dredged in the Gulf of Georgia by Mr. J. Richardson in 1875. MACRURA. Gebia Pugettensis Dana. A male 85 " long, shore, Queen Charlotte Islands. Grangon vulgaris J. C. Fabricius ex Linné. Crangon migricauda Stimpson. Crangon migromaculala Lockington. Crangon Alaskensis Lockington. A single dry and broken specimen from Vancouver Island. Nectocrangon lar Brandt (ex Owen). Two males and three females from Vancouver Island. The specimens are all dry and in rather bad condition for a careful comparison, but they all differ considerably from any Atlantic speci- mens which I have seen. In the specimens from Vancouver, the rostrum and the spines of the dorsal carina of the carapax are longer and more slender than in specimens from off Nova Scotia and from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. In the Vancouver specimens, the dorsal carina on the third, fourth and fifth segments of the abdomen is broad and rounded, or flattened, and scarcely reaches the posterior edges of the segments, and the two carinae upon the sixth segment are rounded and fade out in the same way before reaching the posterior extremity of the segment; while in the Atlantic specimens referred to, the carina upon the third, fourth and fifth segments is acute, and on the fifth segment projects from the posterior margin in a more or less conspic- uous triangular tooth, and the carinae on the sixth segment are acute and continue to or a little over the posterior extremity of the segment. These differences may possibly indicate distinct geographical species. Paracrangon echinatus Dana. Vancouver Island. Hippolyte Gaimardii Milne-Edwards. IIippolyte Gaimardii Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., ii., p. 378, 1837. Hippolyte pandaliformis Bell, History of British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 294. [1850 7] Hippolyte Belcheri Bell, in Belcher, Last of the Arctic Voyages in Search of Sir John Franklin, vol. ii., p. 402, pl. 34, fig. 1, 1855. QUEEN CELARLOTTE ISLANDS. 213 É A single dry female specimen from Vancouver Island appears unquestionably of this species. It is about 33" long; the carapax, including the rostrum, 13.8"; the rostrum, 7.3. The dorsal carina is armed with six teeth, of which three are on the rostrum, and there are three teeth in the lower edge of the rostrum. Hippolyte spinus White. Cancer spinus Sowerby, British Miscellany, p. 47, pl. 23, 1805. Alpha-us spinus Leach, “Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vii., p. 431, 1813-14,” (Miers), American edit., vii., p. 271 ; Transactions Linnean Soc. London, xi., p. 347, 1815. Hippolyte Sowerbaci Leach, Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniae, pl. 39, 1817. - Hippolyte spinus White, List Crust. British Museum, p. 76, 1847–Bell, History of British Crustacea, p. 284 [1847?]. Flippolyte spina Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, xii., p. 34 (103), 1860; Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, x., p. 126, 1871. There are seven dry specimens from Vancouver Island, and two in alcohol from shallow dredging, Queen Charlotte Islands, which agree well with Atlantic specimens of this species. . JTippolyte Phippsii Kröyer. Hippolyte Phippsii Krøyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, iii., p. 575, 1841 (3). Hippolyte turgida Kröyer, ibid., p. 575, 1841 ( ?). Hippolyte vibrans Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, X., p. 125, 1871 (3, var). Hippolyte Ochotensis Brandt, Middendorff's Sibirische Reise, ii., p. 120, pl. 5, fig. 17, 1849 (?). A female from 15 to 8 fath., Virago Sound, Q.C.I. Length, 32"" ; length of carapax, including rostrum, 11.6; rostrum, 52. The dorsal carina of the carapax and rostrum is armed with eleven teeth, of which the three posterior are the larger, situated near the middle of the carapax and separated considerably from the one next in front, which is just over the base of the rostrum ; the remaining teeth are succes- sively nearer to each other toward the tip, which is itself tridentate. There are in addition four teeth on the oblique anterior part of the inferior edge of the rostrum. The dentition of the carapax and rostrum is thus seen to approach pretty closely to Brandt's H. Ocho- tensis, and yet the specimen appears to be unquestionably specifically identical with the well-kuown Atlantic species, so that I have little doubt that Brandt's species is only a variety of the female of H. Phippsii. º 214 B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. Flippolyte brevirostris Dana. tº Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crust., p. 566, pl. 36, fig. 5, 1852 (given as H. curvirostris on plate). - . . A dry female specimen about 24" long, from Vancouver Island, agrees well with Dana's figure and description. Hippolyte Graenlandica Miers. Aslacus Gronlandicus J. C. Fabricius, Systema Entomologiae, p. 416, 1775; Entomologia systematica, ii., p. 484, 1793. { Čancer aculeatus O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 239, 1780. Alpheus aculeatus Sabine, in Supplement to Appendix of Parry's (first) Voyage, p. ccxxxviii., pl. 2, figs. 5-8, 1824. Hippolyte aculeata J. C. Ross, in John Ross, Appendix to Narrative of a Second Voyage in Search of the North-west Passage, p. lxxxiii., 1835. Hippolyte armata Owen, Voyage of the Blossom, p. 88, pl. 27, fig. 2, 1839 (?). Hippolyte cornuta Owen, op. cit., p. 89, pl. 28, fig. 2, 1839 ( 3 ). Hippolyte Groenlandica Miers, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., IV., xx., p. 62 (12), 1877. A female, 44" long, from shallow dredging, Queen Charlotte Islands. Pandalus Danae Stimpson. Stimpson, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi., p. 87, 1857; Journal Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi., p. 502 (62), pl. 21, figs. 6-7, 1857. Several small dry specimens from Vancouver Island, and an alcoholic specimen from shallow dredgings, Queen Charlotte Islands. The last specimen is 74" long; the carapax including rostrum, 33"; rostrum, 17.5"; there are ten teeth in the dorsal crest, half being on the rostrum and half upon the carapax, and in addition there are three at the tip and five beneath the rostrum. In general appearance, and particularly in the form and dentition of the carapax and rostrum, this species approaches very near to P. platyceros Brandt (Middendorff's Sibirische Reise, ii., p. 123, pl. 5, fig. 20, 1851). But, according to Brandt's description, the carapax of the platyceros is clothed with short hairs, while in the Danae the carapax and abdomen are smooth and entirely naked. Pandalus pubescentulus Dana. An alcoholic specimen from “shallow dredging, Port Simpson to north end of Vancouver Island.” The specimen is 49" long; the carapax including rostrum, 25; rostrum, 14. There are fourteen teeth in the dorsal crest, five on the carapax and nine on the rostrum; the extremity of the rostrum is unarmed above except at the tip, which is QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. 215 B bidentate; beneath it is armed with eight teeth, which extend to the tip. - CUMACEA. DiaStylopsis, gen, now. The species for which this genus is proposed is very closely allied to Diastylis in the structure of the appendages of the cephaloperaeon and in the structure of the pleon, but it differs from Diastylis, and, as far as I know, from the heretofore described genera of Cumacea, in the con- Solidation and great expansion of the tergal and epimeral portions of the third and fourth free segments of the peræon, which forms an arched shield-like plate nearly half as large as the carapax. The basal seg- ments of the second pair of gnathopods (third maxillipeds) are more expanded distally and form a much more complete oral operculum than in Diastylis. The cephalopera-on, also, is much more elongated and more compressed laterally than in any described species of Diastylis. Diastylopsis Dawsoni, sp. nov. Female.—The cephaloperaeon is considerably longer than the pleon, compressed laterally so that the breadth is little more than a fourth of the length, and the part made up of the free segments is fully as wide and as high as the carapax. The carapax is more than twice as long as high and smoothly rounded above, though the dorsum is compressed somewhat anteriorly. The eye is obscure or wanting, and the anterior lobes of the carapax extend far in front of the ophthalmic lobe and form a prominent and acute rostrum. There is a deep antennal sinus (much deeper than in the species of Diastylis) in the anterior margin below the rostrum and bounded inferiorly by the prominent dentiform antero-lateral angle, back of which the lateral margin is dentated for a short distance. The entire surface of the carapax, as well as the dorsal surface of the free segments of the perfeon, is perfectly smooth, naked and highly polished, but there are four nearly equidistant, faintly indicated transverse lines crossing the anterior half of the carapax and evidently marking the areolation so conspicuous in some species of Diastylis. The first and second of the five free segments of the peraeon are short and nearly or quite covered each side by the third segment, which is itself short above but greatly expanded each side into a large plate a third as long as the carapax; the dorsal part of the fourth segment is greatly elongated, and lies between and above the lateral prolongations of the third segment; and the tergal and epimeral portions of these two segments are anchylosed or closely united together, so that the U-shaped suture between them is only 216 is GEOf OGICAL StjRVEY OF CANADA. faintly indicated. The fifth segment is small, and nearly covered each side by the lateral expansions of the fourth. There are two slender submedian spines upon the ventral side of the fifth segment, and there is a similar single median spine on the first segment of the pleon. 3. - - - - The antennulae are short, the peduncle reaching scarcely beyond the rostrum; the first segment is stout and about as long as the second and third together, the second is short and stout, and the third, or ulti- mate, about half the diameter of the second but longer than it; the major flagellum is slender and about half as long as the peduncle; the minor flagellum is little longer than the first segment of the major, and is apparently triarticulate. The rudimentary antenna is scarcely longer than the first segment of the antennula, but has the penultimate segment elongated to about four times its diameter, while all the other Segments are very short. . The first gnathopods (second maxillipeds) are nearly as in Diastylis, but are very long and slender, and the basal segments are but little stouter than the terminal. The second gnathopods reach a little beyond the tip of the rostrum: the basal segment in each reaches to the antero-lateral angle of the carapax and is very much expanded distally, so that the two together completely close the space between the lateral margins of the carapax; the inner angle of the distal end projects in a very prominent and acute tooth, and the inner edge is margined with short plumose setae, but the outer surface is smooth and naked like the carapax; the ischium is very short and fully twice as broad as long; the merus is about twice as long as the ischium, not more than half as broad, and bears on the middle of its Outer margin a very long plumose seta; the three distal segments are very slender, subequal in length, and each is considerably longer than the merus. The tip of the flagellum of the exognath reaches slightly beyond the middle of the basis of the endopod itself. - The first peræopods are slender and scarcely as long as the second gnathopods, the tip of the carpus not quite reaching the distal end of the basis of the gnathopod; the ischium is scarcely longer than broad, the merus twice as long as the ischium, and the three distal segments subequal in length and each a little longer than the merus. The tip of the flagellum of the exopod does not reach the extremity of the basis of the endopod. The second peræopods reach but little beyond the middle of the basis of the first pair, and the exopod is about as long as the endopod. The sternum of the third free segment of the pera-on is broad and greatly elongated to correspond with the lateral portions of the segment, so that the two anterior pairs of peræopods are separated by a considerable space from the succeeding pairs. The QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. 217 B third, fourth and fifth pairs of peræopods are short and as in the species of Diastylis, except that the coxal segments of the third pair are very broad, about four times as broad as high, and closely fitted to the corresponding segment of the peræon. The pleon is cylindrical and slender throughout, very much nar- rower than the cephaloperason, and the segments increase slightly and regularly from the first to the sixth. The telson is shorter than the sixth segment, swollen for the proximal half its length, then suddenly narrowed into a slender terminal portion which is armed either side with about five or six very slender spiniform setae, and at the tip with two styliform setae nearly half as long as the telson itself. The peduncles of the uropods are slender, not quite twice as long as the telson and armed along the distal half of the inner margin with approximately ten very long setae. The inner ramus is narrow, about half as long as the peduncle, composed of three segments, armed along the inner edge with approximately twelve slender spines, at the tip with a larger spine, and along the outer edge with a few setae. The outer ramus is a little longer than the inner, slender, and armed along the outer edge and at the tip with Setiform spinules. The telson and uropods are more or less imperfect in all the specimens examined, and do not admit of very exact description. All the males examined are immature and of about the same size as the females. They differ from the females, as in the species of Diastylis, in having rudimentary exopods on the third and fourth peraeopods and in having rudimentary appendages upon the first and second segments of the pleon. The specimens examined show scarcely any differences in the telson, and uropods, but these differences would probably be developed in more mature individuals. A female gives the following measurements:— Length from rostrum to tip of telson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. 2mm. Length of cephalopera on along dorsum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Length of carapax along dorsum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © e º e º e & 4-2 Greatest height of Carapax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-0 Greatest breadth of carapax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Length of 3rd and 4th free segments of peræon along dorsum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-8 Length of pleon to tip of telson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 The few specimens of this very interesting and pretty species were all from 111 fath., Dixon Entrance, Q.C.I. It is interesting to notice that it was associated with Synidotea modulosa, a species before known only from the Atlantic, § .218 B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. ISOPODA. $ Lygia dilatata Stimpson. One specimen from near Victoria, W.I. Synidotea nodulosa Harger. Idothea nodulosa Kröyer, Naturhist. Tidssk, II., ii., p. 100, 1846; in Gai- mard, Voyage en Scandinavie, pl. 26, fig. 2, 1849. Synidotea nodulosa Harger, Amer. Jour. Sci., III., xv, p. 374, 1878; Proceed- ings United States National Museum, 1879, p. 160, 1879. ` ºr Two specimens from 111 fath., Dixon Entrance, Q.C.I. It has been found in the Atlantic from George's Banks and Nova Scotia to Green- land, but has not been recorded heretofore from the Pacific. The specimens were determined by Mr. Harger. Sphaeroma sp. A small species from Dolomite Narrows, Q.C.I. It is apparently - quite distinct from S. Oregonensis Dana and from S. amplicauda Stimp- son, the only species, as far as I know, described from the north-west coast of America. -- - Tanais ? sp. There are two dry specimens of a small Tanaid from 15 to 18 fath, Virago Sound, Q.C.I. CIRRIPEDIA. Tetraclita porosa Darwin. Near Victoria, W.I. Lepas anatifera Linné. Near. Victoria, W.I. PRQCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL M SEUM. 231 100. spisula solidissima Gray. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 100a. Spisula solidissima Gray. Young. - U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. LOl. Spisula ovalis Gould. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Off Cape Ann, Mass. 1Ola. Spisula ovalis Gould. Dry. |U. S. F. C.—Grand Menan. 102. Macoma sabulosa Mörch. Dry. U. S. E. C.—Mass. Bay and Gulf of Maine. 103. Venus mercenaria Linné. Dry. U. S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn. Dry. 103a. Venus mercenaria Linné. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Nantucket, Mass. 104. Cyprina Iclandica I\am. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, Gulf of Maine. 105. Astarte undata Gould, Dry. U. S. F. C.—Eastport, Me. , 106. Yoldia limatula Woodw. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 107. Yoldia thraciformis Stimp. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, Gulf of Maine. 108. Scapharca transversa Ad. \Dry. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. V 1084. Modiola plicatula Lamk. \ U. S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn., shore, lC9. Modiola modiolus Turton. *Dry, U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass., 3. 109a. Modiola modiolus Turtoº. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.; 109b. Mytilus edulis Linné. U. S. F. C.—New IHaven, Conn. , shore. / / ll.0. Pecten irradians Lam. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. Ill. Pecten tenuicostatus Migh. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Off Watch Hill, R.I., 22 fath. Illa. Pecten tenuicostatus Mighels. U. S. F. C.—Off Watch Hill, R.I., 22 ſath. 112. Anomia aculeata Gmelin. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine. ll2a. Ostre a Virginiana Lister. Dry. TJ. S. F. C.–New Haven, Conn. ll3. vemericardia borealis Carp. Dry. U. S. F./C.—Off Noank, Conn. ll4. INucula proxima Say. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Buzzard's Bay and Vineyard | Sd. - / / | 127. Ll5. U. S. 116. U. S. 117. |U. S. 118. U. S. L19. U. S. Mya arenaria Iſinné. F. C.—Guilford/Conn. Ensatella Amiericana Werrill. F. C.—Barnstable, Mass. Saxicava arctica Desh. F. cº-ºp Bay, Maine. Callista gonvexa Ad. Dry. F. C.—Viſeyard Sd., Mass. Tottenig gemma Perkins. Dry. F. C.–Long Island Sd., with Littori- mella minuta St. º / / TUNICATA. Ascidia mollis Verrill. 120. - F. /C.–Gulf of Maine, 50 to 175 fath. U. S. 12l. *iº complanata Verrill. U. S. P. C.—Bay of Fundy, shore to 50 fath. 122/ Molgula retortiformis Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fath. / 123. Molgula Manhattensis Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. /1230. Molgula Manhattensis Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Cape Cod, outer shore, 1879. 124. Glandula arenicola Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., 10 to 20 fath. l25. Halocynthia partita Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., 3 io 12 fath. 126. Halocynthia echinata Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Grand Menan, 1 to 40 fath. Halocynthia pyriformis Verrill. ‘U. S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 1 to 45 fath. 128. 129, Perophora viridig Verrill. U. SAF. C.—Vineyard Sd., 1 to 12 ſath. 130. Botrylius Gouldii Verrill. U. S. F.C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass., shore. 131. Amoroecium pellucidum Verrill. U. S. F. C.-Vineyard Sd., Mass. 132. Amoroecium stellatum Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 133. Amoroecium constellatum Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Off Nantucket, Mass. 134. Leptoclinum albidum Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 135. Leptoclinum albidum, war. lute- Olum Verrill. Boltenía Bolteni (Linné). F. C.—Eastport, Maine, 1 to 20 fath, U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. \. l36. Salpa Caboti SQesor. - U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sq., Mass., surface. BRACHIOPODA. 137. Terebratulina septe \trionalis Gr. |U. S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine. $ 137a. Terebratulina septentrionalis Gr. U. S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine, lato 60 fath. Polyzoa or Bryozoa 138. Crisia eburnea Lamouroux, U. S. F. C.—Gloucester Harbor, Mass. l39, Tubulipora serpens Flem. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass. V t \ . l40. Tubulipora Atlantica Smitt. K U. S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy. l4.l. Alcyonidium ramosum Verrip. - U. S. E. C.—New Haven, Conn. A 142. Flustrella hispida Gray. , U. S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore. / i43. Gemellaria Ioricata Byſsk." U. S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Majñe. l43a. Gemellaria loric ta Busk. U. S. F. C.—Off Cape C6d, 20 to 40 fath., 1879. A A l44. Cellularia terriata Johnst. (var.) U. S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 10 to 45 fath. 145. Caberea Ellisii Smitt. U. S. F. C.—By of Fundy, 1 to 20 fath. 146. Bugula' Murrayana Busk. U. S. F. C.-ANantucket Shoals, 8 to 12 fath, 147. Buéula turrita VoITill. U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd, and off Nan- Aſ tucket Island. 149. Mucronella nitida Verrill. Dry. ºs F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. .| L6O. | 149. Membranipora pilosa Farre. |U. S. F. C.—Gloucestºr, Mass. 149a, Membranipóra pilosa Farre. |U. S. T. C.—Gloucester, Mass., on algæ. 150. |U. S. l5l. U. S. 152. Eschariya Isabelliana D'Orb. Dry. IF. C.–Pºineyard Sound, Mass. Hippothoa hyalina Smitt. Dry. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. Lepralia Annericana Verrill. Dry. . F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore. PORIFERA (SPONGEs). Microciona prolifera Verrill. Dry. . F. C.—Vineyard Sd. and Long I. Sd. . Chalina oculata Bowerb. Dry. . F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 153a. Chalina oculata Bowerb. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine. - V. 155. Suberites compacta Verrill. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Off Nantucket, Mass. L56. Suberites compacta Verrill, U. S. F. C.-Off Nantucket I., Mass. L56a. suberites compacta Verrill. U. S. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, 15 fath. 156aa. Suberites compactaVerrill. Dry. U. S. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, 15 fath, l57. Cliona sulphurea Werrill. Dry. . U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass. 158. Tethya gravata Hyatt. U. S. F. C.—Buzzard's Bay, Mass. 159. |U. S. Tethya gravata Hyatt. Dry. F. C.—Buzzard's Bay, Mass. IRaphiodesma lingüa Bow. Dry. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fath. - [. - TJ. S. OCCURRENCE OF . CRRELURA TETREIBERANS, A CRUST ACE AN IDE- STRUCTIVE TO THE TIMIBER OF SUBMIARINE STRUCTURES, ON TIILE COAST OF THIE UNITIEND STATES. - By sidMEY 1. smirrri. Upon the coast of Europe an Amphipod belonging to the genus Che- lura has long been known, associated with the Isopod Limnoria ligno-, rum, or “gribble” of English writers, in destroying the timber of all kinds of submarine structures. But, upon the coast of the United States, the Chelwra has apparently escaped detection until very recently, and I PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 233 am Inot aware of any published notice of its occurrence, although Lim- moria has been known for many years, and its ravages have often at- tracted attention. I have repeatedly made careful search for Chelwra at many different points upon our eastern coast from New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and have examined many pieces of Teredo- and Limnoria-bored timber from other parts of the coast, but, until 1875, I was not able to discover an individual of the genus. In the summer of that year, while connected with the party of the United States Fish Commission at Woods Holl, Massachusetts, two small specimens of Chelura were discovered, associated with Limnoria, in a bit of wood scraped from one of the piles of the government wharf. A careful search was made upon the piles of several wharves in the neighborhood and among the government store of spar buoys, but no more specimens could be discovered, although Limnoria was found in abundance. . - - Figure 1.—Chelura terobrams; male; lateral view, cnlarged about & twelve diamoters. - Without European specimens for comparison, these two individuals were Scarcely sufficient to establish the identity of our species with the common species of Europe; and I delayed calling attention to the subject until more material should be discovered. No other specimens came to hand until August of the present year, when Professor . Verrill discovered the species in abundance in old Submerged piles at Provincetown, Massachusetts. The specimens found by Professor Verrill were all in wood submerged from 8 to 12 feet below the surface at low water, and were associated with Limnoria ligm00'um and Teredo mavalis. The Limnoria occurred only sparingly, however, in this case, though it was found, by Mr. Sanderson Smith, in great abundance, with Teredo navalis, but without Chelura, in water- logged Wood dredged the past summer in Cape Cod Bay in 74 fathoms. The specimens obtained by Pro- mº fessor Verrill exhibit all the variations due to age and No. 531 SeX, and show plainly that our species is identical Figure 2. —Limmoria with the European Chelura terebrans. ligmorum; do rsal The species was first brought to notice by Philippi, view, enlarged ten who discovered it at Trieste, in company with Teredo diameters. navalis, in planks just taken from the sea, and who described and figured 234 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. it in 1839. It was more fully described and figured by Allman, in 1847, from specimens found in the piles of the jetty in the harbor of Kingstown, Inear Dublin, Ireland. It has since been noticed at various points on the Soast of Europe from Southern Norway to the Adriatic, and attention has often been called to its ravages. There is apparently but one species of the genus known. The C. pon- tica, described by Czerniawski, in 1868, judging from the figures and the Latin part of the description, is not distinct. The figure which he gives of one of the abdominal swimming legs (pleopods) shows only one multi- articulate ramus, which is an evident inaccuracy in the drawing, and Some other slight differences shown in the figures are apparently due to a similar cause. It is perhaps well to mention, in connection with this reference to Czerniawski's paper, a very remarkable paper published the same year by Eugene Hesse, in which this well-known European species is redescribed and extensively figured, from specimens taken on the coast of France, as a new species of Limnoria / The genus Chelura un- questionably belongs to the Amphipoda, and has been placed in that order afid near Corophium by all carcinologists who have written upon the subject. It has, in fact, no structural features which ally it to the Isopoda, as distinguished from the Amphipoda, and it has no external resemblance to Limmoria, with which it need not be confounded by the most superficial observer. - - The Chelura is readily distinguished from all the known genera of crustaceans by the structure of the three pairs of caudal stylets (uro- pods). The first (antepenultimate) pair of these appendages are slender and tipped with two small and nearly equal rami; the second have the dorsal edge of the basal portion expanded into a thin, broad, Oval plate projecting beyond the two small rami which are attached in an emargina- tion of the lower margin; the last pair have very stout but short bases, to each of which is articulated a single very long and strong ramus, which, in fully grown males, is nearly as long as the body of the animal, but much shorter in females and young. The length of fully grown male, from the front of the head to the ultimate pair of caudal stylets, is about a quarter of an inch (6*); that of the female somewhat less. According to notes, made upon the specimens taken at Wood’s Holl in 1875, the color of Chelura is very different from that of Limnoria, being semitranslucent, thickly spotted and mottled above with pink, somewhat as in Unciola irrorata, but wanting the opaque white of that species. . The following synonymy gives the bibliographical history of the species: sº Chelura terebrans Philippi. • . ** . Chelwra terebrans Philippi, Archiv für Naturgeschichte, v, 1839, p. 120, pl. 3, fig. 5; Annals Nat. Hist., iv, p. 94, pl. 3, fig. 5, 1839–Allman, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., xix, p. 361, pls. 13, 14, 1847 (see further under C. . destructor).—White, Catalogue British Crust., p. 56, 1850; Popular History British Crust., p. 202, pl. 11, fig. 2, 1857.-Gosse, Marine Zoology, i, p. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 235 Chelura terebrans—(Continued.) g 138, fig. 250, 1855.-Bate, Report British Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1855, p. 59, pl. 13, fig. 3 (antenna), pl. 17, fig. 10 (integument), 1856; Annals and Maga- zine Nat. Hist., II, xix, p. 150 (18, 1857; Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit- 1sh Museum, p. 285, pl. 48, fig. 1, 1862–Bate and Westwood, British sessile-eyed Crust., i, p. 503 (woodcut), 1863.−Heller, Beiträge zur maheren Kenntniss der Amphipodem des Adriatischen Meeres (Denkschriften Math.- Naturwissensch. Classe Kaiserliche Akad. Wissenschaften, Wien, xxvi), pp. 52, 61, 1866.-Boeck, Crust. Amphipoda borealia et arctica (Christiania Widenskab.-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1870), p. 173 (253), 1870; Skandi- naviske og Arktiske Amphipoder, p. 647, 1876.-Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. Zür wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872– 1873, Nordsee, p. 278, 1875. 3. Nemertes mesacoides Leach, White, List Crust. British Museum, p. 90, 1847 (teste White, Catalogue British Crust., p. 56, 1850). Chelura destructor Allman, loc. cit., p. 363, 1847 [provisionally proposed in case the Irish specimens prove distinct from Philippi’s species]. Limnoria aylophaga Hesse, Annales des Sci. mat., Zoologie, W, X, p. 101, pl. 9, 1868. * - Chelura pontica Czerniawski, Materialia ad zoographiam Ponticam comparatam, p. 95, pl. 7, figs. 1–18, 1868. - - NEW HAVEN, October 16, 1879. DEscRAPTHoN or NEw ser:CHEs of Nor:TH ANNERICAN FRSELEs. By DAWHD S. JORDAN. \ - $ 1. BOLEOSOMA WEXIIXLARE, Sp. now. Allied to º Body rather/short and stout; caudal peduncle not contracted; head moderate,/the muzzle somewhat de- curved; eye moderate; gill membranes scarcely connected; cheeks and breast naked; opercles scaly; a naked strip in front of the dorsal fin; opercular spine moderately $º second dorsal very short and high, higher than long; pectorals and ventrals not reaching to anal. Coloration olivaceous, the sides with traces of vertical bars, probably greenish in life; male with the first dorsal, ventral, and anal black; see. ond dorsal and caudal strongly, Warred with black and white in fine pattern; head black; female nºt seen, but probably without black. Lateral line complete. Scales * large, 4–35–6. Head 4 in length to base O /caudal; depth 43. Fin rays. Dorsal VIII–10; A. I., § Length of type 23; inches. \ This species differs from its relatives in the larger scales and the much shorter and higher second dorsal. (D. IX-13 in B, effulgens.) The type was taken in the Rappahannóck River at Warrenton, Va., by a correspondent of “Forest and Stream,” and forwarded to me for identification by the editor of that journal, MN. Charles Hallock. / ! \ f 236 º OF UNITED STATES NATIONA, MUSEUM. W. VINCTIPES, sp. nov. 3. i 2. NANOSTOM wostoma zonale (Poecilichthys zonalis, Cope). Body fusi- form, little compressed; head short, the snout strongly decurved; eye large, longer than snout, nearly 3 in head; mouth small, horizontal, the lower jaw included; teeth small, not distinguishable on the vomer and palatines; cheeks, opercles, neck, and throat clºsely scaled; opercular spine well, developed; gill membranes broadly Connected across the breast. \ - First dorsal rather low, with slender spiries; second dorsal shorter and rather higher; the two well separated.” Anal spines high, the first much the higher. Caudal moderate, subtruncate. Ventrals pointed, not reaching to the vent. Pectorals moderate, reaching rather beyond tips of Ventrals. º - / & Lateral line complete, with 45 scales/in its course. - Color olivaceous, with about 8 obscrire darker lateral shades or bars, with narrow paler interspaces. These bars meet around the body be- hind the vent, but not anteriorly; back with 6 darker quadrate shades. A dark streak downward and forwärd from eye, and some black mark- ings in front of opercle. Fins all strongly cross-barred with darker, the pectorals and ventrals especially so; spinous dorsal reddish at base, with a blackish edging. ". . " * Fin rays, D. X-11; A. II, 7. Length of types about 2% inches. This species differs from N. 20male in its less compressed body and in coloration. In the latter species the ventrals are plain and the lateral bars encircle the belly. f º - The types of this species/five in number, were taken in a tributary of Illinois River, at Naperville, Ill., by Dr. Ernest R. Copeland. One of these is in the U. S. Natiºnal Museum, numbered 23454. 3. POECILIGHTHYs VIRéATUS, sp. nov. A. A slender species, fesembling &ll Etheostoma, Inot closely related to any of the species this far made known. , & - Body moderately elongate, subfusiform, compressed; the back some. what elevated, the caudal peduncle rather deep; head long and rather pointed, little compressed, rather slender; the snout but little decurved; mouth rather large, somewhat oblique, the maxillary reaching to the pupil, the lower jaw scarcely shorter than the upper; teeth small, even, in several rows; eye rather large; gill membranes lmot COnnected. Cheeks, opergles, neck, and breast wholly naked. Humeral region with an enlarged black scale-like process as in P. punctulatus, Ag., and in the species of Etheostoma. Posterior border of preoperclé obtusely but distinctly crenate-dentate. Scales rather li rge—53 in a longitudinal series, ſhe lateral line distinct on about 20 of them. \ Colór greenish, each scale with a small blackish spot, these forming consficuous lateral stripes as in Etheostoma lineolatum, Back and sides ON THE SPECIES OF PINNIx}A INHABITING THE NEW ENG- LAND COAST, WITH REMARKS ON THEIR EARLY STAGES. OCCASIONAL OCCURRENCE OF TROPICAL AND SUB-TROPICAL SPECIES OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA ON THE COAST OF NEW ENGLAND. ON THE AMPHIPODUs GENERA, CERAPUS, UNCIOLA, AND LEPIDACTYLIS, DESCRIBED BY THOMAS SAY. BY S. I. S M IT H. [FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY, VoI. IV, JULY, 1880.] Wit/v the corrup/777vents of S. Z. SMITH, Yale Co/Zege, JWew Haven, Cozzzzlecticwt. ON THE SPECIES OF PINNIxA INHABITING THE NEW ENGLAND CoAST, WITH REMARKS ON THEIR EARLY STAGES. BY S. I. SMITH. IN the Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1871–2, I have figured a species of Pinniæa and recorded its occur- rence in Vineyard and Long Island Sounds, but referred it incorrectly to P. cylindrica (Say sp.) At that time I had examined only three specimens, and all of them were of the species figured. In 1874 and 1875 additional specimens of Pinniæa were collected by Fish Com- mission parties in Fisher's Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, and Buz- zard’s Bay, but I did not examine them carefully, supposing the specimens to be of the same species as those previously examined. During these seasons, however, I had some opportunities for studying the early stages of the genus. In 1874 zoeae of Pºžaca were obtained in abundance from the eggs, but I was not able to rear them to later stages. In 1875 zoeae were again obtained from the eggs and many zoeae in later stages were taken at the surface. Among those obtained at the surface there were two forms which at first sight looked like two stages of the same species, but on closer examination, they both appeared, judg- ing from the advanced condition of the cephalothoracic and abdomi- nal legs, to be in the last zoea-stage. The larger and much the more abundant of these two forms, the one designated in my notes as the “long-spined zoea,” agrees with the zoea of Pinniæa, from Newport, Rhode Island, figured by Mr. Faxon (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. v., plate 4, figs. 5–15, 1879). The other form, designated in my notes as the “short-spined zoea,” is considerably smaller and has very much shorter dorsal and rostral spines, even proportionally shorter than in the first stage of the zoea of Pinniæa chaotopterana figured by Mr. Faxon (plate 4, fig. 1), so that the distance from the tip of the dorsal to the tip of the rostral spine is only about half as great as in the long- spined form. Except in these characters I was unable to find any differences whatever and, though then aware of the occurrence of one species only on the New England coast, I supposed that the forms represented two species of Pinniæa. 248 S. I. Smith–Species of Pinºvia:a A number of individuals of each form were examined and carefully º reared in separate vessels. Two individuals of the long-spined form lived through the last zoea molt and came out in the early stage of the adult form, as well described by Mr. Faxon. Of the short-spined form a single individual was reared through the final zoea molt, and came out a megalops. I was not able during the season of 1875 to rear either the megalops or the young crab through another molt, or to repeat the former observations. Though these observations were very remarkable, I wished to com- plete and confirm them, and, if possible, to determine to what partic- ular species the two forms of zoea belonged, and so the publication of the observations was postponed; but no opportunity for complet- ing them occurred, and in 1878 Mr. Faxon, though wholly ignorant of my observations, fortunately repeated the observations upon the long-spined zoea and published the results, together with a brief statement of my observations, and gave figures of the zoeae which I obtained from the adult Pinniæa at Noank, Conn., in 1874. Mr. Faxon identified the adult Pºn?viata, like those from which the zoeae were obtained, with P. chaºtopterana of Stimpson, and, in his paper referred to, is the first to record the occurrence of this species on the New England coast. - During the summer of 1879 Prof. H. E. Webster obtained a large number of specimens of Pinniæa (which was before not known north of Cape Cod) at Wellfleet, on Cape Cod Bay, and sent them to me for identification. While examining these I have reexamined the specimens previously obtained on the New England coast, in all be- tween 60 and 70 specimens, and I find there are two quite distinct species among them. As indicated by these collections, by far the most common species is P. chaºtopterana Stimpson, and among the specimens taken by Prof. Webster in Cape Cod Bay, this is the only species represented. From Vineyard Sound, Buzzard's Bay, and Long Island Sound, however, there are a few specimens of a different species, the one which I have figured and referred to as P. cylindrica (Say sp.) It is apparently not Say’s species, however, but the spe- cies described by Stimpson as P. Sayana. Stimpson appears to have had only males and his specimens were dredged in 6 fathoms, off the mouth of Beaufort Harbor, North Carolina. The distinctive features of these two species are pointed out further on. Having ascertained that the adults of two species of Pinniæa in- habit the New England coast, it is a matter of considerable interest to determine whether either or both of these are the same as either * ànhabiting the New England Coast. 249 or both of the species which Mr. Faxon and I have observed to differ so widely in regard to the megalops-stage. The young in the first zoea-stage figured by Mr. Faxon (pl. 4, figs. 1–4) were obtained directly from the eggs of P. chaptopterana and are of course unquestionably of that species. That the later stages figured by Mr. Faxon (pl. 4, figs. 5–15, and pl. 5) do not belong to the same species as the young in the first zoea-stage, is shown by the difference in the length of the dorsal and rostral spines in the first and last zoea-stages, and by the presence, in the zoeae in the first stage, of the central lobe of the posterior margin of the telson, while it is wholly wanting in the zoeae in the last stage. In the several species of Brachyura in which I have examined a series of zoeae in different stages, the dorsal and rostral spines are proportionally not much if at all longer in the first than in the last stage, and there is often a considerable decrease in the length of these spines in passing from next to the last to the last stage: Pinniæa is probably not an exception to this rule. Moreover, among the zoeae of Pinniæa taken in Vineyard Sound in 1875, there are a few specimens of the long- spined form which are evidently in the penultimate zoea-stage, and they agree fully with the numerous specimens in the last stage in the length of the spines and in the form of the telson. On the other hand the short-spined zoeae which I observed to pass into a megalops-stage agree with the first stage of the zoeae from the eggs of P. chaptopterana, not only in the length of the spines but also perfectly in the form of the telson, the median lobe of the pos- terior margin being developed precisely as in the zoeae of the first stage and as figured by Mr. Faxon (pl. 4, fig. 2, b). This is sufficient evidence, I think, to show that the short-spined zoeae upon which my observations were based are the young of P. chaºtopterana, and that the long-spined form, which both Mr. Faxon and I observed to pass directly from the zoea to the adult form, must belong to some other species. The fact that these long-spined zoeae were very common both at Newport and in Vineyard Sound would seem to indicate a probability that they belong to some species regularly inhabiting the coast of Southern New England, and consequently that they are likely to prove the young of P. Sayana, but this is only a proba- bility. That both forms of the early stages belong to species of the same genus (as the genera of the group to which they belong are now understood) there can be no reasonable doubt, since one of the forms has now been traced from the eggs of a well-known species to the megalops-stage, and the other from the later zoea-stages to the early, but generically characteristic, stages of the adult form. 250 S. I. Smith—Species of Pinniaca The following systematic account of the two species of Pinniæa above referred to gives the obvious specific characters of the adults and the principal bibliography of each species. Pinnixa, Chaetopterana, Stimpson. Pinnia:a cylindrica. Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 68 (22) 1859 (partial desc.; South Carolina, in tubes of Chaºtopterus) (Non White nec Say sp.) Pinnia:a chaºtopterama Stimpson, op. cit., vii, p. 235 (107), 1860 (desc.; syn.; Same loc.) Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, 1878, p. 324 (9), 1878 (North Car- olina); op. cit., 1879, p. 402, 1880 (Virginia, Florida). Eaxon, Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, v, p. 263, pl. 4, figs. 1–4 (Zoea), pl. 5, figs. 8, 9 (chelipeds), 1879 (Long I. Sd. and Buzzard's Bay). The carapax is very broad and broader in the males than in the females, adult males and large females being two and a fourth times as broad as long. There is a distinct and minutely tubercular ridge along the anterior inferior edge of the branchial region just over the bases of the chelipeds; and above, and nearly parallel with this, there is a denticulated carina, or line of minute denticles, across the swollen branchial region, on a line from the base of the third ambu- latory leg toward the eye, but not reaching the lateral margin of the carapax nor crossing the cervical suture, though there is a slight eleva- tion on the hepatic region opposite the carina. This line of denticles is better marked in the females than in the males. The transverse crest upon the cardiac region is conspicuous in both sexes: in the female it is marked by a slender but sharp carina interrupted for about a third its length in the middle; while in the male the carina is even more broadly interrupted in the middle and projects each side in a very prominent, transversely elongated, dentiform protuberance. In the male the chelipeds are much stouter than in the female : the propodus is nearly smooth, as long as the carapax and some- what swollen in the middle; the prehensile edge is terminal, but projects distally considerably at the inferior angle, is nearly trans- verse, and armed with a triangular tooth near the base of the dac- tylus and usually with a minute one near the tip. The dactylus is stout, very strongly curved and the prehensile edge is nearly or quite smooth. In several of the males examined one of the chelipeds is a little smaller than the other and in all respects like the chelipeds of the female, but these were probably all cases of reproduced limbs. In the female the chelipeds are smaller and proportionally less stout and more compressed than in the male; the propodus is shorter than the length of the carapax, and the digital portion is oblique, longer than in the male, and its tip is obliquely truncated so as to ànhabiting the Wew England Coast. 251 leave an angular prominence near the middle of the prehensile edge. The dactylus is much longer and less curved than in the male, and its prehensile edge is armed with a small tooth about a third of the way from the base to the tip, and often with minute additional teeth either side of the principal one. - The first pair of ambulatory legs are slender and scarcely longer than the chelipeds; the second pair are a little longer and consider- ably stouter, but still slender; the dactyli in both pairs are rather slender, and in the female nearly as long as the upper edge of the propodus, but in adult males apparently a little shorter. The third pair are very large, about equally stout in the two sexes, and in adults about as long as the breadth of the carapax, but in young somewhat longer; the merus is about as long as the carapax and about half as broad as long; the upper edge is angular and usually minutely denticulated distally, there is a slight transverse groove at the distal end, the sides are smooth and rounded, but the inferior edge projects in a thin and conspicuously denticulated carina; there is a similar but much less conspicuous carina upon the propodus and also on the ischium; and there is a slight crest upon the upper edge of the carpus and propodus. The posterior ambulatory legs are short, reaching beyond the merus of the third pair, but they are much stouter than the second pair and the merus is carinated and grooved as in the third pair, though much less conspicuously. The following measurements of the carapax and one of the third ambulatory legs in a number of specimens show the proportions of these parts of the animal more fully than the description. Carapax: Third ambulatory leg: No.] Sex. Length. |Breadth. Ratio. Length. Meru.S. Propodus. Dactylus. - 5 6 3-9mm 8-7 mm l : 2-23 9.4 mm 4:0 X 2.0mm 2-0 X 1.4 mm 1.2 X 0.3mm 3| “ 3-9 8'S I : 2-26 9-5 4-0 2-0 2-0 l'4. I 2 0-4. || tº 4:0 9 L I. : 2°27 | 9-7 4. 1 2: 1 2-0 l'5 l’3 0-4. 3| “ 4’l 9-3 l: 2:26 9-8 4-2 2-1 2-0 l'5 1-3 0°4. 3| “ || 4-4 I0-0 1 : 2°27 | 10-5 4-4. 2-2 2-2 1.6 l'4. 0:5 3| “ 4-5 10-2 1 : 2,27 11.2 4. 6 2-3 2-0 || “5 1 4 0-5 5. “ 4.7 II - O 1 : 2 34 ll:0 +*7 2-5 2.2 1.8 1.5 0-5 3| “ 4-9 11-5 l: 2-35 | 11:0 5-0 2'4. 2.3 l'S l'5 0.6 4| Q 7 || 2:3 4'ſ I : 2°04 || 6-0 2-3 0-9 1-3 O-6 I-0 0-2 3| Q 2-6. 5-5 1 : 2:12 || 6-5 2-6 l'2 l'5 0-9 1-0 0-3 3| “. 3-0 (3°3 l: 2:10 || 7-4 2.8 1-3 L'7 l.0 l' l ()-3 5| “ 3-2 7-0 I : 2.19 || 7-7 3-2 l'I l. 6 1-2 I'l ()-3 5| “ 4-6 10-0 I : 2-17 | 10-5 4'l 2-4 2-0 1-5 I-8 0-5 3| “ 4-6 I 0-3 1 : 2°24 || 10°4. 4 * 1 2-2 2-0 l 4 l'4, 0'5 fi) “ 5-0 11'4. 1 : 2°28 11-0 4'ſ 2-4 2-3 1.8 1-6 O-5 3| “ 5-3 12-0 l: 2:26 12°2 5-0 2-6 2.5 l'I 1-6 0-5 TRANS. CONN. ACAD., WOL. IV. 33 MAY, 1880. 252 S. J. Smith—Species of Pinniæa Specimens Ea:amined. No. Specimens: Dry NO. Locality. Fath. Bot. When Coll’d. Rec’d from. with |Kic - & 9 |&g. “” 1|Stony Creek, L. I. Sd.] shore M., S. May 15, 71 S. I. Smith 1 Alc. 2|Noank, Fisher's I. Sd. Aug., 1874 U. S. F. Com. 5|| 2 || “. 3|Buzzard's Bay dredg. Aug., 1875 { { 19 13| 1 || “ 4|Vineyard Sound surface Aug. 25, '75 { { yng. 2 {{ 5|Wellfleet, C. Cod B. shore 1879 |BI. E. Webster|10 9| 1 || “. No. 5 were all found in the tubes of Amphitrite ornata Werrill (Leidy sp.) Pinnixa, Sayana, Stimpson. - Pinniæa Sayana Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 236 (108), 1860 (desc. of 6; North Carolina). - Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1878, p. 323 (8), 1878. Pinniæa cylindrica. Smith, Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, part i, p. 546 (252), pl. 1, fig. 1, 1874 (Vineyard Sd. and Long I. Sd.) (Non Say sp. nec Stimpson). - ? Pinniæa sp. Faxon, Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, V, p. 263, pl. 4, figs. 5–15, pl. 5, figs. 1–7, 1879 (early stages; Newport, Rhode Island). The carapax is narrower than in P. chaºtopterana, but still nearly, - or even somewhat more than, twice as broad as long. There is a tuberculose ridge along the anterior inferior margin as in P. chaºtop- terana, and above and nearly parallel with it a sharp denticulated carina extending from the base of third ambulatory leg across the branchial region and across the cervical suture to the hepatic region, being most conspicuous at the cervical suture, and separating the dorsal from the nearly perpendicular antero-lateral border of the carapax. In the female there is no carina on the cardiac region, only an obtusely angular ridge separating the flat dorsal from the inclined posterior dorsal region; while in the male (as already described by Stimpson) the ridge is marked by a very slender, but acute, carina not interrupted in the middle. The chelipeds in the one male examined are unequal, the smaller being in all respects like the chelipeds of the female, while the other (apparently of the normal form for the male) is very much as in the male P. chaptopterana, though apparently a little smaller in propor- tion. The tooth near the base of the digital portion of the propodus is inconspicuous but still clearly discernible. The first and second pairs of ambulatory legs are long and very slender, the first pair being longer than the chelipeds, and the second considerably longer than the breadth of the carapax. The third pair are only a little longer than the second and proportionally consider- inhabiting the New England Coast. 253 ably stouter, but very much less stout than in P. chaºtopterana : the merus is about three times as long as broad, the posterior surface is somewhat rough and granular and there is a minutely tubercular and granular carina on the lower edge, but there is no well marked groove across the distal end; there are two lines of granules along the lower edge of the propodus but no real carina. The posterior legs are very much like the third pair except that they are much smaller, reaching only to the distal ends of the carpi of the third pair. nearly straight. The dactyli of all the ambulatory legs are long, slender and Measurements. Carapax. Third ambulatory leg: No.] Sex. - Length. Breadth. Ratio. Length MeruS. Propodus, Dactylus. 5| 6 2-8mm 5.4mm | L: 1-93 8.0mm 3.2 × 0.9mm l'7 × 0-6mm 1.5 x 0.2mm 5| Q 2.7 5-2 1 : l'94. 7.6 2-9 O'8 l'4 0°4. 1-4 0:2 5| “ 2-9 5-6 I. : 1-93 7-2 2'ſ O-8 1-4 0-5 l:3 0:2 5 tº 3.3 6-7 | : 2°03 8'2 3-2 1:0 l'6 0-6 L-4, 0-3 1| 3'4. 6-8 1 : 2°00 8-7 3-3 I'l 1-7 0-7 l'5 0-3 4|| “. 3-7 '7-4. I : 2°00 9.1 3-8 1-2 l'8 0-7 1-6 O-3 2| “ 3-7 7.7 1 : 2°08 9-0 3-6 l'2 1-9 0-8 1.6 0-3 3| “ 4’3 8-7 1 : 2°02 || 10:1 4'0 l'4 2-0 1-0 l'ſ 0-3 Specimens Easamined. No. Specimens: Dry No. Locality. Fath. | Bot. | When coll’d. Rec’d from. With Aï. 6 9 |eggs. I New Haven, L: I. Sd.|dredged A. E. Verrill l 0|Alc 2 {{ { { 1869 |A. D. Chidsey || 0 || “. ... 3 ! { { { shore May 22, '72|A. E. Werrill l|| 0 || | 4|Vineyard Sound - 1871 ||U. S. F. Com. 1| 0 || “ 5|Buzzard's Bay dredged! M. 1875 {{ l 3, 1| “ OCCASIONAL OCCURRENCE OF TROPICAL AND SUB-TROPICAL SPECIES OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA ON THE COAST OF NEW ENGLAND. DY S. I. SMITH. SoME years ago I called attention to the occurrence of the young of a southern species of Ocypode on the south shore of Long Island and the coast of southern New England, and more recently Mr. Faxon has recorded the similar occurrence, at Newport, Rhode Island, of Polyonya: macrocheles and, incidentally, of Calappa marmorata. Since my first observations were published a considerable number of new observations have been made and additional species have been found to occur in a similar way, so that it seemed desirable to bring together all the observations with the view of calling special attention to the subject. This is attempted in the following list which includes all the tropical and sub-tropical species which are known to me to occur, in any stage of the adult form, on the New England coast. . The pelagic species which I have mentioned as found near the borders of the Gulf Stream, off St. George's Banks (these Transactions, vol. iii, p. 26; vol. v., pp. 120–122), are doubtless all regular inhabitants of the Gulf Stream even much north of New England, and all prob- ably occur occasionally on the coast of southern New England, but only those which have actually been observed in the bays and sounds along the coast itself are included in the list. Of the species includ- ed, Wautilograpsus minutus, Weptunus Sayi, and Latreutes ensif. erus belong to the pelagic fauna of the Gulf Stream. The others are all southern species which either drift north in the free-swimming early stages and partially complete their development on our coast, like Ocypode quadrata and Polyonya: macrocheles, or are accident- ally carried north in some stage of the adult form and survive for a short time in summer, like Pachygrapsus transversus. I have not intended to include any species which could, in any sense, be regarded as properly belonging to the fauna of the New England coast. Ocypode quadrata, J. C. Fabricius. Cancer quadratus J. C. Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, ii, p. 439, 1793 (diag- nosis; “Habitat in Jamaica Mus. Dom. Banks.”) - Crustacea, on the Coast of Wew England. 255 Ocypode quadrata. J. C. Fabricius (continued). Tſerbst, Krabben und Krebse, i, p. 257, 1782 (= Fabricius).* Ocypode quadrata J. C. Fabricius, Supplementum Entomol. System., p. 347, 1798. Bosc, Hist, nat. Crust., i, pp. 194, 198, 1802 (Ocypoda; = Fabricius). Latreille, Hist. nat. Crust. Ins., vi, p. 49, 1803 (=Fabricius). Ocypoda albicans Bosc, Hist. nat. Crust, i, p. 196, pl. 4, fig. 1, 1802 (Carolina coast; the figure is very bad and probably not based on the specimens described in the text, the eye-stalks being prolonged as in O. ceratophthalma.) Latreille, Hist, nat. Crust. Ins., vi, p. 48, 1803 (= Bosc). Ocypode arenarius Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 69, 1817. M.-Edwards, Hist, nat. Crust., ii, p. 44, pl. 19, figs. 13, 14, 1837 (Ocypoda arenaria); Ann. Sci. nat., III, xviii, p. 143 (107), 1852 (Ocypode arenaria). - White, List Crust. British Mus., p. 34, 1847 (Ocypode arenaria). Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 180 (16), 1850 (arenaria). Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1871, p. 122 (arenaria ; North Caro- lina; habits). Won Martens, Archiv für Naturgesch., xxxviii, p. 103, 1872 (arenaria). Smith, Amer. Jour. Sci., III, vi, p. 67, 1873 (Monolepis inermis-megalops-stage); Inverteb. Vineyard Sd., Report U. S. Fish Comm., i, p. 545 (251), 534 (240), 1874 (Ocypoda arenaria). Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1878, p. 322 (7), 1878 (Ocypoda. arenaria); op. cit., 1879, p. 400, 1880, Ocypoda rhombea. M.-Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust., ii, p. 46, 1837 (“Antilles et Brésil”); Ann. Sci. nat., III, xviii, p. 143 (107), 1852 (Ocypode). - White, List Crust. British Mus., p. 35, 1847 (Ocypode; Jamaica). Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 322, pl. 19, fig. 8, 1852 (Brazil). Monolepis inermis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 157, 1817. M.-Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust., ii, p. 264, 1837. White, List Crust. British Mus., p. 65, 1847. Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 192 (28), 1851. Cancer arenarius Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, ii, pl. 35, l'î 43. In 1873 I called attention to the occurrence of the young of this species on the coast of New England and Long Island, and suggested its relation to the Monolepis inermis of Say. Since then a great number of the megalops have been taken in Vineyard Sound by Mr. W. N. Edwards, and, early in September, 1875, I took several speci- mens swimming at the surface in the same region. One of the latter specimens, after being kept alive for some days, buried itself in the sand preparatory to molting, but died before this was fully accom- plished. The molting was sufficiently advanced, however, to show * The sign of equality (=), as here introduced after a reference, is used to indicate that the description, mention, or whatever account of the species may be given in the work referred to, is apparently based wholly on the previous account given by the author whose name follows the sign. 256 S. I. Smith—Tropical and Sub-tropical clearly the form of the young Ocypode within the megalops skin and to establish unequivocally my former conclusion that Say's Mono- lepis inermis is really the megalops-stage of this species of Ocypode. I have examined a very large series of specimens of the adult form of this species from Brazil; St. Thomas; Aspinwall; Nassau, New Providence; Texas; Key West, and Sarasota Bay, Florida; the Ber- mudas; North Carolina; New Jersey; and the south shore of Long Island: and, between specimens of the same size, I can find no dif. ferences which could be regarded as specific, though young specimens differ much from adults, and these differences have probably led to the admission of the two nominal species, arenaria and rhombea. This species is evidently the O. Quadrata of Fabricius: the orig- inal description of Cancer quadratus agrees in every respect, and the comparison with C. §eratophthalmus (“Affinis C. ceratophtalmo at oculi simplices”) and the habitat ought to leave no doubt whatever on this point. DeHaan, however, refers Fabricius' species to a Japan Sesarma (Grapsus (Pachysoma) quadratus DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, p. 62, pl. 8, fig. 3), although he had already (op. cit., p. 29) retained it in the genus Ocypode. Succeeding authors have failed to restore Fabricius’ species to its proper place. Fabricius’ Ocypode rhombea, of which the habitat was unknown, is certainly not this species, nor of the genus Ocypode in the modern sense, as the first line of the diag- nosis, “thorace laeuiusculo utrinque unidentato,” plainly shows. If ante-Linnean names, when occasionally binomial, are to be adopted, then Catesby’s arenarius may be retained. - When writing the report on the crustacea of Vineyard Sound, I had not been able to consult Fabricius’ works, and stated that “the Brazilian species, usually called rhombed appears to be identical with ours, and if it is really the rhombea of Fabricius, his name should undoubtedly be retained.” This remark is quoted verbatim in order to correct Mr. Kingsley’s statement (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1878, p. 322 (7), 1878) that I say “that our form seems to be identical with the Brazilian one, which is known as O. rhombed Fab- ricius, in which case the name rhombed will hold.” Grapsus pictus Lamarck. Cancer grapsus Linné, Systema Naturae, ed. xii, i, p. 1048, 1767; Amoenit. Acad., 2d ed., iv, p. 252, pl. 3, fig. 10, 1788. Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, i, p. 115, 1782. J. C. Fabricius, Systema Entomologiae, p. 406, l775; Entomologia System., ii, p. 438, 1793; Suppl. Entom. System., p. 342, 1798. Crustacea on the coast of Wew England. 257. Grapsus pictus Lamarck (continued). Grapsus pictus Lamarck, Systéme Animaux sans Vertèb., p. 150, 1801. IBosc, Hist. nat. Crust., i, p. 202, 1802. Latreille, Hist, nat. Crust. Ins., vi, p. 69, 1803. Desmarest, Consider. Général. Crust., p. 130, pl. 16, fig. 1, 1825. M-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 86, 1837 (Antilles); Régne animal de Cuvier, 3me édit., pl. 22, fig. 1. Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 181 (17) 1850 (Florida). Dana, U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 336, 1852 (Madeira, Cape Verds, Peru, Paumotu Archipelago, Sandwich Is.) - Saussure, Revue Mag. Zool., II, V, p. 362 (9), 1853 (Mazatlan). Nicolet, in Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool., iii, p. 166, 1854 (= G. ornatus M.-Edwards). Stimpson, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 466 (26), 1857 (= G. pictus De Saussure, but supposed not to be that of Latreille). Streets, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1871, p. 240 (no description; Isthmus of Panama). * & Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1877, p. 73 (Galapagos Is...; > G. altifrons Stimp.) Von Martens, Archiv. Naturgesch., xxxviii, 1872, p. 106 (Cuba). Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, 1878, p. 807 (Mozambique). Grapsus (Goniopsis) pictus DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 33, 1835. Grapsus strigosus Brullé, in Barker-Webb et Berthelot, Hist. nat. Iles Canaries, Entomologie, p. 15, 1835 (no description; = G. Webbi, teste M.-Edwards). ? Stimpson, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, vi, p. 446 (26), 1857 (= Goniopsis strigo- sus White, in part). ? Hoffmann, Faume de Madagascar, Crust., p. 20, pl. 5, fig. 31, 1874. Goniopsis picta Krauss, Südaſrikan. Crust., p. 46, 1843. ? Goniopsis strigosus White, List. Crust. British Mus., p. 40, 1847 (in part, probably specimens d and j, Gulf of California). - Grapsus maculatus M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., III, XX, p. 167 (133), pl. 6 (=pl. 22, Règne animal de Cuvier, Crust.), 1853 (Antilles). Saussure, Crust. Mexique et Antilles (Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist, mat. Genève, xiv), p. 32, 1858 (G. maculatus?). Stimpson, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 229 (101), 1860 (Florida). Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1879, p. 401 (Santa Cruz, Tahiti). IIoffmann, Faune de Madagascar, Crust., p. 21, pl. 6, figs, 36–38, 1874. Grapsus maculatus, var. Pharaonis, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus, Paris, ix, p. 285, 1873. - - Grapsus Pharaonis M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., III, XX, p. 168 (134), 1853 (Red Sea). Iſeller, Sitzungsb. mathem.-naturw. Classe Akad. Wissensch., xliii, p. 362, 1861. Hoffmann, Faume de Madagascar, Crust., p. 20, pl. 5, figs. 32–35, 1874. Grapsus ornatus M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., III, xx, p. 168 (134), 1853 (Chili). Grapsus Webbi M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci, nat., III, XX, p. 167 (133), 1853 (= G. Strigosus Brullé; Canary Is.) Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, p. 102 (48). - Grapsus altifrons Stimpson, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 230 (102), 1860 (Cape St. Lucas.). Pagurus maculatus Catesby, Nat, Hist, Carolina, ii, pl. 36, 1743 (Florida). 258 S. J. Smith—Tropical and Sub-tropical The only specimen I have seen from the New England coast is a small one taken alive, in 1877, by Mr. J. M. Blake, in Provincetown Harbor, Cape Cod Bay, from a whaler just in from sea. This speci- men differs so much from the adult G. pictus of Florida and the West Indies that it might readily be taken for a different species. The carapax is very much narrower proportionally than in adults, and the branchial regions are less swollen. The front and epistome are more like G. Strigosus than the adult pictus : the front is not perpendicular as in the adult but very oblique, the median and lateral protogastric lobes being much less angular in front and much back of the frontal margin itself; the relative proportions of these lobes, however, and the other characters of the areolation of the carapax agree well with adult specimens. A series of young speci- mens of G. pictus from the coast of Brazil shows, by direct grada- tions in the form of the front and the relative proportions of the carapax, that the small specimen from Provincetown is an immature individual of this abundant tropical species, which, as far as I know, has not before been recorded from the western side of the Atlantic north of Florida and the Barmudas. In the adult condition this species appears to vary slightly in the height of the front and the character of the frontal lobes, and con- siderably in coloration, but I can see no reason for regarding the form, from Chili, named ornatus by Milne-Edwards, or that, from the Gulf of California, called altifrons by Stimpson, as distinct species. I have examined a considerable number of specimens of the typical pictus from Bermuda and from Key West, Florida, two large speci- mens of the ornatus from Callao, Peru, and two large specimens of the altifrons from La Paz, Lower California; and I find no characters whatever in the form of the carapax, or in the proportions or arma- ment of the chilipeds or ambulatory legs, by which these supposed species can be distinguished. In the coloration of these specimens there is an apparent difference between those from the Atlantic and those from the Pacific, but still not sufficient, I think, to distinguish them even as geographical color varieties. All the specimens appear to have the same pattern of coloration, but in those from the Gulf of California and Peru the red very much predominates, while in Atlantic specimens the yellow markings appear to occupy a larger proportion of the surface. The Atlantic specimens vary much in this respect, however, and the coloration of some of those from Bermuda approaches very nearly that of the specimens from the west coast of America, and I have no doubt that a large series of specimens from Crustacea on the coast of Wed England. 259 different localities would show a complete gradation between the extremes of coloration. The following table of measurements shows the variation in the proportions of the carapax due to age, and the complete correspond- ence in the proportions of specimens of similar size from Bermuda and Key West, on the one hand, and Lower California and Peru, on the other. In order to show more clearly the relative proportions of the carapax, the measurements in the last three divisions of the table are given first in millimeters and then in the unit of the length of the carapax. In regard to the height of the front, which is not given in the table, it may be mentioned that it is absolutely higher in the largest specimen from the Bermudas than in either of the specimens from La Paz. . Breadth of Carapax: Locality; Longth of - - SCSI. Carapax. - GreateSt. At anterior angles. Of front. Q, 10-7 mm 13.7mm lºé Igth.| 11.5mm 1.07 Igth.| 5-0mm 45 lgth. b 11-7 14’3 1-22 12° 1 1-03 5-3 '45 b 6 14°5 17-0 l 17 13-8 0-95 G-6 '45 b 3 16'2 18°9 1.16 L4-8 0-91 7-l '44 b Q I8-5 21-3 l 15 16-8 O'91 8-0 *43 b Q 21:0 24'0 1 14. 18-4, 0-88 8.8 *4.2 C & 37.2 4.0 °5 1-09 29-5 0.79 14"| *40 d 6 43-0 47-3 i-10 34-6 0-80 17:0 *40 d 6 57-0 61°4 1-08 43-0 0-77 22-5 •39 C & 67.0 73-8 1-10 47 'ſ 0-7 l 26-8 '40 6 & 60-0 65°4, 1-09 43-0 0-'70 24'0 '40 € 3 65 - 0 72-5 I'll 41.6°0 0.71 26-0 *40 f Q 59°0 64-0 l'08 41.5 0-70 22.8 •39 a, Provincetown, Mass, b, Brazil (C. F. Hartt). c, Bermuda (G. Brown Goode). d, Key West, Fla. (received from Dr. Harrison Allen), e, La Paz, Lower California (J. Pedersen). f. Callao, Peru (F. H. Bradley). The geographical distribution of the species is, perhaps, sufficiently indicated by the localities given above in the synonymy. Pachygrapsus transversus Stimpson. Grapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 181 (17), 1850 (Florida; said to belong to “Pachygrapsus if that be adopted.”) Pachygrapsus transversus Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, p. 64 (18), 1859; Amer. Jour. Sci., II, xxvii, p. 446, 1859; Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, x, p. 113, 1871. Smith, Report Peabody Acad. Sci. Salem, 1869, p. 91, 1871 (Pacific coast Central America). TRANS. Conn. ACAD., WOL. I.W. 34 MAY, 1880. 260 S. I. Smith–Tropical and Sub-tropical PachygrapSuS transversus Stimpson (continued). Ringsley, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xx, p. 158, 1879; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. |Philadelphia, 1879, p. 400, 1880 (includes specimens from west coast Central America, but does not make P. Socius a synonym). Goniograpsus innotatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, 1851, p. 249 (3), 1851 (South America); Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 345, pl. 21, fig. 9, 1852. Leptograpsus rugulosus M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., III, xx, p. 172 (138), 1853 (Brazil). Pachygrapsus innotatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, p. 102 (48), 1858 (Madeira). Metepograpsus mineatus Saussure, Crust. Mexique et Antilles (Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. mat. Genève, xiv), p. 28, pl. 2, fig. 17, 1858. Metopograpsus dubius Saussure, ibid., p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 16, 1858. Pachygrapsus intermedius Heller, Zool. Bot. Werein Verhandl. Wien, xii, 1862, p. 521 (Brazil); Reise der Novara, Crust., p. 44, 1865. Pachygrapsus Socius Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, x, p. 114, 1871 (Cape St. Lucas, Panama, Peru). . Grapsus (LeptograpSus) rugulosus von Martens, Archiv für Naturgesch., xxxviii, p. 108, 1872. Grapsus (Leptograpsus) mineatus von Martens, ibid., p. 109, 1872. Pachygrapsus rugulosus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 37, 1869 (= Leptograpsus rugulosus M.-Edwards). GoniograpSus (PachygrapSus) transversus Lockington, Proc. California Acad. Sci., 1876, p. — (9), 1877 (=Pachygrapsus transversus Smith). Four adult specimens of this species were taken alive from the bottom of a whaler in Provincetown Harbor, September 3, 1879. As far as I am aware, it has not before been recorded north of Florida on our coast. I have also examined a large number of specimens from the following Atlantic Ocean localities: Bermudas (G. Brown Goode, J. M. Jones); Key West (Dr. Harrison Allen); Aspinwall (F. H. Bradley); Brazil (C. F. Hartt). From the Pacific coast. I have examined specimens from Gulf of Fonseca (J. A. McNiel); Acajutla and Panama (F. H. Bradley); Paita, Peru (F. H. Bradley, James Orton). I can find no characters whatever in Dana’s figures or description for distinguishing his innotatus from Gibbes' transversus. Stimpson says the transversus is “scarcely to be distinguished from P. in nota- tus, but the carapax is somewhat more convex.” In all of the five specimens which I have examined from Brazil, the carapax is slightly less convex than in the majority of those from Florida and Bermuda, but some of the specimens from these latter localities are as little convex as, or even less convex than, the Brazilian specimens. All the unfaded specimens which I have seen from the west coast of Ch'ustaced on the coast of New England. 261 º America agree well with Stimpson’s description of P. socius in want- ing the patch of dark color usually present at the bases of the pro- podal digits of the chelipeds of Atlantic Ocean specimens; but in a large series of Atlantic specimens before me there is very great variation in the extent and intensity of the color upon the chelipeds and other parts of the animal, and some of the specimens from Bermuda, and one of those from Brazil want wholly the dark spot upon the chelipeds. The only other characters Stimpson points out for distinguishing the Socius are: “the carapax is somewhat nar- rower, less convex, and more strongly striated; and the frontal region is more depressed and expanded.” The impossibility of dis- tinguishing Pacific specimens by the narrowness of the carapax or breadth of the front is fully shown in the table of measurements beyond. The convexity and striation of the carapax vary consider- ably in Atlantic specimens, and in those examined more than enough to include all the Pacific specimens seen. Several of the specimens from Bermuda have the branchial regions of the carapax much more convex and swollen than is usual, and the convexity is not always equal on the two sides of the carapax. In at least a part of these specimens this irregularity in the form of the branchial region is due to the presence of a Bopyroid parasite within the branchial cavity, and I think it very probable that Saussure's mineatus was based on similar parasited specimens. Heller compares his intermedius with Dana’s innotatus and simplea. and says that innotatus differs from his species only in having the carpus, as well as the hand, smooth above. Heller had apparently seen no specimens of innotatus, which is described as having the carpus “smooth” above (although the figure shows indication of slight corrugation), and depended on this one supposed difference for distinguishing the species. There is, as might be expected, con- siderable variation in the amount of corrugation upon the carpus, some specimens having the carpus very nearly or quite smooth to the naked eye, though in specimens of considerable size it is usually very distinctly corrugated, and I have no doubt Heller would have identified his specimens with the innotatus had he had Dana’s speci- mens for comparison. There is certainly nothing in Heller's descrip- tion to distinguish his species from ordinary specimens of transversus from Bermuda and Florida. The following measurements of the carapax in a large number of specimens were made with special reference to determining the differ- ence in proportions between Atlantic and Pacific specimens. In 262 S. J. Smith—Thopical and Sub-tropical order to give the readiest meäns of comparison, the breadth and the breadth of the front are given first in millimeters and then, in the same divisions of the table, in units of the length of the carapax. LOCality. Sex. Length. Breadth. Front. Bermuda, -------------- yng. 3.6mm 5-0mm lºg lgth.| 2-6mm 72 lgth. “ -------------- { { 4-0 5'5 1:37 2-8 •70 “ --------------| “ 5°l 7-0 1:37 3-8 '74. “ -------------- Q 5-6 7-8 L-39 4’3 .77 “ -------------- { { '7.4 10°4 l'4() 5-7 .77 “ -------------- ! { 8'2 Ill"I 1°35 5-8 •71 Paita, Peru, ------------ { { 8.5 11-0 1-30 5-9 • 69 Acajutla. -------------- {{ 9.8 13°l 1:34. 7.2 •73 Provincetown, - - - - - - - - - - { { I 0°l 13°2 l'8]. 7.2 •71 Florida, --------------- t{ 11:0 15-0 1-36 8-3 • ‘76 “ --------------- { { ll'4 15-9 l'40 8-8 .77 Brazil, ---------------- t ( ll'5 15-6 1.36 8-6 •75 Acajutla, -------------- { { 13." 18-2 1.83 9-8 -7 I Bermuda, -------------- { { 14-2 19°0 1:34. 10.8 . .76 Provincetown, -- - - - - - - - & 6-0 7.9 1:30 4’l •68 Florida, --------------- t ( 7:0 9-3 l'33 5-0 -7 I Provincetown, - - - - - - - - - t{ 7.5 10-0 1.33 5-0 '6'7 “ --------- § { 9-0 11-5 1.28 6-3 •70 Bermuda, -------------- { { 9°4. I2-8 L-36 6-9 •73 Paita, Peru, ------------ { { 10-0 12-8 l'28 7-0 •70 Bermuda, -------. ------ { { l()-5 13-7 | 30 7-6 •72 Panama, --, ----------- { { 10-5 13-9 l'32 '7-6 •72 Bermuda, -------------- ! { 10'ſ 14 "I L-32 7-8 •73 Panama, -------------- { { 10-7 14-2 l'32 7.7 .72 Brazil, ---------------- { { 11-0 14:3 1:30 7:6 •69 Bermuda, -------------- { { 12°4. 16:4. I-32 9:0 •73 Florida, --------------- { { l 2-5 16-3 L-30 8-9 •71 Bermuda, -------------- {{ L3’l 17-2 l' 31 9-6 •73 Panama, -------------- { { 13-8 17-4 1-26 9°8 •7 I Brazil, ---------------- { { 14.5 18-2 1:25 10-0 69 Panama, ------------, --| “ 15-2 L9-4 1-27 10:6 -70 Brazil, ---------------- ! { 15-3 19-7 1.29 10:6 •69 Bermuda, -------------- Q 9-2 13-0 L-41 7-l .77 The limits of variation as shown in the table are found in Atlantic. specimens. Considering the considerable variation in the proportions of specimens of about the same size, the differences in this respect between the smallest and the largest specimens measured is surpris- ingly small. The carapax appears to grow proportionally very slightly narrower with increasing size, as I have noticed in a few other species of Grapsoidea, though the reverse is usually the case in nearly all groups of Brachyura, and is what we should naturally expect from the increase, during the early growth of the animal, in the functional importance of the branchiae. The measurements given in the last line in the table are of a parasited specimen with one of the branchial regions considerably distorted. Ch'ustacea, on the coast of New England. 263 Nautilograpsus minutus Milne-Edwards. A large male of this common pelagic species of the Gulf Stream was taken at Woods' Holl, Vineyard Sound, September 11, 1877, by V. N. Edwards. Length of carapax, 15'1"; greatest breadth, 14-8; breadth of front between bases of eyes, 9:7; breadth between ante- rior angles, 13-0. * It has been recorded from the English coast by White, Bell, and others; the Medeterranean, Heller; Cape St. Lucas, Stimpson; Indian Ocean, Milne-Edwards. JPinnotheres ostrewm Say is brought north in considerable numbers in oysters from the Chesapeake and, very likely, occasionally survives for a considerable time in oysters planted on the New England coast, but, as far as I can learn, it is never found in native New England oysters or in those which have been planted here for any considerable time. It may, therefore, properly have claim to a place in the list. I have never seen the male on the New England coast. The figure, purporting to represent the male of this species, which I have given in the Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, is in reality the figure of the male of Pinmotheres maculatus. Neptunus Sayi Stimpson (ex Gibbes). Young specimens of this common pelagic species of the Gulf Stream were several times taken in Vineyard Sound during August and September, 1875. None of the specimens observed were more than 12 to 15" across the carapax. The megalops of this, or of some closely allied species was taken at the same time. Calappa, marmorata, Fabricius. While at Woods’ Holl, with the party of the U. S. Fish Commis- sion, in the summer of 1875, I was surprised at the occurrence of a very remarkable megalops evidently an early stage of some species of Calappa, though the genus was at the time not known to me to occur, on our coast, north of the Carolinas. Before leaving Woods’ Holl, however, Mr. V. N. Edwards informed me that a small crab, unlike any before known to him, had been found the previous season, under stones at low water, on Ram Island near Woods’ Holl, by Mr. Benja. Smith. The specimen was brought to me by Mr. Edwards and proved to be a young Calappa marmorata, with the carapax 22mm long. The shores of the same island and other similar localities were carefully searched, during September, 1875, without finding additional specimens. In 1878, however, Mr. Edwards forwarded 264 S. I. Smith—Tropical and Sub-tropical another specimen found at Woods’ Holl. These two specimens are very nearly of the same size, the last one being very slightly the larger. x- These young specimens, though having most of the essential spe- cific characters of the adult Calappa marmorata, yet differ so much that they might readily be mistaken for a distinct species when com- pared with large specimens. The carapax is much narrower than in the adult, the breadth, including the lateral teeth, being only about a fourth greater than the length. The dorsal surface is more convex and more tuberculose, the tubercles being proportionally much larger and more prominent, giving the carapax a much rougher appearance. In fact the carapax resembles that of C. convewa of the west coast of America more than it does the adult marmorata, except that it has not the crenulated transverse carinae above the posterior margin and the similar carinae upon the teeth of the postero-lateral margin. The C. conveaca is sufficiently distinguished from the marmorata by these crenulated carinae, though the proportions of the carapax, which are given by Stimpson as distinctive, are wholly inadequate to distinguish it, as the following table of measurements will show. Stimpson evidently compared small specimens of convexa with large ones of marmorata without making sufficient allowance for the changes in the proportions of the carapax with increasing size. In the last division of the following table, the breadth of the carapax is given just in front of the three most posterior teeth of the lateral margin, and the breadth given in each of the last two divisions of the table is given first in millimeters and then in the length of the carapax as a unit. Breadth of carapax: Locality. *:::: Sex. º Including teeth. In front of teeth. C. marmorata. Vineyard Sd., - - - - - - Dry 22-0mm 27.0mm 1.23 Jgth.| –mm 1gth. { { “ ------ Alc & 22.5 28-4 l'26 25-9 L' 15 Bermuda, --------. { { Q 34-3 46-5 l'35 39-8 lºló Key West, - - - - - - - - { { Q 47 'l 66-0 1-40 57.7 1-22 Egmont Key, ---...-- ! { Q 54'0 78-0 l'44 '70-6 l '81 “ ------ : { 6 58-0 84.9 l'46 '75-5 1°30 Key West, - - - - - - - - Dry 6 69 () 106-3 1'54 92.0 L 38 Brazil, ------------ Alc. | 6 '73-5 1 11-0 l'59 95.2 1:30 C. conveaca. La Paz, L. C., ------ Dry Q 54'0 '77-2 l'43 70-0 1:30 - ! { * & º ºs º º t { 6 77.0 115-6 l'50 101*2 1°31 “ ------ {{ 6 86:0 135-0 1-57 | 19-0 l'38 * { * * * * { { & 99-0 156'0 l'58 14.0-0 1-40 Crustacea on the coast of New England. 265 The megalops-stage of C. marmorata is so peculiar that I insert the following description. The length of the carapax is 3.0"; the breadth between the antero-lateral angles, I '8; greatest breadth, 2:1. The lateral margins of the carapax are considerably expanded over the branchial regions, and the dorsal surface is smooth and strongly convex. The front is broad between the bases of the eyes, tapers to an acute-triangular tip, and is very strongly deflexed so that the terminal portion is perpendicular and the tip on a level with the sternum; the terminal portion is also transversely concave in front, so that, when seen from above, it projects only a little in front of the eyes, and shows a slight emargination in the middle. The eyes are large, the diameter being equal to more than half the breadth of the front between their bases, and project considerably beyond the sides of the carapax. The antennae are very slender and scarcely longer than the breadth of the front between the bases of the eyes. The external maxillipeds have already assumed the form characteristic of the adult Calappidae. The chelipeds are short and very stout, and in general form approach strongly those of the adult, but are smooth and unarmed with tubercles or spines, except upon the prehensile edges of the pincers. The merus and carpus are stout and swollen; the body of the propodus is stout and broadly expanded above distally, but the upper edge is smooth and rounded; the digital portion is long, slender, bent downward at nearly a right angle to the rest of the propodus, incurved at the very slender tip, and its prehensile edge slightly tubercular. The dactylus is slender and curved like the propodus, so that the tips of the digits cross when the pincers are closed. The prehensile edge of the dactylus in both chelipeds is armed like the digital portion of the propodus, and in one of the chelipeds there is in addition a stout tooth near the base corresponding to the similar tooth at the base of the dactylus in one of the chelipeds of the adult. The ambulatory legs are small and slender, and the dactylus in the posterior pair is armed at the tip with the three long setae usually characteristic of these append- ages in the megalops-stage. The abdomen is small in proportion to the rest of the animal, tapers very slightly distally, and is strongly convex above. The postero-lateral angles of the second to the fifth segment are prolonged downward into obtuse teeth. The sixth seg- ment is very short, being less than half as long as broad. The telson is as brood as the sixth segment, but shorter than broad and with the posterior margin nearly semicircular. The appendages of the second to the fifth segment of the abdomen are of the usual form and 266 S. J. Smith—Tropical and Sub-tropical structure, with large outer and small inner lamellae. The uropods are small, with a very short base, and a single broad oval lamella which reaches only a little beyond the tip of the telson. When the megalops is at rest, the abdomen is curved beneath the body, and the chelipeds and ambulatory legs are folded very com- pactly beneath the carapax. The specimens examined were all taken at the surface of the water in the evening, August 26 and 27, and September 2, 1875. IPolyonyx macrocheles Stimpson (ex Gibbes). Mr. Faxon (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Cambridge, v, p. 256, 1879) states that the adult of this species has been detected once, by Alex- ander Agassiz, under stones on the shore at Newport, R. I. Mr. Faxon also says: on several warm days in August, 1878, the zoeae of Porcellana [P. macrocheles] swarmed in the streaks of smooth water on the edge of the tidal currents at the mouth of Narragansett Bay.” Alexander Agassiz had previously observed the zoea of this species at Newport (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x, p. 222, 1866). I have never observed any stage of the species in Vineyard Sound or else- where on the New England coast. The adult appears to be not uncommon as far north as Beaufort, North Carolina. - Petrolisthes armatus Stimpson (ex Gibbes). A small specimen of this species was found in a bottle with other invertebrata collected, by Prof. Verrill and a party of students, at Stony Creek, on Long Island Sound, near New Haven, in the autumn of 1867 or 1868. At the time it was brought in, I suspected, without any good reason, that a stray specimen had been accidentally taken out on the excur- sion in one of the bottles and, in this way, got mixed with the speci- mens collected; but now I have little doubt that it was an erratic specimen from much further south. As far as I am aware, the spe- cies is otherwise not known north of Florida and the Bermudas. Latreutes ensiferus Stimpson (ex M.-Edwards). Several small specimens of this Gulf Stream species were taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, during August and September, 1875. Crustacea on the coast of Wew England. 267 Penaeus Brasiliensis Latreille. I have never seen specimens of this species from the New England coast, but Professor Verrill tells me that the live specimens of a large Penaeus, in all probability this species, on exhibition at the New York Aquarium in the autumn of 1877, were said, by the Superintendent of the Aquarium, to have been taken on the Connec- ticut shore of Long Island Sound. Dr. Stimpson (Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, x, p. 232, 1871) had already recorded its occur- rence in a fresh-water creek near Somers' Point, New Jersey, and in the Croton River, Sing Sing, New York, so that there can be little doubt that it occasionally extends to the shores of Long Island Sound. It is apparently common from North Carolina to Brazil l; it is reported from the west coast of Africa by Miers (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1878, p. 299), and from the west coast of Central America by Kingsley (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1879, p. 427, 1880). TRANS. Conn. ACAD., VoI. IV. 3:) JULY, 1880. VII. ON THE AMPHIPODUs GENERA, CERAPUs, UNCIOLA, AND LEPI- DACTYLIs, DESCRIBED BY THOMAS SAY. By S. I. SMITH. The genus Cerapus. SAY's description of the structure and habits of his Cerapus tubu- laris, though incomplete and, in regard to some of the structural details, incorrect, certainly indicates a remarkable amphipod very unlike any of the other species which have been referred to the genus. Though described by Say in 1817 from specimens found “amongst fuci on the sea beach at Egg-Harbor [New Jersey] in considerable numbers,” it seems to have remained unknown for more than fifty years. It was searched for in vain at the original locality by Professor Verrill and myself in April, 1871, but in June of the same year I dredged a few specimens in Vineyard Sound. These specimens were unfortunately all females, while Say’s description and figures were based on the male only, so that I did not feel entirely certain of their identity with Say’s species. In the Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, I inserted the species under Say's name, with a query, and, after briefly describing the coloration and habits, remarked that, “in the structure of the caudal appendages, our specimens are quite different from the species usually referred to Cerapus, but I have not thought best to make any changes in the nomenclature of any of the species until the discovery of the male shall make it certain whether our specimens belong to the species described by Say.” In 1874 a considerable number of specimens were taken, in the towing-net, on the evenings of July 17th and 21st, in Noank Harbor, Connecticut, by Professor Verrill, though I was unable to discover a single specimen in the same locality a few days later. Among these specimens collected by Professor Verrill, there are fortunately an abundance of males which agree with Say’s description and figure and leave no doubt whatever that the species is the same as Say’s. The following description and figures are taken from these specimens. The general form of the animal is like Ericthonius difformis but much more slender, the body being broad, depressed, very slender, and, in the male, tapering slightly and continuously from the head to the telson. The head is shorter than the first and second segments S. J. Smith—Amphipodus genera, etc. 269 of the peræon taken together, and in the male about a fourth as long as the entire peraeon, but shorter in the fernale on account of the elongation of the middle segments of the peraeon in that sex. There is a slight dorsal carina on the anterior part of the head, and the anterior margin projects in a slight rostrum in the middle, and at the sides in slightly prominent lobes in which the small black eyes are situated. In the lateral margin below the eye there is a large emargination over the base of the antenna as in the allied genera. In the male the seven segments of the peraeon are about equal in length, but in the female the first and last are shorter and the fourth and fifth longer than any of the others, the fourth and fifth being each about twice as long as either the first or last. The epimera are all long and low: those of the first four segments are small and inconspicuous; the fifth (Plate IIa, figure 4, a) is much larger and projects in a conspicuous, broad and rounded lobe in front of the articulation of the limb; the sixth and seventh are similar in form but successively much smaller. In the male, the antennulae and antennae are approximately equal in length. The antennulae are slightly more than half as long as the rest of the animal: the first segment of the peduncle is very stout, but compressed laterally and the lower edge raised into a carina which is prominent near the base, where the dorso-ventral diameter is more than half the length of the segment; the second and third segments are sub-equal in length and diameter and each is slightly longer than the first ; the flagellum is about as long as the third segment of the peduncle and is composed of three segments, of which the first is rather longer than the second and third taken together. All the segments are furnished with long setiform hairs below and with much fewer and shorter ones above. The antennae are a very little shorter than the antennulae and scarcely, if at all, stouter; the third segment of the peduncle is no longer than broad ; the fourth is about as long as the second of the antennula; the fifth is a little longer than the fourth ; the flagellum is scarcely as long as the fifth segment of the peduncle and is composed of three segments, of which the first is considerably longer than the second and third together. All the segments beyond the third are furnished with setiform hairs very much as in the antennulae. In the female, the antennulae and antennae are proportionally more than a fourth shorter than in the male, the difference resulting mostly from the shortening of the flagella and the distal segments of the peduncles. The mandibles are nearly as in the Ericthonius difformis. The 270 S. J. Smith—Amphipodus genera, palpus is slender, and the third segment is about four times as long as broad and a little shorter, but scarcely longer than, the second. The maxillae are nearly as in E. difformis: in the first pair the immer lobe is small and tipped with one or two setae only;” in the second pair the two lobes are nearly equally developed. The max- illipeds are essentially as in E. difformis. - The gnathopods have essentially the same structure as in Erictho- **68. The first (Plate IIa, figure 1) are alike in both sexes: the merus is narrow, armed distally with numerous setae, and its anterior margin articulates with the proximal half of one edge of the triangu- lar carpus; the carpus is nearly as broad as long, the posterior edge is armed with numerous setae and projects considerably beyond the broad articulation with the propodus; the propodus is as long, but Somewhat narrower than the carpus, approximately oval in outline, and thickly armed along the convex posterior edge with setae and small spines; the dactylus is stout, slightly curved and apparently not capable of complete adduction to the edge of the propodus. The Second gnathopods in the female are like the first except that the dactylus is, perhaps, slightly longer. In the adult male, however, the second gnathopods (figure 2) are enormously developed, as in the males of Ericthonius. The basis is much stouter but scarcely longer than in the first pair. The ischium and merus are of nearly the same form and size as in the first pair, though the merus is slightly longer. The carpus is more than twice as long and broad as in the first pair: the posterior edge is convex in outline, armed with a few small fasciculi of setae, and projects distally in a long and stout spiniform tooth; the distal end is very broad, the anterior half only is occupied by the articulation with the propodus, and the edge of the posterior part projects in a prominent obtuse tooth near the base of the propodus, while between this tooth and the great tooth of the posterior angle there is a deep rounded emargination, the border of which is armed with one or two small spines and numer- ous stout setae. The propodus is nearly as long as the carpus, about twice as long as broad, slightly curved, and the posterior, or prehen- * Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 246 (166), and Scandinav. og Arktiske Amphipoder, p. 598, describes the inner lobe of the first maxilla in the Podocerinae, as destitute of setae (“lamina interiore parvula, ovali, Setis destituta"). This is not characteristic of all the species of the group, however, and will not serve as a character for distinguishing Cerapus (as here restricted) from the Podocerinae; for Boeck himself, in the latter of the works above quoted, plate 28, figure 3f, figures setae upon this lobe of the first maxilla of Cerapus [Ericthonius] abditus, and they are certainly present in Ericthonius difformis. g Cerapus, Unciola, and Lepidactylis. 271 sile, edge irregular in outline, minutely dentate and armed with setae. The dactylus is a little shorter than the propodus, stout, but much narrower at base than the distal end of the propodus, regularly curved, and the prehensile edge minutely serrate and armed with a very few minute setae. The first and second peraeopods are nearly alike and differ only slightly in the different sexes, and, as in the allied genera, are modi- fied for tube-building, the bases being very large and their interiors almost wholly occupied with the cement-glands. In the male the basis in the first pair (Plate IIa, figure 3) is articulated at the ante- rior angle of the broad and truncated proximal end, while the poste- rior angle of the same end is prominent and angular. In the second pair the basis is of similar form, but considerably broader in the middle, and the posterior angle of the distal end does not project and is broadly rounded. In both pairs the ischium is a little longer than broad; the merus is of about the same length but broader than long and with both edges convex in outline; the carpus is scarcely as long as the merus and nearly square; the propodus is narrower but nearly a half longer than the carpus; the dactylus is shorter than the propodus and only slightly curved. In the female the basis in the first pair is proportionally broader than in the male, and the pos- terior angle of the distal end projects in a rounded lobe separated from the rest of the posterior edge by a marked emargination. In the second pair the basis is only somewhat broader and more oval in outline than in the male. The third, fourth and fifth peræopods are alike in the two sexes and are reversed and turned upward above the back, with the hooked dactyli directed upward and outward. The third pair (Plate IIa, figure 4, a, b) are very small, being only a little longer than the basis in the third pair, and in the female scarcely longer than the segment to which they belong. The basis makes more than a third of the entire length, is as long as the ischium and merus together and nearly as broad as long. The ischium is very short and broader than long. The body of the merus is ovoid with the proximal:end trun- cate, and has a long, narrow and spatulate process projecting from the posterior edge near the articulation with the ischium and tipped with one short and three long, plumose setae. The carpus is articu- lated upon the middle of the posterior side of the merus and near the base of the spatulate process, to which it approaches in size and form; it is tipped with a single seta and the terminal portion is roughened with very minute scale-like teeth pointing distally. The 272 S. J. Smith—Amphipodus genera, propodus is about as long and nearly as wide as the body of the merus, is articulated close to the base of the carpus, and armed with a single minute seta on each edge near the distal end. The dactylus is very short and stout, with the solid chitinous tip turned sharply backward and upward in an acute hook and armed with a sharp tooth on the outside at the point of curvature. The fourth and fifth peraeopods are slender and of nearly the same form as in Ericthonius difformis. The fourth are about once and a half as long as the third, the basis is much broader than the other segments and about a fourth longer than broad; the ischium is small and nearly square; the merus is twice as long as the ischium and very slightly broader; the carpus is not quite as long as the merus but of about the same width ; the propodus is about as long as the merus but much narrower; the dactylus is stout and hooked very much as in the third pair; the distal angles of the merus and carpus are armed with long sette which are longest and most numerous on the posterior distal angle of the carpus, which projects in a small lobe. The fifth pair are a little longer and proportionately a little more slender than the fourth pair, § but do not differ in other respects. There are, apparently, only three pairs of branchial lamellae, a sin- gle lamella being borne upon each coxa of the first, second and third pairs of peræopods. * Of ovigerous lamellae there are also only three pairs and these are borne upon the coxæ of the second pair of gnathopods and of the first and second peræopods. ..." . The first segment of the pleon is slightly shorter than the seventh segment of the peræon, and the second and third are successively still shorter. The three pairs of pleopods (Plate IIa, figure 5, a, b, c), in marked contrast to those of most Amphipoda, differ remarkably among themselves in the relative proportions of the outer and inner lamellae, and diminish greatly in size from before backward. This is undoubtedly an adaptation to the position of the animal in its closely fitting tube, with the posterior segments of the pleon bent closely be- neath the anterior segments, leaving very little room for the action of the pleopods. In the first pair of pleopods (figure 5, a) the base is about as long as the base of the first uropod and more than half as broad as long; the inner lamella is a half longer than the base, narrow, and both margins are furnished with long, plumose setae; the Outer lamella is very little shorter than the inner, narrow distally, but broadly expanding proximally till the breadth is equal to half the length, and then suddenly narrowing to the base; the distal two- Cerapus, Unciola, and Lepidactylis. 273 thirds of the inner and the whole of the outer margin are furnished with plumose setae which are longest at the tip of the lamella and very thickly crowded on the proximal part of the outer margin. The Second pair (figure 5, b) are very much smaller: the base is little more than half as long as in the first pair; the outer lamella is less than two-thirds as long as in the first pair, ovate, half as broad as long, and both margins are furnished with plumose setae; the inner lamella is rudimentary, about half as long as the outer and furnished with only two small setae at the tip and two or three more on the dis- tal part of the inner margin. The third pair (figure 5, c) are still Smaller: the outer ramus is about two-thirds as long as in the second pair, ovate, and margined with a few plumose setae distally; the inner is about half as long as the outer, and has only two or, three setae near the tip. The fourth, fifth and sixth segments of the pleon are much shorter than the first three. As seen from above (Plate IIa, figure 6), the fourth segment is nearly as long as broad; the fifth is a little nar- rower and not half as long as the fourth, being between three and four times as broad as long; the sixth segment is slightly narrower than the fifth, nearly twice as broad as long, and appears to be par- tially consolidated with the fifth. The first pair of uropods (Plate IIa, figure 6) are well developed: the bases are stout and reach to the base of the telson; the outer ra- mus is narrow, shorter than the peduncle, minutely serrate and sparcely setigerous along the outer edge, and tipped with a slender spine; the inner ramus is smaller than the outer, about three-fourths as long, and tipped with a spine, but the edges unarmed. The sec- ond uropods are small, slender and uniramous: the base is about as stout as the outer ramus of the first pair, does not quite reach the base of the telson, and is unarmed; the terminal segment is very short, stout and hooked, and very similar in structure to the terminal segments of the third uropods and the dactyli of the third, fourth and fifth peraeopods. The third uropods are like the second, but the bases are much stouter and each is armed with a short seta on the inner edge. The telson is about twice as broad as long and bilobed at the extremity, the lobes being broadly rounded and armed with two or three transverse rows of hooked spines above. In life, a large portion of the animal appears almost black from the crowding together of numerous specks of very dark purplish pig- ment. The first segment of the peduncle of the antennula is nearly all colored in this way and there is a broad band of the same character 274 S. J. Smith—Amphipodus genera, at the distal end of each of the other segments of the peduncle. The proximal segments of the antenna are also dark-colored, and there is a broad band of color at the distal end of the fourth segment. Other parts of the peduncles of the antennulae and antennae are semi-translu- cent, and so are the flagella. The head and the whole anterior and middle portions of the body of the animal and the epimera are more or less colored in the same way, as are the gnathopods and the bases of the first and second peræopods; but the distal portions of these pera-opods, the whole of the third, fourth and fifth pairs, and the cau- dal appendages are semi-translucent and nearly or quite devoid of pigment. - Two adult specimens give the following measurements: Male. Female. Length from front of head to tip of telson, -------- 42mm 4.4 mm Length from front of head to second segment of . pleon in natural position of rest,----------- !-- - 3-5 3 6 Length of attennula, ----------------------- --- 2'4. I-7 Length of tube------------------------------- 5'4. 5-5 Diameter of tube at middle, -------------------- •80 •85 In the largest specimens seen the tubes are about 7” long and 0-9" in diameter, while in the smallest they are only 2" long and 0-45mm in diameter. The tubes of all the specimens seen are black externally, thin, and very regularly cylindrical, except that they are usually slightly en- larged at one or at both ends. Within they are smoothly lined with a layer of cement, while externally they are covered, to a great extent at least, with minute, elongated pellets, apparently the excre- ment of the animal,” arranged transversely to the tube and closely * In several allied species of Amphipoda, the excrement enters largely into the composition of the tube. In 1874 I watched carefully the process of constructing the tubes in several species of Amphipoda. Microdeutopus grand; manus (M. minaa, Smith) was a particularly favorable subject for observation. When captured and placed in a small Zoophyte trough with Small, branching algae, the individuals almost always proceeded at once to construct a tube, and could very readily be observed under the microscope. A few slender branches of the alga were pulled toward each other by means of the antennae and gnathopods, and fastened by threads of cement spun from branch to branch by the first and second pairs of peraeopods. The branches were not usually at once brought near enough together to serve as the frame-work of the tube, but were gradually brought together by pulling them in and fastening them a little at a time, until they were brought into the proper position, where they were firmly held by means of a thick net-work of fine threads of cement spun from branch to branch. After the tube had assumed very nearly its completed form, it was still usually nothing but a transparent net-work of cement threads woven among the Cerapºts, Urºciola, and Lepidactylis. 275 crowded together ; there appear, however, to be other materials, probably minute fragments of algae, hydroids, etc., mixed with the pellets. The tube is apparently never attached, but is carried about by the animal, very much after the manner of the larvae of some species of Phryganeidae, as described by Say. It is very difficult to force the living animal from its tube, and it probably never quits the tube voluntarily. The ordinary position of the animal when at rest is with the head only protruding from one end of the tube, the anten- nulae stretched out in front and diverging at about a right angle, while the antennae are held out each side at right angles to the tube. The antennulae and antennae are the only appendages which are ordi- marily used in locomotion, and by means of these alone the animal appears to move about with its tube with the same ease and rapidity as the species of Podocerus and Corophium do when unencumbered. As noticed by Say, the animal turns about within its tube very readily, and uses either end of it indifferently as the front. If the tube catch in any way while the animal is moving about, or if it be held fast by forceps, the head is protruded first from one and then from the other end of the tube in quick succession, and the antennulae and antennae are thrust along the outside of the tube to discover the branches of the alga, though occasionally a branch of the alga was bitten off and added to the frame-work; but very soon the animal began to work bits of excrement and bits of alga into the net. In this case the pellets of excrement, as passed, were taken in the guathopods and maxillipeds, and apparently also by the maxillae and mandibles, and broken into minute fragments and worked through the web, upon the outside of which they seemed to adhere partially by the viscosity of the cement threads and partially by the tangle of threads over them. Excrement and bits of alga were thus worked into the wall of the tube until the whole animal was protected from view, while, during the whole process, the spinning of cement over the inside of the tube was kept up. When spinning the cement threads within the tube, the animal was held in place on the ventral side by the second pair of gnathopods and the caudal appendages, the latter being curved beneath the anterior portion of the pleon, and on the dorsal side by the third, fourth and fifth pairs of peræopods extended and turned up over the back, with the dactyli turned outward into the web. The spinning was done wholly with the first and second peraeopods, the tips of which were touched from point to point over the inside of the skeleton tube in a way that recalled strongly the movements of the hands in playing upon a piano. The cement adhered at once at the points touched and spun out between them in uniform delicate threads. The threads seemed to harden very quickly after they were spun and did not seem, even from the first, to adhere to the animal itself. In one case in which the entire construction of the tube was watched, the work was apparently very nearly or quite completed in little more than half an hour. In a species of Amphithoé, in which the construction of the tube was watched, the process was very similar, though less cement and more foreign material seemed to enter into the structure. . . TRANS. CoNN. ACAD., WOL. IV. 36 JULY, 1880. 276 S. I. Smith—Amphipodus genera, obstruction. While thus held fast, fully half the body is often protruded from the tube. In turning about within the tube, the terminal segments of the pleon are thrust forward beneath the an- terior segments and the peraeon pulled back over them, and then the peraeon is folded back upon itself in the same way, but the anten- mulae, antennae and head are never first bent beneath the peracon. The structure of the telson, second and third uropods, and of a part of the pera-opods is well adapted to the performing of this evolution; the hooks of the second and third uropods and of the telson holding the tail fast to the side of the tube, while the third, fourth and fifth pera-opods, holding on with their opposing hooked tips, pull the posterior part of the peræon back over the pleon, and then the first gnathopods help to complete the evolution. The tubes are usually kept quite free from foreign growths, but among the specimens taken in 1874, there are two individuals in tubes to which are attached the egg capsules of Tritia trivittata. I was not able to discover how the diameter of the tube is en- larged to accommodate the growing animal, but it is probably accomplished by building on a larger portion at one end and pulling to pieces the other end until the whole tube is reconstructed. As the preceding description shows, this type species of the genus Cerapus is generically distinct from the species referred to that genus in recent works, and for which Milne-Edwards’ genus Eric- thonius may properly be retained as explained further on. Say’s species is apparently not congeneric with any described species and the genus cannot properly be placed in any of the numerous sub- families defined by Boeck, though it is probably most nearly allied to his Podocerinae. I therefore propose the following new sub- family to be placed next Podocerinae. CERAPINAE. The single known genus differs from the Podercerinae and allied groups in the following characters. There are only three pairs of branchial lamellae, which are borne on the third, fourth and fifth segments of the peræon, and only three pairs of ovigerous lamellae, which are borne on the second, third and fourth segments. The second and third pleopods are much smaller than the first, and their inner lamellae are rudimentary or very small. The second and third uropods are uniramus and nearly alike, the distal segment in each being short and terminating in a hooked point. Cerapus, Unciola, and Lepidactylis. 277 The only known species inhabits unattached, portable tubes, and, as in many allied genera, has large cement glands in the bases of the first and second peraeopods. Cerapus Say. Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 49, 1817 (tubularis the only species.) Desmarest, Dictionnaire Sci. nat., xxviii, p. 358, 1823 (=Say). Latreille, in Cuvier, Règne animal, iv, p. 122, 1829 (=Say.) Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., Paris, xx, p. 383, 1830 (=Say); Hist. nat. Crust., iii, p. 60, 1840 (in part.) Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, viii, p. 139, 1849, and xiv, p. 309, 1852 (=Say); Crust. United States Expl. Expd., p. 832, 1853 (=Say). Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Mus., p. 262, 1860 (in part). Cerapus tubularis Say. Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia; i, p. 50, pl. 4, figs. 7–9, 1817. Desmarest, Dictionnaire Sci. mat., xxviii, p. 358, pl. 46, figs. 2a–2e (after Say), 1823 (=Say); Consid, génér. Crust., p. 271, pl. 46, figs. 2a–2e (=last), 1825 (=Say). Audouin, Précis d'Entomologie, pl. 28, figs. 5–7 (after Say), 1828 (=Say). Guérin, Iconographie du Règne animal, Crust, pl. 27, fig. 4, (after Say). Milne-Edwards, Régne animal de Cuvier, 3* 6dit, pl. 61, fig. 5–5c (after Say), 1837; Hist, nat. Crust., iii, p. 60, pl. 29, fig. 15 (after Say), 1840 (=Say). Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British. Mus., p. 262, pl. 45, fig. 1 (after Say), 1862 (=Say). Smith, Inverteb. Animals Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, parti, p. 565 (271), 1874. - PLATE IIa. Great Egg-Harbor, New Jersey (Say). Vineyard Sound, among masses of a large compound ascidian (Amouroucium pellucidum), in 8 to 10 fathoms, off Nobska Point, June 27, 1871; several females, some of them carrying eggs. Vineyard Sound, 1875; one specimen. Taken in the towing net, among eel-grass (Zostera), in Noank Har- bor, Connecticut, July 17 and 21, 1874 (A. E. Verrill); males, females, and young, many of the females carrying eggs. The genus Cerapus being restricted to the type species and re- moved from the Podocerinae, as above, Milne—Edwards’ Ericthonius appears to be the proper name to restore and retain for the group of species referred to Cerapus by recent authors. Ericthonius. Ericthonius M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., Paris, xx, p. 382, 1830 (difformis the only species); Hist. nat. Crust., iii, p. 59, 1840 (difformis only). Dana. Amer. Jour. Sci., II, viii, p. 138, 1849, and xiv, p. 309, 1852; U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 832, 1853 (Erichthonius). 278 S. J. Smith—Amphipodus généra, Ericthonius—(continued). Bate, Report British Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1855, p. 59, 1856 (Erichthonius); Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., II, xix, 149 (17), 1857. White, Popular Hist. British Crust., p. 196, 1857. Liljeborg, CEfversigt Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1855, p. 131. Costa, Amfipodi Napoli, Mem. Accad. Sci. Napoli, i. pp. 175, 227, 1856. Bruzelius, Scandinav. Amphipoda Gammaridea (Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, Stockholm, iii), p. 17, 1859 (Erichtonius). * , ; . . Cerapodina M.-Edwards, Hist, nat. Crust., iii, p. 62, l840 (abdita (= Cerapus abditus Templeton) the only species). * Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, viii, p. 139, 1849, and xiv, p. 309, 1852; U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 832, 1853. Podocerus Kröyer, Naturh. Tidsskrift, iv, p. 163, 1840 (in part). - Dercothoe Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, xiv, p. 313, 1852; U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 911, 1853. - Pyctilus Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, xiv, p. 313, 1852; U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 911, 1853. . Cerapus Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 262, 1860 (in part). Bate and Westwood, British Sessile-eyed Crust., i, p. 452, 1863. Czerniawski, Materialia ad Zoographiam Ponticam comparatam, p. 97, 1868. Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 250 (170); Scandinav. og arktiske Amphip., p. 611, 1876. The synonymy of E. difformis, the type of the genus, is appar- ently still in confusion, and as it is a common species upon the coast of northern New England, I subjoin the following account of it : Ericthonius difformis Milne-Edwards. § { * - Ericthonius difformis M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. mat., Paris, xx, p. 382, 1830; Hist, nat. Crust., iii, p. 60, pl. 29, figs. 12, 13, 1840. Liljeborg, CEfversigt Wetenskaps- Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1855, p. 129. ? Costa, Amfipodi Napoli, Mem. Accad. Sci. Napoli, i, p. 228, 1856. Bruzilius, Scandinav. Amphipoda Gammaridea (Wetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, Stockholm, iii), p. 17, 1859 (Eh'icthonius). Goes, CEfversigt Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1865, p. 552 (Ericthomius). Podocerus Leachii Kröyer, Naturh. Tidsskrift, iv, p. 163, 1840 (“Femina hujus spe- ciei forma pedum secundi paris Podocerus est, mas vero Erichthonius”). Cerapus rubricornis Stimpson, Inverteb. Grand Manan, p. 46, pl. 3, fig. 33 (caudal appendages), 1853. Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust., British Museum, p. 265, pl. 45, fig. 4 (young 6 ), 1862 (Bay of Fundy). Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 297, 1867 (C. rubiformis). Smith, Inverteb. Animals Wineyard Sound, Report U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisher- ies, part i. p. 565 (271), pl. 4, fig. 18, 1874. Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad., iii, pp. 5, 19, 1874. Podocerus punctatus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., II, xix, p. 148 (17), 1857 (“P. punctatus (Edwards, MS. Brit, Mus.)”). Cerapus, Unciola, and Lepidactylis. 279 Ericthonius difformis Milne-Edwards—(continued). * Dercothoë (Cerapus) punctatus Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 260, p. 44, fig. 10, 1862 (2). Dercothoë (Cerapus 2) punctatus Bate and Westwood, British Sessile-eyed Crust., i, p. 461 (fig.), 1863 (?). [“Milne-Edwards, MS. in Brit. Mus.” is quoted as au- thority for the name as here used.] ? Czerniawski, Materialia ad Zoographiam Ponticam comparatam ; p. 96, 1868. Cerapus difformis Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 265, pl. 45, fig. 5, 1862. Bate and Westwood, op. cit., p. 457 (figs.), 1863. Norman, Report British Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1868, p. 283, 1869. Metzger, Jahresbericht der Comm. zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere für 1872–3, Nordsee, p. 278, 1875. - Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 250 (170); Scan- dinav. og arktiske Amphip., p. 615, 1876. Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskrift, III, xi, p. 157, 1877. Cerapus Leachi. Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 268, 1862 (= Kröyer). Cerapus Hunteri Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 264, pl. 45, fig. 3, 1862 (habitat unknown). Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 252 (172), 1871 (Scandinavia); Scandinav. og arktiske Amphip., p. 618, pl. 28, fig. 5, 1876. Vineyard Sound l, 1871, not common. Off Cape Cod l, 29 fathoms, 1879. Stellwagen's Bank 1 and Jeffrey’s Ledge 1, 1873. George's Banks 1, 50 fathoms, sand and shells, and 45 fathoms, coarse sand, 1872. Casco Bay 1, 9 to 34 fathoms, 1873; common. Bay of Fundy l, low-water mark to 50 fathoms, abundant, especially on hard bottoms, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876; and, in 1872, off Head Harbor, 77 fathoms, mud and stones; and off White Head, Grand Menan, 97 to 105 fathoms, gravel and stones. Halifax, Nova Scotia 1, 16 fathoms, rocky, 1877. Straits of Belle Isle, Labrador, (Packard). Spitzbergen, (Goës), Scandinavia, (Kröyer, Liljeborg, Boeck, et al.) British Isles', (Norman). Brittany, France, (M.-Edwards). It is reported from the Mediterranean by Costa, and from the Black Sea by Czerniawski, (as Bate's Dercothoe (Cerapus 2) punctatus), but these identifications are, perhaps, erroneous. The form of the second pair of gnathopods of the adult male varies very much in different specimens. When farthest differentiated from the form characteristic of the female and young, the carpus is triangu- lar, and the spine of the inferior margin very long and separated from the propodal articulation by a deep, triangular simus, while the pro- podus is slender, nearly cylindrical, and without prominences on the inferior edge. This is the form which I have figured in the work above referred to, and is apparently very near that figured by Milne- 280 S. J. Smith—Amphipodus generd, Edwards as the original E. difformis. It is probably the form char- acteristic of the old males, though the individuals are often smaller than those with the second gnathopods in the less differentiated con- dition, in which the body of the carpus is more nearly quadrangular in outline, the spine arising near the propodal articulation, and the propodus shorter and stouter than in the other form and with two conspicuous prominences on the inferior edge. This is the form de- scribed as Cerapus Hunteri, by Bate and by Boeck. In the large Series of specimens before me, there is every gradation between these two forms, and between the latter and the female. In one case, an individual had one of the second pair of gnathopods in the most dif- ferentiated form, while the other was somewhat smaller and in the less differentiated form——evidently having been lost and reproduced. The only European specimens which I have examined were received from the Rev. Mr. Norman, and are from the Northumberland coast, England, and among these all the adult males agree better with the Plunter; than with the more differentiated form. The habit of the animal and the character of the tubes are well de- scribed by Stimpson. In life, the proximal parts of the flagella of the antennulae and antennae are bright red, and the color usually re- mains for some time in specimens preserved in alcohol. The genus Urºciola. Unciola Say. - Unciola Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 388, 1818 (irroraia the only sp.) Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., Paris, xx, p. 383, 1830 (=Say). Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, viii, p. 139, 1849, and xiv, p. 309 (> Glauconome); U. S. Expl. Expd. Crust., p. 832, 1853. - Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 279, 1862 (>Glauconome). Glauconome Kröyer, Naturh. Tidsskrift, II, i, pp. 491-501 (leucopis the only sp.) Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 259 (179); Scan- dinaviske og arktiske Amphip., p. 636, 1876. “Cyrthopium Danielssen, Beretning om en zoologisk Reise, 1857, Nyt Magaz. Naturvidensk., xi, p. 8, 1861,” (Boeck). Kröyer's name Glauconome is not only more recent than Say's Unciola, but it had been used at least twice before Kröyer employed it, once in mollusks and once in polyps. * Unciola, irrorata, Say. Unciola irrorata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 389, 1818. Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust., iii, p. 69, 1840 (= Say). Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 45, 1853. Cerapus, Unciola, and Lepidactylis. 281 Unciola irrorata, Say—(continued). Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Mus., p. 279, 1862 (description compiled from Say). Verrill, Inverteb. Animals Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, part i, p, 340 (46), 1874. Smith, in Werrill, op. cit., p. 567 (273), pl. 4, fig. 19, 1874. Glauconome leucopis Kröyer, Naturh. Tidsskrift, II, i, p. 491, pl. 7, fig. 2, 1845; in Gaimard, Voyage en Scandinavie, Crust., pl. 19, fig. 1, 1849. Goes, CEfversigt Wetenskaps-Akad. Förhandlingar, Stockholm, 1865, p. 533. Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 259 (179); Scan- dinaviske og arktiske Amphip., p. 636, 1876. G. O. Sars, Archiv Mathem. Naturwid., Kristiania, ii, p. 360, 1876. Norman, Proc. Royal Soc. London, xxv, p. 208, 1876. Unciola leucopes [-is] Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Mus., p. 279, pl. 47, fig. 3, 1862 (description and fig. after Kröyer). “Cyrthopium Darwini Danielssen, Beretning om en Zoologisk Reise, p. 8,” (Boeck.) This is one of the most abundant of all New England Amphipoda, being found in greater or less abundance in a very large proportion of the dredgings from the shallowest water down, at least, to 400 fath- oms, and from all kinds of bottom, though in less abundance in mud than among sand and shells. I have collected it at Great Egg Har- bor, New Jersey, where Say’s original specimens were obtained, and at various points along the New England coast from Connecticut to the Bay of Fundy. It was dredged by Mr. Harger and myself while on board the Bache in 1872, on St. George's Banks, and in 430 fathoms east of these Banks, north latitude 41° 25', west longitude 65°, 42°3'. It was obtained in abundance in and off Halifax Harbor, Nova Scotia, by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1877; and I have ex- amined specimens dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Mr. Whiteaves, and on the coast of Labrador by Prof. Packard. Krö- yer's specimens of Glauconome leucopis were from Greenland, and Norman reports it, under the same name, as taken in 100 fathoms in Davis Strait by the Valorous Expedition. Boeck records the same species from Spitzbergen and Norway, and G. O. Sars reports numer- ous specimens, obtained by the Norwegian Expedition in 1876, from 412, 417, and 520 fathoms, in the area of cold water off the west coast of Norway. In life, the body of the animal above is usually bright red more or less mottled, especially upon the sides, with white; the outer sur- faces of the larger gnathopods are broadly marked with bright red, and the antennulae and antennae are annulated with the same color. In some individuals, especially from muddy bottoms, the red is nearly all wanting; in others the red appears, to the naked eye, to 282 w S. J. Smith—.4mp/lºpodus general, be uniformily diffused, giving the animal a pale red tint; in still others the red is largely replaced by brown. The animal apparently does not construct tubes for itself, though often found in the tubes of other Amphipoda and in the tubes of Annelida. In the Bay of Fundy I have found it abundantly in small holes in sandy mud near low-water mark. The species described by Say and that described by Kröyer are not only congeneric, as suggested by Dana, but apparently specifi- cally identical. Specimens from the coast of New England agree in every particular with Boeck’s descriptions and with Kröyer’s de- scriptions and figures, except in the details referred to beyond. Say describes the second gnathopods as “adactyle” and the third pair of uropods as simple, depressed and concealed by the others, and he failed to distinguish the very short sixth segment of the pleon from the telson, describing the two together as the terminal segment of the “tail.” These are very natural errors, considering the minute- mess of the appendages. In all other respects Say’s description is correct. Kröyer, on the other hand, incorrectly describes and fig- ures the third uropods as bi-ramus, mistaking the terminal lobe on the immer side of the base for a second ramus. Boeck, who had access to Kröyer’s types, states that Kröyer's figure of the third uropod is incorrect but does not mention the corresponding error in the description of the species. White (Catalogue Crust. British Museum, p. 90, 1847) records, as in the British Museum, specimens of Unciola irrorata received from Say; Bate, however, (Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 279, 1862) states that he has seen no specimens, but refers Kröyer’s species to Unciola, although he in part misquotes and in part misunderstands Say’s generic description. Bate appears to have drawn his description of Kröyer's species from the original figure and generic diagnosis and not from the very full description of the species, for he says that no reference to the telson is made either by Say or by Kröyer and that it is not impossible that the genus is synonymous with “Microden- topus,” although the telson is described by Kröyer, in the description just referred to, and is figured in the Voyage en Scandinavie. The genus Lepidactylis. It has long been known to me that Say’s genus Lepidactylis was congeneric with Sulcator of Bate, as suggested by Dana in 1852; but Bate’s description and figures not appearing fully to warrant the assumption of the identity of the European and American species, Cerapus, Unciola, and Lepidactylis. 283 and not at the time having access to the figures of Slabber's Oniscus arenarius, upon which Latreille's genus Pterygocera was based, I, in 1874, recorded, in the Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Say’s species under his generic and specific names and made no attempt to straighten the generic or specific synonymy. A richly illustrated memoir, by Carl Bovallius, on the European Sulcator (Pterygocera), and British specimens received from the Rev. A. M. Norman, have recently afforded an opportunity for comparing the American and European forms. On comparing New England specimens of Say’s species with Bovallius’ numerous and excellent figures, and with the British specimens, I can find no characters by which the American can be distinguished from the European form. Say’s generic name should therefore be retained in place of Latreille's Pterygocera, though Slabber's specific name (fortunately a more appropriate designation) takes precedence of Say’s dytiscus. The following synonymy of the genus and species sufficiently explains these changes in nomenclature. Except under Lepidactylis, I give only the earliest reference under each name, as this part of the synonymy is pretty fully given by Bovallius. PTERYGOCERINAE Bovallius. Lepidactylis Say. Oniscus Slabber, Natuurkundige Verlustigingen, p. 92, pl. 11, figs. 3, 4, 1778. Lepidactylis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, p. 379, 1818 (dytiscus the only species). Desmarest, Dictionnaire Sci. nat., xxviii, p. 358, 1823 (= Say); Consid. génér. Crust., p. 272, 1825 (= Say). - M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., Paris, xx, p. 397, 1830 (= Say). Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci., II, viii, p. 138, 1849, and xiv, p. 313, 1852 (> Bellia Bate); U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 912, 1853. Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 111, 1862 (= Say). Pterygocera. Latreille, Encyclopédie méthodique, X, pp. 121, 236, 1825 (teste Boval- lius); in Cuvier, Règne animal, 2° àdit., iv, p. 124, 1829. Bellia Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, II, vii, p. 318, 1851. Sulcator Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, II, xiii, p. 504, 1854 (in place of Bellia pre- occupied. According to Bovallius, Statius Müller, in a German translation of Slabber’s work above referred to, in 1781 proposed the generic name Pławstorius for Slabber's species; but, as Bovallius says, the name is an adjective, has never come into use, and is properly rejected. TRANS, CONN. ACAD., WOL. IV. 37 JULY, 1880, 284 S. Z. Smith—Amphipodus genera, etc. Lepidactylis arenarius. Oniscus arenatius Slabber, op. cit., 1778 (corrected to arenarius in errata). Lepidactylis dytiscus Say, loc. cit., p. 380, 1818. Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Museum, p. 112, 1862 (= Say). Smith, Inverteb. Animals Vineyard Sound, Report U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisher- ies, part i, p. 556 (262), 1874. ‘. Pterygocera arenaria Latreille, Encyclopédie méthodique, 1825 (based on Slabber's species; teste Bowallius). Bovallius, Notes on Pterygocera arenaria Slabber (Bihang till Svenska Wetenskaps- Akad. Handlingar, iv, no. 8), pp. 1–27, pls. 1–4, 1878. Bellia arenaria Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., II, vii, p. 318, pl. 9, figs. 1–8, 1851 (gen. et sp. now.) -- . & - Sulcator arenarius Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., II, xiii, p. 504, 1854. Sulcator arenatius Boeck, Christiania Widenskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1870, p. 137 (57). * Coast of Georgia (Say). New Haven l, Connecticut, sandy shores, at low water, not rare, and also dredged in shallow water (A. E. Werrill, S. I. Smith, et al.) Vineyard Sound 1, 5 to 10 fathoms, sandy and shelly bottoms, 1871, 1875. Smith's Point 1, Beverly, Massachu- setts, sand, at low water, August 25, 1878 (J. H. Emerton). These specimens collected by Mr. Emerton are the only ones I have seen from north of Cape Cod. On the European coast, it is reported from the British Isles (Norman, Bate), the coast of Holland (Slabber), and Scandinavia (Boeck, Bovallius). EXPLANATION OF PIATE IIa. Cerapus tubularis. All the figures are enlarged seventy diameters, except 4, b, which is enlarged one hundred and forty diameters. - FIGURE 1.—First gnathopod and epimeron of the right side of an adult male. RIGURE 2–Second gnathopod and epimeron of the right side of the same specimen. FIGURE 3.−First peræopod and epimeron of the right side of the same specimen. FIGURE 4.—a, Third peraeopod and epimeron of the right side of the same specimen ; b, distal portion of the same still more enlarged. - - FIGURE 5.—Pleopods of the right side of an adult female : a, first ; b, Second; c, third. - FIGURE 6.—Extremity of the pleon of the same specimen, dorsal view, showing uro- pods and telson. - NEW HAVEN, July 1, 1880. Con n. Acad, Vol. V. Pate a. ſ versity iſſ | Öiš 08236 9 961 º tº ſº :